IN PARTNERSHIP WITH SOUTHEASTERN U.S. VEGETABLE CROP 2021 HANDBOOK Manage Your Entire Farm and Packing House Facility on Highland Hub

Highland FS365 The Future of Food Safety Seamlessly digitize your food safety processes, all while improving productivity, decreasing costs and minimizing risks. Get the operational insights you need, when you need them. • Manage all of your third party, regulatory and customer requirements in one, user-friendly system. • Receive real-time notifications of activities occuring on the farm or packing house including past due alerts. • Login to one platform to manage your entire food safety program. • Complete internal audits and view real-time score for your operation. • Complete internal audits and see real time scores for your operation.

Crop IQ Virtual Crop Management Crop IQ allows growers to complete accurate crop protection and fertilizer records from any device. • Record your spray applications from your device. • Receive real-time notifications about active REIs and PHIs. • Access to a chemical database where you can view labels on any device. • Keep accurate record of your farm inventory including amount and cost.

To reach new world customers, we can’t rely on old world business. We need new thinking; we need new tools…and we need a trustworthy company to help usher us into this new territory.

863-844-4263 highlandhasit.com Handbook Senior Editor: Top Cover Photos: J.M. Kemble, Corner: Signs and symptoms of southern blight on tomato. Auburn University, Auburn, AL by Rebecca A. Melanson, Associate Editors: MSU Extension, Bugwood.org

K.M. Jennings Top Middle: Colorado Potato Beetle, Adult North Carolina State University by Blake Layton, Weed Science MS State University

Bottom Middle: Pink purslane I.M. Meadows by K. Jennings, NC State University. North Carolina State University Plant Pathology Bottom: Leaf lettuce growing on black landscape fabric. J.F. Walgenbach by A.L. Wszelaki, University of Tennessee North Carolina State University Entomology

A.L. Wszelaki University of Tennessee Horticulture IN PARTNERSHIP WITH SOUTHEASTERN U.S. VEGETABLE CROP 2021 HANDBOOK

Bottm Cover Photos: Great American Media Services: Top Middle: Cutleaf evening primrose Gerry Bogdon Vice President & Group Publisher by J. Ballew, 616-520-2177 [email protected] Clemson University Greg Sebel Associate Publisher Bottom Middle: Downy mildew symptoms on 616-520-2146 [email protected] cucumber by Z.R. Hansen, Cindi Olwell Western Account Manager University of Tennessee 616-520-2174 [email protected]

Corner: Colorado Potato Beetle, Adult Gary Pullano Editor by Blake Layton, 616-520-2144 [email protected] MS State University Stephen Kloosterman Associate Editor 616-520-2152 [email protected]

. SOUTHEASTERN VEGETABLE EXTENSION WORKERS VEGETABLE CROP HANDBOOK 2021

Dear Reader,

The Southeastern Vegetable Extension Workers Group (SEVEW) is proud to offer you the 22nd edition of the Southeastern U.S. 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook. For this edition, we have partnered with Great American Media. We are excited about this new partnership and look forward to working with Great American Media as we provide growers, crop advisers, county educators, Extension agents, and special- ists throughout the southeastern United States with this handbook.

This handbook represents a joint effort among Extension specialists and researchers from 12 land-grant universities in the U.S. who work in the area of vegetable production. These specialists and researchers represent a wide array of disciplines: agricultural engineering, entomology, olericulture (vegetable pro- duction), plant pathology, postharvest physiology, soil science, and weed science.

This handbook comprises up-to-the-minute information developed from research and Extension projects conducted throughout the southeastern United States. The key idea behind this handbook is to provide you with a practical resource that conveniently fits on your dashboard. It contains the information that you need to manage your vegetable crops, including which varieties to plant, planting dates, fertilizer recommendations, cover crop selection and conservation tillage options, pesticide selection, grafting, fer- tigation, plasticulture, postharvest handling, alternative pest management tools and suggestions, as well as many other topics.

An electronic version is available at: www.vegcrophandbook.com

In addition to developing this handbook, the SEVEW Group focuses on strengthening and supporting vegetable production programs around the region, identifying emerging issues facing this region, and providing a forum for multistate programming that will benefit growers in the southeastern United States. Vegetable production in this region faces many challenges. Members of the SEVEW Group have com- bined their knowledge and experiences to develop approaches and answers that will enable growers in the southeast to optimize their production practices and to increase the sustainability of their operations.

We hope you enjoy this handbook!

Sincerely,

SEVEW Group The 2021 handbook was prepared and reviewed by the following authors at their respective institutions. We also wish to thank all of the past authors and participants that have helped to refine and continually improve this handbook.

AUBURN UNIVERSITY Entomology A. Majumdar MISSISSIPPI STATE UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA Horticulture Entomology Plant Pathology Horticulture J.M. Kemble* and K.L. Woods M.B. Layton R.A. Melanson G.E. Boyhan*, T.W. Coolong, and A. da Silva Plant Pathology Weed Science Horticulture E.J. Sikora S. Li R.G. Snyder* Plant Pathology B. Dutta

NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY Entomology UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY J.F. Walgenbach Entomology Plant Pathology Horticultural Science R.T. Bessin E. Pfeufer CLEMSON UNIVERSITY R.B. Batts, J.M. Davis*, R.C. Mauney, E.T. Rogers, E.R. Eure, C.C. Gunter, Horticulture Horticulture R. Rudolph R.L. Hassell*, G.A. Miller, and B.K. Ward K.M. Jennings, and J.R. Schultheis Plant Pathology Plant Pathology L.M. Quesada-Ocampo, and A. Keinath I.M. Meadows Weed Science M. Cutulle

UNIVERSITY OF TENNESSEE Entomology Plant Pathology F.A. Hale Z.R. Hansen Horticulture A.L. Wszelaki* OKLAHOMA STATE UNIVERSITY Horticulture/Weed Science LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY L. Brandenberger, J. Shrefler*, AGRICULTURAL CENTER and B. Hu Horticulture K. Fontenot*, and C. Motsenbocker Soil Science H. Zhang Sweet Potato Research Station T. Smith VIRGINA TECH Plant Pathology Entomology R. Singh T.P. Kuhar Plant Pathology S.L. Rideout Nutrient Management/Soils UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS M.S. Reiter* Horticulture M.B. Bertucci, J. Lee , Amanda McWhirt*, and A. Cato *State Coordinators

The purpose of this book is to provide the best and most up-to-date information available for commercial vegetable growers in the southeastern US: Alabama, Arkansas, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Texas, Tennessee, South Carolina and Virginia. These recommendations are suggested guidelines for production in the above states. Factors such as markets, weather, and location may warrant modifications and/or different practices or planting dates not specifically mentioned in this book.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 5 UPCOMING EVENTS FOR 2021

DATE/TIME LOCATION CONTACT/INFO ALABAMA Alabama Fruit & Vegetable Growers Association Annual Conference and Trade Show Annually in Nov. Clanton Performing Arts Center, Clanton, AL Hunter McBrayer at [email protected] http://www.afvga.org Alabama Sustainable Agriculture Network Food and Farm Forum Annually in Dec. Location Varies Alice Evans at 256-743-0742 http://www.asanonline.org Commercial Horticulture Webinar Series Last Monday each month http://www.aces.edu/anr/beginningfarms/webinars.php ARKANSAS Annual Oklahoma & Arkansas Horticulture Industries Show Canceled for 2021 Tulsa Tech Conference Center, https://www.hortindustriesshow.org/ Owasso, OK GEORGIA Georgia Fruit & Vegetable Conference 5 to 7 Jan virtual, online Georgia Fruit and Vegetable Growers Association, 877-994-3842 http://www.gfvga.org Georgia Watermelon Associate Conference 24 to 26 Jan St Simons Island, GA http://www.georgiawatermelonassociation.org Georgia Organics Conference & Expo 7 to 8 Feb Athens, GA http://georgiaorganics.org Sunbelt Ag. Expo 20 to 22 Oct Moultrie, GA http://www.sunbeltexpo.com KENTUCKY Kentucky Fruit & Vegetable Conference and Trade Show 5, 6, 12, 19, and 26 Jan This will be a virtual conference with all John Strang at [email protected] or 856-257-5685 presentations delivered online. Rachel Rudolph at [email protected] or 859-257-3374 https://kyhortcouncil.org/2020kyfruitandvegconf Organic Association of Kentucky Annual Conference 26 to 30 Jan from 8AM to 5 PM Virtual conference [email protected] MISSISSIPPI Fall Flower & Garden Fest TBA (Mid-Oct on Friday & Saturday) Truck Crops Experiment Station, Rick Snyder at [email protected] 9 AM to 2 PM (both days) 2024 Experiment Station Road, Crystal Springs, MS http://extension.msstate.edu/fallfest NORTH CAROLINA Winter Vegetable Conference 19 to 20 Feb Crown Plaza Resort Craig Mauney at [email protected] Asheville, NC https://www.ncagr.gov/markets/commodit/horticul/tomatoes/ Business of Farming Conference 22 Feb Business of Farming Conference Molly Nicholie at [email protected] Asheville, NC https://asapconnections.org/events/business-of-farming-conference/ Organic Growers School 7 and 8 Mar Mars Hill University [email protected] Mars Hill, NC http://organicgrowersschool.org Mountain Research Station Field Day TBA (July) Mountain Research Station, Test Farm Road, William Morrow at 828-456-3943 Waynesville, NC Tomato Field Day TBA (Aug) Mountain Horticultural Crops Research & Ext. Center, Jeff Chandler at 828-684-3562 Mills River, NC http://www.cals.ncsu.edu/agcomm/writing/Field_Days Alternative Crops and Organics Field Day TBA (Aug) Mountain Research Station, Test Farm Road, Jeanine Davis at [email protected]; Waynesville, NC http://ncherb.org Sustainable Agriculture Conference 1 to 3 Nov Sheraton Hotel, Carolina Farm Stewardship Association Durham, NC https://www.carolinafarmstewards.org/sac/ NC Greenhouse Vegetable Growers Annual Meeting TBA (late Oct/early Nov) Raleigh, NC http://www.ncagr.gov/markets/assoc/ghvga Ag Expo TBA (early Dec) Raleigh, NC Bonnie Hollowman at 919-334-0099; http://www.ncvga.com; Chris Gunter at [email protected]

6 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States UPCOMING EVENTS FOR 2021 (cont’d)

DATE/TIME LOCATION CONTACT/INFO OKLAHOMA Annual Oklahoma & Arkansas Horticulture Industries Show Canceled for 2021 Tulsa Tech Conference Center, Oklahoma State Univ. Dept of Horticulture at 405-744-5414 Owasso, OK https://www.hortindustriesshow.org/ SOUTH CAROLINA Small Fruit Production Meeting 14 Jan Virtual Meeting- ZOOM https://scgrower.com/upcoming-events/ Tomato and Pepper Production Meeting 27 Feb Virtual Meeting- ZOOM https://scgrower.com/upcoming-events/ Cucurbit Production Meeting 4 Feb Virtual Meeting- ZOOM https://scgrower.com/upcoming-events/ Brassica Production Meeting 11 Feb Virtual Meeting- ZOOM https://scgrower.com/upcoming-events/

Coastal REC Field Day 2 June 2879 Savannah Highway, Charleston, SC Zack Snipes- [email protected] Fall Sweet Potatoes, Pumpkins, and Hemp Field Day TBA (Sept) Edisto Research and Education Center (EREC), Gilbert Miller at 803-284-3343 or [email protected] 64 Research Road, Blackville, SC http://www.clemson.edu/public/rec/edisto Pesticide License and CCA Credits available TENNESSEE Pick TN Conference Canceled for 2021 [email protected] http://www.PickTNConference.com UT Steak and Potatoes Field Day 3 Aug Plateau Research and Education Center, http://plateau.tennessee.edu Crossville, TN UT Organic Crops Field Tour April 2022 East Tennessee Research and Education Center – http://east.tennessee.edu Organic Crops Unit, Knoxville, TN VIRGINIA Virginia Biological Farming Conference 11 to 13 Jan The Hotel Roanoke & Conference Center, https://vabf.org/2020-biological-farming-conference-2-2 Roanoke, VA Eastern Shore Ag Conference and Trade Show 5 to 6 Feb Eastern Shore Community College, Melfa, VA Theresa Pittman at 757-787-1361 ext. 14 or [email protected] Winter Vegetable School TBA (Feb) Warrenton, VA and Dayton, VA Kenner Love at 540-675-3619 or [email protected] Hampton Roads Fruit & Vegetable Meeting TBA (Feb) Chesapeake, VA Roy Flanagan, III at 757-385-4769 or [email protected] Richmond Area Vegetable Meeting TBA (Feb) Henrico, VA Laura Maxey-Nay at 804-752-7310 or [email protected] Mid-Atlantic Strawberry Programs 2 and 3 March Virginia Beach, VA Roy Flanagan, III at 757-385-4769 or [email protected] Virginia Tech Eastern Shore AREC Research Field Day TBA (late July/August) Virginia Tech Eastern Shore Agricultural, Research & Lauren Seltzer at [email protected], Extension Center, Painter, VA Mark Reiter at 757-807-6576 or [email protected] Northern Neck Vegetable Growers Conference TBA (Dec) Warsaw, VA Stephanie Romelczyk at 804-493-8924 or [email protected]

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 7 Vegetable Production Information Web Sites

ALABAMA LOUISIANA OKLAHOMA Alabama SARE Program Louisiana SARE Program Oklahoma Cooperative Extension Service http://www.southernsare.org/SARE-in-Your- http://www.southernsare.org/SARE-in-Your- http://www.oces.okstate.edu State/Alabama State/Louisiana OK Dept. of Horticulture Vegetable Fact Alabama Cooperative Extension System LSU AgCenter Sheets http://www.aces.edu http://www.lsuagcenter.com http://pods.dasnr.okstate.edu/docushare/ dsweb/View/Collection-338 AU Plant Diagnostic Lab LSU Horticulture Pathology http://offices.aces.edu/plantlabauburn/ http://www.lsuagcenter.com/hortpathology OK Dept. of Horticulture Vegetable Variety AL IPM Newsletter Trial Info http://www.aces.edu/ipmcommunicator http://www.hortla.okstate.edu/outreach/ MISSISSIPPI vegetables/trial-reports Vegetable IPM Info Mississippi State University Extension http://www.aces.edu/vegetableipm Service Alabama Beginning Farms Program http://extension.msstate.edu SOUTH CAROLINA http://www.aces.edu/beginningfarms MS Greenhouse Tomato Production FAQ Clemson University Cooperative Extension http://extension.msstate.edu/crops/ Service commercial-horticulture/greenhouse-tomatoes http://www.clemson.edu/extension ARKANSAS Mississippi Commercial Horticulture Clemson Coastal Research & Education Arkansas Cooperative Extension Service http://www.uaex.edu Information Center http://extension.msstate.edu/agriculture/crops/ https://www.clemson.edu/cafls/research/ Arkansas Fruit, Vegetable, and Nut Update, commercial-horticulture coastal/ UA CES Blog http://www.uaex.edu/hortblog Farmers’ Markets Clemson Edisto Research and Extension http://extension.msstate.edu/agriculture/local- Center UA CES Commercial Vegetable Production flavor/farmers-markets https://www.clemson.edu/cafls/research/edisto/ https://www.uaex.edu/farm-ranch/crops- commercial-horticulture/ SC Growers F&V News https://scgrower.com/ horticulture/vegetables.aspx NORTH CAROLINA North Carolina Cooperative Extension Service TENNESSEE FLORIDA http://www.ces.ncsu.edu University of Florida Cooperative Extension University of Tennessee Extension Service Information on Herbs, Organics, & Specialty https://utextension.tennessee.edu/ http://edis.ifas.ufl.edu Crops UT Vegetable Production http://ncherb.org https://utvegetable.com/ NCSU Vegetable Pathology GEORGIA http://go.ncsu.edu/veggiepathology University of Georgia Cooperative NCSU Extension Plant Pathology Portal TEXAS Extension Service http://plantpathology.ces.ncsu.edu/ Texas Agricultural Extension Service http://extension.uga.edu http://agrilifeextension.tamu.edu NCSU Plant Disease and Insect Clinic UG Fruits & Vegetable Info http://www.cals.ncsu.edu/plantpath/extension/ http://extension.uga.edu/agriculture/ clinic/ ag-fruits-vegetables VIRGINIA NCSU Entomology Portal Virginia Cooperative Extension University of Georgia College of Agriculture http://entomology.ces.ncsu.edu/ http://www.ext.vt.edu and Environmental Sciences Publications http://www.caes.uga.edu/publications NCSU IPM Portal Virginia Tech Vegetable Entomology http://ipm.ces.ncsu.edu/ Facebook North Carolina Pest News http://www.facebook.com/VirginiaTechVIPRlab KENTUCKY http://ipm.ncsu.edu/current_ipm/pest_news. University of Kentucky Cooperative html Virgina Tech Vegetable Pathology http://www.facebook.com/vtesarecpp Extension Service http://ces.ca.uky.edu/ces Horticulture Information https://www.ces.ncsu.edu/categories/agricul- Virginia Tech Extension Shore AREC UK Ag Center for Crop Diversification ture-food/commercial- https://www.arec.vaes.vt.edu/arec/ http://www.uky.edu/Ag/CCD horticulture-nursery-turf/ eastern-shore.html Kentucky Vegetable Integrated Pest NCSU Extension Growing Small Farms Management Program https://growingsmallfarms.ces.ncsu.edu/ http://ipm.ca.uky.edu/ Wolfpack Weeds UK Vegetable Crops Extension and http://wolfpackweeds.com/ Research Fresh Produce Safety https://vegcrops.ca.uky.edu http://ncfreshproducesafety.ces.ncsu.edu/ UK Plant Pathology https://plantpathology.ca.uky.edu

UK Horticulture https://www.uky.edu/hort UK Entomology http://entomology.ca.uky.edu/

8 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Table of Contents

TABLES FOR SPECIFIC COMMODITY RECOMMENDATIONS . . . . .51-121 GENERAL PRODUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS. . . . .13-50 Asparagus ...... 51 1A. Vegetable Families...... 13 Beans: Lima/Butter and Snap ...... 53 1. Soil Test Interpretations and Recommendations Based on Beets ...... 56 Soil Test Results...... 16 Broccoli, Cabbage, Cauliflower, Collards, Kale, and Kohlrabi. . . . .57 2. General Fertilizer Suggestions for Vegetable Crops ...... 19 Carrots...... 62 3. Nutrient Values for Manure Applications and Crop Residues. . . 22 Cucumbers...... 65 3A. Nutrient Values for Various Plant, animal and Natural Products . .23 Eggplant...... 69 4. Percentage Equivalents and Conversion Factors for Major, Garlic and Elephant Garlic...... 71 Secondary, and Micronutrient Fertilizer Sources...... 23 Greens: Mustard and Turnip ...... 73 5. Optimum and Minimum Temperatures for Transplant Production. . 28 Herbs: Basil, Parsley and Cilantro, and Hops...... 74 6. Vegetable Seed Sizes...... 31 Hops...... 77 7. Population of Plants per Acre at Several Between-row and In-row Leeks...... 78 Spacings...... 31 Lettuce, Endive, and Escarole...... 79 8. Critical Periods of Water Need for Vegetable Crops ...... 31 Melons...... 81 9. Available Water-Holding Capacity Based on Soil Texture . . . . 31 Okra...... 84 10. Soil Infiltration Rates Based on Soil Texture...... 31 Onions and Green Onions...... 86 11. Hours Required to Apply 1” of Water Based on Row Spacing. . .32 Parsnip...... 89 12. Maximum Application Rate in Minutes for Drip Irrigated Peas: English/Garden ...... 90 Vegetable ...... 32 Peppers...... 92 13. Predators and Parasites of Vegetable Pests...... 41 Potatoes (Irish)...... 95 A.13 Relative Impact of Insecticides & Miticides on Key Natural Pumpkins and Winter Squash...... 97 Enemy Groups ...... 42 Radishes, Rutabagas, and Turnips...... 101 14. Recommended Storage Conditions and Cooling Method for Maximum Postharvest Life of Commercially Grown Vegetables. .50 Southern Peas...... 103 Spinach ...... 105 LIST OF INSECT, DISEASE, AND Summer Squash ...... 107 WEED CONTROL TABLES...... 10-12 Sweet Corn ...... 110 GENERAL PRODUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS. . . . .13-50 Sweetpotato...... 113 Varieties...... 13 Tomatoes...... 116 Crop Rotation...... 13 Watermelon ...... 121 Soils and Soil Fertility...... 13 Nutrient Management and Maximizing Production ...... 13 PEST MANAGEMENT...... 124-127 Soil Pests: Their Detection and Control...... 124 Minimum Tillage for Vegetable Production...... 16 Cover Crops...... 25 CALIBRATING CHEMICAL APPLICATION EQUIPMENT . . 128-133 Transplant Production ...... 25 Calibrating a Sprayer ...... 128 Grafting in Vegetable Crops...... 27 Calibrating a Granular Applicator...... 131 Disease Control in Plant Beds...... 29 Calibrating a Broadcast Spreader...... 132 Seed Storage and Handling...... 30 Calibration Variables...... 133 Plant Populations...... 30 Irrigation...... 32 REGISTERED FUNGICIDES, INSECTICIDES, AND MITICIDES FOR VEGETABLES ...... 134-142 Mulches and Row Covers ...... 32 Resistance Management and the Insecticide Resistance Action Pollination...... 35 Committee (IRAC) Codes for Modes of Action of Insecticides. . . .134 How to Improve Pest Control...... 37 General Information ...... 135 Beneficial Insects...... 38 Respiratory Protective Devices for Pesticides ...... 138 Diagnosing Vegetable Crop Problems...... 40 Protecting Our Groundwater...... 139 Air Pollution Injury ...... 44 Toxicity of Chemicals Used in Pest Control ...... 141 What are Good Agricultural Practices (GAPs)?...... 45 Conversion Information for Use of Pesticides on Small Areas. . . .142 Food Safety Modernization Act’s (Fsma) Produce Safety Rule (PSR). 46 Pesticide Dilution Tables...... 142 Fda Final Rule On Produce Safety ...... 46 Produce Safety Alliance Trainings...... 47 INSECT, DISEASE, AND WEED CONTROL TABLES . . 139-364 National Association Of State Departments Of Agriculture...... 47 Food Safety Audits Versus Psr Inspections...... 47 EMERGENCY NUMBERS BY STATE...... 364 Postharvest Handling...... 47 Optimizing Commerical Cooling...... 47 Cooling Methods ...... 48

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 9 Insect, Disease, & Weed Control Tables

ALL VEGETABLES Table 2-24. Relative Effectiveness of Insecticides And Miticides for Insect and Mite Control on Field-Grown Vegetables...... 190 Table 2-25. Preharvest Intervals (In Days) for Pyrethroid Insecticides in Vegetable Crops...... 191 Table 2-26. List of Generic Insecticides by Active Ingredient...... 192 Table 2-27. Components of Insecticide Mixtures...... 193 Table 2-28. Insect Control for Greenhouse Vegetables ...... 194 Table 2-29. Alternative LPM and Bioinsecticide Recommendations In Vegetable Crops...... 199 Table 3-42. Nematode Control In Vegetable Crops...... 283 Table 3-43. Efficacy Of Fumigants Or Fumigant Combinations For Managing Soilborne Nematodes And Diseases, And Weeds. . . . . 283 Table 3-44. Management Of Soilborne Nematodes With Non-Fumigant Nematicides ...... 284 Table 3-45. Greenhouse Disease Control For Various Vegetable Crops ...... 286 Table 3-46. Efficacy Of Products For Greenhouse Tomato Disease Control ...... 303 Table 3-47. Recommended Temperatures & Treatment Times For Hot Water Disinfestation Of Vegetable Seed...... 304 Table 3-48. Products For Seed Treatment ...... 305 Table 3-49. Biocontrol Agents And Disinfestants Registered For Seed Treatment...... 306 Table 3-50. Sweetpotato Storage House Sanitation...... 307 Table 3-51. Water, Produce And Equipment Sanitation ...... 307 Table 3-52. Various Fungicides For Use On Vegetable Crops ...... 309 Table 3-53. Biopesticides, Fungicide, And Nematicide Alternatives For Vegetables ...... 311 Table 3-54 Fungicide Modes Of Action For Fungicide Resistance Management ...... 316 Table 4-28. Weed Response To Herbicides Used In Vegetable Crops...... 363 ASPARAGUS Table 2-1. Insect Control...... 145 Table 3-1. Disease Control ...... 202 Table 3-2. Alternative Management Tools...... 202 Table 4-1. Chemical Weed Control...... 318 BASIL Table 3-3. Disease Control ...... 203

BEAN Table 2-2. Insect Control...... 146 Table 3-4. Disease Control ...... 204 Table 3-5. Alternative Management Tools...... 206 Table 4-2. Chemical Weed Control...... 320 BEET Table 2-3. Insect Control...... 149 Table 4-3. Chemical Weed Control...... 323 BROCCOLI, BRUSSEL SPROUT, CABBAGE AND CAULIFLOWER (COLE CROPS) Table 2-4. Insect Control...... 148 Table 3-6. Disease Control ...... 207 Table 3-7. Efficacy of Products for Disease Control...... 211 Table 3-8. Alternative Management Tools...... 212 Table 4-8. Chemical Weed Control...... 328

CANTALOUPE, MUSKMELON Table 4-4. Chemical Weed Control...... 324

CARROT Table 2-5. Insect Control...... 153 Table 3-32. Alternative Management Tools...... 262 Table 4-5. Chemical Weed Control...... 326

CELERY Table 2-6. Insect Control...... 154 Table 4-6. Chemical Weed Control...... 327

CILANTRO Table 3-24. Disease Control ...... 243 Table 3-25. Alternative Management Tools...... 244 Table 4-7. Chemical Weed Control...... 328

10 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Insect, Disease, & Weed Control Tables (cont’d)

COLLARD AND MUSTARD GREENS Table 2-7. Insect Control...... 155 Table 3-16. Disease Control ...... 227

CORN, SWEET Table 2-8. Insect Control...... 157 Table 3-9. Disease Control ...... 213 Table 4-9. Chemical Weed Control...... 330

CUCURBITS (CUCUMBER, CANTALOUPE, PUMPKIN, SQUASH, WATERMELON) Table 2-9. Insect Control...... 159 Table 3-10. Disease Control ...... 214 Table 3-11. Efficacy of Products for Disease Control...... 218 Table 3-12. Alternative Management Tools...... 220

CUCUMBER Table 4-10. Chemical Weed Control...... 334

EGGPLANT Table 2-10. Insect Control...... 163 Table 3-14. Disease Control ...... 222 Table 4-11. Chemical Weed Control...... 335

ENDIVE Table 3-20. Disease Control ...... 233

GARLIC Table 3-15. Disease Control ...... 224 Table 4-12. Chemical Weed Control...... 337

GREENS Table 4-13. Chemical Weed Control...... 338

HOPS Table 2-11. Insect Control...... 167 Table 3-17. Disease Control ...... 222 Table 4-14. Chemical Weed Control...... 339

JERUSALEM ARTICHOKE (SUNCHOKE) Table 3-18. Disease Control ...... 231

LEAFY PETIOLE VEGETABLES - CELERY, FENNEL, RHUBARB, AND SWISS CHARD Table 3-19. Disease Control ...... 232

LETTUCE Table 2-12. Insect Control...... 168 Table 3-20. Disease Control ...... 233 Table 4-15. Chemical Weed Control...... 340

OKRA Table 2-13. Insect Control...... 170 Table 3-21. Disease Control ...... 236 Table 4-16. Chemical Weed Control...... 341

ONION Table 2-14. Insect Control...... 171 Table 3-22. Disease Control ...... 237 Table 3-23. Efficacy of Products for Disease Control...... 242 Table 4-17. Chemical Weed Control...... 342

PARSLEY AND CILANTRO Table 3-24. Disease Control ...... 243 Table 3-25. Alternative Management Tools...... 244

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 11 Insect, Disease, & Weed Control Tables

PEA, ENGLISH AND SNOWPEA (SUCCULENT AND DRIED) Table 2-15. Insect Control...... 172 Table 4-18. Chemical Weed Control...... 344

PEA, SOUTHERN Table 2-16. Insect Control...... 173 Table 3-26. Disease Control ...... 245

PEPPER Table 2-17. Insect Control...... 174 Table 3-27. Disease Control ...... 247 Table 3-28. Efficacy of Products for Disease Control...... 252 Table 3-29. Alternative Management Tools...... 253 Table 4-19. Chemical Weed Control...... 346

POTATO, IRISH Table 2-18. Insect Control...... 176 Table 3-30. Disease Control ...... 254 Table 4-20. Chemical Weed Control...... 348

PUMPKIN AND WINTER SQUASH Table 4-21. Chemical Weed Control...... 350

RADISH Table 2-19. Insect Control...... 181 Table 4-22. Chemical Weed Control...... 352

ROOT VEGETABLE Table 3-31. Disease Control ...... 259

SPINACH Table 2-20. Insect Control...... 182 Table 3-33. Disease Control ...... 263 Table 4-23. Chemical Weed Control...... 353

SQUASH Table 4-24. Chemical Weed Control...... 354

SWEETPOTATO Table 2-21. Insect Control...... 183 Table 3-34. Disease Control ...... 265 Table 3-35. Efficacy of Products for Disease Control...... 268 Table 3-36. Alternative Management Tools...... 268 Table 4-25. Chemical Weed Control...... 355

TOMATILLO Table 3-37. Disease Control ...... 269

TOMATO Table 2-22. Insect Control...... 185 Table 3-38. Disease Control ...... 270 Table 3-39. Alternative Management Tools...... 280 Table 3-40. Efficacy of Products for Disease Control...... 281 Table 3-41. Example Spray Program for Foliar Disease Control when Late Blight is a Consistent Threat...... 282 Table 4-26. Chemical Weed Control...... 357

TURNIP Table 2-23. Insect Control...... 188

WATERMELON Table 3-13. Example Spray Program for Foliar Disease Control in Watermelon Production...... 221 Table 4-27. Chemical Weed Control...... 360

12 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States General Production Recommendations

VARIETIES longer the rotation, the better the results; a 3- to 5-year rotation is New vegetable varieties are constantly being developed through- generally recommended. However, from a practical standpoint this out the world. Since it is impossible to list and describe all of them, will depend upon the availability of land, the markets, the selection only some of the better performing commercial types are listed in of alternate crops suited to grow in the area, the pathogen(s), and the specific crop section, either alphabetically or in order of rela- the purpose of the rotation (prevention versus reduction). When tive maturity from early to late. These varieties are believed to be used to reduce pathogen populations, rotations of longer than 5 suitable for commercial production under most conditions in the years may be required (see Table 1A). southeastern US. The ultimate value of a variety for a particular purpose is de- termined by the grower, the variety’s performance under his or her SOILS AND SOIL FERTILITY The best soils for growing vegetables are well-drained, deep soils management, and environmental conditions. Several years of trial plantings are suggested for any variety not previously grown. For a that are high in organic matter. These soils should have good struc- true comparison, always include a standard in the same field. ture and have been adequately limed and fertilized. Loamy sand and sandy loam soils are generally­ better suited for growing early Disease Resistance or Tolerance. Natural variation within a crop market crops because they drain quickly and warm early in spring. species particularly from wild types can be a source of disease re- Deep, well-drained organic soils are ideal for leafy vegetables, sistance. Plant scientists have taken advantage of this natural vari- bulb and root crops that offer a high return per acre. ation to develop varieties that are resistant or tolerant. Superscripts Soils that are not ideal for vegetable production may be made appearing after the variety names refer to the disease resistance or suitable for production by addressing the underlying problem(s). tolerance these are are spelled out in the footnotes. For example, poorly drained soils may require the use of cover crops and/or tiling to improve drainage. Specialty Vegetables. Many producers are considering growing specialty or “gourmet” vegetables. A limited number of pesticides are registered for many spe- TABLE 1A. VEGETABLE FAMILIES cialty vegetables and herbs. Successful pest control in these crops is dependent on sanitation, seed treatment, crop rotation, planting Grass Family Pea Family Sweet corn Garden/English Pea site, mechanical cultivation, and the use of resistant varieties when Popcorn Bean (lima, snap) available. Ornamental Corn Cowpea or Southernpea Promising specialty vegetable crops crops include asparagus, Allium Family Soybean Belgian endive, dandelion (blanched), kale, Swiss chard, tyfon Onion Parsley Family (Holland greens), herbs, ethnic vegetables, red leaf lettuce, ro- Leek Carrot maine lettuce, scallions, snap peas, and snow peas. Garlic Parsley Other promising types include bok choy, Chinese cabbage, en- Shallot Celery Chive dive and escarole (blanched), garlic (pink skin), Japanese melons, Cilantro leeks, pak choi, pepper­ , potato (red, blue, yellow, and golden), red Goosefoot Family Solanaceae Family Beet radicchio, rhubarb,­ sweet on­ions, and sweetpotatoes (moist and dry Potato Chard types with unusu­al colors). Eggplant Spinach Miniature or baby vegetables are vegetables that are harvest- Tomato Mustard Family ed at an immature stage to ensure tenderness and often sweetness. Pepper Kale Gourd Family These include beets, carrots (finger and round types), cucumbers, Collard Pumpkin eggplant (little finger types), Jersey Golden acorn squash (im- Brussels sprout Squash mature with blossom attached), baby lettuce, pickling corn, snap Cabbage Watermelon beans (small sieve types), summer squash (immature with blossom Cauliflower Cucumber attached), and winter squash (Oriental and Little Dumpling). Broccoli Muskmelon Before planting a specialty crop; however, growers must de- Kohlrabi Cantaloupe termine that specific retail, wholesale, restaurant, or processing Rutabaga Composite Family Turnip markets exist. Chicory Mustard Endive & Escarole Upland cress Dandelion Radish CROP ROTATION Lettuce Mallow Family Crop rotation is an effective and widely used cultural practice to Artichoke Okra prevent or reduce the buildup of soil-borne plant pathogens. An Jerusalem artichoke effective rotation sequence includes crops from different fami- Bindweed Family lies that are poor or non-hosts of these pathogen(s). In general, the Sweetpotato

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 13 A large percentage of the vegetables grown in mineral soils of of plant residues and organic matter, and during the nitrification the Coastal Plain are grown in soils with essentially no structure. of ammonium when added to soils as fertilizer (UAN solutions, These sandy soils also have little intrinsic fertility; however, they urea, ammonium nitrate, ammonium sulfate, anhydrous ammo- can be productive if managed properly. Adequate fertilization, ad- nia), manures, or plant residues. Declines of one pH unit can occur justing pH as needed, and use of irrigation water are required. even in properly fertilized beds. The H+ added to soils reacts with 3+ Soil Management. In a good soil management program, proper the clay minerals (aluminum silicates) and releases Al , the most liming and fertilization, good tillage practices, crop rotation, an- deleterious component of soil acidity. Lime is applied to neutralize - - nual additions of organic matter with cover crops, and adequate soil acidity by releasing a base (HCO3 , OH ) into the soil solution, + irrigation are all necessary to maintain high levels of production. which reacts with acid-forming ions (H ). Increasing soil pH reduc- Winter cover crops and periodically resting the land with summer es the concentration of dissolved aluminum, as well as influencing cover crops between vegetable plantings are essential in preventing the concentrations of other ions. deterioration of the soil structure.­ In soil management, this is vital Lime recommendations must take into account differences in for maintaining highly productive soils. acidity among soils as well as differences among various crops’ tolerance to acidity. Both the soil pH and some measure of residual Nutrient Management and the Environment. The sandy soils or exchangeable acidity are needed to calculate lime recommenda- preferred for vegetable production in the southeastern US result in tions. Although portable soil test kits determine pH rapidly, it is not an aerated root zone and enable timely tillage, planting, and har- possible to make an accurate lime recommendation based solely vesting. The same drainage allows water and dissolved nutrients to on a pH measurement. Another issue to consider is that different move through the soil profile. Even with loams or clays, nutrients soil laboratories may use different testing methods developed for retained in surface soil may be carried with sediment or as dis- their particular soil conditions. Due to these differences, producers solved run-off to surface water. Nitrates and phosphorus remain the should consult with their local Extension office about laboratory two agricultural nutrients of greatest environmental concern. Even methods and target pH assumptions used in determining lime rec- agronomically small losses of N & P can impact water quality, es- ommendations. Consult your state guidelines for a description of pecially in eco-sensitive regions. Other issues of potential concern the current soil test method and interpretation guidelines. include K fertilizer losses and accumulation of heavy metals such If soil pH is too high for the desired crop, elemental sulfur (S) as copper, zinc, etc. supplied with organic amendments. is the most effective material to reduce soil pH.. The amount of Ongoing research has documented increased costs and re- acidity generated by 640 pounds of elemental S is the same as that duced profits, as well as natural resource degradation and human neutralized by 1 ton of lime. Soil pH can be lowered by apply- health risks, due to over-fertilization. It is therefore critical that ing aluminum sulfate or iron sulfate. Whether trying to increase both nutrients and irrigation are managed to optimize vegetable or decrease the pH of your soil, always follow the manufacturer’s production while minimizing impact on the environment. Careful instructions for appropriate rates. A slight pH reduction can be pro- nutrient management includes at least the following four issues: duced by using ammonium sulfate, ammonium nitrate, or urea as a rate, timing, placement, and source. Land-grant university recom- fertilizer source of nitrogen. mendations are based on calibrated crop response studies that can Liming materials containing only calcium carbonate (Ca- differ substantially across the region. Producers should consult CO3), calcium hydroxide [Ca(OH)2], or calcium oxide (CaO) are guidelines prepared specifically for their state for the most appro- called calcitic limes. Pure calcium carbonate is used as the stan- priate nutrient management recommendations. A well-balanced dard for liming materials and is assigned a rating of 100 percent. nutrient management plan represents good stewardship and should This rating is also known as the “calcium carbonate equivalent, satisfy any applicable environmental regulations. and is referred to as the CCE. All other liming materials are rated Soil Acidity and Liming. Many soils in the southeast are natu- in relationship to pure calcium carbonate. Liming materials with rally acidic, or become acidic with cropping, and need liming to significant amounts of magnesium carbonate (MgCO3) are called attain optimum production levels. Soil acidity is the term used to dolomitic limes. Dolomitic limes should be used on soils low in express the quantity of hydrogen (H+) and aluminum (Al3+) cations magnesium, as indicated by the soil test report. It is possible to use (positively charged ions) in soils. Soil pH is determined by using a a magnesium fertilizer instead of dolomitic lime, but the costs of 1:1 soil-to-water solution. The pH of the solution is measured by a this source of magnesium are almost always considerably higher. pH meter (potentiometer). Soil pH is an indicator of “soil acidity”. Because lime dissolves very slowly, it must be finely ground to ef- Combined, the use of the soil pH and soil textural class determines fectively neutralize soil acidity. Lime laws in most states describe the lime requirement. A pH of 7.0 is defined as neutral, with val- standards for composition and particles sizes. ues below 7.0 being acidic and above 7.0 being basic or alkaline. The most commonly used liming materials are finely ground Root growth and plant development may be severely restricted if dolomitic or calcitic rock. Most agricultural lime is sold in bulk by acidic cations, especially aluminum, occupy a large percentage of the ton. Additional liming materials include burnt lime or hydrat- the negatively charged soil cation exchange capacity (CEC). This ed lime, pelleted lime, liquid lime, wood ash, ground seashells, and negative charge is due to the chemical makeup of the soil clay and industrial slags. Lime pellets and lime suspensions (liquid lime) organic matter, and means that they can attract positively charged can be convenient and fast-acting, but are usually considerably ions. Soils become acidic due to the leaching of calcium (Ca2+) and more expensive than ground limestones. Industrial by-product lim- magnesium (Mg2+), especially in sandy coastal plain soils. Acid- ing materials can be useful soil amendments capable of reducing ification also occurs when +H is added to soils by decomposition soil acidity and supply a variety of nutrients including calcium,

14 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Redefining ITROGEN N One Solution at a Time

trademarknitro.com magnesium, potassium, phosphorus, and micronutrients. Each lot quirements. For example,­ if the final plant nutrient requirements of such materials should be analyzed as considerable variation in that need to be added as a commercial fertilizer are 50 pounds of

CCE, fineness, and nutrient composition may occur. nitrogen (N), 100 pounds of phosphate (P2O5), and 150 pounds of

Within a one to three year time-period, lime moves little in the potash (K2O), a fertilizer with a 1-2-3 ratio, such as 5-10-15, 6-12- soil and neutralizes acidity only in the zone where it is applied. To 18, 7-14-21, is needed. Once the grade of fertilizer is selected, the be most effective, lime must be uniformly spread and thorough- quantity needed to fulfill the plant nutrient requirements can be ly incorporated. In practice, rates are adjusted after checking the deter­mined by dividing the percentage of N, P2O5, or K2O con­ spreader pattern and making appropriate corrections. If the applica- tained in the fertilizer into the quantity of the respective plant nu- tion is not correct, strips of under-limed soil could result, possibly trient needed per acre and multiplying the answer by 100. reducing crop yields. The most commonly used lime incorporation For example, if a 5-10-15 fertilizer grade is chosen to sup- tool is the disk. It will not incorporate lime as well as offset disks ply the 50 pounds of N, 100 pounds of P2O5, and 150 pounds of that throw the soil more vigorously. The best incorporation imple- K2O needed, calculate the amount of 5-10-15 fertilizer needed as ment is a heavy-duty rotary tiller that mixes the soil throughout the follows: Divide the amount of nitrogen (N) needed per acre (50 root zone. pounds) by the percentage of N in the 5-10-15 fertilizer (5 per- cent), and multiply the answer (10) by 100, which equals 1,000 Lime and Fertilizer. Lime and fertilizer work together synergisti- pounds. This same system can be used for converting any plant nu- cally to produce high yields and better crops. Lime is not a substi- trient recommendations into grades and amounts. tute for fertilizer, and fertilizer is not a substitute for lime.

How to Use Plant Nutrient Recommendation Table #1 and #2. NUTRIENT MANAGEMENT AND Use Table 1 to determine the relative levels of phosphorus­ and po- MAXIMIZING PRODUCTION tassium in the soil based on the soil test report from the laboratory. Plants remove substances from the soil and air to enable them Use Table 2 as a guide in conjunction with specific soil test results. to grow and reproduce. The specific substances they remove are Plant nutrient recommendations­ listed in Table 2 are expressed in termed nutrients. Certain of these are generally required in larger terms of nitrogen (N), phosphate (P2O5), and potash (K2O), rather quantities, and termed macronutrients. Those needed in smaller than in specific grades and amounts of fertilizer. When soil test re- quantities, micronutrients, are as important as macronutrients for sults are not available, use recommended amounts of P2O5 and K2O achieving required metabolic processes in the plant. Most com- listed under medium phosphorus and medium potassium soil test mercial fertilizers include macronutrients nitrogen (N), phospho- levels for the crop to be grown. When soil test results are available, rus (P), and/or potassium (K), expressed as a weighted percentage the phosphate (P2O5) and potash (K2O) needs for each cropping sit- (N-P2O5-K2O). Micronutrients may be supplied along with macro- uation can be determined by selecting the appropriate values under nutrients. the relative soil test levels for phosphorus and potassium: very low, low, medium, high, or very high. Nitrogen Management. Nitrogen is one of the most difficult nutri- The cropping and manuring history of the field must be ents to manage in vegetable production systems. Nitrogen is readi- known before a fertilization program can be planned (see Table 3). ly leached in sandy textured soils that dominate vegetable produc- This history is very important in planning a nitrogen fertilization tion regions of the southeastern US. Nitrogen can be immobilized program, because a reliable soil test for nitrogen is not available. by soil microbes, volatilized if not quickly incorporated, or lost Plant nutrient recommendations listed in Table 2 were de- via denitrification under water-saturated soil conditions. Nitrogen veloped for fields where no manure was applied and where no recommendations are based on years of fertilizer trials and yield legume crop is being turned under prior to the planting of a new potential. Nitrogen application timings, application methods, and crop. If manure and/or legume crops are used, the plant nutri- sources are also commonly tested in state university fertilizer trials ent recommendations­ listed in Table 2 should be reduced by the and have resulted in recommendations for splitting nitrogen fertil- amounts of nitrogen (N), phosphate (P2O5), and potash (K2O) being izer application for increased fertilizer use efficiency. contributed from these sources. See Tables 3 and 3A for nutrient Heavy rainfall, higher than normal yields, and production values of various products. following non-legume cover crops are a few examples where ni- Once the final fertilizer-plant nutrient needs are known, de- trogen fertilizer may be immobilized or lost from the production termine the grade and rate of fertilizer needed to fulfill these re- system. When these nitrogen reduction scenarios arise, an addi-

TABLE 1. SOIL TEST INTERPRETATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS BASED ON SOIL TEST RESULTS Relative Yield Soil Test Rating without Nutrient (%) Recommendations Low 50–75 Annual application to produce maximum response and increase soil fertility. Medium 75–100 Normal annual application to produce maximum yields. High* 100 Small applications to maintain soil level. Amount suggested may be doubled and applied in alternate years. None until level drops back into high range. This rating permits growers, without risk of loss in yields, to benefit economically Very high* 100 from high levels added in previous years. Where no P or K is applied, soils should be resampled in 2 years. When phosphorus is extremely high, further additions may limit the availability of Fe and/or Zn. * Some states recommend that no fertilizer P or K be added when the soil test rating is either “High” or “Very High”, in order to minimize runoff in nutrient-sensitive watersheds

16 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States tional application of nitrogen is warranted. Leaf tissue testing is Method for Collecting Leaf Tissue Samples the best option when deciding if and how much more nitrogen is for Analysis needed to meet expected yields and is described below. Leaf tissue • Each vegetable crop has a specific corresponding plant part testing can help identify any “hidden hunger” that might exist in that is collected and used to determine foliar nutrient levels. the crop. A “hidden hunger” develops when a crop needs more of Often this corresponds to sampling the most recently ma- a given nutrient but has shown no deficiency symptoms. With most tured or fully expanded leaves. Careful sampling ensures nutrients on most crops, responses can be obtained even though no the effectiveness of plant analysis as a diagnostic tool. For recognizable symptoms have appeared. major crops, best indicator samples have been identified by stage of growth. For young seedlings, the entire plant is sam- Evaluating the Effectiveness of Your Fertility Program—Using pled 2.5 cm above the soil level. For larger plants, the most Plant Analysis/Leaf Tissue Testing. Plant analysis is the chemi- recent fully expanded or mature leaf is the best indicator of cal evaluation of essential element concentrations in plant tissue. nutritional status. As some crops, including corn, approach Essential elements include those that are required to complete the flowering and fruiting, the best indicator of nutritional status life cycle of a plant. The elements carbon (C), oxygen (O), and hy- is the leaf adjacent to the uppermost fruit (ear leaf). When drogen (H) are supplied by the atmosphere and water and general- unfamiliar with sampling protocol for a specific crop, it is ly are not considered limiting. Scientists place most emphases on generally acceptable to select the most recent mature leaf as essential elements supplied by soil or feeding solutions. Macro- the best indicator of nutritional status. Detailed information nutrients — nitrogen (N), phosphorus (P), potassium (K), calcium for sampling most vegetable crops can be found at http:// (Ca), magnesium (Mg), and sulfur (S) — are required in great- www.ncagr.gov/agronomi/saaesd/scsb394.pdf. est quantities. Micronutrients — iron (Fe), manganese (Mn), zinc • Sample from 20 to 30 plants. (Zn), copper (Cu), boron (B), molybdenum (Mo), and chlorine (Cl) — are required in very small quantities. Toxicities of micronutri- • Sample across the field, from different rows, and avoid prob- ents are equally important and yield limiting as deficiencies. Plant lem areas (low spots, ridges, washed out areas, etc.) unless analysis is also effective in diagnosing toxicities of micronutrients. you are trying to diagnose a problem in one of these areas. The interpretation of plant analysis results is based on the scientific • Sample when the plants are actively growing (typically be- principle that healthy plants contain predictable concentrations of tween 9 a.m. and 4 p.m.). essential elements. State and private soil testing laboratories can provide nitrogen • Do not collect samples from water stressed plants. concentrations as well as those of the other essential macro- and • Send samples to a laboratory in a paper bag. DO NOT micronutrients to aid in mid-season fertilizer application decisions. SEND SAMPLES IN A PLASTIC BAG. Plastic bags will A program of periodic leaf tissue sampling and analysis will help cause your samples to spoil and will impact results. Contact you optimize your fertility program and often can allow you to cor- your local Extension office for information on how to submit rect deficiencies before symptoms become apparent. The best indi- leaf tissue samples to your state diagnostic labs. cator samples have been identified for most economically important vegetable crops. In turn this has provided the basis for developing Phosphorus Management. Crops are very likely to respond to P data for which we can compare values from our analysis to those of fertilization when the soil test indicates that P is deficient—very low established, recognized values. These are called Sufficiency Ranges or low. A soil testing deficient—medium will sometimes respond or Critical Values. For those crops such as tomatoes which receive to P fertilization and will sometimes not. Soils testing optimum or the greatest research support, indicator samples have been identified exceeds crops needs are unlikely to respond to P fertilizer, but P by stage of growth. In tomato we have sufficiency ranges estab- may be applied to maintain the fertility level in the optimum range. lished for plant tissue samples taken at mid-bloom of the first, sec- Crops are more likely to respond to P fertilizer when growing con- ond, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth flower clusters. ditions are favorable for high yields. It is often recommended that a band of P fertilizer be placed Critical values have been defined as the concentration at which near the seed as a starter fertilizer regardless of the P fertility level. there is a 5–10% yield reduction. The use of critical values for prac- High phosphorus fertilizers are often referred to as ‘pop-up’ fertil- tical interpretation has limited value. It is best suited to diagnose izers because of their positive effect during early growth when soil severe deficiencies and has little application in identifying hidden temperatures in early spring can be very low. Banded P is especially hunger. Symptoms are generally visibly evident when nutrient con- helpful at low soil test levels. Even at P soil test levels that exceed centrations decrease below the critical value. Critical values play an crop needs, a small amount of banded P may benefit crop establish- important role in establishing lower limits of sufficiency ranges. ment. When the soil test level is deficient, P should generally be applied as a combination of broadcast and banded methods. When Sufficiency range interpretation offers significant advantages the level exceeds crop needs, only a small amount of P should be over the use of critical values. First, hidden hunger in plants can applied as a band. Many soils exceed crop needs category for P be identified since the beginning of the sufficiency range is clearly due to previous fertilizer and manure applications. When applied above the critical value. Sufficiency ranges also have upper limits, in excess of crop removal, P accumulates in the soil. Phosphorus is which provide some indication of the concentration at which the strongly adsorbed to soil particles and very little is subject to loss element may be in excess. via leaching. When the soil test level exceeds crop needs, growers can benefit economically by withholding P fertilizers.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 17 Potassium Management. Crops are very likely to respond to K sion if a deficiency of zinc, iron, copper, or chlorine is suspected. fertilizer when the soil test indicates that K is deficient—very low Sources of fertilizers for the essential plant nutrients are found in or low. A soil testing deficient—mediumin K may or may not re- in Tables 3A and 4. spond to K fertilizer. Crops are more responsive to K when grow- Municipal Biosoilds. Biosolids Should Not Be Applied to Land ing under drought stress than when growing under favorable condi- on Which Crops Will Be Grown That Will Be Entering the Hu- tions. Soils testing optimum or exceeds crop needs are unlikely to man Food Chain. Municipal biosolids are the solid material re- respond to K fertilizer, but K may be applied to maintain the soil moved from sewage in treatment processes. Biosolids treated by fertility level in the optimum range. one of the digestive or similar processes to reduce pathogens is a In general, most of the K fertilizer should be broadcast. When low-analysis fertilizer­ suitable for application to nonfood crops the fertility level is deficient, it may be advantageous to apply a under specific soil conditions. It should not be applied to sloping portion of the total K application as a band. There is generally no land, to highly leachable soils, to poorly drained soils, to soils with benefit to applying banded K when soil fertility levels areoptimum high water tables or near surface water, or to soils having a pH less or exceeds crop needs. Crops remove larger amounts of K than than 6.2. Check with your local or state department of environmen- P from the soil during a growing season. In addition, sandy soils tal management for latest regulations. The time required to wait have low reserves of K, and K is susceptible to leaching. There- prior to planting a food crop varies from state to state. fore, frequent applications of K are needed to maintain K at an op- timum fertility level. Foliar Fertilization. Foliar feeding of vegetables is usually not needed. Plants usually obtain their nutrients from the soil through Secondary Nutrients. Calcium (Ca), magnesium (Mg), and sul- their roots. It is known that plants can also absorb a limited amount fur (S) are included in the secondary element group. Calcium of some nutrients through aerial organs such as leaves. Properly may be deficient in some soils that have not been properly limed, managed soils will supply the essential mineral nutrients the crop where excessive potash fertilizer has been used, and/or where will need during its development. If, for some reason, one or more crops are subjected to drought stress. Magnesium is the most like- soil-supplied nutrients becomes limiting or unavailable during the ly of these elements to be deficient in vegetable soils. Dolomitic development of the crop, foliar nutrient applications may then be or high-magnesium limestones should be used when liming soils advantageous but likely only with the micronutrients. that are low in magnesium. Magnesium should be applied as a fertilizer source on low-magnesium soils where lime is not needed (Table 4). Magnesium may be applied as a foliar spray to supply mag­nesium to the crop in emergency situations (2 TBSP of Epsom salts per gallon of water). Sulfur is known to be deficient in vegetable crop soils in coastal plain soils. Sulfur deficiency is often mistaken for lack of nitrogen because the symptoms are similar. Onions are one crop that will need additional sulfur over what vegetables normally re- quire, particularly on coastal plain soils.

Micronutrients. Boron is the most widely deficient micronutrient in vegetable crop soils. Deficiencies of this element are most like- ly to occur in the following crops: asparagus, most bulb and root crops, cole crops, and tomatoes. Excessive amounts of boron can be toxic to plant growth. This problem can occur when snap beans (a sensitive crop) follow sweetpotatoes (a crop where boron is ap- plied late in the season). Do NOT exceed recommendations listed in Table 2. Manganese deficiency often occurs in plants growing on soils that have been overlimed. In this case, broadcast 20 to 30 pounds or band 4 to 8 pounds of manganese sulfate to correct this. Do not apply lime or poultry manure to such soils until the pH has dropped below 6.5, and be careful not to overlime again. Molybdenum deficiency of cauliflower (which causes whip- tail) may develop when this crop is grown on soils more acid than pH 5.5. An application of 0.5 to 1 pound of sodium or ammonium molybdate per acre will usually correct this. Liming acid soils to a pH of 6.0 to 6.5 will usually prevent the development of molybde- num deficiencies in vegetable crops. Deficiencies of other micronutrients in vegetable crops in the Southeast are rare; and when present, are usually caused by over- liming or other poor soil management practices. Contact Exten-

18 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2. GENERAL FERTILIZER SUGGESTIONS FOR VEGETABLE CROPS* (cont’d) Recommended Nutrients Based on Soil Tests Soil Phosphorus Level Soil Potassium Level Nitrogen Very Very Desirable (N) Low Med High High Low Med High High

CROP pH lb/acre P2O5 lb/acre K2O lb/acre Nutrient Timing and Method ASPARAGUS 6.5 to 7.0 100 250 150 100 0 250 225 150 0 Total recommended. 50 250 150 100 0 150 100 75 0 Broadcast before cutting season. 50 0 0 0 0 100 125 75 0 Sidedress after cutting. Apply 2 lb boron (B) per acre every 3 years on most soils. BEAN, Lima ...Single crop 6 to 6.5 70 to 110 120 80 40 20 160 120 80 20 Total recommended. 25 to 50 80 40 20 0 120 80 60 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 20 40 40 20 20 40 40 20 20 Band-place with planter. 25 to 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress 3 to 5 weeks after emergence. BEAN, Snap 6 to 6.5 40 to 80 80 60 40 20 80 60 40 20 Total recommended. 20 to 40 40 40 0 0 40 40 0 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 20 to 40 40 20 40 20 40 20 40 20 Band-place with planter. BEET 6 to 6.5 75 to 100 150 100 50 0 150 100 50 0 Total recommended. 50 150 100 50 0 150 100 50 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress 4 to 6 weeks after planting. Apply 2 to 3 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. BROCCOLI 6 to 6.5 125 to 175 200 100 50 0 200 100 50 0 Total recommended. 50 to 100 150 100 50 0 150 100 50 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 50 50 0 0 0 50 0 0 0 Sidedress 2 to 3 weeks after planting. 25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress every 2 to 3 weeks after initial sidedressing. Apply 2 to 3 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. BRUSSEL SPROUTS, CABBAGE, and CAULIFLOWER 6 to 6.5 100 to 175 200 100 50 0 200 100 50 0 Total recommended. 50 to 75 200 100 50 0 200 100 50 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress 2 to 3 weeks after planting. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress if needed, according to weather. Apply 2 to 3 lb boron (B) per acre and molybdenum per acre as 0.5 lb sodium molybdate per acre with broadcast fertilizer. CANTALOUPES and MELONS ...Bareground 6 to 6.5 75 to 115 150 100 50 25 200 150 100 25 Total recommended. 25 to 50 125 75 25 0 175 125 75 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 Band-place with planter. 25 to 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress when vines start to run. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. ...Plasticulture 100 to 150 125 75 25 25 200 150 100 25 Total recommended. 25 125 75 25 25 100 75 50 25 Broadcast and disk-in. 75 to 125 0 0 0 0 100 75 50 0 Fertigate. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. Drip fertilization: See “cantaloupe” in specific commodity recommendations later in this handbook. CARROT 6 to 6.5 90 to 120 150 100 50 0 150 100 50 0 Total recommended. 50 150 100 50 0 150 100 50 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 40 to 70 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress if needed. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilzer. CUCUMBER ...Bareground 6 to 6.5 80 to160 150 100 50 25 200 150 100 25 Total recommended. 40 to 100 125 75 25 0 175 125 75 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 20 to 30 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 Band-place with planter 7 to 14 days after planting. 20 to 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress when vines begin to run, or apply in irrigation water. ...Plasticulture 120 to 150 150 100 50 25 150 100 50 25 Total recommended. 25 125 75 25 0 150 100 50 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 95 to 125 25 25 25 25 0 0 0 25 Fertigate. Drip fertilization: See “cucumber” in specific recommendations later in this handbook. * Nitrogen rates should be based on your local fertilizer recommendations.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 19 TABLE 2. GENERAL FERTILIZER SUGGESTIONS FOR VEGETABLE CROPS* (cont’d) Recommended Nutrients Based on Soil Tests Soil Phosphorus Level Soil Potassium Level Nitrogen Very Very Desirable (N) Low Med High High Low Med High High

CROP pH lb/acre P2O5 lb/acre K2O lb/acre Nutrient Timing and Method EGGPLANT ...Bareground 6 to 6.5 100 to 200 250 150 100 0 250 150 100 0 Total recommended. 50 to 100 250 150 100 0 250 150 100 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress 3 to 4 weeks after planting. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress 6 to 8 weeks after planting. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. ...Plasticulture 145 250 150 100 0 240 170 100 0 Total recommended. 50 250 150 100 0 100 100 100 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 95 0 0 0 0 140 70 0 0 Fertigate. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. Drip fertilization: See “eggplant” in specific recommendations later in this handbook. ENDIVE, ESCAROLE, LEAF and ROMAINE LETTUCE 6 to 6.5 75 to 150 200 150 100 0 200 150 100 0 Total recommended. 50 to 100 200 150 100 0 200 150 100 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress 3 to 5 weeks after planting. HOPS 6.0 100 to 150 80 to 30 to 80 0 to 30 0 100 to 50 to 0 to 50 0 Total recommended. 120 140 100 50 to 75 80 to 30 to 80 0 to 30 0 100 to 50 to 0 to 50 0 Broadcast 120 140 100 50 to 75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress 4 weeks after bines emerge Apply 1 lb of boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. NOTE: First year planting N rate should be reduced to 75 lbs/acre. Nitrogen should not be applied after flowering. HERBS (BASIL, PARLESY, CLIANTRO) 6 to 6.5 100 to 175 200 150 100 0 200 150 100 0 Total recommended. 50 to 75 200 150 100 0 200 150 100 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress after first cutting. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress after each additional cutting. LEAFY GREENS, COLLARD, KALE, and MUSTARD 6 to 6.5 75 to 80 150 100 50 0 150 100 50 0 Total recommended. 50 150 100 50 0 150 100 50 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 to 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress, if needed. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. LEEK 6 to 6.5 75 to 125 200 150 100 0 200 150 100 0 Total recommended. 50 to 75 200 150 100 0 200 150 100 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress 3 to 4 weeks after planting, if needed. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. OKRA 6 to 6.5 100 to 200 250 150 100 0 250 150 100 0 Total recommended. 50 to 100 250 150 100 0 250 150 100 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress 3 to 4 weeks after planting. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress 6 to 8 weeks after planting. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer.

NOTE: Where plastic mulches are being used, broadcast 50 to 100 lb nitrogen (N) per acre with recommended P2O5 and K2O and disk incorporate prior to laying mulch. Drip fertilization: See “okra” in specific commodity recommendations later in this handbook. ONION ...Bulb 6 to 6.5 125 to 150 200 100 50 0 200 100 50 0 Total recommended. 50 to 75 200 100 50 0 200 100 50 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 75 to 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress twice 4 to 5 weeks apart. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) and 20 lb sulfur (S) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. ...Green 150 to 175 200 100 50 0 200 100 50 0 Total recommended. 50 to 75 200 100 50 0 200 100 50 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress 4 to 5 weeks after planting. 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress 3 to 4 weeks before harvest. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) and 20 lb sulfur (S) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. * Nitrogen rates should be based on your local fertilizer recommendations.

20 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2. GENERAL FERTILIZER SUGGESTIONS FOR VEGETABLE CROPS* (cont’d) Recommended Nutrients Based on Soil Tests Soil Phosphorus Level Soil Potassium Level Nitrogen Very Very Desirable (N) Low Med High High Low Med High High

CROP pH lb/acre P2O5 lb/acre K2O lb/acre Nutrient Timing and Method PARSNIP 6 to 6.5 50 to 100 150 100 50 0 150 100 50 0 Total recommended. 25 to 50 150 100 50 0 150 100 50 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress 4 to 5 weeks after planting. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. PEA, Garden/English 5.8 to 6.5 40 to 60 120 80 40 0 120 80 40 0 Total recommended. Broadcast and disk-in before seeding. PEPPER ...Bareground 6 to 6.5 100 to 130 200 150 100 0 200 150 100 0 Total recommended. 50 200 150 100 0 200 150 100 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress after first fruit set. 25 to 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress later in season, if needed. ...Plasticulture 100 to 185 320 250 100 0 350 250 100 40 Total recommended. 50 200 150 100 0 200 150 100 40 Broadcast and disk-in. 50 to 135 120 100 0 0 150 100 0 0 Fertigate. Drip fertilization: See “pepper” in specific commodity recommendations later in this handbook. POTATO ...Loams and 5.8 to 6.2 100 to 150 110 90 70 50 200 150 50 50 Total recommended. silt loams 85 to 135 60 40 20 0 200 150 50 50 Broadcast and disk-in. 15 50 50 50 50 0 0 0 0 Band-place with planter at planting. ...Sandy loams 150 200 150 100 50 300 200 100 50 Total recommended. and loamy 50 200 150 100 50 300 200 100 50 Broadcast and disk-in. sands 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress 4 to 5 weeks after planting. PUMPKIN and WINTER SQUASH ...Bareground 6 to 6.5 80 to 90 150 100 50 0 200 150 100 0 Total recommended. 40 to 50 150 100 50 0 200 150 100 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 40 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress when vines begin to run. ...Plasticulture 80 to 150 150 100 50 0 200 150 100 0 Total recommended. 25 to 50 150 100 50 0 100 75 50 0 Disk in row. 55 to 100 0 0 0 0 100 75 50 0 Fertigate. RADISH 6 to 6.5 50 150 100 50 0 150 100 50 0 Total recommended. Broadcast and disk-in. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. RUTABAGA and TURNIP 6 to 6.5 50 to 75 150 100 50 0 150 100 50 0 Total recommended. 25 to 50 150 100 50 0 150 100 50 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress when plants are 4 to 6 in. tall. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. SOUTHERNPEA 5.8 to 6.5 16 96 48 0 0 96 48 0 0 Total recommended. Broadcast and disk-in. SPINACH ...Fall 6 to 6.5 75 to 125 200 150 100 0 200 150 100 0 Total recommended. 50 to 75 200 150 100 0 200 150 100 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress or topdress. ...Overwinter Total recommended for spring application to an overwintered 80 to 120 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 crop. 50 to 80 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Apply in late February. 30 to 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Apply in late March. SQUASH, Summer 6 to 6.5 100 to 130 150 100 50 0 150 100 50 0 Total recommended. 25 to 50 150 100 50 0 150 100 50 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress when vines start to run. 25 to 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Apply through irrigation system. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. Drip fertilization: See “summer squash” in specific commodity recommendations later in this handbook. * Nitrogen rates should be based on your local fertilizer recommendations.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 21 TABLE 2. GENERAL FERTILIZER SUGGESTIONS FOR VEGETABLE CROPS* (cont’d) Recommended Nutrients Based on Soil Tests Soil Phosphorus Level Soil Potassium Level Nitrogen Very Very Desirable (N) Low Med High High Low Med High High

CROP pH lb/acre P2O5 lb/acre K2O lb/acre Nutrient Timing and Method SWEET CORN 6 to 6.5 110 to 155 160 120 80 20 160 120 80 20 Total recommended. 40 to 60 120 100 60 0 120 100 60 0 Broadcast before planting. 20 40 20 20 20 40 20 20 20 Band-place with planter. 50 to 75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress when corn is 12 to 18 in. tall. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. NOTE: On very light sandy soils, sidedress 40 lb N per acre when corn is 6 in. tall and another 40 lb N per acre when corn is 12 to 18 in. tall. SWEETPOTATO 5.8 to 6.2 50 to 80 200 100 50 0 300 200 150 120 Total recommended. 0 150 60 30 0 150 50 30 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 50 to 80 50 40 20 0 150 150 120 120 Sidedress 21 to 28 days after planting. Add 0.5 lb of actual boron (B) per acre 40 to 80 days after transplant. TOMATO ...Bareground 6 to 6.5 80 to 90 200 150 100 0 300 200 100 0 Total recommended. for 40 to 45 200 150 100 0 300 200 100 0 Broadcast and disk-in. Sandy loams 40 to 45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress when first fruits are set as needed. and loamy sands Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. ... Bareground 75 to 80 200 150 100 0 250 150 100 0 Total recommended. for Loam 50 200 150 100 0 250 150 100 0 Broadcast and disk-in. and clay 25 to 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sidedress when first fruits are set as needed. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. ...Plasticulture 130 to 210 200 150 100 0 420 345 275 0 Total recommended. 50 200 150 100 0 125 125 125 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 80 to 160 0 0 0 0 295 220 150 0 Fertigate. Apply 1 to 2 lb boron (B) per acre with broadcast fertilizer. Drip fertilization: See “tomato” in specific commodity recommendations later in this handbook. WATERMELON ...Nonirrigated 6 to 6.5 75 to 90 150 100 50 0 200 150 100 0 Total recommended. 50 150 100 50 0 200 150 100 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 to 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Topdress when vines start to run. ...Irrigated 100 to 150 150 100 50 0 200 150 100 0 Total recommended. 50 150 100 50 0 200 150 100 0 Broadcast and disk-in. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Topdress when vines start to run. 25 to 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Topdress at first fruit set. ...Plasticulture 125 to 150 150 100 50 0 200 150 100 0 Total recommended. 25 to 50 150 100 50 0 100 75 50 0 Disk in row. 100 0 0 0 0 100 75 50 0 Fertigate. NOTE: Excessive rates of N may increase the incidence of hollow heart in seedless watermelon. Drip fertilization: See “watermelon” in specific commodity recommendations later in this handbook. * Nitrogen rates should be based on your local fertilizer recommendations.

TABLE 3. NUTRIENT VALUES FOR MANURE APPLICATIONS AND CROP RESIDUES

N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O Pounds per Ton Pounds per Ton Cattle manure 5-101 3 3 Ladino clover sod 60 0 0 Poultry manure 25-501 20 10 Crimson clover sod 50 0 0 Pig manure 5-101 2 2 Red clover sod 40 0 0 Horse manure 6-121 3 6 Birdsfoot trefoil 40 0 0 Liquid poultry manure 7-151 5-10 5-10 Lespedeza 20 0 0 (5 - 15% solids) Soybeans 2 Alfalfa sod 50-100 0 0 Tops and roots 40 0 0 Hairy vetch 50-100 0 0 Grain harvest residue 15 0 0 1 Lower values for fall - and winter - applied manure and higher values for spring - applied manure. Use these figures only if anurem being used has not been analyzed. 2 75% stand = 100 - 0 - 0, 50% stand = 75 - 0 - 0, and 25% stand = 50 - 0 - 0.

22 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Table 3A. NUTRIENT VALUES FOR VARIOUS PLANT, ANIMAL, AND NATURAL PRODUCTS Typical NPK Analysis

Plant By-Products N P2O5 K20 Release Time Alfalfa Meal or Pellets 2.0 1.0 2.0 1 to 4 months Corn Gluten Meal 9.0 0.0 0.0 1 to 4 months Cottonseed Meal 6.0 0.4 to 3.0 1.5 1 to 4 months Soybean Meal 7.0 1.2 to 2.0 1.5 to 7.0 1 to 4 months Kelp Powder 1.0 0.0 4.0 Immediate to 1 month Animal By-Products Bat Guano (high N) 10.0 3.0 1.0 4 plus months Bat Guano (high P) 3.0 10.0 1.0 4 plus months Blood Meal 12.0 to 14.0 2.0 1.0 1 to 4 months Bone Meal (raw) 3.0 22.0 0.0 1 to 4 months Bone Meal (steamed) 1.0 to 2.0 11.0 to 15.0 0.0 1 to 4 months Feather Meal 7.0 to 12.0 0.0 0.0 4 plus months Fish Emulsion 5.0 2.0 2.0 1 to 4 months Fish Powder 12.0 0.3 1.0 Immediate to 1 month Enzymatically Digested Hydrolyzed Liquid Fish 4.0 2.0 2.0 1 to 4 months Fish Meal 10.0 6.0 2.0 1 to 4 months Worm Castings 2.0 1.5 1.5 1 to 4 months Natural Minerals “Soft” Rock Phosphate 0.0 14 to 16 0.0 Very slow (years) Greensand 0.0 0.0 3.0 Very slow

TABLE 4. PERCENT AGE EQUIVALENTS AND CONVERSION FACTORS FOR MAJOR, SECONDARY, AND MICRONUTRIENT FERTILIZER SOURCES Lb of Material Lb of Material Required to Supply Required to Supply Fertilizer Plant Food 1 Lb of the Initially Fertilizer Plant Food 1 Lb of the Initially Source Material Contents,% List ­ed Plant Nutrient Source Material Contents,% List ­ed Plant Nutrient Nitrogen Materials Magnesium Materials

Monoammonium phosphate* 11 (N) and 48 (P2O5) 9.1 Epsom salts* 10 (Mg) and 13 (S) 9.6 Nitrate of potash* 13 (N) and 44 (K O) 7.7 2 Sulfate of potash-magnesia* 11.1 (Mg) and 21.8 (K2O) 9.0

Nitrate of soda-potash* 15 (N) and 14 (K2O) 6.7 Kieserite* 18.1 (Mg) 5.5 Calcium nitrate* 15 (N) and 19 (Ca) 6.7 Brucite 39 (Mg) 2.6 Nitrate of soda 16 (N) 6.3 Sulphur Materials

Diammonium phosphate* 18 (N) and 46 (P2O5) 5.6 Granulated sulfur 90 to 92 (S) 1.1 Nitrogen solution 20 (N) 5.0 Ammonium sulfate* 23 (S) and 20.5 (N) 4.3 Ammonium sulfate* 20.5 (N) and 23 (S) 4.9 Gypsum* 15-18 (S) and 19 to 23 (Ca) 6.1 Nitrogen solution 30 (N) 3.3 Epsom salts* 13 (S) and 10 (Mg) 7.7 Nitrogen solution 32 (N) 3.1 Boron Materials Ammonium nitrate 33.5 to 34.0 (N) 3.0 Fertilizer Borate Granular* 14.30 (B) 7.0 Nitrogen solution 40 (N) 2.5 Fertilizer Borate-48 14.91 (B) 6.7 Urea 45 to 46 (N) 2.2 Solubor 20.50 (B) 4.9 Anhydrous ammonia 82 (N) 1.2 Fertilizer Borate-68 21.13 (B) 4.7 Phosphorus Materials Manganese Materials

Normal superphosphate* 20 (P2O5) and 11 (S) 5.0 Manganese sulfate* 24.0 (Mn) 4.2

Triple superphosphate* 44 to 46 (P2O5) 2.2 Manganese sulfate* 25.5 (Mn) 3.9

Monoammmonium phosphate* 48 (P2O5) and 11 (N) 2.1 Manganese sulfate* 29.1 (Mn) 3.4

Diammonium phosphate* 46 (P2O5) and 18 (N) 2.2 Manganese oxide 48.0 (Mn) 2.1 Potassium Materials Manganese oxide 55.0 (Mn) 1.8

Nitrate of soda-potash* 14 (K2O) and 13 (N) 7.1 Zinc Materials

Sulfate of potash-magnesia* 21.8 (K2O) and 11.1 (Mg) 4.6 Zinc sulfate* 36 (Zn) 2.8

Nitrate of potash* 44 (K2O) and 13 (N) 2.3 Zinc oxide 73 (Zn) 1.4

Sulfate of potash* 50 (K2O) and 17 (S) 2.0 Molybdenum Materials

Muriate of potash* 60 (K2O) 1.7 Sodium molybdate 39.5 (Mo) 2.5 Sodium molybdate 46.6 (Mo) 2.1 Ammonium molybdate* 56.5 (Mo) 1.8

* Supplies more than one essential nutrient.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 23 BRANDT® EnzUp® Prime Soil For Success

New, patent pending enzyme technology

■ Delivers a high concentration of enzymes that are treated to UP TO stay active in the soil longer ■ Apply at planting to boost germination, growth and root mass 12% ■ Enzymes break down organic matter and convert nutrients 1 into smaller, digestible units YIELD INCREASE

Learn more: visit www.brandt.co/enzup or email [email protected]

Brandt Consolidated, Inc. www.brandt.co

¹Source: BRANDT Field Trials 2016-2020 MINIMUM TILLAGE FOR VEGETABLE COVER CROPS PRODUCTION Many soils that are not productive due to poor physical properties The development of various types of tillage practices was an inte- can be restored and made more productive through the continued gral part of the evolution of modern farming practices. Tillage is use of cover crops. Many cover crops can reduce or limit the build- helpful in crop production systems for purposes of weed manage- up of some soilborne disease and insect pests that damage vegeta- ment, incorporation of amendments such as lime and fertilizer, buri- ble crops. al of crop residues to facilitate other field operations, disease man- Prevalent disease and insect pressure should be considered agement and the preparation of a seedbed that is conducive to crop when selecting a cover crop as some covers crops could increase establishment. While the use of tillage practices provides a number the severity of these pests. In some cases, specific cultivars of cover of benefits to crop producers, agronomists have also learned that crops can differ in their reaction to various nematodes. For exam- the soil disturbance associated with tillage has some drawbacks. In ple, ‘Cahaba White’ common vetch is suppressive to southern root- a nutshell, tillage over time results in the degradation of several soil knot nematodes while ‘Vantage’ common vetch is susceptible to properties that are important to crop productivity. southern root-knot nematode. One of these properties is organic matter content. Organic mat- With intensive cropping, working the soil when it is too wet ter is important because it contributes appreciably to the water and and excessive traffic from using heavy-tillage equipment all will nutrient holding capacity of soil and to the maintenance of a desir- contribute to severely damaging soils. These practices cause soils able soil structure. These soil properties, in turn, allow soil to better to become hard and compact, resulting in poor seed germination, support the weight of equipment and workers. In warm southern loss of transplants, and shallow root formation of surviving plants. climates the loss of organic matter due to tillage is even more pro- Such soils can easily form crusts becoming compact, making them nounced than in cooler climates. Tilled soil is also less hospitable difficult to irrigate properly. Combined, all of these practices will to a variety of soil organisms including microbes, insects and other yield negative consequences for your soil; poor plant stands, poor small animals. When present in adequate numbers these are benefi- crop growth, low yields, and loss of income. In some cases, sub- cial for various reasons. When minimum tillage is used, soil struc- soiling in the row might help improve aeration and drainage but ture is improved by the release of exudates of various organisms its effect is limited and short term. Continued and dedicated use of that glue soil particles together into larger, more desirable aggre- cover crops will aid in preventing these conditions. gates, plant roots benefit from the increased presence of pore spaces Cover crops can also be planted in strips for wind protection in the soil such as earthworm channels, and plant diseases may also during the early part of the next growing season. Annual rye seed- be reduced by the increased diversity of soil microorganisms. ed before November can be a good choice for use in wind protec- Adoption of minimum tillage in vegetable production is tion. Cover crops reduce nutrient loss during the winter and early possible but requires careful planning and preparation. Making a spring. When using a cover crop, covers crops should be disked or transition to minimum tillage will affect a number of vegetable plowed before they seriously deplete soil moisture. production field operations. For example, one common objective Seeding dates suggested in the following section are for the of minimum tillage is to retain crop residues on the soil surface. central part of the Southeastern United States and will vary with These residues are beneficial for reducing soil erosion but also may elevation and northern or southern locations. For state specific interfere with the seeding of crops, particularly small-seeded veg- recommendations for planting dates for cover crops, consult your etable crops. Similarly, cultivation, often an important measure for local Extension office. controlling weeds in vegetables, may require different equipment than what the farmer is able to use in conventionally tilled fields. Summer Cover Crops In general, it may be best to start with those vegetables that are Summer cover crops can be useful in controlling weeds, soil borne grown similarly to agronomic row crops or to use crops that can diseases, and nematodes. They also provide organic matter and be established by transplanting through crop residues. Row crop can improve soil tilth while reducing soil erosion. There are many examples include sweet corn and cowpeas. Examples of vegetables potential summer cover crops available but you will need to find that are easily transplanted include tomato, pepper, squash and wa- one that will work well in your area and into your overall produc- termelon. tion scheme. Sudex (sorghum-sudan grass cross) (do not allow to Growers interested in adopting minimum tillage practices exceed 3 ft. before mowing), southernpeas (cowpeas), millet, and should begin by learning about the practices currently employed by Lab Lab are summer cover crops that provide organic matter, con- agronomic crop producers and others who grow vegetables using trol erosion and will enhance the natural biota of your soil. reduced tillage. One such practice is to limit tillage and seedbed Summer cover crops, such as sudangrass or sudex, seeded at preparation to a narrow strip where the crop will be planted. This 20 to 40 pounds per acre are good green manure crops. Sunhemp may be done in combination with the use of cover crops that are and pearl millet also provide a good green manure; can be planted killed by rolling and crimping prior to tilling the strip. This method as early as field corn is planted requiring eight to 12 weeks of frost- has been used successfully for vegetables such as tomatoes and cu- free growth conditions. These crops should be clipped, mowed, or curbits. disked to prevent seed development that could lead to weed prob- lems. Summer cover crops can be disked and planted to wheat or rye in September or allowed to winter-kill and tilled-in the follow- ing spring.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 25 Soil test to determine lime and fertilizer needs. For state spe- forage source for grazing animals and a straw source if harvested cific recommendations for planting dates, seeding dates and man- before mature seeds are formed or after rye seed harvest (typical agement for cover crops, consult your local Extension office. seeding rate: 60-120 lbs/A). BARLEY: Barley provides an excellent source of biomass in the spring. It grows shorter than rye, will tiller, and potentially produc- Types of Summer Cover Crops: Small Grains SEEDING RATES AND DEPTHS es as much straw/forage/plow-down as rye. Barley takes longer to SORGHUM-SUDANGRASS: broadcast 50 to 60 lbs/A; catch up with equivalent rye biomass in the spring, and the possi- drill 45 to 50 lbs/A (seeding depth: ½ - 1½ in.) bility of winter kill will be greater with barley. Late fall planting of SUDANGRASS: broadcast 40 to 50 lbs/A; barley will often result in winter kill. Plant in September or early drill 35 to 40 lbs/A (seeding depth: ½ - 1 in.) October for greatest survival (typical seeding rate: 80-120 lbs/A broadcast; 60-110 lbs/A drilled). JAPANESE MILLET: broadcast 25 to 35 lbs/A; drill 20 to 25 lbs/A (seeding depth: ½ - 1 in.) WHEAT: Using wheat as a cover crop works well and provides the GERMAN FOXTAIL MILLET: broadcast 30 to 40 lbs/A; additional option of a grain harvest. Wheat can be seeded late Sep- drill 25 to 30 lbs/A (seeding depth: ½-1 in.) tember through mid-November. Wheat produces biomass similar to barley but will be a week or two later. It can be grazed before PEARL MILLET: broadcast 10-25 lbs/acre; turning under or harvested for grain and the straw removed. Prob- drill 5 to 15 lbs/A (seeding depth: ½ - 1 in.) lems may occur if the Hessian fly is abundant, so choose another BUCKWHEAT: broadcast 50 to 100 lbs/A; small grain in areas where Hessian fly is present. (typical seeding drill 30 to 90 lbs/A (seeding depth: ½ in.) rate: 60-120 lbs/A) OATS: Oats can be managed to provide many options for the cover Types of Summer Cover Crops: Legumes SEEDING RATES AND DEPTHS crop and good late spring biomass. Seeding spring oats during Sep- COWPEAS: broadcast 70 to 120 lbs/A; tember or October provides a good cover crop that will winter-kill drill 40 to 50 lbs/A (seeding depth: 1- 1½ in.) in the colder areas but may overwinter in warmer areas. It can (USDA Cowpea lines 1136, 1137 and 1138 are soft seeded [i.e., be grazed, made into excellent hay, or the grain harvested and oat typically will not reseed as volunteers the following season] and straw produced. Planting spring oats in the early fall can provide nematode resistant; each plant covers 100 sq ft) good winter-killed mulch that could benefit perennial vegetables or small fruits. Spring oats survive through some milder winters; SESBANIA: broadcast 25 to 40 lbs/A; thus, herbicides may be necessary to kill spring oats in perennial drill 20 to 25 lbs/A (seeding depth: ½ - 1 in.) plantings (typical seeding rate: 80-120 lbs/A). SOYBEAN: broadcast 80 to 100 lbs/A; drill 60 to 80 lbs/A (seeding depth: 1- 1½ in.) RYEGRASS: This grass has great potential use as a green manure and as a forage/hay material, but ryegrass can potentially become a SUNNHEMP: broadcast 30 to 40 lbs/A; difficult pest in some farm operations. In the mountain region, rye- drill 25 to 35 lbs/A (seeding depth: ½ - 1 in.) drill 60 lbs/A for no-till or for vegetable transplants grass grows rather slowly in the fall and provides only moderate winter erosion protection, but in late spring it produces an abun- VELVETBEAN: broadcast 30 to 40 lbs/A; dant supply of biomass. drill 25 to 35 lbs/A (seeding depth: ½ - 1½ in.) Grazing and spring hay from ryegrass can be excellent, and a LAB LAB: broadcast 50 to 60 lbs/A; fine, extensive root system makes it a great source for plow-down. drill 40 to 45 lbs/A (seeding depth: ½ - 1½ in.) (typical seeding rate: 5-10 lbs/A drilled; 15-30 lbs/A broadcast) Italian ryegrass can be seeded and then bedder-disked for bare ground or plasticulture. The remaining ryegrass will form a mulch Winter Cover Crops between the beds (typical seeding rate: 100 lbs/A). Choosing a grass cover crop is a little easier than choosing a le- TRITICALE: Triticale is a small grain resulting from a cross be- gume. Rye, triticale, barley, wheat, oats, and ryegrass can be plant- tween wheat and rye. Triticale has similar characteristics to wheat, ed in the fall; expect to harvest or plow under anywhere from 1/2 while the plant has the overall vigor and winter-hardiness of rye. ton to 4 tons of dry matter per acre. Soil test to determine lime and Fall planting of triticale should follow similar recommendations fertilizer needs. as wheat, sowing 60 to 120 lbs/acre. Triticale biomass can exceed wheat, thus plowing under or killing for no-till culture should oc- Types Of Winter Cover Crops: Small Grains cur at an earlier time in the spring. RYE: Rye is probably used more as a winter cover than any other NOTES on SMALL GRAINS: Determine small grain fertilizer grain. Rye can be sown from late September through mid-Novem- and lime needs based on soil test results. Successful stand es- ber. Most ryes will grow well in the fall (even late fall) and in late tablishment generally can be obtained with planting dates later winter/early spring. This makes rye a top choice for farmers who than those of legumes, even as late as early December in coastal have late-season vegetable crops with little time left before winter plain regions. This permits establishment of the cover crop after to sow a cover. Spring growth provides excellent biomass to turn late-fall-harvested crops such as sweetpotatoes. Remember, that under for use in early potatoes, cole crops, etc. Rye also provides a some soil erosion protection may be sacrificed with late seeding

26 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States dates. For sandier coastal plain soils, rye is the preferred small BIOFUMIGATION AND COVER CROPS: Biofumigation is the grain cover crop. As previously discussed, seeding depth varies horticultural practice of using naturally produced volatile chem- from ½ to 1½ inches, depending on soil texture. Planting methods icals or allelochemicals to suppress soil-borne pathogens, pests, are the same as described for legumes. and weeds. These allelochemicals (specifically isothiocyanates produced when glucosinolates break down) are produced when Types Of Winter Cover Crops: Legumes crops in the Brassica family decompose in the soil. A wide range in planting dates exists for most legumes, though best Brassica crops have been used extensively as winter cover results are obtained with early plantings. Early seeding dates are crops and as “break crops” where the residues are tilled into the easy to meet with legume cover crops following spring vegetables. soil for their biofumigation effect. They have also been used in ro- Because Cahaba White Vetch possesses little winter hardiness, it is tations, where the Brassica crop is harvested for sale and then the not adapted to western NC and the northern regions of other south- remaining residue is tilled-in for the biofumigation effect. There eastern states. Freeze damage has also occurred with Austrian Win- are several commercially available cover crops that have been used ter Pea in higher elevations (above 2,500 feet). Avoid planting late for biofumigation. “Caliente 119” (a mixture of oilseed radish and otherwise you increase the risk of winter kill. For state specific rec- mustard), oilseed radish, “Florida Broadleaf Mustard”, garden ommendations for planting dates, seeding dates and management cress, penny cress, “Dwarf Essex” rape, and several canola variet- for legume cover crops, consult your local Extension office. ies have been reported to have biofumigation potential. In much of the southeast region of the U.S., these crops can be SEEDING RATES AND DEPTHS seeded in fall and over-wintered, or direct seeded in early spring. In REGAL GRAZE LADINO CLOVER: broadcast 15 to 20 lbs/A either case, the crop should be chopped and tilled-in when it is in (seeding depth: 1/4 in.). Can be bedder-disked for bare ground or the early flowering stage in order to achieve the maximum biofumi- plasticulture forming a between row mulch useful for conventional gation potential. The early flowering stage is the point at which the or bare ground production. Inhibits yellow nutsedge and can sur- allelochemical concentrations are their highest. Seeding rates range vive year round with moisture. from 4 to 20 lbs/A and will vary with location and seed size (gener- ally, the smaller the seed size, the lower the rate). CRIMSON CLOVER: broadcast 20 to 25 lbs/A; These crops respond and produce more biomass and more bio- drill 15 to 20 lbs/A (seeding depth: ¼ - ½ in.) fumigation potential when provided with 30 to 90 lbs/A N fertilizer HAIRY VETCH: broadcast 20 to 30 lbs/A; at planting. These crops grow rapidly and can normally be plowed drill 15 to 20 lbs/A (seeding depth: ½ - 1½ in.) down in 6 to 10 weeks. In areas where the average last spring frost is 1 May or later, only spring planting is recommended. Optimal results occur when the Brassica cover crop is chopped, and tilled CAHABA WHITE VETCH: broadcast 20 to 30 lbs/A; completely into the top 6 to 8 inches of soil and then watered in drill 15 to 20 lbs/A (seeding depth: ½ - 1½ in.) thoroughly. Watering in will help trap the volatile compounds into AUSTRIAN WINTER PEA: broadcast 25 to 35 lbs/A; the soil. Brassica seed meals (specifically mustard seed meal) may drill 20 to 25 lbs/A (seeding depth: ¾ - 1½ in.) also be utilized for biofumigation. Mustard seed meal is highly concentrated in volatiles and also provides a partial source of or- ganic fertilizer for the following crop. Mustard seed meal can be When seeding, use shallow planting depths for finer-textured, used as a biofumigant by spreading it like a fertilizer, tilling into clayey soils and deeper depths for coarse-textured, sandy soils. the soil, and then watering in to trap the volatiles. Drilling into a conventional seedbed is the most reliable way to obtain a uniform stand. A no-till grain drill can be used success- PLOWDOWN: Plowing early defeats the purpose of growing cover fully, provided residue from the previous crop is not excessive crops as little biomass will have been produced by the cover crop. and soil moisture is sufficient to allow the drill to penetrate to the In the case of legume cover crops, they require sufficient time to desired planting depth. Seeds can be broadcast if the soil has been develop biomass which an early plowdown would prevent. If you disked and partially smoothed. Cultipacking after broadcasting will need to plow early, use a grass cover crop (rye) that produces good encourage good soil/seed contact. Crimson clover, in particular, re- fall growth and will provide maximum biomass for incorporation. sponds favorably to cultipacking. Allow 3-6 weeks between plowdown and planting.

MIXING GRASS AND LEGUMES: Planting a single grass or le- gume may be necessary, but combining a grass and legume to- TRANSPLANT PRODUCTION gether may prove better than either one alone. Grasses provide These recommendations apply to plants grown under controlled soil protection during the winter and also produce great forage or conditions IN GREENHOUSES OR HOTBEDS. (Field-grown plow-down organic matter. Legumes do not grow well during the plants are covered under the specific crop.) A transplant is affected winter, but late spring growth is abundant and produces high pro- by factors such as temperature, fertilization, water, and spacing.­ A tein forage and nitrogen for the following crop. Crimson clover is good transplant is one that has been grown under the best possible a legume to grow in combination with a grass. Crimson clover’s condi­tions. height matches well with barley, wheat, and oats, but may be shad- Table 5 presents optimum and minimum temperatures for seed ed and outcompeted by rye. Hairy vetch has been sown with grass germination and plant growth, time and spacing (area) require- cover crops for many years, using the grass/vetch combination as a ments, and number of plants per square foot for a number of eco- hay or plowdown. nomically important vegetable crops in the southeastern US.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 27 Commercial Plant-growing Mixes. A number of commercial me- and 3 to 4 weeks; eggplant and tomato require a 1.0 inch cell and dia formulations are available for growing transplants. Most of 5 to 7 weeks; and pepper requires a 0.5 to 0.8 inch cell and 5 to 7 these mixes will produce high-quality transplants when used with weeks. Other options are available depending on the crop and your good management practices. However, these mixes can vary great- situation. ly in composition, particle size, pH, aeration, nutrient content, and Seed Germination. Seed that is sown in flats to be “pricked out” water-holding capacity. Avoid formulations having fine particles, at a later date should be germinated in vermiculite­ (horticultur- as these may hold excessive water and have poor aeration. Have al grade, coarse sand size) or a plug growing mix. However, it mix formulations tested by your state’s soil test laboratory to deter- is recommended that no fertilizer be included in the mix or the mine the pH and the level of nutrients the mix contains. vermiculite­ and avoid fertilizing the seedlings until the seed leaves Treatment of Flats. Flats used in the production of transplants­ (cotyledons) are fully expanded and the true leaves are beginning­ should be new or as clean as new to avoid damping-off and other to unfold. Fertilization should be in the liquid form and at one-half disease problems. If flats are to be reused, they should be thor- the rate for any of the ratios listed in the following section on “Liq- oughly cleaned after use and completely submerged in a household uid Feeding.” Seedlings can be held for a limited time if fertiliza- bleach solution for at least 5 minutes. Use 5 gallons of 5.25% sodi- tion is withheld until 3 to 4 days before “pricking out.” Seed that is um hypochlorite (such as Clorox) for each 100 gallons of solution sown in pots or other containers and that will not be “pricked out” required. Permit flats to dry completely prior to use. Never treat later can be germinated in a mix that contains fertilizer. flats with creosote or pentachlorophenol.­ To get earlier, more uniform emergence, germinate and grow Plant Containers: There are a wide variety of containers available seedlings on benches or in a floor-heated greenhouse. Germina- for starting seeds for transplants. Most growers start seeds either in tion can be aided by using germination mats which provide heat flats or in cell packs. directly to the trays. With supplemental heating such as this, The main advantage of using flats is that more plants can fit seedling emergence and uniformity can be enhanced decreasing into the same space compared to cell packs. However, if you start the amount of time required to produce a transplant. If floor heat- seeds in flats, you will need to transplant to larger cell packs or to ing or benches is not available, seed the trays, water, and stack individual pots as the seedlings get bigger. them off the floor during germination. Be sure to unstack trays be- Seeding directly into cell packs saves time, because trans- fore seedlings emerge. planting into a larger container later is not necessary. Cell packs Heating and Venting. Exhaust from heaters must be vented to the come in many different cell sizes; the overall tray size is standard- outside. It is also recommended to have an outside fresh air intake ized. For tomatoes and peppers, 72-cell packs work well. For larg- for the heaters. Be sure vents and fans are properly designed and er-seeded vegetables; such as cucumbers, squash, and watermel- positioned to avoid drawing exhaust gases into the greenhouse. Ex- ons, 48-cell packs work better. haust gases from oil and improperly adjusted gas heating systems Each vegetable crop has specific cell sizes for containerized can cause yellowing, stunting, and death of seedlings. Do not grow transplant production and requires a certain number of weeks be- or hold seedlings in an area where pesticides are stored. fore they are ready for transplanting (Table 5). For example: broc- coli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, cauliflower, and collards require a Liquid Feeding. The following materials dissolved in 5 gallons of 0.8 to 1.0 inch cell and 5 to 7 weeks to reach an adequate size for water and used over an area of 20 square feet are recommended­ for transplanting; cantaloupe and watermelons require a 1.0 inch cell use on the transplants if needed:

20-20-20 1.2-1.6 oz/5 gal water TABLE 5. OPTIMUM AND MINIMUM TEMPERATURES FOR TRANSPLANT PRODUCTION 15-15-15 2 oz/5 gal water °F °F Weeks 15-30-15 2 oz/5 gal water Opt. Day Min. Night to Grow Broccoli 65-70 60 5-7 Rinse leaves after liquid feeding. Fertilizers used for liquid feeding Cabbage 65 60 5-7 must be 100% water soluble. Cantaloupe1 70-75 65 3-5 When transplanting to the field, use a “starter fertilizer” being Cauliflower 65-70 60 5-8 sure to follow the manufacture’s recommendations. Cucumber 70-75 65 2-3 Watering. Keep these mixes moist but not continual­ ­ly wet. Wa- Eggplants 70-85 65 5-8 ter less in cloudy weather. Watering in the morning allows plant Endive & Escarole 70-75 70 5-7 surfaces to dry before night and reduces the possibility of dis- Lettuce 60-65 40 5-6 ease development. Onions 65-70 60 8-12 Peppers 70-75 60 5-8 Hardening and Transplant Height Control. Proper hardening of Summer squash 70-75 65 2-3 transplants, stiffens stems, and hardens the transplants increasing Sweetpotato 75-85 ambient 4-5 their survival. Tomatoes 65-75 60 5-6 There are several methods – chemical and cultural – used to harden transplants and the choice of which to use is often crop-de- Watermelon, seeded 85-90 80 3-5 pendent. At this time there is one chemical plant growth regulator Watermelon, seedless 85-90 85 3-6 available for use in producing vegetable transplants but its use is 1 Cantaloupe and other melons limited to several solanaceous crops.

28 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Transplant Height Control. The goal of a transplant producer GRAFTING IN VEGETABLE CROPS should be to produce a strong transplant with sturdy growth that The phase-out of methyl bromide fumigation is driving the search can withstand transplanting into the field. Tall, spindly, or over- for alternative methods to manage soilborne pathogens in vegeta- grown transplants can be difficult to remove from the transplant ble crops. Although alternative pesticides and other physical treat- tray and might become entangled in the transplanting equipment. ments are being tested and developed, grafting with resistant root- There are a few methods available that can aid the producer to con- stocks offers the best method to avoid soilborne diseases. Grafting trol the top growth of developing transplants. One method is to use involves combining a desirable scion, which is the fruit-bearing cold water for irrigation, 33-34°F, which has been shown in some portion of a grafted plant, with a rootstock, which provides resis- species to control top growth. tance to various soilborne pathogens. The scion is generally from Brushing the plants, or setting up fans so that the plants are a plant that produces highly desirable fruit. However, grafting can moved (brushed by air) is another method. This results in a me- also influence vegetative growth and flowering, affect fruit ripen- chanical stress of the plant stem and can result in shorter plants ing and fruit quality, enhance abiotic stress resistance, and enhance overall. The intensity and frequency of brushing will have to yield especially under low temperature conditions. be adjusted to avoid damage to developing foliage while still At present, most research is being conducted on grafting to achieving height control. solanaecous and cucurbit plants. The primary motive for grafting Chemical Hardening. Recently, a label for Sumagic™ tomato and watermelon is to manage soilborne pests and pathogens, (uniconazole) has been released allowing foliar sprays on the fol- when genetic or chemical approaches for management of these dis- lowing vegetable transplants: tomato, pepper, ornamental pepper, eases are not available. Grafting a susceptible scion onto a resistant eggplant, tomatillo, ground cherry, and pepino. But the new label rootstock can provide a resistant cultivar without the need to breed is rather restrictive; the maximum total allowed application is 10 a resistant cultivar. Furthermore, grafting allows a rapid response to ppm at 2 quarts per 1,000 square feet. This means only one 10- new races of pathogens, and, in the short-term, provides a less ex- ppm spray, two 5-ppm, or four 2.5-ppm sprays are allowed, and so pensive and more flexible solution for controlling soilborne diseases on. The final spray must be made no later than two weeks after the than by breeding new, resistant cultivars. two- to four-leaf stage, about four to six weeks after sowing. Grafted transplants are more expensive than non-grafted trans- For production of retail tomato transplants in six-packs to plants (as much as 4x) due to labor, material costs (grafting supplies, 4-inch pots, we recommend an initial uniconazole spray at 1 to 2.5 seed costs of rootstock and scion), and specialized facilities required ppm two weeks after sowing. If additional height control is need- to produce grafted plants. These specialized facilities include heal- ed, up to three additional applications of 1 to 2.5 ppm can be made ing chambers, grafting rooms, and trained personnel to produce and at seven-day intervals. Until we know more about the post-harvest care for these grafted transplants. Potential changes in fruit quality, effects and the range of sensitivity each cultivar demonstrates, we which occur with some rootstocks, must also be considered. Commer- recommend growers avoid the use of higher rates in excess of 5 cial transplant producers offer grafting services and with improved ppm. Uniconazole is a highly active PGR (plant growth regulator), grafting techniques and mechanization, costs are decreasing. Grafted it is critical to emphasize that caution is paramount while imple- transplants are available on the east and west coast. menting uniconazole for vegetable transplant height control. The most current research and new developments in graft- Cultural Methods for Hardening. Cultural methods used to hard- ing can be found at http://www.graftingvegetables.org. This site en transplants employ reducing water and altering the ambient contains the latest findings on grafting solanaecous (tomatoes, temperatures. Combinations of these two methods are often used. peppers, eggplants, etc.) and cucurbit (watermelons, melons, etc.) By reducing the amount of water used and lowering ambient crops. You will find detailed tables listing research on rootstocks temperatures, one can cause a “check” in plant growth (a “slow and their specific attributes. The USDA-ARS has released the first down”) to prepare plants for field setting. Never reduce or limit US watermelon rootstock (Carolina Strongback). This rootstock fertilizer as a means to harden transplants because it will often de- has multiple sites for resistance to race 1 and 2 of Fusarium and lay maturity. If ambient temperatures are too low, chilling injury tolerance to root-knot nematode. This rootstock is available to trial can result causing plant damage and delayed re-growth after trans- this year and will be commercially available in 2019. planting. Caution: Lowering air temperature on some crops, such as cool season crops, might induce bolting. Grafting has become the predominately-practiced grow- ing method in Asia. Currently 95% of watermelons and Orien- DIF. Plant height can be held in check and hardening can be im- tal melons are grafted in Japan, Korea, and Taiwan. This is due proved by using a process that reduces or increases ambient tem- to their lack of land for rotation. Until recently, grafting had not peratures in the early morning over the course of several days. been considered a potential cultural practice in the US. However, Plants elongate most at daybreak. Raising the temperature before grafting is gaining popularity in the US due to increasing limited daybreak (2 hours before) or lowering the temperature just after land availability for rotation and the loss of soil fumigation as a daybreak (2 hours after) by 10°F will cause plants to be shorter means for managing soilborne diseases. Currently grafted trans- and more hardened. This process is called DIF, because you are plants costs are as much as $1.30 per transplant. This is nearly four employing a difference in temperature. DIF can be positive or times the cost of a standard transplant. Grafting presents an option, negative, but positive DIF is more commonly used for hardening however, for soilborne pathogen management for diseases such as transplants. Negative DIF can cause crop injury on cold sensitive Fusarium wilt, Monosporascus vine decline, Phytophthora blight, crops or bolting on cool season crops. root-knot nematode, and other soilborne diseases.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 29 Additionally, grafting can enhance tolerance to abiotic stress; volves covering the plants with a plastic cover or protecting them increase water and nutrient use efficiency; extend harvest periods; in some type of healing chamber where temperature and humidi- and improve fruit yield and quality in certain cucurbits. There is a ty can be regulated. Some method should be employed to reduce wide array of potential rootstocks: Lagenaria spp. (bottled gourd), light intensity to the grafted plants for several days after the pro- interspecific squash hybrids, wild watermelon, or melon. These cedure. It is critical to increase the humidity in the chamber to rootstocks can produce vigorous plants with resistance to many near 100% for the first two days. Humidity must then be reduced soilborne diseases. However, each rootstock type provides advan- incrementally over the next five days to prohibit the formation of tages or disadvantages under certain environmental conditions. adventitious roots from the scion and to provide time for the graft Check with the transplant grower to see which rootstock they union to heal. Tomato grafts heal quickly and the seedlings can be would recommend for your area. acclimated back into the greenhouse after 4-5 days. With both cleft and tube grafting, it is important that the Grafting Methods for Cucurbits. Grafting in cucurbits is the most dif- diameter of the cut ends (of the scion and the rootstock) match ficult to do and continuous practice is needed to be successful. There are up perfectly. If the diameter does not match, the graft may not four commonly used methods to date: tongue approach graft, hole inser- heal properly, if at all. Rootstock cultivars tend to have differ- tion graft, one cotyledon graft, and side graft. Each of these methods are ent growth habits than scion cultivars so it is important to grow described in detail in the following publication: R. Hassell, F. Memmott, a small amount of rootstock and scion seed at first to determine and D Liere (2008) Grafting methods for watermelon production in their growth rate relative to each other. Rootstock cultivars tend to HortScience. 43(6):1677-1679. be more vigorous than scion cultivars. Another critical factor is to Only one of these methods is currently automated (one coty- cut rootstock seedlings below the cotyledons. If the cotyledons are ledon graft method). The other three methods are labor intensive. left, they will generate suckers that will compete with the scion Remember that grafting is an art that requires attention to detail. and requiring pruning. For step-by-step instructions, go to http:// The major concern with cucurbit grafting is the constant threat of graftvegetables.org/. regrowth of the rootstock, which needs to be removed by hand. Current research by Hassell and Daley at Clemson University has DISEASE CONTROL IN PLANT BEDS eliminated any chance of regrowth by destroying the growing point For the best control of all soil-borne diseases, use a good commer- of the rootstock. You can read about this method by acquiring the cial plant-growing mix. If this is not possible, use one of the fol- following publications. Additional information can be found at lowing procedures: http://www.graftingvegetables.org: Preplant. The only practice that ensures complete sterilization 1. Daley, S.L., J. Adelberg, and R. L. Hassell. 2014. Improve- of soil is the use of steam. When steam is used, a temperature of ment of grafted watermelon transplant survival as a result of 180°F must be maintained throughout the entire mass of soil for 30 size and starch increased over time caused by rootstock fat- minutes. ty alcohol treatment: part 1. HortTechnology 24(3):343-349. Further information on sanitizing equipment, storage houses, 2. Daley, S.L., W. P. Wechter, and R. L. Hassell. 2014. Im- produce and water can be found in Table 3-51. provement of grafted transplant survival as a result of size Seed Treatment. Seed treatment is important to control seed- and starch increase over time caused by rootstock fatty alco- borne diseases. Use of untreated seed could lead to diseases hol treatment: part ll. HortTechnology 24(3): 350-354. in the plant bed which could reduce plant stands or result in 3. Daley, S.L., and R. L. Hassell. 2014. Fatty alcohol applica- diseased transplants and potential crop failure. See sections tion to control meristematic regrowth in bottle gourd and on SEED TREATMENTS in Tables 3-50 and 3-51 for detailed interspecific hybrid squash rootstocks used for grafting wa- information on how to properly treat seeds and for materials la- termelon. HortScience 49(3):206-264. beled for use as seed treatments.

Grafting Methods for Tomatoes. There are three primary tech- Postplant. Damping-off and foliar diseases can be a problem in niques used for grafting tomatoes: tongue approach grafting, cleft plant beds. To prevent these diseases, it may be necessary to ap- grafting, and tube (or clip) grafting. Cleft grafting and tube graft- ply fungicide sprays especially as plants become crowded in plant ing are similar in that the shoot of the fruit-producing scion is beds. Refer to label clearance­ before use. The use of sphagnum completely cut off from its own roots and attached to the severed moss as a top dressing will reduce damping-off because it keeps stem of the rootstock. The name ‘tube grafting’ originated because the surface dry. See the section on GREENHOUSE VEGETABLE when the technique was first developed; a tube was used to hold CROP DISEASE CONTROL. the shoot and the rootstock together. Clips are now used to make this graft. Tube grafting is quicker and less complicated to do SEED STORAGE AND HANDLING than cleft grafting because it only requires a single, straight cut on Both high temperature and relative humidity will reduce seed ger- both the rootstock and the scion. In addition, because fewer intri- mination and vigor of stored seed. Do not store seed in areas that cate cuts are involved, this technique can be used on very small have a combined temperature and humidity value greater than 100 seedlings. Grafting can be performed at various stages of seedling [e.g., 50°F + 50% relative humidity]. In addition, primed seed does growth. Grafting at the 2-3 true leaf stage is common. With both not store well after shipment to the buyer. Therefore, if you do not cleft and tube grafting, the newly grafted plants must be protected use all the primed seed ordered in the same season, have the seed from drying out until the graft union is healed. This usually in- tested before planting in subsequent seasons.

30 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 6. VEGETABLE SEED SIZES Crop Seeds/Unit Weight Crop Seeds/Unit Weight Crop Seeds/Unit Weight Asparagus 13,000-20,000/lb Kale 7,500-8,900/oz Radishes 40,000-50,000/lb Beans:  Kohlrabi 9,000/oz Rutabaga 150,000-192,000/lb small seeded lima 1,150-1,450/lb Leeks 170,000-180,000/lb Spinach 40,000-50,000/lb large seeded lima 440-550/lb snap 1,600-2,200/lb Lettuce: Squash: head 20,000-25,000/oz summer 3,500-4,800/lb Beets 24,000-26,000/lb leaf 25,000-31,000/oz winter 1,600-4,000/lb Broccoli 8,500-9,000/oz Mustard 15,000-17,000/oz Sweet corn: Brussels sprouts 8,500-9,000/oz Okra 8,000/lb normal and 1,800-2,500/lb sugary enhanced Cabbage 8,500-9,000/oz Onions: supersweet (sh2) 3,000-5,000/lb Cantaloupes 16,000-19,000/lb bulb 105,000-144,000/lb Tomatoes: bunching 180,000-200,000/lb Carrots 300,000-400,000/lb fresh 10,000-11,400/oz Cauliflower 8,900-10,000/oz Parsnips 192,000/oz processing 160,000-190,000/lb Collards 7,500-8,500/oz Parsley 240,000-288,000/lb Turnip 150,000-200,000/lb Cucumbers 15,000-16,000/lb Peas 1,440-2,580/lb Watermelons: small seed 8,000-10,400/lb Eggplants 6,000-6,500/oz Peppers 4,000-4,700/oz large seed 3,200-4,800/lb Endive, Escarole 22,000-26,000/oz Pumpkins 1,900-3,200/lb

TABLE 7. POPULATION OF PLANTS PER ACRE AT SEVERAL BETWEEN-ROW AND IN-ROW SPACINGS In-row spacing (in.) Between-row spacing (in.) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 24 30 36 48 7 448,046 224,023 149,349 112,011 89,609 74,674 64,006 12 261,360 130,680 87,120 65,340 52,272 43,560 37,337 32,670 29,040 21,780 17,424 14,520 10,890 18 174,240 87,120 58,080 43,560 34,848 29,040 24,891 21,780 19,360 14,520 11,616 9,680 7,260 21 149,349 74,674 49,783 37,337 29,870 24,891 21,336 18,669 16,594 12,446 9,957 8,297 6,223 24 130,680 65,340 43,560 32,670 26,136 21,780 18,669 16,335 14,520 10,890 8,712 7,260 5,445 30 104,544 52,272 34,848 26,136 20,909 17,424 14,935 13,068 11,616 8,712 6,970 5,808 4,356 36 (3 ft) 87,120 43,560 29,040 21,780 17,424 14,520 12,446 10,890 9,680 7,260 5,808 4,840 3,630 42 (3.5 ft) 74,674 37,337 24,891 18,669 14,934 12,446 10,668 9,334 8,297 6,223 4,978 4,149 3,111 48 (4 ft) 65,340 32,670 21,780 16,335 13,068 10,890 9,334 8,167 7,260 5,445 4,356 3,630 2,722 60 (5 ft) 17,424 13,068 10,454 8,712 7,467 6,534 5,808 4,356 3,485 2,904 2,178 72 (6 ft) 14,520 10,890 8,712 7,260 6,223 5,445 4,840 3,630 2,904 2,420 1,815 84 (7 ft) 12,446 9,334 7,467 6,223 5,334 4,667 4,149 3,111 2,489 2,074 1,556 96 (8 ft) 10,890 8,167 6,534 5,445 4,667 4,084 3,630 2,722 2,178 1,815 1,361

TABLE 8. CRITICAL PERIODS OF WATER NEED FOR TABLE 9. AVAILABLE WATER-HOLDING CAPACITY BASED VEGETABLE CROP ON SOIL TEXTURE Crop Critical Period Available Water Holding Capacity Asparagus Brush Soil Texture (water/inches of soil) Beans, Lima Pollination and pod development Coarse sand 0.02–0.06 Beans, Snap Pod enlargement Fine sand 0.04–0.09 Broccoli Head development Loamy sand 0.06–0.12 Cabbage Head development Sandy loam 0.11–0.15 Carrots Root enlargement Fine sandy loam 0.14–0.18 Cauliflower Head development Loam and silt loam 0.17–0.23 Corn Silking and tasseling, ear development Clay loam and silty clay loam 0.14–0.21 Cucumbers Flowering and fruit development Silty clay and clay 0.13–0.18 Eggplants Flowering and fruit development Lettuce Head development Melons Flowering and fruit development Onions, Dry Bulb enlargement TABLE 10. SOIL INFILTRATION RATES BASED ON SOIL Peppers Flowering and fruit development TEXTURE Potatoes (Irish) Tuber set and tuber enlargement Soil Texture Soil Infiltration Rate (inch/hour) Radishes Root enlargement Coarse sand 0.75–1.00 Southernpeas Seed enlargement and flowering and English Fine sand 0.50–0.75 Squash, Summer Bud development and flowering Fine sandy loam 0.35–0.50 Sweetpotato Root enlargement Silt loam 0.25–0.40 Tomatoes Early flowering, fruit set, and enlargement Clay loam 0.10–0.30 Turnips Root enlargement

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 31 Corn, pea, and bean seed are especially susceptible to me- TABLE 12. MAXIMUM APPLICATION TIME IN MINUTES chanical damage due to rough handling. Bags of these seed should FOR DRIP IRRIGATED VEGETABLES. not be dropped or thrown because the seed coats can crack and Drip Tubing Flow Rate (gpm/100 ft.) seed embryos can be damaged, resulting in a nonviable seed. When 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 treating seed with a fungicide, inoculum, or other chemical, use Available Water Holding Capacity1 Maximum Number of Minutes Inch Of Water/Inch Soil Depth per Application2 only gentle agitation to avoid seed damage. 0.02 20 14 10 8 7 0.04 41 27 20 16 14 PLANT POPULATIONS 0.06 61 41 31 24 20 For vegetable seed sizes and plant populations see Tables 6 and 7. 0.08 82 54 41 33 27 0.10 102 68 51 41 34 0.12 122 82 61 49 41 IRRIGATION 0.14 143 95 71 57 48 Basic Principles. Vegetables are 80 to 95% water. Maintaining 0.16 163 109 82 65 54 proper soil moisture levels is important in order to maximize the 0.18 183 122 92 73 61 1 productivity of vegetable crops. Plant stress caused by too much or Refer to Table 9 for Available Water Holding Capacity based on soil texture. 2 Assumes a 10-inch deep root zone and irrigation at 25% soil moisture depletion. too little soil moisture can lead to decreased size and weight of in- dividual fruit and to defects such as: toughness; strong flavor; poor tipfill and podfill; cracking; blossom-end rot; and misshapen fruit. Water is more readily held in clay soils; however, clay soils have a Saturated soil conditions can reduce soluble solids in cantaloupes lower water infiltration rate as compared to sandy soils. Irrigation and other small melons as well as capsaicin in hot peppers. rate is dependent on soil type, and application rates should follow It is imperative that soil moisture level be maintained near values in Table 10. Depending on the soil structure, high application field capacity at all times during the growing season. Field capacity rates will result in irrigation water running off the field, contributing is the soil moisture status/content/tension when water will no lon- to erosion and fertilizer runoff particularly on heavy clay soils. ger drain due to the force of gravity. To maintain field capacity at Even relatively short periods of inadequate soil moisture can all times requires good soil drainage (both surface and subsurface), adversely affect many crops. Thus, irrigation is beneficial in most and that your irrigation system is capable of making uniform, fre- years, since rainfall is rarely uniformly distributed even in years with above-average precipitation. Moisture deficiencies occurring quent, and precisely timed applications (time/length of irrigation early in the crop cycle may delay maturity and reduce yields. Short- determines the amount/depth applied). More than one irrigation cy- ages later in the season often lower quality and yield. Over-irrigat- cle per day may be needed to maintain field capacity. This is par- ing, however, especially late in the season, can reduce quality and ticularly true for fast growing crops grown in soils with little water postharvest life of the crop. Table 8 shows the critical periods of holding capacity, such as sandy loams. crop growth when an adequate supply of water is essential for the Different soil types have different moisture holding capac- production of high-quality vegetables. tities. It is important that irrigation events be scheduled properly Applying the proper amount of water at the correct time is crit- and based on measured soil moisture contents throughout the soil ical for achieving the optimum benefits from irrigation. The crop profile. In some cases, water supplies might not be adequate to water requirement, termed evapotranspiration, or ET, is equal to the meet the crop’s peak demand. In these cases, it is a better use of quantity of water lost from the plant (transpiration) plus water that the available water to irrigate only a portion of the planting and evaporated from the soil surface. The ET rate is important in effec- sacrifice the remaining area, rather than practicing deficit irriga- tively scheduling irrigations. Numerous factors must be considered tion on the entire planting. Vegetable crops have a high peak water when estimating ET. The amount of solar radiation, which provides requirement. To prevent plant stress, irrigation systems should be the energy to evaporate moisture from the soil and plant surfaces, able to apply a minimum of 2.0 inches per week over the entire is the major factor. Other factors include: crop growth stage; day field area (6 gpm/acre if operated 24/7). length; air temperature; wind speed; and humidity level. For sprinkler systems used on vegetable crops, droplet size and Plant factors that affect ET are crop species; canopy size and application rate are also important. Large droplets resulting from shape; leaf size, and shape. Soil factors must also be considered. low pressure at the sprinkler head can cause damage to young veg- Soils having high levels of silt, clay, and organic matter have great- etable plants and can contribute to soil crusting when the soils dry. er water-holding capacities than sandy soils or compacted soils (Table 9). Soils with high water-holding capacities require less fre- TABLE 11. HOURS REQUIRED TO APPLY 1" WATER quent irrigation than soils with low water-holding capacities. When BASED ON ROW SPACING. such soils are irrigated less frequently, a greater amount of water Drip Tube Flow Rate Row Spacing (Ft.) must be applied per application. gph/100 ft. gpm/100 ft. 4 5 6 8 10 Another soil factor influencing irrigation practices is the soil 11.4 0.19 21.9 27.3 32.8 43.7 54.7 infiltration rate. Water should not be applied to soils at a rate great- 13.2 0.22 18.9 23.6 28.3 37.8 47.2 er than the rate at which soils can absorb water. Table 10 lists the 20.4 0.34 12.2 15.3 18.3 24.4 30.6 typical infiltration rates of several soil types. 27.0 0.45 9.2 11.5 13.9 18.5 23.1 Without the use of soil moisture monitoring devices, there is 40.2 0.67 6.2 7.8 9.3 12.4 15.5 no way to accurately schedule irrigation because all the above fac- 80.4 1.34 3.1 3.9 4.7 6.2 7.8 tors interact to determine water loss. The following factors should be kept in mind when deciding when and how much to irrigate:

32 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Soils vary greatly in their water-holding capacities and infil- The equipment used for drip irrigation systems must be rou- tration rates. Silt and clay soils and those high in organic matter tinely monitored and maintained in order to prevent any challenges. can hold much more available water than sandy soils, low in or- Drip irrigation tape and tubing can be damaged by insects, rodents, ganic matter. and laborers, and often has a higher initial investment cost than oth- Water loss from plants is much greater on clear, hot windy days er irrigation system types. Pressure regulation and filtration require than on cool, overcast days. During periods of hot, dry weather, ET equipment not commonly used with sprinkler or surface systems. rates may reach 0.25 inch per day or higher. ET can be estimated by The drip system, including a pump, headers, filters, and various the use of a standard evaporation pan. Check with your local Exten- connectors, must be checked and be ready to operate before plant- sion office for information on how to use evaporation pans. ing. Failure to have the system operational could result in costly Recent research indicates that maintaining soil moisture levels delays, poor plant survival, and irregular stands, reducing yield. in a narrow range, just slightly below field capacity (75% to 90% Calculating the length of time required to apply a specific available soil moisture), maximizes crop growth. This may mean depth of water with a drip irrigation system is more difficult than that more frequent irrigations of smaller amounts are better than with sprinkler systems. Unlike sprinkler systems, drip systems delaying irrigations until the soil moisture reaches a lower level apply water to only a small portion of the total crop acreage. Usu- (40% to 50% available soil moisture) and then applying a heavy ally, a fair assumption to make is that the mulched width approx- irrigation. imates the extent of the plant root zone. Although the root zone is Plastic mulches reduce evaporation from the soil but also re- confined, the plant canopy is vigorous and water use and loss from duce the amount of rainwater that can reach the root zone. Thus, evapotranspiration (Et) can far exceed the water applied if applica- the much of the natural precipitation should be ignored when tion is based on a banded or mulch width basis. Table 11 calculates scheduling irrigations for crops grown under plastic mulch. the length of time required to apply 1-inch of water with drip irri- gation based on the drip tape flow rate and crop row spacing. The Drip Irrigation. Drip irrigation is used to maintain soil moisture use of this table requires that the drip system be operated at the whereas other types of irrigation are used more to replace deplet- pressure recommended by the manufacturer. ed soil moisture. Drip irrigation is a method of slowly applying Excessive application of water can move nutrients, water and water directly to the plant’s root zone. Water is applied frequently, pesticides below the plant root zone. Table 12 has been prepared often daily, to maintain favorable soil moisture conditions. Even to calculate the maximum recommended irrigation period for drip so, field operations can continue uninterrupted. Water is applied irrigation systems. The irrigation periods listed are based on the as- without wetting the foliage, thereby decreasing evaporative losses sumption that 25 percent of the available water in the plant root zone and decreasing disease pressure due to damp foliage. Additionally, is depleted. Soil texture directly influences the water-holding capaci- the use of drip irrigation can limit waste and potential contamina- ty of soils and the consequential depth reached by irrigation water. tion from overuse (or unnecessary use) of agricultural chemicals. In drip tape systems, water is carried through plastic tub- In most cases, drip irrigation is considerably more uniform and ing (which expands when water flows through it) and distribut- efficient in its distribution of water to the crop than other irrigation ed along the drip tape through built-in outlets or devices called methods. Still, drip irrigated crops can require up to 10% emitters. The pressure-reducing flow path also allows the emitter more water than sprinkler or furrow irrigated crops because of to remain relatively large, allowing particles that could clog an increased plant vigor, larger canopies, and heavier fruit setting. emitter to be discharged. In addition, fertilizers applied through the drip irrigation system Although modern emitter design reduces the potential for are conserved. trapping small particles, emitter clogging can be a common occur- Drip irrigation is used on a wide range of fruit and vegetable rence with drip irrigation systems. Clogging can be attributed to crops. It is especially effective when used with mulches; on sandy physical, chemical, or biological contaminants. Proper filtration is soils; and on high value crops, such as cantaloupes, watermelons, a must and occasional water treatment might be necessary in order squash, peppers, eggplants, and tomatoes. Drip irrigation systems have to keep drip systems from clogging. Further information on drip ir- several other advantages over sprinkler and surface irrigation systems. rigation systems can be obtained from manufacturers, dealers, and Low flow rates and operating pressures are typical of drip systems. your local Extension office. These characteristics lead to lower energy costs. Once in place, drip systems require little labor to operate, can be automatically controlled, Chlorination. Bacteria can grow inside drip irrigation tapes, form- and can be managed to apply the precise amount of water and nutrients ing a slime that can clog emitters. Algae present in surface waters needed by the crop. These factors also reduce operating costs. The ar- can also clog emitters. Bacteria and algae can be effectively con- eas between rows remain dry reducing weed growth between rows and trolled by chlorination of the drip system. Periodic treatment before reducing the amount of water lost to weeds. clogs develop can keep the system functioning efficiently. The fre- There are several potential problems unique to drip irrigation quency of treatments depends on the quality of the water source. systems. Most drip systems require a higher level of management Generally two or three treatments per season are adequate. Irriga- than other irrigation systems. Moisture distribution in the soil is tion water containing high concentrations of iron (greater than 1 limited with drip systems. In most cases, a smaller soil water re- ppm) can also cause clogging problems due to a type of bacteria serve is available to plants. Under these conditions, the potential to that “feeds” on iron. In consuming the dissolved (ferrous) form of stress plants is greater than with other types of irrigation systems. iron, the bacteria secrete a slime called ochre, which may combine In order to use drip irrigation successfully, the system must be with other solid particles in the drip tape and plug emitters. The carefully managed and maintained. precipitated (ferric) form of iron, known commonly as rust, can al-

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 33 so physically clog emitters. In treating water containing iron, chlo- The injection rates for stock solutions that contain 5.25%, rine will oxidize the iron dissolved in water, causing the iron to 10% and 15% can be calculated from the following equations: precipitate so that it can be filtered and removed from the system. Chlorine treatment should take place upstream of filters in FOR 5.25% STOCK SOLUTION: order to remove the precipitated iron and microorganisms from Injection rate of chlorine, gph = [(Desired available chlorina- the system. Chlorine is available as a gas, liquid, or solid. Chlo- tion level, ppm ) x (Irrigation flow rate, gpm)] divided by 875. rine gas is extremely dangerous and caution should be exercised FOR A 10% STOCK SOLUTION: if this method of treatment is chosen. Solid chlorine is available Injection rate of chlorine, gph = [(Desired available chlori- as granules or tablets containing 65% to 70% calcium hypochlo- nation level, ppm ) x (Irrigation flow rate, gpm)] divided by rite but might react with other elements in irrigation water to form 1,667. precipitates which could clog emitters. Liquid chlorine is available FOR A 15% STOCK SOLUTION: in many forms, including household bleach (sodium hypochlorite), and is the easiest and often safest form to use for injection. Stock Injection rate of chlorine, gph = [(Desired available chlori- solutions can be bought that have concentrations of 5.25%, nation level, ppm ) x (Irrigation flow rate, gpm)] divided by 10%, or 15% available chlorine. Use chlorine only if the 2,500. product is labeled for use in irrigation systems. It is important to note that chlorine will cause water pH to rise. Since chlorination is most effective at pH 6.5 to 7.5, some This is critical because chlorine is most effective in acidic water. If commercial chlorination equipment also injects buffers to main- your water pH is above 7.5 before injection, it must be acidified for tain optimum pH for effective kill of microorganisms. This type chlorine injection to be effective. of equipment is more expensive, but more effective than simply injecting sodium hypochlorite solution. IMPORTANT NOTES. The required rate of chlorine injection is dependent on the - Approved backflow control valves, low pressure drains, and amount of microorganisms present in the water source, the amount interlocks must be used in the injection system to prevent of iron in the irrigation water, and the method of treatment being contamination of the water source. used. To remove iron from irrigation water, start by injecting 1 - Chlorine concentrations above 30 ppm may kill plants. ppm of chlorine for each 1 ppm of iron present in the water. For iron removal, chlorine should be injected continuously. Ade- Fertilization. Before considering a fertilization program for quate mixing of the water with chlorine is essential. For this rea- mulched-drip irrigated crops, be sure to have the soil pH checked. son, be certain to mount the chlorine injector a distance upstream If a liming material is needed to increase the soil pH, the materi- from filters. An elbow between the injector and the filter will -en al should be applied and incorporated into the soil as far ahead of sure adequate mixing. mulching as practical. For most vegetables,­ adjust the soil pH to For treatment of algae and bacteria, a chlorine injection rate around 6.5. When using drip irrigation in combination with mulch, that results in the presence of 1 to 2 ppm of “free” chlorine at the apply the recommended amount of preplant fertilizer and incorpo- end of the furthest lateral will assure that the proper amount of rate it 5 to 6 inches into the soil before laying the mulch. If equip­ chlorine is being injected. Free, or residual, chlorine can be tested ment is available, apply the preplant fertilizer to the soil area that using an inexpensive DPD (diethyl-phenylene-diamine) test kit. will be covered by the mulch. This is more efficient than a broad- A swimming pool test kit can be used, but only if it measures free cast application to the entire field. chlorine. Many pool test kits only measure total chlorine. The most efficient method of fertilizing an established If a chlorine test kit is unavailable, one of the following mulched crop is through a drip irrigation system, which is installed schemes is suggested as a starting point: during the mulching operation. Due to the very small holes or ori- fices in the drip tape, high quality liquid fertilizers, or water-solu- For iron treatment: ble fertilizers must be used. Since phosphorous is a stable non-mo- • Inject liquid sodium hypochlorite continuously at a rate of 1 ppm for each 1 ppm of iron in irrigation water. In most cas- bile soil nutrient and can cause clogging of the drip tape emitters, es, 3 to 5 ppm is sufficient. it is best to apply 100% of the crop’s phosphorous needs pre-plant. Additionally, apply 20 to 40% of the crops’s nitrogen and potassi- For bacteria and algae treatment: um needs pre-plant. The remainder of the crop’s nutrient needs can • Inject liquid sodium hypochlorite continuously at a rate of 5 be applied through the drip system with a high quality liquid fertil- to 10 ppm where the biological load is high. izer such as 8–0–8, 7–0–7, or 10–0–10. Generally, it is not neces- • Inject 10 to 20 ppm during the last 30 minutes of each irriga- sary to add micronutrients through the drip system. Micronutrients tion cycle where the biological load is medium. can be best and most economically applied pre-plant or as foliar • Inject 50 ppm during the last 30 minutes of irrigation cycles application if needed. two times each month when biological load is low. The amount of nutrients to apply through the drip system de- • Superchlorinate (inject at a rate of 200 to 500 ppm) once per pends upon the plant’s growth stage. In general, smaller amounts month for the length of time required to fill the entire system of nutrients are needed early in the plant’s growth with peak de- with this solution and shut down the system. After 24 hours, mand occurring during fruit maturation. The frequency of nutri- open the laterals and flush the lines. ent application is most influenced by the soil’s nutrient holding capabilities. Clay soils with a high nutrient holding capacity could

34 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States receive weekly nutrient applications through the drip system while ing soils cooler than bare ground. One benefit of using organic a sandy soil with low nutrient holding capacity will respond best mulches is that they add organic matter back to the soil when in- with a daily fertigation program. Fertigation rates are provided un- corporated after the growing season. Using hay often introduces der crop specific recommendations later in this handbook. weed seeds into a field. Regardless of the organic mulch chosen, a thick layer is required to adequately cover the soil and prevent weed seed from germinating and breaking through the mulch lay- MULCHES AND ROW COVERS er, which can make weed management even more difficult than if Mulches no mulch were used. When using organic mulches, supplemental Plastic mulches nitrogen may be needed to compensate for the nitrogen that is lost Plastic mulches have been used in vegetable production for ma- to soil microbes in the process of breaking down the organic mulch ny years to control weeds, conserve moisture, improve yield and (i.e., nitrogen immobilization). quality, and acquire several other benefits. The most widely used mulches for vegetable production are black, white-on-black, clear, Bed Formation and Drip Irrigation and metalized polyethylene mulches. Black mulch is most widely Bed formation and moisture are critical to the success of growing used, especially for spring applications where both elevated soil vegetables with plastic or biodegradable mulches. Beds should temperatures and weed control are desired. Clear plastic mulch is be smooth, free of clods and sticks, and of uniform height. Black used when maximum heat accumulation is desired and weed con- mulches warm the soil by conduction, so mulches must fit tightly trol is not as critical, as weeds will grow well under clear plastic. over the soil. Tight contact between the mulch and soil will allow White-on-black plastic (with white-side of the plastic facing up) better transmission of heat from the sun. Raised beds allow the soil is used for late spring and summer plantings where the benefits of to drain and warm more quickly. moisture retention and weed control are valued and heat accumu- lation may be detrimental. Growers often apply diluted white latex Drip tape is commonly laid under the plastic mulch in the same paint (1 part paint to 5 parts water) to black mulch when double field operation. The soil should be moist when the mulch is applied cropping. Metalized mulch, commonly referred to as reflective or since it is difficult to add enough water to thoroughly wet the width silver mulch, is used to combat aphids and thrips that vector viral of the bed when using drip irrigation. Steep slopes may limit row diseases. Metalized mulch should reflect a recognizable image length when using drip tape; normally row lengths should not ex- (that is, be mirror-like) to be most effective. ceed 300 to 600 feet depending on the specifications of drip tape.

Degradable mulches Fumigants and Herbicides Biodegradable plastic mulches provide similar benefits of standard Follow label directions for fumigants and herbicides used with polyethylene mulches. They are becoming more common, but usu- plastic mulches. Fumigants and herbicides often have a waiting ally cost more than conventional polyethylene. This additional ex- period before seeds or transplants can be planted. Transplanters pense may be offset by reduced labor and disposal costs at the end and seeders are available to plant through plastic or biodegradable of the season, as these do not need to be removed from the field for mulch. In fields with a history of nutsedge, appropriate measures disposal. Biodegradable plastic mulches are designed to degrade must be taken in order to reduce or eliminate infestations as plastic in the soil by microorganisms when soil moisture and tempera- mulches, whether conventional or biodegradable cannot control tures are favorable for biological activity. Biodegradable film will nutsedge. Nutsedge will compromise plastic mulch by piercing it, usually be retained on the surface of the soil rather than be blown though it cannot penetrate paper mulch. away from the application site. In addition, all of the biodegradable film will eventually decompose, including the tucked edges buried Fertilization and Fertigation in the soil, into carbon dioxide, water, and microbial biomass. It Prior to laying plastic mulch, soil pH should be adjusted with is recommended that biodegradable mulch be tilled into the soil lime as recommended by a soil test. Soil pH cannot practically be at the end of the harvest or growing season. Cover crops can be changed once plastic mulch is established within a field. Vegeta- planted the next day after biodegradable plastic mulch has been ro- bles produced on plastic mulch, but without the ability to supply totilled into the soil. nutrients through the drip irrigation system, should have all of their Photodegradable and oxodegradable mulches are made with required fertilizer incorporated into the beds prior to applying the conventional plastic, with additives that make the mulch break into mulch. Broadcasting the fertilizer before bedding has been shown pieces when exposed to the UV radiation in sunlight, heat, and/or to be an effective method of application since the bedding process oxygen, respectively. These fragments will not biodegrade in the moves most of the fertilizer into the bed. Growers not able to fertil- soil, but rather will accumulate in the soil and in bodies of water, ize with their irrigation system need to be careful not to overwater where they can enter the food chain. beds, as excessive irrigation can push soluble nutrients (i.e. nitrate, For more information on biodegradable mulches, visit www. sulfate) below the plants’ effective root zone. Growers using ferti- biodegradablemulch.org. gation should follow the recommendations for each specific crop. Fertigation schedules are listed for cantaloupe, cucumber, egg- Organic mulches plant, okra, pepper, summer squash, tomato, and watermelon later Organic mulches such as straw, pine straw, compost, and coarse in this handbook. Also, refer to the previous section for further in- hay provide weed control and moisture retention, while keep- formation on fertilization.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 35 Double cropping - Proper retrieval equipment: Adjustments to removal Growers frequently grow two crops on black plastic mulch to get equipment might be required to optimize debris removal as the most out of their investment. The spring crop is killed and re- well as tightness of bundles. moved, and then a second crop is planted through the mulch. The new crop should be planted into new holes and fertilizer added based on soil test results and the new crop’s nutrient requirements. Row covers Row covers are used to hasten the maturity of the crop, exclude Plastic Mulch Removal and Disposal certain insect pests, and provide a small degree of frost protection. Commercial mulch lifters are available. Plastic can be removed by There are two main types of row covers: vented clear or translu- hand by running a coulter down the center of the row and pick- cent polyethylene and floating row covers. Polyethylene types ing the mulch up from each side. There are many types of plastic are supported by wire hoops placed at regular (5 to 6 ft) intervals. mulch removal equipment that can be used to reduce the cost of re- In addition, plastic can be placed loosely over the plants with or moval. Following the list of best management practices below for without wire supports. Floating row covers are porous, lightweight plastic mulch retrieval is imperative if the plastic mulch will be re- spunbonded materials placed loosely over the plants. cycled. Make sure a viable recycling market exists for mulch film Floating covers are more applicable to the low-growing vine in your region. If there is a viable market, the following BMP’s crops. Upright plants like tomatoes and peppers have been injured will help you prepare your material in a way that is desirable to by abrasion when the floating row cover rubs against the plants or the recycler. Even if there is not a viable recycling market, the best excess temperatures build-up. Erratic spring temperatures require management practices, if implemented, have shown as much as a intensive management of row covers to avoid blossom shed and $125 per acre savings in some areas. Transportation logistics and other high-temperature injuries. In particular, clear plastic can costs should be considered when deciding the process to be used. greatly increase air temperatures under the cover on warm sunny Sanitary landfills may accept plastic mulch in some areas. There days, resulting in a danger of heat injury to crop plants. Therefore, are a few recycling projects which accept plastic mulch. Some vented materials are recommended. Even with vents, clear plastic states allow burning of mulch with a permit. has produced heat injury, especially when the plants have filled a large portion of the air space in the tunnel. This has not been ob- Plastic Mulch Retrieval Best Management served with the translucent materials. Usually, row covers are com- Practices bined with plastic mulch. - Remove all top vegetation: Mowing down the existing crop to eliminate debris on the plastic. Reel mowers seems High Tunnels to remove the debris better when compared to rotary types. High tunnels are unheated, polyethylene-covered structures that Plant debris is difficult to remove in the recycling process provide a larger degree of frost protection than row covers. A prop- and tends to remain with the plastic causing a “forest fire erly built high tunnel with one or two layers of plastic, should af- smell” and moisture retention, both of which are undesirable ford 5-8 °F of frost protection. As with row covers, high tunnels re- in the recycling process. quire intensive management to ensure that they are vented properly - Remove as much soil as possible: Soil adds weight mak- when warm spring temperatures can cause excessive heat to build ing transport to the landfill or recycling plant more expen- up in tunnels, resulting in damage to the crop. Tomatoes are com- sive. Proper soil conditions for the timing of removal is as monly produced in high tunnels as well as a variety of leafy greens dry a day as possible with a few days of soil drying under- crops, due to the premium prices obtained. Row covers are often neath the plastic mulch before the retrieval process. combined with the use of high tunnels and plastic mulch. High tunnels can provide 3-4 weeks or more of season exten- - Keep it dry: Pull film on dry days and keep it under cover. sion for spring and fall crops such as tomatoes as well as year- Water adds weight to the shipment and is the nemesis of the round production of Cole crops and lettuce. High tunnels can re- shredding and prime cleaning operation. Make sure when duce the incidence of certain diseases and insects due to protection bundling that there are no pockets of water in the folds of from rain and changes in light interception, respectively, inside the the plastic. tunnel; however, traditional greenhouse pests, such as leaf mold, - Roll it tight: The bundles should be tight, solid, and no aphids, spider mites, and whiteflies may be more prevalent in high longer than 24” long. The tight bundles will allow for more tunnels. In many states, high tunnels are considered a greenhouse plastic per load and the bundles will fit better on the convey- structure for the application of pesticides, which may reduce the ors inbound to the shredder. Loading the conveyor is likely number of chemicals available compared to field production. Be to be a manual activity so 25 to 50 pounds should be the tar- sure to determine if the pesticides you are applying are acceptable get weight of each bundle. for use in high tunnels in your state. - Consider thicker films: Increasing the film thickness aids Extensive information regarding construction, specifics of retrieval plus we can get higher plastic recovery rates in the crop production, soil management, and economics of production recycling process. Use 1.5 mil or thicker plastic. Using the for many fruits, vegetable, and cut flowers grown in high tunnels appropriate width of plastic on the bed so that no more than can be found at http://www.hightunnels.org/. 6” of plastic is buried on both sides of the bed reduces the soil and debris.

36 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Considerations for Using Mulch, Drip Irrigation, are excellent pollinators, populations of these native pollinators and Row Covers usually are not adequate for large acreages grown for commercial Each grower considering mulches, drip irrigation, and/or row production. Colonies of wild honeybees have been decimated by covers must weigh the economics involved. The long-term versus Tracheal and Varroa mites, and possibly other environmental fac- short-term opportunities must be considered. tors, and therefore cannot be counted on to aid in pollination. One - Does the potential increase in return justify the additional of the best ways to ensure adequate pollination is to keep or rent costs? strong colonies of honey bee from a reliable beekeeper. Another option for pollination is the bumblebee. Bumblebees are becoming - Are the odds in favor of the grower getting the most benefit a popular grower’s choice over the past decade and are being found in terms of earliness and yield from the mulch, drip irriga- to be effective as a pollinator alternative to honeybees. Commercial tion, and/or row covers? bee attractants are available but have not proven to be effective in - Does the market usually offer price incentives for early pro- enhancing pollination. Growers are advised to increase numbers of duce? Will harvesting early allow competition against pro- honeybee or bumblebee colonies and not to rely on such attractants. duce from other regions? Suppliers of both honeybee and bumblebee colonies need ample For planting on 5 to 6-foot centers, polyethylene mulch costs $250 notice prior to when the bees are needed for a given crop. Approx- to $300 per acre, respectively. Biodegradable mulches generally imately 3 to 4 months advance notice is usually sufficient to meet cost at least twice as much as polyethylene. When using plastic crop pollinator needs. A written contract between the grower and mulch, drip irrigation must also be used. With 5 to 6-foot centers, beekeeper/supplier can prevent misunderstandings and, thus, ensure drip irrigation materials will cost $300 to $350 per acre, respec- better pollinator service. Pollinator contracts should specify the tively. Row covers can cost over $400 per acre. Growers must number and strength of colonies, the rental/purchase fee, time of determine costs for their situation and calculate their potential re- delivery, and distribution of bees in the field. turns. For more help in determining exact costs for your operation, Honeybee activity is determined to a great extent by weather use the Mulch Calculator: and conditions within the hive. Bees rarely fly when the tempera- ture is below 55°F. Flights seldom intensify until the temperature https://ag.tennessee.edu/biodegradablemulch/Documents/ reaches 70°F. Wind speed beyond 15 miles per hour seriously slows Chen-Mulch-calculcator-introduction.pdf bee activity. Cool, cloudy weather and threatening storms greatly reduce bee flights. In poor weather, bees foraging at more distant POLLINATION locations will remain in the hive, and only those that have been Honeybees or other pollinating insects are essential for commercial foraging nearby will be active. Ideally, colonies should be protect- production of cucurbit vine crops and may also improve the yield ed from wind and be exposed to the sun from early morning until and quality of fruit in beans, eggplants, peas, and peppers. In other evening. Colony entrances facing east or southeast encourage bee fruiting vegetables, such as okra and some legumes, pollination does flight. The hives should be off the ground and the front entranc- not require insect visits. Lack of adequate pollination usually results es kept free of grass and weeds. For best results, hives should be in small or misshapen fruit in addition to low yields. The size and grouped together. A clean water supply should be available within a shape of the mature fruit is related to the number of seeds produced quarter mile of the hive. and each seed requires one or more pollen grains for normal devel- The number of colonies needed for adequate pollination varies opment. Cucumbers, squash, pumpkins, and watermelons have sep- with location, attractiveness of crop, density of flowers, length of arate male and female flowers, while cantaloupes and other specialty blooming period, colony strength, and competing blossoms of other melons have male and hermaphroditic (perfect or bisexual) flowers. plants in the area. In vine crops, recommendations are one to two Adequate amount of the sticky pollen of the male flowers must be colonies per acre, with the higher number for higher density plant- transferred to the female flowers to achieve fruit set. Cucurbit flow- ings. Each honeybee hive or colony should contain at least 40,000 - ers are usually open and attractive to bees for no more than one day. 50,000 bees. Eight or more bee visits per female flower are required Flower opening, release of pollen, and commencement of nectar se- to produce marketable fruit. Bumblebees have some advantages cretion normally precede bee activity. Pumpkin, squash, cantaloupe, compared to honeybees in that the former fly in cool, rainy, and and watermelon flowers normally open around daybreak and close windy weather and often visit flowers earlier in the morning than by or before noon; whereas, cucumbers and melons generally remain honeybees. Bumblebees are also active later in the day when tem- open the entire day. Pollination must take place on the day the flow- peratures cool and they have a larger body size than honeybees, ers open because pollen viability, stigmatic receptivity, and attractive- thus requiring fewer visits to achieve good pollination and fruit ness to bees lasts only that day. set. Bumblebee hives are sold as a quad or four hives per quad. A European honeybees and various native wild bees may visit the quad is the minimum order that can be purchased from a suppli- flowers of flowering vegetables. However, successful pollination er. Generally one bumblebee hive contains 200 to 250 bees and is requires that these insects visit male and female flowers frequently equivalent to one honeybee hive; however, research that can spe- for pollen transfer to occur. Some insects present in flowers may cifically document this is lacking. Thus, one quad of bumblebees not contribute greatly to pollination. Honeybees and bumblebees would provide good pollination for four acres of a cucurbit crop if move frequently from one flower to another and placing hives of the recommendation is to use 1 bumblebee hive per acre. In some these bees into a crop at the correct time will greatly enhance pol- instances, two hives per acre or more may be recommended (i.e. lination. Even though bumblebees and other species of wild bees triploid watermelon). In this case, one quad would provide good

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 37 pollination for two acres. Bumblebee hives should not be placed in To employ an IPM program successfully, basic practices need to direct sunlight so that the bees work more efficiently. No more than be followed. Whether participating in a university-­ or grower-sup- two bumblebee quads should be placed in one location so that polli- ported IPM program, hiring a private consultant, or doing the work nation is more uniform in the field. The quad locations should be at personally, the grower still practices: least 650 to 700 feet from each other. •frequent and regular examination of fields to assess pest pop- Insecticides applied while a crop is in bloom pose a serious ulations hazard to bees visiting flowers. If insecticides must be applied, se- lect a product that will give effective control of the target pest but •applying a control measure only when the economic thresh- pose the least danger to bees. Apply these chemicals near evening old level has been reached when the bees are not actively foraging and avoid spraying adjacent •where possible, employing a cultural practice or a biological crops while bees are active. If insecticide spraying is necessary, control or using a pesticide that is less harmful to natural ene- give the beekeeper 48 hours of notice of when you expect to spray mies of the target pest so that precautions can be taken. Avoid leaving puddles of water around chemical mixing areas as bees may pick up and be harmed Resistance management. The way pesticides are used affects by insecticide contaminated water. As with honeybees, one must the development of resistance. Resistance­ develops because in- carefully plan when to spray insecticides so that the bumblebees tensive pesticide use kills the susceptible individuals in a popula- are not injured or killed. Because bumblebees are most active from tion, leaving only resistant ones to breed. Adopting the following dawn until late morning, and again from about 4 PM until sunset, practices will reduce the development of pest resistance: the hives need to be closed around 11 AM so that the bumblebees 1. Rotate crops to a nonhost crop, thus reducing the need for pesti- remain in the hive and are protected during a late evening spray ap- cide treatment and, thereby reducing the ratio of resistant to sus- plication. ceptible individuals in the breeding population. 2. Use control guidelines as an important tactic for reducing the HOW TO IMPROVE PEST CONTROL pesticide resistance problem. For more information­ concern- Failure to control an insect, mite, disease, or weed pest is often er- ing control guidelines, refer to the following section and the roneously blamed on the pesticide when the cause frequently lies crop-specific sections of this handbook. elsewhere. Several common reasons for failure to achieve control 3. Spot treat when possible. Early-season insects are often concen- are the following: trated in areas near their overwintering sites. Diseases often can 1. Delaying applications until pest populations become too large or be first detected in favorable microclimates, such as low or wet damage is too advanced. areas of the field. Perennial weeds and newly introduced­ or her- 2. Poor coverage caused by insufficient volume, inadequate pres- bicide-resistant annual weeds often occur first in small numbers sure, or clogged or poorly arranged nozzles. in a part of a field. Treating these areas, rather than the entire field, can prevent the development of resistant populations. 3. Selecting the wrong pesticide for the target pests. 4. Control pests early, because seedling weeds and immature in- 4. Contaminated or high pH water source. sects are more susceptible to pesticides and less likely to devel- op resistance compared to older and more mature crop pests. SUGGESTED STEPS FOR MORE EFFECTIVE PEST CONTROL: 1. Scout fields regularly. Know the pest situation and any build- 5. Do not overspray. Attempts to destroy every pest in the field by ups in your fields. Frequent examinations­ (at least once or twice multiple applications or by using higher than labeled rates often per week) help determine the proper timing of the next pesticide eliminate the susceptible pests but not the resistant pests. application. Do not apply a pesticide simply because a neighbor 6. Rotate pesticides to reduce the development of resistance, par- chooses to do so. ticularly with pesticides that differ in their mechanism of action. 2. Integrated Pest Management (IPM). Use an ongoing program of Rotation among different chemical groups is an excellent meth- biological, physical, cultural, and chemical methods in an inte- od of reducing resistance problems. grated approach to manage pests. IPM involves scouts visiting 7. Use appropriate additives when recommended on the pesticide’s fields to collect pest population data. Use this updated informa- label. For example, adding a crop oil concentrate or a surfactant tion to decide whether insecticide applications or other manage- to certain postemergence herbicides will increase the effective- ment actions are needed to avoid economic loss from pest dam- ness of the herbicides. age. Control decisions are based on factors such as: Control Pests According to Recommended Control Guidelines • The economic action threshold level (when the cost of con- or Schedule. Control guidelines provide a way to decide wheth- trol equals or exceeds potential crop losses attributed to real er pesticide applications or other management actions are need- or potential damage) ed to avoid economic­ loss from pest damage. Guidelines for pests • Other factors are listed in the Recommended Control Guide- are generally expressed as a count of a given insect stage or as a lines section that follows crop damage level based on certain sampling techniques. They are intended to reflect the pest population that will cause economic damage and thus would warrant the cost of treatment. Guidelines

38 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States are usually based on pest populations, field history, stage of crop’s Disease monitoring involves determining the growth stage of development, variety, weather conditions, life stage of the pest, par- the crop, observing disease symptoms on plants, and/or the daily asite, and/or predator populations, resistance to chemicals, time of weather conditions in the field. year, and other factors. Specific thresholds are given in this hand- Disease control is often obtained by applying crop protectants book for a number of pests of many crops. on a regular schedule. For many diseases, application must begin at a certain growth stage and must be repeated every 7 to 10 days. Insect population sampling techniques include: When environmental conditions are favorable for disease develop- • Visual observation. Direct counts of any insect stages (eggs, ment, delaying a spray program will result in a lack of control if larvae, adults, etc.) are accomplished by examining­ plants or the disease has progressed too far. For certain diseases that do not plant parts (leaves, stems, flowers, fruits). Counts can be tak- spread rapidly, fields should be scouted regularly. en on single plants or a prescribed­ length of row, which will Predictive systems are available for a few diseases. Tempera- vary with the crop. Usually, quick moving insects are count- ture, rainfall, relative humidity, and duration of leaf wetness period ed first, followed by those that are less mobile. are monitored, and the timing of fungicide application is deter- mined by predicting when disease development is most likely to • Shake cloth (also known as a ground cloth). This sampling occur. One such program for Downy Mildew is available at procedure consists of using a standard 3-foot by 3-foot shake http://cdm.ipmpipe.org/ cloth to assess insect populations.­ Randomly choose a site without disturbing the plants and carefully unroll the shake Weather Conditions. These are important to consider before apply- cloth between two rows. Bend the plants over the cloth one ing a pesticide. Spray only when wind velocity is less than 10 miles row at a time and beat the plants vigorously to dislodge in- per hour. Do not spray when sensitive plants are wilted during the sects held on stems, leaves, and branches. Count only insects heat of the day. If possible, make applications when ideal weather that have landed on the shake cloth. The number of sampling conditions prevail. sites per field will vary with the crop. Certain pesticides, including biological insecticides (e.g. BT’s) and some herbicides, are ineffective in cool weather. Others do not • Sweep net. This sampling procedure uses a standard 15-inch perform well or may cause crop injury when hot or humid condi- diameter sweep net to assess insect populations.­ While walk- tions are prevalent. Optimum results can frequently be achieved ing along one row, swing the net from side to side with a when the air temperature is in the 70°F range during application. pendulum-like motion to face the direction of movement. The net should be rotated 180 degrees after each sweep and Strive for Adequate Coverage of Plants. swung through the foliage. Each pass of the net is counted as Improved control of aphids can be achieved by adding and one sweep. The number of sweeps per field will vary with the arrang­ing nozzles so that the application is directed toward the crop. plants from the sides as well as from the tops (also see Alkaline Wa- ter and Pesticides, which follows). In some cases, nozzles should Weed population sampling techniques include: be arranged so that the application is directed beneath the leaves. • Weed identification. This first step is frequently skipped. Pe- As the season progresses, plant size increases, as does the need for rennial weeds and certain serious annual weeds should be increased spray gallonage to ensure adequate coverage. controlled before they can spread. Common annual weeds Applying insecticide and fungicide sprays with sufficient spray need only be controlled if they represent a threat to yield, volume and pressure is important. Spray volumes should increase quality, or harvestability. It is critical to know the weed his- as the crop’s surface area increases. Sprays from high-volume- tory of a field prior to planting as many herbicides need to be high-pressure rigs (airblast) should be applied at rates of 40 to 200 applied pre-plant. Your county Extension office is an excel- gallons per acre at 200 psi or greater. Sprays from low-volume- lent resource for reliable weed identification. low-­pressure rigs (boom type) should be applied at rates of 50 to • Growth stage determination. The ability of weeds to com- 100 gallons per acre at 20 psi. The addition of a spreader-sticker pete with the crop is related to size of the weed and size of improves coverage and control when wettable powders are applied the crop. Control of the weed using herbicides or mechan- to smooth-leaved plants, such as cole crops and onions. ical methods is also dependant on weed size. A decision to Use a dedicated sprayer for herbicides and a different spray- control or not to control a weed must be carried out before er for fungicides and insecticides. Herbicide sprays should be the crop is affected and before the weed is too large to be applied at between 15 and 50 gallons of spray solution per acre controlled. using low pressure (20 to 40 psi). Never apply herbicides with a • Weed population. Weeds interfere with crop production in ma- high-pressure sprayer that was designed for insecticide or fungicide ny ways. They may compete for light, water, nutrients, and application because excessive drift can result in damage to nontar- space. The extent of this interference is dependant on pop- get plants in adjacent fields and areas.Do not add oil concentrates, ulation and is usually expressed as weeds per foot of row or surfactants, spreader-stickers, or any other additive unless specified weeds per square meter. Control measures are needed when on the label, or crop injury is likely. the weed population exceeds the maximum tolerable popula- Select the Proper Pesticide. Know the pests to be controlled and tion of that species. choose the recommended pesticide and rate of application. When in doubt, consult your local Extension office. The herbicide choice should be based on weed species or cropping systems.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 39 For insects that are extremely difficult to control or are resistant, Flood-type nozzle tips are generally used for complete fertiliz- it is essential to alternate labeled insecticides, especially with dif- ers, liquid N, etc., and sometimes for spraying herbicides onto the ferent classes of insecticides. Be alert for a possible aphid or mite soil surface prior to incorporation. They are less suitable for spray- buildup following the application of certain insecticides. ing postemergence herbicides or for applying fungicides or insec- Caution: Proper application of soil systemic insecticides is ex- ticides to plant foliage. Coverage of the target is often less uniform tremely important. The insecticide should be placed according and complete when flood-type nozzles are used, compared with the to the label instructions (which, in general, indicate application coverage obtained with other types of nozzles. Results with poste- should be directed away from the seed) or crop injury may occur. mergence herbicides applied with flood-type nozzles may be satis- Be sure to properly identify the disease(s). Many fungicides factory if certain steps are taken to improve target coverage. Space control specific diseases but provide no control of others. For this flood-type nozzles a maximum of 20 inches apart, rather than the reason, on several crops, fungicide combinations are recommended. suggested 40-inch spacing. This will result in an overlapping spray pattern. Spray at the maximum pressure recommended­ for the noz- Pesticide Compatibility. To determine if two pesticides are com- zle. These techniques will improve target coverage with flood-type patible, use the following “jar test” before you tank-mix pesticides nozzles and result in more satisfactory weed control. or tank-mix pesticides with liquid fertilizers: Full and hollow-cone nozzles deliver circular spray patterns and are used for application of insecticides and fungicides to 1. Add 1 pint of water or fertilizer solution to a clean quart jar, then crops where thorough coverage of the leaf surfaces is extremely add the pesticides to the water or fertilizer solution in the same important and where spray drift will not cause a problem. They proportion as used in the field. are used when higher water volumes and spray pressures are rec- 2. To a second clean quart jar, add 1 pint of water or fertilizer solu- ommended. With cone nozzles, the disk size and the number of tion. Then add 1/2 teaspoon of an adjuvant to keep the mixture holes in the whirl plate affect the output rate. Various combina- emulsified. Finally, add the pesticides to the water-adjuvant or tions of disks and whirl plates can be used to achieve the desired fertilizer adjuvant­ in the same proportion as used in the field. spray coverage.

3. Close both jars tightly and mix thoroughly by inverting 10 Alkaline Water and Pesticides. At times applicators have com­ times. Inspect the mixtures immediately and after standing mented that a particular pesticide has given unsatisfactory­ results. for 30 minutes. If a uniform mix cannot be made, the mixture Usually, these results can be attributed to poor application, a bad should not be used. If the mix in either jar remains uniform for batch of chemical, pest resistance,­ weather conditions,­ etc. Howev- 30 minutes, the combination can be used. If the mixture with er, another possible reason for unsatisfactory results from a pesti- adjuvant stays mixed and the mixture without adjuvant does not, cide may be the pH of the mixing water. use the adjuvant in the spray tank. If either mixture separates but Some materials carry a label cautioning the user against readily remixes, constant agitation is required. If nondispersible mixing the pesticide with alkaline materials. The reason for this oil, sludge, or clumps of solids form, do not use the mixture. caution is that some materials (in particular­ the organophosphate Note: For compatibility testing, the pesticide can be added directly insecticides) undergo a chemical reaction know as “alkaline hy- or premixed in water first. In actual tank-mixing for field applica- drolysis.” This reaction occurs when the pesticide is mixed with tion, unless label directions­ specify otherwise, add pesticides to the alkaline water; that is, water with a pH greater than 7. The more water in the tank in this order: first, wettable granules or powders, alkaline the water, the greater the breakdown (i.e., “hydrolysis”). then flowables, emulsifiable concentrates, water solubles, and com- In addition to lime sulfur, several other materials provide alka- panion surfactants. If tank-mixed adjuvants are used, these should line conditions: caustic soda, caustic potash, soda ash, magnesia or be added first to the fluid carrier in the tank. Thoroughly mix each dolomitic limestone, and liquid ammonia. Water sources in agricul- product before adding the next product. tural areas can vary in pH from less than 3 to greater than 10. To check the pH of your water, purchase a pH meter or in Select Correct Sprayer Tips. The choice of a sprayer tip for use most states you can submit a water sample to your state’s soil or with many pesticides is important. Flat fan-spray tips are designed water testing lab. If you have a problem with alkaline pH, there for preemergence and postemergence application of herbicides. are several products available that are called nutrient buffers that These nozzles produce a tapered-edge spray pattern that overlaps will lower the pH of your water. for uniform coverage when properly mounted on a boom. Stan- There are some instances when materials should not be acidi- dard flat fan-spray tips are designed to operate at low pressures fied, namely, sprays containing fixed copper fungicides, including: (20-40 psi) to produce small-to medium-sized­ droplets that do not Bordeaux mixture, copper oxide, basic copper sulfate, copper hy- have excessive drift. Flat fan-nozzle tips are available in brass, droxide, etc. plastic, ceramic, stainless steel, and hardened stainless steel. Brass nozzles are inexpensive and are satisfactory for spraying liquid pes- BENEFICIAL INSECTS ticide formulations. Brass nozzles are least durable, and hardened A number of environmental factors, such as weather, food avail- stainless steel nozzles are most durable and are recommended for ability, and natural enemies combine to keep insect populations wettable powder formulations, which are more abrasive than liquid under control naturally. In some human-altered landscapes, such as formulations. When using any wettable powder, it is essential to in agricultural crop fields, the levels of natural control are often not calibrate the sprayer frequently because, as a nozzle wears, the vol- acceptable to us, and we have to intervene in order to lower pest ume of spray material delivered through the nozzle increases. populations. While some environmental factors, such as weather,

40 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 13. PREDATORS AND PARASITES OF VEGETABLE PESTS (cont’d) Approx. # North Predators and Parasites American Species Pest(s) Controlled or Impacted WASPS Aphelinid Wasps * 1,000 Aphids on some greenhouse and vegetable crops; mummies of parasitized aphids will be black. Aphidiid Wasps * 114 Aphid parasites; mummies turn tan or golden. Braconid Wasps * 1,000 Caterpillars on cole crops and potatoes, leafminers in greenhouse crops. Chalcid Wasps * 1,500 Internal and external parasite of fly and moth larvae and pupae. A few species attack beetles. Cotesia Wasps (Braconid Family) * 200 Parasites of caterpillars including armyworms, Alfalfa caterpillar, loopers, cabbageworms. Encarsia formosa * 1 A commercially available Aphelinid wasp, whiteflies on greenhouse/some field crops. Encyrtid Wasps 500 Aphids on some greenhouse crops, Cabbage looper, root maggot. Eulophid Wasps 3,400 Colorado Potato Beetle, Mexican Bean beetle, Asparagus beetle, leafminers in field crops. Ichneumonid Wasps * 3,100 Caterpillars, eggs, and beetle larvae in: cole crops, corn, Asparagus whiteflies on cole crops and tomato. Mymarid Egg Wasps 1,300 Lygus bug, Tarnished Plant bug, carrot weevil. Egg parasite of beetles, flies, grasshoppers, leafhop- pers and many true bugs (Stink bugs, lygeids). Adults are 1/25 inch in size. Pteromalid Wasps 3,000 Parasites of beetles, flies, and other wasps, cabbage worm, diamondback moth. Scelionid Egg Wasps 300 Parasite of true bug and moth eggs. Tiphiid Wasps 225 Parasites of Japanese beetles and Tiger beetles. Trichogramma Wasps * 650 Moth eggs on cole crops, peppers, sweet corn, and tomatoes. Because only eggs are parasitized, releases must be timed to coincide with egg laying (use pheromone trap to determine timing). Thripobius semiluteus (Eulophidae Family)* 1 Controls thrips via parasitism. Vespid Wasps (hornets, yellowjackets, etc.) 200 Caterpillars, flies, true bugs, beetles, and other wasps are fed to Vespid larvae. FLIES Aphid Flies (Chamaemyiid Flies) 36 Feed on aphids, mealybugs, and soft scales. Bombyliid Flies (Bee Flies) 250 Internal and external parasites of various caterpillars and wasp larvae, beetle larvae, some eggs. Nemestrinid Flies (Tangle Veined Flies) 250 Internal parasites of locusts and beetle larvae and pupae. Phorid Flies (Humpbacked Flies) 350 Internal parasites of ants, bees, caterpillars, moth pupae, and fly larvae. Pipunculid Flies (Big-Headed Flies) 100 Internal parasites of leafhoppers and planthoppers. Predatory Midges (Cecidomyiid Flies)* 10 Aphids and mites on some greenhouse crops. Pyrgotidae (Pyrgotid Flies) 5 Internal parasites of June beetles and related Scarab beetles; nocturnal and rarely seen. Syrphid Flies 1,000 Most larvae are predaceous upon aphids, whitefly pupae, and soft-bodied small insects. Tachinid Flies 1,300 Internal parasite of beetle, butterfly, and moth larvae, earwigs, grasshoppers and true bugs. Tachinids lay eggs directly on host or on a leaf that is then eaten by the host insect. Some species parasitize Japanese beetles. TRUE BUGS Assassin Bugs (Reduviidae) 160 Generalist predators against small and soft-bodied insects, eggs, and pupae. Big-Eyed Bug, Geocoris spp. 25 Generalist predators feeding on a wide variety of insect eggs and small larvae. Both immature and adults are predaceous and feed on over 60 species of other insects. Damsel Bugs (Nabidae) 34 Mites, aphids, caterpillars, leafhoppers, and other insects, especially soft-bodied insects. Minute Pirate Bug, 1 Thrips, spider mites, aphids, small caterpillars small insects in sweet corn, potato, and on some green- Orius insidiosis (aka Flower Bug)* house crops. Predatory Stink Bug 14 Look similar to plant feeding Stink bugs, but feed on caterpillar pests, small insects and insect eggs, (Perillus, Podisus spp.) and Colorado Potato beetle (larvae). Effective in solanaceous crops, beans, cole crops and asparagus. Spined Soldier Bug, 1 Generalist predator on many vegetables (i.e. potato, tomato, sweet corn, cole crops, beans, eggplant, Podisus maculiventris* cucurbits, asparagus, onions). Attacks larvae of European Corn borer, Diamondback moth, Corn Earworm, Beet Armyworm, Fall Armyworm, Colorado Potato beetle, Cabbage Looper, Imported Cab- bageworm, and Mexican Bean beetle. A pheromone to attract Spined Soldier Bug is also available. BEETLES Ground Beetles (Carabid Beetles) 2,200 Both larvae and adults predaceous, nocturnal. Feed on mites and snails, soil dwelling beetle and fly eggs and pupae, some caterpillars, and other soft bodied insects. Most beneficial in cole crops, root crops, and onions. Lady Beetles (Coccenelidae)* 400 Aphids, mites, whitefly, small insects, and insect eggs in most vegetable crops (especially potatoes, tomatoes, sweet corn and cole crops. Release purchased lady beetles in evening, in vicinity of pest, and cover with a light sheet or cloth overnight for best predator retention. Rove Beetles (Staphylinidae) 3,100 Distinguished by short outer wings and exposed abdomens, Rove beetles feed on a variety of eggs, pupae, larvae, and soft bodied insects (aphids, mites, whitefly). Soft-Winged Flower Beetles (Melyridae) 450 Adults and larvae feed on aphids, leafhoppers, and other immature insects. Covered in fine hairs that give the insect a velvety appearance. Soldier Beetles (Cantharids, 100 All larvae, and some adults, are predaceous. Other adults feed on nectar and pollen, so can be at- aka Leather-Winged Beetles) tracted by flower plantings. Predators of eggs and larvae of beetles, butterflies moths, aphids, others. Most effective in cole crops, cucurbits, and sweet corn. Tiger Beetles (Cicindelid Beetles) 40 Adults and larvae prey on a wide variety of insects. * Insects marked with an asterisk represents species that are available commercially for purchase. For a list of Biological Control (Beneficial Insects) Suppliers, see http://wiki.bugwood.org/Commercially_available_biological_controls

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 41 TABLE 13. PREDATORS AND PARASITES OF VEGETABLE PESTS (cont’d) Approx. # North Predators and Parasites American Species Pest(s) Controlled or Impacted OTHER BENEFICIAL ORGANISMS Praying Mantis * Flies, crickets, bees, moths. All life stages are predatory. Commercially available mantis are usually Tenodera aridifolia, a Chinese species. Lacewings* 27 Aphids, thrips, small caterpillars, leafhoppers, mealybugs, psyllids, whiteflies, and insect eggs. Re- lease purchased lacewings as soon as target pest is noticed in field to achieve good results. Parasitic nematodes* Cutworms, beetle larvae, root maggots. Predatory mites 6 Releases most beneficial in strawberries and greenhouse vegetables; avoid carbamates and organo- (Phytoseiidae & 3 other families)* phosphates to encourage natural populations in field. Primarily effective against spider mites and thrips. * Insects marked with an asterisk represents species that are available commercially for purchase. For a list of Biological Control (Beneficial Insects) Suppliers, see http://wiki.bugwood.org/Commercially_available_biological_controls

TABLE 13 A. RELATIVE IMPACT OF INSECTICIDES & MITICIDES ON KEY NATURAL ENEMY GROUPS (cont’d) IRAC Predaceous Lepidopteran Aphid Predatory Group Common Name Example Product Mites Parasitoids Parasitoids Coccinellids Lacewings Bugs carbaryl Sevin M H H H H H 1A methomyl Lannate H H H H H H oxamyl Vydate H H H M H H chlorpyrifos Lorsban H H H H H H diazinon - M H H H H M 1B dimethoate - M H H H H H malathion - M H H H H H bifenthrin Brigade H H H H H H cyfluthrin Baythroid H H H H H H fenpropathrin Danitol H H H H H H 3A permethrin Pounce L H H H H H ζ-cypermethrin Mustang Max H M M H H H λ-cyhalothrin Karate H H H H H H acetamiprid Assail M H H M H clothianidin Belay L 4A dinotefuran Venom M M/H M/H M/H imidacloprid Admire M H H M M/H H thiamethoxam Actara/Platinum L M L M H H 4C sulfoxaflor Closer M M L M M 4D flupyradifurone Sivanto M M spinosad Entrust M L/M L/M M M M 5 spinetoram Radiant M M/H L H H abamectin Agri-Mek H H H M L H 6 emamectin benzoate Proclaim L L L L L L 7C pyriproxyfen Knack L L L L L L 9B pymetrozine Fulfill L L L L L L 10 etoxazole Zeal M M L M M 11 Bt various L L L L L L 15 novaluron Rimon M L M H H H 16 buprofezin Courier L L L M L L 17 cyromazine Trigard M L L 18 methoxyfenozide Intrepid L L M L L L 20B acequinocyl Kanemite L H L L M L 20D bifenazate Acramite L H L L M L fenpyroximate Portal H H H M M L 21A tolfenpyrad Torac M 22A indoxacarb Avaunt L M L M L M spiromesifen Oberon L 23 spirotetramat Movento L 25 cyflumeton Nealta L L L L L L chlorantraniliprole Coragen L L L H H L 28 cyantraniliprole Verimark/Exirel L L L H H L 29 flonicamid Beleaf L L L L L L UN azadirachtin NeeMix L M L L L L sulfur various M

42 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 13 A. RELATIVE IMPACT OF INSECTICIDES & MITICIDES ON KEY NATURAL ENEMY GROUPS (cont’d) IRAC Predaceous Lepidopteran Aphid Predatory Group Common Name Example Product Mites Parasitoids Parasitoids Coccinellids Lacewings Bugs insecticidal soap various M M L L kaolin Surround M L M/H spray oils various M M L L Key: L = Low impact, M = Medium impact, H = High impact, Blank space = no data currently available Sources: Washington State University, University of California, North Carolina State U niversity, Pest Management Science, Intech (http://dx.doi.org/10.5772/47244), Journal of Entomology and Zoology Studies, Journal of Economic Entomology, and Biocontrol Science and Technology

cannot be altered to enhance control of pests, others such as popu- or conservation methods. An example of the inoculative release lations of natural enemies, can be effected. The practice of taking method is the use of the parasitoid wasp, Encarsia formosa Gahan, advantage of and manipulating natural enemies in order to sup- to suppress populations of the greenhouse whitefly, Trialeurodes press pest populations is called biological control. vaporariorum (Westwood). The greenhouse whitefly is a ubiqui- tous pest of vegetable and floriculture crops that is notoriously dif- Approaches To Biological Control. There are three general ap- ficult to manage, even with pesticides. Releases of relatively low proaches to biological control: importation, augmentation, and con- densities (typically 0.25 to 2 per plant, depending on the crop) of servation of natural enemies. Each of these techniques can be used Encarsia immediately after the first whiteflies have been detected either alone or in combination in a biological control program. on yellow sticky cards can effectively prevent populations from Importation: Importation of natural enemies, sometimes referred to developing to damaging levels. However, releases should be made as classical biological control, is used when a pest of exotic origin within the context of an integrated crop management program that is the target of the biocontrol program. Pests are constantly being takes into account the low tolerance of the parasitoids to pesticides. imported into countries where they are not native, either acciden- It is important to bear in mind that Encarsia can provide effec- tally, or in some cases, intentionally. Many of these introductions tive control of greenhouse whitefly, but not sweetpotato whitefly. do not result in establishment or if they do, the organism may not Therefore, it is critical to identify which whitefly is present before become a pest. However, it is possible for some of these intro- releasing Encarsia. Another parasitoid, Eretmocerus californicus duced organisms to become pests due to a lack of natural enemies has shown promise against sweetpotato whitefly. to suppress their populations. In these cases, importation of natural Because most augmentation involves mass-production and enemies can be highly effective. periodic colonization of natural enemies, this type of biologi- Once the country of origin of the pest is determined, explora- cal control has lent itself to commercial development. There are tion in the native region can be conducted to search for promising hundreds of biological control products available commercial- natural enemies. If such enemies are identified, they may be evalu- ly for dozens of pest invertebrates (insects, spidermites, etc.), ated for potential impact on the pest organism in the native country vertebrates (deer, rodents, etc.), weeds, and plant pathogens. A or alternatively imported into the new country for further study. summary of these products and their target pests is presented Natural enemies are imported into the U.S. only under permit from in Table 13. The efficacy of these predators and parasites is de- the U.S. Department of Agriculture. They must first be placed in pendent on many factors. Management of the target pest is more quarantine for one or more generations to be sure that no undesir- likely than 100% control. It is critical to familiarize yourself with able species are accidentally imported (diseases, hyperparasitoids, proper usage of these predators and parasites otherwise you may etc.). Additional permits are required for interstate shipment and not achieve satisfactory results and obtain inconsistent results. field release. Selection of products and suppliers should be done with care, as Augmentation: Augmentation is the direct manipulation of natural with purchasing any product. Review publications for guidelines enemies to increase their effectiveness. This can be accomplished on how to purchase and utilize natural enemies. by one of two general methods or a combination of these meth- Conservation: The most common form of biological control is ods: mass production and/or periodic colonization of natural ene- conservation of natural enemies which already exist in a cropping mies. The most commonly used of these approaches is the first, in situation. Conservation involves identifying the factor(s) which which natural enemies are produced in insectaries, then released may limit the effectiveness of a particular natural enemy and either inoculatively or inundatively. For example, in areas where a modifying these factor(s) to increase the effectiveness of natural particular natural enemy cannot overwinter, an inoculative release enemies. In general, this involves either reducing factors which each spring may allow the population to establish and adequate- interfere with natural enemies or providing resources that natu- ly control a pest. Inundative releases involve the release of large ral enemies need in their environment. The most common factor numbers of a natural enemy such that their population completely that interferes with natural enemy effectiveness is the application overwhelms the pest. of pesticides. Some cultural practices such as tillage or burning of Augmentation is used where populations of a natural ene- crop debris can also kill natural enemies or make the crop habitat my are not present or cannot respond quickly enough to the pest unsuitable. In some crops, accumulation of dust deposits on leaves population. Therefore, augmentation usually does not provide from repeated tillage or a location near roadways may kill small permanent suppression of pests, as may occur with importation predators and parasites and cause increases in certain insect and

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 43 mite pests. In some cases, the chemical and physical defenses that tle adults that have been “pre-conditioned.” These ladybeetles will plants use to protect themselves from pests may reduce the effec- just as readily leave the area that you have treated as ladybeetles tiveness of biological control. that have been collected and not pre-conditioned. An example of how conservation can work involves the dia- This does not mean that biological control will not work for mondback moth, Plutella xylostella (L.). This insect has developed your situation. There are a number of products and approaches that into the most important pest of crucifers in recent years due to the can provide very satisfactory results. pest’s development of resistance to most pesticides. Two parasit- Finally, if insecticides are necessary to control a pest, choose oids, the Ichneumonid wasp Diadegma insulare (Cresson) and the a product that is least harmful to the beneficial(s) you are trying braconid wasp Cotesia plutellae (Kurdjunov), can help reduce dia- to preserve. Listed in Table 13A is the relative safety of different mondback moth populations if excessive pesticide applications are pesticides to key groups of beneficial organisms in most important avoided, especially with reductions in the use of pyrethroids. BT in vegetable systems. products can work well to suit this purpose. Therefore, by simply For the most current information about suppliers of organisms being selective in the type of pesticide used, and by spraying only and related products, the purchase of natural enemies, and how to when threshold levels are reached, free control can be provided by effectively use them, consult with Extension. natural enemies already present in the field. Incorporating Biological Control Into A Pest Management DIAGNOSING VEGETABLE CROP Program: Biological control can be an effective, environmentally sound method of managing pests. However, when trying to make PROBLEMS When visiting a vegetable field, follow the steps outlined below to help the best use of natural enemies in your crop, it may be helpful to solve any potential problems. All vegetable problems, such as poor consider the following suggestions. growth, leaf blemishes, wilts, rots, and other problems should be promptly First, make sure you have your pest(s) accurately identified. Ex- diagnosed. This is necessary for the grower to implement prompt and ef- tension can help with this. Consulting your local Extension office is fective corrective measures or to help reduce the probability of its reoccur- a good practice regardless of which pest control method you use. rence in following crops or its spread to susceptible neighboring crops. Second, determine if natural enemy releases are appropri- ate for your specific situation. Sometimes knowledge of crop and 1. Describe the problem. cultural practices that encourage naturally-occurring biological 2. Determine whether there is a pattern of symptomatic plants in control agents can allow you to maximize the control they provide. the field. By conserving these natural enemies, pesticide use (and therefore a. Does the pattern correlate with a certain area in the field, expense) can be minimized. such as a low spot, poor-drainage area, or sheltered area? Usually, released natural enemies work best as a preventative pest management method. That is, if they are introduced into your b. Does the pattern correlate with concurrent field operations, crop at the beginning of a pest infestation, they can prevent that such as certain rows, time of planting, method of fertiliza- population from developing to damaging levels. If you wait until tion, or rate of fertilization? pests have become a problem before releasing natural enemies, the 3. Try to trace the history of the problem. use of natural enemies usually will not work. Therefore, pest prob- a. On what date were the symptoms first noticed? lems must be anticipated and planned for by carefully monitoring b. Which fertilizer and liming practices were used? pest population development. Effective trapping, monitoring, and field scouting should be used to determine when pests appear, and c. Which pest-management practices were used to manage dis- to determine the timing of natural enemy releases. eases, undesirable insects, and weeds — which chemicals (if If you decide to use commercially available biological control any), were applied, at what application rates, and what was agents, you should choose your product and supplier carefully. the previous use of equipment that was used for application? Once you have received your natural enemies, handle them with d. What were the temperatures, soil moisture conditions, and care, following all instructions provided by your supplier. The level of sunlight? number or rate of natural enemies to release can be determined e. What was the source of seed or planting stock? through consultation with a reliable supplier, as can the timing of application. Because natural enemies are living organisms, adverse f. Which crops were grown in the same area during the past 3 conditions (e.g. stormy weather, pesticide residues) can kill them or 4 years? or reduce their effectiveness. Because the actions of natural ene- 4. Examine affected plants to determine whether the problem is re- mies are not as obvious as those of pesticides, it may be important lated to insects, diseases, or cultural practices. to work with your supplier to develop a procedure to evaluate the a. Do the symptoms point to insect problems? Insect problems effectiveness of your releases. are usually restricted to the crop. (A hand lens is usually es- Further details of the above suggestions are provided in Ta- sential to determine this.) ble 13. Remember, just because an organism is sold as a “natural” or “biological” control does not mean it will work as you expect. (1) Look for the presence of insects, webbing, and frass For example, praying mantids are general “ambush” predators that on foliage, stems, and roots. will eat anything small enough (usually mobile insects) that pass (2) Look for feeding signs such as chewing, sucking, or in front of them. They do not specifically attack pests that growers boring injuries. are usually interested in removing. Another example is ladybee-

44 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States b. Do the symptoms suggest disease problems? These symp- (6) Physiological damage. toms are usually not uniform; rather, they are specific for • Air-pollution injury. certain crops. • Genetic mutations (this is rare).

(1) Look for necrotic (dead) areas on the roots, stems, In summary, when trying to solve a vegetable crop problem, take leaves, flowers, and fruit. notes of problem areas, look for a pattern to the symptoms, trace (2) Look for discoloration of the vascular tissue (plant the history of the problem, and examine the plants and soil closely. veins). These notes can be used to avoid the problem in the future or to (3) Look for fungal growth. assist others in helping solve their problem. Publica­ ­tions and bul- letins designed to help the grower identify­ specific vegetable­ prob- (4) Look for virus patterns; often these are similar to lems are available­ from Extension. injury from 2,4-D or other hormones and nutritional problems. AIR POLLUTION INJURY (5) Examine roots for twisting or galling. The extent of plant damage by particular pollutants in any given year depends on meteorological factors leading to air stagnation, the c. Do the symptoms point to cultural problems? Look for the presence of a pollution source, and the susceptibility of the plants. following: Some pollutants that affect vegetable crops are sulfur dioxide (1) Nutrient deficiencies. (A soil test from good areas (SO2), ozone (O3), peroxyacetyl nitrate (PAN), chlorine (Cl), and and poor areas should be done as well as analysis of ammonia (NH3). nutrient content of leaf tissue from the same areas.) Sulfur dioxide. SO causes acute and chronic plant injury. Acute • Nitrogen—light green or yellow foliage. Nitrogen 2 injury is characterized by clearly marked dead tissue between the deficiencies are more acute on lower leaves. veins or on leaf margins. The dead tissue may be bleached, ivo- • Phosphorus—purple coloration of leaves; plants ry, tan, orange, red, reddish brown, or brown, depending on plant are stunted. species, time of year, and weather conditions. Chronic injury is • Potassium— yellow or brown leaf margins and leaf marked by brownish red, turgid, or bleached white areas on the curling. leaf blade. Young leaves rarely display damage, whereas fully ex- • Magnesium—interveinal chlorosis (yellowing be- panded leaves are very sensitive. tween veins) of mid level or lower leaves. Some crops sensitive to sulfur dioxide are: squash, pumpkin, • Boron—development of lateral growth; hollow, mustard, spinach, lettuce, endive, Swiss chard, broccoli, bean, car- brownish stems; cracked petioles. rot, and tomato. • Iron—light green or yellow foliage occurs first and is more acute on young leaves. Ozone. A common symptom of O3 injury is small stipplelike­ or • Molybdenum—”whiptail” leaf symptoms on cauli- flecklike lesions visible only on the upper leaf surface.­ These flower and other crops in the cabbage family. very small, irregularly shaped spots may be dark brown to black (stipplelike) or light tan to white (flecklike). Very young leaves (2) Chemical toxicities. are normally resistant to ozone. Recently matured leaves are most •  Toxicity of minor elements—boron, zinc, manga- susceptible. Leaves become­ more susceptible as they mature, and nese. the lesions spread over a greater portion of the leaf with successive • Soluble salt injury—wilting of the plant when wet; ozone exposures. Injury is usually more pronounced at the leaf tip death, usually from excessive fertilizer application and along the margins. With severe damage, symptoms may extend or accumulation of salts from irrigation water. to the lower leaf surface. (3) Soil problems. (Take soil tests of good and poor Pest feeding (red spider mite and certain leafhoppers) produces areas.) flecks on the upper surface of leaves much like ozone injury. Flecks • Poor drainage. from insect feeding, however, are usually spread uniformly over the leaf, whereas ozone flecks are concentrated­ in specific areas. Some • Poor soil structure, compaction, etc. older watermelon varieties and red varieties of potatoes and beans • Hard pans or plow pans. are particularly­ sensitive to ozone. (4) Pesticide injury. (Usually uniform in the area or shows definite patterns, and more than one plant spe- cies, such as weeds, are often symptomatic.) Peroxyacetyl nitrate. PAN affects the under surfaces of newly • Insecticide burning or stunting. matured leaves, and it causes bronzing, glazing, or silvering on the • Weed-killer (herbicide) burning or abnormal lower surface of sensitive leaf areas. growth. The leaf apex of broadleaved plants becomes sensitive to PAN (5) Climatic damage. about 5 days after leaf emergence. Since PAN toxicity is specif- • High-temperature injury. ic for tissue of a particular stage of development, only about four • Low-temperature (chilling) injury. leaves on a shoot are sensitive at any one time. With PAN only • Lack of water. successive exposures will cause the entire leaf to develop injury. • Excessive moisture (lack of soil oxygen). Injury may consist of bronzing or glazing with little or no tissue • Frost or freeze damage. collapse on the upper leaf surface. Pale green to white stipplelike

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 45 areas may appear on upper and lower leaf surfaces. Complete tis- contamination of produce and how GAPs will be imple- sue collapse in a diffuse band across the leaf is helpful in identify- mented to reduce risk long before planting. Recent research ing PAN injury. has shown the potential for nearby animal production areas Glazing of lower leaf surfaces may be produced by the feed- to contaminate produce through irrigation water and wind ing of thrips or other insects or by insecticides and herbicides, but spread. Vegetative buffers, berms, diversion ditches, and differences should be detectable by careful examination. woody areas may help reduce this risk. Furthermore, plan- Sensitive crops are: Swiss chard, lettuce, beet, escarole,­ mus- ning for the use of manure and compost and using it safely tard, dill, pepper, potato, spinach, tomato, and cantaloupe.­ is key to producing the safest possible product. Chlorine. Injury from chlorine is usually of an acute type, and it • Water use: If water touches the harvestable portion of the is similar in pattern to sulfur dioxide injury. Foliar necrosis and crop or is used on food contact surfaces postharvest, then bleaching are common. Necrosis is marginal in some species, but water quality becomes a key concern. In these situations, scattered in others either between or along veins. Lettuce plants water should be tested to ensure that it meets current micro- exhibit necrotic injury on the margins of outer leaves, which of- bial quality guidelines. The United States Food and Drug ten extends into solid areas toward the center and base of the leaf. Administration (FDA) and the Produce Safety Alliance Inner leaves remain unmarked.­ Crops sensitive to chlorine are: (PSA) are reliable sources for this information. Chinese cabbage, lettuce, Swiss chard, beet, escarole,­ mustard, • Domesticated and Wild Animal Intrusion: Both domesti- dill, pepper, potato, spinach, tomato, cantaloupe,­ corn, onion, and cated and wild animals can carry and shed human patho- radish. gens. Sometimes this is because they have carried pathogens

Ammonia. Field injury from NH3 has been primarily­ due to ac- from a nearby animal production area or human contamina- cidental spillage or use of ammoniated fertilizers under plastic tion source. It is important to minimize contamination from mulch on light sandy soils. Slight amounts of the gas produce color animals in the production and packing areas. Most growers changes in the pigments of vegetable skin. The dry outer scales of are already doing quite a bit to prevent animals from dam- red onions may become greenish or black, whereas scales of yel- aging their crops. low or brown onions may turn dark brown. In addition, chicken • Worker hygiene and sanitation: Provide workers with ap- litter may be high in ammonia (NH3) and ammonium (NH4), and if propriate training to help them understand the importance of sufficient time is not allowed between litter application and plant- hygiene in handing produce. Providing convenient, clean, ing, substantial damage from ammonia toxicity may occur to seeds and well-stocked restrooms and handwashing facilities will or seedlings. enable workers to properly wash hands after using the re- stroom and at other times when hands may have become WHAT ARE GOOD AGRICULTURAL contaminated. Sick workers must be restricted from han- PRACTICES (GAPS)? dling produce so that they do not pass along pathogens. The general term Good Agricultural Practices (GAPs) refers to ba- • Equipment and transportation: Equipment used in the sic practices that minimize the risk from food safety hazards. The production, harvest, post-harvest and transportation of pro- purpose of GAPs is to provide guidance for the safe production, duce could be a source of contamination. When possible, packing, handling, and holding of fruits and vegetables resulting designate specific equipment for different areas of the farm. from a well-developed farm food safety plan. Examples of GAPs For example, designating a set of cleaning tools for bath- include worker hygiene and health, manure use, and water quality room use only and having a different set of cleaning tools throughout the production and harvesting processes. for the packing line and harvest containers. The cleaning Growers, packers, and shippers are urged to take a proac- and sanitation of equipment should be conducted and docu- tive role in minimizing food safety hazards associated with fresh mented on a regular schedule. produce. Being aware of, and addressing, the common risk factors outlined in GAPs will result in a more effective, cohesive response The above items are just a few that warrant the attention in to emerging concerns about the safety of fresh fruits and vegeta- a farm food safety plan. Documentation of the practices and who bles. Furthermore, operators should encourage the adoption of safe performs them is essential for accountability and continuous im- practices by their partners along the farm-to-table food chain. This provement. includes distributors, exporters, importers, retailers, transporters, food service operators, and consumers. FOOD SAFETY MODERNIZATION ACT Being familiar with the biological, chemical, and physical hazards that exist on the farm is the first step toward minimizing (FSMA) PRODUCE SAFETY RULE (PSR) risk. This will result in the protection of public health, as well as, FSMA was signed into law on 4 Jan 2011 thereby initiating a the protection of growers’ families, communities, and livelihoods. new public health mandate for the FDA to establish science based Some of the areas of the farm that could be potential sources of standards for the prevention of foodborne illness. Per the FSMA, contamination and should be considered are: FDA has set minimum standards for practices conducted by those who harvest, grow, process, transport, and store food. The law is • The growing site: Take into consideration the surround- also meant to ensure that foreign producers who import into the US ing area, topography, soil amendments, and irrigation water meet those same standards. source and think about the effect of surrounding land use on

46 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States One of several FSMA Rules is the “Standards for the Grow- inspections are both based on general GAPs, the specific practices ing, Harvesting, Packing, and Holding of Produce for Human required and the scope can differ. There are also some notable gen- Consumption,” commonly referred to as the Produce Safety Rule eral differences between the two: or PSR. The PSR outlines standards that minimize the possibility • An audit is a way to voluntarily provide assurance to a buy- of consumers becoming ill from eating fresh fruits and vegetables er that produce is grown safely while a PSR inspection is contaminated with pathogens and is based on the GAPs described required by law for farms covered by the PSR. above. The PSR focuses on microbial hazards, such as bacterial, viral, and parasitic human pathogens. Key areas of the regulation • Typically, an audit is conducted by an independent third par- include water quality; biological soil amendments; sprout produc- ty (e.g. USDA-AMS, quality Certification Services (QCS), tion; domesticated and wild animals; worker health and hygiene; and PrimusLabs) or a produce buyer, while inspections in and equipment, tools, and buildings. The PSR went into effect 26 the southeast are conducted by state departments of agricul- Jan 2016 and allows some farms to qualify for an exemption from ture. some of the requirements. More information can be found on the • Audits tend to be expensive while there is no charge for a FDA website (in link below). Note that the compliance date for the PSR inspection. water related standards is delayed until 2022 while FDA considers • A food safety plan is required by audits. While a food safety simplifying these standards. plan is not required by the PSR, a plan can be helpful in de- veloping a farm food safety program that will meet the PSR FDA FINAL RULE ON PRODUCE SAFETY requirements. https://www.fda.gov/food/food-safety-modernization-act-fsma/ fsma-final-rule-produce-safety POSTHARVEST HANDLING Maintaining Quality through Temperature Management One important aspect of the PSR is that it establishes training Once harvested, a vegetable continues life processes independent requirements. The PSR requires that at least one supervisor or re- of the plant, and as a result, must utilize its own stored energy re- sponsible party for farms covered by the PSR complete food safety serves. Within hours of harvest, crops held at ambient temperatures training. The Produce Safety Alliance Grower Training Course is can suffer irreversible losses in quality, reducing postharvest life. one way to meet this requirement. Produce Safety Alliance Grower Additionally, many vegetables, such as greens and lettuce, are cut trainings provide an overview of GAPs and the standards set in the at harvest, and this wound further increases stress on the tissue. The PSR that growers must follow. For a list of Produce Safety Alliance relative perishability of a crop is reflected in its respiration rate. Res- trainings visit: piration is the process of life by which O2 is combined with stored carbohydrates and other components to produce heat, chemical en- PRODUCE SAFETY ALLIANCE TRAININGS ergy, water, CO2, and other products. The respiration rate varies by commodity; those commodities with high respiration rates utilize the https://producesafetyalliance.cornell.edu/training/grower- reserves faster and are more perishable than those with lower respi- training-courses/upcoming-grower-trainings/ ration rates. Therefore, vegetables with higher respiration rates, such as broccoli and sweet corn, must be rapidly cooled to the optimal Throughout the southern region, state departments of agricul- storage temperature to slow metabolism and extend postharvest life ture are conducting inspections on FDA’s behalf. Most states are during subsequent shipping and handling operations. also offering a free and voluntary educational visit called an On Since the introduction of hydrocooling for celery in the 1920s, Farm Readiness Review (OFRR) for farms to assess their readiness rapid cooling (precooling) has allowed produce to be shipped to for a PSR inspection. State contacts to schedule an OFRR can be distant markets while maintaining high quality. Commercial cool- found on the National Association of State Departments of Agricul- ing is defined as the rapid removal of field heat to temperatures ture website. approaching optimal storage temperature and it is the first line of defense in retarding the biological processes that reduce vegetable NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF STATE quality. Cooling, in conjunction with refrigeration during subsequent handling operations, provides a “cold chain” from packinghouse to DEPARTMENTS OF AGRICULTURE supermarket to maximize postharvest life and control diseases and https://www.nasda.org/foundation/food-safety-cooperative- pests. (The term “postharvest life” is purposely used in this text, agreements/on-farm-readiness-review since “shelf life” has the connotation that the commodity “sits on the shelf”, implying that the product requires no subsequent refrig- eration.) Timeliness during handling is also essential in maintain- FOOD SAFETY AUDITS VERSUS PSR ing produce quality: timely and careful harvest and transport to the INSPECTIONS packinghouse, rapid packing and cooling, and rapid transport to the Food safety audits for produce growers and packers have been market or buyer. Everyone involved at each of the many steps during around since the 1990’s as an industry response to several produce product handling (e.g., shippers, truckers, receivers) must take care related foodborne illness outbreaks. By comparison, PSR inspec- to ensure that the refrigerated cold chain is not broken. tions are a relatively new concept with inspections beginning the Many shippers are well equipped to rapidly cool their crops, summer of 2019. Although the practices required for audits and and a growing number are incorporating cooling or improving

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 47 their existing facilities. Simple placement of packed vegetables with the surfaces of the individual vegetables. For reasonable cool- in a refrigerated cooler is not sufficient to maintain quality for ing efficiency, the cooling medium temperature should be at least product destined for distant markets. Neither should non-cooled at the recommended storage temperature for the commodity found vegetables be loaded directly into refrigerated trailers. In both of in Table 14. Inappropriately designed containers with insufficient these situations, the product cools very slowly, at best. Refriger- vent or drain openings or incorrectly stacked pallets can markedly ated trailers are designed to maintain product temperature during restrict the flow of the cooling medium, increasing cooling time. transport, and they do not have the refrigeration capacity to quick- ly remove field heat. Therefore, only produce that has been prop- COOLING METHODS erly cooled should be loaded, and only into trailers that have been The cooling rate is not only dependent upon time, temperature, and cooled prior to loading. contact with the commodity; it is also dependent upon the cooling method being employed. The various cooling media used to cool STORAGE REQUIREMENTS produce have different capacities to remove heat. Horticultural crops may be grouped and stored into two broad cat- egories based on sensitivity to storage temperatures. The degree of ROOM COOLING chilling sensitivity, and therefore the lowest safe storage tempera- The simplest, but slowest, cooling method is room cooling, in ture, is crop-specific. Those crops that are chilling sensitive should which the bulk or containerized commodity is placed in a refrig- be held at temperatures generally above 50°F (10°C). Storage below erated room for several days. Air is circulated by the existing fans this threshold will give rise to a physiological disorder known as past the evaporator coil to the room. Vented containers and proper chilling injury. Chilling injury symptoms are characterized by de- stacking are critical to minimize obstructions to air flow and ensure velopment of sunken lesions on the skin, increased susceptibility to maximum heat removal. Room cooling is not considered precool- decay, increased shriveling, and incomplete ripening (poor flavor, ing and is satisfactory only for commodities with low respiration texture, aroma, and color). Vegetables most susceptible to chilling rates, such as mature potatoes, dried onions, and cured sweetpo- injury include cucumber, eggplant, melons, okra, peppers, potatoes, tatoes. Even these crops may require precooling, when harvested summer squash, sweetpotatoes, and tomatoes.The extent of chilling under high ambient temperatures. symptoms is also dependent on the length of exposure to low tem- peratures. Short exposure times will result in less injury than longer FORCED-AIR COOLING exposure to chilling temperatures. Those crops not as sensitive to The cooling efficiency of refrigerated rooms can be greatly im- chilling injury may be stored at temperatures as low as 32°F (0°C). proved by increasing the airflow through the product. This prin- In addition to maintaining storage rooms at proper storage ciple led to the development of forced-air, or pressure cooling, in temperatures, the relative humidity should also be controlled to which refrigerated room air is drawn at a high flow rate through reduce water loss from the crop. Optimal storage recommendations specially stacked containers or bins by means of a high capacity and precooling methods are included for a wide range of vegetable fan. This method can cool as much as four times faster than room commodities in Table 14. cooling. Forced-Air cooling is an efficient method for precooling. In many cases, cold storage rooms can be retrofitted for forced-air cooling, which requires less capital investment than other cooling OPTIMIZING COMMERCIAL COOLING methods. However, in order to achieve such rapid heat removal, COOLING CONCEPTS the refrigeration capacity of the room may need to be increased to Cooling is a term that is often used quite loosely. In order to be ef- be able to maintain the desired air temperature during cooling. Por- fective and significantly benefit the shipping life of the product, an table systems can be taken to the field. appropriate definition of commercial cooling for perishable crops is: With either room cooling or forced-air cooling, precautions the rapid removal of at least 7/8 of the field heat from the crop by a must be taken to minimize water loss from the product. The refrig- compatible cooling method. The time required to remove 7/8 of the eration system actually dehumidifies the cold-room air as water va- 7/8 Cooling Time field heat is known as the . Removal of 7/8 of the por in the air condenses on the evaporator coil. This condensation field heat during cooling is strongly recommended to provide ade- lowers the relative humidity in the room. As a result, the product quate shipping life for shipment to distant markets; also, 7/8 of the loses moisture to the air. To minimize water loss during cooling heat can be removed in a fairly short amount of time. Removal of and storage, the ambient relative humidity should be maintained at the remaining 1/8 of the field heat will occur during subsequent re- the recommended level for the particular crop (commercial humid- frigerated storage and handling with little detriment to the product. ification systems are available) and the product should be promptly The rate of heat transfer, or the cooling rate, is critical for ef- removed from the forced-air precooler upon achieving 7/8 Cool- ficient removal of field heat in order to achieve cooling. As a form ing. Forced-air cooling is recommended for most of the fruit-type of energy, heat always seeks equilibrium. In the case of cooling, vegetables and is especially appropriate for vegetables such as pep- the sensible heat (or field heat) from the product is transferred to pers and tomatoes. the cooling medium. The efficiency of cooling is dependent on time, temperature, and contact. In order to achieve maximum cool- HYDROCOOLING ing, the product must remain in the precooler for sufficient time to Hydrocooling removes heat at a faster rate than forced-air cool- remove heat. The cooling medium (air, water, crushed ice) must be ing. The heat capacity of refrigerated water is greater than that for maintained at constant temperature throughout the cooling period. air, which means that a given volume of water can remove more The cooling medium also must have continuous, intimate contact heat than the same volume of air at the same temperature. Hy-

48 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States drocooling is beneficial in that it does not remove water from the ment of high relative humidity. Container selection is critical. The commodity. It is most efficient (and, therefore, most rapid) when container must be oversized to accommodate sufficient ice to pro- individual vegetables are cooled by immersion in flumes or by vide cooling. Corrugated fiberboard cartons must be resistant to con- overhead drench, since the water completely covers the product tact with water (usually impregnated with paraffin wax) and must be surfaces. Cooling becomes less efficient when the commodity is of sufficient strength so as not to deform. Shipping operations must hydrocooled in closed containers, and even less efficient when also tolerate water dripping from the melting ice during handling containers are palletized and hydrocooled. It is important to con- and storage. Package icing is successfully used for leafy crops, sweet tinuously monitor the hydrocooler water and product temperatures corn, green onions, and cantaloupes. and adjust the amount of time the product is in the hydrocooler accordingly in order to achieve thorough cooling. VACUUM COOLING Sanitation of the hydrocooling water is critical, since it is re- Vacuum cooling is a very rapid method of cooling, and is most circulated. Decay organisms present on the vegetables can accumu- efficient for commodities with a high surface-to-volume ratio such late in the water, inoculating subsequent product being hydrocooled. as leafy crops. This method is based on the principle that, as the at- Cooling water should be changed frequently. Commodities that are mospheric pressure is reduced, the boiling point of water decreas- hydrocooled must be sufficiently resistant to withstand the force of es. Containerized or bulk product is thoroughly wetted, placed in the water drench. The container must also have sufficient strength a vacuum chamber (tube) and sealed. The pressure in the chamber so as to resist the application of water. Crops recommended for hy- is reduced until the water on the product surface evaporates at the drocooling include sweet corn, snap beans, cucumbers, and summer desired precooling temperature. As water on the product surface squash. evaporates, it removes field heat; the resultant vapor is condensed on evaporator coils within the vacuum tube to increase cooling CONTACT ICING efficiency. Any water that evaporates from the vegetable tissue is Contact icing has been used for both cooling and temperature removed uniformly throughout the product. Therefore, it does not maintenance during shipping. Heat from the product is absorbed tend to result in visible wilting in most cases. by the ice, causing it to melt. As long as the contact between the Precautions must be taken so as not to cool the products be- ice and produce is maintained, cooling is fairly rapid and the melt- low their chilling temperature threshold. Vacuum coolers are costly ed ice serves to maintain a very high humidity level in the package, to purchase and operate and are normally used only in high volume which keeps the produce fresh and crisp. Non-uniform distribution operations or are shared among several growers. Commodities that of ice reduces the cooling efficiency. There are two types of con- can be cooled readily by vacuum cooling include leafy crops, such tact icing: top icing and package icing. as spinach, lettuce, and collards. Top icing involves placement of crushed ice over the top lay- er of product in a container prior to closure. Although relatively SUMMARY inexpensive, the cooling rate can be fairly slow since the ice only When selecting an appropriate cooling method, several factors directly contacts the product on the top layer. For this reason, it is must be considered, including: the maximum volume of prod- recommended that top icing be applied after precooling to crops uct requiring precooling on a given day, the compatibility of the with lower respiration rates such as leafy vegetables and celery but method with the commodities to be cooled, subsequent storage and not for fruit of warm-season crops. Prior to shipping, ice is blown shipping conditions, and fixed/variable costs of the system. on top of containers loaded in truck trailers to aid in cooling and maintenance of higher relative humidity. However, care should be taken to avoid blockage of vent spaces in the load; this restricts air- flow, which results in warming of product in the center of the load during shipment. Ice should also be “tempered” with water to bring the temperature to 32°F (0°C) to avoid freezing of the product. Package Icing. Crushed ice distributed within the container is known as package icing. Cooling is faster and more uniform than for top icing, but it can be more labor intensive to apply. A modified version of package icing utilizes a slurry of refriger- ated water and finely chopped ice drenched over either bulk or con- tainerized produce or injected into side hand holds. This “slush ice” method has been widely adopted for commodities tolerant to direct contact with water and requiring storage at 32°F (0°C). The water acts as a carrier for the ice so that the resulting slush, or slurry, can be pumped into a packed container. The rapidly flowing slush caus- es the product in the container to float momentarily until the water drains out the bottom. As the product settles in the container, the ice encases the individual vegetables by filling air voids, thus provid- ing good contact for heat removal. Slush icing is somewhat slower than forced-air cooling, but it does reduce pulp temperatures to 32°F (0°C) within a reasonable amount of time and maintains an environ-

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 49 TABLE 14. RECOMMENDED STORAGE CONDITIONS AND COOLING METHODS FOR MAXIMUM POSTHARVEST LIFE OF COMMERCIALLY GROWN VEGETABLES Temperature Crop °F °C % Relative Humidity Approximate Storage Life Cooling Method1 Asparagus 32-35 0-2 95-100 2-3 weeks HY Bean, green or snap 40-45 4-7 95 7-10 days HY, FA Bean, lima (butterbean) 37-41 3-5 95 5-7 days HY Bean, lima, shelled 32 0 95-100 2-3 days ROOM, FA Beet, topped 32 0 98-100 4-6 months ROOM Broccoli 32 0 95-100 10-14 days HY,ICE Cabbage, early 32 0 98-100 3-6 weeks ROOM Cabbage, Chinese 32 0 95-100 2-3 months HY,VAC Carrot, bunched 32 0 95-100 2 weeks HY Carrot, mature, topped 32 0 98-100 7-9 months HY Cauliflower 32 0 95-98 3-4 weeks HY,VA Collard 32 0 95-100 10-14 days HY,ICE,VAC Cucumber 50-55 10-13 95 10-14 days HY Eggplant 46-54 8-12 90-95 1 week FA Endive and escarole 32 0 95-100 2-3 weeks HY,ICE,VAC Garlic 32 0 65-70 6-7 months ROOM Greens, leafy 32 0 95-100 10-14 days HY,ICE,VAC Kale 32 0 95-100 2-3 weeks HY,ICE,VAC Kohlrabi 32 0 98-100 2-3 months ROOM Leek 32 0 95-100 2-3 months HY,ICE,VAC Lettuce 32 0 98-100 2-3 weeks HY, VAC, ICE Melon Cantaloupe, 3/4-slip 36-41 2-5 95 15 days FA,HY Mixed melons 45-50 6-10 90-95 2-3 weeks FA,HY Watermelon 50-60 10-15 90 2-3 weeks ROOM, FA Okra 45-50 7-10 90-95 7-10 days FA Onion, green 32 0 95-100 3-4 weeks HY,ICE Onion, dry2 32 0 65-70 1-8 months ROOM Parsley 32 0 95-100 2-2.5 months HY,ICE Parsnip 32 0 98-100 4-6 months ROOM Pea, green or English 32 0 95-98 1-2 weeks HY,ICE Southernpea 40-41 4-5 95 6-8 days FA,HY Pepper, sweet (bell) 45-55 7-13 90-95 2-3 weeks FA, ROOM Potato (Irish)2 40 4 90-95 4-5 months HY,ROOM,FA Pumpkin 50-55 10-13 50-70 2-3 months ROOM Radish, spring 32 0 95-100 3-4 weeks HY, FA Radish, oriental 32 0 95-100 2-4 months ROOM Rutabaga 32 0 98-100 4-6 months ROOM Spinach 32 0 95-100 10-14 days ICE,HY,VAC Squash, summer 41-50 5-10 95 1-2 weeks FA,HY Sweet corn 32 0 95-98 5-8 days HY,ICE,VAC Squash, winter 50 10 50-70 Depending on type ROOM Sweetpotato2 55-60 13-16 85-90 4-7 months ROOM Tomato, mature-green 55-70 13-21 90-95 1-3 weeks FA,ROOM Tomato, firm-red 46-50 8-10 90-95 4-7 days FA,ROOM Turnip 32 0 95 4-5 months FA,ROOM 1 FA = Forced-air cooling; HY = Hydrocooling; ICE = Package ice, slush ice; ROOM = Room cooling; VAC = Vacuum cooling 2 Curing required prior to long term storage. ‘Curing’ of dry onions actually involves drying the outer bulb scales, reducing the fresh weight by 5-6%.

50 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Specific Crop Recommendations For further information about Insect, Disease and Weed Control, see the appropriate control section after these specific crop recommendations.

ASPARAGUS (Asparagus officinalis)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA ASPARAGUS Jersey Giant 2 A G K L M N S T V Jersey King 2 N V Jersey Knight 2 A G K L M O S T V Jersey Supreme 2 A G K L N S T V Purple Passion A K L M N T V Millennium 2 V

UC157 F1 A G K L O

UC157 F2 A O 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 2 Male hybrid.

Soil Preparation. Be sure to soil test in order to determine liming tilizer in the bottom of the furrow before planting crowns. Place and fertilizer requirements. The ideal pH for asparagus is between crowns in the bottom of the furrow and cover with 1 to 2” of soil. 6.7 and 7.0. Asparagus does not tolerate acidic soils and will not The fertilizer will not burn the crowns. Although crown orientation grow well at or below a pH of 6.0. Fungal diseases that contribute is not important, crowns placed with their buds oriented upward to asparagus decline (Fusarium Crown and Root rot) survive better will emerge faster. Research shows that pre-plant applications of at lower pH. Liming the soil 7.0 – 7.5 will reduce the survivabil- phosphorus below the crown are an important factor in long-term ity of Fusarium. Apply 100 lbs/acre of nitrogen. If no soil test is asparagus production. Omitting the phosphorus placed in the bot- performed, supply sufficient phosphorus and potassium so that the tom of the furrow will reduce yields in subsequent years as com- soil contains 250 lbs/acre of available phosphorus and 300 lbs/acre pared to not applying the additional phosphorus. of available potassium. Phosphorus does not move readily in the soil and cannot be incorporated into the soil after the asparagus is NOTE: Asparagus crowns are received in bulk or in bundles of 25 planted, so it must be incorporated prior to planting. crowns per bundle. After receiving, separate the crowns by size into Asparagus grows and yields best in a deep, well-drained san- small, medium, or large. When ready to plant, plant all the smalls dy loam soil, but will tolerate heavier soils as long as the soil has together in the same row, all the mediums together, and all the large good internal drainage and the water table does not come within crowns together. Do not plant a small crown next to a medium or four feet of the soil surface as this would interfere with the exten- large sized crown. This will cause the larger crown to shade the sive and deep root system. smaller one, which will then never attain its full growth potential. Broadcast the fertilizer and plow it under when preparing the land for the planting furrows. Then, each year after harvest is com- Spacing. Crowns can be spaced 12” to 18” within the row. Re- plete, broadcast 100 lbs/acre nitrogen and other nutrients (if need- search shows that there is no advantage of planting 9” between ed). Lime can also be added at this time. For the first four years, crowns in the row. Although a larger yield is obtained earlier with soil test yearly to determine if fertility and pH adjustments are nec- 9” spacing, after 4 or 5 years, the yield will be the same as with essary. Fertilizing in the spring before spears emerge will not ben- 18” in row spacing. Also, the closer the crowns are spaced in the efit the developing crop since the buds on the crown were formed row, the more crowns needed, increasing cost (for example, 18” in utilizing nutrients from the previous year. After four years, soil test row x 5 feet between row = 5,808 crowns per acre; 12” crowns in every two years. row x 5 feet between row = 8,712 crowns per acre). Asparagus crowns should not be planted in a solid block; Planting. An optimal soil temperature of 50ºF is critical for rap- rather, plant the field with drive rows spaced between a block of id growth by crowns. See “Asparagus Planting Dates” table for five rows. In order to obtain optimal spray coverage, an air-blast suggested dates. Avoid planting crowns into cold soils. Prolonged sprayer is needed to evenly apply insecticides and fungicides into exposure to cool, wet soils will make crowns more susceptible to the dense fern canopy from both sides of the five-row block. Boom Fusarium Crown and Root Rot. If crowns are received before the sprayers usually cannot be set high enough to prevent the knocking field is ready to plant, crowns must be stored between 33 - 38ºF. over of ferns causing damage. Otherwise, the buds on the crowns will sprout, causing the The furrows can be filled-in completely to soil level after fleshy crown roots to shrivel and die. planting without damaging the crowns. Do not drive on or compact Asparagus crowns and transplants are placed into furrows. the soil over the newly planted furrows, however; or emergence Make furrows 6” deep. On a heavy soil, plant crowns no deeper of the spears will be severely delayed or reduced. With good soil than 5” and on a light textured soil, no more than 6". Apply fer- moisture, the new spears will break through the soil in 1-2 weeks.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 51 ASPARAGUS PLANTING DATES Fusarium Crown and Root Rot are the major destructive diseases Planting Dates Planting Dates of asparagus and the ones that usually take fields out of production. AL North 2/15–4/15 NC East 2/15–3/31 There are no controls once the plants succumb to these diseases. The AL South 1/15–3/15 NC West 4/1–5/31 main way to prevent infection is to prevent stresses from occurring GA North 2/15–4/15 SC East 2/1–3/15 to the plant. These stresses include: overharvesting; low soil pH; GA South 3/15–4/30 SC West 3/1–4/15 low soil fertility; frost damage to spears; waterlogged soil; and in- MS 3/15–4/15 TN East 3/1–3/31 sect, disease, and weed pressures. KY East 3/20–4/1 TN West 2/25–3/15 KY Central 3/15–3/25 VA East (coastal) 3/1-4/15 HARVESTING AND STORAGE KY West 3/10–3/20 VA West (mountains) 4/1-5/31 During the second year about 3 weeks before the spears emerge, mow off the dead ferns and spray a tank-mix of an approved pre-emergence and post-emergence herbicide. Mow the dead ferns SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT WEED MANAGEMENT off as close to the ground as possible. Do not cut ferns down in the Weed control is critical in asparagus. If young plants compete with fall because the dead ferns will capture moisture in the winter and weeds, these young plants will become stressed preventing them will keep the soil temperature about 5 degrees colder than the tem- from developing good fern growth. Cultivation is not recommend- perature of bare soil. This colder soil temperature will delay spear ed as there are effective herbicides labeled for use. Research shows emergence in the early spring when warm day temperatures force that even the shallowest of cultivations between asparagus rows cuts the growth of new spears in bare soil causing frost injury on spears. and injures roots, predisposing them to Fusarium root rot fungus With air temperatures (<70ºF), harvesting might be done once that eventually will kill the asparagus. Apply a pre-emergence and every 2 to 3 days, harvesting a 7” to 9” tall spear with tight tips. Air post-emergence herbicide over the entire field after planting crowns temperatures over 70ºF will cause the tips of the spears to open up and again after the old fern growth is mowed each spring. Apply or “fern out” at a shorter height causing fiber development in the an herbicide three weeks prior to the emergence of new spears and spears making them tough. Fiber development is determined by ferns, so that these newly emerging spears and fern growth will not the tightness of the spear tip but has no bearing on spear tough- compete with weeds. ness. Harvesting under warm temperatures forces the grower to pick Although asparagus is highly salt tolerant and salt can be used shorter, 5” to 7” tall spears before the spear tips fern out. Otherwise, to control weeds, salt will cause severe soil crusting; impeding water the spears will lack tenderness and quality. This involves harvesting infiltration and percolation. Additionally, salts can leach horizontal- in the morning and evening of the same day as spears elongate rap- ly through the soil killing other vegetables adjacent to the asparagus idly under high temperatures. which are not as salt tolerant. Asparagus can be harvested safely for 2 weeks during the second year (the year following initial establishment of crowns), 4 INSECTS AND DISEASES MANAGEMENT weeks during the third year, 6 weeks during the fourth year, and 8 Cutworms feed on the spear tips at night before emerging from the weeks during the fifth year. It is best to determine when to stop har- soil. They feed on one side of the spear, causing the tip to bend over. vesting by looking at the spear diameter. When 3/4 of the spears are Cutworms can easily be managed with approved insecticides. pencil-sized in diameter, stop harvesting. This will take some expe- Asparagus Beetle adults chew on ferns reducing photosynthesis. rience to determine. Any reduction in leaf area causes a loss of stored food reserves in Asparagus can be harvested with a knife, below the soil, but the crown which is needed for next year’s crop. Asparagus beetles snapping is preferred. Using a knife results in a tough and fibrous also lay eggs on the spears during harvest and will result in further butt being produced that has to be trimmed off. Cutting below the damage. During this period, the best way to manage the beetle is to soil with a knife increases the chances of cutting into other buds on pick on a timely basis preventing any spear getting tall and spindly, the crown that would normally produce more spears. Snapping in- or allowing them to fern out. volves using the thumb and index finger together to gently break the spear just above the soil line. Snapped asparagus contains no fibrous Cercospora Needle Blight is a fungal disease that produces spores butt that needs to be removed. The harvested spear is all usable. that are wind-blown during the summer when hot and humid. Cer- Do not allow any small spindly spears to grow into ferns while cospora Needle Blight turns the needles of the fern yellow, then harvesting. These ferns can provide a site for asparagus beetles to brown, and then they fall off. This severely reduces the photosyn- lay their eggs, develop into larvae, then into adult beetles. The field thetic capability of the ferns to manufacture carbohydrates which should be free of any tall, spindly spears or fern growth during har- are critical for next year’s spears. Spray an approved fungicide to vest, except for new spears coming up or ones ready to be harvested. manage Cercospora when reddish-brown, football-shaped lesions Harvest asparagus in the morning when the temperatures are on the fern stalks are first noticed. Research in NC has demonstrated cool. Asparagus has a very high respiration rate, just like a fresh cut that spraying once every 7 days from early July through September, flower. Place harvested spears into plastic containers that have holes alternating with chlorothalonil and mancozeb weekly successfully in them to let water pass through. Plunge them into ice-cold water manges Cercospora. Spray once every 7 to 10 days through Sep- for about 5 minutes. This will remove the field heat out of the spears. tember. Neglecting to spray might reduce spear yields up to 40% the Next, allow containers to drain and put them into plastic bags. Place following year. Burning the old ferns off instead of mowing them into refrigerated storage set at 36ºF with 95-100% RH. Storage life off and letting the residue remain on the ground will not prevent at 36ºF is about 2 weeks, but growers should try to sell the aspara- Cercospora. Be prepared to spray, regardless if the old ferns are gus soon after it is picked, to let the consumer hold it for 2 weeks, if burned or not. needed. See Table 14 for further postharvest information.

52 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States BEANS: LIMA/BUTTER (Phaseolus lunatus) AND SNAP (Phaseolus vulgaris)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN BEANS - Lima Bush (small seeded) Bridgeton A G L M N O S T Dixie Butterpea A G M S Early Thorogreen A G L M N S Henderson Bush A G L M N O S Jackson Wonder A L M S T Nemagreen A G L M N S Bush (large seeded) Fordhook 242 A G K N S T Dixie Speckled Butterpea A G M N S T Pole (large seeded) Christmas Pole L Carolina Sieva A G L M N S Florida Speckled Butter G L M S King of the Garden A G L N S T Willow Leaf A L BEANS - Snap Bush (Fresh Market) Ambition G Ambra A N O S T Baron 3 G Bronco A G K L N O S T Bush Blue Lake 274 A G K L N O Caprice A G K N T Colter G Festina A G N S Hialeah A K L N S Jade A K N O Lewis A K O Lynx L N S Magnum A G K M N T Momentum G Pony Express A G Roma II (flat pod) A G K M N O S Strike A G L N O S Valentino G L T Pole Kentucky Blue K L M N O Louisiana Purple Pole L McCaslan A G L T Rattlesnake L M T Red Noodle 2 A M T State Half Runner G K N T Stringless Blue Lake A G L N S Volunteer/Tennessee Half Runner 4 G K N T White Seeded Kentucky Wonder 191 A G K L M N O S T 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 3 Fall production only. 2 Yard long/Asparagus bean. 4 Not for Coastal Plain areas.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 53 Seed Treatment. To protect against root rots and damping off, use SOIL AND FERTILITY treated seed or treat with an appropriate protectant at manufactur- Snapbeans grow best on medium-textured, well drained soils, with er’s recommendation. Further information on seed treatments can a pH of 5.5 to 6.2. Commercial producers generally apply 65 lbs be found under SEED TREATMENTS in the disease management N/A by banding at planting 2 inches to each side and 3 inches be- section of the handbook. Rough handling of seed greatly reduces low the seed. Direct contact with seed can cause injury or kill ger- germination. minating seed.

MARKET SNAPS PLANTING DATES SPACING Spring Fall Snap Beans: AL North 4/1–7/15 NR With rows 30 to 36 inches apart, plant 5 to 7 seeds AL South 2/10–4/30 8/15–9/20 per foot. To increase yield plant in rows 18 to 24 inches apart with GA North 5/1–7/15 NR 4 to 6 seeds per foot. Calibrate planter according to seed size. Sow GA South 2/15–4/30 7/15–9/15 1 to 1.5 inches deep in light sandy soil; shallower in heavier soil. KY East 5/1–7/15 NR Lima Beans, Large Seeded: Plant in rows 30 to 36 inches apart, 2 KY Central 4/25–7/25 NR KY West 4/10–8/1 NR seeds per foot, 1 to 1.5 inches deep. LA North 4/1–5/15 8/15–9/15 Lima Beans, Small Seeded: Space rows 30 to 36 inches apart, LA South 3/1–5/31 8/15–9/15 MS North 3/30–5/10 8/15–9/1 2 seeds per foot, 0.75 to 1.25 inches deep (deeper if soil is dry). MS South 2/10–5/1 8/15–9/20 For mechanically harvested irrigated fields: Rows 18 to 30 inches NC East 3/20–6/15 8/1–9/15 apart, 4 to 5 inches between plants. NC West 5/1–8/15 NR SC East 4/1–6/1 8/1–9/1 Edamame: Edamame are green, immature soybeans sold as fresh SC West 4/15–7/1 7/20–8/1 vegetables with the seeds in the pods. Grown like bush beans, the TN East 4/20–6/20 7/15–8/20 TN West 4/1–6/1 NR pods are harvested when the seeds have reached full size but be- fore the pods begin to yellow. Some commonly grown varieties include Midori Giant, Tohya, Lanco, and Envy. PROCESSING SNAPS PLANTING DATES Spring Fall SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT AL North 4/1–7/15 NR INSECT MANAGEMENT AL South 2/10–4/30 8/15–9/20 Seed Maggot: GA North 5/1–7/15 NR See the preceding “Seed Treatment” section, or use GA South 2/15–4/30 7/15–9/15 approved soil systemic insecticides at planting time if probabili- KY East 5/1–7/15 NR ty of pest outbreak is high. Also see the “Maggots” section in Soil KY Central 4/25–7/25 NR Pests—Their Detection and Control and following “Early Season KY West 4/10–8/1 NR Control” section. MS North 4/1–5/15 9/5–9/20 Experience has shown that effective insect control with sys- MS South 2/10–4/30 8/15–9/20 temics usually lasts from 4 to 6 weeks after application. Frequent NC East 4/1–6/15 NR field inspections are necessary after this period to determine pest NC West 5/15–7/31 NR incidence and the need for additional spray controls. SC East 4/1–6/1 8/1–9/1 SC West 4/15–7/1 7/20–8/1 Thrips: Treatments should be applied if thrips are present from TN East 4/20–8/20 7/15–8/20 cotyledon stage to when the first true leaves are established and/or TN West 4/1–7/15 NR when first blossoms form. Mites: Spot treat areas along edges of fields when white stippling LARGE & SMALL LIMAS PLANTING DATES along veins on undersides of leaves is first noticed and 10 mites Spring Fall per trifoliate are present. AL North 4/1–7/1 NR AL South 2/10–5/1 8/15–9/20 Aphids: Treat only if aphids are well-distributed throughout the GA North 5/1–7/1 NR field (50% or more of terminals with five or more aphids), when GA South 3/1–5/1 7/15–9/1 weather favors population increase, and if beneficial species are KY East 5/10–7/10 NR lacking. KY Central 5/1–7/20 NR Leafhoppers: KY West 4/15–7/1 NR Treat only if the number of adults plus nymphs ex- MS North 4/1–7/25 NR ceeds 1 to 2 adults per sweep. MS South 3/1–8/15 NR Tarnished Plant Bug (Lygus): Treat only if the number of adults NC East 4/10–6/15 7/15–8/1 and/or nymphs exceeds 15 per 50 sweeps from the pin pod stage NC West 6/1–7/15 NR until harvest. SC East 4/15–6/1 7/15–8/1 SC West 5/1–6/15 7/1–7/15 Beet Armyworm (BAW), Cabbage Looper (CL): Treat if the num- TN East 5/1–6/30 7/15–8/20 ber of worms (BAW and CL) averages 15 per 3 feet of row. TN West 4/15–7/15 NR

54 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States European Corn Borer (ECB)–Snap Beans Only: Treat when WEED CONTROL moth catches in local blacklight traps average five or more per Since beans are a quickly maturing crop, early weed control is es- night. The first application should be applied during the bud–ear- sential. Weeds can reduce yield, quality and the efficiency of the ly bloom stage and the second application during the late bloom– mechanical harvester. Preparing a weed-free seedbed is the first early pin stage. Additional sprays may be needed between the pin step of a weed control program. A weed-free seed bed allows the spray and harvest. Consult a pest management specialist for local bean plants to get off to a quick start without interference from black- light trap information and recommended spray intervals. weed growth. Carefully read herbicide labels to make sure that beans can tolerate the material. Be sure to avoid planting beans af- Corn Earworm (CEW), Fall Armyworm (FAW): In snap beans, ter other crops for which herbicides with a long residual have been treat every 5 to 7 days if CEW catches in local blacklight traps av- used. erage 20 or more per night and most corn in the area is mature. The use of pheromone (insect sex attractants) and blacklight traps is MINIMUM TILLAGE very helpful in detecting population build-up of various insects. When planning to use minimum tillage practices, give consider- For limas, treat when CEW populations exceed one per 6 feet ation to bean variety, date of planting, soil fertility practices, insect of row from the late flat pod stage to harvest. control, planting equipment, cover crop, and weed species in the For both lima bean types, treatment should be timed when field. Minimum tillage might not be suited to all growing areas 50% or more of the CEW and/or FAW populations reach a length around the SE US. Soil type and other environmental conductions of 1/2 inch or longer. Treating too early for young CEW/FAW pop- might limit its success. Consult with your local Extension office ulations will eliminate natural control and may result in the need for the latest recommendations. for additional sprays for reinfestations. See “How to Improve Pest Control” for insect sampling techniques. Consult a pest manage- HARVESTING AND STORAGE ment specialist for more refined decision-making. See Table 14 for postharvest information.

Whiteflies: Treat when whiteflies exceed five adults per fully -ex panded leaflet.

Nematode Management. Use nematicides listed n the “Nematode Control in Vegetate Crops” table in the Disease Control section. Soybean cyst nematode, races I and III, are present in soy- beans in some areas. Snap beans are susceptible, but small seeded lima beans are resistant to this nematode. Growers who rotate snap beans with soybeans should be alert to the possibility of problems in infested fields.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 55 BEETS (Beta vulgaris)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA BEETS Boldor A S Boro K Bull's Blood (for greens) A G K L M N O S T V Chioggia (red and white interior) A G T V Detroit Dark Red A G K L M O S T V Early Wonder Tall Top A S Red Ace A G K L N O S T V Red Cloud K Ruby Queen A G K L N O S T V Solo K L T 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. Note: For consistent root size, beets should be thinned. Most beet seeds are naturally “multigerm” varieties. Multigerm seed contain more than one embryo. When these germinate, they will produce 2 to 5 seedlings at once.

Light, well-drained soils are best for root development in BEET PLANTING DATES (cont’d) beets. Beets are frost tolerant and produce the best commercial Spring Fall quality when grown during cool temperatures (50° to 65°F). Light- TN East 3/15–4/15 9/1–9/30 er color and wider zoning within the roots occur during periods of TN West 3/1–4/1 9/15–10/1 rapid growth in warm temperatures. If plants are exposed to 2 or VA East (coastal) 3/15-4/15 8/1-8/31 3 weeks of temperatures below 50°F after several true leaves have VA West (mountains) 4/1-5/31 7/15-8/15 formed, seedstalks (undesirable because they will reduce root qual- ity) will form. Cultivars vary in their sensitivity to this problem with newer cultivars generally being less sensitive to it. SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGMENT Beets are susceptible to boron deficiency and will develop in- DISEASE MANAGEMENT ternal black spot if soil boron is not adequate. If boron is deficient, Seed rot and damping-off may be a problem, especially in early apply 2 to 3 lb. of boron per acre with broadcast fertilizer, or for spring plantings when soils are cool. Seeds should be treated with smaller plantings, apply ½ oz. Borax per 100 square feet of row an appropriate fungicide to protect the seed. with initial fertilizer application. Cercospora leaf spot is the most common disease that occurs on Seeding and Spacing. Optimum germination temperature for beets. Circular spots with reddish brown or purplish margins are beets ranges from 50° to 85°F, but early plantings can be made 4 the first signs. Spray every 2 to 3 weeks with an appropriate crop to 6 weeks before the average last spring frost. Germination takes protectant. between 10-14 days, but can be hastened by soaking seed in warm water prior to planting. Sow seed ½ to 3/4 in deep at the rate of 15 INSECT MANAGEMENT to 18 seeds per foot of row. Space rows 15 to 20 inches apart; thin The most common insect pests of beets are aphids, leafminers, flea plants to 3 inches apart. Seeds remain viable for 2-3 years when beetles, and webworms. Sanitation and crop rotation should be stored properly. practiced to avoid pest build ups.

BEET PLANTING DATES (cont’d) HARVESTING AND STORAGE Spring Fall Market beets are hand-harvested when 1-3/4 to 2 inches in diame- AL North 3/15–5/30 8/1–9/15 ter, usually about 50-75 days after planting. Expected yield per 100 AL South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 row feet is 100 lbs. See Table 14 for further postharvest informa- GA North 4/15–5/30 7/15–8/15 GA South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 tion. KY East 3/20–4/15 NR KY Central 3/15–4/10 NR KY West 3/10–4/1 NR LA North 2/1–3/31 9/15–11/15 LA South 2/1–3/31 9/15–11/15 MS NR 8/1–9/1 NC East 3/1–4/15 8/1–9/15 NC West 4/1–5/31 7/15–8/15 SC East 2/15–3/31 8/15–9/30 SC West 3/15–5/31 7/15–8/31

56 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States BROCCOLI, CABBAGE, CAULIFLOWER, COLLARDS, KALE, AND KOHLRABI (Brassica spp.)

VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA BROCCOLI Early Blue Wind A K Castle Dome A L M N O S T V Packman A G K L M N O T V Windsor 10 K T V Eastern Crown G N Emerald Star G N Mid-season Emerald Crown A G M N O S V Emperor A K L M N O S Imperial 14 A K Ironman 5 A N S V Liberty S Patron 2, 10 A G N S Premium Crop 10, 12 A K L M N O Late-season Arcadia 6, 10 A R G K L M N S T BC1691 14 A G N S Burney A N S Destiny 2, 5 M S Diplomat 10 A G L N S T V DuraPak 16 14 N S DuraPak 19 A N S Emerald Pride A G L N S Greenbelt 5, 6, 8, 10 A G K S Heritage S Patriot 5, 10 A G L Marathon 5, 6, 7, 10 A K L M N V Pinnacle A K M S Triathlon 10 L N Full-season Bay Meadows 2 A L M N S Belstar M N S T Gypsy 10 A G K L M N O S T V Green Magic 2, 11 G K L M N O S T V Lieutenant 5 A M N O S T V BRUSSELS SPROUTS Capitola (late-season) L N S Dagan (early- to mid-season) G L N S T Dimitri (early- to mid-season) K V Price Marvel (mid-season) A M S T Franklin (early-season) L S T V Gustus (early-season) L S Hestia (main-season) G S T V Igor (late-season) S Jade Cross E (early-season) A K M N S T V Nautic (late-season) L S CABBAGE: green Acclaim 4, 6 G Bayou Dynasty A G L M N S V Blue Dynasty 4, 6, 9 A G N T V

1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 7 Bacterial leaf spot tolerance/resistance. 13 Dinosaur or Tuscan kale. 2 Bolting tolerant. 8 Bacterial speck tolerance/resistance. 14 Warm weather tolerance. 3 Bolting susceptible. 9 Fusarium yellows tolerance/resistance. 15 Orange 4 Tip burn tolerant. 10 Downy mildew tolerance/resistance. 16 Purple 5 Hollow stem tolerance/resistance. 11 Powdery mildew tolerance/resistance. 17 Miniature. 6 Black rot tolerance/resistance. 12 Suitable for side shoot production. 18 Fall only.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 57 VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA CABBAGE: green (cont’d) Blue Thunder 4, 6, 8, 9 A G L N O S T V Blue Vantage 4, 6, 8, 9 A K L M N O S T V Bravo 6, 9 A G K L M N O S T Bronco 4, 9 G K N T Cheers 6, 8, 9 A G K L M S T Emblem 4, 6, 9 L Hercules G L Platinum Dynasty 4, 6, 9 A G M N S T V Royal Vantage 4, 6, 8, 9 A G L V Savoy Ace 4, 6, 8 A G K T V Solid Blue 780 6, 9 L M N S Thunderhead 4, 6, 9 A G N Vantage Point 4, 6, 8, 9 L V CABBAGE: red Cardinal 9 A G L N S V Red Dynasty 4, 6 A G K L N S T V Red Rookie A G K N S T Ruby Perfection 6 A G N V CHINESE CABBAGE Napa Cabbage China Express A M Minuet 17 A M Rubicon L M N S T Michihli Green Rocket A M T Monument A M Choi Joi Choi A L M N S T Mei Qing Choi A L M O Win Win Choi A M CAULIFLOWER Candid Charm A G K L V Cheddar 15 A G L S Colonia G Early Snowball A G N S Flamenco (fall) G Freedom A G V Fremont G T V Fujiyama (fall) G Graffiti 16 A G L S T V Incline G L Majestic K L Minuteman G O V Ponderett G Symphony G L V Snow Crown A G K L M N O S T Super Snowball A G N S White Magic A G L S COLLARDS Blue Max 2 A G L M N O S Champion K L N T Flash A G K L M N O S T Georgia Southern 3 A G K L M N S T Morris Heading N S Top Bunch 2 A G K L N O S T V Vates A G K L M N O S T V 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 7 Bacterial leaf spot tolerance/resistance. 13 Dinosaur or Tuscan kale. 2 Bolting tolerant. 8 Bacterial speck tolerance/resistance. 14 Warm weather tolerance. 3 Bolting susceptible. 9 Fusarium yellows tolerance/resistance. 15 Orange 4 Tip burn tolerant. 10 Downy mildew tolerance/resistance. 16 Purple 5 Hollow stem tolerance/resistance. 11 Powdery mildew tolerance/resistance. 17 Miniature. 6 Black rot tolerance/resistance. 12 Suitable for side shoot production. 18 Fall only.

58 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States

VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA KALE Black Magic 13 A M N Blue Ridge 2 A G O Darkibor A G Lacinato 13 A G N O S T Premier N S Redbor A K O Siberian A G K L M N S T Squire N S Starbor S Vates A G K L M N O S T V Winterbor A G K M N S T V KOHLRABI Early Purple Vienna A G K L M N S T V Grand Duke A K L M N O S T V Kolibri A K O Kossak M N T Quickstar A K M S

1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 7 Bacterial leaf spot tolerance/resistance. 13 Dinosaur or Tuscan kale. 2 Bolting tolerant. 8 Bacterial speck tolerance/resistance. 14 Warm weather tolerance. 3 Bolting susceptible. 9 Fusarium yellows tolerance/resistance. 15 Orange 4 Tip burn tolerant. 10 Downy mildew tolerance/resistance. 16 Purple 5 Hollow stem tolerance/resistance. 11 Powdery mildew tolerance/resistance. 17 Miniature. 6 Black rot tolerance/resistance. 12 Suitable for side shoot production. 18 Fall only.

Seed Treatment. Check with seed supplier to determine if seed is BRUSSELS SPROUTS PLANTING DATES (cont’d) hot-water treated for black rot control. If not, soak seed at 122°F . Spring Fall Use a 20-minute soak for broccoli, cauliflower, collards, kale, and KY East NR 6/15-7/15* Chinese cabbage. Soak cabbage for 25 minutes. Note. Hot water KY Central NR 7/1-8/1* seed treatment may reduce seed germination. KY West NR 7/15-8/15* LA North NR 8/1-10/1* Following either treatment above, dry the seed, then treat with LA South NR 8/15-10/15* a labeled fungicide to prevent damping-off. Further information on MS North NR 7/15-8/15* seed treatments can be found under SEED TREATMENTS in the MS South NR 8/1-9/1* disease management section of the handbook. NC East NR 7/15-8/15* NC West 4/15-5/15* NR SC East NR 9/15-10/15 BROCCOLI PLANTING DATES SC West NR 8/15-9/15 Spring Fall TN East 5/15-6/30* 7/15-8/15* AL North 3/1–7/1 NR TN West 4/20-6/20* 8/1-9/1* AL South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 VA East (coastal) NR 8/1-9/15* GA North 3/15–7/1 7/25-8/15 VA West (mountain) NR 8/1-9/1* GA South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 *Using transplants. KY East 4/10–4/30 7/1–7/15 KY Central 4/5–4/20 7/15–8/1 KY West 3/30–4/10 8/1–8/15 CABBAGE PLANTING DATES LA North 1/15–3/15 8/1–10/31 Spring Fall LA South 1/15–3/15 8/1–10/31 AL North 3/15–7/1 NR MS North 2/15–3/15 7/25–8/15 AL South 2/1–3/31 8/1–10/31 MS South 1/15–3/10 8/5–9/15 GA North 3/15–7/1 7/25-8/15 NC East 2/15–4/15 8/1–9/15 GA South 2/1–3/31 8/1–10/31 NC West 4/1–8/15 NR KY East 4/1–4/15 6/20–7/1 SC East 3/1–4/10 9/1–9/30 KY Central 3/15–3/25 7/1–7/15 SC West 3/20–4/30 8/15–9/15 KY West 3/01–3/15 7/15–8/01 TN East 3/25–4/25 8/1–8/31 LA North 1/15–3/15 8/1–11/30 TN West 3/15–4/5 8/10–8/31 LA South 1/15–3/15 8/1–11/30 VA East (coastal) 3/15–4/15 7/1–7/31 VA West (mountain) 4/1–4/20 6/20–7/20 MS North 2/5–4/1 7/25–8/15 MS South 1/15–3/15 8/5–9/15 NC East 2/15–4/15 8/1–9/15 BRUSSELS SPROUTS PLANTING DATES (cont’d) NC West 4/1–8/15 NR Spring Fall SC East 2/1–3/31 8/15–9/30 AL North NR 6/30-8/1* SC West 3/15–4/30 7/15–8/30 AL South NR 8/1-9/15* TN East 3/25–4/25 7/25–8/15 GA North NR 6/30-8/1* TN West 3/15–4/15 8/25–9/15 GA South NR 8/1-9/15* VA East (coastal) 3/15– 7/1–8/15 VA West (mountain) 4/1– 6/20–7/20

60 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States CAULIFLOWER PLANTING DATES KOHLRABI PLANTING DATES Spring Fall Spring Fall AL North 3/15–7/1 NR AL North 3/15–7/1 NR AL South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 AL South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 GA North 3/15–7/1 7/25-8/15 GA North 3/15–7/1 NR GA South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 GA South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 KY East 4/10–4/30 7/1–7/15 KY East 4/10–4/30 NR KY Central 4/5–4/20 7/15–8/1 KY Central 4/5–4/20 NR KY West 3/30–4/10 8/1–8/15 KY West 3/30–4/10 NR LA North 2/1–3/15 7/15–10/31 LA North 2/1–3/15 7/15–10/31 LA South 2/1–3/15 7/15–10/31 LA South 2/1–3/15 7/15–10/31 MS North 2/15–3/15 7/25–8/15 MS 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 MS South 1/15–3/10 8/5–9/15 NC East 2/15–6/30 8/1–9/15 NC East 2/15–4/15 8/1–9/30 NC West 4/1–8/15 NR NC West 4/1–8/15 NR SC East 3/1–4/10 8/15–8/30 SC East 2/1–6/15 8/1–9/30 SC West 3/20–4/30 7/15–8/30 SC West 3/15–6/30 8/1–9/15 TN East 3/25–4/25 7/15–8/15 TN East 3/25–4/25 8/1–8/15 TN West 3/15–4/15 8/1–8/20 TN West 3/15–4/15 8/15–8/30 VA East (coastal) NR 7/1–7/30 VA East (coastal) 3/15–4/15 7/1–7/31 VA West (mountain) 4/1–4/20 6/20–7/20 VA West (mountain) 4/1– 4/20 6/25–7/15

COLLARDS PLANTING DATES Spring Fall PLASTIC MULCH AL North 2/15–6/30 7/15–10/15 Early spring cabbage, cauliflower, and broccoli are frequently AL South 1/15–5/31 7/15–10/31 grown using plastic mulch, with black mulch used in the spring GA North 3/15–7/31 7/25-8/15 GA South 2/1–3/31 8/1–10/31 and white on black or black mulch painted white used in the fall. KY East 3/15–4/30 7/1–7/15 KY Central 3/10–4/25 7/15–8/1 Broccoli. Space raised beds 36-40 inches apart; seed twin rows KY West 3/1–4/15 8/1–8/15 LA North 1/15–3/15 7/15–10/31 per bed 6-12 inches apart within row and 12 inches between row; LA South 1/15–3/15 7/15–10/31 for bunch broccoli use the shorter within row spacing which will MS North 1/20–4/1 7/25–8/20 also require a more aggressive pest management program; for or- MS South 1/15–3/1 8/10–9/15 NC East 2/15–6/30 8/1–9/15 ganic production single rows per bed can be used and within row NC West 4/1–8/15 NR spacing increased to as much 6-24 inch spacing to aide in pest pre- SC East 2/1–6/15 8/1–10/30 SC West 3/15–6/30 8/1–9/30 vention and maximum fertilizer management. TN East 3/15–5/1 7/15–8/15 Cabbage. The early cabbage crop is grown from transplants seed- TN West 2/15–4/15 8/1–8/20 VA East (coastal) 4/1– 7/1–8/31 ed at the rate of 1 ounce for 3,000 plants. Transplants are ready for VA West (mountain) 4/20– 7/15–8/20 field planting 4 to 6 weeks after seeding. Storage of pulled, field- grown cabbage transplants should not exceed 9 days at 32°F or 5 KALE PLANTING DATES days at 66°F prior to planting in the field. Precision seeders can be Spring Fall used for direct seeding. However, seed should be sown 15 to 20 AL North 3/15–4/30 8/1–9/15 days in advance of the normal transplant date for the same maturity AL South 2/1–3/31 8/1–10/31 date. Early varieties require 85 to 90 days from seeding to harvest, GA North 3/15–4/30 NR GA South 2/1–3/31 8/1–10/31 and main-season crops require 110 to 115 days. Set transplants in KY East 4/1–4/30 7/1–7/15 rows 2 to 3 feet apart and 9 to 15 inches apart in the row for early KY Central 3/20–4/15 7/15–8/1 plantings and 9 to 18 inches apart for late plantings, depending on KY West 3/10–4/10 8/1–8/15 variety, fertility, and market use. With cabbage for slaw or kraut, LA North 2/1–3/15 7/15–10/31 LA South 2/1–3/15 7/15–10/31 wider in-row spacings are used to ensure larger heads. MS North 1/20–4/1 7/25–8/20 MS South 1/15–3/1 8/10–9/15 Chinese Cabbage. Chinese cabbage is a diverse group of growth NC East 2/15–6/30 8/1–9/15 types of Brassica rapa. Napa and Michihli resemble romaine let- NC West 4/1–8/15 NR tuce with densely overlapping broad leaves with flat mid veins. SC East 2/1–6/15 8/1–10/30 SC West 3/15–6/30 8/1–9/30 Napa cabbage is barrel shaped while Michihli is tall and slender. TN East 3/15–5/1 8/1–9/1 Choi types have a vase shaped growth with broad petioles of white TN West 2/15–4/15 8/15–9/15 or green with green leaves at the top of the vase. Production inputs VA East (coastal) 4/1– 7/1–8/31 are the same as ball head cabbage. Both types grow more quick- VA West (mountain) 4/20– 7/15–8/20 ly than ball head cabbage with most cultivars maturing in 50 days from seeding.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 61 Cauliflower. Cauliflower can be more challenging to grow than cides that reduce the natural enemies in the field should be avoided other Brassicas in this section. Consider a small test plot to deter- if at all possible. If the cabbageworm complex is the major group mine the best methods (planting dates, varieties, etc.) to use in your of pests, a threshold of 1 cabbage looper equivalent (CLE) per 10 area. Start seed in greenhouse or protected frames 4 to 6 weeks plants can be used. A cabbage looper equivalent relates the feeding before planting. Use 1 ounce of seed for 3,000 plants. Set trans- amounts of the three caterpillars. One cabbage looper is equiva- plants in rows 3 to 4 feet apart, and plants are set 18 to 24 inches lent to 1.5 imported cabbageworms or 5 diamondback moth larvae. apart in the row. Make successive plantings in the field at dates in- (Example: 10 DBM larvae per 10 plants would be like 2 CLEs per dicated in preceding table. 10 plants; this level would require treatment.) In other areas of the South where armyworms are common pests of cole crops, a thresh- Collards and Kale. Seed at the rate of 2 pounds per acre and thin old of 1 caterpillar (regardless of the kind) per 3 plants has been to desired spacing. For precision, air-assist planters use 1/3 to ½ effectively used as a threshold. The use of a threshold to determine pound per acre for twin rows on 3 foot centers, or use half of this the need for treatment usually reduces the number of sprays per rate for single rows on 3 foot centers. When using transplants, set crop without loss of crop quality and improves the profit margin. plants in rows 16 to 24 inches apart and 6 to 18 inches apart within the row. Note: Bacillus thuringiensis (BT) preparations are effective against most of these pests but must be eaten by the larvae. Thorough cov- Kohlrabi. Transplants may be used for a spring crop. Seed 6 weeks erage of the plant particularly the undersurface of the leaf is essen- before expected transplant date. Use precision seeder for hybrid va- tial, and the use of a spreader-sticker is strongly recommended. rieties. Space rows 18 to 24 inches apart and 6 to 8 between plants. Note: Several of these insects are prone to develop resistance to Bolting. Bolting in cabbage, collards and kale, and buttoning in insecticides. Growers must rotate among classes of insecticides for cauliflower, can occur if the early-planted crop is subjected to 10 or each pest generation. See the section on resistance management. more continuous days of temperatures between 35° to 50°F. How- ever, sensitivity to bolting depends upon the variety. Note: A Low Nematode Management. Use nematicides listed in the “Nematode level of calcium in plant tissue can also induce bolting. Control in Vegetate Crops” tables in the Disease Control section.

HARVESTING AND STORAGE SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGMENT Fresh market cabbage should be harvested when heads are firm and Note: The use of a spreader-sticker is recommended for cole weigh 2.5 to 3.0 pounds. Most markets require one to three wrap- crops in any case; the heavy wax coating on the leaves reduces per leaves to remain. The heads should be dense and free of insect deposition of spray materials. These adjuvants allow the spray to damage. Cabbage for slaw or kraut usually has much larger heads spread out and stick to the leaves. Multiple nozzles per row or bed and weighs 3 to 12 pounds. will provide the under leaf coverage and high coverage rates neces- Broccoli should be harvested when the beads (flower buds) are sary to manage caterpillar pests of cole crops. still tight, but a few outer beads have begun to loosen. The stalks INSECT MANAGEMENT should be 7 inches long from top of the crown to the butt. Brocco- li is usually bunched in 1.5 pound bunches with 2 to 3 heads per Aphids: The cabbage aphid can be a serious problem on these bunch. Secure bunches with a rubber band or twist tie. crops and should be treated immediately if noticed. Other aphid Kohlrabi should be harvested when the bulbs are 2 to 3 inches species are found on these crops and should be treated if the crop in diameter and before internal fibers begin to harden. is near harvest or their level of infestation is increasing. Often par- Cauliflower is harvested while the heads are pure white and asitic wasps take out these species if broad-spectrum insecticides before the curds become loose and ricey. Heads are blanched by ty- use is avoided. ing outer leaves over the heads when heads are 3 to 4 inches in di- Cabbage Root Maggot: Root maggots and other similar insects ameter. Blanching takes about 1 week in hot weather and 2 weeks such as the seed corn maggot can be a problem in heavier soils in in cooler weather. the Southeast especially during cool, damp times of the year. Avoid Kale is harvested by cutting off the entire plant near ground planting into soils with freshly plowed down crop residue or high level, or lower leaves may be stripped from plant. Collards may be levels of organic matter. harvested at any stage of growth. See Table 14 for further posthar- vest information on these crops. Caterpillars: A number of moth and butterfly larvae feed on cole crops. The major ones are the cabbage looper (CL), the imported cabbageworm (ICW), and the diamondback moth (DBM) referred to as the cabbageworm complex. Other caterpillars found on cole crops are the cross-striped cabbageworm, corn earworm, army- worms, and webworms. Webworms often damage the bud of the young plants and should be treated immediately; very young larvae are much more easily managed than older ones. Scouting and using a threshold for spray applications is a cost effective method of managing these pests. Broad-spectrum insecti-

62 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States CARROTS (Daucus carota)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA CARROTS Apache 3 A G L M N S T V Baltimore 4 G Belgrado 4, 9 G Bolero 4 K S T V Danvers 126 5 A L N S V Deep Purple 2, 3 A L N Maverick 6 G L V Mokum 4 K Napoli 4 K T Nelson 4 K Purple Haze 2, 3 A G L M N S T Romance 4 K S Scarlet Nantes4 O S Sugarsnax 54 A G K L N S T V Yellow Bunch 3, 7 A L N 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 4 Nantes type: Smooth, cylindrical over entire length w/ a 6 Nantes x Imperator type. 2 Purple. blunt end. 7 Yellow. 5 3 Imperator type: 7-8 inches long w/ long conical shape Danvers type: Tapering root w/ a semi-blunt tip. 8 Chantenay type: 6-7 inches lone and cone-shaped. and narrow shoulders. 9 Processing type.

Seeding Dates. Small carrot seedlings up to six leaves cannot SPACING withstand hard freezes but are somewhat frost tolerant. Optimum Spatial arrangements for planting can differ markedly. Carrots temperatures are in the range of 60-70°F, with daytime highs of can be planted with vacuum, belt, or plate seeders. Often a spe- 75°F and nighttime lows of 55°F ideal. Although the crop can be cial attachment called a scatter plate or spreader shoe is added grown outside this range with little or no effect on tops, tempera- to the plate planters to scatter the seed in a narrow band. Carrots tures differing drastically from the above can adversely affect root should be spaced 1½ to 2 inches apart within the row. Carrot seed color, texture, flavor, and shape. Lower temperatures in this range should be planted no deeper than ¼-½ inch. A final stand of 14 may induce slow growth and make roots longer, more slender and to 18 plants per foot of twin row is ideal. Ideal patterns are twin lighter in color. Carrots with a root less than one inch in diameter rows that are 2½ -3½ inches apart. Three or four of these twin are more susceptible to cold injury than larger roots. Soil tempera- rows are situated on one bed, depending on the width of the bed. tures should be above 40°F and below 85°F for best stand estab- One arrangement is to plant three twin rows on beds that are on lishment. 72-inch centers. Another arrangement is to plant four twin rows on a 92-inch bed (center to center). The sets of twin rows are 14 to CARROT PLANTING DATES Spring Fall 18 inches apart. Beds on 72-inch centers will have approximately AL North 3/1–4/15 NR 48 inches of formed bed. Row spacing wider than 18 inches will AL South NR 8/1–11/30 reduce total plant stand per acre and thus, will reduce total yield. GA North 3/1–4/15 NR Ideal plant populations should be in the range of 400,000 for fresh GA South NR 8/1–11/30 market carrots and 250,000 for processing carrots. KY East 4/1-4/30 NR KY Central 3/20-4/15 NR KY West 3/10-4/10 NR PLANTING AND LAND PREPARATION LA North 1/15–2/28 9/15–10/15 Beds that are slightly raised are advantageous because they allow LA South 1/15–2/28 9/15–10/15 for good drainage. Beds should be firmed and not freshly tilled MS North 2/15–4/1 NR before planting and soil should be firmed over the seed at planting. MS South 1/15–3/15 NR A basket or roller attachment is often used to firm the soil over the NC East 2/15–3/31 6/15–8/15 seed as they are planted. Light irrigation will be required frequent- NC West 4/1–6/15 7/21-8/15 SC East 2/1–3/15 9/1–9/15 ly during warm, dry periods for adequate germination. SC West 2/15–3/31 8/1–9/15 Windbreaks are almost essential in areas with primarily sandy TN East 3/15-5/1 NR soils. Sand particles moved by wind can severely damage young TN West 3/1-4/30 NR carrot plants, reducing stands. Small grain strips planted between VA East (coastal) 3/15–4/30 6/1–7/31 beds or at least planted between every few beds can help reduce VA West (mountain) 4/1– 6/15 7/1–7/31 this sandblasting injury.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 63 Begin by deep turning soils to bury any litter and debris and dark sclerotia develop on the white mycelium which is a good in- breaking soils to a depth of 12-14 inches. Compacted soils or those dicator of Sclerotinia rot. This disease causes a progressive watery with tillage pans should be subsoiled to break the compacted areas. soft rot of the carrot root tissue and is considered a potential prob- If uncorrected, compact soil or tillage pans can result in restric- lem in the production of carrots. Rotation and deep turning of the tion of root expansion. It is best to apply lime after deep turning soil are recommended to reduce losses to this disease. to prevent turning up acid soil after lime application. Prepare a good seedbed using bed-shaping equipment. Do not use disks or Rhizoctonia: Rhizoctonia rot causes brown to black lesions to rototiller to avoid soil compaction. Carrots should be planted on a develop on the sides of the carrot root. The disease is much worse slightly raised bed (2-3 inches) to improve drainage. After beds are under cool, wet conditions. Saturated soil conditions often enhance tilled and prepared for seeding, it is best to allow the beds to settle all soil-borne diseases which are potential problems in carrot pro- slightly before planting. Avoid other tillage practices that can in- duction. Rhizoctonia damage can be minimized by using rotation crease soil compaction. Following in the same tracks for all field and good cultural practices. Soil fumigation will prevent damage operations will help reduce compaction in planting areas. with any of the soil inhabiting fungi.

FOLIAR DISEASES SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT Bacterial Blight: Bacterial blight causes irregular brown spots on DISEASE MANAGEMENT the leaves and dark brown streaks on the petioles and stems. The Root-Knot Nematode: By far, the most destructive problem in lesions on the foliage begin as small yellow areas with the centers carrots is root-knot nematodes. Root-knot nematodes are small eel- becoming dry and brittle, with an irregular halo. The bacterium like worms that live in the soil and feed on plant roots. Since the affects the leaflets, stems and petioles as the disease progresses. root of the carrot is the harvested portion of the plant, no root-knot Some of these lesions may crack open and ooze the bacteria. These damage can be allowed. Root-knot causes poor growth and dis- bacteria may be washed down to the crown of the plant causing torted or deformed root systems which results in a non marketable brown lesions on the top of the root. The earlier the infection oc- root. Root-knot damage also allows entry for other diseases such curs the greater the damage to the root. The bacterium is spread by as Fusarium, Pythium, and Erwinia. splashing water and takes about 10-12 days before symptoms ap- If any root-knot nematodes are found in a soil assay, treat- pear after inoculation. Disease development progresses rapidly be- ment is recommended. Good success has been obtained using field tween 77˚ and 86˚ F. Crop rotation is a major factor in controlling soil fumigation to eradicate root-knot nematodes in the root zone Bacterial blight. of carrots. Use nematicides or fumigants listed in the “Nematode Control in Vegetate Crops” tables in the Disease Control section. Alternaria Blight: Alternaria blight causes small dark brown to black spots with yellow edges forming mostly on the leaf margins. SOIL-BORNE ROOT DISEASES The spot increases as the disease progresses and in some cases en- Depending on the cropping history of the field, Pythium, South- tire leaflets may be killed. In moist weather, the disease can move ern Blight, and Sclerotinia may cause problems. It is advisable so rapidly it resembles frost injury. Such conditions can reduce the to avoid fields where these diseases have been identified in the efficiency of mechanical harvesters which require strong healthy previous crop. Deep turning is also necessary to help prevent root tops to remove the carrot from the soil. Alternaria may also cause diseases. damping off of seedlings and a black decay of roots. The spores and mycelium are spread by splashing rains, contaminated soil, Pythium Blight: is usually characterized by flagging of the foliage or on cultivation tools. The disease can manifest itself in about 10 indicating some root damage is occurring. Under wet conditions, days after infection. The optimum temperature for Alternaria blight Pythium may cause serious problems to the root causing a white is 82˚ F. mycelium mat to grow on the infected area which rapidly turns to a watery soft rot. Forking of the root system is also a common symp- Cercospora Leaf Blight: Cercospora blight causes lesions to form tom associated with Pythium infection. Rotation is considered a on the leaves, petioles and stems of the carrot plant. The symptoms major factor in reducing Pythium along with the use of fungicides. appear to mimic that of Alternaria blight but can be separated using a compound microscope. Cercosproa blight progresses in warm, Southern Blight: Southern blight causes serious damage to car- wet weather and spots appear in about 10 days after infection. The rots. This disease is usually associated with carrots remaining in youngest leaves are usually more susceptible to Cercosproa infec- the field after the soil begins to warm in the spring. This disease tion. causes a yellow top to develop with a cottony white fungal growth associated with the upper part of the carrot root. The top of the root INSECT MANAGEMENT and the surrounding soil may be covered with a white mycelium Soil Insects: Wireworms, white grubs, and the granulate cut- with tan sclerotia developing as the disease progresses. Southern worm may be partially controlled with good cultural practices. Soil Blight is best controlled by using rotation and deep turning. should be deep turned in sufficient time prior to planting to allow destruction of previous crop residue that may harbor soil insects. Sclerotinia Blight: Sclerotinia blight causes serious damage to the When possible, avoid planting just after crops that are slow to de- roots of carrots. This disease is usually worse under wet soil con- compose such as tobacco and corn. Avoid planting behind peanuts ditions. White mycelium forms around the infected area and later, and root crops such as sweetpotatoes and turnips. If a field has a

64 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States history of soil insect problems, either avoid these or, broadcast in- may be necessary. If plants are in the cotyledon to first true leaf corporate a soil insecticide prior to planting. Plantings in fields that stage, treatments should be made if damage or flea beetles are ob- were recently in permanent pasture should be avoided as should served on more than 5% of the plants. After plants are well estab- fields recently planted to sod/turf, although these are not as critical. lished, flea beetles should be controlled only if foliage losses are Fields with a history of whitefringed beetle larvae should not be projected to be moderate to high, e.g., 15% or more. planted to carrots because there are no currently registered insecti- cides effective on this pest. Vegetable Weevil: The adult and larvae of the vegetable weevil Flea beetle larvae can damage roots by feeding from the sur- may attack carrots. The adult and larvae feed on the foliage. Vege- face into the cortex. The damage will take on the appearance of table weevil larvae often will feed near the crown of plants and, if narrow “s” shaped canals on the surface. Flea beetle larvae can be shoulders are exposed at the soil surface, larvae will feed on tender prevented easily with soil insecticides. carrots. Treatments are justified if adults or larvae and damage are The seedcorn maggot is an opportunistic pest that takes ad- easily found in several locations. vantage of crops that are under stress or where there is decaying organic matter. At-planting soil insecticides will prevent the de- Armyworms: The armyworm can cause damage in carrots. Army- velopment of maggot infestations for several weeks after plant- worms may move from grain crops or weeds into carrots or adults ing. Seedcorn maggots cannot be effectively controlled after the may lay eggs directly on carrot plants. Armyworms are easily man- infestation begins. If plants become stressed during the period of aged with foliar insecticides. high root maggot potential, preventive applications of insecticides should be sprayed every seven days until the stress is minimized. Beet Armyworm: The beet armyworm infests carrots in the late spring. Usually natural predators and especially parasites regulate FOLIAR INSECTS beet armyworm populations below economically damaging levels.

Foliar insect pests may be monitored and insecticides applied as Whiteflies: The silverleaf whitefly can be a problem during the needed. Carrots should be scouted at least once per week for devel- early seedling stage of fall plantings. Silverleaf whitefly migrates oping populations of foliage pests. from agronomic crops and other vegetables during the late sum- mer. Infestation may become severe on carrots grown in these Aphids: Several species of aphids may develop on carrots. The production areas. Often whiteflies may be controlled by several most common aphids to inhabit carrots are the green peach aphid natural enemies and diseases by early fall so, treatments may not and the cotton or melon aphid. Often parasitic wasps and fungal be justified. However, if whiteflies develop generally heavy popu- diseases will control these aphids. If populations persist and col- lations, treatment of young plantings is justified. onize plants rapidly over several weeks and honeydew or sooty mold is observed readily, then foliar insecticides are justified. HARVESTING AND STORAGE Topped Carrots: will last 4 to 5 months at 32°F and 90% to Flea Beetles: Fleas beetle adults may cause severe damage to the 95% relative humidity. See Table 14 for further post harvest foliage on occasion. If carrots are attacked during the seedling information. stage and infestations persist over time, an insecticide application

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 65 CUCUMBERS (Cucumis sativus)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA CUCUMBERS Slicer / Fresh Market Brickyard 2, 4. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 N Bristol 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10 N Cobra 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 N Cortez 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 A G K L S T V Dasher II 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 A G K L M N O S T V General Lee 4, 5, 6, 10 A K L M O S V Impact 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14 A G N Poinsett 76 2, 3, 5, 10 A S Raceway 2, 3, 5, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 N Rockingham 2, 3, 5, 6, 10 A K M N S Slice More 2, 4, 5, 6, 10 L S Speedway 2, 3, 5, 6, 10 A G K L S T V StoneWall 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 G K L N S V SV 4719CS 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 14 A G SV 3462CS 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 14 A G Thunder 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 A K L M S T V Pickling Types - Multiple Harvest Calypso 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 A G K L M S T V Colt 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 A S Eureka 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 K V Fancipak 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 A G O S T V Vlasstar 2, 3, 5, 6, 10 N Pickling Types - Multiple or Once-over Harvest Arabian 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 A N CV 7140 2, 3, 5, 6, 10 N Peacemaker 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 N Parthenocarpic Types - Seedless Pickling – Multiple Harvest Bernstein 5, 10 N Liszt 5, 6, 10 N Parthenocarpic Types – Seedless Pickling – Multiple or Once-over Harvest Gershwin 5, 10 A N S Rubenstein 5, 6, 10 N Parthenocarpic Types – Seedless Pickling – Once-over Harvest Bowie 5, 10 N Pole Types – Field Production SV 4142 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 N GREENHOUSE CUCUMBERS Long Dutch/English Types Bologna 5, 10, 11 A K L M S T Camaro 5, 13, 14 A K L M S T Cumlaude 3, 5, 10, 14 A K L M S T V Discover 3, 5, 10, 14 A K L M S T V Kasja 5, 10, 11 A K Verdon 5, 6, 10, 11, 12 A K L M T Beit Alpha/Mini Types Delta Star 5, 6, 10, 11, 12 A K L M S T Jawell 5, 6, 14 A K L M S T Katrina 5, 6, 12 A K L M S T Manar 5, 6, 14 A K L M S T Picowell 5 A K L M S T Sarig 5 A K 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 6 Cucumber Mosaic Virus tolerance/resistance. 11 Target spot tolerance/resistance. 2 Anthracnose tolerance/resistance. 7 Papaya Ring Spot Virus tolerance/resistance. 12 Cucumber vein yellowing virus tolerance/resistance. 3 Angular Leaf Spot tolerance/resistance. 8 Zucchini Yellows Mosaic Virus tolerance/resistance. 13 Low light tolerant. 4 Downy Mildew tolerance/resistance. 9 Watermelon Mosaic Virus tolerance/resistance. 14 All female (gynoecious). 5 Powdery Mildew tolerance/resistance. 10 Scab and gummosis tolerance/resistance.

66 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Field Production. For earlier cucumber production and higher, Spacing. Slicers: Space rows 3 to 4 feet apart with plants 9 to 12 more concentrated yields, use gynoecious varieties. A gynoecious inches apart. Pickles: For hand harvest, space 3 to 4 feet apart; for plant produces only female flowers. Upon pollination female flow- machine harvest, space three rows 24–28 inches apart on a bed. ers will develop into fruit. To produce pollen, 10% to 15% pol- Plants for hand harvest should be 6 to 8 inches apart in the row; linizer plants must be planted; seed suppliers add this seed to the 2 to 4 inches apart for machine harvest. Close spacing increases gynoecious variety. Both pickling and slicing gynoecious varieties yields, provides more uniform maturity and reduces weed prob- are available. For machine harvest of pickling cucumbers, high lems, but require slightly higher fertilizer rates. Seeding for slicers: plant populations (55,000 per acre or more) concentrate fruit matu- 1.5 pounds per acre. Seeding for pickles: 2 to 5 pounds per acre. rity for increased yields. Bitterness. Bitterness can be a common problem in cucumber. Planting Dates. For earliness container-grown transplants are Cucumbers (and all other cucurbits) produce a group of chemicals planted when daily mean soil temperatures have reached 60°F but called cucurbitacins which can cause bitterness to develop. As most cucumbers are direct seeded. Consult the following table for cucurbitacin concentrations increase, the more bitter the cucumber planting dates for transplants in your area. Early plantings should will taste. Generally, the amount of cucurbitacin in a cucurbit fruit be protected from winds with hot caps or row covers. Growing on is low and cannot be tasted. Mild bitterness results from high- plastic mulch can also enhance earliness. er levels of cucurbitacin often triggered by environmental stress- es, including high temperatures, wide temperature swings, or too little water. Uneven watering practices (too wet followed by too CUCUMBER SLICERS PLANTING DATES Spring Fall dry), low soil fertility, and low soil pH are also possible factors. AL North 4/1–7/15 8/1–8/30 Over-mature or improperly stored cucumbers may also develop a AL South 3/1–4/30 8/1–9/15 mild bitterness, although it is not usually severe. GA North 4/15–7/15 8/1–8/30 GA South 3/1–4/30 8/1–9/15 Mulching. Fumigated soil aids in the control of weeds and soil- KY East 5/10-6/1 6/1-6/15 borne diseases. Black plastic mulch laid before field planting con- KY Central 5/5-6/1 6/1-7/1 serves moisture, increases soil temperature, and increases early KY West 4/25-5/15 5/15-7/15 and total yield. Plastic and fumigant should be applied on well-pre- LA North 3/15–5/15 7/15–8/31 LA South 3/1–5/15 8/1–9/15 pared planting beds 2 to 4 weeks before field planting. Plastic MS North 4/1–5/15 7/25–8/21 should be placed immediately over the fumigated soil. The soil MS South 3/15–5/1 8/14–9/14 must be moist when laying the plastic. Fumigation alone may not NC East 4/15–5/15 7/15–8/15 provide satisfactory weed control under clear plastic. Herbicides NC West 5/15–7/31 NR SC East 3/15–5/15 8/1–8/30 labeled and recommended for use on cucumbers may not provide SC West 4/15–6/5 8/1–8/30 satisfactory weed control when used under clear plastic mulch on TN East 5/5-6/15 7/1-8/10 nonfumigated soil. Black plastic can be used without a herbicide. TN West 5/1-6/1 7/25-8/25 Fertilizer must be applied during bed preparation. At least 50% of VA East (coastal) 4/15-6/15 7/1-7/31 VA West (mountains) 5/15-6/30 6/15-7/31 the nitrogen (N) should be in the nitrate (NO3) form. Foil and other reflective mulches can be used to repel aphids that transmit viruses in fall-planted (after July 1) cucumbers. Di- PICKLING CUCUMBER PLANTING DATES rect seeding through the mulch is recommended for maximum vi- Spring Fall AL North 4/15–7/15 8/1–8/30 rus protection. Fumigation will be necessary when there is a histo- AL South 3/1–4/30 8/1–9/15 ry of soilborne diseases in the field. Growers should consider drip GA North 4/15–7/15 NR irrigation with plastic mulch. For more information, see the section GA South 3/1–4/30 8/1–9/15 on “Irrigation”. KY East 5/10-6/1 6/1-6/15 KY Central 5/5-6/1 6/1-7/1 KY West 4/25-5/15 5/15-7/15 SUGGESTED FERTIGATION SCHEDULE FOR CUCUMBER* LA North 4/1–5/15 7/15–8/31 (N:K,1:2) LA South 3/15–5/15 8/1–9/15 Daily Daily Cumulative MS South 4/1–4/15 NR nitrogen potash Nitrogen Potash NC East 4/20–5/20 7/15–8/15 Days after planting (lb / A) NC West 5/25–7/31 NR Preplant 25.0 45.0 SC East 3/15-5/15 8/1–8/30 0-14 0.9 1.8 37.6 75.2 SC West 4/15–6/15 8/1–8/30 15-63 1.5 3.0 110.3 196.6 TN East 5/5-6/15 7/1-8/10 TN West 5/1-6/1 7/25-8/25 64-77 0.7 1.4 120.1 216.6 VA East (coastal) 4/15-6/15 7/1-7/31 VA West (mountains) 5/15-6/30 6/15-7/31

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 67 ALTERNATIVE FERTIGATION SCHEDULE FOR CUCUMBER* leaves is important. For further information on aphid controls, see (N:K,1:1) the preceding “Mulching” section. Treat seedlings every 5 to 7 Daily Daily Cumulative days or as needed. Days after nitrogen potash Nitrogen Potash planting (lb / A) Mites: Mite infestations generally begin around field margins and Preplant 24.0 24.0 grassy areas. CAUTION: DO NOT mow or maintain these areas 0-7 1.0 1.0 31.0 31.0 after midsummer because this forces mites into the crop. Localized 8-21 1.5 1.5 52.0 52.0 infestations can be spot-treated. Begin treatment when 50% of the 22-63 2.0 2.0 136.0 136.0 terminal leaves show infestation. Note: Continuous use of pyre- 64-70 1.5 1.5 150.0 150.0 throids may result in mite outbreaks. *Adjust based on tissue analysis.

DISEASE MANAGEMENT Greenhouse Cucumber Production. If you plan on growing cu- Cucurbit Downy Mildew Forecasting System: Cucurbit downy cumbers to maturity in the greenhouse, you need to select a green- mildew (CDM) is a devastating foliar cucurbit disease. While dif- house variety. This is because these varieties have been bred spe- ficult, if not impossible to control, CDM can be prevented by using cifically for greenhouse conditions – lower light, higher humidity effective IPM practices. A useful tool for prevention of CDM is the and temperature, etc., and they have better disease resistance than CDM forecasting system. This program depends on the accurate field types. reporting of CDM in the field as well as the monitoring of over 50 Nearly all greenhouse cucumber varieties are gynecious, par- strategically placed sentinel plots. These plots are monitored by thenocarpic hybrids. This means that these varieties produce only Plant Pathologists at multiple Land Grant Universities throughout female flowers and the fruit are seedless. Since they are all fe- the United States and Canada. Forecasts of the epidemic move- male, no pollination is needed. The seedless characteristic makes ment of the disease are generated 3 times a week. Risk maps are the fruit very tender to eat. Greenhouse cucumbers are also thin produced from these forecasts. For forecasts, maps, local contacts skinned which makes them more desirable than field varieties. and other helpful information please visit our website, http://cdm. While non-greenhouse types would grow in the greenhouse, the ipmpipe.org. If you think you have CDM, please contact your local Extension office. yield and quality would be reduced, and therefore they may not be profitable. Phytophthora Blight: To minimize the occurrence of this disease, Variety selection is based on yield, fruit size, uniformity, fields should be adequately drained to ensure that soil water does disease resistance, and lack of physiological disorders, as well as not accumulate around the base of the plants. Just before plants the market demand for the type grown. In some markets the long, begin vining, subsoil between rows to allow for faster drainage fol- European types sells better, while in others, the small beit alpha lowing rainfall. types, also referred to as “minis”, are preferred. For suggestions Belly Rot: Belly rot is a soil-borne disease. Application of appro- on varieties, see the variety table above. Insect and disease control priate crop protectant at last cultivation may be helpful. methods for greenhouse vegetables can be found in Tables 2-28 (in the Insect section) and 3-46 (in Disease section), respectively. Weed Management: See the previous “Mulching” section for fu- ther information on weed control under clear plastic mulch. SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT Nematode Management. Use nematicides listed in the “Nematode INSECT MANAGEMENT Control in Vegetate Crops” tables in the Disease Control section. Cucumber Beetle: Cucumber beetles can transmit bacterial wilt; however, losses from this disease vary greatly from field to POLLINATION field and among different varieties. Pickling cucumbers grown in Bees are critical for insuring that pollination and cucumber fruit high-density rows for once-over harvesting can compensate for at set occurs. Supplementing a field with bee hives can be especial- least 10% stand losses. On farms with a history of bacterial wilt ly helpful when native bee populations are low or lacking. Having infections and where susceptible cultivars are used, foliar insec- sufficient bees provides the opportunity to maximize cucumber ticides should be used to control adult beetles before they feed yields and quality. Lack of sufficient pollination can result in a va- extensively on the cotyledons and first true leaves. Begin spraying riety of misshapen fruits; dogbone, crooks, nubs, etc. shortly after plant emergence and repeat applications at weekly Rented honeybee hives are often placed in cucumber fields as intervals if new beetles continue to invade fields. Treatments may plants begins to flower. The timing of hive placement is import- be required until stems begin vining (usually about 3 weeks after ant because cucumber flowers are not that attractive to honeybees. plant emergence), at which time plants are less susceptible to wilt If the honeybee hives are placed by cucumber fields prematurely infections. before the crop flowers, the honeybees may forage to wild flowers nearby which are more attractive due to their higher nectar and Pickleworm, Melonworm: Make one treatment prior to fruit set, pollen supply. If this occurs, the honeybees may be predisposed and then treat weekly. to visit these wild flowers even though cucumber flowers are in Aphids: Aphids transmit several viruses (CMV, WMV, PRSV, etc.) full bloom a few days later. Assuming that the honeybee hive is and can delay plant maturity. Thorough spray coverage beneath a healthy hive, one hive per acre is recommended for hand-har-

68 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States vested pickling and slicing cucumbers with recommended plant Bumblebee hives are sold as a quad or four hives per quad. A populations of approximately 25,000 to 30,000 plants per acre. For quad is the minimum order that can be purchased from a suppli- mechanical or once-over harvested pickling cucumbers, the rec- er. Generally one bumblebee hive contains 200 to 250 bees and is ommended plant populations are generally 55,000 to 60,000 plants equivalent to one honeybee hive. Thus, one quad of bumblebees per acre. Therefore, two honeybee hives should be placed per acre (minimum order, contains 4 bumblebee hives) would provide good to account for the increased number of flowers from the increased pollination for four acres of hand-harvested cucumbers. For ma- plant population used for mechanically harvested cucumbers. chine-harvest pickling cucumbers, one quad would provide good When hybrid cucumbers are grown at high plant populations for pollination for every two acres. Bumblebee hives should not be machine harvest, flowers require 15 to 20 visits for maximum fruit placed in direct sunlight so that the bees work more efficiently. No set. Generally, as the number of visits increase, there will be an in- more than two bumblebee quads should be placed in one location crease in the numbers of fruit set and an increase in number of seed so that pollination is more uniform in the field. As with honeybees, per fruit, as well as improved fruit shape and fruit weight. one must carefully plan when to spray insecticides so that the bum- Bumblebees are an effective pollinator alternative to honey- blebees are not killed. Because bumblebees are most active from bees in cucumber production. Bumblebees have some advantag- dawn until late morning and from about 4 PM to sunset, the hives es compared to honeybees; flying under more adverse weather need to be closed around 11 AM so that the bees in the hive re- conditions in which it is cool, rainy or windy. They will also visit main protected during a late evening spray application. Bumblebee flowers earlier in the morning than honeybees, and fly later in the quads should be located a minimum of 650 to 700 feet away from afternoon and early evening when the temperatures cool. Because the other quads in order to maximize pollinator efficiency. bumblebees have a larger body size than honeybees, fewer flower See the section on “Pollination” in the General Production visits are required by bumblebees in order to achieve good pollina- Recommendations for additional information. tion and fruit set. As with honeybees, bumblebees should be placed in the cu- HARVESTING AND STORAGE cumber field shortly after the crop begins to flower. Bumblebees See Table 14 for postharvest information. will typically last for 6 to 12 weeks and will meet the pollination needs of 2 to 3 sequentially planted cucumber crops.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 69 EGGPLANT (Solanum melongena)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA EGGPLANT Asian Calliope 3, O A G L M N S T V Cambodian Green Giant 7, R A G L Ichiban 2, E A G K L M N S T V Kermit 6, R A G L N S T V Pingtung Long 7, E A G N Italian Black Bell 2, GL L M T Classic 2, GL A G K L M N O S T V Dusky 2, GL A K L M N O S T V Epic 2, GL A G K L M N O S T V Night Shadow 2, GL A G S T V Santana 2, GL A G K L N O S T V Miniature/Specialty Casper 4, E A G M S T V Fairy tale 5, E, M A G K L M N T Ghostbuster 4, OL A G K M S T Gretel 4, E, M A G K M S T V Hansel 2, E, M A G K N S T V Millionaire 2, E S Little Fingers 2, E, M A K M N O T Rosita 7, T A G K M N 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 6 Green and white exterior. T Tear drop fruit. 2 Purple/black exterior. 7 Lavender exterior. O Oval fruit. 3 White exterior with purple streaks. R Round fruit. OL Long, oval fruit. 4 White exterior. E Elongated fruit. GL Large, oval fruit. 5 Purple exterior with white stripes. M Miniature fruit.

Eggplant is a warm-season crop that grows best at tempera- EGGPLANT PLANTING DATES (cont’d) tures between 70° to 85°F. Temperatures below 65°F result in poor Spring Fall growth and fruit set. VA East (coastal) 5/1-6/30 NR VA West (mountains) 5/15-6/30 NR Seed Treatment. Information on seed treatments can be found- under SEED TREATMENTS in the disease management section of Spacing. Rows: 4 to 5 feet apart; plants 2 to 3 feet apart in the row. the handbook. Staking. Staking eggplant improves quality and yield, while reducing decay. Use a 5 foot tomato stake between every other EGGPLANT PLANTING DATES (cont’d) plant and place string along each side of the plants as they grow. Spring Fall This is described in detail in the tomato section of this guide. Side AL North 4/1–7/15 NR AL South 3/1–4/30 7/15–8/31 branches of eggplant should be pruned up to the first fruit and 2 GA North 4/15–7/15 NR main stems should be used. If additional stems grow too large re- GA South 3/1–4/30 7/15–8/31 move them. The first fruit should be pruned off until the flower is KY East 5/15-6/1 NR at least 8 inches above the ground, this will allow for straight fruit KY Central 5/10-6/15 NR to form. KY West 5/1-7/1 NR LA North 4/15–5/15 7/1–8/15 Transplant Production. Sow seed in the greenhouse 8 to 10 LA South 3/15–5/15 7/1–8/30 weeks before field planting. Three to 4 ounces of seed are neces- MS North 4/15-6/15 NR sary to produce plants for 1 acre. Optimum temperatures for ger- MS South 3/1-4/30 8/1-8/31 mination and growth are 70° to 75°F. Seedlings should be trans- NC East 4/15–5/10 8/1–8/15 planted to 2-inch or larger pots or containers anytime after the first NC West 5/15–7/15 NR true leaves appear, or seed can be sown directly into the pots and SC East 4/1–4/30 8/1–8/31 SC West 5/1–6/30 NR thinned to a single plant per pot. Control aphids on seedlings in TN East 4/25-7/15 NR greenhouse before transplanting to field. TN West 4/15-6/15 NR

70 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Transplanting Dates. Harden plants for a few days at 60° to 65°F the season while plants become established and before flowering and set in field after danger of frost and when average daily tem- at which time row covers will need to be removed for optimum peratures have reached 65° to 70°F. pollination.

Drip Irrigation and Fertilization. After mulching and installing Silverleaf Whitefly: Treat when an average of 5 or more adults are the drip irrigation system, the soluble fertilizer program should be found per leaf. initiated using the following table. On low to low-medium boron soils, also include 0.5 pound per acre of actual boron. Weed Management. See ”Mulching” section for further informa- The first soluble fertilizer application should be applied tion on weed control under clear plastic mulch. through the drip irrigation system within a week after field-trans- planting the eggplant. Continue fertigating until the last harvest. RATOONING EGGPLANT: PRODUCING A FALL CROP FROM A SPRING PLANTED CROP SUGGESTED FERTIGATION SCHEDULE FOR EGGPLANT* Ratooning eggplants can be done after the first crop is complete (high soil potassium) to allow a second crop to develop. Depending on the location, the Daily Daily Cumulative first crop may be completed by June or July. Plants at this point Days after nitrogen potash Nitrogen Potash planting (lb / A) will appear “topped out,” not producing any more flowers and any Preplant 50.0 100.0 subsequent fruits. Mow plants 6 to 8 inches above the soil line, 0-22 0.5 0.5 60.5 110.5 being sure to leave two to three leaf axils. Next, fertilize with 50 to 22-49 0.7 0.7 80.1 130.1 60 pounds of nitrogen per acre and 80 to 100 pounds of potash per

50-70 1.0 1.0 101.1 151.1 acre (K2O). This combination will produce vigorous re-growth and 71-91 1.1 1.1 124.2 174.2 stimulate flowering. Plants will begin producing fruit 4 to 6 weeks 92-112 1.0 2.0 145.2 195.2 after ratooning and should produce eggplants until frost.

ALTERNATIVE FERTIGATION SCHEDULE FOR EGGPLANT* HARVESTING AND STORAGE (low soil potassium) Eggplant may be harvested once the fruit has reached one-half to Daily Daily Cumulative full size for a given variety. However, harvesting prior to full size nitrogen potash Nitrogen Potash Days after may reduce potential yields. planting (lb / A) 0-22 0.5 0.5 60.5 111.0 22-49 0.7 1.4 80.1 150.2 Harvest-ready fruit have a glossy appearance and are firm, without 50-70 1.0 2.0 101.1 192.5 wrinkles. Harvest eggplant fruit before they become over mature. 71-91 1.1 2.2 124.2 238.7 When over mature, the fruit is dull in color, seeds are hard and 92-112 1.0 2.0 145.2 280.7 dark, and the flesh is characteristically spongy. Although the fruit *Adjust based on tissue analysis. can often be “snapped” from the plant, they should be clipped with a sharp knife or scissors to prevent damage. When harvesting, cut SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT the stem approximately 1/4 inch from the fruit. Eggplant skin is INSECT MANAGEMENT tender and easily bruised, so handle with care. See Table 14 for Colorado Potato Beetle (CPB), Flea Beetles (FB): CPB has the further postharvest information. ability to rapidly develop resistance to insecticides. Refer to “Egg- plant” insecticide section for management options. The use of row covers can be highly effective for flea beetle management early in

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 71 GARLIC (Allium sativum) AND ELEPHANT GARLIC (A. ampeloprasum)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA GARLIC Chesnok Red 4, 6 N T Creole 5 L Duganski 4, 6 A Elephant (also called Tahiti) 3, 5 A G K L M N S T V German Extra Hardy 4, 7 A K N S T V Italian 2, 5 L V Korean Red 4, 6 A Lokalen 2, 5 A Music 4, 5 N New York White Neck 2, 5 A N S T V Spanish Roja 4, 5 N O 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 4 Hardneck. 7 White outer skin, red cloves. 2 Softneck. 5 White cloves. 3 6 Allium ampeloprasum (Broadleaf Wild Leek) Purple stripped cloves

Most garlic that is available from retail markets tends to be Soil Fertility. Maintain a soil pH of 6.2 to 6.8. Fertilize according softneck types. When selecting softneck garlic for planting be to soil test recommendations for garlic. In moderately fertile soils, sure to secure a strain of softneck garlic from a local grower who apply about 75 pounds nitrogen (N) per acre, 150 pounds phosphate has had success with fall-planted garlic. Unlike many strains sold (P2O5) per acre and 150 pounds potash (K2O) per acre and disk commercially, such a strain should be well adapted to your area to about 6 inches deep before planting. When plants are about 6 inch- overwinter. Avoid planting the Creole types of softneck garlic in es tall (about March 15), topdress with 25 pounds per acre nitrogen the northern range (also called Early, Louisiana, White Mexican, and repeat the top dressing about May 1. Apply all top dressings to etc.), because they are not very winter-hardy and do not keep well. dry plants at midday to reduce chance of fertilizer burn. Both the Italian and Creole types have a white outer skin covering Because sulfur may be partially associated with the extent of the bulb, but the Italian type has a pink skin around each clove, pungency, you may wish to use ammonium sulfate for the last top whereas the skin around each Creole clove is white. Elephant-type dressing (May 1). If ammonium sulfate is used, make sure pH is garlic (milder than regular garlic and up to four times larger) may 6.5 to 6.8. not yield very well when fall-planted in areas with severe cold or Garlic is commonly grown on muck, sandy, or fine textured extensive freezing and thawing cycles, which cause heaving. Ele- soils as long as they are loose and friable. Use of organic matter or phant garlic has performed well, however, in western North Car- cover cropping is important. olina when it is well-hilled with soil or mulched with straw. The Italian and Elephant types take about 220 days to mature. Planting. Garlic cloves should be planted during the fall because a Many of the most productive Italian garlic strains produce chilling requirement must be met for good bulb development. Plant seed heads prior to harvest. Whether removed as they form or left according to the times listed in the following table to ensure that intact, they have produced satisfactory yields. good root systems are established prior to winter. Final bulb size Research in Kentucky and North Carolina has shown that is directly related to the size of the cloves that are planted. Avoid hardneck types of garlic produce superior yields and are more win- planting the long, slender cloves from the center of the bulb and ter-hardy than softneck types. Unlike softneck types, which will cloves weighing less than 1 gram. produce large numbers of small cloves per bulb; hardneck garlic GARLIC PLANTING DATES will produce bulbs with 7-10 large cloves. Hardneck types have a Planting Dates Planting Dates hard “seedstalk” (called a “scape”) that is typically removed prior AL North 9/15–11/10 MS 9/15–10/30 to harvest. Scapes are sometimes sold at farmers markets as a spe- AL South 10/1–11/30 NC East 9/15–11/10 cialty item. GA North 9/15–11/10 NC West 8/15–10/15 Seed pieces for hardneck garlic are often more expensive and GA South 10/1–11/30 SC East 10/1–11/30 harder to find than softneck types, but improved winter hardiness KY East 9/1-10/1 SC West 8/15–10/15 and bulb quality in the spring in Kentucky suggests that these are KY Central 9/10-10/15 TN East 9/1-11/1 preferred for production at more northern latitudes. Results from KY West 9/15-11/1 TN West 9/15-11/1 these states might not translate to all areas of the southeastern US. LA North 9/1–11/30 VA East (coastal) 9/15-11/15 LA South 9/1–11/30 VA West (mountains) 9/1-9/30 Consult with your local Extension office to find appropriate cultur- al information for your area.

72 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Spacing. Garlic should be planted 4 by 4 inches apart in triple After curing garlic, discard diseased and damaged bulbs. rows or multiple beds 16 to 18 inches apart. Between-row spacing Clean the remaining bulbs to remove the outer loose portions of depends on the equipment available. Clove tops should be covered the sheath, and trim the roots close to the bulb. Do not tap or bang with 1 to 1.5 inches of soil. The cloves must not be so deep that bulbs together to remove soil. Braid or bunch together by the tops the soil will interfere with the swelling of the bulbs, nor so shallow of the bulbs, or cut off the tops and roots and bag the bulbs like dry that rain, heaving from alternate freezing and thawing, and birds onions. will dislodge them. Vertical placement of cloves by hand gives When properly cured, garlic keeps well under a wide range of optimal results. Cloves dropped into furrows are likely to lie in all temperatures. Storage in open-mesh sacks in a dry, well-ventilated positions and may produce plants with crooked necks. Garlic has storage room at 60° to 90°F is satisfactory. However, garlic is best also been grown successfully in Kentucky using plastic mulch as stored under temperature and humidity conditions required for on- this helps reduce weed pressure during the long growing season. ions [32°to 35°F and 65% relative humidity]. Garlic cloves sprout quickly after bulbs have been stored at temperatures near 40°F, so INSECT MANAGEMENT avoid prolonged storage at this temperature. Garlic stored at above Thrips: During hot, dry weather, the population of thrips increas- 70% relative humidity at any temperature will mold and begins to es following harvest of adjacent alfalfa or grain. Thrips could develop roots. therefore present the most serious insect problem on garlic. (See “Onions” in the Insect Control section of this publication). Read Marketing. New growers should develop a local retail market and follow specific label directions for use on garlic; if not listed, (roadside stands, night markets, gourmet restaurants), wholesale do not use. Treat if thrips counts exceed an average of 5 thrips per shipper, or processing market before planting. The demand for gar- plant. lic is increasing due to recent reports about the health and medical benefits of garlic. The main markets are New York, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, Washington, D.C., Chicago, and St. Louis. HARVESTING AND STORAGE The markets of the northern and eastern United States will Garlic is ready for harvest in mid-May to mid-June—it must be take the bulbs trimmed like dry onions and known as “loose gar- harvested when around 30% of foliage is starting to yellow or the lic.” Frequently, 30 to 50 bulbs are tied in bunches. Bulbs should bulbs will split and be more susceptible to disease. When a few be graded into three sizes—large, medium, and small. Each string tops fall over, push all of them down and pull a sample. There are or bunch should contain bulbs of uniform size and of the same va- only about 10 days to 2 weeks for optimal garlic harvest. Before riety. then, the garlic is unsegmented; much after that period the cloves First-class garlic bulbs must be clean and have unbroken can separate so widely that the outer sheath often splits and expos- outer sheaths. Many of the larger vegetable markets, such as the es part of the naked clove. Picked at the proper time, each clove large chain stores, could retail garlic in the form of clean, uniform should be fully segmented and yet fully covered by a tight outer cloves, two dozen to a mesh bag. Processors are not particular skin. about having the cloves enclosed in a neat sheath and occasionally Run a cutter bar under the bulbs to cut the extensive root accept sprouted bulbs. system and partially lift them. The bulbs are usually pulled and Garlic-growing can be very profitable when freshness is gathered into windrows. Tops are placed uppermost in the wind- stressed and if the tops are braided, tied together, or placed into row to protect bulbs from the sun, and the garlic is left in the field long, narrow, plastic mesh bags so they can be effectively dis- for a week or more to dry or cure thoroughly. Curing can also be played at roadside or night-market stands accomplished in a well-ventilated shed or barn. The bulbs must be thoroughly dried before being shipped or stored. Outdoor curing is not recommended where morning dew can keep it too damp. Bring in for drying immediately from field. Emphasize gentle handling. Cure for about 6 weeks.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 73 GREENS: MUSTARD (Brassica juncea) AND TURNIP (Brassica rapa var. rapa)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN MUSTARD Carolina Broadleaf 2 A N S Florida Broadleaf A G K L M N O S T Garnet Red A M Green Wave A K L T Savannah 3 A G K L M O S T Southern Giant A G K L M N S T Tendergreen 3 A G K L M N O S T TURNIP GREENS Alamo A G K L M S T All Top A G K L N O S T Just Right A M N O S Purple Top White Globe A G K L M N O S T Seven Top A G K L N S T Shogoin A L N O S Southern Green A G K M N O S Top Star A G T Topper K L M S T Tokyo Cross G L O S T 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 2 Bacterial leaf blight resistance. 3 Spinach-mustard.

Seeding. Greens can be succession seeded throughout the indicat- MUSTARD AND TURNIP PLANTING DATES (cont’d) ed times liated in the table below. The next seeding date should be Spring Fall made when the previous crop is 50% emerged. Seeds emerge in NC East 2/15–6/30 8/1–9/15 3-12 days: emergence is temperature dependent, with rapid emer- NC West 4/1–8/15 NR SC East 2/1–6/15 8/1–10/15 gence in warm weather (fall planting) and slower in cool temps SC West 3/15–9/15 NR (spring planting). Rows should be 12-24 inches apart and in-row TN East 4/1-5/30 7/1-7/30 spacing should be 1-2 inches. TN West 2/15-4/15 8/1-8/31 Soils. Loamy soils will produce greatest yields, but many soil types are suitable. Sandy soils are preferred for cool season and SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT overwintering production. Greens grown in sandy soils are easier INSECT MANAGEMENT to pull from the soil, and easier to clean off soil residue, than those Aphids: These insects can be serious pests of greens crops. Fre- grown in clay soils. Soil pH of 6.0 to 6.5 is desirable. quent examinations of the crops are necessary to avoid undetected infestations. Broad-spectrum insecticides used for caterpillar man- Fertilizers. Quality greens require quick, continuous growth. A agement can lead to aphid infestations. continual supply of nitrogen is essential for good color and tender- ness. Applications of nitrogen at planting followed by additional Caterpillars: Many of the same caterpillars that feed on the large sidedress applications during the growing season, are essential to cole crops (cabbage, collard, etc.) will feed on greens. Action produce consistent, high quality greens. thresholds for greens crops are currently lacking, but low levels of caterpillars can be tolerated during the early stages of growth. Cultivation. In addition to adequate nutrition, consistent irrigation The use of BTs and other soft materials are encouraged in order to is necessary for good leaf formation. Overhead irrigation should be maintain natural enemy populations in the crops. avoided as it causes favorable conditions for the development of several diseases. Flea Beetles: These small insects can be serious pests of greens crops. They are often associated with heavier soils and weedy ar- MUSTARD AND TURNIP PLANTING DATES (cont’d) eas. BTs are ineffective against beetle pests. These materials are Spring Fall AL North 2/1–4/30 8/1–9/15 generally ineffective against these insects although the new neon- AL South 2/1–5/15 8/1–10/31 ictinoid insecticides work well with little effect on natural enemies. GA North 3/15–4/30 8/1–9/15 Treatment should begin when the infestation is first noticed. Fre- GA South 2/1–5/15 8/1–10/31 quent use of broad-spectrum insecticides for flea beetle manage- KY East 3/15-4/30 7/1-7/15 ment often leads to resurgence of other pests. Reflective mulches KY Central 3/10-4/25 7/15-8/1 have been found to be effective in repelling flea beetles. KY West 3/1-4/15 8/1-8/15 LA North 2/1–3/15 7/15–10/31 LA South 2/1–3/15 7/15–10/31 HARVESTING AND STORAGE MS North 1/20–4/1 7/25–8/20 See Table 14 for postharvest information. MS South 1/15–3/1 8/10–9/15

74 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States HERBS

BASIL (Ocimum basilicum) VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC SC TN VA BASIL Sweet Aroma II 2,3 A G K L M N S T Genovese 2 A G K L M N S T Italian Large Leaf 3 A G K L M N S T Mammoth N Nufar 2,3 A G K L M N S T Purple Ruffles A G K L M N S T Rutgers Devotion DMR 4 A Rutgers Obsession DMR 4 A Rutgers Passion DMR 4 A Rutgers Thunderstruck DMR 4, 5, 6 A S Specialty Mrs. Burns’ Lemon A G L M N S T Sweet Thai (Horapha, Hun Que) A G K L M N S T Cinnamon A G L M N S 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 3 Suitable for High Tunnel production 5 Suitable for microgreen production. 2 Fusarium tolerance/resistance. 4 Downy mildew tolerance. 6 Suitable for processing.

Cultivation. Sow seed 1/8 inch deep. Basil is an easy to grow BASIL PLANTING DATES (cont’d) tender annual. Plant basil in late spring after all danger of frost Spring Fall is past. Grow in full sun in warm, well-drained soil, preferably in TN East 5/15-6/30* 8/1-8/15* raised beds. A light sand to silt loam with a pH of 6.4 is best. Basil TN West 4/20-6/20* 8/1-8/15* may be grown in the field from seed or transplants. Trim trans- VA East (coastal) 5/1-6/30 NR plants to encourage branching and plant in the field when about six VA West (mountain) 5/15-6/30 NR inches tall (4 to 6 weeks old). *Using 6 to 8 wk-old transplants. Double-row plantings on 2 to 4 foot wide beds increase yields per acre and helps to shade out weeds. Planting dates may be stag- Pest Control. There are few agricultural chemicals registered for gered to provide a continuous supply of fresh leaves throughout use on basil. To keep weed pressure down, use high plant popula- the growing season. For fresh-cut basil production, the use of black tions, shallow cultivation, and/or mulch. BT products can be used plastic mulch is highly recommended. Basil will not tolerate mois- to control various worms and caterpillars. Genovese, Italian Large ture stress; provide a regular supply of water through drip or over- Leaf, and lettuce leaf varieties are susceptible to Japanese bee- head irrigation. tles. Japanese beetle traps set about 20 feet away from the basil will help prevent damage. Reflective mulches, beneficial insects, Fertilization. Do not over fertilize basil. It is generally suggested insecticidal soaps, traps, and handpicking may give some level of

that 100 pounds each of N, P2O5, and K2O per acre be broadcast and control of other insect pests. Keep foliage as dry as possible by wa- incorporated at time of planting or follow guidelines for fertilization tering early in the day, or by using drip irrigation to reduce fungal of salad greens. If more than one harvest is made, sidedress with 15 disease. Rotate herbs to different parts of the field each year and to 30 pounds N per acre shortly after the first or second cutting. remove and destroy all plant debris to reduce soil borne disease.

BASIL PLANTING DATES (cont’d) Fusarium Wilt. Plants infected with this disease usually grow nor- Spring Fall mally until they are 6 to 12 inches tall, then they become stunted AL North 4/1-7/31 NR and suddenly wilt. Fusarium wilt may persist in the soil for 8 to 12 AL South 3/15-7/31 NR years. Growers should use Fusarium wilt tested seed or resistant or GA North 4/1-7/31 8/1-8/15 tolerant varieties. GA South 3/15-5/1 8/1-9/15 KY East 5/15-6/30* NR Basil Downy Mildew. Use clean seed and less susceptible varieties KY Central 5/1-6/30* NR as they become available. Minimize leaf wetness as much as possi- KY West 4/20-6/20* NR ble. Learn what the disease symptoms look like. LA North 4/1-7/31 NR To ensure protection, consider applying fungicides proactive- LA South 3/15-7/31 NR ly when your Extension agent or agricultural advisor indicates that MS North 4/1-7/31 NR Cucurbit downy mildew is active in your area. Although these are MS South 3/15-7/31 NR distinctly diseases, active Cucurbit downy mildew indicates that NC East 5/1-7/15* NR conditions are favorable for Basil downy mildew development. NC West 6/1-6/30* NR You can also monitor conditions for Cucurbit downy mildew at http://cdm.ipmpipe.org/

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 75 Harvesting and Storage. Leaf yields range from 1 to 3 tons per inch long whorls of leaves may be cut or pinched off once or twice acre dried or 6 to 10 tons per acre fresh. Foliage may be harvested a week. This provides a high-quality product with little stem tissue whenever four sets of true leaves can be left after cutting to initi- present. Basil can also be cut and bunched like fresh parsley. A ate growth, but when harvesting for fresh or dried leaves, always sickle bar type mower with adjustable cutting height is commonly cut prior to bloom. Presence of blossoms in the harvested foliage used for harvesting large plantings for fresh and dried production. reduces quality. Frequent trimming helps keep plants bushy. For The optimum storage temperature for fresh basil is 40° to 45° F small-scale production of fresh-market basil, the terminal 2- to 3- with a high relative humidity.

PARSLEY (Petroselinum crispum) AND CILANTRO (Coriandrum sativum) VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC SC TN VA PARSLEY Curly Leaf Banquet A G K L M N S T V Forest Green A L N S T V Moss Curled A N S V Flat Leaf Dark Green Italian A L S Giant of Italy A L N V Plain Italian Green A G K L M N S T V CILANTRO Calypso 2, 3 A K N Jantar Long Standing 3 A G L M N S T V Marino K V Tubro II 4 V Santo 3 A K L N S T V 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 3 Suitable for High Tunnel production 5 Suitable for microgreen production. 2 Fusarium tolerance/resistance. 4 Downy mildew tolerance. 6 Suitable for processing.

PARSLEY/CILANTRO PLANTING DATES Parsley is a biennial grown as an annual. There are two va- Spring Fall rietal types of parsley: flat-leaf and curled leaf. Flat leaf pars- AL North 3/15–5/30 NR ley tends to be more aromatic than the curled leaf and is used for AL South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 flavoring in cooking. Curled leaf parsley is more attractive and is GA North 3/15–5/30 NR primarily used as a garnish. Cilantro is a fast growing annual that GA South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 is cultivated for its fresh leaves. The seeds of the cilantro plant are KY East 5/10-7/10 NR referred to as the spice coriander. Parsley and cilantro are best cul- KY Central 5/1-7/20 NR tivated as cool season crops in the southeast. KY West 4/15-7/1 NR LA North 2/15–4/15 9/15–10/31 Seeding and Spacing. Neither parsley nor cilantro transplant well LA South 2/1–4/15 9/15–10/31 MS NR 8/1–9/30 due to their taproots which are typical of plants in the Apiaceae. NC East 2/15–4/15 8/1–9/30 Direct seeding is recommended and is best achieved when using a NC West 4/1–8/15 NR precision seeder. Multiple plantings every 1-3 weeks are necessary SC East NR 9/1–11/15 for a season-long supply. Parsley seed is slow to germinate (12-25 SC West NR 8/15–9/30 days, temperature dependent). Seed is viable for 3-5 years but its TN East 4/1-8/1 NR percentage germination reduces quickly after 1 year. TN West 4/1-5/30 8/1-9/1 Seed is sown 1/3 to ½ inches deep in a well-prepared seed VA East (coastal) 3/15-5/15 8/1-9/15 bed. Seeding rates are from 16 to 24 pounds per acre (1/4 oz. per VA West (mountains) 4/15-8/15 NR 100 row feet) for parsley and 15 to 50 pounds per acre (1-2 oz. per 100 row feet) for cilantro. Spacing between single rows is 15 to Cultivation. Parsley and cilantro grow best in a well-drained, 18 inches. Parsley and cilantro can be precision seeded into raised organic loam soil with soil pH between 6.5 and 7.5. Overhead ir- beds with 3 to 4 rows per bed. Final in-row spacing should be 6 to rigation is essential for stand establishment. Irrigation during the 8 inches for parsley and 2 to 5 inches for cilantro. Research has germination period and the 2-3 weeks following emergence are shown that maximum yields can be achieved with more closely critical. Too little water at any point will result in diminished leaf spaced plants. yield. Long, warm periods with too little water results in bolting which is undesirable since the plants are grown for their leaves. In addition, bolting reduces the amount, quality, and flavor of the leaves.

76 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Cilantro cultivars are divided into “temperature sensitive” and feed on parsley and are present in large numbers in late summer “slow-bolt” groups. When high temperatures and daylight greater months. Row covers while swallowtail butterflies are present may than twelve hours occur, temperature sensitive cultivars tend to set reduce damage by blocking butterfly access to plants for egg lay- flowers in as little as three weeks following germination. Cilantro ing. responds well to growth stimulators (gibberellic acid, folcyteine, Harvesting and Storage. Parsley and cilantro are usually harvest- extracts of marine algae) to maximize leaf production. Premature ed by hand and bunched with rubber bands or twist ties in the field. bloom can be delayed through the use of these foliar sprays. Cutting entire plants 1.25 to 3 inches above the crown may result Both parsley and cilantro are weak competitors with other in secondary growth sufficient to allow for another harvest. Aver- plants. Weed control is critical throughout the season and will also age yield for both parsley and cilantro is 30-40 pounds per 100 row make harvest more efficient. feet of row. Maximum biomass usually occurs at 40-45 days after germination for cilantro and at 75-90 days for parsley. Multiple SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT harvests are more likely with parsley than cilantro. Store parsley There are few agricultural chemicals cleared for use on parsley and cilantro at 32° F with high humidity. See Table 14 for further and cilantro. Weed control is important and can best be obtained postharvest information. by using black plastic mulch and cultivation. Parsley and cilantro are prone to leaf blights, leaf spots, and mildews. Any approved fungicides should be sprayed as soon as symptoms appear. Cultural controls include the use of drip irrigation, crop rotation, and limit- ed movement through the fields during wet conditions. Root and crown rot of parsley is best controlled by a two-year crop rotation with non-susceptible plants. Swallowtail caterpillars

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 77 HOPS (Humulus lupulus)

HOPS (Humulus lupulus) VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC SC TN HOPS Cascade A R G K M N S T Canadian Red Vine A N T Chinook N Columbus 2 Galena N Nugget N Zeus 2 R N 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 2 Also know as CTZ. There is evidence that Columbus, Tomahawk and Zeus are closely related.

Hops (Humulus lupulus) are a new crop for the Southeastern U.S. Varieties. Cascade is the variety that has proven to be most reliable Most hops in the United States are grown in the Pacific Northwest throughout the Southeast. It is an aroma hop and is used by most in Washington, Oregon, and Idaho. Hops are photoperiod sensitive brewers. Growers are encouraged to talk to their customers to plants (short-day plants). Commercial hops varieties produce the identify other varieties to experiment with. Growers in the South- highest yields in the most northern states. east have not been very successful growing the Noble varieties. In short-day areas (below the 35th latitude), flowering occurs Pruning. To encourage flowering at the proper time for increased too soon when the required number of nodes for a particular vari- yields, emerging hop shoots are often cut to the ground in the ety are produced. As a result, yields are not maximized. In longer spring until late April. Then several shoots are selected to be day areas (above 35th latitude), vegetative growth is maximized trained to each string. The remaining emerging shoots are kept prior to the point where day length begins to shorten in mid- to late pruned away. The foliage from the lower four feet or so of the summer. plant is mechanically or chemically removed to encourage good air Yields noticeably decrease the further south the plants are movement around the plants. grown, particularly below the 35th latitude. Breeding efforts are underway to produce varieties specifically for the Southern U.S. Harvesting. Cones are harvested in mid to late summer. Small- In the meantime, there are cultural practices that can be used to scale growers often hand-pick cones multiple times during the increase yields in Southern hop yards. Most of the information cur- season. As the hop yard expands, however, this becomes impracti- rently available for hops production pertains to large-scale produc- cal and most growers move to a one-time harvest which involves tion in the Pacific Northwest or from the emerging industries in the cutting the bines, removing them from the yard, and running them Great Lakes and the Northeast. That information can be helpful, through a mechanical harvester which separates the cones from the but the differences in photoperiod, disease incidence, lack of infra- foliage, bines, and strings. structure for processing, and scale of production require adapting it Cones can be sold as fresh (wet), whole cones to brewers for to suit conditions in the Southeast. making seasonal ales. More commonly, hops are dried in a dry- Hops are herbaceous perennials with long-lived underground er called an oast. A few brewers use whole dried cones, but most crowns. Each year the plants send up multiple shoots (called bines) brewers require dried hop pellets. Hops quality is determined by which bear papery cones (flowers) that are the plant parts that are chemical analysis which includes alpha and beta acids and essen- harvested for making beer and herbal products. When mature, the tial oils. Most brewers will want these numbers before purchas- cones contain bright yellow, sticky lupulin glands that contain the ing hops. How the hops are grown, when they are harvested, and fragrance and bittering compounds that hops are valued for. Each how they are handled after harvesting and stored will greatly affect year the bines can grow to be up to 25 feet long, so they need to be these values. trellised. Hops have male and female plants, but only female plants are grown commercially so the cones do not contain seeds. Hops are an expensive crop to establish because of the need SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT for a permanent, tall trellis system. Short hop varieties are being Disease, insect, and weed control strategies for the Southeast are bred, but at this time the common varieties need to be grown on still being developed. Downy mildew is the primary disease that tall trellises. There are several trellis designs available that are growers need to be prepared to manage and should be a major con- suitable for production in the Southeast. Most trellises are 16 to 18 sideration when choosing varieties. There are many other diseases, feet tall and composed of locust or cedar posts and wire. The bines including viruses and viroids, that affect hops and that a grower are trained to strings (often coir twine that is replaced annually) should be scouting for. The major insects are spider mites, Jap- suspended from the top wires of the trellis. anese beetles, leafhoppers, and comma butterflies. Weed control Hops require a well-drained, fertile soil with a pH of 6.0 to should be planned for in advance and may include use of herbi- 6.5. Hops are heavy feeders and soil tests should be taken annually cides, landscape fabric, and other mulches. A good air-blast spray- to determine how to provide adequate nutrition. Hops also require er will be needed to provide good spray coverage up to the top of irrigation which is usually supplied as drip-irrigation. the trellis.

78 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States LEEKS (Allium porrum)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC SC TN LEEKS Alcazar A N S T Chinook A King Richard K Lancelot A G N S T Lexton N Megaton N Tadorna A N S 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended.

Transplants. Transplants are used for early spring plantings. For Field Spacing. Rows: 20 to 30 inches apart; plants: 4 inches apart summer planting, sow in seed beds as indicated in following table. in the row. Set plants in trenches 3 to 4 inches deep. About 2 pounds of seed are required to provide enough plants to set an acre. Seed should be planted 1/3 to 1/2 inch deep 8 to 12 Culture. Leeks grow slowly for the first 2 or 3 months. To devel- weeks before field setting. Plants will be ready to set in earlyAu - op a long white stem, start to gradually fill in trenches and then hill gust. Plug cells have worked well. soil around stems to 3 or 4 inches.

LEEK PLANTING DATES There has been limited success growing leeks in Alabama, Louisi- Spring Fall ana, Kentucky and Tennessee. They can be grown for direct market AL North 3/15–4/30 9/15-10/31 sales, but wholesale production is not currently recommended. At AL South 2/1–3/31 NR this time there are no varieties recommended for these states. GA North 3/15–4/30 9/15–10/31 GA South 2/1–3/31 NR HARVESTING AND STORAGE KY East 4/1-6/15 NR Spring-transplanted leeks are ready for harvest in July. Fall-trans- KY Central 3/25-7/1 NR KY West 3/15-7/15 NR planted leeks are ready to harvest by July. Fall-planted leeks are MS NR NR ready by November and can be overwinterted. See Table 14 for NC East 2/15–6/30 NR postharvest information. NC West 4/1–8/15 NR SC East 2/1–6/15 NR SC West 3/15–6/30 NR TN East 4/1-6/30 NR TN West 3/15-8/1 NR

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 79 LETTUCE (Lactuca sativa), ENDIVE (Cichorium endivia), AND ESCAROLE (C. endivia)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN LETTUCE Green Leaf Grand Rapids 6 G K L N S Green Star 3, 6, 7 A T Nevada 3, 6 A L N O Salad Bowl 3 A G K L M N O T Sierra 3 (green w/ red edges) A L Slobolt 3 A N S T Starfigher 3, 6, 7 S Tango A K L N T Tehama 3, 6 L N S Two Star 3, 6 A L M N O S Red Leaf New Red Fire 3, 4, 6 A G K L M N S T Pomegranate Crunch A K T (cross between a Cos and Butterhead) 7 Red Express 4 N S Red Sails 4 A K L N O T Ruby 4 L N T Cos / Romaine Coastal Star A T Green Forest 3, 6 A K L N S T Green Towers A G K L N O S T Parris Island Cos A K L T Salvius 3, 7 S Sangria 3, 6 A K T Sunbelt 3, 6 A G N S Valley Heart 2 A N S Winter Destiny 3, 5 G Butterhead Adriana 3, 6, 7 A L N T Buttercrunch 3 A G K L N O S T Caliente 6 L Ermosa A K L N S Esmeralda 3 A G K L N S T Harmony 3, 6, 7 L Nancy A K N O T ENDIVE Galia Frisse A G N S Salad King A G K L N S T ESCAROLE Full Heart Batavian A K L N S T Full Heart NR65 3, 6 A N S 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 3 Bolting tolerant/resistant. 6 Tip burn tolerant/resistant. 2 Recommended for fall production only 4 Red. 7 Down Mildew tolerant/resistant. (bolting susceptible). 5 Bibb-Romaine type.

Lettuce and endive are cool-season crops. Properly hardened Seeding and Transplanting. Spring crop. Lettuce transplants are lettuce transplants can tolerate temperatures as low as 20° to 25°F. started in frames or greenhouses. Seed for the lettuce crop is sown Temperatures above 85°F for several days will cause seed stalk in heated greenhouses in November to February at the rate of 4 to formation and bolting in lettuce. Temperatures below 70°F during 6 ounces of seed for 1 acre of plants. the seedling stage promote premature stalk formation in endive and Direct-seeded lettuce is sown in prepared beds as early in the escarole. spring as the ground can be worked. Seed should be sown shal- Due to a number of factors such as length of time to harvest, low—some of the seed will actually be uncovered and visible. the production of head lettuce is not recommended in the regions Pelleted seed should be watered at night during high-temperature covered by this handbook. periods (soil temperatures above 80°F) until germination occurs.

80 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States LETTUCE LEAF AND BUTTERHEAD PLANTING DATES Mulching. Using polyethylene mulch can be very beneficial for all Spring Fall types of lettuce and endive, in that the plastic reduces the amount AL North 4/15–5/30 8/1–9/30 of soil that gets inside the leaves. Use white plastic when air tem- AL South 2/1–4/15 8/1–10/15 perature exceeds 85°F. Most leaf lettuce varieties can be planted in GA North 4/15–5/30 8/1–8/30 3 or 4 rows to the 30 inch bed top. In row spacing should be 9 to GA South 2/1–4/15 8/1–10/15 12 inches and between row spacing should be 9 to 12 inches. Ro- KY East 4/1-4/30 NR KY Central 3/25-4/15 NR maine types do best with 2 or 3 rows per bed and 12 to 15 inches KY West 3/15-4/1 NR in row spacing. LA North 1/15–3/15 9/15–10/30 LA South 1/15–3/15 9/15–10/30 SPACING MS North 3/15-4/30 8/1-9/30 Lettuce: Leaf and Butterhead type lettuce are planted 3 to 4 rows MS South 2/1-4/15 8/1-10/15 per bed with beds spaced 66 to 72 inches on centers. Space plants NC East 2/1–4/20 8/25–10/1 9 to 12 inches apart in the row. Use black plastic in spring and NC West 3/1-8/25 NR white plastic when mean daily temperature at planting is >85°F. SC East 2/1–4/15 9/15–11/1 SC West 3/1–5/15 NR Endive/Escarole: Plant three to four rows per bed and space beds TN East 3/15-4/30 8/1-9/1 66 to 72 inches on centers. Space plants 9 to 15 inches apart in the TN West 3/1-4/15 8/15-9/15 row.

SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT INSECT MANAGEMENT Keep lettuce fields isolated from endive and escarole for spray pur- LETTUCE COS / ROMAINE PLANTING DATES poses. Spring Fall AL North 4/15–5/30 8/1–9/15 Thrips: Scout for thrips and begin treatments when observed. Do AL South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 not produce vegetable transplants with bedding plants in the same GA North 4/15–5/30 NR greenhouse. GA South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 KY East 4/1-4/30 NR Leafhopper: Control of leafhoppers will prevent spread of lettuce KY Central 3/25-4/15 NR yellows. In the spring, spray when plants are one-half inch tall; KY West 3/15-4/1 NR repeat as needed. In the fall, spray seedlings 4-5 times at 5-day in- tervals. LA North 1/15–3/15 9/15–10/30 LA South 1/15–3/15 9/15–10/30 Corn Earworm (CEW): Note. Head lettuce seedlings, in the 7 to MS NR NR 18 leaf stage, are vulnerable to CEW attack in August to Septem- NC East 2/1-4/10 8/25-9/15 ber. Control must be achieved before center leaves start to form a NC West 3/15-8/1 NR head (15 to 18 leaf stage). SC East 2/1-4/15 9/15-11/1 SC West 3/1-5/15 NR Tarnished Plant Bug: This insect can cause serious damage to the TN East 3/15-4/30 8/1-9/1 fall crop; it is usually numerous where weeds abound. TN West 3/1-4/15 8/15-9/15 HARVESTING AND STORAGE See Table 14 for postharvest information.

ENDIVE/ESCAROLE PLANTING DATES Spring Fall AL North 4/15-5/30 8/1-9/15 AL South 2/1-3/31 8/1-9/30 GA North 4/15-5/30 NR GA South 2/1-3/31 8/1-9/30 KY East 4/1-4/30 NR KY Central 3/25-4/15 NR KY West 3/15-4/1 NR LA North 1/15–3/15 9/15–10/30 LA South 1/15–3/15 9/15–10/30 MS NR NR NC East 3/20-6/15 8/1-9/15 NC West 5/1-8/15 NR SC East 2/1-4/15 9/15-11/1 SC West 3/1-5/15 NR TN East 3/15-4/30 8/1-9/1 TN West 3/1-4/15 8/15-9/15

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 81 MELONS (Cucumis melo)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN CANTALOUPES and MIXED MELONS Eastern Accolade 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 11 N S Avatar 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9 A K S T Ambrosia 2, 3, 6 A L M N O S T Aphrodite 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 11 G K L M N T Astound 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 11 N S Atlantis 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9 A K N S T Athena 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 11 A G K L M N S T Da Vinci 7, 9, 14 A G N S Magenta, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 14 N Sunny Dee 4, 5, 8, 9 K S Timeless Gold 5, 7, 9, 12 K S Tirreno 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 14 A K Long Shelf-life 9000 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 12 S Caribbean Gold 5, 7, 8, 9, 12 A G N S T Fiji 4,5,7,9,12 A N S Infinite Gold 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 12 A G N S Honeydew 252 HQ 4, 5, 7, 9 A G N S Dream Dew 4, 5, 8, 9 A S Honey Ace *, & A G S Honey Orange 13 A G N S T Santa Fe N S Summer Dew 4, 5, 7, 9 G K N S T Temptation 7, 9, 13 K T Galia Galia *, & A G N S T Juan/Juane Canary Camino Europa 7, 8, 9 N Camposol * N Fonzy 4, 5 N Gladial 4, 5, 7, 9 N S Golden Beauty 6 A G K N T Halo *, & N S Natal 4, 5, 7, 9 A N S Tikal 4, 5, 7, 8, 9 A N S T Tweety 8, 9, 15, 16 N 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 11 Tolerant to sulphur. * Powdery Mildew tolerance/resistance 2 Local markets only. 12 Extended shelf-life type/LSL. (non-race specific). 3 Downy Mildew tolerance/resistance. 13 Orange-fleshed honeydew. & Fusarium Wilt tolerance/resistance 4, 5, 6 Powdery mildew race 1, 2, or 3 tolerance/resistance. 14 Tuscan/Italian netted type. (non-race specific). 15 7, 8, 9, 10 Fusarium Wilt race 0, 1, 2, or 5 tolerance/resistance. Gummy stem blight tolerance/resistance. 16 Anthracnose tolerance/resistance.

82 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Melon Types. There are many categories of specialty melons, all Melon plant recommended row and in-row spacing can vary de- members of the cucurbit (Cucurbitaceae) family. The scientific pending on the production method and equipment. The use of name for specialty melons which includes cantaloupes is Cucumis plastic mulch and drip irrigation allows for a closer row and in-row melo. Cucumis melo is subdivided into several botanical variants spacing compared to bare ground production. A typical planting but only two variants, reticulatous and indorous have commercial scheme for plasticulture production will have rows spaced 5 to 6 importance in the Southeastern United States. feet with in-row spacing of 1.5 to 2 feet. For bare ground produc- The most important reticulatous melon grown in the South- tion, in-row spacing will need to be wider, 3 to 4 feet. An average eastern United States is what is commonly called cantaloupe or of 10 to 12 ft² per plant for plasticulture production is typical while muskmelon. Cantaloupes are typically separated into two cate- on bare ground 15 to 24 ft² per plant should be adequate. gories; eastern and western. The eastern type cantaloupe variet- ies, with limited netting and deep sutures, have traditionally been grown for the local market as many have a short shelf-life and MELON PLANTING DATES bruise easily during shipping. Improved eastern varieties such Spring Fall* as ‘Athena’ have a longer shelf-life and can be shipped to distant AL North 4/15–6/15 8/1–8/30 AL South 3/1–6/30 8/1–9/15 markets. The western cantaloupe has a uniform netted rind but GA North 4/15–6/15 NR lacks sutures. Although the western type cantaloupe has tradition- GA South 3/1–4/30 8/1–9/15 ally been grown in western states, there are varieties suitable for KY East 5/15-6/15 NR commercial production in the Southeastern United States. While KY Central 5/10-7/1 NR eastern type cantaloupe are typically harvested when the fruit stem KY West 4/25-7/15 NR pulls easily away from the fruit (full-slip), western type cantaloupe LA North 4/1–6/30 7/1–7/31 are harvested when the fruit stem partially pulls free (half-slip). LA South 3/15–6/30 7/1–8/15 The Galia melon is another reticulatous variant grown in the MS North 4/1–4/10 NR Southeastern United States. When mature the Galia melon has a MS South 3/1–3/15 NR yellow to orange skin that is covered in light golden-tan netting. NC East 4/15–5/15 7/1–7/15 The aromatic flesh is pale green and has a distinct sweet flavor. NC West 5/15–7/31 NR Galia melons are unfortunately prone to rapid softening and conse- SC East 3/15–5/15 7/1–7/30 quently most varieties are more suited for local markets. SC West 4/15–6/5 NR Within the indorous variant there are two notable melons TN East 5/5-6/15 NR grown in the Southeastern United States, Honeydew and Canary TN West 4/15-6/1 NR melons. Of these two the Honeydew melon is the most widely *Use transplants for later season plantings. grown. Although the rind color of Honeydew can vary among va- Nutrient Application. A soil test to determine soil pH and nutrient rieties, typically the rind turns from green to whitish yellow as it availability is critical for commercial production of melons. Soil matures. Unlike cantaloupe, the honeydew fruit does not slip from pH should be adjusted to 6.5. Pre-plant nutrient application should the vine when mature. The very sweet flesh of a mature honeydew provide at least 25 pounds per acre of N and K20 and all the P2O5 is pale green with the deepest shade occurring immediately below recommended by the soil test results. Applied nutrients should be the skin. Honeydew fruit are susceptible to cracking or splitting thoroughly incorporated into the soil to reduce root damage to the due to the uneven, high moisture conditions found in the South- melon transplants. Follow soil test results for minor nutrient appli- eastern United States. Several new varieties have helped lessen cation such as boron and sulfur. this problem. The Canary melon, also marketed as the Juan Canary, is an Drip Fertigation. Liquid nutrient application through the drip tape indorous variant. The Canary melon is oval-shaped, with a smooth (fertigation) should begin at or shortly after transplanting or direct bright yellow skin. The canary like the honeydew does not slip seeding melons. Suggested fertigation schedules, based on plant from the vine. When mature the canary will turn dark yellow and growth stage, are provided in the below tables. Continue fertigat- develop a slightly corrugated skin appearance. The flesh is a pale ing until the last harvest. ivory in color and slightly firmer than honeydew. A distinct advan- tage of the Canary melons is that they have a very long shelf-life SUGGESTED FERTIGATION SCHEDULE FOR MELON* and can be shipped to distant markets. (low potassium soil) Daily Daily Cumulative Transplant Production. Plug flats which provide a cell depth of Plant growth Days after nitrogen potash Nitrogen Potash 1.5 inches are optimal for melon transplant production. Although stage planting (lb/A) plug flats with larger cells can be used a 200-Square plug flat pro- Preplant 25.0 50.0 vides ample room for root growth. Although varieties may vary in Planting to Vining 0-14 0.9 1.0 32.0 64.0 transplant production time, under ideal conditions 2 to 3 weeks is Vining to Flowering 14-28 1.0 2.0 46.0 92.0 enough time for transplant production. Flowering to Fruit Set 29-49 1.5 3.0 76.0 152.0 Fruit Set to Ripening 50-77 2.0 4.0 130.0 260.0 Planting and Spacing. Consult the following Melon Planting Harvest 78-91 1.0 2.0 143.0 286.0 Dates table for suggested planting dates in your area. Early season annual temperatures can vary tremendously so be aware that tem- peratures below 45°F will slow or stunt plant growth.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 83 SUGGESTED FERTIGATION SCHEDULE FOR MELON* Pickleworm, Melonworm: Make one treatment prior to fruit set, (low potassium soil) and then treat weekly. Daily Daily Cumulative Plant growth Days after nitrogen potash Nitrogen Potash Aphids: Aphids can delay plant maturity. Thorough spray cover- stage planting (lb/A) age beneath leaves is important. For further information on aphid Preplant 25.0 50.0 Planting to Vining 0-14 0.5 0.5 32.0 57.0 controls, see the preceding section on “Mulches and Row Covers.” Vining to Flowering 14-28 1.0 1.0 46.0 91.0 Treat seedlings every 5 to 7 days or as needed. Flowering to Fruit Set 29-49 1.5 1.5 76.0 101.0 Squash Bug: Begin treatments shortly after vining. Treat every 7 Fruit Set to Ripening 50-77 2.0 2.0 130.0 155.0 to 10 days or as needed. Harvest 78-91 1.0 1.0 143.0 168.0 *Adjust based on tissue analysis. Leafhoppers: High numbers of potato leafhoppers cause leaf yellowing (chlorosis) known as hopper burn, which will result in Plastic Mulch. The use of plastic mulch is particularly benefi- yield loss. cial for melon production. Black plastic mulch used in the spring increases soil temperature, reduces soil moisture loss and reduc- POLLINATION es weed competition except for nutgrass. The use of black plastic Honeybees are important for pollination, high yields, and quality mulch in the fall can result in detrimentally high soil temperatures, fruit. Populations of pollinating insects may be adversely affected consequently white plastic mulch is recommended for fall melon by insecticides applied to flowers or weeds in bloom. Apply insec- production. Both type mulches help reduce fruit rots and provide ticides only in the evening hours or wait until blooms have closed significant yield increases compared to bare ground crop produc- before application. See section on “Pollination” in the General Pro- tion. duction Recommendations.

HARVESTING AND STORAGE SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT DISEASE MANGEMENT Cantaloupes should be harvested at quarter-to half-slip for ship- Cucurbit Downy Mildew Forecasting System: Cucurbit downy ping. Healthy vines and leaves must be maintained until melons mildew (CDM) is a devastating foliar cucurbit disease. While dif- are mature to obtain high-quality melons. Harvest daily or twice ficult, if not impossible to control, CDM can be prevented by using daily in hot weather. See Table 14 for further postharvest informa- effective IPM practices. A useful tool for prevention of CDM is tion. Many other types of melons do not slip and judging maturity the CDM forecasting system. This program depends on the accu- can be difficult. Many melons will change their water not color. It rate reporting of CDM in the field as well as the monitoring of over is critical to be familiar with the unique character of each melon. 50 strategically placed sentinel plots. These plots are monitored by Plant Pathologists at multiple Land Grant Universities throughout the United States and Canada. Forecasts of the epidemic move- ment of the disease are generated 3 times a week. Risk maps are produced from these forecasts. For forecasts, maps, local contacts and other helpful information please visit our website, http://cdm. ipmpipe.org. If you think you have CDM, please contact your lo- cal Extension office.

INSECT MANAGEMENT Seed Corn Maggot (SCM): Use insecticide treated seed or at-planting soil-insecticide treatments to avoid SCM in the early season. SCM problems subside with later plantings. Cucumber Beetle: Cucumber beetles transmit bacterial wilt, and most cultivars of muskmelons are highly susceptible to this dis- ease. Also adult beetles can cause direct feeding injury to young plants. Foliar insecticides should be used to control adult beetles before they feed extensively on the cotyledons and first true leaves. Begin spraying shortly after plant emergence and repeat applica- tions at weekly intervals if new beetles continue to invade fields. Treatments may be required until vining, at which time plants are less susceptible to wilt infections.

84 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States OKRA (Abelmoschus esculentus)

VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN OKRA Annie Oakley II 2 A R G K L M N O S T Bradford Family S Burgundy/Red Burgundy A N T Cajun Delight A R G K L M N O S T Clemson Spineless 80 A G K L M N O S T Emerald A R G L N O S Jambalaya A R Lee A R N S North and South A M T

1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 2 Dwarf cultivar.

Okra is a tropical annual which is widely adapted, however, it side branches. Fall yields of cutback okra will often exceed that of is very sensitive to frost and cold temperatures and should not be spring crops or the yields of a crop that is not cut back. planted until soil has warmed in the spring. Seeding and Spacing. Generally only one planting is made. For Drip Fertilization. Before mulching, adjust soil pH to 6.5 and in cooler areas, seed in the greenhouse in cells and transplant to the the absence of a soil test apply fertilizer to supply 25 pounds per field through black plastic mulch. acre of N, P2O5 and K2O, (some soils will require 50 pounds per For dwarf varieties, space the rows about 3.5 feet apart; for acre of K2O), then thoroughly incorporate into the soil. Apply 1 to medium and tall varieties, 4 to 4.5 feet apart. Drill seeds 1 to1.5 2 pound per acre of actual boron. After mulching and installing the inch deep, with 3 or 4 seed per foot of row (5 to 7 pounds per drip irrigation system, the soluble fertilizer program should then be acre). Thin plants when they are 5 inches high. Dwarf varieties initiated according to that described in the tables below. The first should be spaced 12 to 15 inches apart in the row; plants of tall va- soluble fertilizer application should be applied through the drip rieties should be spaced 18 to 24 inches apart. irrigation system within a week after field transplanting or direct seeding the okra. Continue fertigating until the last harvest.

OKRA PLANTING DATES SUGGESTED FERTIGATION SCHEDULE FOR OKRA* Spring Fall (low potassium soil) AL North 4/15–6/15 7/15–8/15 Daily Daily Cumulative AL South 3/1–4/30 8/1–8/30 Days after nitrogen potash Nitrogen Potash GA North 5/1–7/15 7/15–8/15 planting (lb / A) GA South 3/15–4/30 8/1–8/30 Preplant 25.0 50.0 KY East 5/15-7/1 NR 0-14 0.9 1.8 50.2 100.4 KY Central 5/10-7/15 NR 15-28 1.3 2.6 77.5 155.0 KY West 4/20-8/1 NR 29-84 1.5 3.0 119.5 239.0 LA North 4/15–5/31 7/1–7/31 85-91 0.7 1.4 129.3 258.6 LA South 3/15–5/31 8/1–7/31 MS 4/15–6/1 8/1–9/1 NC East 5/1–5/30 8/1–8/30 SUGGESTED FERTIGATION SCHEDULE FOR OKRA* (high potassium soil) NC West 5/25–7/31 NR Cumulative SC East 5/1-6/30 NR Daily Daily Days after nitrogen potash Nitrogen Potash SC West 5/15–7/15 NR planting (lb / A) TN East 5/15-6/15 7/1-7/31 Preplant 25.0 50.0 TN West 4/15-6/15 7/25-8/25 0-14 0.9 0.9 50.2 75.2

Ratooning Okra: Producing a Fall Crop from a Spring Plant- 15-28 1.3 1.3 77.5 102.5 ing. Market price for okra typically declines sharply as the sum- 29-84 1.5 1.5 119.5 144.5 mer progresses. After the market price drops, consider ratooning 85-91 0.7 0.7 129.3 154.5 or cutting back your okra. Ratooning okra will allow the plants *Adjust based on tissue analysis. to rejuvenate and produce a crop in the fall, when okra prices are generally higher. Cut plants back using a mower, leaving 6 to 12 Plastic Mulching. Polyethylene (black plastic) mulch can offer inches of each plant above the ground. Re-fertilize with 15-0-14, growers several advantages. Drip irrigation systems must be used 8-0-24, or 13-0-44 to encourage re-growth and the development of with plastic mulch. On plastic mulch, transplant at the three-to

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 85 four-leaf stage into staggered double rows spaced 15 to 18 inches apart between the double rows. Place plants 12 inches apart.

HARVESTING AND STORAGE An okra pod usually reaches harvesting maturity 4 to 6 days after the flower opens. The pods are 3 to 3.5 inches long at this stage and are tender and free of fiber. Pick pods at least every second day to avoid the development of large, undesireable pods. Okra should be kept at temperatures between 50° to 55°F and of 85% to 90% relative humidity. Okra pods are subject to chilling injury below 50°F.

86 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States ONIONS (Allium cepa) AND GREEN ONIONS (A. cepa)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN GREEN ONIONS Beltsville Bunching 2 A M N S Evergreen Bunching 2 A K L N O S T Ishikura Improved A K M N S T Parade K S White Spear L S ONIONS (Short Day) Alison G** Candy Kim G*** Candy Joy A G** Cabernet A K Century G** L DP Sweet 1407 A G** EMY 52119 G** EMY 55045 G** EMY 55375 G** EMY 55455 G** Expression K Fast Track G** Georgia Boy G** L Goldeneye A G** Granex Yellow PRR A G** L N S T Macon G** Mata Hari 4 A G** Miss Megan G** L Mr. Buck G** L Pirate G** Plethora G** Quick Start G** Red Burgundy 4 A L Red Hunter 4 A S Sapelo Sweet G** S Savannah Sweet A G** S Sierra Blanca A K Solar Candy Ann A G** Sweet Agent G** Sweet Caroline A G** L Sweet Harvest A G** Sweet Jasper G** Sweet Magnolia G** Sweet Vidalia A L M Texas Early Grano 502 L N S T Texas Grano 1015Y A L M N O S WI-131 G** Vidora G** XON-109Y G** Yellow Granex 3 L S ONIONS (Intermediate Day) Candy K L M O T Cimarron O Hiball N Monastrell 4 O Ovation O Red Wing 4 O

1 3 Abbreviations for state Also designates a “type” of onion ** Georgia Growers note: To be marketed as “Vidalia,” varieties must be on the Georgia where recommended. and performance may vary. Department of Agriculture’s “Recommended Vidalia Onion List” and grown in the Vidalia 2 Bulbing type. 4 Red area. All of these varieties can be used for green onions.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 87 VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN ONIONS (Intermediate Day) (cont’d) Super Star (white) K L N O Zoey O Tough Ball N

1 3 Abbreviations for state Also designates a “type” of onion ** Georgia Growers note: To be marketed as “Vidalia,” varieties must be on the Georgia where recommended. and performance may vary. Department of Agriculture’s “Recommended Vidalia Onion List” and grown in the Vidalia 2 Bulbing type. 4 Red area. All of these varieties can be used for green onions.

Planting and Seeding Dates. Sets and seed for dry bulb onion ONION DIRECT SEED PLANTING DATES (cont’d) production should be planted as soon as soil conditions are fa- Green Onions Onions (dry) vorable. Typically, planting occurs late fall in the southern range NC East 8/1–6/15 9/15–10/31 of Southeast US, but can continue through the early spring in the NC West 4/1–8/15 9/1–9/30 northern range. Suggested direct seed and transplanting dates are SC East 2/15–10/15 9/15–11/15 SC West 3/15–7/30 NR indicated in the following tables. TN East 9/1-9/30 NR Seed for bunching onions can be planted as soon as soil con- TN West NR NR ditions are favorable in the spring and successive plantings can be made throughout the summer in the cooler parts of the Southeast. ONION TRANSPLANT PLANTING DATES On-farm transplant production can be performed in most con- Onions (dry) Onions (dry) ditions for dry bulb onion production. In the northern range of the AL North 11/1-12/31 MS North 12/15–3/1 Southeast it may be preferable to purchase transplants. Transplant AL South 11/1–1/31 MS South 10/1–2/15 production should begin by seeding plantbeds from late August to GA North 11/1-12/31 NC East 10/1–3/1 the end of September. A common method of producing transplants GA South 11/1–1/31 NC West 9/15–10/15 is to seed in high density plantings with 30-70 seed per linear foot. KY East 4/1-6/15 SC East 10/1–11/15 Four to five rows are planted 12-14 in. apart on beds prepared on KY Central 3/25-7/1 SC West 9/15–10/15 six-foot centers. KY West 3/15-7/15 TN East 9/15/10/15 For dry bulb onion production from transplants follow plant- LA North 12/15–1/31 TN West 3/1-3/30 ing dates recommended in the following table. Onion production LA South 12/15–1/31 from sets has not worked as well because it is difficult to mechani- cally orient the sets with the growing point up. Hand planting sets, however, works well for smaller operations. Spacing. A typical planting arrangement for dry bulb onions is to Direct seeding dry bulb onions can save money on labor and plant four rows, 12-14 in. apart on raised beds (6 in high) prepared materials. See seeding dates in table below. It is recommended that on six-foot centers. In-row spacing should be 4-6 inches. For direct coated or encrusted seed be used with a vacuum planter to insure seeded onions, set the planter to sow seed with a 3-4 in. in-row good seed singulation. It is critical that the beds be properly pre- spacing. pared without any previous plant debris. Preplant fertilizer appli- For green onions, space rows 12 to 16 in. apart and space seed cation of 1/5 to 1/4 of required amount with proper bed moisture 0.75 to 1.5 inches apart (2-6 pounds per acre). A vacuum planter is recommended. Care should be taken so that the seed is singulat- with a double row planter or a scatter shoe will work well. Seed ing properly, soil is not clogging the seeder, and planting depth is depth should be 0.25-0.5 inches. Place transplants or sets 1.5 to correct (~ 0.25 in.). Watering is required to insure germination and 2.5 inches deep. emergence. It may be necessary to apply water more than once a Cultivation. For bunching onions, hill with 1 to 2 inches of soil to day during periods of hot, dry weather. ensure white base. Seeding dates for green onions are listed in the table below. Green onions during winter production will require 12-14 weeks. SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT Spring production may be shorter. Green onions can also be pro- INSECT MANAGEMENT duced from transplants. Soilborne pests are often controlled with a preplant application of a soil insecticide. ONION DIRECT SEED PLANTING DATES (cont’d) Seedcorn Maggot: Green Onions Onions (dry) An early season problem that is common fol- AL North NR NR lowing winter injury to plants or in fields where planting occurs AL South 8/15-10/15 10/5-10/25 soon after a cover crop has been plowed under. GA North NR NR Cutworms: See cutworm section in Soil Pests-Their Detection and GA South 8/15–10/15 10/5–10/25 Control. LA North 9/15–10/31 9/15–10/31 LA South 10/1–10/31 10/1–10/31 Thrips: Use a threshold of 5 thrips per plant. MS North 2/15-3/30 9/15-10/15 MS South 10/15–2/15 9/15-10/30 HARVESTING AND STORAGE See Table 14 for postharvest information

88 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States PARSNIP (Pastinaca sativa)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC SC TN PARSNIP All American A G N S T Harris Model A K N S Javelin N S T 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended.

Seeding and Spacing. Seed 3 to 5 pounds per acre at a depth of PARSNIP PLANTING DATES Spring Fall ¼ to 3/8 inch in rows 18 to 30 inches apart. Adjust seeder to sow AL North 3/15–4/30 8/1–9/15 8 to 10 seeds per foot of row. Thin seedlings to 2-4 inches apart in AL South 2/1–5/15 8/1–9/30 the row. This will result in parsnips of similar shape and size to GA North 3/15–4/30 8/1–9/15 a plump carrot. To produce the huge roots popular in some areas, GA South 2/1–5/15 8/1–9/30 provide a much greater spacing of up to 12” between plants. Do KY East 4/1–6/1 NR not transplant parsnips. KY Central 3/20–6/15 NR Seeds germinate very slowly (taking up to 18 days). Seed KY West 3/10–7/1 NR more than one-year-old will not germinate. Parsnips need 120 to LA NR NR 180 days to mature and need to mature during cool weather. MS NR NR NC East 2/15–4/15 8/1–9/30 NC West 4/1–8/15 NR Cultivation. Cultivate parsnips in a similar manner as to carrots. SC East 2/1–3/31 8/15–10/15 Do not let the roots dry out too much, as this will lead to cracked, SC West 3/15–4/30 7/15–9/30 unmarketable roots and bitter flavor. TN East NR NR TN West NR NR Yield. Expected yield is 50-75 pounds per 100 row feet or 4 to 4.5 tons per acre.

Harvesting and Storage. Roots are ready for harvest when tops start to die back in autumn. Parsnips may be dug, topped, and then stored at 32°F at 90 to 95% relative humidity. Roots can be stored up to 6 months. Parsnips left in the ground over winter should be removed before growth starts in the spring. See Table 14 for fur- ther postharvest information.

Note: Many people develop a rash after contact with the juice that parsnip leaves exude when crushed or torn, especially when han- dling leaves in the sun. Consider wearing gloves during harvest and handling; do not display parsnips with leaves still attached as is common for fresh market carrots.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 89 PEAS (ENGLISH/GARDEN) (Pisum sativum)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN ENGLISH/GARDEN PEAS Green Arrow A G K L N S T Knight G L O S T Novella M N Oregon Sugar Pod II 2, 3 A G K L M N O S T Sugar Ann 3 G K L N S T Sugar Bon 3 A L N Sugar Snap 3 A G K L N S T Tall Telephone (Alderman) L M N

1 2 3 Abbreviations for state where recommended. Flat podded - snow pea. Edible pod type.

Garden peas thrive in cool weather and are frost tolerate . Early ENGLISH/GARDEN PEAS PLANTING DATES plantings can be made as soon as soil can be tilled in the spring. Spring Fall Inoculation of seed can enhance early nodule formation and im- AL North 3/15–4/30 8/1–8/31 prove plant development. AL South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 GA North 3/15–4/30 8/1–8/31 GA South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 Seed Treatment. Use seed already treated with an approved seed KY East 3/15-4/15 NR treatment, or treat seed with a slurry or dust that contains an ap- KY Central 3/1-4/1 NR proved fungicide. For a list of approved treatments, see SEED KY West 2/20-3/20 NR TREATMENTS in the disease management section of the hand- LA North 11/15–2/1 NR book. LA South 11/15–2/1 NR MS North 2/10-4/25 NR Seeding and Spacing. For Garden peas and processing peas, plant MS South 1/25-4/5 NR 3-4 seeds per foot in rows 6-8 inches apart, requiring seed 80-120 NC East 2/15–4/15 8/1–9/30 pounds per acre in 30 inch rows. Seed at a depth of no more than NC West 4/1–6/15 NR one inch unless soil is dry. Use press wheel drill or seeder to firm SC East 2/1–3/15 8/15–11/30 SC West 3/1–4/15 8/15–10/30 seed into soil. TN East 3/15-4/30 NR TN West 2/15-3/30 NR Seedlings will emerge in 6 to 14 days, weather dependent. Har- vesting usually begins 50-75 days after emergence. Average yield of Garden peas is approximately 20 pounds per 100 row feet.

Cultivation. Avoid overfertilization. Too much nitrogen will re- duce yields. Garden peas need some type of support structure for best performance and speedier picking. Garden peas should not follow beans or another Legume crop.

Harvesting and Storage. Harvest often. Picking is labor inten- sive and may need to happen almost daily during peak production periods. Allowing Garden peas to get too large on the vines will greatly reduce production. Larger acreages of Garden peas require mechanical harvesting to be profitable. Leafless type Garden peas, with more tendrils than true leaves, are easier to harvest. Cool Gar- den peas as soon as possible after picking as their sugars convert to starch at higher temperatures. See Table 14 for further postharvest information.

90 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States COME GROW WITH US.

enzazaden.com PEPPERS (Capsicum annuum and related species)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA PEPPER (open pollinated) Bell Capistrano A L M N S Jupiter A L M N O S T Purple Beauty 9 A M N Frying type Cubanelle A G K N S T Sweet Banana A G K L N O S T HOT/PUNGENT TYPES (open pollinated) New Mexican/Anaheim type Anaheim A G K L N O T V Cayenne type Carolina Cayenne 10 N S Charleston Hot 10 L M N S Large Red Thick L Long Slim Cayenne A G M N S Habañero / Scotch Bonnet type Habañero A G K L N S T V Wax type Long Hungarian Wax A G K L N S T V Jalapeño type Jalapeño M A G L M N O S T Tula 4 A G L N S T PEPPER (Hybrid) Bell Alliance 4, 8 b-f, 11, 13, 14, 15 A K N S T V Antebellum 3, 8 a-k, 16 G Aristotle 4, 8 b-d A G K L N S T V Currier 2, 4, 5, 8 b-d, 11, 15 K Camelot X3R 8 b-d A K L M N S T Daciana (ivory color maturing to red) S Declaration 2, 3, 8 b-f, 11 A G K L N T V Enterprise 8 b-d A S Excursion II 4, 8 b-d, 13 A K L N T Flamingo 12, 13 A N Flavorburst 7 A K L N T Green Machine 3, 8 a-k, 16 A G Karisma 4, 8 b-d, 11, 13, 15 K King Arthur 4, 6, 8 c, 13 A K L M N O S T V Mecate 4, 7, 8 b-d, 13, 15 A N V Paladin 2, 13 A G K L N V Patriot 4, 8 b-f K N S T Plato 3, 4, 8 b-d A L N S Polaris 8 b-d K N T Prowler 3, 8 b-k G T PS 09942815 3, 8 b-k A G PS 09979325 8 a-k, 16 G Red Knight 4, 8 b-d G K N S V Red Lion A N V Revolution 2, 8 b-f, 11 A K L M N T V 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 7 Mature Yellow fruit or Mature Orange fruit. 12 Fruit mature from White to Red. 2 Phytophthora Root Rot tolerance/resistance. 8a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k Bacterial Leaf Spot resistance for 13 Tobacco Mosaic Virus (TMV) tolerance/resistanace. 3 Tomato Spotted Wilt Virus tolerance/resistance races 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14 Pepper Yellow Mosaic virus tolerance/resistance (TSWV). respectively. (PYMV). 4 Potato Virus Y tolerance/resistance (PVY). 9 Mature Purple fruit. 15 Pepper Mottle Virus tolerance/resistance (PMV). 5 Tomato Mosaic Virus tolerance/resistance (ToMV). 10 Nematode resistance (N). 16 Tobamovirus tolerance/resistance (TM). 6 Tobacco Etch Virus tolerance/resistance (TEV). 11 Cucumber Mosaic Virus tolerance/resistance (CMV).

92 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA PEPPER (Hybrid) Bell (cont’d) Tequila 9, 13 A L M N T Valencia 7, 13 M N S V Vanguard 2, 8 b-f, 11 A N S V Wizard 4, 8 b-d A G K N S T Frying type Aruba A G V Banana Supreme A G K L N S T Biscayne A G M N S V Gypsy A G K L M N Key Largo A G M N S V Ancho/Poblano San Juan A N San Martin A K N O T V Tiburon A G M O T V HOT/PUNGENT TYPES (Hybrid) Serrano type Nazas 5 A N Cayenne type Mesilla 4, 6 T V Super Cayenne II 8 c, 13 A N S Jalapeño type Cheetah S Compadre 5, 8 c, f A G El Rey 8 b-d A G K L M N O T V Inferno A G L N Ixtapa 4, 8 b-d A G K M T Jaguar/Jedi b, c, d S Mitla 4 A G L M N O S T Tormenta 4, 6, 8 b-d A L T 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 7 Mature Yellow fruit or Mature Orange fruit. 12 Fruit mature from White to Red. 2 Phytophthora Root Rot tolerance/resistance. 8a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k Bacterial Leaf Spot resistance for 13 Tobacco Mosaic Virus (TMV) tolerance/resistanace. 3 Tomato Spotted Wilt Virus tolerance/resistance races 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14 Pepper Yellow Mosaic virus tolerance/resistance (TSWV). respectively. (PYMV). 4 Potato Virus Y tolerance/resistance (PVY). 9 Mature Purple fruit. 15 Pepper Mottle Virus tolerance/resistance (PMV). 5 Tomato Mosaic Virus tolerance/resistance (ToMV). 10 Nematode resistance (N). 16 Tobamovirus tolerance/resistance (TM). 6 Tobacco Etch Virus tolerance/resistance (TEV). 11 Cucumber Mosaic Virus tolerance/resistance (CMV).

Peppers are a warm-season crop that grow best at tempera- To minimize sunscald when growing pepper on sandy soils and tures of 70° to 75°F. This crop is sensitive to temperature extremes. on plastic mulch without drip irrigation, plant varieties that have ex- Poor fruit set and blossom drop can be expected when night tem- cellent foliage. To optimize production, peppers should be staked. peratures drop below 60° or day temperatures rise above 85°F. Seed Treatment. If seed is not treated in order to minimize the occurrence of bacterial leaf spot, dip seed in a solution containing PEPPER PLANTING DATES (cont’d) 1 quart of household bleach and 4 quarts of water plus 1 teaspoon Spring Fall AL North 5/15–6/30 7/1-8/1 of surfactant for 15 minutes. Provide constant agitation. Use at AL South 3/1–5/15 7/15–8/30 the rate of 1 gallon of solution per pound of seed. Prepare a fresh GA North 5/15–6/30 7/1-8/1 solution for each batch of seed. Wash seed in running water for 5 GA South 3/1–4/30 7/15–8/30 minutes and dry seed thoroughly. Plant seed soon after treatment. KY East 5/20-6/15 NR Further information on seed treatments can be found under SEED KY Central 5/10-7/1 NR TREATMENTS in the disease management section of the hand- KY West 5/1-7/15 NR book. LA North 4/1–5/15 6/15–7/31 LA South 3/1–5/15 6/15–7/31 Planting and Spacing. Space rows 4 to 5 feet apart. Set plants 12 MS North 4/20–6/30 NR to 18 inches apart in double rows. Select fields with good drainage. MS South 3/1–4/30 8/1–8/15 Plant on raised, dome-shaped beds to aid in disease control.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 93 PEPPER PLANTING DATES (cont’d) SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT Spring Fall INSECT MANAGEMENT NC East 4/15–5/10 8/1–8/15 Green Peach and Melon Aphid: For best green peach aphid con- NC West 5/15–7/15 NR trol during periods of drought, apply insecticide 2 to 3 days after SC East 4/1–5/15 7/10–8/1 irrigation. Thorough spray coverage beneath leaves is critical. SC West 5/1–6/30 NR TN East 5/15-7/1 NR Pepper Maggot: Pepper maggot flies are active from June 1 to TN West 4/20-6/30 NR mid-August. VA East (coastal) 4/1-4/30 7/1-8/1 Pepper Weevil (PW): PW is a pest occasionally imported on older VA West (mountain) 5/1-6/15 NR transplants or transplants with flowers or fruit.

Drip Fertilization. Before mulching, adjust soil pH to 6.5, and European Corn Borer (ECB): European Corn Borer (ECB). The in the absence of a soil test, apply enough fertilizer to supply 50 use of pheromone insect traps is recommended, treat when more pounds per acre of N, P O and K O, (some soils will require 100 than ten moths per trap per week are found. Follow table in Insect 2 5 2 Control section of this publication. pounds per acre of K2O) then thoroughly incorpotrate into the soil. After transplanting the soluble fertilizer program should then be Nematode Management. Use nematicides listed in the “Nematode initiated following that described in the following table. On soils Control in Vegetate Crops” tables in the Disease Control section. testing low-medium for boron, also include 0.5 pound per acre of actual boron. The first soluble fertilizer application should be ap- VIRUSES plied through the drip irrigation system within a week after trans- Aphid-transmitted Viruses (TMV, PVX, CMV, TEV, PVY): Use planting the peppers. Continue fertigating until the last harvest. tolerant or resistant varieties to control these viruses when avail- able and provided that the fruit quality is consistent with market SUGGESTED FERTIGATION SCHEDULE FOR PEPPER* demands. Use these varieties in areas where these viruses have (low soil potassium) been prevalent or when high aphid pressure is expected. General- Cumulative Daily Daily ly, these viruses cannot be adequately controlled with insecticide Days after nitrogen potash Nitrogen Potash planting (lb / A) applications, but symptom expression can be delayed through their Preplant 50.0 100.0 use combined with the use of reflective mulches.. Because aphids 0–14 0.5 0.5 57.0 107.0 transmit these virus, growers may wish to use yellow trap pans 15–28 0.7 1.4 66.8 126.6 containing water to determine when mass flights of winged aphids 29–42 1.0 2.0 80.8 154.6 occur. 43–56 1.5 3.0 101.8 196.6 57–98 1.8 3.6 177.4 347.8 Thrips-transmitted Virus (Tomato Spotted Wilt Virus, TSWV): Use tolerant or resistant varieties. TSWV can be severe on peppers during both greenhouse production of transplants and during field SUGGESTED FERTIGATION SCHEDULE FOR PEPPER* production of the crop. The virus is spread to peppers by thrips. (high soil potassium) During transplant production, thrips transmit the virus from infect- Daily Daily Cumulative ed ornamental plants (flowers). Be sure not to grow any ornamen- Days after nitrogen potash Nitrogen Potash planting (lb / A) tal bedding plants in the same greenhouse as pepper transplants. Preplant 50.0 100.0 Monitor greenhouses and scout fields for thrips. Begin an insecti- 0–14 0.5 0.5 57.0 107.0 cide program BEFORE a problem is observed. 15–28 0.7 0.7 66.8 116.8 29–42 1.0 1.0 80.8 130.8 HARVESTING AND STORAGE 43–56 1.5 1.5 101.8 151.8 See Table 14 for postharvest information. 57–98 1.8 1.8 177.4 227.4 *Adjust based on tissue analysis.

94 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States POTATOES (IRISH) (Solanum tuberosum)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA POTATOES Atlantic 4, 5, 9 A G K L M N S T V Dark Red Norland 4, 7 A K L N S T V Envol 5 V Harley Blackwell 4, 8 G N Katahdin 5 S V Kennebec 6, 8 G K L N O S T La Rouge 4 A L T V Mountain Rose 3 S Norchip 4 K N S T Purple Majesty 2 A G N S Red LaSoda 5 A G K L M N O S T V Red Pontiac 5 G K N O S T V Superior 4, 8 G K N O V Yukon Gold 5, 7, 9 A G K L M N S T V Fingerling Types French Fingerling A G K S T V Russian Banana 4 A G K N S T V 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 4 Tolerant/resistant to scab. 7 Ozone sensitive. 2 Purple flesh when mature. 5 Susceptible to scab. 8 Tolerant to heat necrosis. 3 Red flesh when mature. 6 Late blight tolerance/resistance. 9 Susceptible to heat necrosis.

Planting and Spacing. The recommended planting dates for pota- formulated with fir or alder bark. Bark formulations have been ef- toes are in the following table. fective treatments to reduce seed piece decay. Further information on seed treatments can be found under SEED TREATMENTS in POTATO PLANTING DATES the disease management section of the handbook. Spring Fall AL North 2/15–4/30 NR AL South 1/15–3/31 NR SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT GA North 3/15–4/30 NR INSECT MANAGEMENT GA South 2/1–3/31 NR Colorado Potato Beetle (CPB): Rotation to non-solanaceous KY East 3/20-6/15 NR crops (crops other than potato, tomato, eggplant, and pepper) is ex- KY Central 3/15-7/1 NR KY West 3/15-7/15 NR tremely important in reducing CPB problems. LA North 1/15–2/28 7/15-9/1 The further fields can be planted from last year’s solanaceous LA South 1/15–2/28 7/1-9/15 crop, the more beneficial it will be in reducing CPB problems. MS North 1/20–3/15 NR Avoid the application of late-season sprays to prevent the buildup MS South 1/20–3/1 NR of insecticide-resistant beetles. NC East 2/15–3/31 NR Beginning at plant emergence, sample fields weekly for CPB NC West 4/1–6/15 NR to determine the need to spray. Select at least 10 sites per field SC East 2/1–3/31 NR along a V- or W-shaped path throughout the field. At each site, SC West 3/15–4/30 NR select one stem from each of five adjacent plants and count and TN East 3/20-4/30 NR record all adults, large larvae (more than half-grown), and small TN West 2/15-3/31 NR larvae (less than half-grown). As a general guideline, if more than VA East (coastal) 3/10-4/5 NR VA West (mountains) 4/1-6/15 NR 25 adults or 75 large larvae or 200 small larvae are counted per 50 stems, a treatment is recommended. The amount of yield loss as a result of CPB feeding depends on the age of the potato plant. The Space seed 7 to 12 inches apart in 34- or 36- inch rows. Use clos- Superior variety (short season) cannot compensate for early season er spacing for large, cut seed pieces and wider spacing for whole defoliation by overwintered beetles, but, during the last 30 days of (B-size) seed. Use close spacing for potatoes being marketed in the season, Superior can withstand up to 50% defoliation without 5- and 10-pound consumer packs and for Katahdin and Kennebec, yield loss. which tend to set few tubers and produce oversize tubers. Note: Several insecticides may no longer be effective in certain areas due to CPB resistance. Alternate insecticide classes from one Seed-Piece Treatment. Use certified seed. Warm potato seed 65°F year to the next to avoid resistance. Check with the county Exten- to 70°F for a period of 2 to 3 weeks before planting to encourage sion agent in your area for the most effective control. rapid emergence. Do not use seed pieces that weigh less than 1.5 oz each. Plant seed pieces immediately after cutting or store un- Flea Beetles and Leafhoppers: Treatment is suggested if leaf- der conditions suitable for rapid healing of the cut surfaces (60° hopper counts exceed three adults per sweep or one nymph per 10 to 70°F plus high humidity). Dust seed pieces immediately after leaves. cutting with fungicide. Some fungicide seed-piece treatments are

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 95 European Corn Borer (ECB): Continued treatment for ECB may commonly in warm dry soils with pH 5.5 to 7.5, and does not af- significantly increase CPB insecticide resistance. However, for fect yield. If lesions are significant, marketability and quality are proper timing of ECB sprays, consult your local county Extension affected. Scab is difficult to manage. In addition to seed treatments office for further information. at planting, management strategies include rotation out of the field for 3-4 years, maintaining low soil pH, using resistant varieties, Potato Aphid and Green Peach Aphid: Insecticide treatments are recommended when aphid counts exceed two per leaf prior to and maintaining high soil moisture during tuber formation. bloom, four aphids per leaf during bloom, and 10 aphids per leaf Late Blight: Caused by the fungal pathogen Phytophthora infes- within two weeks of vine kill. tans, late blight is the disease responsible for the potato famine and Potato Tuberworm: Treat when foliage injury is first noted. Pota- continues to plague potato crops worldwide. Environmental con- to tuberworms are primarily a problem with late potatoes, in cull ditions that favor late blight include frequent rainfall (or overhead piles, or potatoes in storage. Sanitation is very important. irrigation), cool weather (50-75°F), and high humidity. Spread is usually quite rapid and complete defoliation can occur within Cutworms: See “Cutworms” section in Soil Pests-Their Detection 2-3 weeks of initial infestation. Infection can occur at any growth and Control. Cutworms are especially troublesome to tubers where stage, and in any plant part including the tuber. Fungicides should soil cracking occurs. Variegated cutworms feed on lower leaves and be applied protectively; after infection, only systemic fungicides petioles. (those that penetrate plant tissue) can inhibit the spread of the dis- Wireworms: Wireworms are a generic term used for the larvae of ease. Additional management strategies include reducing periods several species of click beetles, which burrow into potato tubers. of leaf wetness by decreasing overhead irrigation or increasing air In the Southeast U.S., wireworms attacking potato are typically movement. Use resistant cultivars when they are available. A criti- the corn wireworm, or one of five species in the genus Conoderus. cal strategy is reducing the initial amount of inoculum available in Wireworm problems are most prevalent when potatoes follow the field. Use certified disease-free tubers, and dispose of infected corn, any cereal crop, sod, or pasture. Wireworms do not move tubers and volunteer vines in a pit with at least 2 ft soil coverage to quickly from one field to the next, but can remain as larvae in a avoid sprouting. Consider fungicide treatment of seed pieces. field for 2-5 years, depending on the species. Since it is difficult In recent years, forecasting and reporting for this disease have be- and laborious to monitor for a pest that lives in the ground, field come available, particularly valuable since Phytophthora spores history is an important tool for determining the need to treat for can travel long distances on air currents. One such model is http:// wireworms. Treatment must begin at or before planting to be ef- www.usablight.org. Use late blight modeling to forecast when dis- fective. Options include preplant broadcast or at-planting furrow ease pressure is most likely to be present and time fungicide sprays application of an appropriate insecticide. There is no control for accordingly for most efficient use of chemicals. wireworms once they have infested potato tubers. HARVESTING AND STORAGE DISEASE MANAGEMENT Harvest indicators: Tuber formation of potatoes ends when soil Early Blight: Fungicide applications can slow the spread of ear- temperatures are consistently over 80°F, regardless of whether or ly blight, but cannot eliminate it, and will be effective only when not vine tops have died back. For most “new” potatoes, tubers will application begins when airborne spores are first present. Spore be well developed between 65-75 days. Flowering is not a reliable formation is most prevalent during repeated wet/ dry cycles, such indicator of tuber formation, as some varieties may flower little or as caused by overhead irrigation or frequent dew. Minimizing plant not at all. Check for readiness by hand harvesting a few tubers for stress can reduce damage caused by early blight, especially in evaluation. younger plants. Early blight spreads more rapidly in young plants Vine Kill: Also known as desiccation, many growers chemically (la- than mature ones. If a field is infested with early blight, potatoes may still be harvested if adequate time between vine kill and har- beled herbicide application) or physically (rotobeating or chopping) vest allows the skins to set and great care is taken not to bruise defoliate potato vines once optimum marketable size of tubers has the tubers in the field. Tubers can be infected during the harvest been achieved. This allows the tuber skin to set and mature and process, and will decay more rapidly in storage than non- infected helps minimize skinning prior to digging. This technique provides tubers. There are some potato cultivars resistant to early blight. benefits including efficiency in harvest, better control over harvest timing, skin set to reduce harvest injury, and reducing impact of White Mold: High fertility and frequent rain or overhead irrigation diseases like late blight. Vine killing halts the translocation of nutri- are conditions conducive to white mold, caused by the fungus Scle- rotinia sclerotiorum. This organism can survive in the soil for three ents and sugar accumulation from the leaves, triggering the conver- or more years, and impacts other produce crops such as lettuce, sion of tuber sugars to starch for storage. Vine killing also weakens beans, broccoli, peppers, and others. Fungicides should be applied the juncture of the tuber and stolon, making tubers fall from the as a protectant in fields with a history of white mold. In addition, plant more easily. If vine killing is used, harvest of tubers should eliminate canopy wetness by reducing overhead irrigation or align- occur at 2-3 weeks after vines are completely dead. Harvest before ing rows with prevailing winds to promote rapid evaporation of this and tuber skin may not have had adequate time to set, while water in the canopy. Avoid fields with poor air movement or poor harvesting later increases the chance for rotting organisms to attach drainage. Rotate with a non-susceptible crop for three yields after a the crop in the ground. Care should be taken to monitor this period heavy infestation of white mold. and harvest at the optimum time to minimize mechanical damage and breakdown. See Table 14 for further postharvest information. Common Scab: Common scab is characterized by brown lesions on tuber skin that may be slightly raised or sunken in relation to surrounding surface. The causal agent is a bacteria (Streptomy- ces spp.), which can be seedborne or soilborne. Scab occurs most

96 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States PUMPKINS AND WINTER SQUASH (Cucurbita spp.)

VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA PUMPKIN Miniature <2 lbs Apprentice B, H, R A G N T V Baby Boo H, V, W, FL A G K N O T V Bumpkin H, S, FL, PM A G N S T V Casperita B, W, FL, PM, WMV A N T Crunchkin B, H, FL A N T V Gold Dust H, SB, FL, PM A N T Gooligan H, V, W, FL A G K T Jack-Be-Little V, H, FL A G K L N O T V Jill-Be-Little V, H, FL, PM A N T Lil Pump-ke-mon H, B, FL, W w/ orange stripes A G K N T V Munchkin V, H, FL A R G L M N S T V WeeeeOne B, R, PM (carvable) A T V Small 2-6 lbs Blanco S, W, R, PM N Cannon Ball V, P, PM A G K N T V Chucky SB, H, P, PM S Darling V, H, O, PM A L T Early Abundance S, H, R, PM A L Field Trip SV, FL-R, PM A K N T V Gargoyle B, WA, R, PM A T V Iron Man V, H, R, PM A R G K N S T V Little Giant S, H, R A N V Prankster S, H, R, PM A G Small Sugar V, O A G L N O V Sunlight V, Y, R, PM A L Snowball V, W, P, PM S Tiffany SB, H, P, PM S Warty Gnome B, WA/H/Y, FL, PM S Medium 6-12 lbs Autumn Gold S, R A R M N O Cotton Candy V, W, R A G K N T V Goosebumps II V, WA, R A K N S T V Grey Ghost V, BL N T Grizzly Bear V, BU/WA, FL-R, PM A S Gumdrop SB, H, R, PM A N T Hijinks S, H, R A N T Hybrid Pam B, H, R K N T V Jamboree V, BL, FL-O, CMV, PRSV A T Jarrahdale V, BL, FL A R G K N T V Long Island Cheese V, BU, FL A K N T V Lumina V, W, FL-R A G K N O T Mellow Yellow V, Y, R, PM S Mystic Plus V, FL-R, PM A G N T V Neon SB, R A G M N Orange Bulldog V, H, O-R, PM A G Rouge Vif D' Etampes V, RS, FL A K N T V Skidoo Gold S, H, R, PM A N T

1  Abbreviations for state where recommended. Growth habit: Skin features: Shape: B Bush growth habit. SB Semi-bush growth habit. BL Blue skin. H Hardshell. RS Red Skin. FL Flat (Cinderella, pancake). O Oblong. V Vining growth habit. S Semi-vining growth habit. BU Buff skin. W White skin. VR Variegated. P Pie pumpkin - suitable for cooking. R Round. G Green skin. WA Warts. Y Yellow skin. Disease Tolerance/Resistance: DM Downy mildew tolerance/resistance. PH Phytophthora tolerance/resistance. PY Precocious yellow ZYMV Zucchini Yellows Mosaic Virus. CMV Cucumber Mosaic Virus. PM Powdery mildew tolerance/resistance. VT Virus tolerance (non-specific). F Fusarium tolerance/resistance. PRSV Papaya Ringspot Virus. WMV Watermelon Mosaic Virus (Strain 2).

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 97 VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA PUMPKIN (cont’d) Large 12-20 lbs Appalachian SB, R-O A G K L T Aspen SB, R-O A G L O T Big Autumn SB, O G K L M Blue Bayou V, BL, DM, PM A N Blue Doll V, BL, DM, PM A N T Cinderella V, RS, FL A R G L N T Dependable V, R-O, PM A G N T Eros V, H, R, PM S Fairytale V, BU, FL A G N T Gold Medal S, W, R A G L T V Knuckle Head S, WA, R-O K N T Magic Lantern S, R, PM A R G K N S T V Magic Wand S, R-FL, PM A G K N T V Magician S, R, PM, ZYMV A R G K N O S T V Orange Rave S, H, O, PM N T Orange Sunrise S, PM, PY N T Racer Plus S, H, R, PM N Sorcerer S, R A G L S T V Specter SB, W/WA, O-R, PM N T 20 Karat Gold SB, R K T Extra Large 20-50 lbs Aladdin SV, R-O, PM A G K L N S T V Apollo S, O, PM A K N T V Big Max V, R-O A G L M N O T Camaro V, R, PM A K M N S T Cronus V, R, PM (poor performer under high temps) A N S T V Gladiator S, R, PM A G K N T V Gold Medallion V, R-O A G M T Gold Rush V, R A G M T Howden Biggie V, O A G K M T V Kratos S, H, FL-R, PM N T Mammoth Gold V, R A Mustang S, R, PM A K N O S T Phantom V, R-O G Rhea V, H, FL-R, PM A R N T Super Herc V, R-O, PM A G K T Warlock V, H, R-O, PM G K N T Giant >50 lbs + Atlantic Giant V, R-O A K L N T V Big Moose V, H, R N T First Prize V, O-R G N V Full Moon V, W, R A G K N T New Moon V, O-R A G N T V Prizewinner V, RS (red-orange skin), FL-R A G K L N T V WINTER SQUASH Acorn Autumn Delight SB, PM A N O S T V Celebration B, PM A N S T V Table Ace SB G K L N O S T V Table Queen V A G K L M N S T V Taybelle PM SB, PM A G K L M N O S T V Buttercup Buttercup V A G N S T V

1  Abbreviations for state where recommended. Growth habit: Skin features: Shape: B Bush growth habit. SB Semi-bush growth habit. BL Blue skin. H Hardshell. RS Red Skin. FL Flat (Cinderella, pancake). O Oblong. V Vining growth habit. S Semi-vining growth habit. BU Buff skin. W White skin. VR Variegated. P Pie pumpkin - suitable for cooking. R Round. G Green skin. WA Warts. Y Yellow skin. Disease Tolerance/Resistance: DM Downy mildew tolerance/resistance. PH Phytophthora tolerance/resistance. PY Precocious yellow ZYMV Zucchini Yellows Mosaic Virus. CMV Cucumber Mosaic Virus. PM Powdery mildew tolerance/resistance. VT Virus tolerance (non-specific). F Fusarium tolerance/resistance. PRSV Papaya Ringspot Virus. WMV Watermelon Mosaic Virus (Strain 2).

98 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA Butternut Atlas SV G Avalon V A T V ButterflySB, PM N Betternut 900 (local markets only) SB, PM N Early Butternut SB A L O S Polaris V, BU N Quantum V, BU N Waltham Butternut V A G K L M N S T V Hubbard Golden Hubbard V A G N T V True Green Improved Hubbard V A G N V Ultra V A N V Spaghetti Primavera S A N S V Pinnacle SB A N S V Stripetti V, VR A G N S V Small Wonder R, V N Vegetable Spaghetti V A G K M N S T V Miscellaneous Types Bush Delicata B, PM A K N V Cushaw Green Striped V A K L N T V Cushaw Orange Striped V N T V Kabocha Sweet Mama S A G K M N S T V Sunshine S, FL-R N Calabaza La Estrella V A G K M N S T V

1  Abbreviations for state where recommended. Growth habit: Skin features: Shape: B Bush growth habit. SB Semi-bush growth habit. BL Blue skin. H Hardshell. RS Red Skin. FL Flat (Cinderella, pancake). O Oblong. V Vining growth habit. S Semi-vining growth habit. BU Buff skin. W White skin. VR Variegated. P Pie pumpkin - suitable for cooking. R Round. G Green skin. WA Warts. Y Yellow skin. Disease Tolerance/Resistance: DM Downy mildew tolerance/resistance. PH Phytophthora tolerance/resistance. PY Precocious yellow ZYMV Zucchini Yellows Mosaic Virus. CMV Cucumber Mosaic Virus. PM Powdery mildew tolerance/resistance. VT Virus tolerance (non-specific). F Fusarium tolerance/resistance. PRSV Papaya Ringspot Virus. WMV Watermelon Mosaic Virus (Strain 2).

Seeding and Spacing. Research around the SE U.S. has demon- PUMPKIN/WINTER SQUASH PLANTING DATES (cont’d) strated that fruit size can vary for each variety among locations due Halloween Winter Squash to a number of environmental factors. To best determine how well LA North 6/15-7/15 4/15–5/15 a variety performs in your area, trial it before planting out a large LA South 6/15-7/15 3/15–5/15 acreage. Seed in the field as indicated below: MS North 6/20–7/5 4/15-6/15 MS South 6/20–7/5 3/15-5/15 Bush types: Rows–5 to 6 feet apart; plants–2 to 3 feet apart in row; seed–4 to 6 pounds per acre. NC East 6/15–7/10 4/15–5/20 NC West 5/25–6/30 5/25–6/30 Semi-vine types: Rows- 6 to 8 feet apart; plants–2 to 4 feet apart SC East NR 3/20–5/1 in row; seed–2 to 4 pounds per acre. SC West NR 4/15–6/15 TN East 6/1-7/15 5/15-6/30 Vine types: Rows–8 to 10 feet apart; plants–4 to 5 feet apart in TN West 5/15-6/15 4/25–6/30 row; seed–2 to 4 pounds per acre. VA East (coastal) 6/15-7/15 5/1-5/20 VA West (mountain) 6/15-7/5 5/15-6/15 PUMPKIN/WINTER SQUASH PLANTING DATES (cont’d) Halloween Winter Squash For Soil Strips between Rows of Plastic Mulch. Use the follow- AL North 6/15–7/15 4/15–6/15 ing land preparation, treatment, planting sequences, and herbicides AL South 6/15–7/15 3/15–5/15 labeled for pumpkins or squash or crop injury may result. AR North 6/15-7/5 5/15-6/30 AR South 6/15-7/5 4/15-6/30 1. Complete soil preparation and lay plastic and drip irriga- GA North 5/1–6/15 4/15–6/15 tion (optional) before herbicide application. In some cases, GA South 6/15–7/15 3/15–5/15 overhead irrigation can be used if small holes are punched KY East 5/10-6/1 5/15-6/15 into the plastic. KY Central 5/5-6/15 5/10-7/10

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 99 2. Spray preemergence herbicides on the soil and the shoul- inspecting plants closely for squash vine borer eggs (1mm [1/25 ders of the plastic strips in bands before weeds germinate. inch] diameter oval, flattened, dull-red to brownish) as soon as DO NOT APPLY HERBICIDE TO THE SURFACE OF moths are caught in the traps. The first application of insecticide THE PLASTIC. Herbicides may wash from a large area of should occur when eggs begin to hatch or just prior to hatching. plastic into the plant hole and result in crop injury. Applications should be made in afternoons or evenings after flow- 3. Incorporate preemergence herbicide into the soil with 0.5 ers close to reduce the spraying of valuable pollinators, especial- to 1 inch of rainfall or overhead irrigation within 48 hours ly bees. If pheromone traps are not used, a preventive treatment of application and BEFORE PLANTING OR TRANS- should be applied when vines begin to run. Re-apply insecticide every seven days for four weeks. Continue monitoring the phero- PLANTING. mone traps into August to detect the emergence of the new moths. 4. Apply selective postemergence herbicides broadcast or in When moths are caught, inspect plants for second-generation eggs, bands to the soil strips between mulch to control susceptible and begin the insecticide applications when eggs first begin to weeds. hatch or just prior to hatching. Minimum Tillage. No-tillage is the most commonly used mini- Aphids: Aphid feeding can delay plant maturity. Thorough spray mum tillage practice with pumpkins. No-till planters currently in coverage, especially on the underside of the leaves is import- use with row crop production will plant pumpkin seed but seed ant. Treat seedlings every five to seven days, or as needed. The plates or feed cups need to match up with seed size. Improper seed transmission of plant viruses by aphids has the potential to be plates or cups will break pumpkin seed. Type of winter cover crop the most damaging to the crop. Unfortunately, insecticide use for residue can affect pumpkin seed depth. Inspect seed placement aphids does not reduce the spread of virus. A better approach is and adjust for correct depth. Early spring planting with no-tillage the application of Stylet Oil to fill tiny grooves between the leaf in pumpkin may delay growth and days to harvest. Planting after cells. When the aphid probes the leaf surface, its stylet must pass soils warm in the spring will improve vigor (pumpkins are nor- through a layer of oil. This reduces the infectivity of the virus re- mally planted after soil warms so this may not be a management sulting in less disease in the squash plant. The application of Stylet problem). Use of small grain cover residue may require addition- Oil can delay virus infection, but requires application every other al nitrogen fertilizer (20 to 30 lbs N/acre in addition to the normal day, thorough coverage and high pressure sprays. Also, refer to the recommendation) if cover crop is fairly mature when killed. Nor- preceding “Mulches” section for information on metallized reflec- mal pumpkin nitrogen fertilizer recommendations can be used if a tive mulch used to repel or disorient aphids that can spread viruses. legume cover crop (hairy vetch, winter peas, or crimson clover) is Squash Bug: Begin scouting shortly after plant emergence. Treat used as residue. every 7 to 10 days when adults or nymphs appear. The control of squash bugs is particularly important where yellow vine disease SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT occurs since squash bugs vector the pathogen responsible for this DISEASE MANGEMENT disease. Cucurbit Downy Mildew Forecasting System: Cucurbit downy Spider Mites: Mite infestations generally begin around field mar- mildew (CDM) is a devastating foliar cucurbit disease. While dif- gins and grassy areas. CAUTION: DO NOT mow these areas after ficult, if not impossible to control, CDM can be prevented by using midsummer because this forces mites into the crop. Localized in- effective IPM practices. A useful tool for prevention of CDM is festations can be spot-treated. Note: Continuous use of pyrethroid the CDM forecasting system. This program depends on the accu- sprays may result in mite outbreaks. rate reporting of CDM in the field as well as the monitoring of over 50 strategically placed sentinel plots. These plots are monitored by POLLINATION Plant Pathologists at multiple Land Grant Universities throughout Honey bees are important for pollination, high fruit yields, fruit the United States and Canada. Forecasts of the epidemic move- size, and quality. Populations of pollinating insects may be ad- ment of the disease are generated 3 times a week. Risk maps are versely affected by insecticides applied to flowers or weeds in produced from these forecasts. For forecasts, maps, local contacts bloom. Use one hive per acre to get good pollination. Apply insec- and other helpful information please visit our website, http://cdm. ticides only in the evening hours or wait until blooms have closed ipmpipe.org. If you think you have CDM, please contact your lo- before application. See section on “Pollination” in the General Pro- cal Extension office. duction Recommendations. INSECT MANAGEMENT HARVESTING AND STORAGE Cucumber Beetle: Cucumber beetles cause direct feeding damage to the foliage. Young plants need to be protected with insecticide Use clean storage bins and sanitize. Be sure to thoughly clean and as soon as they emerge or are transplanted. Cucumber beetles al- santize bins prior to usage and subsequent storage. so cause direct damage to pumpkin and winter squash rinds. Fall Harvest as soon as fruits are mature and prior to frost. Use treatments with foliar insecticides to prevent feeding damage may care in handling fruit to prevent wounds. Cure after harvest at tem- also reduce incidence of bacterial wilt. While Hubbard squash, but- peratures between 80° to 85°F with a relative humidity of 75% to ternut squash and processing pumpkins are susceptible to bacterial 80% for 10 days. wilt, Jack-o-lantern pumpkins and most other varieties of squash Temperatures below 50°F cause chilling injury. The hard- are rarely susceptible to bacterial wilt. shelled varieties, such as Butternut, Delicious, and the Hubbard strains, can be stored for several months. Store at 55°F and 55% Squash Vine Borer: Pheromone baited sticky traps can be used relative humidity. See Table 14 for further postharvest information. soon after planting to monitor the activity of the adult moths. Start

100 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States RADISHES (Raphanus sativus), RUTABAGAS (Brassica napus), AND TURNIPS (Brassica rapa var. rapa)

VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN RADISH: Salad, Daikon, and Icicle Types Amethyst 2 R L N S T Bacchus 2 A L N S T Cherriette 2 A G N S T Cherry Belle 2 A K L M N O S T Champion 2 A G M N O Cook’s Custom Blend 2 (mixture of 4 root colors & shapes) A K L Crunchy Royal 2 N S T Easter Egg 2 (mixture of 5 - 6 root colors) A R L N O S T Early Scarlet Globe 2 A M N T Fireball 2 O S Mardi Gras 2 (mixture of 3 root colors) K Nero 2 (black exterior w/ white interior) A R N S Ostergruss Rosa 2, 3 S Ping Pong (white exterior & interior) A L N S Pink Beauty 2 A R L N Red Head 2 R T Red Silk 2 S Sora 2 N S T Stargazer 2,10 R S Sparkler 2 (half red, half white root) A K M N S Valentine 10 S White Icicle 4 A G K M N O T Watermelon 2, 9 A R S RADISH: Storage Types April Cross 3 A G K N Everest 3 A K N Omny 3 A M N Long Black Spanish 5 A M N T Round Black Spanish 5 A M N T RUTABAGAS American Purple Top A G N S Laurentian A G N S TURNIPS Hakurei 6 K T Purple Top White Globe A G K L M N S T Royal Crown G L T Scarlet Queen Red Stems 6 A K L T Shogoin A M N S Tokyo Cross A K L M N S T White Egg N S White Lady L M S T 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 5 Spanish radish. 8 Fusarium wilt tolerance/resistance. 2 Garden radish. 6 Small root type; best when harvested at 9 White exterior with red interior. 3 Daikon radish. 2” to 3” diameter. 10 Green and white exterior with red or pink interior 4 Icicle radish. 7 Downy mildew tolerance/resistance.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 101 Seed Treatment. Soak seed in hot water at 122°F. Soak rutabagas RUTABAGA PLANTING DATES for 20 minutes and turnips for 25 minutes. Dry the seed, then dust Spring Fall with a labeled fungicide to prevent damping-off. Further informa- AL North 2/15–5/15 8/1–9/15 tion on seed treatments can be found under SEED TREATMENTS AL South 1/15–3/31 8/1–10/15 in the disease management section of the handbook. GA North 3/15–5/15 8/1–9/15 GA South 2/1–3/31 8/1–10/15 KY East 3/15-5/15 NR SPACING AND SEEDING KY Central 3/10-5/10 NR KY West 3/10-4/1 NR Radishes: Salad or garden radish roots are normally red skinned, LA North 2/1–3/15 7/15–10/30 round, less than two inches in diameter and grow rapidly, general- LA South 1/15–3/15 7/15–10/30 ly taking less than one month from seeding to harvest. Icicle types MS NR NR are elongated root forms of garden radishes. Daikon radishes are NC East 2/15–4/15 8/1–9/30 Asian storage radishes that produce large, white cylindrical roots NC West 4/1–8/15 NR which can exceed twelve inches in length and can weigh over one SC East 2/1–3/31 8/15–10/15 pound. Spanish radishes have round or elongated large storage SC West 3/15–4/30 7/15–9/30 roots with black skin. Storage radishes can take up to ninety days TN East 3/15-5/15 NR TN West 3/10-4/1 NR from seeding to harvest. Radishes are a quick-growing, cool-season crop producing its Turnips: Seed as early in the spring as soil can be worked or at best quality when grown at temperatures of 50° to 65°F. Many rad- least 70 days before the early freeze date in the fall. Seed in rows 1 ish types are ready for harvest 23 to 28 days after sowing. Radishes to 2 pounds per acre, 0.25 to 0.5 inch deep, in rows 14 to 18 inches must be grown with an adequate moisture supply; otherwise, when apart. Plants should be 2 to 3 inches apart in the row. Seed can also growth is checked radishes become hot, tough, and pithy. Warm be broadcast at the rate of 2.5 pounds per acre. temperature and longer day-lengths induce seedstalk formation. TURNIP (ROOTS) PLANTING DATES Seed radish as early in the spring as soil can be worked, then Spring Fall in order to maintain a continual supply make additional plantings AL North 2/15–5/15 8/1–10/15 at 8- to 10-day intervals. Space rows 8 to 15 inches apart and AL South 1/15–3/31 8/1–10/30 sow 12 to 15 seed per foot within a row. This will require 10 to 15 GA North 3/15–5/15 8/1–9/15 pounds of seed per acre. GA South 2/1–3/31 8/1–10/15 KY East 3/15-4/15 7/1-7/15 KY Central 3/10-4/10 7/15-8/1 RADISH PLANTING DATES KY West 3/1-4/1 8/1-8/15 Spring Fall LA North 2/1–3/15 7/15–10/31 AL North 2/15–5/15 8/1–10/15 LA South 1/15–3/15 7/15–10/31 AL South 1/15–3/31 8/1–10/31 MS North 1/20–4/1 7/25–8/20 GA North 3/15–5/15 8/1–9/15 MS South 1/15–3/1 8/10–9/15 GA South 2/1–3/31 8/1–10/15 NC East 2/15–6/30 8/1–9/15 KY East 3/15-5/15 8/1-9/1 NC West 4/1–8/15 NR KY Central 3/10-5/10 8/15-9/15 SC East 2/1–4/1 8/1–9/30 KY West 3/10-4/1 9/15-10/1 SC West 3/15–4/30 8/1–9/15 LA North 2/1–3/15 8/1–10/30 TN East 3/15-5/30 7/15-8/10 LA South 1/15–3/15 8/1–10/30 TN West 3/1-5/1 8/1-8/25 MS North 3/5-4/30 8/1-9/15 MS South 2/1-3/31 8/1-9/30 HARVESTING AND STORAGE NC East 2/15–6/30 8/1–9/15 Rutabagas: Pull and trim tops in field. Bruised, damaged, or dis- NC West 4/1–8/15 NR eased rutabagas will not store well. Wash rutabagas in clean water, SC East 2/1–6/15 8/1–9/30 spray-rinse with clean water, then dry as rapidly as possible before SC West 3/15–6/30 8/1–9/15 TN East 4/1-5/30 8/1-9/15 waxing and shipping. Rutabagas can be stored 2 to 4 months at TN West 3/1-5/1 8/1-9/30 32°F and at 90% to 95% relative humidity. Turnips: The crop is dug mechanically and either bunched or Rutabagas: A cool-season crop that develops best at temperatures topped. Turnips can be stored at 32° to 35°F and at 90% to 95% of 60° to 65°F. Usually considered a fall crop, it can be grown in the relative humidity. spring. Seed at least 90 days before the early freeze date in the fall. Sow 1.5 to 2 pounds of seed per acre at a depth of 1 inch in rows For further postharvest information on radish, rutabaga, and turnip, 30 to 36 inches apart. Thin to 4 to 8 inches in the row when plants see Table 14. are 2 to 3 inches tall.

102 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States SOUTHERNPEAS (Vigna unguiculata)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN SOUTHERNPEAS Blackeyes Bettergro Blackeye 2, 4 A G S California Blackeye #5 2, 5 A G N O S Magnolia Blackeye 5 A L M O Queen Anne 2, 5 A G K L M N T Pinkeyes Coronet 2, 5 A O S Pinkeye Purple Hull 4 G L N S T Pinkeye Purple Hull - BVR 4 A G L M N O T QuickPick Pinkeye 2, 5 A G L M N S T Texas Pinkeye A L Top Pick Pinkeye 2 A G L M Creams Elite 2, 5 L O T Mississippi Cream 2, 5 L M T Texas Cream 8 G M S T Texas Cream 12 A G Top Pick Cream A G L T White Acre-BVR A G Crowders Clemson Purple N S Colossus 80 2, 5 N S Dixie Lee L N T Hercules A G N S T Knuckle Purple Hull G N S Mississippi Purple 3 A G K L M N S T Mississippi Shipper 2, 3 A G L M N S T Mississippi Silver 3 A G K L M N O S T Purple Tip Crowder S T Top Pick Crowder A G L N O Zipper Cream 4 A G L M N S T 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 3 Semi-vining. 5 Bush. 2 Suitable for mechanical harvest. 4 Vining

Southernpeas originated in India in prehistoric times and sive vine growth and poor yields. Inoculants of specific N fixing moved to Africa, then to America. In India, southernpeas are bacteria may increase yield especially in soils where southernpeas known by 50 common names and in the United States are called have not been grown. Crop rotation or fumigation is important for “Field peas”, “Crowder peas”, “Cowpeas” and “blackeyes”, but nematode control. southernpeas is the preferred name. Southernpeas require relatively warms soils for good germination. SOUTHERNPEA PLANTING DATES (cont’d) Spring Fall Seeding and Spacing. Sow when soil temperature reaches 60°F AL North 4/15–7/31 NR and continue sowing until 80 days before fall frost. Seeding too AL South 3/15–6/15 7/15–8/30 early causes poor stands and you may need to replant. Bush types GA North 5/15–7/15 NR should be seeded 4 to 6 per foot or 30 to 50 pounds of seed per GA South 3/15–5/15 7/15–8/30 acre. Vining types should be seeded 1 to 2 per foot or 20 to 30 KY East 5/10-6/15 NR pounds of seed per acre. Plant seeds 3/4 to 1 1/4 inch deep in rows KY Central 5/5-7/1 NR spaced 20 to 42 inches apart depending on cultivation require- KY West 4/20-7/15 NR ments. LA North 4/15–7/31 7/1–7/31 LA South 4/1–5/31 7/15–8/15 MS North 4/15–7/15 NR Fertility. Most soils will produce a good crop, but medium fertility MS South 3/15–6/15 8/1–8/30 with pH of 5.8 to 6.5 is desirable. High fertility produces exces-

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 103 SOUTHERNPEA PLANTING DATES (cont’d) Harvesting and Storage. Depending on variety and weather, har- Spring Fall vest will begin 65 to 80 days after seeding and continue for 3 to NC East 3/25–6/15 8/1–8/30 5 weeks. Begin harvest when a few pods are beginning to change NC West 4/15–7/15 NR color and harvest only pods with well formed peas. This is the best SC East 4/1–6/15 7/15–8/1 stage for shelling and eating. SC West 4/15-7/15 NR Southernpeas are sold in bushel hampers or mesh bags. Do not TN East 5/10-7/15 NR TN West 4/15-7/31 NR use burlap sacks because they are not properly ventilated. South- ernpeas weigh 22 to 30 pounds per bushel. One person can harvest 12 to 20 bushels per day if yields are average. Average production is 60 to 200 bushels per acre. See Table 14 for further postharvest Insect Management. Cowpea Curculio: At first bloom, make information. three insecticides applications at five-day intervals for curculio control.

104 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States SPINACH (Spinacia oleracea)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN SPINACH Banjo 3, 4, 7 O Bloomsdale Long Standing 2, 5 A G K N S T Bolero 5 N O Early Hybrid #7 2, 4, 6 A G N S Emperor 3, 4, 5 O Olympia 4, 5 O Persius 4, 5, 7, 8 O Riverside 4, 5, 8 O Space 3, 4 K Tyee 3, 4 A G K L M N S T Whale 2, 4, 5 S 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 4 Downy mildew tolerance/resistance. 7 White Rust tolerance/resistance. 2 Savoy leaf type. 5 Bolting tolerant. 8 Smooth leaf type. 3 Semi-savoy leaf type. 6 Cucumber Mosaic Virus tolerance/resistance.

Spinach may be divided by use into fresh and processed types. Soil and Fertilizer Requirements. Spinach is sensitive to acidic Spinach cultivars are either upright or spreading in habit and can soils, preferring a pH range of from 6.0 to 7.5. Warmer sandy soils be further subdivided by leaf type into savoy (wrinkled), crushed, are preferred for overwintering spinach. Fertilizer is more import- crumpled, long-season, semi-savoy, and smooth varieties. The pro- ant during the slower growing winter periods. Before any fertilizer cessing types are usually smooth leaved; the semi-savoy types can is worked into a spinach field, careful soil sampling and analysis be used for both purposes; while the fresh market prefers the savoy should be obtained to determine the levels of P and K. types. In addition spinach cultivars can be classified as being fast bolters or slow bolters. Spinach usually matures in 30 to 50 days. Cultural Practices. Spinach is usually direct seeded in rows using either precision methods and coated seed or regular drilled uncoat- Geographic/Climate Requirements. Since spinach is a hardy, ed seed. In some areas spinach is simply broadcast on beds. The cool season plant growing best where temperatures are moderate. rate of germination fluctuates widely depending on methods of Spinach is frost tolerant and cold hardy to 20°F. Germination is seeding but also upon the risk of damping-off. Despite the size of maximized at 41°F (5°C) with emergence taking 23 days. Higher spinach seed, it is sown fairly shallowly, 0.8 to 1 inch (2 to 3 cm), temperatures reduce germination. Spinach may be an early spring, in soil moisture conditions ranging from slightly above permanent late fall, or winter crop, where the conditions permit surviving wilting to field capacity. winter killing temperatures. Longer day length triggers bolting. Where spinach is pulled by hand for harvest, it is possible to select the larger, more vigorous plants, leaving space for the slow- SPINACH PLANTING DATES er, crowded plants to grow. Seeding rates for non-clipped: 10 to 14 Spring Fall pounds/acre and for clipped: 18 to 25 pounds/acre. Spacing within AL North 3/15–4/30 8/1–9/15 rows is generally 12 inches. For smaller stands, sow 1 oz. of seed AL South 2/1–3/31 8/15–9/30 per 100 row feet. For smaller stands, average yields are 40 lb/100 GA North 3/15–4/30 8/1–9/15 row feet, 152 cwt/ acre. GA South 2/1–3/31 8/1–9/30 KY East 3/10-4/10 8/1-8/15 Irrigation and Drainage. The spinach plant is shallow rooted and KY Central 3/1-4/1 8/15-9/1 therefore may become water-stressed if irrigation is not available KY West 2/15-3/15 9/1-9/15 between rain showers. More often than not the first irrigation is LA North 2/1–3/15 9/1–11/15 necessary to germinate the spinach seed. Since spinach is sensi- LA South 2/1–3/15 9/15–11/15 tive to overwatering or waterlogging, provision for drainage either MS NR 8/15-9/30 through seedbed preparation or tiling is essential. The large trans- NC East 2/15–6/30 8/1–9/15 NC West 4/1–8/15 NR piring leaf surface of maturing spinach plants coupled with warm OK 2/15–4/15 9/1–12/30 temperatures can readily deplete the available moisture reserves. SC East 2/1–4/1 8/15–10/15 SC West 3/15–4/15 8/1–9/30 SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT TN East 2/1-3/31 8/15-10/15 INSECT MANAGEMENT TN West 2/1-3/31 8/15-10/15 Insect pests of spinach include: Aphids, Leaf miners, Cabbage loopers, mites, and Sweet corn maggots. Control methods include crop rotation, destruction of crop residues, and the use of pesti- cides.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 105 Seed Corn Maggot: To prevent maggot damage to spring-seeded to expose buried weed seeds to the sun. Consumer tolerance for plants, treat seed with an approved commercially available insecti- weeds in bagged spinach is low; cultivation and hand-weeding are cide or use a broadcast application of a soil-incorporated insecti- sometimes employed in addition to other controls. Hand-weeding cide. See the “Maggots” section in Soil Pests- Their Detection and is costly but is often the only option as the plants mature. Control. As with other leafy greens, herbicide options after seedlings have emerged are limited. I n addition, spinach is sensitive to dam- DISEASE MANAGEMENT age from certain herbicides, and should not be planted if residues Spinach is vulnerable to attacks by blight (CMV), downy mildew, may be present in the soil. Preplant application of an appropri- leaf spot, damping-off, seed rot, nematodes, and root rot. Resistant ate herbicide is recommended. Proper identification of the weeds or tolerant cultivars help to ward off diseases. Where possible the present in the field is crucial to selection of the best herbicide for use of the right seed dressing will protect the germinating seed and the location, as there are few options, and none that address all the developing roots. Fumigation may sometimes be necessary, cou- weed types that may be present. pled with good rotational practices. Some growers have been able to reduce weed pressure with pre-irrigation, saturation of the field before the spinach seed is WEED MANAGEMENT planted. This causes a flush of weeds to emerge, which can be Weed management is especially important in young spinach stands eliminated by burning or herbicide application. The spinach seed is to reduce competition. Spinach competes poorly with many weeds, planted after the weedy plants have been removed with the expec- and the presence of weeds can significantly reduce yield. Growers tation of less competition. should include both cultural and chemical controls for weed man- agement, as no one practice consistently provides control. HARVESTING AND STORAGE Cultural controls include choosing a planting site that has See Table 14 For further postharvest information. low weed pressure, sanitation, and crop rotation. If field cultiva- tion is necessary prior to planting, it should be shallow so as not

106 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States SUMMER SQUASH (Cucurbita pepo)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN SUMMER SQUASH Yellow Crook Neck Destiny III 3, 4, 5, 6 A G K L N S T Dixie A L N O S T Gentry A G K L M N S T Gold Star 6, 8 A G K N Prelude II 3, 4, 5, 8 A G K L N O S T Supersett 2 A L M N O S T Yellow Straight Neck Cheetah 4, 8 A L N S T Conqueror III 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 A G K N T Cougar 2, 4, 7 A K L N S T Enterprise A G N S T Grandprize 4, 5, 8 A G N Goldprize 4, 5 A G N Fortune 2 K N O T Lioness 4, 5, 6, 7 G K L N T Multipik 2 A K L N O S T Solstice 4, 5 A G L N S T Superpik 2 A L N O S T Zucchini Cashflow 4 N O T Dunja 4,5,8 L S Elite A K L N S T Goldie 8, 9 A G O S Justice III 3, 4, 5, 6 A G K N Ladoga 4, 5, 7 N Leopard 4, 7 N S T Paycheck 4, 5, 6 ,7 A G K N T Payroll 4, 5, 8 A G K M N O S T Payload 4, 6, 8 A G L N S T Sebring 8, 9 A L Senator A L M O S T Spineless Beauty A G K M N S T Spineless Perfection 4, 5, 8 A G K N S SV6009YG 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 A G N S Tigress 4, 5, 7 A K L M N S T Zephyr (bi-color) A G K L M N S T Grey Zucchini Ishtar 4, 5 A G T Scalloped Benning’s Green Tint A L N S Peter Pan A K N O S T Scallopini A G L N Sunburst A G K L N O S T Total Eclipse A T 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 3 Transgenic. 7 Papaya Ringspot Virus tolerance/resistance. 2  4 8 Py - Precocious yellow gene; has a prominent Zucchini Yellows Mosaic virus tolerance/resistance. Powdery mildew tolerance/resistance. yellow stem. The Py gene helps mask infection from 5 Watermelon Mosaic virus tolerance/resistance. 9 Yellow zucchini. CMV and WMV II. 6 Cucumber Mosaic Virus tolerance/resistance.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 107 Seed Treatment. Check with seed supplier to determine if seed ALTERNATIVE FERTIGATION SCHEDULE has been treated with an insecticide and/or fungicide. Information FOR SUMMER SQUASH* on seed treatments can be found under SEED TREATMENTS in (N:K,1:1) Cumulative the disease management section of the handbook. Daily Daily Days after nitrogen potash Nitrogen Potash Seeding, Transplanting, and Spacing. Use 4 to 6 pounds of seed planting (lb / A) per acre. Seed or container-grown transplants are planted when Preplant 24.0 24.0 daily mean temperatures have reached 60°F. Containerized squash 0–7 1.0 1.0 31.0 31.0 transplants are susceptible to stunting if they are held in the con- 8–21 1.5 1.5 52.0 52.5 tainer for too long. Sowing seed will eliminate this concern. Seed 22–63 2.0 2.0 136.0 136.5 as indicated in following table. Early plantings should be protect- *Adjust based on tissue analysis. ed from winds with row covers, rye strips, or wind breaks. Space Harvest. Summer squash is a fast growing crop and when tem- rows 3 to 6 feet apart with plants 1.5 to 2.5 feet apart in the row. peratures are optimal (85 to 90°F during day and 65 to 70°F SUMMER SQUASH PLANTING DATES during at night), and water is readily available, fruit will be ready Spring Fall to harvest 35 to 40 days after seeding. When growing condition AL North 4/15–8/15 8/1–8/30 are optimal, yellow squash should be harvested every two to three AL South 3/1–4/30 7/15–9/15 days while zucchini should be harvested every one to two days. GA North 5/1–8/15 NR GA South 3/1–4/30 7/15–9/15 KY East 5/15-7/15 NR SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT KY Central 5/10-8/1 NR KY West 4/20-8/15 NR INSECT MANAGEMENT LA North 3/15–5/15 7/15–8/31 Cucumber Beetle: Cucumber beetles cause direct feeding damage LA South 3/1–5/15 8/1–9/15 to the foliage. Young plants need to be protected with insecticide MS North 4/15–6/15 7/25–8/14 as soon as they emerge or are transplanted. MS South 2/15–5/1 8/14–9/14 NC East 4/1–5/30 7/15–8/15 Squash Vine Borer: Pheromone baited sticky traps can be used NC West 5/15–7/31 NR soon after planting to monitor the activity of the adult moths. Start SC East 3/15-7/30 8/1–8/30 inspecting plants closely for squash vine borer eggs (1mm [1/25 SC West 4/15–7/30 7/30–8/15 inch] diameter oval, flattened, dull-red to brownish) as soon as TN East 5/10-8/1 NR moths are caught in the traps. The first application of insecticide TN West 4/15-7/15 NR NR = Not recommended should occur when eggs begin to hatch or just prior to hatching. Applications should be made in afternoons or evenings after flow- ers close to reduce the spraying of valuable pollinators, especial- Mulching. Plastic mulch laid before field planting conserves mois- ly bees. If pheromone traps are not used, a preventive treatment ture, increases soil temperature, reduces mechanical damage to should be applied when vines begin to run. Re-apply insecticide fruit, and increases early and total yield. Plastic should be applied every seven days for four weeks. Continue monitoring the phero- on well-prepared planting beds. The soil must be moist when lay- mone traps into August to detect the emergence of the new moths. ing the plastic. Black plastic mulch can be used without a herbi- When moths are caught, inspect plants for second-generation cide. In most situations, 50 percent of the nitrogen(N) should be in eggs, and begin the insecticide applications when eggs first begin the nitrate (NO3) form. to hatch or just prior to hatching. Reflective, plastic mulches can be used to repel aphids that transmit viruses in fall-planted (after July 1) squash. Direct seeding Aphids: Aphid feeding can delay plant maturity. Thorough spray through the mulch is recommended for maximum virus protection. coverage, especially on the underside of the leaves is import- Growers should consider drip irrigation. See the section on ant. Treat seedlings every five to seven days, or as needed. The “Irrigation” in this handbook. transmission of plant viruses by aphids has the potential to be the most damaging to the crop. Unfortunately, insecticide use for SUGGESTED FERTIGATION SCHEDULE aphids does not reduce the spread of virus. A better approach is FOR SUMMER SQUASH* the application of Stylet Oil to fill tiny grooves between the leaf (N:K;1:2) cells. When the aphid probes the leaf surface, its stylet must pass Daily Daily Cumulative through a layer of oil. This reduces the infectivity of the virus Days after nitrogen potash Nitrogen Potash resulting in less disease in the squash plant. The application of planting (lb / A) Stylet Oil can delay virus infection, but requires application every Preplant 24.0 24.0 other day, thorough coverage and high-pressure sprays. Squash 0–14 0.9 1.8 36.6 49.2 8–28 1.3 2.6 54.8 85.6 varieties with virus resistance are recommended for all season 29–63 1.5 3.0 107.3 190.6 production when aphids and virus transmission are prevalent. Al- * Adjust based on tissue analysis. so, refer to the preceding “Mulches” section for information on

108 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States metallized reflective mulch used to repel or disorient aphids that WEED MANAGEMENT can spread viruses. See the previous “Mulching” section for further information on weed control under clear plastic mulch. Squash Bug: Begin scouting shortly after plant emergence. Treat every 7 to 10 days when adults or nymphs appear. The control of For Seeding into Soil without Plastic Mulch. Stale bed tech- squash bugs is particularly important where yellow vine disease nique: Prepare beds 3 to 5 weeks before seeding. Allow weed occurs since squash bugs vector the pathogen responsible for this seedlings to emerge and spray with paraquat a week prior to seed- disease. ing. Then seed beds without further tillage. Spider Mites: Mite infestations generally begin around field mar- For Soil Strips between Rows of Plastic Mulch. Use the follow- gins and grassy areas. CAUTION: DO NOT mow these areas after ing land preparation, treatment, planting sequences, and herbicides midsummer because this forces mites into the crop. Localized in- labeled for squash, or crop injury may result. festations can be spot-treated. Note: Continuous use of pyrethroid 1. Complete soil preparation and lay plastic and drip irrigation be- sprays may result in mite outbreaks. fore herbicide application.

DISEASE MANGEMENT 2. Spray preemergence herbicides on the soil and the shoulders Cucurbit Downy Mildew Forecasting System: Cucurbit downy of the plastic strips in bands before weeds germinate. DO NOT mildew (CDM) is a devastating foliar cucurbit disease. While APPLY HERBICIDE TO THE BED SURFACE OF THE difficult, if not impossible to control, CDM can be prevented by PLASTIC. Herbicides may wash from a large area of plastic in- using effective IPM practices. A useful tool for prevention of to the plant hole and result in crop injury. CDM is the CDM forecasting system. This program depends on 3. Incorporate herbicide into the soil with1/2 to 1 inch of rainfall the accurate reporting of CDM in the field as well as the monitor- or overhead irrigation within 48 hours of application and BE- ing of over 50 strategically placed sentinel plots. These plots are FORE PLANTING OR TRANSPLANTING. monitored by Plant Pathologists at multiple Land Grant Univer- 4. Apply selective postemergence herbicides broadcast or in bands sities throughout the United States and Canada. Forecasts of the to the soil strips between mulch to control susceptible weeds. epidemic movement of the disease are generated 3 times a week. Risk maps are produced from these forecasts. For forecasts, maps, POLLINATION local contacts and other helpful information please visit our web- Bees are important for producing high yields and quality fruit. site, http://cdm.ipmpipe.org. If you think you have CDM, please Move honey bees or bumble bees into the field as flowers on contact your local Extension office. squash plant open. Populations of pollinating insects may be ad- Viruses (cucumber mosaic virus [CMV], watermelon mosaic versely affected by insecticides applied to flowers or weeds in virus [WMV], papaya ringspot mosaic virus [PRSV)], zucchini bloom. Apply insecticides only in the evening hours or wait until yellow mosaic virus [ZYMV]): Use resistance varieties when pos- bloom is completed before application. See section on “Pollina- sible. Even when using resistance varieties, they many not escape tion” in the General Production Recommendations. virus diseases. Most varieties do not have virus resistance to all four viruses. It is important to sample plants with virus symptoms HARVESTING AND STORAGE in a given year so that the following year varieties are selected that See Table 14 for postharvest information. at least have resistance to those viruses that may be more prone to occur in your production region.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 109 SWEET CORN (Zea mays)

VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN CORN, SWEET White - Early Silver Princess (se) A N T Sweet Ice (se) A G K N S White - Mid-Season Argent (se) G K L N O T Avalon (se) A K T

Devotion (sh2) A N T 3 Devotion II (sh2) A N Milky Way (se) 3 N

Munition (sh2) A K N O S

Xtra-Tender Brand 378A (sh2) G N S T White - Late season Silver King (se) A N S T Silver Queen (su) A R G K L M N O S T Yellow - Early Bodacious (se) M N O S T Yellow - Mid-Season Aspire (se) 3 N Honey Select (se) A R G K T Incredible (se) L M N O S T

Jubilation (sh2) N Merit (su) A R G K L M N S T

Passion (sh2) A G N 2, 3 Passion II (sh2) A G K N O Protector 3 N Vision MXR A M S T Bicolor - Early 3 Anthem XR II (sh2) N T Precious Gem (se) A L N S T Temptation (se) A N S T Temptation II (se) 2, 3 A N Bicolor - Mid-Season

Affection (sh2) A G N T

Awesome XR (sh2) A G N T 2 BSS 0982 (sh2) G K L O

BSS1075 (sh2) A G N T

BSS8021 (sh2) A G N T 2 Cameo (sh2) K L O T

Coastal (sh2) A G N T

Everglades (sh2) A G N T

Flagler (sh2) A G N T

Mirai 301BC (sh2) A R K L M S T

Mirai 350 BC (sh2) A M

Montauk (sh2) K T

Obsession (sh2) A G K N O S T 2, 3 Obsession II (sh2) A R G K L M N O S T 3 Patriarch (sh2) N

Providence (sh2) K T Pursuit (se) 3 N Remedy (se) 3 A N

Seminole Sweet XR (sh2) A G N T

Superb MXR (sh2) A G N T Sweet Chorus (se) A G N T Sweet G90 (su) R L M S T Sweet Rhythm (se) A G S

1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 2 BT sweet corn (transgenic). 3 RoundUp Ready sweet corn (transgenic).

110 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States There are three primary genes contributing to sweetness in trade name of Attribute followed by a series of numerals to identify sweet corn. They are; normal sugary (su), sugary enhanced (se), the cultivar. Certain restrictions such as isolation, minimum acre- and supersweet or shrunken-2 (sh2). age requirements, and destruction of the crop are part of the terms Normal sugary sweet corn (su) has been enjoyed for many of contract when purchasing BT sweet corn seed. years. Su sweet corn is known for its creamy texture and mild sugars; In general, when selecting a cultivar, be sure to evaluate its however, sugars in these cultivars are rapidly converted into starch if acceptance in the market. Plant small acreages of new cultivars to not cooked the day of harvest. These cultivars are commonly sold in test market their acceptance. farmer’s markets and roadside stands. The sugary enhanced (se) sweet corn gene, known under trade Seed Treatment. Check with seed supplier to ensure seed was names such as Everlasting Heritage have varying degrees of in- treated with an insecticide and fungicide. Information on seed creased sugar content with a creamier kernel texture as compared treatments can be found under SEED TREATMENTS in the dis- to su sweet corn types. This translates into increased sweetness ease management section of the handbook. with a smoother kernel texture. Another advantage is that se sweet corn types maintain their quality for a longer period of time than Seeding and Spacing. Seed is sown as early as February in more normal sugary sweet corn types (su). southern regions on light, sandy soils. Use a high vigor seed va-

Cultivars of “Supersweet” or “shrunken” sweet corn (sh2) de- riety for early plantings. Seed is drilled in the field about 1 inch rive their name from the appearance of the dried kernel which is deep. Varieties are spaced 30 to 42 inches apart between rows de- much smaller than kernels of su or se sweet corn types. Recently pending on cultural practices, equipment, and seed size. In-row germination of sh2 sweet corn cultivars has been improved and is spacings range from 6 to 12 inches apart, with small-eared, early now comparable with the su and se types. Seed of supersweet (sh2) seasons varieties planted closest. sweet corn cultivars should be handled very gently and the use of SWEET CORN PLANTING DATES plateless planter is recommended to prevent damage to seed. Many Spring Fall older supersweet cultivars require warm soil (70°F or higher) to AL North 4/15–5/30 NR germinate since they are less vigorous than the se or su genotypes. AL South 2/1–4/30 7/15-8/15 GA North 4/15–4/30 NR Supersweet sweet corn (sh2) cultivars have a crunchier kernel, are sweeter than su and se cultivars, and will delay the conversion of GA South 2/1–3/31 7/15–8/15 sugar to starch extending their shelf life. KY East 5/1-6/15 NR Xtra-tender, Ultrasweet, and Triplesweet are names for the KY Central 4/20-7/10 NR KY West 4/10-7/20 NR latest development in sweet corn cultivars. These new types of LA North 3/1–5/15 NR sweet corn combine the genetics of sh2, se, and su genotypes. LA South 2/15–5/1 NR These cultivars are high in sugar levels, hold well in storage, and MS North 3/20–4/9 NR have a pericarp which is tender (this improves the eating quality of MS South 2/21–3/14 NR the sweet corn). Plant these cultivars using the same recommenda- NC East 3/15–4/30 NR tions as those of the sh2 types of sweet corn. NC West 4/15–6/15 NR SC East 3/1–4/15 NR Isolation requirements for the sweet corn genotype are important SC West 3/30–5/30 NR TN East 4/15-6/30 NR in order to obtain the highest quality sweet corn. Supersweet (sh2) TN West 4/15-6/15 NR sweet corn must be isolated by a distance of 300 feet or 12 days difference in silking date to avoid cross pollination from field corn, pop corn, normal sugary (su), and/or sugar enhanced (se) types. Mulching. The use of clear plastic mulch will improve stands, conserve moisture, and produce earlier maturity. Corn is seeded Failure to properly isolate the sh2 genotype will result in it produc- ing starchy, tough kernels. Isolation of sugary enhanced from nor- in the usual manner, except 10 to 20 days earlier in double rows mal sugary sweet corn types is recommended to maximize quality; 14 inches apart and on 5- to 6-foot centers. Apply herbicide and however, quality is usually very minimally affected should cross then cover with clear, 4-foot-wide plastic. Allow plastic to remain pollination occur. It is recommended that augmented sweet corn over plants for 30 days after emergence, then cut and remove types be isolated from all other sweet corn types for best quality. plastic from field. Plants can then be cultured in the usual manner. Another important development in sweet corn cultivar devel- A nematode assay is recommended before using this system. If opment is the incorporation of the BT gene (called BT sweet corn). nematodes are present in the soil, control measures are necessary BT sweet corn has been genetically modified by incorporating a before planting. Use a high vigor seed variety to avoid uneven and small amount of genetic material from another organism through reduced stand. modern molecular techniques. In sweet corn, the incorporated BT genes is particularly effective in providing protection against Eu- Minimum Tillage. No-tillage is the most commonly used mini- ropean corn borer and corn earworm. The protein produced by the mum tillage practice with sweet corn. No-till planters currently BT gene is very selective, generally not harming insects in other in use with row crop production will plant sweet corn seed with orders (such as beetles, flies, bees, or wasps) but more importantly minimal modifications. Type of winter cover crop residue can af- this protein is safe for consumption by humans, other mammals, fect sweet corn seed depth. Inspect seed placement and adjust for fish, and birds. Syngenta Seeds has incorporated theBT gene into correct depth. Early spring planting with no-tillage in sweet corn several sweet corn cultivars that are sold commercially under the may delay growth and days to harvest. Planting after soils warm

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 111 in the spring will improve vigor. Use of small grain cover residue Fall Armyworm (FAW): Direct granules over the plants so that they may require additional nitrogen (20 to 30 lbs N/acre in addition to fall into leaf whorls when FAW first appear and repeat application, the normal recommendation) if cover crop is fairly mature when if necessary. For foliar spray applications, high-spray gallonage killed. No additional nitrogen above recommendations is required (50 to 75 gallons per acre) is necessary for effective FAW control. if a legume cover crop (hairy vetch, winter peas, or crimson clo- ver) is used as residue. INSECT MANAGEMENT DECISION-MAKING Whorl/Tassel Infestation: In general, insect larval feeding (ECB SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT (listed as “Corn, Sweet” in the Pest Management section) and FAW) during the whorl stage of sweet corn development has a greater impact on early planted, short-season varieties. For ECB on INSECT MANAGEMENT early plantings, apply first spray or granular application when 15% Corn Earworm (CEW): CEW initiates egg laying when the of the plants show fresh feeding signs. Additional applications may plants begin to silk and ends when the silks wilt. Eggs are laid sin- be necessary if infestation remains above 15%. An early tassel gly on the fresh silks. Begin to control CEW when 10% of the ears treatment is usually more effective than a whorl treatment because are silked. Repeat sprays at three to five day intervals until 90% of larvae are more exposed to the chemicals. the silks have wilted. Control is more difficult late in the season. The impact of infestation on mid-and late-season plantings de- Direct sprays toward the middle third of the plant. Corn hybrids pends on the stage of the plants when the infestation occurs. Treat having a long, tight-fitting shuck appear to suffer less damage than for FAW during the early whorl stage when more than 15% of the those with loose shucks. plants are infested. During mid- to late-whorl stages, treatment Another management tactic for CEW and European corn bor- for both FAW and ECB may be necessary if more than 30% of the er (ECB) control is the use of BT sweet corn. These hybrids pro- plants are infested. Treat fields in early tassel stage if more than duce their own natural insecticide for control of these pests. How- 15% of the emerging tassels are infested with ECB, FAW, or young ever, under high pressure, supplemental sprays may be needed to corn earworm (CEW) larvae. achieve damage-free ears. Minimum acreage and resistance man- Ear Infestation: Direct sampling for CEW, FAW, and ECB during agement practices are required with BTs sweet corn. Some markets silking is not practical because of the low thresholds for ear dam- may not accept these hybrids. age. Begin treatment when 10% of the ears show silk. If CEW pop- Corn Flea Beetle: Flea beetles transmit a bacterial wilt disease, ulations are heavy, it may be necessary to begin treatments when known as Stewart’s Wilt, and these beetles are numerous after mild the very first silks appear. Silk sprays should continue on a sched- winters. Treat susceptible varieties at spike stage when 6 or more ule based on area blacklight and pheromone trap counts, geograph- beetles per 100 plants can be found. Repeat every 3 to 5 days as ical location, and time of year. Early in the season, silk sprays may needed. Note: Soil-applied insecticides may be ineffective during be required on a 3- to 6-day schedule. When CEW populations are the first week of plant growth if soil temperatures are cool. Foliar heavy, it may be necessary to treat on a 1-to 3-day schedule. Ap- applications of an insecticide may be necessary during this period. plications during low populations can end up to 5 days before last harvest. During heavy populations and high temperatures, treat- European Corn Borer (ECB): Thorough spray coverage in whorls ments will need to be made according to the legal “days to har- and on plants is essential. Many insecticides are highly toxic to vest” of the chemical. bees. Granular formulations, if applied over the whorl, are general- For best control during heavy populations, maximize the gal- ly more effective than liquid formulations for ECB control. lonage of water per acre, use a wetting agent, and make applica- tions with a high pressure sprayer (200+ psi) with drop nozzles Sap Beetle (SB): Loose-husked varieties tend to be more suscep- directed at the silks. tible to sap beetle attack. Ears damaged by other insects attract SB. Begin sampling at pollen shed and treat when 5% of the ears have HARVESTING AND STORAGE adults and/or eggs. Note: Insecticides used for worm control at silk See Table 14 for postharvest information. may not control SB infestations.

112 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States SWEETPOTATO (Ipomoea batatas)

VARIETIES1 AL GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN VA SWEETPOTATO Beauregard 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 A G K L M N O S T V Bayou Belle 2, 6, 7, 8, 8, 11 A G L M S Belleville 2, 6, 7, 8 M S T Bonita 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12 A L M N O S V Burgundy 2, 6, 7, 8 S V Carolina Ruby 2, 6, 8 K N T V Covington 2, 6, 7, 11 A G K M N O S V Evangeline 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 11 G L M N O V Hernandez 2, 6, 7, 8, 11 A G K N S T Jewel 2, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 A G K M N O S V Murasaki 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 A K N O’ Henry 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 A K M O S V Orleans 2, 6, 8, 9, 11 A L M N S T V White Hayman 3 A N 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. 5 Sclerotial blight resistance. 9 Rhizopus resistance. 2 Red or copper skin, orange flesh. 6 Soil rot resistance. 10 Bacterial soft rot resistance. 3 Tan or cream, white flesh. 7 Root knot resistance. 11 Fusarium root rot resistance. 4 Purple skin, white flesh. 8 Fusarium wilt resistance. 12 Suitable choice for organic production.

Variety Selection. Selection of a variety depends on the intended is sufficient while for the variety Covington, 80 pounds per acre in market. Most varieties require 90 to 150 days to produce maxi- preferred. Follow the recommended rate of fertilizer because high mum yields. Sweetpotatoes are cold sensitive and should not be fertilizer concentrations may result in salt burn and plant damage. planted until all danger of frost is past. The optimum temperature Additionally, applying surplus fertilizer can cause excessive vine to achieve the best growth of sweetpotatoes is between 70°F and growth and be a waste of resources due to added costs that will not 88°F, although they can tolerate temperatures as low as 55°F and result in higher yields. as high as 105°F. CROP ESTABLISHMENT Soil. Well-drained sandy and sandy loam soils will produce the Propagating. Sweetpotatoes are propagated from sprouts or slips best-shaped sweetpotatoes. Heavy soils or compacted soils will in- (vine cuttings). Only purchase certified, disease-free seed stock or duce misshapen roots, while soils with high levels of organic mat- slips. Select seed (the word seed refers to the roots used for slip ter can promote scurf. Use long rotations to decrease the incidence production), that is free from insect and disease damage, that has of scurf, Fusarium wilt, black rot, certain nematode species and a uniform flesh with variety appropriate skin color, and that is free other diseases. Avoid fields that have produced a crop of sweet- from veins. Your profitability depends on starting with the highest potatoes in the past two years and fields that have high nematode quality seed stock available. Using quality roots for seed is essen- populations and are seriously eroded or grassy. Select a soil that is tial for producing quality sweetpotatoes. Quality sweetpotatoes are well drained but not prone to drought. Waterlogged, poorly drained not produced from poor-quality seed. soils prevent roots from obtaining sufficient oxygen, which can In most years, it is not possible to purchase sufficient certi- cause “souring” of roots. fied seed stock to produce slips for your entire planned production. Fertilizer and Lime. Get a soil test. The amount of fertilizer need- Thus, seed must be saved from each year’s crop. When possible, ed will vary by variety and location and on available nutrients as isolate your seed planting from that of your commercial planting to indicated by a soil test. The optimum pH range is 5.8 to 6.2. If minimize viruses. Save seed from the highest quality roots that you your soil needs lime, incorporate the appropriate amount several produce. Carefully inspect roots for defects (no off-types), disease, months before planting. This will allow sufficient time for the lime insect damage, etc., as listed above. Each year purchase a portion to increase your soil’s pH. of your required seed stock for slip production as certified seed, Broadcast or band half of the required nitrogen (N) before supplementing your total need with seed from the previous year’s planting and then sidedress the remainder at layby when the vines crop. Certified slips are available from several growers in around begin to run. N is very mobile in the soil and special attention the Southeastern US. Consult your local Extension office for infor- should be given to sandy soils and regions with frequent, heavy mation. rainfall events during the season. An appropriate total seasonal Additionally, sweetpotato is part of the National Clean Plant rate of N range for sweetpotato is between 40 and 80 pounds per Network and several Clean Plant Centers are located in the South- acre. Some varieties require less N fertilizer than others. For the eastern U.S. that support the production of virus-tested, certified variety Beauregard, 40 to 50 pounds per acre per growing season planting material. The following Universities are participating in

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 113 the National Clean Plant Network for Sweet Potato: NC State Uni- most economical method to set a large number of plants is with a versity, LSU AgCenter, Mississippi State University, University of mechanical transplanter. Space slips 6 to 16 inches apart with- Arkansas at Pine Bluff, UC Davis, University of Hawaii. Please in rows spaced 3½ to 4 feet apart on row centers. The number of contact your local Extension office for more information. slips needed per acre will depend on your desired spacings. Be sure to manage water carefully to avoid transplant shock. Slips set Presprouting. Presprouting is a technique that produces two to more widely apart in-row will facilitate root enlargement, while three times more slips than seed stock that is not presprouted. closer in-row spacing can result in increased competition and de- Some refer to presprouting as “waking up” the sweetpotatoes after lay root sizing. they have been in storage. Presprouting encourages more prolific sprouting in roots. This can decrease production costs by decreas- ing the amount of seed stock required. In addition to increasing SWEETPOTATO PLANTING DATES the number of slips produced, presprouting produces slips faster. AL North 5/1–6/30 AL South 3/15–5/15 Conditions required for presprouting are similar to those required GA North 5/15–6/15 for curing sweetpotatoes. Presprouting involves placing seed stock GA South 4/1–6/15 in a controlled storage area, such as a curing room. You must be KY East 5/20-6/1 able to control temperature and relative humidity and be able to KY Central 5/10-6/10 provide ventilation. Be sure that you are able to replace the air one KY West 5/1-7/15 LA North 5/1–6/30 to two times per day because the roots require a significant amount LA South 4/15–6/30 of oxygen to facilitate presprouting. A rule of thumb: if there is not MS 4/25–5/20 enough oxygen for a match to stay lit, there is likely not enough NC East 5/1–7/15 oxygen for the sweetpotatoes. To presprout, place seed stock in a NC West 5/25–6/30 presprouting room for 21 to 35 days at 70 to 80°F with 90% rela- SC East 4/15–6/15 tive humidity. Spraying the walls and floors with water two times SC West 5/1–6/15 per day can help maintain relative humidity. Mechanical humidifi- TN East 5/15-6/30 ers (automatic humidifiers, misting systems) can help establish and TN West 5/1-6/30 maintain the required relative humidity. Avoid humidity near 100 VA East (coastal) 5/15-6/30 percent or wetting of the surface of the roots as this can lead to the VA West (mountains) 6/1-6/20 development of rots.

Bedding. Provide 4 to 5 pounds of 8-8-8 or 10-10-10 type fertil- SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT izer per 100 square feet of bed area. Treat seed with appropriate INSECT MANAGEMENT fungicides to prevent bedding root decay. After presprouting, place Lepidoptera Larvae: Sweetpotato hornworm, corn earworm, roots into beds, being careful not to damage them. Be sure to cover southern armyworm, yellowstriped armyworm, beet armyworm, roots completely with 2 to 3 inches of soil. Do not be concerned if fall armyworm, and soybean looper all feed on foliage leaving a few sprouts are above the soil line. Keep beds moist but not wet. small to large holes. In plant beds and newly set fields, dam- After planting roots, cover beds immediately with black or clear age may be serious. Mid to late season foliar feeding may reduce plastic to warm the soil. Punch holes in plastic for ventilation as yields or delay sizing of roots when coupled with plant stress. needed. Slips are ready to harvest when they have 6 to 10 leaves (8 After harvest, larvae may continue feeding on sweetpotatoes left to 12 inches long) and adventitious roots are initiated (roots pro- in the field and in storage. Apply insecticide to plant beds and in jected from the nodes or joints of the stem). Slips from presprouted fields as needed. Cuttings should be free of insects before plant- roots are generally ready one week earlier. ing. Where worms are abundant at harvest, spray fields 2 to 3 days before digging. Remove harvested sweetpotatoes from the field Preparing Slips for Transplanting. To harvest, cut the slips about immediately. 1 inch above the bed surface. Cutting is preferred to pulling slips. Cucumber Beetles (rootworms): Adults and larvae of the banded Always pull the knife up and away from the soil to prevent con- cucumber beetle, Diabrotica balteata, and the spotted cucumber tamination from the seedbeds from moving into the production beetle, Diabrotica undecimpunctata feed on sweet potato. Both spe- field. Clean knives frequently by dipping them into a 1:1 (v/v) cies are highly mobile and will also feed on several other host plants solution of bleach and water. This will also prevent the spread of including, various vegetable plant species, soybeans, and corn. diseases from the seedbed into the field. Set the slips in the field Adult beetles feed on sweet potato foliage, creating irregular holes within three days after harvesting them from the plant beds. About in the leaves. Adult beetles lay eggs in the soil and larvae develop- 500 slips can be produced from one bushel of seed. One bushel of ing in the soil feed on developing sweet potato roots. Feeding on the seed requires 20 to 30 square feet of bed area. roots can occur throughout the production season, but damage from these insects increases late season. Feeding injury results in un- Transplanting. Avoid planting slips until all danger of frost is past sightly blemishes on the roots at harvest. The larval stage lasts from because they are very frost sensitive. Beds should be 4 to 8 inches 8-30 days depending on the temperature and food supply. Pupae are high and as wide as equipment will allow. Narrow beds tend to found just below the soil surface. Adults will emerge in approx- dry quickly and may reduce overall yields. High beds will aid in imately one week. Numerous generations of these insects can devel- promoting drainage, thus preventing water damage to roots. The op and injure sweet potatoes throughout the production season. Soil

114 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States applied insecticides can reduce damage from these insects if applied stem. They also feed and notch leaves. They are most active in Ju- close to planting. Adults should be scouted weekly during the pro- ly and August and produce eggs in groups without mating. Avoid duction season and labeled insecticides should be applied when the infested fields and rotate crops. Only grasses are not suitable as number of beetles sampled reaches or exceeds the treatment thresh- hosts. Monitor for adults or leaf notching. Limited control may old of 2 beetles/100 sweeps. be achieved by using tolerant varieties, foliar insecticides applied every two weeks and soil insecticides. Record whitefringed beetle Tortoise Beetle: Generally, damage by tortoise beetles threatens sites and do not plant sweetpotatoes in these locations. newly set plants or plants under stress. Leaves of infested plants are riddled with large, round holes. Adults and larvae which feed Wireworms: Tobacco wireworm, southern potato wireworm, corn on sweetpotato foliage include: mottled tortoise beetle, striped wireworm leave small, irregular, shallow or deep holes in the sur- tortoise beetle, and argus tortoise beetle, blacklegged tortoise, and face of sweetpotato roots. Larvae are identified by differences in golden tortoise beetle. Isolate plant beds and control morningglory. their last abdominal segment. Wireworm adults (click beetles) lay Monitor movement of ornamental sweetpotatoes which often con- their eggs in grassy, undisturbed soil. Adults feed on weed seeds tain tortoise beetles and other insects. Apply insecticides to young (pigweed) and corn pollen. Avoid land previously in sod or fallow. plants if needed. Control beetles in plant beds and fields. Wireworms may be detected prior to planting using corn, wheat, or oatmeal bait stations. If necessary, broadcast and incorporate a Sweetpotato Weevil: This is the most serious worldwide pest preplant insecticide, or use a granular material at root swell. Timed of sweetpotatoes, however, this pest is effectively management foliar sprays are of limited value, as adults do not feed on sweet- in commercial production areas where it occurs in the US, due potato and are only controlled when sprays contact adults or larvae to comprehensive IPM programs that include (monitoring with move into a treated area. Control weeds and do not allow them to pheromone traps, field sanitation, cultural practices, clean seed mature to seed. Avoid planting in fields with corn wireworm. Avoid programs and the effective use of labeled insecticides). Adults and planting behind corn, grain, and grain sorghum. Tobacco wire- larvae feed on foliage, but prefer stems and roots. Infested sweet- worm adults can be monitored with yellow sticky cups. Wireworm potatoes are riddled with small holes and galleries especially in adults are attracted to black-light insect traps. the stem end. They turn bitter and are unfit for consumption by either humans or livestock. Use only “seed” and plants produced White Grubs: These can cause large, shallow, irregular damage in approved and trapped weevil-free areas. All purchased roots/ on the surface of sweetpotatoes. Species include Japanese beetle, plants, including those produced out-of-state, must be certified. spring rose beetle, and green June beetle. Adults lay eggs in grassy Use pheromone traps in plant beds, greenhouses, and in fields to areas (also see section on wireworms). Pheromone traps are under detect sweetpotato weevil. Some varietal tolerance exists. Chemi- evaluation. Japanese beetles are attracted to traps. White bucket cal control with weekly or biweekly sprays is difficult. Most states traps attract spring rose beetles. Use a preplant insecticide and foli- with commercial production areas of sweetpotato have strict quar- ar sprays when adults are active. antine rules in place for sweetpotato weevil. Chemical control with biweekly or weekly sprays can be difficult to attain depend- Fruit Fly: Fruit flies may be a nuisance in storage houses when ing on other factors and should be used in conjunction with other sweetpotatoes decay due to other causes such as souring, chill- management tools as indicated above, in areas where the weevil ing, and Rhizopus soft rot. Fruit flies feed on decaying vegetables. does occur. Maggots may be seen in decaying roots. Fruit flies may become es- tablished in cull piles and spread to the storage house. They do not Sweetpotato Flea Beetle: Adult beetles overwinter in debris, cause rots. Harvest, cure and store only sound sweetpotatoes. Dis- along fence rows, and at the edges of wooded areas. In the spring, pose of culls, inspect the storage house and use traps. If necessary, eggs are laid in the soil near host plants. There are several genera- spray with an appropriate insecticide. tions per year. Adults feed on foliage leaving channels on the upper leaf surfaces. Larvae feed on roots etching shallow, winding, sunk- HARVESTING AND STORAGE en trails on the surface, which enlarge, darken and split. Monitor A 3 to 4 month growing season is required for root development. adults with yellow sticky cups. Control morningglories and weeds After the roots are dug, they should be cured in the storage house along field margins and plow under crop debris. Use resistant or at 80° to 85°F and 90% relative humidity for 6 to 8 days. Curing tolerant varieties. In fields with a history of infestation use a pre- time can be adjusted for varieties that have a propensity to sprout plant or a side-dressed soil insecticide over the foliage up to the quickly under curing conditions following harvest. After cur- last cultivation. Control adults with insecticides. ing, temperature should be lowered to 55°F, but relative humidity should be maintained at 85%. Temperature should never go below Whitefringed Beetle: Larvae feed on roots causing damage sim- 55°F or chilling injury may result, depending on length of expo- ilar to that of wireworms and white grubs. Only flightless, female sure. Above 60°F, sprouting will occur and root weight decrease. adults occur and feed at the base of plants leaving scars on the See Table 14 for further postharvest information.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 115 TOMATOES (Solanum lycopersicum)

VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN TOMATOES Fresh Market Amelia VR 2, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 18 A R G K L M N S T Bella Rosa 2, 3, 8, 10, 11, 15, 18 A G L M O BHN 589 10, 11, 18, 20, 25 A K M T BHN 602 2, 10, 11, 12, 18 A R G K L M N S T BHN 640 2, 10, 11, 12, 18 A R G K L M N S T BHN 669 4 A G M S T Big Beef 8, 10, 11, 14, 15, 18, 20 R K L M O Carolina Gold 10, 11, 17, 18 A R G K L M N O S T Celebrity 10, 11, 14, 18, 25 A R K L M N O T Crista 2, 10, 11, 12, 14, 18 A R G K L M N S T Defiant PhR 10,11,18,19,24 A R N S T Emmylou 2, 10, 11, 21 T Florida 47R 8, 10, 11, 15, 18 A R G K L M N O S T Florida 91 3, 8, 10, 11, 15, 18 L M O T Jolene 10, 11, 18 A N T Mountain Gem 2, 10, 11, 18, 21, 24, 25 A N T Mountain Glory 2, 10, 11, 18 A R K N O T Mountain Magic 9, 10, 11, 18, 19, 24 A R G K L M N S T Mountain Majesty 2,10,11,18,25 A G N S T Mountain Merit 2, 9, 10, 11, 14, 18, 24 A Mountain Rouge 14, 24 A L M N S Mountain Spring 10, 11, 15, 18, 25 A R G K L M N S T Phoenix 3, 8, 10, 11, 15, 18 A R G K L M N T Primo Red 2, 10, 11, 18, 20 A K N T Red Bounty 2, 3, 10, 11, 14, 15, 18 A G S Red Defender 2, 8, 10, 11, 15, 18, 25 A R G K L T Redline 2, 10, 11, 12, 15, 18 A G L Red Deuce 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 25 K Red Morning 2, 10, 11, 18, 20 A K O T Red Mountain 2, 10, 11, 12, 14, 18 A G T Rocky Top10, 11, 12, 15, 18, 25 A K M N S Solar Fire (Fall only) 3,10,11,12,15 A R G M N O S Tribute 2, 3, 8, 10, 11, 15, 18, 21 A L Cherry Types Matt’s Wild Cherry 19, 24 A S T Mountain Belle 10, 18 A G K L M N O S T Sun Gold 10, 11, 16, 17 A R K L M N T Sun Sugar 17, 20 A L M N S Grape Types Brad’s Atomic Grape A M S T Cupid 8, 10, 15, 28 A G T Elfin 7 A G N S Jolly Elf 11, 18 A R G M N S T Mountain Honey 2, 7, 10, 11, 12, 18, 24 A N T Smarty 10, 11, 18 A R N S T BHN 410 10, 11, 15, 18, 28 A G N S T

1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. tolerance/resistance (FCRR). 22 Orange fruit. 2 Tomato Spotted Wilt Virus resistance (TSWV). 14 Nematode resistance (N). 23 Salad size (Campari type). 3 15 24 Late blight tolerance/resistance. Heat set (heat tolerance). Gray Leaf Spot resistance (St). 25 4 16 Suitable for high tunnel production. Bacterial wilt resistance. Tobacco Mosaic Virus resistance (TMV). 26a-e 7 17 Tomato leaf mold race A,B,C,D,E tolerance/resis- Determinant or short internode grape tomato. Yellow fruit. 8 18 tance. Alternaria Stem Canker tolerance/resistance (ASC). Verticillium Wilt resistance (V). 27 9, 10, 11, 12 19 Powdery mildew tolerance/resistance. Fusarium Wilt race 0, 1, 2, 3 Early Blight tolerance/resistance. 28 20 Bacterial speck tolerance/resistance (BSK-0). tolerance/resistance (F). Tomato Mosaic Virus resistance (ToMV). 21 13 Fusarium Crown Root Rot Tomato Yellow Leaf Curl Virus resistance (TYLCV).

116 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN TOMATOES (cont’d) Roma Types Granadero 2, 9, 10, 14, 18, 20, 27 A S Mariana 8, 10, 11, 14, 15, 18 A N T Picus 2, 8, 10, 15, 18 A R G S Plum Crimson 10, 11, 12, 18 A R G K N T Plum Regal 2, 10, 11, 18, 19, 24 A R K L N S T Pony Express 10, 11, 12, 14, 18, 20, 28 K T Greenhouse Types – Beefsteak Big Dena 10, 11, 13, 16, 18 A K L M Geronimo 11, 13, 16, 18, 26a-e, 27 A K L M T Starbuck 10, 13, 18, 20, 26a-e A L M Torero 11, 13, 16, 18, 26a-e, 27 A L M Trust 11, 13, 16, 18, 26a-e A R G K M N S T 1 Abbreviations for state where recommended. tolerance/resistance (FCRR). 22 Orange fruit. 2 Tomato Spotted Wilt Virus resistance (TSWV). 14 Nematode resistance (N). 23 Salad size (Campari type). 3 15 24 Late blight tolerance/resistance. Heat set (heat tolerance). Gray Leaf Spot resistance (St). 25 4 16 Suitable for high tunnel production. Bacterial wilt resistance. Tobacco Mosaic Virus resistance (TMV). 26a-e 7 17 Tomato leaf mold race A,B,C,D,E tolerance/resis- Determinant or short internode grape tomato. Yellow fruit. 8 18 tance. Alternaria Stem Canker tolerance/resistance (ASC). Verticillium Wilt resistance (V). 27 9, 10, 11, 12 19 Powdery mildew tolerance/resistance. Fusarium Wilt race 0, 1, 2, 3 Early Blight tolerance/resistance. 28 20 Bacterial speck tolerance/resistance (BSK-0). tolerance/resistance (F). Tomato Mosaic Virus resistance (ToMV). 21 13 Fusarium Crown Root Rot Tomato Yellow Leaf Curl Virus resistance (TYLCV).

Seed Treatment. To minimize the occurrence of bacterial can- Hardening Transplants. It is usually desirable to harden ker, bacterial spot, and bacterial speck, seed should be treated with tender tomato seedlings before planting them in the field. Recent chlorine. If seed is not treated with chlorine by the seed compa- research has shown that hardening tomato plants by exposure to ny, then dip seed in a solution containing 1 quart of household cool temperatures (60° to 65°F/day and 50°to 60°F/night) for a bleach and 4 quarts of water plus one-half teaspoon of surfactant week or more causes catfacing. Harden plants by withholding wa- for 1 minute. Provide constant agitation. Use 1 gallon of solution ter. Allow plants to wilt slightly between light waterings. Do not per pound of seed. Prepare a fresh solution for each batch of seed. harden transplants by withholding fertilizer. Wash seed in running water for 5 minutes and dry seed thoroughly. Drip Fertilization. Fertigation should be based on a soil test, ad- The final rinse should be done with acidified water (1 oz. vinegar just soil pH to 6.5 and, in the absence of a soil test, apply enough per gallon of water). Further information on seed treatments can fertilizer to supply 50 pounds per acre of N, P2O5 and K2O, (some be found under SEED TREATMENTS in the disease management soils will require 100 pounds per acre of K2O) then thoroughly in- section of the handbook. corporate into the soil. After mulching and installing the drip irrigation system, the TOMATO PLANTING DATES Spring Fall soluble fertilizer program should be initiated according to the fol- AL North 4/15–6/15 7/1-8/1 lowing table. On soils testing low to low-medium boron, also in- AL South 3/1–4/30 7/15–8/15 clude 0.5 pound per acre of actual boron. AR North 5/15-6/20 7/1-7/15 The first soluble fertilizer application should be applied AR South 4/1-6/15 7/15-8/1 through the drip irrigation system within a week after field-trans- GA North 4/15–6/15 7/1-8/1 planting the tomatoes. Continue fertigating until the last harvest. GA South 3/1–4/30 7/15–8/30 KY East 5/15-6/1 NR SUGGESTED FERTIGATION SCHEDULE FOR TOMATO* KY Central 5/5-6/15 NR (low soil potassium) KY West 4/20-7/1 NR Daily Daily Cumulative LA North 3/15–6/30 7/1–8/10 Days after nitrogen potash Nitrogen Potash LA South 3/1–6/30 7/15–8/15 planting (lb / A) MS North 4/20–6/30 NR Preplant 50.0 125.0 MS South 3/1–3/15 NR 0–14 0.5 0.5 57.0 132.0 NC East 4/15–5/10 8/1–8/15 15–28 0.7 1.4 66.8 151.6 NC West 5/15–7/15 NR 29–42 1.0 2.0 80.8 179.6 43–56 1.5 3.0 101.8 221.5 SC Coastal Island 3/1-4/30 7/1-7/15 57–77 2.2 4.4 148.0 313.9 SC East 3/15–4/30 7/1–7/15 78–98 2.5 5.0 200.5 418.9 SC West 5/1–6/30 NR TN East 5/1-6/30 NR TN West 4/20-6/20 NR

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 117 SUGGESTED FERTIGATION SCHEDULE FOR TOMATO* height or for indeterminate varieties that grow 6 to 7 feet in height. (high soil potassium) Use between row spacings of 5 to 6 feet with in-row spacings of Daily Daily Cumulative 18 to 24 inches. See state specific guides for a full description of Days after nitrogen potash Nitrogen Potash staking. planting (lb / A) Preplant 50.0 125.0 Pruning/Suckering: Pruning is practiced to establish a desired 0–14 0.5 0.5 57.0 132.0 balance between vine growth and fruit growth. Little to no prun- 15–28 0.7 0.7 66.8 141.8 ing results in a plant with a heavy load of smaller fruit. Moderate 29–42 1.0 1.0 80.8 155.8 pruning results in fewer fruits that are larger and easier to harvest. 43–56 1.5 1.5 101.8 176.5 Pruning can result in earlier maturity of the crown fruit and im- 57–77 2.2 2.2 148.0 223.0 proves spray coverage and pest control. 78–98 2.5 2.5 200.5 275.5 Removing all suckers up to the one immediately below the *Adjust based on tissue analysis. first flower cluster is adequate for most determinate cultivars. -Re moving the sucker immediately below the first flower cluster or Fresh Market. Yield, fruit size, and fruit quality of fresh market to- pruning above the first flower cluster can result in severe leaf curl- matoes are increased by the use of black plastic mulch in combi- ing and stunting of the plant and should be avoided. nation with drip irrigation. When air temperature exceed 85°F use Prune when the suckers are no more than 2 to 4 inches long. white on black plastic mulch, or paint black plastic with a 5:1 (v/v) A second pruning may be required to remove suckers that are too mixture of exterior, flat white latex paint and water. Form-raised, small to be easily removed during the first pruning and to remove dome-shaped beds to aid in disease control. Lay black plastic ground suckers that may develop. Pruning when suckers are too mulch tightly over the beds. large requires more time and can damage the plants, delay maturi- ty, and increase disease incidence. Do not prune plants when they Grafting and Diseases. In recent years, grafted tomato plants are wet to avoid spread of diseases. Pruning should be done before have emerged as a strategy to combat soilborne diseases, particu- the first stringing because the string can slow the pruning process. larly in heirloom varieties. Grafting is used against diseases such Pruning is variety-and fertility-dependent. as Bacterial wilt, Fusarium wilt, and Verticillium wilt. Grafted Less-vigorous determinate cultivars generally require less plants are more expensive per transplant. For more information, pruning. Growers should experiment with several degrees of prun- see the section Grafting in Vegetable Crops in this handbook. ing on a small scale to determine pruning requirements for specific cultivars and cultural practices. Greenhouse Tomatoes. While there are thousands of tomato vari- eties on the market, only a few are suitable for growing in green- Staking: Staking improves fruit quality by keeping plants and fruit houses. If you plan on growing tomatoes to maturity in the green- off the ground and providing better spray coverage. Staked toma- house, you need to select a greenhouse variety. This is because toes are easier to harvest than ground tomatoes. these varieties have been bred specifically for greenhouse condi- Staking tomatoes consists of a series of wooden stakes with tions – lower light, higher humidity and temperature, etc., and have twine woven around the stakes to train the plants to grow vertically better disease resistance than field types. Nearly all greenhouse va- off the ground. Stakes 4 to 4.5-feet long by 1-inch square are driv- rieties are indeterminate hybrids so that they will yield over a long en about 12 inches into the soil between the plants. harvest season. While non-greenhouse types would grow in the Vigorous cultivars may require larger and longer stakes. A greenhouse, the yield and quality would be reduced, and therefore stake placed between every other plant is adequate to support most they may not be profitable. determinate varieties. Placing an additional stake at an angle and Variety selection is based on yield, fruit size, uniformity, dis- tied to the end stake of each section will strengthen the trellis sys- ease resistance, and lack of physiological disorders, as well as the tem. Stakes can be driven by hand with a homemade driving tool market demand for the type of tomato grown. For suggestions on or with a commercially available, power-driven stake driving tool. varieties, see the variety table in this section above. Insect and Drive stakes to a consistent depth so that spray booms can be oper- disease control methods for greenhouse vegetables can be found ated in the field without damaging the trellis system. in Tables 2-28 and 3-46 (Insect and Diseases Control sections), re- Select “tomato twine” that is resistant to weathering and spectively. For further information on greenhouse tomato produc- stretching and that binds well to the wooden stakes. Tomato twine tion, see http://extension.msstate.edu/crops/commercial- is available in 3- to 4-pound boxes. Approximately 30 pounds of horticulture/greenhouse-tomatoes twine is required per acre. To make tying convenient, use a home- made stringing tool. This tool can be made from a length of metal Ground Culture. Space determinate varieties in rows 4 to 5 feet conduit, schedule 40 PVC pipe, broom handle, or wooden dowel. apart with plants 18 to 24 inches apart in the row. For indetermi- With conduit and PVC pipe, the string is fed through the pipe. nate varieties, space rows 5 to 6 feet apart with plants 24 to 36 With a broom handle or wooden dowel, two small parallel holes, inches apart in the row. each about 1 inch from the end, must be drilled to feed the string through one hole along the length of the tool and through the oth- Stake Culture. Staking tomatoes is a highly specialized production er hole. The tool serves as an extension of the worker’s arm (the system. The following recommendations are for the short-stake length cut to the worker’s preference) and helps to keep the string cultural system using determinate cultivars that grow 3 to 4 feet in tight.

118 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Proper stringing consists of tying the twine to an end stake TOMATO DISORDERS passing the string along one side of the plants, and then loop- Your local county Extension office has bulletins that describe fruit ing the twine around each stake until the end of a row or section disorders in detail. Here are several common disorders of tomato (100-foot sections with alleys may be helpful for harvesting) is and their causes: catfacing (cool day and/or night temperatures reached. The same process is continued on the other side of the or very hot dry days), internal browning, graywall and blotchy row. The string tension must be tight enough to hold the plants up- ripening, (tobacco mosaic virus, overcast cloudy environment, right. Note: If strings are too tight, they can make harvesting fruit high N, low K or soil compaction), yellow shoulder (direct sun difficult and can scar fruit. exposure, worse on green shouldered varieties), sunburn and The first stringing should be strung 8 to 10 inches above sunscald (direct rapid exposure to the sun), weathercheck (fruit the ground when plants are 12 to 15 inches tall and before they exposed to dew), blossom end rot (low soil calcium and/or soil fall over. Run the next string 6 to 8 inches above the preceding moisture), cracking (variety, irregular water, growth, and/or nutri- string before plants start to fall over. Three to four stringings are tion). Check out the following link for images and discussions for required for most determinate varieties. Stringing should be done several common problems in tomato production -- when the foliage is dry to prevent the spread of diseases. http://extension.msstate.edu/publications/publications/ tomato-troubles-common-problems-tomatoes Heirloom Tomatoes. Heirloom tomatoes are varieties that have been available for 50 years or more, are open pollinated, and grow “true to type” from seed saved from fruit each year. They are gen- SPECIAL NOTES ON PEST MANAGEMENT erally indeterminate, requiring trellising and constant pruning. INSECT MANAGEMENT Most varieties have little disease resistance. The fruit are usually Colorado Potato Beetle (CPB), Flea Beetles (FB): While flea thin-skinned, soft, and tend to crack. Consumers are attracted to beetles are a common pest of tomato throughout the southeast- heirloom tomatoes because many varieties are very flavorful, col- ern US, Colorado potato beetle are most common in areas where orful, come in many sizes and shapes, and have interesting names. significant acreage of potatoes is also grown. Flea beetles are pri- For the growers, heirloom tomatoes are challenging to produce marily a problem early in the season shortly after planting, and are and difficult to ship, but can bring high prices on the local market. usually controlled by insecticides applied for other insects. Adults There are hundreds of varieties of heirloom tomatoes avail- feed on foliage, resulting in small round holes on leaves. In most able. Some of the most popular varieties include Brandywine, situations this damage does not affect early season growth or sub- German Johnson, Mr. Stripey, Cherokee Carbon, Cherokee Pur- sequent yields, but control may be necessary when populations are ple, and Green Zebra. high (20-30% defoliation). Because most heirloom tomatoes are indeterminate, they Colorado potato beetle adults and larvae feed on tomato foli- must be grown on a tall, strong trellis. A trellis can be construct- age and can cause extensive defoliation if not controlled. CPB feed ed of 3 inch diameter, or larger, posts set 10-15 feet apart within only on solanaceous plants, and populations tend to be concen- the row. Use 7-8 ft. long posts, leaving 6-7 ft. above ground. Run trated in areas where potato, eggplant and tomato have previously a stout wire (12 gauge) across the tops of the posts and secure it been grown. Consequently, rotation to non-solanaceous crops is with staples. Pieces of twine, long enough to reach the ground, very effective in helping to avoid infestations. Thoroughly scout should be tied to the top wire above each plant. The twine can be fields and spray only when necessary. Treatment should be made if anchored with a loop to each plant or to a bottom line of twine populations exceed 15 adults per 10 plants or a combination of 20 that is strung about 6 in. off the ground and secured to the posts. CPB larvae and/or adults per 10 plants. Insecticide sprays should Some growers use the standard string and weave-staked culture be made after most egg masses have hatched, but before larvae system for heirloom tomatoes, as described for the determinate become large. CPB have developed resistance to many different in- tomatoes, but they use 6-ft. long stakes instead of the normal 4-ft. secticides, so knowledge of the resistance status of populations is long stakes. essential in choosing which insecticides to use. In a trellis system, plants are usually spaced 8-10 in. apart within the row and pruned to a single stem system. A two stem Tomato Fruitworm: The tomato fruitworm, also known as the corn system may also be used, in which the plants should be spaced earworm and cotton bollworm, is potentially the most damaging 18-30 in. apart within the row. If using a standard staking system, pest of tomato. However, there are many insecticides that provide plants should be spaced 18-24 in. apart. Once the plants are estab- excellent control. The key to controlling this insect is to ensure that lished, suckers must be removed several times a week. If the main there is a toxic pesticide residue on the plant during egg laying pe- growing point is broken off, a sucker can be trained to take its riods so that larvae are killed shortly after hatching, because larvae place. feed on leaf tissue for only a short time before boring into fruit. Because most heirloom tomatoes have little disease resis- Tomato fruitworm moth activity can be monitored with pheromone tance, it is important to maintain a good fungicide spray schedule. traps and serves as a measure of the adult population within an ar- For organic production, it might be necessary to grow heirloom ea. Corn that is in the silking stage is a preferred host of fruitworm, tomatoes under high tunnels, especially in areas with high disease but when corn silks begins to dry, moths will switch egg laying to pressure. Grafting heirloom varieties onto diseases resistant root- other hosts, including tomato. stocks might also increase your success at growing organically.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 119 Armyworms: At least three species of armyworms are potential southeast. Once whitefly populations of either species become pests of tomato, including the beet armyworm, southern army- established on a crop, they are very difficult to control. Therefore, worm and yellowstriped armyworm. Infestations are usually spo- preventive control is usually necessary for effective, season-long radic in the more northern regions of the southeastern US, but are management. Preventive control can be achieved with soil-applied an annual problem in more southern areasw. In contrast to tomato systemic insecticides or the application of other insecticides when fruitworm, armyworms will also feed extensively on foliage as populations are low. well as fruit, and the presence of feeding damage on leaves can help differentiate between fruitworm and armyworm damage. Beet Mites: Mites have become an increasingly important problem on armyworm is notorious for exhibiting resistance to a wide range of tomatoes and other vegetables grown in the southeast. Twospotted insecticides, but the recent registration of newer insecticides has spider mite is the most common mite pest, but the broad mite and greatly aided the management of this pest. carmine spider mite can also infest tomatoes. Mites overwinter on weeds and move into tomatoes in the spring as weeds die. Mites Tomato Pinworm: The tomato pinworm is more common in the can also move from other crops (including other tomato fields) into southern compared with northern regions of the southeast, but tomatoes throughout the season. Localized infestations can be spot late-season infestations are common in northern areas. Moths lay treated, but thorough coverage of foliage is important. Mites can eggs on foliage, and larvae feed within leaves, creating blotchy be sampled by using a sample of 10 leaflets (terminal leaflet on a mines. As larvae increase in age they bore into stems and/or fruit. leaf from the upper one-third of the plant), from a minimum of 5 The use of pheromone-based mating disruption is an effective con- sample sites per field. When mites reach an average of 2 mites/leaf- trol method. Initiate mating disruption at the first sign of mines on let, a miticide should be applied. Note that certain pesticides, such foliage. Numerous insecticides also control pinworm. as pyrethroids and some neonictinoids, aggravate mite populations and can lead to high mite densities. Stink Bugs: The green and brown stink bug can be important direct pests of tomato, but they are sporadic in occurrence. Stink DISEASE MANAGEMENT bugs are most common in smaller fields (i.e., 5 acres or less) that Damping-Off: Plantbed: Use seed treatment and plant in a dis- are surrounded by weedy borders, or fields that are adjacent to soy- ease-free mix. beans. In fact, chemical control of stink bugs is often not neces- sary in fields that do not fit the previous description. Unfortunately, VIRUSES there is not a good sampling method to assess population densities Aphid-transmitted Viruses (TMV, PVX, CMV, TEV, PVY): Use before damage occurs, and preventive strategies are used. Depend- tolerant or resistant varieties to control these viruses when avail- ing on the surrounding habitat and abundance of stink bugs within able and provided that the fruit quality is consistent with market an area, one to three applications of an insecticide are necessary to demands. Use these varieties in areas where these viruses have prevent damage. been prevalent or when high aphid pressure is expected. General- ly, these viruses cannot be adequately controlled with insecticide Thrips: Thrips can cause direct damage to tomato fruit by their applications, but symptom expression can be delayed through their feeding or oviposition scars on small fruits, and are also indirect use combined with the use of reflective mulches.. Because aphids pests of tomato due to their ability to transmit tomato spotted wilt transmit these virus, growers may wish to use yellow trap pans virus (TSWV). The tobacco thrips and western flower thrips are containing water to determine when mass flights of winged aphids vectors of tomato spotted wilt virus. The majority of virus infec- occur. tions are the result of primary spread (thrips transmitting the virus from surrounding weeds directly to tomatoes), and insecticides do Thrips-transmitted Viruses (Tomato Spotted Wilt Virus, TSWV): not kill thrips quickly enough to prevent inoculation. However, an Use tolerant or resistant varieties. TSWV can be severe on toma- aggressive early insecticide control program early in the season (3 toes during both greenhouse production of transplants and during to 4 weeks after transplanting) and the use of reflective mulches field production of the crop. The virus is spread to tomatoes by have helped to reduce the incidence of TSWV in tomatoes. Thrips thrips. During transplant production, thrips transmit the virus from can also cause direct damage to tomato fruit. This is the result of infected ornamental plants (flowers). Be sure not to grow any or- thrips feeding and/or laying eggs in small fruits before stamens are namental bedding plants in the same greenhouse as tomato trans- shed from flowers. This damage appears as small dimples in fruit. plants. Monitor greenhouses and scout fields for thrips. Begin an Sample thrips in tomato flowers by placing a white index card be- insecticide program BEFORE a problem is observed. low flowers and tapping the flowers with a finger. An average of 1 thrips per flower has worked well as a treatment threshold level. Nematode Management. Use nematicides listed in the “Nematode Control in Vegetate Crops” tables in the Disease Control section. Whiteflies: The greenhouse whitefly and silverleaf whitefly can both infest tomatoes in the southeast. Generally, the silverleaf HARVESTING AND STORAGE whitefly is more common in the southern region and the green- See Table 14 for postharvest information. house whitefly is more common in the northern region of the

120 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States WATERMELON (Citrullus lanatus)

VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN WATERMELONS Diploid, Open-pollinated AU Producer A, IR A G L Crimson Sweet MS A R G L M N O S T Jubilee II IR A R G L M N O S T Diploid, Hybrid Estrella A, R A G N S T Jamboree A, IR G L N O S T Lemon Krush A, 2, IR, PM A G M S Mardi Gras A, IR A G N S T Nunhems 800 A, R A N S T Nunhems 860 A, R A N S Sangria A, IR A R G K L N O S T Sentinel S N Starbrite A, S A R G K L M N O S T Summer Gold 2, 4 A L N Top Gun A, IR A G N S Icebox Mickey Lee R A G L M N S T Sugar Baby S R K L T Triploid/Seedless Affirmed A K N S Bottle Rocket (7112) R A G N O S Buttercup 2, S A N S T Captivation A G N S T Crunchy Red A,S A R G K N S T Exclamation A, IR A G K N S T Fascination A, IR A G K N O S T Liberty S A L N S T Joy Ride R A R G N S Melody A A G K M N S Orange Crisp 3 A N T Road Trip A, R A G N S Superseedless 7167 A A G K N S Superseedless 6177 R A G N S Superseedless 7197HQ A A G K N S Sweet Dawn A G N S Sweet Gem A G K S Traveler A A R G N T Treasure Chest 2, 4 A K L Tri-X 313 A, S A K L M N O S T Troubadour A A R G N S T Warrior IR G S Wolverine G S Triploid Mini/Seedless Mini Extazy S A G N S T Leopard S K N T

1Abbreviations for state where recommended. A Anthracnose tolerance/resistance. R Resistant to Fusarium wilt race 1. 2 Yellow flesh fruit. MS Moderately susceptible to Fusarium wilt race 1. PM Powdery mildew tolerance/resistance. 3 Orange flesh fruit. IR Intermediate resistance to Fusarium wilt race 1. 4 Local markets only. S Susceptible to Fusarium wilt race 1.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 121 VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN WATERMELONS (cont’d) Triploid Mini/Seedless Mini Mielheart S A G N Ocelot S N Paragon S S Proxima S S Sirius IR A G N S Sweet Bite S A G T

1Abbreviations for state where recommended. A Anthracnose tolerance/resistance. R Resistant to Fusarium wilt race 1. 2 Yellow flesh fruit. MS Moderately susceptible to Fusarium wilt race 1. PM Powdery mildew tolerance/resistance. 3 Orange flesh fruit. IR Intermediate resistance to Fusarium wilt race 1. 4 Local markets only. S Susceptible to Fusarium wilt race 1.

Seed Treatment. Check with seed supplier to determine if seed POLLINATION AND PLANTING ARRANGEMENT has been treated with an insecticide or fungicide. Be sure that WITH TRIPLOIDS seeds have been assayed for bacterial fruit blotch. Further informa- Fruit set and enlargement in watermelon is dependent upon growth tion on seed treatments can be found under SEED TREATMENTS regulators from pollen grains and from embryos in the develop- in the disease management section of the handbook. ing seeds within the fruit. Inadequate pollination results in triploid watermelon fruit that are triangular in shape and of inferior quali- Direct Seeding & Transplant Production. ty. Additionally, inadequate pollination increases the incidence of Direct seeding for Diploids Only: Seed when the soil temperature hollow heart. Triploid watermelon flowers do not produce viable at the 4-inch depth is 60-65 °F. The recommended spacing for wa- pollen, which is required to induce fruit set and development. termelons, both direct seeded and transplant, is 6 - 12 feet between Therefore, pollen from a “normal” (i.e., diploid/seeded) or a spe- rows providing 24 - 30 square feet per plant. Typically, a wider cial pollinizer watermelon variety must be present. row spacing will produce a larger-sized watermelon. Several seed companies have developed new varieties for use Transplant Production for Triploids: For seedless watermelons, solely as a pollinizer, non-edible special pollinizers. These pol- transplants should be grown in containers that provide a space of linizers can be interplanted into a field totally devoted towards the at least 1.5 inches by 1.5 inches for each plant. Smaller pots or production of triploid watermelons. Unique, compact growth hab- cells will restrict root growth and provide less protection to the its prevent these pollinizers from competing for space with triploid newly set transplants. If the seed is of good quality with high ger- plants. mination, one seed per pot is sufficient. The seed coat of seedless Fields should be interplanted with pollinizer plants or diploid watermelons tends to adhere to the seedling as it emerges, at times watermelon plants in order to provide sufficient, viable pollen for slowing growth, or reducing stand. fruit set and development. For maximum germination, seedless watermelon seed should The arrangement for incorporating pollinizer plants in a field be planted with the point of the seed facing up (root end). Howev- of seedless watermelons has changed over the years. Currently er, this is not possible for any large-scale operation. Growing me- most growers plant the pollinizer plant between every third and dia should be pre-watered and allowed to drain before seeding and fourth plant within each row without changing the plant spacing no additional moisture applied for at least 48 hours. Place trays in of the seedless/triploid watermelon. Due to the less competitive a germination chamber at 85-90°F for 48 hours. Next, place the nature of the special pollinizer plants mentioned above, they often trays in a greenhouse with day temperatures 70-80 °F and night work best with this seedless/pollinizer arrangement. However, temperatures 65-70°F. growers can use a normal diploid/seeded watermelon as a polliniz- The required amount of seed for direct seeding and transplant er. The diploid/seeded watermelon must be marketable and have a production, the number of required seed can be estimated using fruit rind pattern and/or shape easily distinguished from the seed- Table 6. less fruit. Not all diploid/seeded watermelons are suitable for use as pollinizers due to excessive plant vigor, reduced pollen produc- Planting. Transplants: Ideally, transplant container-grown plants tion, and lack of disease resistance. (See recommendations below into plastic mulch after the last killing frost. This is difficult to for Edible Diploids). It is also advisable that the grower reach an predict and planting dates vary, so consult the following table for agreement with his harvesting crew as to how both type watermel- your area. Plantings should be protected from winds with row cov- ons will be handled at harvest. ers, rye strips, or windbreaks. Many growers prefer special pollinizers because they do not Grafting and Diseases. In recent years, grafted watermelon plants have markets for seeded watermelons. In addition, using a special have emerged as a strategy to combat soilborne diseases. Grafting pollinizer makes harvesting easier for crews who can more easily is used against Fusarium wilt. Grafted plants are more expensive distinguish between fruit produced from the seeded, special pol- per transplant. For more information, see the section Grafting in linizer and fruit from the seedless watermelon varieties. Most fruit Vegetable Crops in this handbook. of the special pollinizer is much smaller (< 10 lbs) than fruit pro-

122 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States VARIETIES1 AL AR GA KY LA MS NC OK SC TN duced by seedless. If mini-seedless watermelons are planted, the WATERMELON PLANTING DATES WATERMELONS (cont’d) rind pattern of both mini-seedless fruit and special pollinizer fruit AL North 5/15–6/15 LA North 3/10–6/30 Triploid Mini/Seedless Mini will need to be easy to distinguish. Pollinizers found to work well AL South 3/1–6/30 LA South 3/1–7/5 Mielheart S A G N in the southeast include: AR North 5/15-6/20 MS North 4/15–5/15 Ocelot S N AR South 4/15-6/15 MS South 2/15–5/1 AL GA KY LA MS NC SC TN VA Paragon S S GA North 5/15–6/15 NC East 4/15–6/30 Pollinizers for Triploid Watermelon Proxima S S GA South 3/1–6/30 NC West 5/25–6/30 Edible Diploids IR KY East 5/15-6/15 SC East 4/1–7/31 Sirius A G N S Mickey Lee MS A G K M N S V S KY Central 5/5-7/1 SC West 4/15–6/15 Sweet Bite A G T Nunhems 800 A K L M N S V KY West 4/20-7/15 TN East 5/5-6/30 1Abbreviations for state where recommended. A Anthracnose tolerance/resistance. R Resistant to Fusarium wilt race 1. Stargazer A G S V TN West 4/25-5/30 2 Yellow flesh fruit. MS Moderately susceptible to Fusarium wilt race 1. PM Powdery mildew tolerance/resistance. Estrella A M N S V 3 Orange flesh fruit. IR Intermediate resistance to Fusarium wilt race 1. Crimson Sweet A K M N V 4 Local markets only. S Susceptible to Fusarium wilt race 1. Regency A K M N Sangria A,IR A K L V Drip Fertilization and Mulching. Before mulching, adjust soil pH Special Pollinizer (Non-edible) to 6.5, and in the absence of a soil test, apply enough fertilizer to Accomplice A G K M N S supply 50 pounds per acre of N, P2O5 and K2O, (some soils will Ace S A G M N S V re- quire 100 pounds per acre of K2O) then thoroughly incorporate Jenny A G M N S into the soil. Minipol A G After mulching and installing the drip irrigation system, the Pollen Pro A G K M N S Polimax A G K M N S soluble fertilizer program should then be initiated according to that SideKick A G K M N S described in the following table. SP-6 A,IR A G K M N S V On soils testing low to low-medium boron, also include 0.5 SP-7 A, IR, PM A G N S T pound per acre of actual boron. The first soluble fertilizer applica- S Wild Card A G N tion should be applied through the drip irrigation system within a A Anthracnose tolerance/resistance. week after field transplanting or direct-seeding the watermelons. MS Moderately susceptible to Fusarium wilt race 1. IR Intermediate resistance to Fusarium wilt race 1. Continue fertigating until the last harvest. S Susceptible to Fusarium wilt race 1. PM Powdery mildew tolerance/resistance. SUGGESTED FERTIGATION SCHEDULE FOR Be sure to follow the seed suppliers’ instructions when using WATERMELONS* Cumulative a special pollinizer. New, improved specialized pollinizer varieties Daily Daily Days are continually being developed with better germination, flower- nitrogen potash nitrogen potash after ing habit, and/or disease resistances/tolerances. Do not plant your Growth Stage 1 planting (lb/A) pollinizer variety and seedless (triploid) varieties in separate or Preplant 35.0 35.0 adjacent blocks. Plant your pollinizer variety within 10 to 15 Planting to Vining 0 - 14 0.5 0.5 42.0 42.0 feet of triploid varieties to assure good pollination. Specialized Vining to Flowering 15 - 28 1.0 1.0 56.0 56.0 pollinizer varieties should be placed within 10 feet of triploids Flowering to Fruit Set 29 - 49 1.5 1.5 86.0 86.0 as these varieties tend to have less aggressive vining than nor- Fruit Set to Initial 50 - 77 2.0 2.0 140.0 140.0 mal seeded pollinizers. Ripening It is important that pollen from the diploid pollinizer variety Harvest 78 - 91 1.0 1.0 153.0 153.0 be available when the female blossoms on the triploid plants are *Adjust based on tissue analysis. open and ready for pollination. As a rule, the pollinizer variety ¹ Growth Stage can vary from season to season. For optimal results, fertigate water- melons based on their growth stage as opposed to days after planting. should be seeded on the same day that the triploid seed is seeded in the greenhouse. Some of the special pollinizers are slow to germi- nate; consequently, they might need to be planted earlier than the MINI SEEDLESS WATERMELON seedless. Check with your seed supplier for the grow out vigor of The mini seedless watermelon was introduced in 2003 and the de- your special pollinizer. mand for this product is year around. These fruit generally range Honeybees are important for high fruit yields and quality. from 3 to 7 pounds and offer an attractive alternative for the con- Populations of pollinating insects may be adversely affected by sumer that has limited refrigerator space or a small family. Mini insecticides applied to flowers or weeds in bloom. Apply insecti- seedless watermelon fruit must be handled carefully to minimize cides only when bees are not foraging in the evening hours or wait bruising. Some varieties of mini seedless watermelons are grown until bloom is completed before application. See section on “Pol- under specific labels such as “PureHeart” but are only available lination” in the General Production Recommendations for further under a contract basis. The varieties Extazy, Leopard, Mielheart, information. and Sweet Bite are readily available to watermelon producers and are recommended for production in certain states. These varieties have performed well commercially or in University trials.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 123 Plant spacing requirements for mini seedless watermelon are All commercial watermelon varieties are susceptible to race 2, considerably less than spacing requirements for normal seedless which is present in parts of Florida, Georgia, and South Carolina. watermelon production. Some mini seedless varieties will need to The superscripts “S” for susceptible, “MS” for moderately sus- be planted close in order to maintain an average size of 7 pounds ceptible, “IR” for intermediate resistance, and “R” for resistant are or less. As little as 10 square feet per plant might be necessary. listed next to each recommended variety. These superscripts indi- For example, if rows are spaced on 6 ft. centers, mini watermelon cate the reaction of commonly grown diploid and triploid varieties plants should be spaced 1 ½ to 2 ft. apart within the row. to race 1 of Fusarium wilt. Growers should choose resistant variet- ies whenever possible, including the pollinizers that they select for SPECIAL NOTES FOR PEST MANAGEMENT seedless watermelon production. DISEASE MANGEMENT Cucurbit Downy Mildew Forecasting System: Cucurbit downy INSECT MANAGEMENT mildew (CDM) is a devastating foliar cucurbit disease. While dif- Cucumber Beetle: Watermelons are resistant to bacterial wilt; ficult, if not impossible to control, CDM incidence can be reduced however, control may be needed to prevent feeding damage to by using effective IPM practices and judicious use of appropriate seedlings. Treat when an average of two beetles per plant is found. crop protectants. A useful tool for evaluating the potential inci- Aphids: Aphid feeding can stunt young transplants and delay fruit dence of CDM is the CDM forecasting system. This program de- maturation. Thorough spray coverage beneath leaves is important. pends on the accurate reporting of CDM in the field as well as the Treat seedlings every 5 to 7 days or as needed. monitoring of over 50 strategically placed sentinel plots. These Mites: Mite infestations generally begin around field margins and plots are monitored by Plant Pathologists at multiple Land Grant grassy areas. CAUTION: DO NOT mow or maintain these areas Universities throughout the United States and Canada. Forecasts after midsummer because this forces mites into the crop. Local- of the epidemic movement of the disease are generated 3 times a ized infestations can be spot-treated. Note: Continuous use of pyre- week. Risk maps are produced from these forecasts. For forecasts, throids may result in mite outbreaks. maps, local contacts, and other helpful information please visit our website http://cdm.ipmpipe.org. If you think you have CDM, HARVESTING AND STORAGE please contact your local Extension office. See Table 14 for postharvest information. Fusarium Wilt: Fusarium wilt of watermelon is widespread throughout the southeastern US. Most varieties of watermelon, other than many heirloom varieties, are resistant to race 0. Many seeded (hybrid diploid) and seedless (triploid) varieties are resis- tant to race 1. However, there are no watermelon varieties resistant to race 2. Currently grafting is the only cultural practice available to manage soils infected with race 2.

124 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Soil Pests—Their Detection and Control

WIREWORMS and soil moisture is equivalent to that desired for planting. Fre- Wireworms injure vegetable crops by killing seeds or seed­ quently, the insecticide is applied immediately before planting. lings and tunneling and scarring tubers, roots, or bulbs. When early spring planting is required, a fall treatment is suggest- ed. Detection: The above injury to young plants or tubers frequently is sufficient evidence to warrant control measures. Further evidence What to Use: See the crop protectant section for each crop for ap- can be obtained by sampling, using either of the following meth- propriate chemical to use. ods: How to apply: When intended as a broadcast application, use a Method 1 low-gallonage sprayer or granule distributor designed for low dos- A technique using baits has been developed for evaluating wire- ages. Immediately after application, mix insecticide­ with soil to a worm potential before planting. The bait stations should be es- depth of at least 6 inches by disking twice in opposite directions. tablished 2 to 3 weeks before the anticipated planting date. Fields In a band treatment as with potatoes, apply an appropriate soil where small grain or grasses have been grown the preceding 2 or 3 insecticide at planting 3 to 6 inches deep along both sides of the years are the best candidates for bait stations. row. Because wireworm infestations are often localized with- in a field, it will be necessary to place the bait stations randomly GARDEN CENTIPEDES (SYMPHYLANS) throughout the field such as placing two bait stations at the highest Garden centipedes are arthropods that are related to insects. They elevation in the field, then two stations on a slope and finally two feed on germinating seed and fibrous roots of many plants, includ- stations in the lowest point in the field. One bait station per acre is ing most vegetable species, and on decaying plant material. They desirable. are often associated with moist areas of a field and typically estab- lish in spots or field edges. Rotation does not appear to be an effec- Follow this procedure for baiting: tive control. If a spot becomes established, the crops planted into 1. Mix 1 cup of wheat, corn, or oat seed at each station. that area have a difficult time growing out of the damage, because 2. Bury the bait about 4 inches deep. Cover the ground over the symphylans are continuously grazing on the fibrous roots. each bait station with an 18-inch square of black plastic. The plastic collects solar heat and speeds germination of the Detection: The first symptom is an area or patch of poorly de- corn and wheat, which entices overwintering wireworms. veloping plants, similar to other root problems. Check the soil in these areas so that treatment can be made before planting the next 3. Mark each station with a flag or stake. crop, as there is no practical post-planting control. A common 4. Dig up the bait stations in 10 to 14 days and count the num- practice is to flag off the spot and treat that area with soil insecti- ber of wireworms. cides in the following fall or spring. Soil solarization has not been an effective control. It is reasonable to assume that symphylans Method 2 can be transported in soil on field equipment. Dig up the soil and 1. Be sure the soil temperature at the 6-inch depth ranges be- look for small, slender (less than 0.25 inch) white centipede-like tween 45° and 85°F and that soil moisture is equivalent to animals that move quickly and try to avoid light. Another method that desired for planting. of sampling is to drop the soil into a bucket of water. The sym- 2. Collect soil samples from 20 scattered sites per acre. Each phylans will float to the top. Symphylans have 12 pairs of legs sample should represent a soil profile 12 inches deep and 6 on 14 body segments. Do not confuse the symphylans with true inches in diameter. centipedes—centipedes eat other arthropods and are considered beneficial. Symphylans have beaded antennae. Centipedes are not 3. Sift soil and count wireworms. typically white in color and have large Chilicerae with venom- ous fangs. Dry or cold [less than 45°F] soil will reveal few, if any, Control: If you find an average of one wireworm per bait station symphylans. (Method 1) or if you find five or more wireworms in 20 soil sam- ples (Method 2), a labeled soil insecticide should be used. In some When to treat: If samples are taken in the spring, control is gen- instances, several wireworms may be found in one bait station and erally warranted if there is an average of over two symphylans none in others. Wireworm infestations tend to concentrate in some per shovelful of soil. Samples taken in September or October may locations. It may be possible to limit treatment to areas of the field average four or five per shovelful and will warrant treatment be- where the wireworm concentration is heaviest. fore the next crop. Insecticides are generally applied before­ spring planting, and fumigant treatments are usually made in the fall. When to apply: Insecticides can be applied either in the spring or Note: Effectiveness of soil-applied insecticides decreases as soil fall when the soil temperature at the 6-inch depth is at least 50°F temperature decreases below 55°F.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 125 What to use: See the crop protectant section for each crop for ap- Control: Grub damage is usually associated with grassy or weedy propriate materials to apply. Apply fumigants in the same manner fields. Cleaning fields may help prevent serious grub damage. as described in the in the “Nematode Control in Vegetate Crops” Problems may often occur in crops planted to fields that were pre- tables in the Disease Control section. Follow all label directions­ viously in sod or turfgrass. and restrictions when using these materials. No effective insecticides are labeled for grub control in veg- etables. However, soil insecticides­ that are applied for wireworm CUTWORMS control may also be effective in reducing grub populations. There are a number of cutworm species that attack vegetable plants. Some attack the tuber, spear, or fruit by chewing the edible MAGGOTS portion, rendering them unmarketable. Others attack the seedlings The two most important maggots can become significant pests or transplants, killing them outright or causing them to be unpro- during the growing season. The adult of the maggot (a fly) fluctu- ductive. Cutworms are attracted to light and can lay eggs on trans- ates in abundance in different areas in different years; because it is plants growing in greenhouses that are lighted at night. The cut- impossible to determine when and where maggots will attack and worm eggs and larvae may be accidentally transferred to the field because nothing can be done once the injury is noted, preventive with the plants. controls are good insurance before planting if there were previous Most cutworms are night feeders and hide under sod clumps, maggot problems. stones, decaying vegetation, etc., during the day. Weedy, mini- mum-tillage fields or field coming our of pasture are especially Seed Corn Maggot: Seed attacked by seed maggots usually fails attractive egg-laying sites for cutworm adults (moths). During peri- to sprout or, if it does, it is weak or sickly. Injury is most severe in ods of drought, low-lying areas in fields are more subject to attack­ wet, cold springs and on land high in organic matter. Manure and than other areas, presumably because of more desirable conditions. other organic matter should be thoroughly worked into the soil in the fall so is not as attractive to the egg laying seed corn maggot Control: Where cutworms are suspected, a broadcast incorpora- flies in the spring. tion treatment may be necessary just before planting.­ This treatment should be worked into the soil immediately after applying and just Control: Best control is achieved by using a seed treatment. Seed before planting. treatment options are listed in the insect control section. Even if a broadcast treatment is used, fields should be scouted for cutworm damage within a week of planting or plant emergence. Cabbage Root Maggot: Plants whose roots are attacked by the If cutworms are actively cutting plants, a postplanting contact root maggot will appear riddled with maggot tunnels, and under- treatment maybe necessary. The following­ procedures may help ground fleshy parts of these plants rot. Above ground, plants ap- improve control when a contact insecticide treatment is used: pear off-color, will wilt, and will seldom reach full growth.

1. Direct sprays at the base of the plants where cutworms are Control: Seed treatments, transplant water treatments, in-furrow actively feeding. treatments, preplant broadcast, and post-plant treatments may be 2. Increase the amount of water used to at least 30 gallons per recommended depending on the crop. Refer to the insect control acre, especially in dry weather. section for specific recommendations. 3. Spray between midnight and 5 A.M., when cutworms are most active. SLUGS 4. Cultivate after insecticide application to improve contact Slugs are not insects, but are related to snails. All slugs re- with cutworms, especially in dry weather. In all cases, con- quire damp or humid surroundings for development. During the sult the label for application details. day, slugs seek shelter under protective debris and will avoid the drying effects of sun and wind. As a result, weed control is a useful management tool to any slug problem. GRUBS Grubs are the larvae of Scarab beetles and can be serious soil Control: Iron phosphate baits are often used. Beer traps can be ef- pests in vegetable crops. Most vegetables can be attacked, and se- fective in small areas. Place 1/2 inch of beer in a shallow flat pan. rious problems have occurred in potatoes, sweetpotatoes, beans, Slugs are attracted to the beer and drown upon entering the pan. corn and spinach. Grubs cause damage by feeding on the roots and Baits are often the most effective means of control. Consult your underground parts of the plant from one to several inches below the local Extension office for treatment options. soil surface. The plants may yellow and wilt, which causes a pattern of patchy growth in fields where plants are dead or dying. If injured NEMATODES plants are pulled up, the roots will be found to have been eaten off, Determine the degree of infestation before applying a nem- and usually the curve-bodied grubs can be found in the soil. aticide. To do this, collect soil and root samples and submit these Adult beetles lay eggs in the soil during June and July. As the samples to your state’s Plant Diagnostic Laboratory or Nematode soil cools in the fall, the grubs work their way deep into the soil Detection Laboratory. and return to the surface the following spring. Depending­ on the Procedures for submission and sampling are noted below. insect, grubs may take from 1 to 3 years to become adults and may Contact your local Extension office for specific information on cause problems year after year. how to submit your samples.

126 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States HOW TO COLLECT SOIL AND Selecting a Nematicide: Dosage, restrictions, and crop specificity ROOT SAMPLES FOR NEMATODE DETECTION are listed on the manufacturer’s label and must be carefully fol- Whenever nematode damage is suspected, an examination of lowed to ensure satisfactory results. both soil and roots is necessary to determine to what extent nema- Rates for nematicides and multipurpose soil fumigants are todes are involved. provided in the NEMATODE CONTROL IN VEGETABLE The following suggestions are made so that samples will be CROPS section of this handbook. collected properly and arrive at the laboratory in good condition. A plastic film seal is needed when methyl bromide or certain other fumigants are used as noted on the product label. These plas- Collecting: If a large area in a field is believed to be involved, tic films increase the efficiency of treatments. collect samples from edges of the affected area. Take a mixture of Apply fumigant-type nematicides to a depth of 6 to 8 inch- roots and soil from at least 10 separate sites within the root zone or es. Immediately after application, soils should be dragged,­ rolled, under at least 10 plants. This can be accomplished by unearthing or cultipacked to delay loss of fumigant. A light irrigation through each plant with a shovel and taking a handful of soil and roots or sprinklers will also delay gas escape. by using a soil sampling tube (3/4-inch diameter) until 1 quart of At least 2 to 3 weeks should intervene between the application soil is obtained. of the nematicide and the time a crop is planted. See manufactur- Samples collected after the host plant is plowed down are very er’s label recommendations for specific crops and waiting times. misleading and should not be used. Send only a single blended There are many fumigants and nematicides available, consult the sample from each field. Do not mix samples from several fields. disease control section of this handbook for a list of options. One week after application, work soil to a depth of several Handling: After collecting and mixing a composite soil and root inches so that gases may escape. Severe injury or death of sensitive sample, place it in a plastic freezer bag and close the bag tightly to plants, such as tomato, may occur on heavy soils following heavy prevent the sample from drying out. Protect the samples from high rains or if increased rates of a fumigant are used. or freezing temperatures. Because of a reduction of nitrifying bacteria by the nemati­ cide, at least 50% of the nitrogen in the initial fertilizer application Submitting. Consult your state’s diagnostic lab for its procedure should be in the nitrate form. and form required. The following information may be necessary so that control recommendations, if any, can be made.

Include with each sample: 1. Date collected. 2. Crop to be planted, present crop, and history of affected area. 3. Name and address of person submitting the sample and grower. 4. Plant symptoms.

**Be sure to mark samples: “For Nematode Detection.”

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 127 Calibrating Chemical Application Equipment

PURPOSE • Nozzle Pressure, Pounds per Square Inch (PSI) To determine if the proper amount of chemical is being applied, • Type of Application, broadcast, band, or directed the operator must measure the output of the application equipment. This technique is known as calibration. Calibration not only en- 3. Next, determine some information about the sprayer and sures accuracy, a critical factor with regard to many chemicals, but how it is to be operated. This includes: it can also save time and money and benefit the environment. • Type of Sprayer: backpack, boom, or airblast. The type of sprayer may suggest the type of calibration proce- GETTING STARTED dure to use.

Careful and accurate control of ground speed is important for any • Nozzle Spacing (inches): for broadcast applications, type of chemical application procedure. From large self-propelled nozzle spacing is the distance between nozzles. sprayers and spreaders to small walk-behind or backpack units, • Nozzle Spray Width (inches): For broadcast applica- precise ground speed is a key for success. Ground speed can be tions, nozzle spray width is the same as nozzle spac- determined by one of two methods. The first method requires a test ing—the distance between nozzles. For band applica- course and stopwatch. For this procedure, measure a suitable test tions, use the width of the sprayed band if the treated course in the field and record the time it takes to cover the course area in the band is specified on the chemical label; use with the equipment. The course should be between 100 and 300 nozzle spacing if the total area is specified. For direct- feet long. Drive or walk the course at least twice, once in each di- ed spray applications, use the row spacing divided by rection and average the times for greater accuracy. Calculate the the number of nozzles per row. Some directed spray speed with Equation 1 below. applications use more than one type or size of nozzle per row. In this case, the nozzles on each row are add- Equation 1. Ground Speed (MPH) = ed together and treated as one. Spray width would be Distance x 60 Seconds x 88 the row spacing.

The second method is to use a true ground speed indicator such as In most cases, a backpack sprayer uses a single nozzle. Some a tractor-mounted radar or similar system. Do not rely on transmis- sprayers use mini-booms or multiple nozzles. The spray width is sion speed charts and engine tachometers. They are not accurate the effective width of the area sprayed, being sure to account for enough for calibration. overlap. If you are using a sweeping motion from side to side, be sure to use the full width sprayed as you walk forward. If you are spraying on foliage in a row, use the row spacing. Dyes are avail- CALIBRATING A SPRAYER: able to blend with the spray to show what has been covered. PREPARING TO CALIBRATE For calibration to be successful, several items need to be taken • Spray Swath (feet): The width covered by all the nozzles on care of before going to the field. Calibration will not be worth- the boom of a sprayer. For airblast or other boomless spray- while if the equipment is not properly prepared. Whenever possi- ers, it is the effective width covered in one pass through the ble, calibration should be performed using water only. If you must field. calibrate using spray mixture, calibrate the equipment on a site • Ground Speed, miles per hour (MPH). When using a back- listed on the chemical label and with wind speeds less than 5 MPH. pack sprayer, walk a comfortable pace that is easy to main- Follow the steps outlined below to prepare spraying equipment for tain. Slow walking speeds will take longer to complete the calibration. task while high speeds may be tiresome. Choose a safe, 1. Inspect the sprayer. Be sure all components are in good comfortable speed that will enable you to finish the job in a working order and undamaged. On backpack sprayers, pay timely manner. On tractor-mounted sprayers, select a ground particular attention to the pump, control wand, strainers, speed appropriate for the crop and type of sprayer used. and hoses. On boom sprayers, pay attention to the pump, Slow speeds will take longer to complete the task, while control valves, strainers, and hoses. On airblast sprayers, be high speeds may be difficult to control and unsafe. Choose a sure to inspect the fan and air tubes or deflectors as well. Be safe, controllable speed that will enable you to finish the job sure there are no obstructions or leaks in the sprayer. in a timely manner. Ground speed can be determined from Equation 1. 2. Check the label of the product or products to be applied and record the following: 4. The discharge rate, gallons per minute (GPM), required for the nozzles must be calculated in order to choose the right • Application Rate, Gallons per Acre (GPA) nozzle size. Discharge rate depends on the application rate; • Nozzle Type, droplet size and shape of pattern ground speed; and nozzle spacing, spray width, or spray swath.

128 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States For applications using nozzle spacing or nozzle spray width (inch- • Pressure: if the error in application rate is less than 10 per- es), use Equation 2. cent, adjust the pressure. Equation 2. Discharge Rate = • Ground speed: if the error is greater than 10 percent but less Application Rate x Ground Speed x Nozzle Spray Width than 25 percent, change the ground speed of the sprayer. 5,940 • Nozzle size: if the error is greater than 25 percent, change nozzle size. The goal is to have application rate errors less For applications using the spray swath (feet): than 5 percent. Equation 3. Discharge Rate = Application Rate x Ground Speed x Spray Swath 495 Calibration Methods There are four methods commonly used to calibrate a sprayer:

5. Choose an appropriate nozzle or nozzles from the manufac- The basic, nozzle, and 128th acre methods are “time-based turer’s charts and install them on the sprayer. Check each methods” which require using a stopwatch or watch with a second nozzle to be sure it is clean and that the proper strainer is hand to ensure accuracy. The area method is based on spraying a installed with it. test course measured in the field. Each method offers certain ad- 6. Fill the tank half full of water and adjust the nozzle pres- vantages. Some are easier to use with certain types of sprayers. For sure to the recommended setting. Measure the discharge example, the basic and area methods can be used with any type of rate for the nozzle. This can be done by using a flow meter sprayer. The 128th acre and nozzle methods work well for boom or by using a collection cup and stopwatch. The flow meter and backpack sprayers. Choose a method you are comfortable with should read in gallons per minute (GPM). If you are using and use it whenever calibration is required. the collection cup and stopwatch method, the following equation is helpful to convert ounces collected and collec- BASIC METHOD tion time, in seconds, into gallons per minute. 1. Accurate ground speed is very important to good calibration with the basic method. For tractor-mounted sprayers, set Equation 4. Discharge Rate = the tractor for the desired ground speed and run the course Ounces Collected x 60 at least twice. For backpack sprayers, walk the course and Collection Time x 128 measure the time required. Walk across the course at least twice. Average the times required for the course distance 7. Whenever possible, calibrate with water instead of spray and determine ground speed from Equation 1. solution. Do not calibrate with spray solution unless re- quired by the chemical label. Follow all recommendations 2. Calculate the application rate based on the average dis- on the label. If the spray solution has a density different charge rate measured for the nozzles, the ground speed over than water, the rate can be corrected using the procedure the test course, and the nozzle spacing, nozzle spray width, shown in Calibration Variables. or spray swath on the sprayer. 8. On boom sprayers or sprayers with multiple nozzles, av- When using nozzle spacing or nozzle spray width measured in erage the discharge rates of all the nozzles on the sprayer. inches, use the following equation: Reject any nozzle that has a bad pattern or that has a dis- charge rate 10 percent more or less than the overall average. Equation 5. Application Rate = 5,940 x Discharge Rate Install a new nozzle to replace the rejected one and measure Ground Speed x Nozzle Spray Width its output. Calculate a new average and recheck the nozzles compared to the new average. Again, reject any nozzle that is 10 percent more or less than the average or has a bad For spray swath applications measured in feet: pattern. When finished, select a nozzle that is closest to the Equation 6. Application Rate = average to use later as your “quick check” nozzle. 495 x Discharge Rate Ground Speed x Spray Swath On backpack sprayers or sprayers with a single nozzle, com- 3. Compare the application rate calculated to the rate required. pare the discharge rate of the nozzle on the sprayer to the manufac- If the rates are not the same, choose the appropriate adjust- turer’s tables for that nozzle size. Reject any nozzle that has a bad ment and reset the sprayer. pattern or that has a discharge rate 10 percent more or less than the advertised rate. Install a new nozzle to replace the rejected one and 4. Recheck the system if necessary. Once you have the accura- measure its output. cy you want, calibration is complete. Once the sprayer has been properly prepared for calibration, select a calibration method. When calibrating a sprayer, changes are often necessary to achieve the application rates needed. The sprayer operator needs to understand the changes that can be made to the adjust rate and the limits of each adjustment. The adjust- ments and the recommended approach are:

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 129 NOZZLE METHOD AREA METHOD 1. Accurate ground speed is very important to good calibration 1. Determine the distance that can be sprayed by one tank us- with the nozzle method. For tractor-mounted sprayers, set ing the full spray swath measured in feet. the tractor for the desired ground speed and run the course at least twice. For backpack sprayers, walk the course and Equation 10. Tank Spray Distance (ft) = measure the time required. Walk across the course at least Tank Volume (gal) x 43,560 twice. Average the times required for the course distance Application Rate (GPA) x Swath (ft) and determine ground speed from Equation 1. 2. Lay out a test course that is at least 10 percent of the tank 2. Calculate the nozzle discharge rate based on the application spray distance from Step 1. Fill the sprayer tank with water rate required the ground speed over the test course, and the only, mark the level in the tank, set the sprayer as recom- nozzle spacing, spray width, or spray swath of the sprayer. mended, and spray the water out on the course. Be sure to For nozzle spacing or spray width measured in inches. maintain an accurate and consistent speed. 3. After spraying the test course, carefully measure the vol- Equation 7. Discharge Rate = ume of water required to refill the tank to the original level. Application Rate x Speed x Spray Width Calculate the application rate as shown: 5,940 Equation 11. Application Rate (GPA) = For spray swath measured in feet: Volume Sprayed (gal) x 43,560 Test Course Distance (ft) x Swath (ft) Equation 8. Discharge Rate = Application Rate x Speed x Spray Swath 4. Compare the application rate measured to the rate required. 495 If the rates are not the same, choose the appropriate adjust- ment method and reset the sprayer. Set the sprayer and determine the average nozzle rate. 5. Recheck the system. Once you have the accuracy you want, 3. Compare the rate calculated to the average rate from the calibration is complete. nozzles. If the two don’t match, choose the appropriate ad- justment and reset the system. 4. Recheck the system if necessary. Once you have the accura- cy you want, calibration is complete.

128TH ACRE METHOD 1. The distance for one nozzle to cover 128th of an acre must be calculated. The nozzle spacing or spray width in inches is used to determine the spray distance. Spray distance is mea- sured in feet. On backpack sprayers, be sure to measure the full width sprayed as you walk forward. Use Equation 9.

Equation 9. Spray Distance = 4,084 Spray Width

2. Measure the spray distance on a test course in the field. Check the ground speed as you travel across the course. Be sure to maintain an accurate and consistent speed. Travel the course at least twice and average the time to cover the course. 3. For backpack sprayers, collect the output from the nozzle for the time measured in step 2. For tractor-mounted spray- ers, park the sprayer, select the nozzle closest to the aver- age, and collect the output for the time determined in step 4. Ounces collected will equal application rate in GPA. 4. Compare the application rate measured for the nozzle to the rate determined in step 3. If the rates are not the same, choose the appropriate adjustment and reset the system. 5. Recheck the system if necessary. Once you have the accura- cy you want, calibration is complete.

130 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States CALIBRATING A GRANULAR APPLICATOR: The calibration distance should be at least 50 feet but not PREPARING TO CALIBRATE more than 500 feet. Longer distances are generally more Granular application calibration is usually done with the chemical accurate. to be applied. It is difficult to find a blank material that matches the 7. Calculate the weight of material that should be collected for granular product. Extra care should be taken in handling this prod- the calibration distance chosen. uct. Minimize worker exposure and take precautions against spills during calibration. Equation 15. Weight Collected = To prepare for calibration, follow these steps: Row Rate x Calibration Distance 1. Before calibrating, carefully inspected the equipment to en- 8. Select a ground speed appropriate for the crop and type of sure that all components are in proper working order. Check equipment used. Slow speeds take longer to finish the task, the hopper, the metering rotor, the orifice, and the drop while high speeds may be inefficient and unsafe. Consult tubes. Be sure there are no leaks or obstructions. your equipment manual for a recommended speed. Even 2. Determine the type of application required for the product: · ground-driven application equipment can be sensitive to • Broadcast: treats the entire area (includes band appli- changes in speed. Maintaining an accurate and consistent cations based on broadcast rates). speed is very important. Choose a safe, controllable speed that will enable you to complete the job in a timely and ef- • Band: treats only the area under the band. ficient manner. • Row: treats along the length of the row. 9. Set your equipment according to recommendations from 3. Determine the application rate needed: · the equipment or chemical manufacturer. Most equipment • Broadcast: pounds per acre. · manufacturers and chemical manufacturers provide rate charts to determine the correct orifice setting or rotor speed • Band: pounds per acre of treated band width. · for each applicator. Fill the hopper at least half full to repre- • Row: pounds per acre or pounds per 1,000 feet of row sent average capacity for calibration. length. 10. Attach a suitable collection container to each outlet on 4. What type of drive system does the applicator use? the applicator. You should be able to collect all material • Independent: uses PTO, hydraulic, or electric motor discharged from the applicator. Locate a scale capable of drive. weighing the samples collected in calibration. Some sam- ples may be very small, so a low-capacity scale may be • Ground Drive: uses ground driven wheel. needed. An accurate scale is very important. 5. Regardless of how the application rate is expressed or type of application, calibration is easier if the rate is expressed Calibration Methods in terms of pounds per foot of row length. Use one of the Two methods for calibrating granular applicators are com- following steps to determine the correct row rate in pounds monly used. The first is the distance method. This method is pre- per foot. ferred by many operators because it applies to any type of granu- lar machine and is easy to perform. The second method is the time For broadcast and row applications method. This method is similar to sprayer calibration and can be (Application Rate = lb/ac): used for applicators driven by PTO, hydraulic, or electric motors. Equation 12. Row Rate, lb/ft = Application Rate x Row Width (ft) DISTANCE METHOD 43,560 1. On the test course selected in the field, collect the output from the applicator in a container as you travel the course For banded applications and weigh the material collected. Record the time required (Application Rate = lb/ac of Band Width): to travel the course also. Run the course twice, once in each Equation 13. Row Rate, lb/ft = direction, and average the results for both weight and time. Application Rate x Band Width (ft) 2. Determine the weight of the product that should be collect- 43,560 ed for the calibration distance.

For directed (row) applications Equation 16. Weight Collected (lb) = (Application Rate = lb per 1,000 ft): Row Rate (lb/ft) x Calibration Distance (ft)

Equation 14. Row Rate, lb/ft = 3. Compare the weight of the product actually collected to the Application Rate 1,000 weight expected for the calibration distance. If the rates dif- fer by more than 10 percent, adjust the orifice, rotor speed, 6. Choose a calibration distance to work with and measure a or ground speed and repeat. Bear in mind, speed adjust- test course of this distance in the field you will be working ments are not effective for ground-driven equipment. in. Choose an area that is representative of field conditions. 4. Repeat the procedure until the error is less than 10 percent.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 131 TIME METHOD 7. Set the spreader according to the manufacturer’s recom- 1. On the test course selected in the field, record the time re- mendations and begin calibration. quired to travel the course. Run the course twice, once in each direction, and average the results. Accurate ground Calibration Methods speed is very important to good calibration with the time There are two common methods used to calibrate broadcast method. spreaders. The first method is the discharge method. To use this 2. With the equipment parked, set the orifice control as recom- procedure, collect and measure the total discharge from the spread- mended and run the applicator for the time measured to run er as it runs across a test course. The second method, the pan meth- the calibration distance. Collect and weigh the output of the od, is used on centrifugal and pendulum spreaders. The pattern test applicator for this time measurement. pans used to determine pattern shape and swath are used to deter- 3. Determine the weight of the product that should be collect- mine the application rate. ed for the calibration distance. DISCHARGE METHOD Equation 17. Weight Collected (lb) = 1. Determine the test distance to use. Longer distances may Row Rate (lb/ft) x Calibration Distance (ft) give better accuracy but may be difficult to manage. A dis- tance of 300 to 400 feet is usually adequate. Use shorter 4. Compare the weight of the product actually collected during distances if necessary to avoid collecting more material the time it took to cover the calibration distance to the weight than you can reasonably handle or weigh. expected for the calibration distance. If the rates differ by more 2. Set the ground speed. Be sure to maintain a constant ground than 10 percent, adjust the orifice, rotor speed, or ground speed speed at all times. and repeat. Bear in mind, speed adjustments are not effective for ground-driven equipment. 3. If using a ground drive spreader, attach a collection bin to the discharge chute or under the outlets and collect all the 5. Repeat the procedure until the error is less than 10 percent. material discharged from the spreader as it runs across the test distance. If using an independent drive spreader, record the time required to run the test course. Park the spreader at a convenient location and measure the discharge from CALIBRATING A BROADCAST SPREADER: the spreader for the time measured on the test distance. The PREPARING TO CALIBRATE course should be run twice and the times averaged for bet- Broadcast spreaders include machines designed to apply materials ter accuracy. broadcast across the surface of the field. They include drop, spin- ner, and pendulum spreading devices. Calibration of a broadcast 4. Calculate the application rate (pounds per acre): spreader is usually done using the product to be applied. Blank material is available and can be used, but may be hard to find. Use Equation 18. Application Rate, lb/ac = extra care and preparation when calibrating with the chemical. To Weight Collected (lb) x 43,560 begin, follow these steps: Distance (ft) x Swath (ft) 1. Carefully inspect all machine components. Repair or re- 5. Compare the application rate measured to the rate required. place any elements that are not in good working order. Adjust and repeat as necessary. 2. Determine the type of drive system that is being used: ground drive or independent PTO. This may help determine PAN METHOD the method of calibration. 1. Place pans in the field across the swath to be spread. Pans should be uniformly spaced to cover the full swath. One 3. Determine the application rate and the bulk density of the pan should be at the center of the swath with equal numbers product to be applied. of pans on each side. Use enough pans, 11 or more, to get a 4. Determine the spreader pattern and swath of the spreader. good measurement. Check the pattern to ensure uniformity. To check the pat- 2. Make three passes with the spreader using the driving pat- tern, place collection pans across the path of the spreader. tern to be used in the field. One pass should be directly over For drop spreaders, be sure to place a pan under each outlet. the center pan and the other passes at the recommended dis- For centrifugal and pendulum spreaders, space the pans tance, lane spacing, to the left and right of the center pass. uniformly with one in the center and an equal number on each side. The pattern should be the same on each side of 3. Combine the material collected in the pans and determine the center and should taper smoothly as you go to the outer the weight or volume collected. Divide by the number of edge. The swath would be set as the width from side to side pans used to determine the average weight or volume per where a pan holds 50 percent of the maximum amount col- pan. lected in the center pan. 4. Calculate the application rate. 5. Fill the hopper half full to simulate average conditions. 6. Set the ground speed of the spreader.

132 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States If you are measuring the weight in the pans in grams: BAND APPLICATION VERSUS BROADCAST APPLICATION Some pesticide application recommendations are based on ar- Equation 19. Application Rate, lb/ac = ea of cropland covered. Other recommendations are based on area 13,829 x Weight (grams) of land treated in the band covered. Check the label for the product Pan Area (inches2) you are using to see how it is listed. Broadcast application is based on area of cropland covered. If you are measuring the volume in the pans in Nozzle spacing is the distance between nozzles. Band applications cubic centimeters (cc): in which the area of covered cropland is used for calibration and those applications in which multiple nozzles per row are used are Equation 20. Application Rate, lb/ac = both treated like broadcast applications. Divide the row spacing by 13,829 x Bulk Density (lb/ft3) x Volume (cc) the number of nozzles used per row to get a nozzle spacing for cal- Pan Area (inches2) x 62.4 ibration. 5. Compare the rate measured to the rate required. For band applications in which area of treated land—not crop- land covered—is specified, use the width of the band at the ground as the spacing for calibration.

CALIBRATION VARIABLES DETERMINING UPPER AND LOWER LIMITS Several factors can affect proper calibration. The ground Upper and lower limits provide a range of acceptable error. To speed of any type of PTO-powered machine can make a differ- set these limits for a given sample size, use the equations below. ence. On the other hand, ground-driven machines are usually only First, however, you must decide upon the degree of accuracy you slightly affected by changes in ground speed. If using dry or granu- wish to achieve. Select a percent error: 2 percent, 5 percent, 10 lar material, product density will affect the discharge rate and may percent, or any other level of accuracy. change the pattern for broadcast spreaders. For liquids, calibration can be affected by pressure, nozzle size, density and viscosity of the liquid, and application type—band or broadcast. The following Equation 24. Upper Limit = adjustments may help in adjusting these variables. Target Rate x (1 + Percent Error/100%)

SPEED Equation 25. Lower Limit = For PTO-powered equipment or other equipment in which the dis- Target Rate x (1 – Percent Error/100%) charge rate is independent of ground speed, Equation 10 is useful. Equation 21. New Application Rate = Old Application Rate x (Old Speed/New Speed)

For ground-driven equipment, there should be little or no change in application rate when speed is changed.

PRESSURE For liquids in sprayers, the discharge rate changes in proportion to the square root of the ratio of the pressures.

Equation 22. New Discharge Rate =

New Pressure Old Discharge Rate x Old Pressure

DENSITY For liquidsSpray in sprayers, Discharge the Ratedischarge x S.G. rate changesof Spray if Solution the specific gravity (S.G.) of the liquid changes. Use water for calibration and adjust as shown below. Calibrate with spray solution only if rec- New Pressure ommendedOld by Discharge the supplier. Rate x Old Pressure Equation 23. Water Discharge Rate =

Spray Discharge Rate x S.G. of Spray Solution

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 133 Registered Fungicides, Insecticides, And Miticides For Vegetables

Recommendations of specific chemicals are based upon infor- only one enzyme is affected, the natural process of mutation can mation on the manufacturer’s label and performance in a limited result in genetic modifications that alter the enzyme so that it is number of trials. Because environmental conditions and methods unaffected by the insecticide. Insects possessing the modified gene of application by growers may vary widely, performance of the will not be affected by the particular insecticide. These insects will chemical will not always conform to the safety and pest control reproduce and, in time with continued exposure to the insecticide, standards indicated by experimental data. will produce a population of insects that is resistant to the insecti- Recommendations for the use of agricultural chemicals are cide. Since most of the new insecticides have been developed to be included in this publication as a convenience to the reader. The use very specific, resistance will develop much more quickly than with of brand names and any mention or listing of commercial prod- previous insecticides. ucts or services in this publication does not imply endorsement by Different insecticides affect different enzymes, and insecti- Auburn University, Clemson University, Louisiana State Univer- cides are placed into classes based on which enzymes are affected. sity, Mississippi State University, North Carolina State University, These classes are called Modes of Action (MOA). Although in- Oklahoma State University, Texas A&M, University of Florida, secticides may have different names, they can have the same mode University of Georgia, University of Kentucky, University of Ten- of action and affect the same enzyme or system. It is the mode of nessee, and Virginia Tech nor discrimination against similar prod- action to which the insect will become resistant. Because of this, ucts or services not mentioned. Individuals who use agricultural an insect management program MUST rotate the modes of action chemicals are responsible for ensuring that the intended use com- of the insecticides used during the cropping cycle. To prevent the plies with current regulations and conforms to the product label. development of resistance, it is important not to apply insecticides Be sure to obtain current information about usage regulations and with the same mode of action to successive generations of the examine a current product label before applying any chemical. For same insect. Insect development time can vary by species and en- assistance, contact your local county Extension office. vironmental conditions, and generations often overlap in the field; BE SURE TO CHECK THE PRODUCT LABEL BEFORE USING proper scouting is necessary to determine when modes of action ANY PESTICIDE. should be rotated. To make it easier to determine an insecticide’s mode of action, the IRAC has developed a numerical code with a different number corresponding to each mode of action. New pack- RESISTANCE MANAGEMENT AND THE aging has been developed with a colored banner on the top of the INSECTICIDE RESISTANCE ACTION COM- package and label giving the IRAC code. For example, the insecti- MITTEE (IRAC) CODES FOR cide, Movento®, has a new mode of action and the package says: MODES OF ACTION OF INSECTICIDES GROUP 23 INSECTICIDES Many insecticides affect a particular chemical involved in the Growers can now easily identify the mode of action of a spe- function of an insect’s nervous, digestive, respiratory, or other sys- cific insecticide. This will help them to plan their rotation of mate- tem. Some broad-spectrum insecticides affect chemicals that occur rials to avoid rapid development of insecticide resistance and help in many places within the insect and have a wide ranging effect on prolong the life of these important new crop protection materi- the insect. Usually, these are older insecticides that have been in als while providing adequate management of their pest problems. use for many years. The chemicals that these insecticides affect are More information about insecticide resistance and a concise chart often found in other animals as well. This can result in the insec- of all of the IRAC codes can be found at the website: ticide having undesirable effects on these other animals (non-tar- www.irac-online.org. get effects). Also, non-target effects and persistence in nature have contributed to concerns about these older insecticides. Many new insecticides have been developed over the last decade, specifically to minimize non-target effects and reduce per- sistence in the environment compared to older insecticides. This limited persistence in the environment also reduces the potential for non-target effects. However, the primary means of reducing non-target effects has been to make these newer insecticides very specific for a particular chemical (usually an enzyme produced by a single gene) found only in certain insects or groups of insects; thus making the insecticide selective for a particular type of insect. Unfortunately, there is a negative aspect to this specificity. Because

134 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States GENERAL INFORMATION certain pesticides in the eye is extremely hazardous. Be prepared to LAWS AND REGULATIONS wash a con­taminated eye with clean water for 15 minutes. Be sure to check current state and federal laws and regulations­ Only an experienced applicator wearing the protective cloth- regarding the proper use, storage, and disposal of pesticides before ing and safety equipment required by the manufacturer­ should han- applying any chemicals. For restricted-use pesticides, an applicator dle highly toxic pesticides, such as Guthion, Lannate, and Temik. is required to be certified or to work under the direct supervision of a certified individual. dditional information on Worker Protection APPLYING PESTICIDES Standards (WPS) can be found at Before using a pesticide, read and obey all labeling instruc­ http://www.epa.gov/agriculture/htc.html. tions. Always have the label readily available when applying a pes- ticide. CERTIFICATION–PESTICIDE APPLICATORS Do not handle or apply pesticides if you have a headache or The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act of do not feel well. Never smoke, eat or drink while using pesti- 1972 (FIFRA) requires each state to set up a program to certify. cides. Avoid inhaling pesticide sprays, dusts, and vapors. This certification is designed to show that users of pesticides know If hands, skin, or other body parts become contaminated or how to use pesticides safely in order that they do not endanger the exposed, wash the area immediately with clean water and a liquid user, fellow humans, or the environment. Users of pesticides are detergent. If clothing becomes contaminated, remove it immedi- classified as either private applicators or commercial applicators. ately. Wash contaminated clothing separately. After each spraying The certification process is somewhat different for each group. The or dusting, bathe and change clothing; always begin the day with definitions of private and commercial applicators are as follows: clean clothing. Always have someone present or in close contact when using Private Applicator: Any person who uses, or supervises the use highly toxic pesticides -those with the signal word DANGER plus of a restricted-use pesticide for the purpose of raising some type the skull and crossbones symbol. of agricultural commodity­ . The application can be done on land owned or rented by the applicator or the applicator’s employer. APPLY THE CORRECT DOSAGE However, any applications done on a “for-hire” basis are consid- • To avoid excessive residues on crops for feed and food ered commercial applications. Examples of private applicators are • To achieve optimum pest control and minimum danger to dairy farmers, vegetable or fruit growers, greenhouse growers, and desirable organisms ranchers. • To avoid chemical damage to the crops Commercial Applicator: Any person who uses, or supervises the • To obtain the most economical control of pests. use of, pesticides on a “for-hire” basis; any person who applies pesticides for nonagricultural purposes; any person who applies Use pesticides for only those crops specified on the label, and pesticides as a part of his or her job with any governmental agency use only those that have state and federal registration. Avoid drift (public operator). Examples of commercial applicators are: exter- to nontarget areas. Dusts drift more than sprays; airblast sprays minators; landscapers; tree services; aerial applicators; weed-con- drift more than boom sprays. When cleaning or filling application trol firms; and owners of apartments, motels, nursing homes, equipment, do not contaminate streams, ponds, or other water restaurants, etc., who do their own pest control work. supplies. Keep a record of all pesticides used. For detailed information on certification of pesticide applica- tors, call your state’s Department of Agriculture or your local Ex- TREATED AREAS tension office for information. Be sure all treated areas are posted so as to keep out unautho- rized personnel. This should be a regular procedure for greenhouse HANDLING PESTICIDES operators­. Before opening a pesticide container, all applicators should carefully read the label, and accurately follow all directions and REENTRY PERIOD precautions specified on the labeling. In order to handle and apply Persons must not be allowed to enter the treated area until af- pesticides safely, it is essential to use the proper personal protective ter sprays have dried or dusts have settled and until sufficient­ time equipment (PPE). For the custom or professional applicator, which has passed to ensure that there is no danger of excessive exposure. includes both private and commercial applicators, safety equipment This time period is listed on the pesticide label as the Restricted should at least consist of the PPE listed on the product label. Entry Interval (REI). In no case during the reentry period are farm Your physician should be advised of the types of pesticides workers allowed to enter the treated area to engage in activity re- used in your work. Before the start of the spray season, each appli- quiring substantial contact with the treated crop. PPE is required cator should have a baseline blood cholinesterase level determined for any early entry into the treated area and is only allowed for if you will be applying any organophosphate or carbamate insecti- trained applicators. cides. When applying pesticides, be sure to have a decontamina- tion site as required by the EPA’s Worker Protection Standards (WPS) and a supply of clean water and liquid detergent available for drenching and washing in ­case of an accident. A single drop of

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 135 FARM WORKER SAFETY STORAGE Federal pesticide legislation sets an interval during which un- Pesticides should always be stored in their original containers­ protected persons may not reenter areas treated with certain pesti- and kept tightly closed. For the protection of others, especially fire- cides­ to ensure that there is no danger to excessive exposure. These fighters, the storage area should be posted asPesticide Storage and intervals (days to reentry) are listed on each pesticide’s label. kept securely locked. Points for special attention are: Herbicides, especially hormone-like weedkillers such as 2,4- 1. No pesticide shall be applied while any person not involved D, should not be stored with other pesticides—primarily insecti- in the application is in the field being treated. cides and fungicides—to prevent the accidental substitution of the herbicide for these chemicals. 2. No owner shall permit any worker not wearing protective Store the pesticides in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area that is clothing (that is, PPE) to enter a field treated with pesticides not accessible to children and others who do not know and under- until sprays have dried or dusts have settled, unless they stand the safe and proper use of pesticides. Pesticides should be are exempted from such. Protective clothing: hat or head stored under lock and key. Special precautions may be needed in covering; woven, long-sleeved shirt and long-legged pants; case of a fire in these storage areas. and shoes and socks. Additional safety equipment may be Any restricted use pesticide (RUP) or container contaminated needed. by restricted pesticides must be stored in a secure, locked enclo- 3. Pesticides classified in EPA Category 1 have a reentry time sure while unattended. This enclosure must bear a warning that of at least 24 hours. pesticides are stored there. In many states, it is illegal to store any pesticide in any container other than its original container. 4. If the label states a longer reentry time or has more strin- Keep an inventory of all pesticides held in storage and locate gent requirements than indicated here, the label restrictions the inventory list in an accessible place away from the storage site must be followed. Existing safety standards specified on the so that it may be referred to in case of an emergency at the storage label remain in force. site. 5. When workers are expected to be working in the vicinity Keep your local fire department informed of the location of all of a field treated or to be treated with a pesticide, a timely pesticide storages. Fighting a fire that includes smoke from burn- (written or oral) warning to such workers shall be given. ing pesticides can be extremely hazardous to firefighters. Firefight- a. For all pesticides, workers must be warned by posting ers should be cautioned to avoid breathing any smoke from such a a bulletin board at all point(s) where workers might fire. A fire with smoke from burning pesticides may endanger the assemble. This bulletin board should include a map people of the immediate area or community. The people of an area of the farm which designates the different areas of the or community may have to be evacuated if the smoke from a pesti- farm that might be treated and listing of the following cide fire-drifts in their direction. To obtain Prefire Planning Guides, information: contact the US National Response Team (NRT) at at http://www. nrt.org or at http://ipm.ncsu.edu (under “Information for Pesticide i. Location and name of crop treated Applicators/Dealers”). ii. Brand and common chemical name of pesticide ap- plied. Pesticide Formulation General Signs of Deterioration EC Evidence of separation is such as a sludge or sediment b. Date of application Milky appearance does not occur when water is added. c. Date of safe reentry into treated area Oils Milky appearance does not occur when water is added. d. When a pesticide having a reentry time greater than WP, SP, WGD Excessive lumping; powder does not suspend in water. 7 days is applied, warning signs must be posted for D, G, WDG Excessive lumping or caking. the duration of the reentry time. The signs must be clearly readable at a distance of 25 feet and printed in After freezing, place pesticides in warm storage [50°-80°F] English and the language of the worker, if other than and shake or roll container every few hours to mix product or elim- English. inate layering. If layering persists or if all crystals do not complete- ly dissolve, do not use the product. If in doubt, call the manufac- e. The sign must contain the words: turer. Danger Name of the pesticide PESTICIDE TRANSPORT Treatment date Containers must be well-secured to prevent breakage or spill- Do not enter until age. An adequate supply of absorbent material, a shovel, and a fire extinguisher must be available. While under transport, pesticides 6. The sign must not be removed during the reentry time, but must be stored in a separate compartment­ from the driver. All pes- must be removed before workers are allowed to have con- ticide containers and equipment must be secured to the vehicle so tact with the treated plants. as to prevent removal by unauthorized person(s) when the vehicle For additional information on these and other state farm work- is unattended. The door or hatch of any service vehicle tank con- er safety regulations, contact the Pesticide Control Program office taining a pesticide must ­be equipped with a cover that will prevent or the Cooperative Extension pesticide office in your state. spillage when the vehicle is in motion.

136 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States The above requirements do not apply if the pesticide is being Keep pesticides out of ponds, streams, and water supplies, transported within the application equipment tank. except those intended for such use. A small amount of drift can be For additional information on pesticide transport, contact the hazardous to food crops and to wildlife. Empty and clean sprayers state Pesticide Control Program office or Extension. away from water areas (such as ponds, lakes, streams, etc.)

DISPOSAL Protect bees and other beneficial insects by choosing the prop- Pesticides should not be disposed of in sanitary landfills or by er chemical and time of day for application. See additional precau- incineration, unless these locations and equipment are especially tions in section ”Protecting Our Groundwater.” designed and licensed for this purpose by the state. The best method to dispose of a pesticide is to use it in accor- MINIMIZE SPRAY DRIFT dance with current label registrations. The triple rinse-and-drain • Avoid spraying when there is strong wind. (see below) procedure or the pressure-rinse procedure (see be- • Use large orifice nozzles at relatively low pressure. low) is the recommended method to prepare pesticide containers for safe disposal. This method can save money as well as protect • Use nozzles that do not produce small droplets. the environment. • Adjust boom height as low as practical. Crush or puncture the container for disposal in a sanitary land- • Do not spray at high travel speeds. fill or deposit in landfills that accept industrial waste, or deliver the intact container to a drum reconditioner or recycling plant. Check • Spray when soil is coolest and relative humidity is highest. with the landfill operator prior to taking empty containers for dis- • Use nonvolatile pesticides. posal. For additional information on the disposal of pesticides • Use drift control additives when permitted by the pesticide themselves or unrinsed containers or rinsate, call the state agency label. responsible for hazardous wastes. See back cover for telephone numbers. PESTICIDE POISONING If any of the following symptoms are experienced during or Triple Rinse–and–Drain Method. To empty a pesticide container shortly after using pesticides: headache, blurred vision, pinpoint for disposal, drain the container­ into the spray tank by holding the pupils, weakness, nausea, cramps, diarrhea, and discomfort in the container in a vertical position for 30 seconds. Add water to the chest, seek medical assistance immediately. Be sure to take a copy pesticide container. Agitate the container thoroughly, then drain the of the pesticide label. For minor symptoms, call the appropriate liquid (rinsate) into the spray tank by holding in a vertical posi- Poison Control Center in your state. See back cover for emergency tion for 30 seconds. Repeat two more times. Puncture or otherwise telephone numbers. Prompt action and treatment may save a life. create a hole in the bottom of the pesticide container to prevent its reuse. IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT Remove the person from exposure: Pressure Rinse Method. An optional method to rinse small pes- ticide containers is to use a special rinsing device on the end of a • Get away from the treated or contaminated area immediately standard water hose. The rinsing device has a sharp probe to punc- • Remove contaminated clothing. ture the container and several orifices to provide multiple spray jets of water. After the container has been drained into the sprayer tank • Wash with soap and clean water. (container is upside down), jab the pointed pressure rinser through • Call a physician and the state Poison Control Center or the bottom of the inverted container. Rinse for at least 30 seconds. Agency. See back cover for emergency telephone numbers. The spray jets of water rinse the inside of the container and the • Be prepared to give the active ingredient name (common pesticide residue is washed down into the sprayer tank for proper name) use. Thirty seconds of rinse time is equivalent to triple rinsing. An added benefit is that the container is rendered unusable. PESTICIDE SPILLS Keep a supply of absorbent on hand to scatter over liquid PROTECT OUR ENVIRONMENT spills in the storage room. Sawdust or janitorial sweeping com- • Do not burn pesticides. The smoke from burning pesticides pound works well in absorbing the liquids in a cleanup. Use a is dangerous and can pollute air. respirator and rubber gloves to clean up spills; cover the contam- • Do not dump pesticides in sewage disposal or storm sew- inated surface with household lye, trisodium phosphate, or liquid ers because this will contaminate water. detergent. Let it soak a couple of hours and reabsorb the solution • Avoid using excess quantities of pesticides. Calibrate from the floor. This procedure is recommended for cleaning truck sprayers to make sure of the output. beds that are contaminated. Specific information concerning pesti- cide cleanup can be obtained by calling the manufacturer directly. • Adjust equipment to keep spray on target. Chemicals off-tar- The phone numbers for emergencies are listed on every product get pollute and can do harm to fish, wildlife, honey bees, and label. Information can also be obtained by calling CHEMTREC at other desirable organisms. 800/424-9300. Report pesticide spills to the proper state agency. See back cover for telephone numbers.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 137 RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR ously exposed to some pesticides. A gas mask will not, how- PESTICIDES ever, provide protection when the air supply is low. A special For many toxic chemicals, the respiratory (breathing) system respirator with a self-contained air supply should be worn in is the quickest and most direct route of entry into the circulatory these situations. system. From the blood capillaries of the lungs, these toxic sub- • Battery powered air-purifying respirators equipped with pes- stances are rapidly transported throughout the body. ticide filters/cartridges are also effective in filtering out pes- Respiratory protective devices vary in design, use, and protec- ticide particles and vapors. They are available as halfmasks, tive capability. In selecting a respiratory protective device, the user full-face masks, hoods, and protective helmets, and are must first consider the degree of hazard associated with breathing connected by a breathing hose to a battery powered filtration the toxic substance, and then understand the specific uses and lim- system. This type of filtration system has the additional ad- itations of the available equipment. Select a respirator that is de- vantage of cooling the person wearing it. But, like other air signed for the intended use, and always follow the manufacturer’s purifying devices, this system does not supply oxygen and instructions concerning the use and maintenance of that particular must be worn only when the oxygen supply is not limited. respirator. Different respirators may be needed for application of different chemicals or groups of chemicals. Select only equipment Chemical cartridge respirators protect against light concen- approved by the National Institute of Occupational Safety and trations of certain organic vapors. However, no single type of car- Health (NIOSH). The NIOSH approval numbers begin with the tridge is able to remove all kinds of chemical vapors. A different letters TC. NOTE: The label will specify which respirator is need- type of chemical cartridge (or canister) must be used for different ed for that particular pesticide. contaminants. For example, cartridges and canisters that protect against certain organic vapors differ chemically from those that TYPES OF RESPIRATORS protect against ammonia gases. Be sure that the cartridge or canis- Respiratory protective devices can be categorized into three ter is approved for the pesticide you intend to use. Cartridge respi- classes: air-purifying, supplied-air, and self-contained. Because rators are not recommended for use against chemicals that possess most pesticide contaminants can be removed from the atmosphere poor warning properties. Thus, the user’s senses (smell, taste, by air-purifying devices, we will look at these in greatest detail. irritation) must be able to detect the substance at a safe level if car- Air-purifying devices include chemical cartridge respirators, tridge respirators are to be used correctly. mechanical filters, gas masks (also referred to as canister filter res- The effective life of a respirator cartridge or canister depends pirators), and battery powered respirators. They can be used only on the conditions associated with its use—such as the type and in atmospheres containing sufficient oxygen to sustain life. concentration of the contaminants, the user’s breathing rate, and the humidity. Cartridge longevity is dependent on its gas and vapor • Chemical cartridge respirators provide respiratory protection adsorption capacity. When the chemical cartridge becomes saturat- against certain gases and vapors in concentrations not great- ed, a contaminant can pass through the cartridge, usually allowing er than 0.1% by volume, provided that this concentration the user to smell it. At this point, the cartridge must be changed does not exceed an amount that is immediately dangerous to immediately. There are times when the mechanical prefilter also life and health. They are for use only when exposure to high needs to be changed. A prefilter should be replaced whenever the continual concentrations of pesticide is unlikely, such as respirator user feels that breathing is becoming difficult. Dispose when mixing pesticides outdoors. They are available either of all spent cartridges to avoid their being used inadvertently by as halfmasks, covering only the nose and mouth, or as full- another applicator who is unaware of their contaminated condition. facepiece respirators for both respiratory and eye protection. Chemical cartridge respirators cannot provide protection • Mechanical filter respirators (dust masks) provide respirato- against extremely toxic gases such as hydrogen cyanide, methyl ry protection against particulate matter such as mists, metal bromide, or other fumigants. Masks with a self-contained air sup- fumes, and nonvolatile dusts. They are available either as ply are necessary for these purposes. disposable or reusable halfmasks that cover the nose and mouth, or as reusable full-facepieces. Dust masks should USE AND CARE OF RESPIRATORS never be used when mixing or applying liquids because Respirators are worn as needed for protection when handling splashed or spilled liquids, or pesticide vapors can be ab- certain pesticides. The use of respirators is now regulated requir- sorbed by the mask. ing a health screening prior to their use by a health profession- • Many respiratory protective devices are combinations of al. This is due in part to the Fumigant re-registration decisions by chemical cartridge and mechanical filter (prefilter) respira- EPA. These prerequisites are outlined in the OSHA Respiratory tors. These can provide respiratory protection against both Protection Act. Prior to using a respirator, read and understand the gases and particulate matter. instructions on the cartridge or canister and all supplemental infor- • Full-face piece respirators provide respiratory protection mation about its proper use and care. Be sure the filter is approved against particulate matter, and/or against certain specific for protection against the pesticide intended to be used. Respira- gases and vapors, provided that their concentration does not tors labeled only for protection against particulates must not be exceed an amount that is immediately dangerous to life and used for gases and vapors. Similarly, respirators labeled only for health. Gas masks, like full-facepieces, cover the eyes, nose, protection against gases and vapors should not be used for partic- and mouth, but will last longer than cartridges when continu- ulates. Remember, cartridges and filters do not supply oxygen. Do

138 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States not use them where oxygen may be limited. All respirators must Protection of our groundwater by the agricultural community is es- be inspected for wear and deterioration of their components before sential. and after each use. Special attention should be given to rubber or Groundwater collects under our soils in aquifers that are com- plastic parts which can deteriorate. The facepiece, valves, connect- prised of layers of sand, gravel, or fractured bedrock which, by ing tubes or hoses, fittings, and filters must be maintained in good their nature, hold water. This water comes from rainfall, snowfall, condition. etc., that moves down through the soil layers to the aquifer. The All valves, mechanical filters, and chemical filters (cartridg- depth of the aquifer below the surface depends on many factors. es or canisters) should be properly positioned and sealed. Fit the Where it is shallow, we see lakes, ponds and wetlands. In areas respirator on the face to ensure a tight but comfortable seal. Facial where it is deep, we find arid regions. hair will prevent a tight seal and consequently OSHA regulations prohibit the use of a respirator when the user has a beard or facial FACTORS THAT AFFECT MOVEMENT OF WATER AND hair. Two tests can be done to check the fit of most chemical car- CONTAMINANTS tridge respirators. The first test requires that you place your hand The depth of aquifers, in conjunction with soil types, influenc- tightly over the outside exhaust valve. If there is a good seal, ex- es how much surface water reaches the aquifer. Their depth also af- halation should cause slight pressure inside the facepiece. If air es- fects how quickly water and contaminants reach an aquifer. Thus, capes between the face and facepiece, readjust the headbands until shallow water tables tend to be more vulnerable to contamination a tight seal is obtained. Readjusting the headbands may at times than deeper ones. not be sufficient to obtain a good seal. It may be necessary to repo- This tendency, however, depends on the soil type. Soils with sition the facepiece to prevent air from escaping between the face high clay or organic matter content may hold water longer and re- and facepiece. The second test involves covering the inhalation tard its movement to the aquifer.Conversely, sandy soils allow wa- valve(s) by placing a hand over the cartridge(s). If there is a good ter to move downward at a fast rate. High levels of clay and/or or- seal, inhalation should cause the facepiece to collapse. If air enters, ganic content in soils also provide a large surface area for binding adjust the headbands or reposition the facepiece until a good seal is contaminants that can slow their movement into groundwater. Soil obtained. texture also influences downward water movement. Finer textured Get to fresh air immediately if any of the following danger soils have fewer spaces between particles than coarser ones, thus signals are sensed: decreasing movement of water and contaminants. • Contaminants are smelled or tasted • Eyes, nose, or throat become irritated CHEMISTRY PLAYS A ROLE • Breathing becomes difficult The characteristics of an individual pesticide affect its ability to reach groundwater. The most important characteristics are solu- • The air being breathed becomes uncomfortably warm bility in water, adsorption to soils, and persistence in the environ- • Nauseous or dizzy sensations are experienced ment. Cartridges or filters may be used up or abnormal conditions may Pesticides that are highly soluble in water have a higher po- be creating contaminant concentrations which exceed the capacity­ tential for contaminating groundwater than those that are less of the respirator to remove the contamination. soluble. The water solubility of a chemical indicates how much After each use of the respirator, remove all mechanical and chemical will dissolve in water and is measured in parts per mil- chemical filters. Wash the facepiece with soap and warm water, lion (ppm). Those chemicals with a water solubility greater than 30 and then immerse it in a sanitizing solution such as household ppm may create problems. Be sure to read the Environmental Pre- bleach (two tablespoons per gallon of water) for two minutes, fol- cautions on each pesticide label. lowed by a thorough rinsing with clean water to remove all traces A chemical’s ability to adhere to soil particles plays an im- of soap and bleach. Wipe the facepiece with a clean cloth and al- portant role. Chemicals with a high affinity for soil adsorption are low to air dry. less likely to reach the aquifer. Adsorption is also affected by the Store the respirator facepiece, cartridges, canisters, and amount of organic matter in the soil. Soils with high organic mat- mechanical­ filters in a clean, dry place, preferably in a tightly ter content are less vulnerable than those with low organic matter sealed plastic bag. Do not store respirators with pesticides or oth- content. er agricultural chemicals.­ Finally, how persistent a chemical is in the environment may Handle respirators with the same care given to other protec- affect its ability to reach groundwater. Those that persist for a long tive equipment and clothing. time may be more likely to cause contamination than materials that breakdown quickly. Persistence is measured by the time it takes half of a given pesticide to degrade. This is called the chemical’s half-life. Chemicals with an overall estimated half-life longer than PROTECTING OUR GROUNDWATER 3 weeks pose a threat to groundwater. Groundwater is the water contained below the topsoil. This water is used by 90% of the rural population in the United States HOW TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF GROUND WATER as their sole source of drinking water. Contamination of the water Examine the chemical properties of the pesticides used. If us- supply by pesticides and other pollutants is becoming a serious ing materials that persist for long periods of time, are very water problem. One source of contamination is agricultural practices. soluble, or are not tightly held by the soil, then your groundwater

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 139 may become contaminated. Another material may be selected that 7. Care and maintenance of equipment is also an important has a shorter persistence, lower water solubility, or higher potential consideration. If the equipment does not function proper- for soil adsorption. The following chart assists with these decisions. ly, over-delivery may occur, which increases the chance 1. Determine the local soil and geologic circumstances. If in of groundwater contamination. Prior to the beginning of an area with a shallow water table or the soil is low in or- the season, inspect all of the working parts of the sprayer ganic matter or sandy in nature, there is a greater risk of or chemigation system. Check the pump to ensure that it contaminating your groundwater. In these cases, choose is working properly. For both sprayers and chemigation a pesticide that has a low water solubility and is not per- systems, check the water lines for clogs and leaks. For sistent. sprayers, check the nozzles for wear and clogs. Clogged, leaking, or worn lines and nozzles can cause pesticides to 2. Evaluate management practices. These practices may- be delivered in too high an amount or into unwanted ar- be the most important factors in determining the risk of eas. Be sure to calibrate equipment. Uncalibrated equip- contaminating groundwater. If the same materials are ment can cause over-delivery as well. Equipment should used year after year, or many times a season, the potential be calibrated at the beginning of the season, periodically for contamination can be increased due to the amount of during the remainder of the season, and any time changes pesticide in the soil. The timing of pesticide applications or adjustments are made to the equipment. has an effect on groundwater contamination. If applica- tions during periods of high rainfall or heavy irrigation­ 8. Apply materials only when needed. The use of pesticides, are made, it is more likely that contamination may occur. when not needed, can increase the threat of contamina- Also, the water table in the spring may be higher than tion. Check irrigation practices as well. Do not irrigate at other times. Early season applications, therefore, may immediately after a pesticide application, unless required pose a greater chance for groundwater contamination. by a pesticide’s label. The increased water content in the soil might speed up the downward movement of a pesti- 3. The method of application may have an effect. Direct in- cide. jection, incorporation, and chemigation all increase the chance of contamination. If using these techniques, be sure to follow the procedures listed on the material’s label. REMEMBER, GROUNDWATER 4. The location of wells can be important. If the sprayer MUST BE PROTECTED. loading area or pesticide storage building is too close to a well, the risk of contamination may be greater. Wells should be located a minimum distance from all pesticide storage and loading areas. This distance differs between states but is generally between 50 and 100 ft. In the event of an accident, this distance should prevent contamina- tion. This minimum distance should also be followed for field irrigation wells. If they are too close to application areas, contamination might occur. 5. Check the condition of any wells in the vicinity of spray- er loading areas, pesticide storage areas, or field applica- tions. If they have cracked casings trouble is being invit- ed. Cracks in a well casing provide a direct point of entry for pesticide-contaminated water that is in the soil. 6. Use some type of anti back-flow device in any system used for chemigation or to fill the sprayer with water. In the event of a pump shutoff or other failure, if any back-flow into the water system occurs, these devices will prevent pesticides from entering the well. Many state laws require that anti back-flow devices be placed on all sprayer water intake systems prior to the water entering the tank. The use of an air gap only is no longer accept- able in some states.

140 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TOXICITY OF CHEMICALS USED IN PEST CONTROL Next, multiply given LD50 by body weight in kg. Note: LD50 num- The danger in handling pesticides does not depend exclusive- bers are given by the manufacturer. ly on toxicity values. Hazard is a function of both toxicity and the Example: LD50 of 11 x 45 kg = 495 mg amount and type of exposure. Some chemicals are very hazardous from dermal (skin) exposure as well as oral (ingestion). Although Next, to convert milligrams (mg) to ounces (oz), multiply mg inhalation values are not given, this type of exposure is similar to by 0.000035. Example: 495 mg x 0.000035 = 0.017 oz. ingestion. A compound may be highly toxic but present little haz- ard to the applicator if the precautions are followed carefully. Toxicity values are expressed as acute oral LD50 in terms of The following is a chart of LD50 figures converted to ounces for milligrams of the substance per kilogram (mg/kg) of test animal three commonly used products in the agricultural industry. body weight required to kill 50 percent of the population. The Body Weight in Pounds acute dermal LD50 is also expressed in mg/kg. These acute values LD 30 60 100 150 200 are for a single exposure and not for repeated exposures such as 50 Ounces may occur in the field. Rats are used to obtain the oral LD50 and Insecticide 11 0.005 0.010 0.017 0.026 0.035 the test animals used to obtain the dermal values are usually rab- Furadan bits. Herbicide 1,800 0.9 1.7 2.8 4.3 5.7 Micro-Tech/Partner 1 CATEGORIES OF TOXICITY Fungicide 10,000 4.9 9.5 15.7 23.8 31.5 LD50 Value (mg/kg) Chlorothalonil Categories Signal Word Oral Dermal I Danger-Poison 0 – 50 0 – 200 II Warning 50-500 200-2,000 III Caution 500-5,000 2,000-20,000 IV None2 5,000 5,000 20,000 1 EPA accepted categories. 2 No signal word required based on acute toxicity; however, products in this category usually display “Caution.”

Read all labels and become familiar with the symptoms of pesticide poisoning. For help in a pesticide emergency, seek immediate medical attention and call the appropriate poison information number on the back cover of this book.

TOXICITY AND LD50 CALCULATIONS WEIGHT CONVERSIONS 1 ounce (oz) = 28 grams (gr) 1 pound (lb) = 454 grams (gr) 1 gram (gr) = 1,000 milligrams (mg) 1,000 mg = 0.035 oz 1 mg = 0.000035 oz

CONVERSIONS: BODY WEIGHT IN POUNDS (LB) TO BODY WEIGHT IN KILOGRAMS (KG) (lb) (kg) 25 = 11.25 50 = 22.5 75 = 33.75 100 = 45

To determine an exact weight, multiply known body weight in pounds by 0.45. Example: 100 lb x 0.45 = 45 kg Note: All the following calculations use a body weight of 100 pounds. To determine the LD50, first convert body weight to kilo- grams; to do this multiply weight in lb by 0.45. Example: 100 x 0.45 = 45 kg

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 141 CONVERSION INFORMATION FOR USE OF PESTICIDE DILUTION TABLES PESTICIDES ON SMALL AREAS The following tables provide quantity of either liquid or wettable LIQUID MATERIALS powder concentrates to use per acre to give desired dosage of an active ingredient per acre. Recommended Approximate Rate Approximate Rate Rate per acre per 1,000 sq. ft. per 100 sq. ft. 1 pint ¾ tablespoons ¼ teaspoon HOW TO USE THESE TABLES 1 quart 1½ tablespoons ½ teaspoon Example: Reading the product label, you determine that you 2 quarts 3 tablespoons 1 teaspoon need to apply 0.50 lbs of actual Guthion per acre to treat a specific 1 gallon 6 tablespoons 2 teaspoons problem. You have Guthion 2L liquid that contains 2 lb. of Active 25 gallons 4½ pints 1 cup Ingredient per gallon of product. Referring to the “Liquid Concen- 50 gallons 8 pints 1 pint trate” table find “2 lb” in the first column. Next locate the “0.50” 75 gallons 7 quarts 1½ pints column in the heading across the top of the table. These two col- umns intersect at “2.0 pints”. Thus, you need to add 2 pints of 100 gallons 9 quarts 1 quart Guthion 2L in enough water to treat one acre. The other two tables For dry materials, such universal conversions are not possible be- work the same way. cause these materials vary widely in density. You can use vol- ume measurements such as teaspoons, tablespoons, and cups, but TABLE OF MEASURES you must first weigh a tablespoon of each product so that you 3 teaspoons (tsp) = 1 tablespoon 2 cups (c) = 1 pint will know what volume measurement to use to obtain the desired 2 tablespoons (tbl) = 1 fluid once 2 pints (pt) = 1 quart weight. Remember that there are 43,560 square feet in an acre. To 16 tablespoons (tbl) = 1 cup 4 quarts (qt) = 1 gallon convert a per-acre rate to 1,000 square feet, divide the per-acre rate 8 fluid ounces (fl oz) = 1 cup by 43.56. To convert a per-acre rate to 100 square feet, divide the per-acre rate by 435.6. LIQUID CONCENTRATE – Example: A rate of 2 pounds of Dithane DF per acre is desired AMOUNT TO USE IN PINTS PER ACRE Pounds per acre of A.I. (Active Ingredient) Recommended for a planting of 1,000 square feet. Divide the per-acre rate of 907 Pounds A.I. /gallon 0.125 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 grams (453.6 grams per pound) by 43.56 to get 20.8 grams. Since 1 lb. 1.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 16.0 24.0 32.0 Dithane DF weighs about 10 grams per tablespoon, you would 1½ lb. 6.7 1.3 2.6 4.0 5.3 10.6 16.0 21.3 need two tablespoons. Knowing the weight per tablespoon for each 2 lb. 0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 8.0 12.0 16.3 product you work with, you can use a tablespoon for measuring, 3 lb. 0.34 0.67 1.3 2.0 2.7 5.3 8.0 10.7 rather than weighing. 4 lb. 0.25 0.50 1.0 1.5 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 5 lb. 0.20 0.40 0.80 1.2 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 6 lb. 0.17 0.34 0.67 1.0 1.3 2.6 4.0 5.3 7 lb. 0.14 0.30 0.60 0.90 1.1 2.3 3.4 4.6 8 lb. 0.125 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 9 lb. 0.11 0.22 0.45 0.67 0.90 1.8 2.7 3.6 10 lb. 0.10 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.6 2.4 3.2

WETTABLE POWDER – AMOUNT TO USE IN POUNDS PER ACRE Pounds per acre of A.I. (Active Ingredient) Recommended %A.I. 0.125 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 15% 13/16 1¾ 3⅓ 5 6½ 13 20 26½ 25% ½ 1 2 3 4 8 12 16 40% 5/16 ⅝ 1¼ 1¾ 2½ 5 7½ 10 50% ¼ ½ 1 1½ 2 4 6 8 75% 3/16 ⅜ 11/16 1 1⅓ 2⅔ 4 5½

DUST OR GRANULES– AMOUNT TO USE IN POUNDS PER ACRE Pounds per acre of A.I. (Active Ingredient) Recommended %A.I. 0.125 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 2½% 5 10 20 30 40 80 120 160 5% 2½ 5 10 15 20 40 60 100 10% 1¼ 2½ 5 7½ 10 20 30 40 20% 5/8 1¼ 2½ 3¾ 5 10 15 20 25% ½ 1 2 3 4 8 12 16

142 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Exirel® insect control powered by Cyazypyr® active is a foliar-applied tool that delivers reliable performance with extended residual control to stop damage to fruiting vegetables caused by thrips, lepidopterans, aphids, leaf miners and other chewing and sucking pests. It rapidly protects the crop from feeding damage and reduces transmission of certain insect-vectored viruses. Exirel insect control from FMC is also one of 40+ products eligible for the exclusive Agronomic Rewards and Product Financing with the FMC Freedom Pass program.

Visit your FMC retailer or AG.FMC.COM to learn more.

Always read and follow all label directions, precautions and restrictions for use. Some products may not be registered for sale or use in all states. FMC, the FMC logo, Cyazypyr and Exirel are trademarks of FMC Corporation or an affi liate. ©2020 FMC Corporation. All rights reserved. 19-FMC-1611 11/20 Insect Control for Commercial Vegetables INSECT CONTROL INSECT

Right: Leaf-footed Bugs Top: Tomato Fruitworm, caterpillar Bottom: Colorado Potato Beetle, Adult Images courtesy of Blake Layton, MS State University.

Read the pesticide label before application. High pressure (200 psi) and use of generic products. A list of active ingredients and generic brand names high volume (50 gallons per acre) aid in vegetable insect control. Ground appears in a separate table at the end of this section. sprays with airblast sprayers or sprayers with hollow cone drop nozzles Insecticides are placed into IRAC MOA classes based on their mode of are suggested. Incorporate several methods of control for best results. In action (insecticides in the same MOA class have the same mode of action). recent years, the number of generic products has increased significantly. For Effective insecticide resistance management involves the use of alternations, brevity, these generic products typically are not listed within each section. rotations, or sequences of different insecticide MOA classes. To prevent the The trade names listed are intended aid in identification of products and are development of resistance, it is important not to apply insecticides with the intended neither to promote use of specific trade names nor to discourage same MOA to successive generations of the same insect.

THE FOLLOWING ONLINE DATABASES PROVIDE CURRENT PRODUCT LABELS AND OTHER RELEVANT INFORMATION: Database1 Web Address Database1 Web Address Agrian Label Database https://home.agrian.com/ Greenbook Data Solutions https://www.greenbook.net/ Crop Data Management Systems http://www.cdms.net/Label-Database Kelly Registration Systems 2 http://www.kellysolutions.com EPA Pesticide Product and Label System https://iaspub.epa.gov/apex/pesticides/f?p=PPLS:1 1 Additional databases not included in this list may also be available. Please read the database terms of use when obtaining information from a particular website. 2 Available for AK, AL, AZ, CA, CO, CT, DE, FL, GA, IA, ID, IN, KS, MA, MD, MN, MO, MS, NC, ND, NE, NJ, NV, NY, OK, OH, OR, PA, SC, SD, VA, VT, WA, and WI. Kelly Registration Systems works with State Departments of Agriculture to provide registration and license information.

144 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-1. INSECT CONTROL FOR ASPARAGUS Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval (PHI) Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI - H) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid dimethoate 400, MOA 1B 1 pt 48 hrs 180 Do not exceed 5 pints per acre per year. malathion, MOA 1B 12 hrs 1 Aphid colonies appear by early September. (various) 57 EC 2 pt pymetrozine, MOA 9B 12 hrs 180 For aphid control on ferns after harvest. (Fulfill) 50 WDG 2.75 oz acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 1 Do not make more than two applications per calendar (Assail) 30 SG 2.5 to 3.0 oz year. Asparagus beetle, carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 1 Low rate to be used on seedlings or spears. Do not apply Japanese beetle, (Sevin) 50 WP 2 to 4 lb more often than once every 3 days. With established beetle Grasshopper (Sevin) 80 S 1.25 to 2.5 lb populations, three consecutive weekly sprays are required (Sevin) XLR Plus 1 to 2 qt for beetles and grasshoppers in the fall. acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 1 Use higher rate for Japanese beetle. (Assail) 30 SG 2.5 to 3.0 oz Do not make more than two applications per calendar year. dimethoate 400, MOA 1B 1 pt 48 hrs 180 Do not exceed 5 pints per acre per year. malathion, MOA 1B 12 hrs 1 (various) 57 EC 2 pt methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 1 Let a row on edge of field near overwintering sites of aspara-

(Lannate) 2.4 LV 1.5 pt gus beetles fern out. This will attract and hold beetles for that INSECT CONTROL directed insecticide spray (trap and destroy). pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- harvest intervals. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 60 For asparagus beetle only. This use is only for asparagus (Radiant) 1 SC 4 to 8 fl oz ferns; do not apply within 60 days of spear harvest. Beet armyworm, Bacillus thuringiensis, MOA 11A 4 hrs 0 Cutworm, Yellow-striped (Dipel) DF 0.5 to1 lb armyworm chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 12 hr 1 Do not make applications within 25 ft of water sources. (Exirel) 0.83 EC 7 to 13.5 fl oz methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 1 (Lannate) 2.4 LV 1.5 to 3 pt (Lannate) 90 SP 0.5 to 1 lb spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 60 This use is only for asparagus ferns; do not apply within 60 (Radiant) 1 SC 4 to 8 fl oz days of spear harvest. Spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 60 This use is only for asparagus ferns; do not apply within 60 (Entrust) 2 SC 4 to 6 fl oz days of spear harvest. OMRI approved.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 145 TABLE 2-2. INSECT CONTROL FOR BEANS (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid acetamiprid MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 (Assail) 30 SG 2.5 to 5.3 oz dimethoate 4 EC, MOA 1B 0.5 to 1 pt 48 hrs 0 On foliage as needed. Re-entry interval of 48 hours imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See label for soil application instructions. Also controls leaf- Soil treatment hoppers and thrips. (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 10.5 fl oz (various) 2F 16 to 24 fl oz Foliar treatment 12 hrs (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.2 fl oz 7 (various) 1.6 F 3.5 fl oz sulfoxaflor, MOA 4C 24 hrs 7 (Transform) 50 WG 0.75 to 1.0 oz flupyradifurone 4 hrs 7 (Sivanto Prime) 7 to 14 fl spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 1 (Movento) 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz (succulent) 7 (dried) Thrips acephate, MOA 1B 24 hrs 14 Lima beans may be treated and harvested the same day. Do (Orthene) 97 PE 0.5 to 1 lb not apply more than 2 pounds a.i. per acre per season. acetamiprid MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 (Assail) 30 SG 2.5 to 5.3 oz pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals. methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 1 INSECT CONTROL INSECT (Lannate) 90 SP 0.5 lb (Lannate) 2.4 LV 1.5 pt novaluron MOA 15 12 hrs 1 Effective against immature thrips only. (Rimon) 0.83 EC 12 fl oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 Do not apply more than 28 fluid ounces per acre per season (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 6 fl oz (succulent) on succulent beans or more than 12 fluid ounces on dried 28 beans. (dried) spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 Do not apply more than 20 ounces per acre per season on (Blackhawk) 2.5 to 3.3 oz (succulent) succulent beans or more than 8.3 ounces on dried beans. 28 (dried) Corn earworm, European chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 corn borer, Lesser (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz cornstalk borer, Looper, Armyworm spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 Do not apply more than 28 fluid ounces per acre per season (Radiant) 1 SC 4.5 to 6 fl oz (succulent) on succulent beans or more than 12 fluid ounces on dried 28 beans. (dried) spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 Do not apply more than 20 ounces per acre per season on (Blackhawk) 1.7 to 3.3 oz (succulent) succulent beans or more than 8.3 ounces on dried beans. 28 (dried) pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals. Not effective against armyworm. Cowpea curculio pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals. Control may be poor in areas where resistant populations occur, primarily in the Gulf Coast areas. Addition of piperonyl butoxide synergist (Exponent) may improve control of pyrethroids.

146 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-2. INSECT CONTROL FOR BEANS (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Cucumber beetle, Bean carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 3 leaf beetle, Japanese (Sevin) 50 WP 4 lb (succulent) beetle, Cutworm 80 S 2.5 lb 21 XLR Plus 1 qt (dried) pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals. Grasshopper pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals. Leafminer cyromazine, MOA 17 12 hrs 7 (Trigard) 75 WP 2.66 oz naled, MOA 1B 48 hrs 1 Re-entry interval is 48 hours. (Dibrom) 8 EC 1 pt spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 Do not apply more than 28 fluid ounces per acre per season (Radiant) 1 SC 4 to 8 fl oz (succulent) on succulent beans or more than 12 fluid ounces on dried 28 beans. (dried)

spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 Do not apply more than 20 ounces per acre per season on INSECT CONTROL (Blackhawk) 2.5 to 3.3 oz (succulent) succulent beans or more than 8.3 ounces on dried beans. 28 (dried) Lygus bug pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 3 On foliage when pods begin to form. (Sevin) 50 WP 3 lb (succulent) 80 S 1.875 lb 21 XLR Plus 1.5 qt (dried) dimethoate, MOA 1B 48 hrs 7 Do not apply if bees are visiting area to be treated when (Dimethoate) 4 EC 1 pt crops or weeds are in bloom. Mexican bean beetle acetamiprid MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 (Assail) 30 SG 2.5 to 5.3 oz pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 3 On foliage as needed. Use low rate on young plants. (Sevin) 50 WP 1 to 2 lb (succulent) (Sevin) 80 S 0.625 to 21 1.25 lb (dry) (Sevin) XLR Plus 1 qt novaluron MOA 15 9 to 12 fl oz 12 hrs 1 Apply when population is at egg hatch to small larval stage. (Rimon) 0.83 EC Potato leafhopper acetamiprid MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Controls immature stages only. (Assail) 30 SG 2.5 to 5.3 oz carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 3 On foliage as needed. (Sevin) 50 WP 4 lb (succulent) (Sevin) 80 S 2.5 lb 21 (Sevin) XLR Plus 1 qt (dry) dimethoate 4 EC, MOA 1B 0.5 to 1 pt 48 hrs 7

methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs Do not graze before 3 days or use for hay before 7 days. (Lannate) 90 SP 0.5 lb 1 (Lannate) 2.4 L 1.5 to 3 pt 1 to 3 pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and their re-entry and pre-harvest intervals.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 147 TABLE 2-2. INSECT CONTROL FOR BEANS (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Seedcorn maggot, Use seed pretreated with in- Seed can be purchased pretreated. Pretreated seed will not Wireworm secticide for seedcorn maggot control wireworms. control. bifenthrin MOA 3A 9 days 9 Apply preplant broadcast incorporated in the top 1 to 3 inches (Empower) 1.15G 3.5 to 8.7 lb of soil. chlorpyrifos MOA 1B 24 hrs Can be applied preplant broadcast incorporated in the top 1 (Lorsban) 4E 2 pts to 3 inches of soil, or at planting as a T-band application. For at planting application, apply 1.8 fluid ounces per 1,000 feet of row at 30-inch row spacing. Apply the spray in a 3 to 5 inch wide band over the row behind the planting shoe and in front of the press wheel to achieve shallow incorporation. Do not make more than one application per year or apply more than 1 lb a.i per acre. phorate, MOA 1B 12 hrs 60 Drill granules to the side of seed at planting. Avoid contact (Thimet) 20 G 4.9 to 9.4 with seed. oz/ 1,000 ft row Spider Mite bifenazate MOA 20D 12 hrs 3 (Acramite) 4 SC 16 to 24 fl oz acequinocyl, MOA 20B 12 hrs 7 (Kanemite) 15 SC 31 fl oz fenpyroximate, MOA 21 12 hrs 1 For use on snap bean only. (Portal) 0.4 EC 2 pt fenazaquin, MOA 21A 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than one application per year.

INSECT CONTROL INSECT (Magister) 1.7 24 to 36 fl oz Stink bug, Kudzu bug pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. Whiteflies acetamiprid MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 (Assail) 30 SG 4.0 to 5.3 oz buprofezin, MOA 16 12 hrs 14 For use on snap beans only. (Courier) 40 SC 9 to 13.6 fl oz Flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 7 (Sivanto Prime) 10.5 to 14 fl imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See label for soil application instructions. Soil treatment (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 10.5 fl oz (various) 2 F 16 to 24 fl oz Foliar treatment 12 hrs 7 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.2 fl oz (various) 1.6 F 3.5 fl oz spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 1 PHI is 1 day for succulent beans and 7 days for dry beans. (Movento) 4 to 5 fl oz (succulent) 7 (dry)

148 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-3. INSECT CONTROL FOR BEET Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval (PHI) Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid flonicamid, MOA 29 12 hrs 3 Begin applications before populations begin to build and (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz before damage is evident. Use higher rates for high popu- lations or dense foliage. imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See label for soil application instructions. Will also control Soil treatment flea beetle. Do not make exceed one application per (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 4.4 to 10.5 fl oz season. (various) 2 F 10 to 24 fl oz Foliar treatment 12 hrs 7 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.2 fl oz (various) 1.6 F 3.5 fl oz flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 7 Do not exceed 28 fl oz per acre per season. (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 7.0 to 14 fl oz thiamethoxam, MOA 4A Soil application only. Platinum may be applied to di- (Platinum) 75 SG 1.7 to 4 oz 12 hrs 30 rect-seeded crops in-furrow at seed or transplant depth, post seeding or transplant as a drench, or through drip irrigation. Do not exceed 3.67 fl oz per acre per season of Platinum. Check label for plant-back restrictions for a

number of crops. Will also control flea beetle. INSECT CONTROL (Actara) 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 12 hrs 7 Foliar application only. Do not exceed 4 oz per acre per season. Will also control flea beetle. Armyworms, Beet chlorantraniliprole MOA 28 4 hrs 1 webworm (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 7.5 fl oz indoxacarb MOA 22B 12 hrs 7 Do not use adjuvants with Avaunt eVo. (Avaunt eVo) 30 DG 3.5 to 6 oz methoxyfenozide MOA 18 4 hrs 1 (Intrepid) 2 F 6 to 16 fl oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 7 Do not apply more than 32 fluid ounces per acre per (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 8 fl oz season. spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 (Blackhawk) 1.7 to 3.3 oz Blister beetle, Flea beetle carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 7 (Sevin) 50 WP 3 lb 80 S 1.875 lb XLR 1 qt pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. Leafminer spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 7 Control will be improved with addition of a spray adjuvant. (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 10 fl oz

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 149 TABLE 2-4. INSECT CONTROL FOR BROCCOLI, BRUSSELLS SPROUT, CABBAGE, AND CAULIFLOWER (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid Where whitefly resistance is an issue (or any other insect with a high potential for resistance to Group 4A MOA insecticides), a foliar- applied Group4A insecticide program and a soil-applied Group 4A program should not be used in the same season. Also, if using a foliar-applied program, avoid using a block of more than three consecutive applications of any products belonging to Group 4A insecticides. acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 (Assail) 30 SG 2 to 4 oz afidopyropen, MOA 9D 12 hrs 0 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before using (Versys) 0.83 DC 1.5 fl oz a different mode of action. clothianidin, MOA 4A 12 hrs Soil application at planting only. (Belay) 50 WDG 4.8 to 6.4 oz NA (soil) 1.6 to 2.1 oz 7 (foliar) (foliar) dimethoate 4 EC, MOA 1B 0.5 to 1 pt 48 hrs 7 Not for use on cabbage flonicamid, MOA 29 12 hrs 0 (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 7.0 to 14.0 fl oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs Do not follow soil applications of Admire with foliar applications Soil treatment of any neonicotinoid insecticide. Use only one application (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 4.4 to 10.5 fl oz 21 method. See label for soil application instructions. Imidacloprid (various) 2 F 10 to 24 fl oz also controls whiteflies. Foliar treatment 12 hrs 7 Imidacloprid also controls whiteflies. Not effective against flea (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.3 fl oz beetle. (various) 1.6 F 3.75 fl oz

INSECT CONTROL INSECT pymetrozine, MOA 9B 12 hrs 7 (Fulfill) 50 WDG 2.75 oz pyrifluquinazon, MOA 9B 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 fl PQZ 1.87EC 2.4 to oz per acre per crop cycle. 3.2 fl oz spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 1 Do not exceed 10 fluid ounces per season. Requires surfac- (Movento) 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz tant. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 30 Platinum may be applied to direct-seeded crops in-furrow Soil treatment at seed or transplant depth, post seeding or transplant as a (Platinum) 75 SG 1.66 to drench, or through drip irrigation. Do not exceed 3.67 oz per 3.67 oz acre per season. Foliar treatment 12 hrs 0 Thiamethoxam also controls whiteflies and certain thrips (Actara) 25 WDG 1.5 to 3.0 oz species. Diamondback moth, Insecticide-resistant diamondback moth populations, widespread in Southeastern U.S., may not be controlled with some registered Cabbage looper, Import- insecticides. To manage resistance, avoid transplants from Georgia and Florida and avoid repeated use of the same materials for ex- ed cabbageworm, Corn tended periods. Also, pyrethroid insecticides destroy natural enemies and often aggravate diamondback moth problems. Do not allow earworm, Cross- stripped populations to increase to large densities before initiating treatments. cabbageworm, Cabbage Bacillus thuringiensis, MOA 11A 4 hrs 0 On foliage every 7 days. On summer or fall plantings, during webworm, Armyworms (Dipel) DF 0.5 to 2 lb periods when eggs and larvae are present. This usually occurs (Javelin) WG 0.12 to 1.5 lb when true leaves appear; on other plantings, it may occur later. A spreader/sticker will be helpful. Not effective against Cabbage 0.5 to 1.5 lb (Xentari) WDG webworm. chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 3 Foliar, drip or soil application. See label for soil application (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to instructions. 7.5 fl oz cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Harvanta is for foliar application only. (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 Verimark is for soil application only, and may be applied as Soil treatment 4 hrs NA transplant drench no earlier than 72 hr before planting, or as an (Verimark) 1.67 SC 5 to in-furrow spray at planting. Higher rates will control aphids. 13.5 fl oz Foliar treatment 12 hrs 1 Exirel is for foliar application only. Use higher rates for cabbage (Exirel) 0.83SE 7 to 17 fl oz looper. emamectin benzoate, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 (Proclaim) 5 WDG 3.2 to 4.8 oz Indoxacarb, MOA 22B 12 hrs 3 Add a wetting agent to improve spray. Do not apply more than (Avaunt eVo) 30 WDG 2.5 to 3.5 oz 14 ounces (0.26-pound a.i.) per acre per crop. The minimum interval between sprays is 3 days.

150 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-4. INSECT CONTROL FOR BROCCOLI, BRUSSELLS SPROUT, CABBAGE, AND CAULIFLOWER (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Diamondback moth, novaluron, MOA 15 12 hrs 7 Use lower rates when targeting eggs or small larvae, and use Cabbage looper, (Rimon) 0.83 EC 6 to 12 fl oz higher rates when larvae are large. Make no more than three Imported cabbageworm, applications or 24 fluid ounces per acre per season. Corn earworm, Cross- spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 stripped cabbageworm, (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz Cabbage webworm, Armyworms (cont’d) Flea beetle, harlequin clothianidin, MOA 4A Soil applications may only be made at planting. See label for bug, stink bug (Belay) 50 WDG 4.8 to 6.4 oz 12 hrs NA application methods. (soil) 1.6 to 2.1 oz 12 hrs 7 Do not exceed 6.4 oz per acre per season. Do not combine soil (foliar) (foliar) and foliar applications. cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 Verimark is for at planting soil application only. See label for (Verimark) 1.67 SC 6.75 to 4 hrs NA application options. Use higher rates for flea beetle. Not for 13.5 fl oz harlequin or stink bug. (Exirel) 0.83 SE 13.5 to 12 hrs 1 Exirel is for foliar application only. Not for harlequin or stink 20.5 fl oz bug. dinotefuran, MOA 4A 12 hrs 1 See label for soil application options. Do not combine soil and INSECT CONTROL Foliar treatment foliar applications. (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 4 oz (Scorpion) 35 SL 2 to 7 fl oz Soil treatment 12 hrs 21 (Venom) 70 SG 5 to 6 oz (Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz dimethoate 4 EC, MOA 1B 0.5 to 1 pt 48 hrs 7

pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- harvest intervals Yellowmargined leaf pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs Applications need to be made at the first sign of infestation. beetle Problems are most common in spring and fall months along the gulf coast areas. Root maggot chlorpyrifos, MOA 1B 24 hrs 30 Preplant incorporate: Apply as a broadcast spray to the soil (Lorsban) 4 EC 4 to 4.5 pts (3 for cauli- surface in a minimum spray volume of 10 gal or more, and (Lorsban) Advanced 4 to 4.5 pts flower) incorporate into the top 2 to 4 inches of soil on the day of appli- cation. Use low rate for cauliflower. (Lorsban) 75 WG 2.16 to 3 lb chlorpyrifos, MOA 1B 24 hrs 30 Direct seeded: apply in a 4-in. wide band behind planter shoe (Lorsban) 4 EC 1.6 to 2.75 oz/ (3 for cauli- and in front of press wheel for shallow incorporation. 1,000 ft row flower) (Lorsban) 15 G 4.6 to 9.2 oz/ 24 hrs 7 Direct seeded: place across seed row in 4-in. band behind 1,000 ft row (3 for cauli- (21 for cauli- planter shoe and in front of press wheel. flower) flower) diazinon, MOA 1B 4 days — Transplant water: Apply in transplant water or drench water at 4 (Diazinon 50 W) 50 WP 0.25 to 0.5 lb/ to 6 oz per plant at transplanting. 50 gal cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 — Apply to soil at planting as an in-furrow spray, transplant tray (Verimark) 1.67 SC 10 to 13.5 fl oz drench, transplant water, hill drench, surface band, or soil shank. Thrips dimethoate 4 EC, MOA 1B 0.5 to 1 pt 48 hrs 7

Acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Efficacy will vary depending on thrips species. (Assail) 30 SG 4.0 oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Check label for rates for other formulations. Foliar applications (Admire Pro) 4.6F 1.3 fl oz only. Efficacy will vary depending on thrips species. (various) 2F 3.0 fl oz methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 3 (Lannate) 2.4 LV 1.5 pt (1 for cab- bage) novaluron, MOA 15 12 hrs 7 Make no more than two applications, or 24 fl oz, per acre per (Rimon) 0.83 EC 6 to 12 fl oz season. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 10 fl oz

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 151 TABLE 2-4. INSECT CONTROL FOR BROCCOLI, BRUSSELLS SPROUT, CABBAGE, AND CAULIFLOWER (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Whitefly Where whitefly resistance is an issue (or any other insect with a high potential for resistance to Group 4A MOA insecti- cides), a foliar-applied Group 4A insecticide program and a soil-applied Group 4A program should not be used in the same season. Also, if using a foliar-applied program, avoid using a block of more than 3 consecutive applications of any product belonging to Group 4A insecticides. acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Use spreader stick to improve control. (Assail) 30 SG 2.5 to 4.0 oz afidopyropen, MOA 9D 12 0 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before using (Versys) 0.83 DC 5 to 7 a different mode of action. cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 Verimark is for at planting soil application only. See label for (Verimark) 1.67 SC 6.75 to 4 hrs NA application options. 13.5 fl oz (Exirel) 0.83 SE 13.5 to 12 hrs 1 Exirel is for foliar application only. 20.5 fl oz dinotefuran, MOA 4A 12 hrs 1 Do not follow soil applications with foliar applications of any Foliar treatment neonicotinoid insecticide. Use only one application method. Do (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 4 oz not apply more than 6 oz per acre per season using foliar ap- plications, or 12 oz per acre per season using soil applications. (Scorpion) 35 SL 2 to 7 oz Soil applications may be applied by a narrow band below or Soil treatment 21 above the seed line at planting; a post-seeding or transplant (Venom) 70 SG 5 to 6 oz drench with sufficient water to ensure incorporation to the root (Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz zone; or through drip irrigation flupyradifurone, MOA 4D Do not exceed 28 fl oz per acre per season. Do not combine (Sivanto Prime) 10.5 to 4 hrs 1 foliar and soil applications 14 fl oz See label for application options. (foliar) 4 hrs 21 21 to 28 fl oz (soil) INSECT CONTROL INSECT spiromesifen, MOA 23 12 hrs 7 Do not exceed 25.5 fl oz per acre per season. (Oberon) 2 SC 7 to 8.5 fl oz spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 1 Do not exceed 10 fl oz per season. Requires surfactant. Use a (Movento) 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz spreader-penetrator adjuvant. pyrifluquinazon, MOA 9B 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 fl PQZ 1.87 EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz oz per acre per crop cycle. pyriproxyfen, MOA 7C 12 hrs 7 Only treat whole fields, and do not apply to any crop other than (Knack) 0.86 EC 8 to 10 fl oz those for which Knack is registered within 30 days after the last application. Will not control adults.

152 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-5. INSECT CONTROL FOR CARROT Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid, leafhopper imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 Must be applied to the soil. May be applied via chemiga- Soil treatment tion into the root zone through low-pressure drip, trickle, (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 4.4 to 10.5 fl oz micro sprinkler, or equivalent equipment; in-furrow spray or shanked-in 1 to 2 inches below seed depth during planting; (various) 1.6 F 10 to 24 fl oz or in a narrow band (2 inches or less) 1 to 2 inches directly below the eventual seed row in a bedding operation 14 or fewer days before planting. Higher rates provide longer last- ing control. See label for information on approved application methods and rate per 100 row feet for different row spacing. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 30 Platinum may be applied to direct-seeded crops in-furrow (Platinum) 75 SG 1.66 to 3.67 oz at seeding, immediately after seeding with sufficient water to ensure incorporation into the root zone, or through trickle irrigation (Actara) 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 12 hrs 7 Actara is applied to foliage. Do not exceed 4 ounces Actara per acre per season. flonicamid, MOA 29 12 hrs 3 (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 2.8 fl oz flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 7 (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 7.0 to 10.5 fl oz INSECT CONTROL cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 12 hrs 1 (Exirel) 0.83 SE 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz Armyworms, pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and Parsleyworm pre-harvest intervals. carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 7 On foliage as needed (Sevin) 80 S 1.25 lb (Sevin) XLR Plus 1 qt chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Coragen may be used for foliar or drip chemigation. (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 12 hrs 1 (Exirel) 0.83 SE 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz emamectin benzoate, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 Proclaim 5 SG 3.2 to 4.8 fl oz

methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 1 (Lannate) 2.4 LV 0.75 to 1.5 pt (Lannate) 90 SP 0.25 to 0.5 lb methoxyfenozide, MOA 18 4 hrs 1 Use higher rates against large larvae. (Intrepid) 2 F 4 to 10 fl oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 Radiant will not control leafhoppers. Do not make more than (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 8 fl oz 4 applications per year. Leafminer spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 8 fl oz chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Coragen may be used for foliar or drip chemigation. (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 12 hrs 1 (Exirel) 0.83 SE 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz Wireworm diazinon, MOA 1B 3 days — Broadcast and incorporate preplant. (Diazinon) 4 qt (AG 500)

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 153 TABLE 2-6. INSECT CONTROL FOR CELERY Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid, Leafhopper, afidopyropen, MOA 9D 12 0 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before using a Flea beetle (Versys) DC 1.5 different mode of action. Will not control flea beetle imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 Apply via chemigation into the root zone, as an in-furrow spray at (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 10.5 fl oz planting on/or below the seed, or as a post-seeding or transplant (various) 2 F 16 to 24 fl oz drench.

thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 (Actara) 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 (Assail) 30 SG 2 to 4 fl oz clothianidin, MOA 4A 4 hrs (Belay) 2.13 SC 9 to 12 fl oz 21 (soil) (soil) 3 to 4 fl oz 1 (foliar) (foliar) sulfoxaflor, MOA 4C 12 hrs 3 (Closer) SC 1.5 to 2 fl oz flonicamid, MOA 29 12 hrs 0 Will not control flea beetle. (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 Will not control flea beetle (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 10.5 to 12.0 fl oz pyrifluquinazon, MOA 29 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 fl oz per PQZ 1.87EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz acre per crop cycle. Will not control flea beetle spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 3 Do not exceed 10 fluid ounces per season. Not for flea beetle. (Movento) 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz Requires surfactant. Will not control flea beetle INSECT CONTROL INSECT cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 12 hrs 1 (Exirel) 0.83 SE 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz tolfenpyrad, MOA 21A 12 hrs 1 (Torac) 1.29 EC 17 to 21 fl oz Armyworms, Corn chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation must be applied uni- earworm, Looper (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz formly to the root zone. See label for instructions. cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 12 hrs 1 (Exirel) 0.83 SE 7 to 13.5 fl oz cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz emamectin benzoate, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 Do not make more than two sequential applications without rotating (Proclaim) 5 WDG 2.4 to 4.8 oz to another product with a different mode of action. Indoxacarb, MOA 22B 12 hrs 3 Avaunt 30 WDG, Avaunt eVo 3.5 oz methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 7 Methomyl may induce leafminer infestations. (Lannate) 2.4 LV 3 pt methoxyfenozide, MOA 18 4 hrs 7 For early season applications only to young crop and small plants. (Intrepid) 2 F 4 to 10 fl oz For mid- to late-season applications and heavier infestations and under conditions in which thorough coverage is more difficult. Do not apply more than 16 fl oz per application and do not exceed 64 fl oz per season. See Rotational Crop Restrictions on label. pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 Use higher rates for armyworms. (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz Leafminer abamectin, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 (Agri-Mek) 0.15EC 1.75 to 3.5 fl oz chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation must be applied uni- (Coragen) 1.67 SC 5 to 7.5 fl oz formly to the root zone. See label for instructions. cyromazine, MOA 17 12 hrs 7 (Trigard 75 WP) 2.66 oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 10 fl oz

154 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-7. INSECT CONTROL FOR COLLARD AND MUSTARD GREENS (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 (Assail) 30 SG 2 to 3 oz afidopyropen, MOA 9D 12 0 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before (Versys) DC 1.5 using a different mode of action. clothianidin, MOA 4A 12 hrs Soil application at planting only. (Belay) 50 WDG 4.8 to 6.4 oz NA (soil) 1.6 to 2.1 oz 7 (foliar) (foliar) flonicamid, MOA 20D 12 hrs 0 (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 2.8 fl oz flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 10.5 to 12.0 fl oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See label for soil application instructions. Admire Pro will Soil treatment also control flea beetle. (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 4.4 to 10.5 fl oz

(various) 2 F 10 to 24 fl oz INSECT CONTROL Foliar treatment 12 hrs 7 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.3 fl oz (various) 2 F 3.8 fl oz pymetrozine, MOA 9B 12 hrs 7 (Fulfill) 50 WDG 2.75 oz pyrifluquinazon, MOA 29 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 PQZ 1.87 EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz fl oz per acre per crop cycle. sulfoxaflor, MOA 4C 12 hrs 3 (Closer) SC 4.25 to 5.75 fl oz spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 1 Do not exceed 10 fluid ounces per season. Requires (Movento) 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz surfactant. Caterpillars, including Insecticide-resistant populations of diamondback may not be controlled with some registered insecticides. To manage resistance, Diamondback moth, avoid trans- plants transplants from Georgia and Florida, and avoid the repeated use of the same materials for extended periods. Caterpillars, including Use of pyrethroid insecticides destroys natural enemies and aggravates diamondback moth problems. Do not allow populations to Cabbage looper, Imported increase to large densities before treatments are initiated. Also, do not apply insecticides with the same mode of action (i.e., MOA cabbageworm, Cross- group) more than twice to any generation of diamondback moth. After two applications, rotate to an insecticide with a different mode stripped cabbageworm, of action. Cabbage webworm, Bacillus thuringiensis, MOA 11A 4 hrs 0 Use a spreader/sticker. Armyworms (Crymax) WDG 0.5 to1.5 lb (Dipel) 2X, DF 8 oz (Dipel) 1 pt (Xentari) DF 0.5 to 2 lb chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation must be ap- (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 4 fl oz plied uniformly to the root zone. See label for instructions. cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Harvanta is for foliar application only. (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz emamectin benzoate, MOA 6 12 hrs 14 (Proclaim) 5 WDG 2.4 to 4.8 oz indoxacarb, MOA 22B 12 hrs 3 Do not apply Avaunt more than twice to any generation (Avaunt eVo) 30 WDG 3.5 oz of diamondback moth. After two applications, rotate to an insecticide with a different mode of action. Do not make more than 6 applications (4 in GA), or exceed 14 ounces per season per crop. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz methoxyfenozide, MOA 18 4 hrs 1 (Intrepid) 2 F 4 to 10 fl oz tolfenpyrad, MOA 21A 21 fl oz 12 hrs 1 (Torac)

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 155 TABLE 2-7. INSECT CONTROL FOR COLLARD AND MUSTARD GREENS (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Flea beetle carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 14 (Sevin) 50 WP 3 lb (Sevin) 80 S 1.875 lb (Sevin) XLR 1 qt acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 (Assail) 30 SG 2 to 4 oz dinotefuran, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Do not follow soil applications with foliar applications. Use Foliar treatment only one application method. Do not apply more than 6 (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 4 oz ounces per acre per season using foliar applications, or 12 ounces per acre per season using soil applications. (Scorpion) 35 SL 2 to 7 fl oz Soil treatment 21 Soil applications may be applied by a narrow band below or (Venom) 70 SG 5 to 6 oz above the seed line at planting; a post-seeding or transplant (Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz drench with sufficient water to ensure incorporation to the root zone; or through drip irrigation. pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- harvest intervals. May flare diamond back moth populations. Grasshopper pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. May flare diamond back moth popu- lations. Harlequin bug, Stink bug, clothianidin, MOA 4A 12 hrs Soil application at planting only. Yellowmargined leaf beetle (Belay) 50 WDG 4.8 to 6.4 oz (soil) 1.6 to 2.1 oz 7 (foliar) (foliar) dinotefuran, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Dinotefuran recommendations are for foliar applications. (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 4 oz

INSECT CONTROL INSECT (Scorpion) 35 SL 2 to 7 fl oz pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. May flare diamond back moth popu- lations. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 (Actara) 25 WDG 3 to 5.5 oz Root maggot chlorpyrifos, MOA 1B 24 hrs — For directed-seeded crops, apply as a 4-inch band over (Lorsban) 4 EC 1.6 to 2.75 fl oz the row after planting. For transplanted crops, apply as a directed spray immediately after transplanting. (Lorsban) 75 WDG 1.1 to 1.8/ 1,000 ft row tolfenpyrad, MOA 21A 12 hrs 1 Read soil application guidelines on label. (Torac) 21 fl oz cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs at-planting (Verimark) 10 to 13.5 fl oz only Whitefly acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Apply against adults, before nymphs are present. Use a (Assail) 30 SG 2.5 to 4.0 oz spreader/sticker to improve control. afidopyropen, MOA 9D 12 0 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before (Versys) DC 5 to 7 using a different mode of action. flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 Do not make more than 3 applications or apply more than (Sivanto) 200 L 10.5 to 14.0 fl oz 28 fluid oz per season. pyriproxyfen, MOA 7C 12 hrs 7 Do not apply Knack more than twice per season or exceed (Knack) 0.86 EC 8 to 10 fl oz 0.134 pound per acre per season. pyrifluquinazon, MOA 29 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 PQZ 1.87 EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz fl oz per acre per crop cycle. spiromesifen, MOA 23 12 hrs 7 Do not make more than 3 applications or apply more than (Oberon) 2 SC 7 to 8.5 fl oz 25.5 fl oz per season. spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 1 Do not exceed 10 fluid ounces per season. Requires (Movento) 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz surfactant. sulfoxaflor, MOA 4C 12 hrs 3 (Closer) SC 4.25 to 5.75 fl oz

156 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-8. INSECT CONTROL FOR CORN, SWEET (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Corn earworm, The consistency of pyrethroid insecticides in controlling corn earworm populations has declined in recent years. If reduced Fall Armyworms, efficacy is observed, switch to insecticides with different modes of action. European corn borer transgenic sweet corn varieties Highly effective against European corn borer. Effectiveness expressing Bt protein against corn earworm will vary among BT traits and there is evidence that resistance in corn earworm to commonly used traits is becoming common. Varieties containing the Vip3A gene (Attribute II o Attribute Plus Series) are still effective at controlling corn earworm. Additional insecticide applications may be required to prevent damage to the ear tips of varieties without the Vip3A gene. pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs Check label for variety limitations and grazing restrictions. In addition, instances of corn earworm resistance to pyrethroids are becoming more prevalent in recent years. To protect ears, begin sprays when tassel shoots first appear. The frequency of sprays will vary depending on location and intensity of ear- worm populations, ranging from daily to twice weekly in higher elevations. Corn earworms and fall armyworms present in the late whorl stage must be controlled before tassel emergence to prevent migration to ears. chlorantraniliprole MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Do not apply more than 15.4 fl oz of Coragen or 0.2 lb a.i. of INSECT CONTROL (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 7.5 fl oz chlorantraniliprole per acre per year. methoxyfenozide, MOA 18 4 hrs 3 + spinetoram, MOA 5 (Intrepid Edge) 8 to 12 fl oz methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 0 Do not use methomyl for European corn borer control. (Lannate) 90 SP 4 to 8 oz (Lannate) 2.4 LV 0.75 to 1.5 pt indoxacarb, MOA 22BA 12 hrs 3 For control of fall armyworm and European corn borer in whorl (Avaunt eVo) 30 WDG 2.5 to 3.5 oz stage only. Do not apply more than 14 ounces Avaunt (0.26 lb 14 days for a.i.) per acre per crop. Minimum interval between sprays is 3 hand harvesting days. Make no more than 4 applications per season. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 Do not apply more than 36 ounces per acre per year. (Radiant) 1 SC 3 to 6 fl oz spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs (Blackhawk) 1.7 to 3.3 oz Cutworm pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals. Flea beetle, pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- Grasshopper, vest intervals. Japanese beetle, Rootworm beetle Sap beetle pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals. carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 2 Infestations usually associated with prior ear damage. Popula- (Sevin) 50 WP 2 lb tions build on over mature and damaged fruit and vegetables. (Sevin) 80 S 1.25 lb Sanitation is critical. (Sevin) XLR Plus 1 qt

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 157 TABLE 2-8. INSECT CONTROL FOR CORN, SWEET (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Southern corn Seed treatments: — Seed treatments are applied by commercial seed treaters only. billbug, Rootworm, clothianidin, MOA 4A Not for use in hopper bins, slurry mixes, or any other type of Wireworm, Chinch (Poncho 600) 1.13 to 2.26 fl oz on-farm treatment. bugs per 80,000 seeds

imidacloprid, MOA 4A (Gaucho 600) 3.6 to 6 oz per cwt seed pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals. chlorpyrifos, MOA 1B 24 hrs 0 Preplant incorporation treatment. For post emergence treat- (Lorsban) 4 E 4 pt ment use 2 to 3 pints. terbufos, MOA 1B Banded: Place granules in a 7-inch band over the row directly behind (Counter) 15 G 6.5 to 13 lb (40 the planter shoe in front of press wheel. Place granules in. row) directly in the seed furrow behind the planter shoe. Rotation OR is advised. 8 to 16 oz/ 1,000 ft row OR In-Furrow: 6.5 lb (40 in. row) OR 6 to 8 oz/1000 ft row Stink bug pyrethroids, MOA 3A See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals.

INSECT CONTROL INSECT methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 0 Certain hybrid varieties of sweet corn are susceptible to (Lannate) 90 SP 0.5 lb methomyl injury.

158 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-9. INSECT CONTROL FOR CUCURBITS (CUCUMBER, CANTALOUPE, PUMPKIN, SQUASH, WATERMELON) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks NOTE: Insecticide applications in cucurbits should be made in late evening to protect pollinating insects. Refer to the pollination section of the general production recommendations in this publication for more information about protecting pollinators. Aphid Where whitefly resistance is an issue (or any other insect with a high potential for resistance to Group 4A MOA insecticides), a foliar applied Group 4A insecticide program and a soil-applied Group 4A program should not be used in the same season. Also, if using a foliar-applied program, avoid using a block of more than three consecutive applications of any products belonging to Group 4A insecticides. acetamiprid MOA 4A 12 hrs 0 Do not exceed 0.5 pound per acre per season. (Assail) 30 SG 2.5 to 4.0 oz afidopyropen, MOA 9D 12 hrs 0 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before (Sefina) DC 3 oz using a different mode of action. cyantraniliprole MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Applied to the soil at planting or later via drip irrigation (Verimark) 1.67 SC 6.75 to system. See label for application options. 13.5 fl oz flonicamid, MOA 20D 12 hrs 0 Begin applications before populations begin to increase (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz and before damage is evident. flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs Soil applications through drip irrigation, injected below the (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 seed level at planting, or drench at transplanting. Soil Application 21 to 28 fl oz 21 INSECT CONTROL Foliar Application 7 to 14 fl oz 1 DO NOT make foliar applications of Sivanto to muskmelon, cantaloupe, or honeydew melon. See label for additional melons to which it should not be applied. imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 Must be applied to the soil. May be applied preplant; at (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 10.5 fl oz planting as a post-seeding drench, transplant water drench, or hill drench; subsurface sidedress or by chemigation using low-pressure drip irrigation methods. Will also control cucumber beetles, thrips and whiteflies. pymetrozine, MOA 9B 12 hrs 0 Apply before aphids reach damaging levels. Do not exceed (Fulfill) 50 WDG 2.75 oz 5.5 ounces per acre per season. pyrifluquinazon, MOA 9B 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 PQZ 1.87 EC 2.4 to fl oz of product per acre per crop cycle. See supplemental 3.2 fl oz label for aerial application. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 30 Platinum is for soil application and may be applied to (Platinum) 75 SG 1.66 to 3.67 oz direct-seeded crops in-furrow at seed or transplant depth, post seeding. See plant-back restrictions for a number of crops. Armyworms, Cabbage Bacillus thuringiensis, MOA 11A 4 hrs 0 On foliage as needed. looper (Crymax) WDG 0.5 to 1.5 lb (Dipel) 2X 8 oz (Xentari) DF 0.5 to 2 lb chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Coragen may be used for foliar or drip chemigation. (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 Verimark is for soil application only. It may be applied to the (Verimark) 1.67 SC 5 to 13.5 fl oz 4 hrs 1 soil at planting at 6.75 to 13.5 ounces, or via drip chemiga- (Exirel) 0.83 SE 7 to 17 fl oz 12 hrs 1 tion at 5 to 10 fluid ounces. Do not make more than two soil or chemigation. See label for application options. indoxacarb, MOA 22B 12 hrs 3 Use higher rates for beet armyworm or large larvae. (Avaunt eVo) 30 WDG 2.5 to 6.0 oz methoxyfenozide, MOA 18 4 hrs 3 Apply at first sign of infestation, targeting eggs and small (Intrepid) 2 F 4 to 10 fl oz larvae. novaluron, MOA 15 12 hrs 1 Apply when peak population is at egg hatch through second (Rimon) 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz instar. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 Use the higher rate for heavy infestations or large larvae. (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 159 TABLE 2-9. INSECT CONTROL FOR CUCURBITS (CUCUMBER, CANTALOUPE, PUMPKIN, SQUASH, WATERMELON) (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks NOTE: Insecticide applications in cucurbits should be made in late evening to protect pollinating insects. Refer to the pollination section of the general production recommendations in this publication for more information about protecting pollinators. Cucumber beetle acetamiprid MOA 4A 12 hrs 0 Do not exceed 0.5 pound per acre per season. (Assail) 30 SG 2.5 to 5.3 oz carbaryl MOA 1A 12 hrs 3 (Sevin) 50 WP 2 lb (Sevin) 80 S 1.25 lb (Sevin) XLR Plus 1 qt clothianidin, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 Soil application at planting or through chemigation. See (Belay) 2.13 label for application options. Soil Application 9 to 12 fl oz Foliar Application 3 to 4 fl oz Do not use an adjuvant with foliar applications. Do not spray after the 4th true leaf. dinotefuran MOA 4A Do not make a soil and foliar application – use one or Foliar treatment the other. Applications made at planting are most effec- (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 1 tive against cucumber beetle. Will also control whiteflies and squash bug. (Scorpion) 35 SL 2 to 7 fl oz Soil treatment 21 (Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 Must be applied to the soil. May be applied preplant; at (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 10.5 fl oz planting as a post-seeding drench, transplant water drench or hill drench, subsurface sidedress or by chemigation using low pressure drip irrigation methods. Will also control aphids and whiteflies. pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals.

INSECT CONTROL INSECT Leafminer pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. abamectin, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 To avoid illegal residues, Agri-Mek must be mixed with a (Agri-Mek) 0.7 SC 1.75 to nonionic activator type wetting, spreading and/or pene- 3.5 fl oz trating spray adjuvant. For resistance management do not make more than two sequential applications. cyromazine, MOA 17 12 hrs 0 (Trigard) 75 WS 2.7 oz chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 For foliar or soil application or drip chemigation. Drip chemi- (Coragen) 1.67 SC 5 to 7.5 fl oz gation must be applied uniformly to the root zone. See label for instructions. cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 10 fl oz Pickleworm, pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and Melonworm, cutworm pre-harvest intervals. carbaryl MOA 1A 12 hrs 3 Apply to foliage when worms appear in blossoms. Repeat (Sevin) 50 WP 2 lb as needed. Protect pollinators by applying early morning (Sevin) 80 S 1.25 lb or late evening when pollinators are not active. Rarely a problem before July. (Sevin) XLR Plus 1 qt chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 For foliar application or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation (Coragen) 1.67 SC 2 to 3.5 fl oz must be applied uniformly to the root zone. See label for instructions. cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 Verimark is for drip chemigation only for these pests. Do not (Verimark) 1.67 SC 5 to 10 fl oz 4 hrs 1 make more than two chemigation applications. See label for (Exirel) 0.83 SE 7 to 13.5 fl oz 12 hrs 1 application options. Exirel is for foliar application only. methoxyfenozide, MOA 18 4 hrs 3 (Intrepid) 2 F 4 to 10 fl oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz

160 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-9. INSECT CONTROL FOR CUCURBITS (CUCUMBER, CANTALOUPE, PUMPKIN, SQUASH, WATERMELON) (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks NOTE: Insecticide applications in cucurbits should be made in late evening to protect pollinating insects. Refer to the pollination section of the general production recommendations in this publication for more information about protecting pollinators. Spider mites Spider mites are primarily a problem on cucumber and watermelon, and less of an issue on squash and pumpkin. abamectin, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 To avoid illegal residues, Agri-Mek must be mixed with a (Agri-Mek) 0.7 SC 1.75 to 3.4 fl oz nonionic activator type wetting, spreading and/or penetrat- ing spray adjuvant. For resistance management, do not make more than two sequential applications. bifenazate, MOA 20D 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than one application per season. (Acramite) 50 WS 0.75 to 1.0 lb etoxazole, MOA 10B 12 hrs 7 Does not kill adults. Do not make more than one application (Zeal) 72 WSP 2 to 3 oz per season. fenazaquin, MOA 21A 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than one application per year. (Magister) 1.7 24 to 36 fl oz spiromesifen, MOA 23 12 hrs 7 (Oberon) 2 SC 7 to 8.5 fl oz Squash bugs Squash bug is a common pest of cantaloupe, pumpkin, and squash. Although cucumber and watermelon are occasionally reported as hosts of squash bug, rarely do infestations occur. acetamiprid MOA 4A 12 hrs 0 Assail is most effective against newly laid eggs and INSECT CONTROL (Assail) 30 SG 5.3 oz nymphs. clothianidin, MOA 4A (Belay) 2.13 12 hrs 21 Do not spray after the 4th true leaf. See label for restrictions 3 to 4 fl oz for protection of pollinators. dinotefuran, MOA 4A 12 hrs 1 Do not make a oil and foliar application – use one or the Foliar Application: other. Do not exceed 6 ounces (foliar) or 12 oz (soil) of Ven- (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 4 oz om per acre per season. Do not exceed 10.5 fl oz (foliar) or 21 fl oz (soil) of Scorpion per acre per season. See label for (Scorpion) 35 SL 2 to 7 fl oz application restrictions for protection of pollinators. Soil Application: 12 hrs 21 (Venom) 70 SG 5 to 7.5 oz (Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 12 hrs 1 Do not apply Sivanto Prime to cantaloupe, honeydew (Sivanto Prime) 10.5 to 14.0 fl oz melon, or muskmelon. See label for other additional melons to which it should not be applied. pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. Squash vine borer Squash vine borer only attacks squash and pumpkin, and is more common in home gardens opposed to commercial plantings. acetamiprid MOA 4A 12 hrs 0 (Assail) 30 SG 5.3 oz pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. Thrips methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 0 (Lannate) 2.4 LV 0.75 to 1.5 pt (Lannate) 90 SP 0.25 to 0.5 lb spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 10 fl oz

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 161 TABLE 2-9. INSECT CONTROL FOR CUCURBITS (CUCUMBER, CANTALOUPE, PUMPKIN, SQUASH, WATERMELON) (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks NOTE: Insecticide applications in cucurbits should be made in late evening to protect pollinating insects. Refer to the pollination section of the general production recommendations in this publication for more information about protecting pollinators. Whiteflies acetamiprid MOA 4A 12 hrs 0 (Assail) 30 SG 2.5 to 3 oz buprofezin, MOA 16 12 hrs 1 Use sufficient water to ensure good coverage. Do not apply (Courier) 40 SC 9 to 13.6 fl oz more than twice per crop cycle. chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 For foliar or soil application or drip irrigation. Drip chemiga- (Coragen) 1.67 SC 5 to 7.5 fl oz tion must be applied uniformly to the root zone. See label for instructions. cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Verimark is for soil application only. It may be applied to the (Verimark) 1.67 SC 6.8 to 13.5 fl oz soil at planting at 6.75 to 13.5 fl oz, or via drip chemigation at 10 fl oz. See label for application options. (Exirel) 0.83SE 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz 12 hrs 1 Exirel is for foliar application only. Use an adjuvant for best results. flupyradifurone, MOA 4D (Sivanto 4 hrs Soil applications by injection below the seed level at plant- Prime) 1.67 ing, drench at transplanting, or drip chemigation. Soil Application 21 to 28 fl oz 21 Foliar Application 10.5 to 14 fl oz 7 Do not make foliar applications of Sivanto to muskmelon, cantaloupe or honeydew melon. See label for additional melons to which it should not be applied. imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 Must be applied to the soil. May be applied preplant; at (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 10.5 oz planting; as a post-seeding drench or hill drench; subsur- face sidedress; or by chemigation using low-pressure drip or trickle irrigation. Will also control aphids and cucumber beetles. pyriproxyfen, MOA 7C 12 hrs 7 Do not make more than two applications per season, and (Knack) 0.86 EC 8 to 10 fl oz do not make applications closer than 14 days apart. INSECT CONTROL INSECT pyrifluquinazon, MOA 9B 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 PQZ 1.87 EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz fl oz per acre per crop cycle. spiromesifen, MOA 23 12 hrs 7 Does not control adults. Apply when colonies first appear (Oberon) 2 SG 7 to 8.5 fl oz and before leaf damage or discoloration. Do not exceed 3 applications per season. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 30 Platinum is for soil application and may be applied to (Platinum) 5 to 11 fl oz direct-seeded crops in-furrow at seed or transplant depth, post seeding or transplant as a drench, or through drip irrigation. Do not exceed 11 fl oz per acre per season of Platinum. Check label for plant-back restrictions for a number of crops. (Actara) 25 WDG 3 to 5.5 oz 0 Actara is for foliar application. See label for application restrictions for protection of pollinators. Wireworm diazinon MOA 1B 3 days Broadcast on soil just before planting and thoroughly work (Diazinon) AG 500 3 to 4 qt into upper 4 to 8 inches of soil.

162 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-10. INSECT CONTROL FOR EGGPLANT (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid Where whitefly resistance is an issue (or any other insect with a high potential for resistance to Group 4A MOA insecticides), avoid making foliar applications of Group 4A insecticides when a soil-applied Group 4A program is used, i.e., do not make both foliar and soil applications of Group 4A insecticides. Also, if using a foliar-applied program, avoid using a block of more than three consecutive applications of any products belonging to Group 4A insecticides. acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Thoroughly cover foliage to control aphids effectively. Do not (Assail) 30 SG 2 to 4 oz apply more than once every 7 days, and do not exceed a total of 7 oz per season. flonicamid, MOA 20D 12 hrs 0 (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 4.8 oz afidopyropen, MOA 9D 12 0 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before using a (Sefina) DC 3 oz different mode of action. flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 7.0 to 12.0 fl oz sulfoxaflor 12 hrs 1 (Closer) 2 SC 1.5 to 2.0 fl oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See label for soil application instructions. For short-term protec- Soil Treatment tion of transplants at planting, apply Admire Pro (0.44 ounces (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 10.5 oz per 10,000 plants) not more than 7 days before transplanting by (1) uniformly spraying transplants, followed immediately by INSECT CONTROL (various) 1.6 F 16 to 24 fl oz sufficient overhead irrigation to wash product into potting media, Foliar Treatment 12 hrs 0 or (2) injection into overhead irrigation system with adequate (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.3 to 2.2 fl oz volume to thoroughly saturate soil media. (various) 1.6 F 3.75 fl oz pymetrozine, MOA 9B 12 hrs 14 Apply before aphids reach damaging levels. Do not exceed 5.5 (Fulfill) 50 WDG 2.75 oz ounces per acre per season. pyrifluquinazon, MOA 9B 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 fl oz (PQZ) 1.87 EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz per acre per crop cycle. spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 1 Do not exceed 10 fluid ounces per season. Requires surfactant. (Movento) 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 30 Platinum may be applied to direct-seeded crops in-furrow Soil treatment at seed or transplant depth, post seeding or transplant as a (Platinum) 75 SG 1.66 to 3.67 oz drench, or through drip irrigation. Do not exceed 8 oz per acre per season. Check label for plant-back restrictions. Foliar treatment 12 hrs 0 Actara is for foliar application. (Actara) 25 WDG 2 to 3 oz Blister beetle pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- harvest intervals. Colorado potato Resistance too many insecticides is widespread in Colorado potato beetle. To reduce risk of resistance, scout fields and beetle apply insecticides only when needed to prevent damage to the crop. Crop rotation will help prevent damaging Colorado potato beetle infestations. If control failures or reduced levels of control occur with a particular insecticide, do NOT make a second application of the same insecticide at the same or higher rate. If an additional insecticide application is necessary, a different insecticide representing a different MOA class should be used. Do NOT use insecticides belonging to the same class 2 years in a row for Colorado potato beetle control. abamectin, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 Apply when adults and small larvae are present but before large (Agri-Mek) 0.7 SC 1.75 to 3.5 fl oz larvae appear. For resistance management, use the higher rate. acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Do not apply more than once every 7 days, and do not exceed 7 (Assail) 30 SG 2 to 4 oz ounces of formulation per season. pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals. chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation must be applied (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz uniformly to the root zone. See label for instructions. cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz dinotefuran, MOA 4A 12 hrs 1 Do not follow soil applications with foliar applications on any Foliar treatment neonicotinoid insecticide. Use only one application method. (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 4 oz Do not apply more than 6 ounces per acre per season using foliar applications, or 12 ounces per acre per season using soil (Scorpion) 35SL 2 to 7 fl oz applications. Soil treatment 12 hrs 21 Soil applications may be applied by (1) a narrow band below (Venom) 70 SG 5 to 6 fl oz or above the seed line at planting, (2) a post-seeding or trans- (Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz planting drench with sufficient water to ensure movement to the root zone, or (3) drip irrigation.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 163 TABLE 2-10. INSECT CONTROL FOR EGGPLANT (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Colorado potato imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See application methods under Aphids, Thrips. beetle (cont’d) Soil treatment (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 10.5 fl oz (various) 2 F 16 to 24 fl oz Foliar treatment 12 hrs 0 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.3 fl oz (various) 1.6 F 3.75 fl oz novaluron, MOA 15 12 hrs 1 (Rimon) 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 30 (Platinum) 75 SG 1.66 to 3.67 oz (Actara) 25 WDG 2 to 3 oz 12 hrs 0 See application methods under Aphids. Eggplant lace bug imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 0 Foliar treatment (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.3 to 2.2 fl oz (various) 1.6 F 3.8 to 6.2 fl oz Flea beetle malathion, MOA 1B 12 hrs 3 (various brands) 57 EC 3 pt pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- harvest intervals. carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 3 (Sevin) 50 WP 2 lb (Sevin) 80 S 1.25 lb

INSECT CONTROL INSECT (Sevin) XLR Plus 1 lb cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Verimark for soil application only. Apply at planting or via drip (Verimark) 1.67 SC 6.75 to 13.5 fl oz chemigation. See label for application options. dinotefuran, MOA 4A Do not follow soil applications with foliar applications on any Foliar treatment 12 hrs 1 neonicotinoid insecticide. Use only one application method. (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 4 oz Do not apply more than 6 ounces per acre per season using foliar applications, or 12 ounces per acre per season using soil (Scorpion) 35 SL 2 to 7 fl oz applications. Soil treatment 21 Soil applications may be applied by (1) a narrow band below or (Venom) 70 SG 5 to 6 fl oz 12 hrs above the seed line at planting, (2) a post-seeding or transplant- (Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz ing drench with sufficient water to ensure movement to the root zone, or (3) drip irrigation. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 30 (Platinum) 75 SG 1.66 to 3.67 oz (Actara) 25 WDG 2 to 3 oz 12 hrs 0 See application methods under Aphids Hornworm, chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation must be applied European corn (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 4 fl oz uniformly to the root zone. See label for instructions. borer, Beet Army cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Verimark is for soil application only. Drip chemigation must be worm, Corn applied uniformly to the root zone. See label for application earworm (Verimark) 1.67 SC 5 to 10 fl oz options. (Exirel) 0.83SE 7 to 13.5 fl oz 12 hrs 1 Exirel is for foliar application only. cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz indoxacarb, MOA 22B 12 hrs 3 Do not apply more than 14 ounces per acre per season. (Avaunt eVo) 30 WDG 2.5 to 3.5 oz methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 5 (Lannate) 2.4 LV 1.5 to 3 pt methoxyfenozide, MOA 18 4 hrs 1 Apply at rates of 4 to 8 fluid ounces early in season when plants (Intrepid) 2 F 4 to 16 fl oz are small. Apply at rates of 8 to 16 ounces to large plants or when infestations are heavy. During periods of continuous moth flights, retreatments at 7 to 14 days may be required. Do not ap- ply more than 16 fluid ounces per application or 64 fluid ounces of Intrepid 2F per acre per season. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals.

164 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-10. INSECT CONTROL FOR EGGPLANT (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Leafminer abamectin, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 Use low rates for low to moderate infestations, and high rates (Agri-Mek) 0.15 EC 8 to 16 fl oz for severe infestations chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar, soil, or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation must be (Coragen) 1.67 SC 5 to 7.5 fl oz applied uniformly to the root zone. See label for application instructions. oxamyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 7 (Vydate) 2 L 1 to 2 qt spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz Stink bug, pyrethroid MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- leaffooted bug harvest intervals. dinotefuran, MOA 4A 12 hrs 1 Foliar treatment (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 4 oz (Scorpion) 35 SL 2 to 7 fl oz Soil treatment 12 hrs 21 (Venom) 70 SG 5 to 6 fl oz

(Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz INSECT CONTROL thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 0 Do not exceed 11 ounces Actara per acre per season. (Actara) 25 WDG 3 to 5.5 oz Spider mite abamectin, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 Use low rates for low to moderate infestations, and high rates (Agri-Mek) 0.7 SC 1.75 to 3.5 fl oz for severe infestations. acequinocyl, MOA 20B 12 hrs 1 (Kanemite) 15SC 31 fl oz bifenazate, MOA 20D 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than one application per season. (Acramite) 50 WS 0.75 to 1.0 lb etoxazole, MOA 10B 12 hrs 7 Do not make more than one Zeal application per season. (Zeal) 2 to 3 oz fenpyroximate MOA 21 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than two applications per season. (Portal) 0.4EC 2 pts fenazaquin, MOA 21A 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than one application per year. (Magister) 1.7 24 to 36 fl oz hexakis, MOA 12B 48 hrs 3 (Vendex) 50 WP 2 to 3 lb spiromesifen, MOA 23 12 hrs 7 (Oberon) 2 SG 7 to 8.5 fl oz Thrips dinotefuran, MOA 4A 12 hrs See Whitefly for application instructions. Soil applications are Foliar treatment more effective against thrips than foliar applications are. (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 1 (Scorpion) 35 SL 2 to 7 fl oz Soil treatment (Venom) 70 SG 5 to 6 oz 21 (Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Soil applications of Verimark will suppress western flower thrips. (Verimark) 1.67 SC 5 to 10 fl oz Foliar applications of Exirel are less effective. cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar applications will help suppress western flower thrips when (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz used in a rotational program.

imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See Aphids for application instructions. Admire Pro 4.6 F 7 to 10.5 fl oz (various) 2 F 16 to 24 fl oz methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 3 (Lannate) 2.4 LV 1.5 to 3 pt spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 10 fl oz Tolfenpyrad, MOA 21A 12 hrs 1 (Torac) 1.29 EC 21 fl oz

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 165 TABLE 2-10. INSECT CONTROL FOR EGGPLANT (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Whitefly acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Begin applications when significant populations of adults (Assail) 30 SG 2.5 to 4 oz appear. Do not wait until heavy populations have become established. Do not apply more than once every 7 days, and do not exceed 4 applications per season. Do not apply more than 7 ounces per season. afidopyropen, MOA 9D 12 0 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before using a (Sefina) DC 14 different mode of action. chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 12 hrs 1 For foliar or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation must be applied (Coragen) 1.67 SC 5 to 7.5 fl oz uniformly to the root zone. See label for instructions. cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Verimark for soil application only. Apply at planting or via drip (Verimark) 1.67 SC 6.75 to 13.5 fl oz chemigation. See label for application options. (Exirel) 0.83SE 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz 12 hrs 1 Exirel for foliar application only. dinotefuran, MOA 4A 12 hrs 1 Use only one application method (foliar or soil) of Group 4A Foliar treatment insecticides. Soil applications may be applied in a narrow band (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 4 oz on the plant row in bedding operations, as a post- seeding or transplant drench, as a sidedress after planting and incorporat- (Scorpion) 35 SL 2 to 7 fl oz ed 1 or more inches, or through the drip irrigation system. Soil treatment 12 hrs 21 (Venom) 70 SG 5 to 6 fl oz (Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 10.5 to 14.0 fl oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 Do not follow soil applications with applications of other (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 10.5 fl oz neonicotinoid insecticides (Assail or Venom). See Aphids for (various) 2 F 16 to 24 fl oz application methods and restrictions. pyriproxyfen, MOA 7C 12 hrs 14 Knack prevents eggs from hatching. It does not kill whitefly INSECT CONTROL INSECT (Knack) 0.86 EC 8 to 10 fl oz adults. Applications should begin when 3 to 5 adults per leaf are present. Do not make more than 2 applications per season, and do not apply a second application within 14 days of the first application. Do not exceed 20 fluid ounces of Knack per acre per season. Check label for plant-back restrictions. pyrifluquinazon, MOA 9B 12 hrs See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 fl oz (PQZ) 1.87 EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz per acre per crop cycle. spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 1 Do not exceed 10 fl oz per season. Requires surfactant. (Movento) 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz spiromesifen, MOA 23 12 hrs 7 Do not exceed 3 applications or 25.5 fluid ounces per season. (Oberon) 2 SC 7 to 8.5 fl oz thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 30 Platinum is for soil applications and may be applied to di- (Platinum) 75 SG 1.66 to 3.67 oz rect-seeded crops in furrow at seed or transplant depth, at post seeding or transplant as a drench, or through drip irrigation. Do not exceed 11 ounces per acre per season. Check label for plant-back restrictions for a number of plants. (Actara) 25 WDG 3 to 5.5 0 Actara is for foliar application.

166 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-11. INSECT CONTROL FOR HOPS Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphids and leafhoppers imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs Soil applications can be made by drip chemigation, Subsur- (Admire) 4.6 F face side-dress shanked into root-zone, or a hill drench in sufficient water to ensure incorporation into the root zoon by Soil application 2.8 to 8.4 fl oz 60 irrigation. Foliar application 2.8 fl oz 21 pymetrozine, MOA 9B 12 hrs 14 For aphids only. Will not control leafhoppers. (Fulfill) 50 WDG 4 to 6 oz spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 7 Do not exceed 12.5 fl oz per acre per season. Will also (Movento) 2 F 5 to 6 fl oz control twospotted spider mite. malathion, MOA 1B May suppress twospotted spider mite. 5 EC 1 pt 12 hrs 7 8 EC 0.63 pt 12 hrs 7 pyrethrins, MOA 3A OMRI approved. Pyrethrins degrade very quickly in sun- Pyganic EC 1.4 II 16 to 64 fl oz 12 hrs 0 light. Do not expect residual control. Pyganic EC 5 II 4.5 to 17 fl oz 12 hrs 0 Japanese beetle bifenthrin, MOA 3A See Table of Generic Insecticides for other bifenthrin (Brigade) 2 EC 3.8 to 6.4 fl oz 12 hrs 14 products. (Brigade) WSB 9.6 to 16 of oz 12 hrs 14 imidacloprid, MOA 4A INSECT CONTROL (Admire) 4.6 F 2.8 fl oz 12 hrs 28 (generics) 2 6.4 fl oz 12 hrs 28 Armyworms, cutworms, Bacillus thuringiensis, MOA 11A 4 hrs 0 loopers, leafroller (Xentari) DF 0.5 to 2 lb (Crymax) WDG 0.5 to 2 lb chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 0 Foliar or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation must be applied (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz uniformly to the root zone. See label for instructions. spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 OMRI approved. (Entrust) SC 4 to 6 fl oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 (Delegate) 25 WG 2.5 to 4 oz Spider mites abamectin, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 Do not exceed 48 fluid ounces per acre per season, or more (Agri-Mek) 0.7 SC 1.75 to 3.5 fl oz than two sequential applications. acequinocyl, MOA 20B 12 hrs 1 The use of a surfactant/adjuvant with Kanemite on tomatoes (Kanemite) 15 SC 31 fl oz is prohibited. bifenazate, MOA 20D 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than one application per season. (Acramite) 50 WS 0.75 to 1.0 lb etoxazole, MOA 10B 12 hrs 7 Apply when mites are low, because Zeal is primarily an (Zeal) 72 WSP 3 to 4 oz ovicide/larvicide. fenazaquin, MOA 21A 12 hrs 7 Do not make more than one application per year. (Magister) 1.7 24 to 36 fl oz fenpyroximate MOA 21 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than two applications per season. (Portal) 0.4 EC 2 pts hexythiazox, MOA 10A 12 hrs — May be applied up to burr formation in hop vines. Apply (Savey) 50 DF 4 to 6 oz when mites are low, because Savey is primarily an ovicide, and sterilizes females. mineral oil 4hrs 0 OMRI approved. TriTek is the only emulsified formulation of (TriTek) 1 to 2% soln. oil. No others contain an emulsifier. (Various brands)

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 167 TABLE 2-12. INSECT CONTROL FOR LETTUCE (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Do not apply more than once every 7 days, and do not exceed (Assail) 30 SG 2 to 4 oz 4-5 applications per calendar year. afidopyropen, MOA 9D 12 hrs 0 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before using (Versys) DC 1.5 a different mode of action. clothianidin, MOA 4A 12 hrs Soil application at planting only. Do not incorporate an adju- (Belay) 50 WDG 4.8 to 6.4 oz vant with foliar applications. Do not apply more than 6.4 oz (soil); per acre per season. 1.6 to 2.1 oz 7 (foliar) (foliar) dimethoate 4 EC, MOA 1B 0.5 pt 48 hrs 14 For use on leaf lettuce flonicamid, MOA 29 12 hrs 0 (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 10.5 to 12.0 fl oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 Do not follow soil applications with foliar applications of Soil Treatment any neonicotinoid insecticide. See label for soil application (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 4.4 to 10.5 fl oz instructions. (various) 1.6 F 10 to 24 fl oz Foliar Treatment 12 hrs 7 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.3 fl oz (various) 1.6 F 3.8 fl oz pymetrozine, MOA 9B 12 hrs 7 Apply before aphids reach damaging levels. Do not exceed (Fulfill) 50 WDG 2.75 oz 5.5 oz per acre per season pyrifluquinazon, MOA 9d 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 fl PQZ 1.87 EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz oz per acre per crop cycle. INSECT CONTROL INSECT spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 3 Do not exceed 10 fl oz per season. Requires surfactant. (Movento) 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz thiamethoxam, MOA 4A Do not follow applications of Platinum with foliar applications Soil treatment 12 hrs 30 of any neonicotinoid insecticide. Platinum may be applied (Platinum) 75 SG 1.66 to 3.67 oz to direct-seeded crops in-furrow at the seeding or transplant depth, or as a narrow surface band above the seedling and followed by irrigation. Post seeding it may be applied as a transplant drench or through the drip irrigation. Foliar treatment 12 hrs 7 Actara is for foliar application. (Actara) 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz tolfenpyrad, MOA 21A 12 hrs 1 Do not apply until at least 14 days after plant emergence or (Torac) 1.29 EC 17 to 21 fl oz after transplanting to allow time for root establishment. Cabbage looper, Corn Bacillus thuringiensis, MOA 11A 4 hrs 0 Only target small armyworms with Bts. Earworm, armyworms (Crymax) WDG 0.5 to 1.5 lb (Dipel) DF 8 oz

chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar or drip chemigation. See label for instructions. (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 Verimark is for soil application only. Applications made at (Verimark) 1.67 SC 5 to 13.5 fl oz 4 hrs 1 planting and/or via drip chemigation. Use higher rates (>10 fluid ounces) where cabbage looper is a concern. See label for application options. (Exirel) 0.83SE 12 hrs 1 Exirel is for foliar application only. Use higher rates (>13.5 7 to 17 fl oz fluid ounces) for Cabbage loopers. cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Harvanta) 50 SL 11 to 16.4 fl oz emamectin benzoate, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 Do not make more than two sequential applications without (Proclaim) 5 WDG 3.2 to 4.8 oz rotating to another product with a different mode of action. indoxacarb, MOA 22B 12 hrs 3 Do not apply more than 14 ounces of Avaunt (0.26 lb a.i.) per (Avaunt eVo) 30 WDG 2.5 to 3.5 lb acre per crop. The minimum interval between sprays is 3 days. methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs See Label. See label for use instructions. (Lannate) 90 SP 0.5 to 1 lb (Lannate) 2.4 LV 1.5 to 3 pts methoxyfenozide, MOA 18 4 hrs 1 Low rates for early-season applications to young or small (Intrepid) 2 F 4 to 10 fl oz plants. For mid- and late-season applications, use 6 to 10 ounces.

168 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-12. INSECT CONTROL FOR LETTUCE (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Cabbage looper, Corn spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 Earworm, armyworms (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz (cont’d) pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. Not recommended for armyworms. Leafhopper buprofezin, MOA 16 12 hrs 7 Do not apply more than 27.2 fl oz per acre per crop cycle. (Courier) 40 SC 9 to 13.6 fl oz dinotefuran, MOA 4A Do not follow soil applications with foliar applications of any Foliar treatment 12 hrs 7 neonicotinoid insecticide. Use only one application method. (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 3 oz Do not apply more than 6 ounces per acre (foliar) or 12 ounc- es per acre (soil). (Scorpion) 35 SL 2 to 2.25 fl oz Soil treatment 21 Soil applications may be applied by: (1) narrow band below or (Venom) 70 SG 5 to 6 fl oz above the seed line at planting, (2) post seeding or transplant (Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz drench with sufficient water to ensure incorporation, or (3) drip irrigation. dimethoate 4 EC, MOA 1B 0.5 pt 48 hrs 14 14-day interval for leaf lettuce.

flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 Do not apply more than 0.365 lb flupyradifurone per acre per crop per season regardless of applications method, product, Foliar treatment: INSECT CONTROL (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 7.0 to 14 fl oz or formulation. Soil treatment: 4 hrs 21 Chemigation via drip, injection below the eventual seed line (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 21 to 28 fl oz prior to planting, post-transplant drench following setting and covering, and planting hole drench after transplanting. imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 There is a 12-month plant-back restriction for a number of (various) 1.6 F 3.75 fl oz crops. Check label for restrictions. pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 (Actara) 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz tolfenpyrad, MOA 21A 12 hrs 1 Do not apply until at least 14 days after plant emergence or (Torac) 1.29 EC 14 to 21 fl oz after transplanting to allow time for root establishment. Slugs iron phosphate 0 hrs 0 OMRI approved. Sluggo should be scattered around the pe- (Sluggo) 20 to 44 lbs rimeter of the crop to provide a protective barrier for slugs and snails. If slugs are inside the rows, scatter the bait on the soil around the plants and between rows. For smaller plantings use at 0.5 to 1 lb 1,000 square feet.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 169 TABLE 2-13. INSECT CONTROL FOR OKRA (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Do not apply more than once every 7 days, and do not exceed (Assail) 30 SG 2 to 4 oz 4 applications per season. afidopyropen, MOA 9D Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before using (Sefina) DC 3 oz 12 hrs 0 a different mode of action. imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See label for soil treatment instructions. Soil treatment (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 10.5 fl oz (various) 2 F 16 to 24 fl oz Foliar treatment 12 hrs 0 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.3 to 2.2 fl oz (various) 1.6 F 3.8 fl oz flonicamid, MOA 20D 12 hrs 0 (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 7.0 to 12 fl oz pyrifluquinazon, MOA 9B 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 fl (PQZ) 1.87 EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz oz per acre per crop cycle. spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 3 Do not exceed 10 fluid ounces per season. Not for flea beetle. (Movento) 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz Requires surfactant. sulfoxaflor 12 hrs 7 (Closer) 2 SC 1.5 to 2.0 fl oz malathion, MOA 1B 12 hrs 1 (various brands) 8 F 1.5 pt (various brands) 25 WP 6 lb Blister beetle, Flea carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 3 On foliage as needed. INSECT CONTROL INSECT beetle, Japanese (Sevin) 50 WP 4 lb beetle (Sevin) 80 S 2.5 lb (Sevin) XLR Plus 2 qt pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. Corn earworm, carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 3 On foliage as needed. Tobacco budworm, (Sevin) 50 WP 4 lb European corn borer (Sevin) 80 S 2.5 lb (Sevin) XLR Plus 2 qt chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation must be applied (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3 to 5 fl oz uniformly to the root zone. See label for instructions. cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar applications will help suppress western flower thrips (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz when used in a rotational program. cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Verimark is for soil application only. Applications made at (Verimark) 1.67 SC 5 to 10 fl oz planting and/or via drip chemigation. See label for application options. Exirel is for foliar application only. Rates >13.5 for (Exirel) 0.83SE 7 to 17 fl oz 12 hrs 1 loopers only. methoxyfenozide, MOA 18 4 hrs 1 (Intrepid) 2 F 8 to 16 fl oz novaluron, MOA 15 12 hrs 1 (Rimon) 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 For corn earworm only. (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. Spider mites bifenazate, MOA 20D 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than one application per season. (Acramite) 50 WP 0.75 to 1 lb fenpyroximate MOA 21 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than two applications per season. (Portal) 0.4 EC 2 pt Stink bug, pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and leaffooted bug pre-harvest intervals.

170 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-13. INSECT CONTROL FOR OKRA (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Whitefly buprofezin, MOA 16 12 hrs 1 (Courier) 40 SC 9 to 13.6 fl oz chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation must be applied (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3 to 5 fl oz uniformly to the root zone. See label for instructions. cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Apply Verimark to at planting and/or later via drip irrigation or (Verimark) 1.67 SC 6.75 to 13.5 fl oz soil injection. See label for application options. (Exirel) 0.83SE 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz 12 hrs 1 Exirel is for foliar application. flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 10.5 to 14.0 fl oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See label for soil application instructions. Soil treatment (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 14 fl oz (various) 2 F 16 to 32 fl oz Foliar treatment 12 hrs 0 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.3 to 2.2 fl oz

(various) 1.6 F 3.8 oz INSECT CONTROL pyriproxyfen, MOA 7C 12 hrs 1 Do not make more than two applications per season. (Knack) 0.86 EC 8 to 10 fl oz spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 3 Do not exceed 10 fluid ounces per season. Not for flea bee- (Movento) 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz tle. Requires surfactant.

TABLE 2-14. INSECT CONTROL FOR ONION Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Armyworms, Cutworm chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Coragen) 3.5 to 7.5 fl oz methoxyfenozide, MOA 18 4 hrs 1 For use against lepidopteran pests on green onion only. Use (Intrepid) 2 F 4 to 8 fl oz lower rates in early season on small plants; use higher rates 8 to 12 fl oz in late season and for heavy infestations pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- harvest intervals. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz Leafminer cyromazine, MOA 17 12 hrs 7 (Trigard) 75 WS 2.66 oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 Control may be improved by mixing with an adjuvant. (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 10 fl oz Onion maggot, Onion seed pre-treated with cyromazine (Trigard) can be used to control onion and seed corn maggot. Seed corn maggot chlorpyrifos, MOA 1B 24 hrs For use on green onion only. Apply as a drench banded over (Lorsban) 4 E 32 fl oz the row at planting or 7- to 10-days after seeding. Do not exceed one application per year. diazinon, MOA 1B 3 days Broadcast just before planting and mix into the top 3 to 4 (Diazinon) 2 to 4 qt inches of soil. (AG 500) pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- harvest intervals. Thrips acetamiprid MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Control may be improved by tank mixing with an adjuvant. (Assail) 70 WP 5 to 8 oz Do not exceed 4 applications per year. methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 7 May be applied by overhead sprinkler chemigation to control (Lannate) 2.4 LV 3 pt thrips. Add a wetting agent to improve coverage. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 Control may be improved by mixing with an adjuvant. (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 10 fl oz pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- harvest intervals.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 171 TABLE 2-15. INSECT CONTROL FOR PEA, ENGLISH AND SNOW PEA (SUCCULENT AND DRIED) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid acetamiprid MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Also controls leafhoppers. Succulent peas only. (Assail) 30 SG 2.5 to 5.3 oz pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- harvest intervals. dimethoate, MOA 1B 48 hrs 0 Do not make more than one application per season, and do (Dimethoate) 400 0.32 pt not feed or graze if a mobile viner is used, or for 21 days, if a (4E) stationary viner is used. Re-entry interval is 48 hours.

flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 7 Will also control leafhopper (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 7.0 to 14 fl oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See label for soil application instructions. Soil treatment (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 10.5 fl oz (various) 2 F 16 to 24 fl oz Foliar treatment 12 hrs 7 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.2 fl oz (various) 2 F 3.5 fl oz Armyworms, chlorantraniliprole MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Clover-worm, (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 7.5 fl oz Cutworm, Looper spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 Not for cutworm. (Radiant) 1 SC 4 to 8 fl oz (succulent) 28 (dried) spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 (Blackhawk) 2.2 to 3.3 oz (succulent) 28

INSECT CONTROL INSECT (dried) Leafhopper, Lygus bug, methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 1 (pea) Apply to foliage as needed. Stink bug (Lannate) 2.4 LV 1.5 to 3 pt 5 (forage)

pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. Seedcorn maggot See Beans for control

172 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-16. INSECT CONTROL FOR PEA, SOUTHERN (COWPEAS) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid, Thrips acetamiprid MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Succulent peas only. (Assail) 70 WP 1 to 2.3 oz pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 7 Will not control thrips. (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 7.0 to 14 fl oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See label for soil application instructions. Soil treatment (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 10.5 fl oz (various) 2 F 16 to 24 fl oz Foliar treatment 12 hrs 7 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.2 fl oz (various) 2 F 2.8 fl oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 Radiant is not effective against aphids. (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 8 fl oz (succulent) 28 (dried) spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 Blackhawk is not effective against aphids. (Blackhawk) 2.2 to 3.3 oz (succulent) INSECT CONTROL 21 (dried) sulfoxaflor 24 hrs 7 (Transform) 50 WG 0.75 to 1.0 oz Bean leaf beetle carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 3 Do not feed treated foliage to livestock for 14 days after (Sevin) XLR 0.5 to 1 qt (succulent) application. 21 (dried) pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals. Corn earworm, chlorantraniliprole MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Loopers, European (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 7.5 fl oz corn borer methoxyfenozide, MOA 18 4 hrs 7 Use lower rates on smaller plants and higher rates in mid- to (Intrepid) 2 F 4 to 16 fl oz late season applications, against corn earworm. Do not apply more than 16 fl ounces per acre per season. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 Do not apply more than 28 (succulent) or 12 fl oz (dried) per (Radiant) 1 SC 3 to 8 fl oz (succulent); acre per season. 28 (dried) pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- harvest intervals. methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 1 Re-entry interval is 48 hr. (Lannate) 90 SP 0.5 to 1 lb Cowpea curculio pyrethroids, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals. Control may be poor in areas where resistant populations occur, primarily in parts of Alabama and Georgia. In areas where resistance is a problem, pyrethroid insecticides should be used at the highest labeled rate and synergized by tank mixing with 1-pint piperonyl butoxide synergist per acre. In field where resistance is a problem, applications every 3 to 5 days may be necessary to maintain control of the cowpea curculio population. methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 1 (1.5 pt) Re-entry interval is 48 hours. Not effective against resistant (Lannate) 90 SP 0.5 to 1 lb 3 (>1.5 pt) cowpea curculio populations. Stink bug pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals. Control may be poor in areas where resistant populations occur, primarily in the Gulf Coast areas. methomyl, MOA1A 48 hrs 1 (1.5 pt) (Lannate) 90 SP 0.5 to 1 lb 3 (>1.5 pt) Leafminer spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 8 fl oz (succulent) 28 (dried)

spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 (Blackhawk) 2.5 to 3.3 oz (succulent) 28 (dried)

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 173 TABLE 2-17. INSECT CONTROL FOR PEPPER (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid acephate, MOA 1B 24 hrs 7 (Orthene) 97 8 oz acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Do not apply more than once every 7 days, and do not exceed (Assail) 70 WP 0.8 to 1.2 oz 4 applications per season. afidopyropen, MOA 9D 12 0 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before using (Sefina) DC 3 oz a different mode of action. cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hr 1 Apply to soil at planting, as a transplant tray drench, in trans- (Verimark) SC 6.75 to 13.5 fl oz plant water or hill drench. After planting may be applied via drip irrigation. flonicamid, MOA 20D 12 hrs 0 (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 4.8 oz flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 7.0 to 12.0 fl oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 Where whitefly resistance is a concern, do not follow soil Soil treatment applications with foliar applications of any neonicotinoid. See (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 14 fl oz label for soil application instructions. For short-term protection (various) 2 F 16 to 32 fl oz of transplants at planting, apply Admire Pro (0.44 oz/10,000 plants) not more than 7 days before transplanting by 1) Foliar treatment 12 hrs 0 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.3 fl oz uniformly spraying on transplants, followed immediately by suf- (various) 2 F 3.8 fl oz ficient overhead irrigation to wash product into potting media; or 2) injection into overhead irrigation system using adequate volume to thoroughly saturate soil media. pymetrozine, MOA 9B 12 hrs 0 Apply before aphids reach damaging levels. Do not exceed 5.5 (Fulfill) 50 WDG 2.75 oz ounces per acre per season. Not for flea beetle. pyrifluquinazon, MOA 9B 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 fl (PQZ) 1.87 EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz oz per acre per crop cycle. spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 1 Do not exceed 10 fluid ounces per season. Requires surfac- (Movento) 2SC 4 to 5 fl oz tant. Will not control flea beetle.

INSECT CONTROL INSECT sulfoxaflor 24 hrs 1 (Closer) 2 SC 1.5 to 2.0 fl oz (Transform) WG 0.75 to 1.0 oz tolfenpyrad, MOA 21A 12 hrs 1 (Torac) 17 to 21 fl oz thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 30 Platinum may be applied to direct-seeded crops in-furrow seeding or transplant depth, post seeding or transplant as Soil treatment a drench, or through drip irrigation. Actara is applied as a (Platinum) 75 SG 1.66 to 3.67 oz foliar spray. Do not exceed 11 ounces per acre per season of Platinum or Actara. Check label for plant-back restrictions for a Foliar treatment 12 hrs 7 (Actara) 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz number of crops. Actara is for foliar application. Armyworms, Corn Bacillus thuringiensis, MOA 11A 4 hrs 0 earworm, Looper, (Dipel) DF European corn borer, (Xentari) DF 0.5 to 1.5 lb Hornworm 0.5 to 2 lb chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation must be applied (Coragen) 1.67 SC 2 to 3.5 fl oz uniformly to the root zone. See label for instructions. cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 Verimark is for soil application only. Applications made at (Verimark) 1.67 SC 5 to 10 fl oz 4 hrs 1 planting and/ or via drip chemigation. See label for application options. (Exirel) 0.83SE 7 to 13.5 fl oz 12 hrs 1 Exirel is for foliar application only. cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz emamectin benzoate, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 Apply when larvae are first observed. Additional applications (Proclaim) 5 WDG 2.4 to 4.8 oz may be necessary to maintain control. indoxacarb, MOA 22B 12 hrs 3 Use only higher rate for control of armyworm and corn ear- (Avaunt eVo) 30 WDG 2.5 to 3.5 oz worm. Do not apply more than 14 ounces of Avaunt (0.26 lb a.i. per acre per crop). Minimum interval between sprays is 5 days. methoxyfenozide, MOA 18 4 hrs 1 Apply at rates of 4 to 8 fluid ounces early in season when (Intrepid) 2 F 4 to 16 fl oz plants are small. Apply at rates of 8 to 16 ounces to large plants or when infestations are heavy. During periods of continuous moth flights re-treatments at 7 to 14 days may be required. Do not apply more than 16 fluid ounces per applica- tion or 64 fluid ounces of Intrepid per acre per season. novaluron, MOA 15 12 hrs 1 The use of a surfactant/adjuvant with Rimon is prohibited on (Rimon) 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz pepper. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals.

174 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-17. INSECT CONTROL FOR PEPPER (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Blister beetle, Stink pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- bug, Leaffooted bug vest intervals. dinotefuran, MOA 4A 12 hrs 1 Do not combine foliar applications with soil applications, or vice Foliar treatment versa. Use only one application method. (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 4 oz (Scorpion) 35 SL 2 to 7 fl oz Soil treatment 21 (Venom) 70 SG 5 to 6 oz (Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 0 (Actara) 25WDG 3 to 5.5 oz Leafminer abamectin, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 (Agri-Mek) 0.7 SC 1.75 to 3.5 fl oz cyromazine, MOA 17 12 hrs 0 (Trigard) 75 WP 2.66 oz dimethoate 4 EC, MOA 1B 0.5 pt 48 hrs 0 Re-entry interval is 48 hr. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 10 fl oz

Pepper maggot acephate, MOA 1B 24 hrs 7 INSECT CONTROL (Orthene) 97 PE 0.75 to 1 lb dimethoate 4 EC, MOA 1B 0.5 to 0.67 pt 48 hrs 0 pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals Pepper weevil acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 (Assail) 30 SG 4 oz cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz oxamyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 7 (Vydate) 2 L 2 to 4 pt thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 0 (Actara) 25 WP 3 to 4 oz tolfenpyrad, MOA 21A 12 hrs 1 (Torac) 17 to 21 fl oz pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals Broad mite abamectin, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 On foliage as needed. (Agri-Mek) 0.7 SC 1.75 to 3.5 fl oz fenpyroximate MOA 21 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than two applications per season. (Portal) 0.4 EC 2 pt spiromesifen, MOA 23 12 hrs 7 Do not exceed 3 applications per season (Oberon) 2 SG 7 to 8.5 fl oz spirotetramat MOA 23 12 hrs 1 (Movento) 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz tolfenpyrad, MOA 21A 12 hrs 1 (Torac) 17 to 21 fl oz Thrips dinotefuran, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 Dinotefuran is not effective against western flower thrips. (Venom) 70 SG 5 to 6 oz (Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See Aphids for application instructions. Treating transplants (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 to 14 fl oz before setting in the field, followed by drip irrigation may suppress incidence of tomato spotted virus. Imidacloprid is ineffective against western flower thrips. cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Harvanta used in a rotational program will help suppress (Harvanta) 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz western flower thrips. flonicamid, MOA 20D 12 hrs 0 This is an option for insecticide-resistant wester flower thrips. (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 4.8 fl oz Do not exceed 8.4 oz per acer per season. methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 3 (Lannate) 2.4 LV 1.5 pt spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 Do not exceed 29 fluid ounces per acre per season. Control of (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 10 fl oz thrips may be improved by adding a spray adjuvant. See label for instructions. This is an option for insecticide-resistant thrips.

tolfenpyrad, MOA 21A 12 hrs 1 (Torac), 1.29 EC 21 fl oz

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 175 TABLE 2-18. INSECT CONTROL FOR POTATO, IRISH (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Do not make more than 4 applications per season. Thorough (Assail) 30 SG 1.5 to 4 oz coverage is important. Assail belongs to the same class of insecticides (neonicotinoid, 4A) as Admire Pro, Belay and Platinum (soil insecticides) and Provado and Actara (foliar insecticides). Colorado potato beetle populations have devel- oped resistance to this class. clothianidin MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Apply Belay 50 as foliar spray when populations reach a (Belay) 2.13 2 to 3 fl oz threshold level. Do not apply more than 3 applications. Be- lay belongs to the same class of insecticides (neonicotinoid) as Admire Pro, Provado, Actara, and Platinum and Colorado po- tato beetle populations have the potential to become resistant to this class. flonicamid, MOA 20D 12 hrs 7 (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 7.0 to 12.0 fl oz dimethoate 4 EC, MOA 1B 0.5 to 1 pt 48 hrs 0 Do not apply more than 2 pints total per year. imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 To minimize selection for resistance in Colorado potato beetle, (Admire Pro) 4.6F 1.2 fl oz do not use acetamiprid, imidacloprid, or thiamethoxam for aphid control if either of these compounds was applied to the crop for control of Colorado potato beetle. See comments on insecticide rotation under Colorado potato beetle. pymetrozine, MOA 9B 12 hrs 14 Allow at least 7 days between applications. Do not exceed a (Fulfill) 50 WDG 2.75 oz total of 5.5 ounces (0.17 lb a.i.) per acre per season. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 14 To minimize selection for resistance in Colorado potato beetle, (Actara) 25 WDG 3 oz do not use imidacloprid or thiamethoxam for aphid control if either of these compounds was applied to the crop for control of Colorado potato beetle. INSECT CONTROL INSECT Colorado potato beetle Colorado potato beetle populations in most commercial potato-growing areas have developed resistance to many insecti- cides. As a result, insecticides that are effective in some areas, or were effective in the past, may no longer provide control in particular areas. Colorado potato beetle readily develops resistance to insecticides. The following practices help to reduce the risk of resistance developing: CROP ROTATION AND INSECTICIDE ROTATION The use of insecticides representing different modes of action IRAC MoA class number in different years and against different gener- ations of potato beetle within a year are essential if insecticide resistance is to be managed and the risks of control failures due to resistance minimized. If control failures or reduced levels of control are observed with a particular insecticide, do NOT make a second application of the same insecticide at the same or higher rate. If an additional insecticide application is necessary, a different insec- ticide representing a different IRAC MoA class number should be used. Because potato beetle adults will move between adjacent and nearby fields from one year to the next, It is important to maintain the same rotation schedule of insecticide MOA classes in adjacent fields are groups of nearby fields. SCOUT FIELDS: All insecticide applications to the potato crop, regardless of the target insect pest, have the potential to in- crease the resistance of the Colorado potato beetle to insecticides. Unnecessary insecticide applications should be avoided by scouting fields for insect pests and applying insecticides only when potentially damaging insect populations are present. SPOT TREATMENTS: Because overwintered potato beetles invade rotated fields from sources outside the field, potato beetle infestations in rotated fields occur first along field edges early in the season. Limiting insecticide applications to infested portions of the field will provide effective control and reduce costs. Growers are advised to keep accurate records on which insecticides have been applied to their potato crop for control of Colorado potato beetle and on how effective those insecticides were at controlling infestations. This will make choosing an insecticide and maintaining insecticide rotations easier. Monitoring the insecticide resistance status of local populations will also make insecticide selection easier. abamectin, MOA 6 12 hrs 14 Apply when adults and/or small larvae are present but before (Agri-Mek) 0.7 SC 1.75 to 3.5 fl oz large larvae appear. Do not exceed two applications per sea- son. Apply in at least 20 gallons water per acre. Acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Apply when most egg masses have hatched and many small (Assail) 70 WP 0.6 to 1.7 oz but few large larvae are present. An additional application should be used only if defoliation increases. Allow at least 7 days between foliar applications. To minimize selection for resistance, do not use foliar applications of any IRAC MOA class 4A insecticides if any IRAC MOA class 4A insecticides were applied to the crop as soil or seed piece treatments. See comments on insecticide rotation under Colorado potato beetle. chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 14 Do not apply more than 15.4 ounces Coragen per acre per (Coragen) 1.67 3.5 to 5 oz crop season. Coragen treated insects may take several days to die, but stop feeding almost immediately after treatment. clothianidin MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Apply Belay 50 WDG as foliar spray Apply when adults and/ (Belay) 2.13 2 to 3 fl oz or small larvae are present but before large larvae appear. Do not apply more than 3 applications. Belay belongs to the same class of insecticides (neonicotinoid) as Admire Pro, Provado, Actara, and Platinum and some Colorado potato beetle popu- lations have developed resistance to this class.

176 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-18. INSECT CONTROL FOR POTATO, IRISH (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Colorado potato beetle cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hr NA Apply in-furrow at planting. Do not apply any other MOA (cont’d) (Verimark) 1.67 SC 6.75 to 13.5 fl oz Group 28 insecticide for Colorado potato beetle control following an at-plant application for cyantraniliprole. When applied at 10 to 13.5 fluid ounces per acre will provide control of European corn borer in most years, except possibly in very early-planted potatoes. dinotefuran, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Soil treatment for preplant, preemergence, or ground crack (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 1.5 oz (foliar) application only. To minimize selection for resistance, do not use foliar applications of any IRAC MOA class 4A insecticides 6.5 to 7.5 oz if any IRAC MOA class 4A insecticides were applied to the (soil) crop as soil or seed piece treatments. See comments on insecticide rotation under Colorado potato beetle. imidacloprid, MOA 4A Resistance has been reported and may reduce efficacy or Seed Piece treatment duration of control. To minimize selection for resistance, do not use foliar applications of any IRAC MoA class 4A insecticides (Genesis) 240 g/L 0.4 to 0.6 fl oz/ if any of these compounds were applied to the crop as soil or 100 lb of seed seed piece treatments. See label for specific instructions. For tubers early-planted potatoes, control may be marginal because of the prolonged time between application and Colorado potato beetle emergence. Limit use to locations where Colorado potato beetles were a problem in the same or adjacent fields

during the previous year. Do not apply other IRAC MOA class INSECT CONTROL 4A insecticides to a field if seed pieces were treated with Gen- esis. See product label for restrictions on rotational crops. imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs — Resistance has been reported and may reduce efficacy or Soil treatment duration of control. See comments on insecticide rotation under Colorado potato beetle. Admire Pro applied in-furrow (Admire Pro) 4.6F 0.74 fl oz/ at planting time may provide sea-son-long control. However, (various) 2.0 F 1,000 ft row for early-planted potatoes control may be marginal due to the prolonged time between application and Colorado potato bee- tle emergence. Use only in potato fields that have a history of potato beetle infestations. If potatoes are rotated to a field adjacent to one planted in potato last year, a barrier treatment may be effective. Admire Pro may also be applied as a seed treatment. Check label for instructions regarding this use. Check label for restrictions on planting crops following Admire Pro treated potatoes. There have been reports of low levels of resistance to imidacloprid. To minimize selection for resis- tance, do not use foliar applications of any IRAC MoA class 4A insecticides if any of these compounds were applied to the crop as soil or seed piece treatments. See comments on insecticide rotation under Colorado potato beetle. Foliar treatment 12 hrs 7 Resistance has been reported and may reduce efficacy or (Admire Pro) 4.6 1.3 fl oz duration of control. To minimize selection for resistance, do not use foliar applications of any IRAC MoA class 4A insecti- (various) 1.6 F 3.75 fl oz cides if any of these compounds were applied to the crop as soil or seed piece treatments. See comments on insecticide rotation under Colorado potato beetle. Apply when most of the egg masses have hatched and most larvae are small (1/8 to 3/16 in.). An additional application should be made only if defoliation increases. Allow at least 7 days between foliar ap- plications. Do not exceed 5.6 fluid ounces of Admire Pro per field per acre per season. Regardless of formulation, do NOT apply more than a total of 0.31 lb imidacloprid per season. Foliar applications of imidacloprid should not be applied If soil application was used. Imidacloprid, MOA 4A 7 There have been reports of low levels of resistance to imida- + cyfluthrin, MOA 3A premix cloprid. To minimize selection for resistance, do not use foliar applications of any IRAC MOA class 4A insecticides if any of (Leverage) 2.7 SE 3 to 3.75 fl oz these compounds were applied to the crop as soil or seed piece treatments. See comments on insecticide rotation under Colorado potato beetle, apply when most of the egg masses have hatched and most larvae are small (1/8 to 3/16 inch). An additional application should be made only if defoliation increases. Leverage will control European corn borer if appli- cation coincides with egg hatch and presence of small corn borer larvae. Leverage should not be used in fields treated with Admire Pro. novaluron, MOA 15 12 hrs 14 Novaluron is an insect growth regulator with activity against (Rimon) 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz eggs and larvae. Larvae are killed as they molt to the next stage. Eggs present at the time of application are killed. Adults exposed produce few eggs. Novaluron is most effective if directed against overwintered adults when egg numbers are increasing, and small larvae are just beginning to appear. Do not apply to successive generations of Colorado potato beetle. Do not apply more than 24 fl oz per season.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 177 TABLE 2-18. INSECT CONTROL FOR POTATO, IRISH (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Colorado potato beetle spinosad, MOA 5 3 Apply when most egg masses have hatched and both small (cont’d) (Blackhawk) 36 WG 1.7 to 3.3 oz and large larvae are present. Thorough coverage is import- ant. Do not apply more than a total of 0.33 lb a.i. (14.4 ounces of Blackhawk or 21 ounces of Radiant) per crop. Do not apply in consecutive generations of Colorado potato beetle and do not make more than two applications per single generation of Colorado potato beetle. Do not make successive applications less than 7 days apart. To minimize the potential for resis- tance, do NOT use spinosad or spinetoram if either product was applied to a potato crop in the field or an adjacent field within the last year. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 7 See comments above under spinosad. (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 8 fl oz thiamethoxam, MOA 4A See label for specific instructions. Resistance to neonicotinoid Seed Piece treatment insecticides has been reported and may reduce efficacy or (Cruiser) 5 FS 0.11 to 0.16 fl oz/ duration of control by thiamethoxam. To minimize selection 100 lb for resistance, do not use foliar applications of any IRAC MoA class 4A insecticides if any of these compounds were applied to the crop as soil or seed piece treatments. See comments on insecticide rotation under Colorado potato beetle. For early-planted potatoes, control may be marginal because of the prolonged time between application and Colorado potato beetle emergence. Limit use to locations where Colorado potato beetles were a problem in the same or adjacent fields during the previous year. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Resistance to neonicotinoid insecticides has been reported (Platinum) 75 SG 1.66 to 2.67 oz and may reduce efficacy or duration of control by thiamethox- am. To minimize selection for resistance, do not use foliar applications of any IRAC MOA class 4A insecticides if any of these compounds were applied to the crop as soil or seed INSECT CONTROL INSECT piece treatments. See comments on insecticide rotation under Colorado potato beetle. Platinum applied in-furrow at planting time may provide season-long control. For early-planted pota- toes, control may be marginal because of the prolonged time between application and Colorado potato beetle emergence. Limit use to locations where Colorado potato beetles were a problem in the same or adjacent fields in the previous year. See product label for restrictions on rotational crops. (Actara) 25 WDG 3 oz 12 hrs 7 Resistance to neonicotinoid insecticides has been reported and may reduce efficacy or duration of control by thiame- thoxam. To minimize selection for resistance, do not use foliar applications of any IRAC MOA class 4A insecticides if any of these compounds were applied to the crop as soil or seed piece treatments. See comments on insecticide rotation under Colorado potato beetle. Actara is applied as foliar spray. Apply when most of the eggs have hatched and most of the larvae are small (1/8 to 3/16 inch). An additional application should be made only if defoliation increases. Allow at least 7 days between applications. Do not make more than 2 applications of Actara per crop per season. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A + 14 Resistance to neonicotinoid insecticides has been reported chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 and may reduce efficacy or duration of control by thiame- Premix (Voliam Flex) 4 oz thoxam. To minimize selection for resistance, do not use foliar applications of any IRAC MOA class 4A insecticides if any of these compounds were applied to the crop as soil or seed piece treatments. See comments on insecticide rotation under Colorado potato beetle. Voliam Flexi is applied as a foliar spray. Apply when most of the eggs have hatched and most of the larvae are small (1/8 to 3/16 inch.). An additional application should be made only if defoliation increases. Allow at least 7 days between applications. To minimize selection for resistance, do not use foliar applications of any IRAC MOA class 4A insecticides if any of these compounds were applied to the crop as soil or seed piece treatments. Do not exceed 8 ounces of Voliam Flexi. See label for rotational restrictions. Voliam Flexi can be expected to provide control of European corn borer if application is timed correctly (see European corn borer for correct timing.

178 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-18. INSECT CONTROL FOR POTATO, IRISH (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks European corn borer The Atlantic variety of potato is very tolerant of injury by European corn borer larvae. Consequently, control is not recommended on Atlantic unless more than 30 percent of the stems are infested. Control on all other varieties is recommended when infestations reach 20 percent infested stems. Application timing is critical. Scout for eggs and treat when eggs hatch or at the first sign of larvae entering petioles. Several days of cool wet weather will kill larvae and may eliminate the need for insecticide applications. If this occurs, flag additional egg masses and apply insecticide at hatch. pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs Apply when threshold is reached (usually during the first half of May). A second application may be needed if the percentage of infested stems increases substantially 7 to 10 days after the first application. Ground applications are usually more effective than aerial applications. See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 14 Do not apply more than 15.4 ounces Coragen per acre per (Coragen) 1.67 3.5 to 5 oz crop season. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A + 12 hrs 14 Voliam Flexi is applied as a foliar spray. Apply when threshold chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 is reached (usually during the first half of May). To minimize premix selection for resistance in Colorado potato beetle, do not use foliar applications of any IRAC MOA class 4A insecticides if (Voliam Flexi) 4 oz any of these compounds were applied to the crop as soil or seed piece treatments. Do not exceed 8 ounces of Voliam Flexi. See label for rotational restrictions Voliam Flexi can INSECT CONTROL be expected to provide control of Colorado potato beetle if application is timed correctly (see Colorado potato beetle section for correct timing). If imidacloprid or thiamethoxam-re- sistant Colorado potato beetles occur in the field, application of Voliam Flexi to control European corn borer has the potential to further increase resistance levels. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 7 Do not apply more than a total of 0.25 lb a.i. (32 fl oz) per (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 8 fl oz crop. Flea beetle imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs — If imidacloprid or thiamethoxam resistant Colorado potato Soil treatment beetles occur in the field, application of imidacloprid to control (Admire Pro) 4.6 0.74 fl oz/ flea beetles has the potential to further increase resistance levels. Imidacloprid applied in-furrow at planting time may (various) 1.6 F 1,000 ft row provide season-long control of flea beetles. However, for early-planted potatoes control may be marginal due to the prolonged time between application and crop emergence. Check label for restrictions on planting crops following Admire Pro treated potatoes. Foliar treatment 12 hrs 7 See comments for imidacloprid resistance in Colorado potato (Admire Pro) 4.6 1.3 fl oz beetle (various) 1.6 F 3.75 fl oz thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs See label for specific instructions. For early-planted potatoes, Seed Piece treatment control may be marginal because of the prolonged time (Cruiser) 5 FS 0.11 to 0.16 fl oz/ between application and flea beetle emergence. Limit use to 100 lb locations where Colorado potato beetles were not a problem in the same or adjacent fields during the previous year. To minimize selection for resistance, do not use foliar applica- tions of any IRAC MOA class 4A insecticides if any of these compounds were applied to the crop as soil or seed piece treatments. See comments on insecticide rotation under Colorado potato beetle. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A Platinum applied in-furrow at planting time may provide (Platinum) 2 SC 5 to 8 fl oz 12 hrs 7 season-long control. However, for early-planted potatoes control may be marginal due to the prolonged time between application and crop emergence. Limit use to locations where Colorado potato beetles were not a problem in the same or adjacent fields during the previous year. See product label for restrictions on rotational crops. See comments for imidaclo- prid resistance in Colorado potato beetle. (Actara) 25 WDG 3 oz 12 hrs 7 Actara is applied as foliar spray. See comments for imidaclo- prid resistance in Colorado potato beetle. If imidacloprid or thiamethoxam resistant Colorado potato beetles occur in the field, application of Voliam Flexi should to control flea beetle has the potential to increase resistance levels. See comments for imidacloprid resistance in Colorado potato beetle. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 14 Do not exceed 8.0 fluid ounces per acre Voliam Flexi or 0.094 chlorantraniliprole MOA 28 lb a.i/acre of thiamethoxam-containing products or 0.2-pound (Voliam Flexi) 4 fl oz a.i/acre of chlorantraniliprole-containing products per growing season. pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- harvest intervals.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 179 TABLE 2-18. INSECT CONTROL FOR POTATO, IRISH (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Leafhopper carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 7 On foliage when leafhoppers first appear. Repeat every 10 (Sevin) 50 WP 1 to 2 lb days as needed. Often a problem in the mountains. (Sevin) 80 S 0.625 to 1.25 lb (Sevin) XLR Plus 1 pt dimethoate, MOA 1B Check label for rate, PHI and REI. (various formulations) imidacloprid + cyfluthrin There have been reports of low levels of resistance to imida- premix, MOA 4A and 3 cloprid. To minimize selection for resistance, do not use foliar (Leverage) 2.7 SE 3 to 3.80 fl oz 7 7 applications of any IRAC MOA class 4A insecticides if any of these compounds were applied to the crop as soil or seed (Leverage) 360 2.8 fl oz piece treatments. See comments on insecticide rotation under Colorado potato beetle. Leverage should not be used in fields treated with Admire Pro. methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 6 (Lannate) 2.4 LV 1.5 pt pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- vest intervals. Leafminer dimethoate, MOA 1B Check label for rate, PHI and REI. (various formulations) chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 14 (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz Blister beetle, carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 7 On foliage as needed. Leaffooted bug, (Sevin) 50 WP 2 to 4 lb Plant bug, Stink bug, pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- Vegetable weevil Table 2-25 vest intervals. Potato tuberworm chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 14 Do not exceed 4 applications per acre per crop. Do not apply

INSECT CONTROL INSECT (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz more than 15.4 ounces Coragen per acre per crop season. Minimum interval between applications is 5 days. methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 6 Prevent late-season injury by keeping potatoes covered with (Lannate) 2.4 LV 1.5 pt soil. To prevent damage in storage, practice sanitation. pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- harvest intervals. Thrips dimethoate 4 EC, MOA 1B 0.5 pt 48 hrs 0 spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 7 (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 8 fl oz spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 Control may be improved by addition of an adjuvant to the (Blackhawk) 36 WG 2.25 to 3.5 oz spray mixture. Wireworm Planting in fields previously in corn, soybean, or fallow may increase risk of wireworm. bifenthrin, MOA 3A In furrow at planting. (Capture LFR) 25.5 fl oz clothianidin 12 hrs In-furrow at planting. (Belay) 2.13 12 fl oz ethoprop, MOA 1B 48 hrs 90 In-furrow at planting. (Mocap) 15 G 1.4 lb per 1,000 row ft fipronil, MOA 2B 0 hrs 90 In-furrow at planting. Do NOT use T-banding over the top of (Regent) 4 SC 3.2 fl oz a closed furrow. phorate, MOA 1B Row Treatment: 12 hrs 90 Can contribute to insecticide-resistance problems with Colo- (Thimet) 20 G 10 to 20 oz (38 rado potato beetle. in. row spacing)

180 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-19. INSECT CONTROL FOR RADISH Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid, Flea beetle, pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-har- leafminer vest intervals. flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 7 Will not control flea beetles or leafminer. (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 7.0 to 14 fl oz

imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Will not control leafminer. Foliar treatment: (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.2 fl oz (various) 2 F 2.8 fl oz flonicamid, MOA 29 12 hrs 3 (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs (Platinum) 75 SG 1.7 to 2.17 oz NA Platinum is for soil application within 24 hr of planting only. (soil) See label for application instructions. (Actara) 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 7 (foliar) Root maggot, Wireworm chlorpyrifos, MOA 1B 24 hrs — Water-based drench in-furrow at planting. Use a minimum of

(Lorsban) 4 E 1 fl oz/ 40 gal of water per acre. INSECT CONTROL 1,000 linear ft diazinon, MOA 1B 3 days Broadcast just before planting and immediately incorpo- (AG 500) 2 to 4 qt rate into the upper 4 to 8 inches of soil. Do not exceed 4 qt (50 WP) 4 to 8 lb (AG500) or 8 lbs (50WP) per acre per year.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 181 TABLE 2-20. INSECT CONTROL FOR SPINACH Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Do not apply more than once every 7 days, and do not exceed (Assail) 30 SG 2 to 4 oz 5 applications per calendar year. afidopyropen, MOA 9D 12 hrs 0 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before using (Versys) DC 1.5 fl oz a different mode of action. clothianidin, MOA 4A 12 hrs Soil application at planting only. Belay must not be applied (Belay) 50 WDG 4.8 to 6.4 oz NA during bloom. Do not incorporate an adjuvant with foliar appli- (soil) cations. Do not apply more than 6.4 oz per acre per season. 1.6 to 2.1 fl oz 7 (foliar) cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Suppression only. Soil applications made at planting only. See (Verimark) 1.67 SC 6.75 to 13.5 fl oz label for application options. flonicamid, MOA 29 12 hrs 0 (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 10.5 to 12.0 fl oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 Do not follow soil applications with foliar applications of any Soil treatment neonicotinoid insecticides. See label for soil application (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 4.4 to 10.5 fl oz instructions. (various) 2 F 10 to 24 fl oz Foliar treatment 12 hrs 7 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.2 fl oz (various) 1.6 F 3.8 fl oz pymetrozine, MOA 9B 12 hrs 7 Apply before aphids reach damaging levels. Use sufficient (Fulfill) 50 WDG 2.75 oz water to ensure good coverage. pyrifluquinazon, MOA 9B 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 fl (PQZ) 1.87 EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz oz per acre per crop cycle. spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 3 Do not exceed 10 fluid ounces per season. Requires surfac-

INSECT CONTROL INSECT (Movento) 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz tant. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A See label for soil application instructions. Soil treatment (Platinum) 75 SG 1.7 to 3.7 oz 12 hrs 30 Foliar treatment (Actara) 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 12 hr 7 tolfenpyrad, MOA 21A 12 hrs 1 Do not apply until at least 14 days after plant emergence or (Torac) 1.29 EC 17 to 21 fl oz after transplanting to allow time for root establishment. Leafminer chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation must be applied (Coragen) 1.67 SC 5 to 7.5 fl oz uniformly to the root zone. See label for instructions. cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 Verimark is for soil application only. Applications made at (Verimark) 1.67 SC 5 to 13.5 fl oz 4 hrs N/A planting and/or via drip chemigation. Use higher rates (>10 fluid ounces) where cabbage looper is a concern. See label for application options. (Exirel) 0.83 SE 7 to 17 fl oz 12 hrs 1 Exirel is for foliar application only. Use higher rates (>13.5 fluid ounces) for cabbage loopers. Do not apply more than 0.4 lb a.i. per acre per year of CYAZYPYR or cyantraniliprole containing products. cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz cyromazine, MOA 17 12 hrs 7 (Trigard) 75 WP 2.66 oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 Spray adjuvants may enhance efficacy against leafminers. (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 10 fl oz See label for information on adjuvants. Armyworms, Beet chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 3 webworm, Corn (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz earworm, Cutworm, emamectin benzoate, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 Do not make more than two sequential applications without Looper (Proclaim) 5 WDG 3.2 to 4.8 oz rotating to another product with a different mode of action. cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz indoxacarb, MOA 22B 12 hrs 3 (Avaunt eVo) 30 SG 3.5 oz methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 7 Air temperature should be well above 32°F. Do not apply to (Lannate) 90 SP 0.5 to 1 lb seedlings less than 3 in. in diameter. (Lannate) 2.4 LV 1.5 to 3 pts methoxyfenozide, MOA 18 4 hrs 1 Use low rates for early-season applications to young or small (Intrepid) 2 F 4 to 10 fl oz plants and 6 to 10 oz for mid- to late-season applications. spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- harvest intervals.

182 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-21. INSECT CONTROL FOR SWEETPOTATO (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphids, Leafhopper, Aphids, leafhoppers, and whiteflies are rarely a problem. Whitefly clothianidin, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 Soil application as an in-furrow or sidedress application. For side- (Belay) 2.13 SC 9 to 12 oz dress applications, immediately cover with soil. (soil) flonicamid, MOA 20D 12 hrs 7 (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 For aphids and leafhopper use 7.0 to 10.5 fluid ounces, for whitefly (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 7.0 to 14.0 fl oz use 10.5 to 14.0 fluid ounces. imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Two applications may be needed to control heavy populations. (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.2 fl oz Allow 5 to 7 days between applications. (various) 1.6 F 3.5 fl oz pymetrozine, MOA 9B 12 hrs 14 (Fulfill) 50 WDG 2.75 to 5.5 oz pyrifluquinazon, MOA 9B 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 fl oz per (PQZ) 1.87 EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz acre per crop cycle. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 14 Two applications of Actara may be needed to control heavy popu- (Actara) 25 WDG 3 oz lations. Allow 7 to 10 days between applications. Do not exceed a total of 6 ounces of Actara per crop per season INSECT CONTROL Armyworms, Damaging armyworm and earworm infestations may occur in August or September. If significant infestations are present on foliage during Looper, Corn harvest, larvae may feed on exposed roots. earworm, chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar application only on sweetpotato. Hornworm (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz methoxyfenozide, MOA18 4 hrs 7 (Intrepid) 2 F 6 to 10 fl oz novaluron, MOA 15 12 hrs 14 Do not make more than 2 applications per crop per season. (Rimon) 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 7 (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 8 fl oz spinosad MOA 5 4 hrs 3 (Blackhawk) 1.7 to 3.5 oz Cucumber beetle Cucumber beetle larvae (diabrotica) are a serious pest of sweetpotato in LA and MS. Controlling adult cucumber beetles in (adults), Japanese areas with a history of Diabrotica damage can reduce damage to roots. Foliage feeding by beetles rarely causes economic beetle (adults), loss, and control is not warranted unless defoliation is severe. Tortoise beetles are frequently present but rarely reach levels Tortoise beetle requiring treatment. Treat for tortoise beetles only if significant defoliation is observed. carbaryl, MOA 1A 12 hrs 7 Treat for tortoise beetles only if significant defoliation is observed. (Sevin) 50 WP 4 lb Tortoise beetles are frequently present but rarely reach levels (Sevin) 80 S, WSB 2.5 lb requiring treatment. (Sevin) XLR Plus 2 qt spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 7 (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 8 fl oz bifenthrin, MOA 3A 12 hrs 21 (various) 2 EC 9.6 to 19.2 fl oz chlorpyrifos, MOA 1B 24 hrs 125 (Lorsban) 15 G 13.5 lb (60 in NC (Lorsban) 4 E 4 pt for Lorsban (Lorsban Advanced) 4 pt Advanced only) clothianidin MOA 4A 12 hrs Soil application at planting only. (Belay) 2.13 9 to12 fl oz (soil)

3 to 4 fl oz Do not apply during bloom or when bees are foraging. (foliar) imidacloprid, MOA 4A 3 days 60 days (Admire Pro) 4.6 SC 10.5 fl oz or (NC Only) 0.75 fl oz per 1,000 ft 125 days elsewhere

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 183 TABLE 2-21. INSECT CONTROL FOR SWEETPOTATO (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Flea beetle, bifenthrin, MOA 3A 12 hrs 21 Apply as broadcast, preplant application to the soil and incorporate Wireworm, White (various) 2 EC 9.6 to 19.2 fl oz 4 to 6 inches prior to bed formation. This use has been demon- grub strated to control overwintered wireworm populations and reduce damage to roots at harvest. Chlorpyrifos will not control whitefringed beetle or other grubs that attack sweetpotato. Research has shown chlorpyrifos, MOA 1B 24 hrs 125 that best control is achieved when chlorpyrifos is applied as a (Lorsban) 15 G 13.5 lb preplant application incorporated 4 to 6 inches deep prior to bed (Lorsban) 4 E 4 pt (60 in NC formation, followed by 1 or more soil-directed, incorporations of bi- (Lorsban Advanced) 4 pt for Lorsban fenthrin during routine cultivation. Bifenthrin should be directed onto Advanced each side of the bed from the drill to the middle of the furrow and only) incorporated with cultivating equipment set to throw soil toward the drill. The objective is to provide a barrier of treated soil that covers clothianidin MOA 4A 12 hrs the bed and furrows. Foliar sprays of various insecticides that target (Belay) 2.13 12 fl oz adults to prevent egg laying have not been shown to provide any reduction in damage to roots by wireworm larvae at harvest.

imidacloprid 3 days 60 days (Admire Pro) 4.6 SC 10.5 fl oz or (NC Only) 0.75 fl oz per 1,000 ft 125 days elsewhere Fruit fly (vinegar fly) pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs — Postharvest application in storage. Apply as a space fog with (Pyrenone) 1 gal.100,00 cu ft a mechanical or thermal generator. Do not make more than 10 applications.

Sweetpotato weevil pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. INSECT CONTROL INSECT Thrips spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 7 (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 8 fl oz

Whitefringed beetle phosmet, MOA 1B 5 days 7 Do not make more than five applications per season. Whitefringed (Imidan) 70 W 1.33 lb beetle adults are active in July and August. Do not plant in fields with a recent history of whitefringed beetles.

184 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-22. INSECT CONTROL FOR TOMATO (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid, Flea acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Do not apply more than once every 7 days, and do not exceed 5 appli- beetle (Assail) 30 SG 2 to 4 oz cations per season. Afidopyropen, MOA 9D 12 0 Will not control flea beetle. Do not make more than 2 sequential appli- (Sefina) DC 3 oz cations before using a different mode of action. clothianidin, MOA 4A 12 hrs Soil applications at planting only (Belay) 50 WDG 4.8 to 6.4 oz (soil) 1.6 to 2.1 oz 7 (foliar) (foliar) cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 1 Soil applications at planting will control flea beetles and suppress (Verimark) 1.67 SC 6.75 to 13.5 fl oz aphids. See label for application options. dimethoate 4 EC, MOA 1B 0.5 to 1 pt 48 hrs 7 Do not exceed rate with dimethoate as leaf injury may result. flonicamid, MOA 29 12 hrs 0 Foliar or soil applications are permissible. Soil applications should be (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 4.8 oz made via drip chemigation and within 21 days of transplanting. Will not control flea beetle. flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 1 Will not control flea beetle. (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 7.0 to 10.5 fl oz

imidacloprid, MOA 4A For short-term protection at planting, apply Admire Pro transplants in INSECT CONTROL Soil treatment 12 hrs 21 the planthouse not more than 7 days before planting at the rate of 0.44 (Admire Pro) 4.6F 7 to 10.5 fl oz (4.6 F formulation) or 1 ounce (2 F formulation) per 10,000 plants. See label for instructions of greenhouse transplant and field soil applica- (various) 2F 16 to 24 fl oz tions. Foliar treatment 12 hrs 0 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.2 fl oz (various) 2 F 3.75 fl oz pymetrozine, MOA 9B 12 hrs 0 For aphids only. (Fulfill) 50 WDG 2.75 oz pyrifluquinazon, MOA 9B 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 fl oz per (PQZ) 1.87 EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz acre per crop cycle. sulfoxaflor MOA 4C 12 hrs 1 (Closer) 2 SC 1.5 to 2 fl oz thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 30 Platinum may be applied to direct-seeded crops in-furrow seeding or (Platinum) 75 SG 1.66 to 3.67 oz transplant depth, post seeding or transplant as a drench, or through drip irrigation. Do not exceed 11 ounces per acre per season of Plati- num. Check label for plant-back restrictions for a number of crops. (Actara) 25 WDG 2 to 3 oz 12 hrs 0 Colorado potato acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 beetle (Assail) 30 SG 1.5 to 2.5 oz chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation must be applied uniformly (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz to the root zone. See label for instructions. cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Apply Verimark to soil via drip irrigation or soil injection. (Verimark) 1.67 SC 5 to 10 fl oz (Exirel) 0.83 SE 7 to 13.5 fl oz 12 hrs 1 Exirel is for foliar application. imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See application instructions above under aphid/flea beetle. Soil treatment (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 7 fl oz (various) 2 F 16 fl oz Foliar treatment 12 hrs 0 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.3 to 2.2 fl oz (various) 2 F 3.75 fl oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 30 Platinum may be applied to direct-seeded crops in-furrow seeding or (Platinum) 75 SG 1.66 to 3.67 oz transplant depth, post seeding or transplant as a drench, or through drip irrigation. Do not exceed 11 oz per acre per season of Platinum. Check label for plant-back restrictions for a number of crops. (Actara) 25 WDG 2 to 3 oz 12 hrs 0 Actara is for foliar applications.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 185 TABLE 2-22. INSECT CONTROL FOR TOMATO (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Armyworm, Bacillus thuringiensis, MOA 4 hrs 0 Tomato fruitworm resistance to Bts has become common in recent Cabbage looper, 11A years. Hornworm, (Dipel) DF 0.5 to 1 lb Tomato fruit- (Crymax) WDG 0.5 to 1.5 lb worm, Pinworm pyrethroid, MOA 3A See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre- harvest intervals. chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar or drip chemigation. Drip chemigation must be applied uniformly (Coragen) 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz to the root zone. See label for instructions. cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Verimark is for soil application only. Applications made at planting and/ (Verimark) 1.67 SC 5 to 10 fl oz or via drip chemigation after planting. See label for application options. (Exirel) 0.83SE 7 to 13.5 fl oz 12 hrs 1 Exirel is for foliar application only. cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz emamectin benzoate, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 (Proclaim) 5 WDG 2.4 to 4.8 oz indoxacarb, MOA 22B 12 hrs 3 Do not apply more than 24 ounces of Avaunt (0.44 lbs a.i.) per acre per (Avaunt eVo) 30 WDG 3.5 to 6 oz crop. methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 1 Methomyl may induce leafminer infestation. (Lannate) 2.4 LV 1.5 to 3 pt methoxyfenozide, MOA 18 4 hrs 1 Use low rates for early-season applications to young or small plants (Intrepid) 2 F 4 to 10 fl oz and 6 to 10 ounces for mid- and late-season applications. Intrepid provides suppression of pinworm only. novaluron, MOA 15 12 hrs 1 Do not make more than 3 applications per season. (Rimon) 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz INSECT CONTROL INSECT Cutworm pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. Leafminer abamectin, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 Do not exceed 48 fluid ounces per acre per season, or more than two (Agri-Mek) 0.7 SC 1.75 to 3.5 fl oz sequential applications. chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar or soil chemigation. Drip chemigation must be applied uniformly (Coragen) 1.67 SC 5 to 7.5 fl oz to the root zone. See label for soil application instructions. cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz cyromazine, MOA 17 12 hrs 0 See label for plant-back restrictions. (Trigard) 75 WP 2.66 oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 Do not exceed 29 fl oz per acre per season. (Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 8 fl oz Spider mite abamectin, MOA 6 12 hrs 7 Do not make more than two sequential applications. (Agri-Mek) 0.7 SC 1.75 to 3.5 fl oz acequinocyl, MOA 20B 12 hrs 1 The use of a surfactant/adjuvant with Kanemite on tomatoes is prohib- (Kanemite) 15 SC 31 fl oz ited. bifenazate, MOA 20D 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than one application per season. (Acramite) 50 WS 0.75 to 1.0 lb cyflumetofen, MOA 25 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than one application before using an effective miti- (Nealta) 1.67 SC 13.7 fl oz cide with a different mode of action. fenazaquin, MOA 21A 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than one application per year. (Magister) 1.7 24 to 36 fl oz fenpyroximate MOA 21 12 hrs 3 Do not make more than two applications per season. (Portal) 0.4EC 2 pts spiromesifen, MOA 23 12 hrs 7 Do not exceed 3 applications per season. (Oberon) 2 SG 7 to 8.5 fl oz Stink bugs pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals. dinotefuran, MOA 4A 12 hrs 1 Do not combine foliar with soil applications, use only one method. Foliar treatment (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 4 oz Soil applications of Venom or Scorpion may be made in a narrow band (Scorpion) 35 SL 2 to 7 oz under the plant row as a post-transplant drench, as a soil-incorporated sidedress after plants are established, or in drip irrigation water. See 21 Soil treatment label for instructions. (Venom) 70 SG 5 to 6 fl oz (Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz Read pollinator protection restrictions on the label. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 0 Do not exceed 11 ounces Actara per acre per season. (Actara) 25 WDG 3 to 5.5 oz

186 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-22. INSECT CONTROL FOR TOMATO (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Thrips dimethoate 4 EC, MOA 1B 0.5 to 1 pt 48 hrs 7 cyclaniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Harvanta will help suppress western flower thrips when used in a (Harvanta) 50 SL 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz rotational program. flonicamid MOA 9C 12 0 Foliar or soil applications are permissible. Soil applications should be (Beleaf) 50 SG 2.4 to 4.8 fl oz made via drip chemigation and within 21 days of transplanting. Beleaf has shown excellent good activity against insecticide resistant western flower thrips. imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs — For suppression of TSWV, treatment transplants in the planthouse not (Admire Pro) 4.6 SC 0.44 fl oz per more than 7 days before planting in the field. Transplants should be 10,000 plants treated with overhead irrigation immediately after planting to ensure movement of imidacloprid into the soil media. See label for instructions. For Planthouse treat- Only effective against tobacco thrips. ment of transplants methomyl, MOA 1A 48 hrs 1 On foliage as needed. (Lannate) 2.4 LV 1.5 to 3 pt novaluron, MOA 15 12 hrs 1 Do not make more than 3 applications per season. (Rimon) 0.83 EC 9 to12 fl oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 Will control thrips on foliage, not in flowers.

(Radiant) 1 SC 6 to 10 fl oz INSECT CONTROL tolfenpyrad, MOA 21A 12 hrs 1 Do not make more than 2 applications per crop cycle, and allow at least (Torac) 1.29 EC 21 oz 14 days between applications. Whitefly For resistance management of whiteflies, do not follow a foliar application of a neonicotinoid (MOA group 4A) with a soil application of any neonicotinoid. Use only one application method. acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 7 Do not apply more than once every 7 days, and do not exceed 5 appli- (Assail) 30 SG 2.5 to 4 oz cations per season. afidopyropen, MOA 9D 12 0 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before using a differ- (Sefina) DC 14 oz ent mode of action. buprofezin, MOA 16 12 hrs 1 Use sufficient water to ensure good coverage. Do not apply more than (Courier) 40 SC 9 to 13.6 fl oz twice per crop cycle, and allow 28 days between applications. chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Foliar or soil application. Drip chemigation must be applied uniformly to (Coragen) 1.67 SC 5 to 7.5 fl oz the root zone. See label for soil application instructions. cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Apply Verimark to at planting and/or later via drip irrigation or soil injec- (Verimark) 1.67 SC 6.75 to 13.5 fl oz tion. See label for application options. (Exirel) 0.83SE 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz 12 hrs 1 Exirel is for foliar application. dinotefuran, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See soil application instructions above under stink bug. Soil treatment (Venom) 70 SG 5 to 6 oz See the label for pollinator protection restrictions. (Scorpion) 35 SL 9 to 10.5 fl oz Foliar treatment 1 (Venom) 70 SG 1 to 4 oz (Scorpion) 35 SL 2 to 7 fl oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 Apply through a drip irrigation system or as a transplant drench with (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 16 to 24 fl oz sufficient water to reach root zone. As a sidedress, apply 2 to 4 inches (various) 2 F 7 to 10.5 fl oz to the side of the row and incorporate 1 inch or more. Residual activity will increase with increased rates. Use higher rate for late-season or continuous infestations. Trickle irrigation applications will also control aphids and suppress stinkbugs. pyriproxyfen, MOA 7C 12 hrs 1 Do not apply more than two applications per growing season, and do (Knack) 0.86 EC 8 to 10 fl oz not make applications closer than 14 days. pyrifluquinazon, MOA 9B 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 fl oz per (PQZ) 1.87 EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz acre per crop cycle. spiromesifen, MOA 23 12 hrs 7 Do not make more than 3 applications per season. (Oberon) 2 SC 7 to 8.5 fl oz spirotetramat, MOA 23 24 hrs 1 Do not exceed 10 fluid ounces per season. Requires surfactant. (Movento) 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs 30 Platinum may be applied to direct-seeded crops in-furrow at seeding or (Platinum) 75 SG 1.66 to 3.67 oz transplanting, post seeding or transplant as a drench, or through drip irrigation. Do not exceed 11 oz per acre per season of Platinum. Check label for plant-back restrictions for a number of crops. (Actara) 25 WDG 3 to 5.5 oz 12 hrs 0 Actara is for foliar applications. Wireworm diazinon, MOA 1B 48 hrs — Broadcast before planting and incorporate. Wireworms may be a prob- (Diazinon) AG 500 or 50 WP 2 to 4 qt lem in fields previously in pasture, corn, or soybean.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 187 TABLE 2-23. INSECT CONTROL FOR TURNIP (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Aphid, Flea afidopyropen, MOA 9D 12 0 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before using a differ- beetle (Versys) DC 1.5 ent mode of action. clothianidin, MOA 4A 12 hrs Soil application as in in-furrow, side dress application, seed, transplant (Belay) 50 WDG 4.8 to 6.4 oz NA drench, or chemigation. See label for application instructions. (soil) 1.6 to 2.1 oz (foliar) 7 cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 4 Verimark is for greens only, not root turnips. Verimark is for soil appli- (Verimark) 1.67 SC 6.75 to 13.5 fl oz cation only. Applications can be made at planting and/or later via drip chemigation. See label for application options. dimethoate 4 EC, MOA 1B 0.5 pt 48 hrs 14 flonicamid, MOA 20D 12 hrs 0 (Beleaf) 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 4 hrs 7 For aphids only, will not control flea beetle (Sivanto Prime) 1.67 SL 7 to 14 fl oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 21 See label for soil application instructions. Soil treatment (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 4.4 to 10.5 fl oz (various) 2 F 10 to 24 fl oz Foliar treatment 12 hrs 7 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.2 fl oz (various) 2 F 3.8 fl oz pymetrozine, MOA 9B 12 hrs 7 Will not control flea beetle. (Fulfill) 50 WDG 2.75 oz pyrifluquinazon, MOA 9B 12 hrs 1 See label for rotational crop restrictions. Do not exceed 4.8 fl oz per

INSECT CONTROL INSECT (PQZ) 1.87 EC 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz acre per crop cycle. thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs NA Platinum is for soil application and Actara for foliar application. (Platinum) 75 SG 1.7 to 4.01 oz (Actara) 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 12 hrs 7 Harlequin bug, clothianidin, MOA 4A 12 hrs Soil application as in in-furrow, side dress application, seed, transplant Vegetable (Belay) 50 WDG 4.8 to 6.4 oz NA drench, or chemigation. See label for application instructions. weevil, Yellow (soil) margined leaf 1.6 to 2.1 oz 7 beetle (foliar) dinotefuran MOA 4A 12 hrs 1 For use on turnip greens only, not turnips roots. (Venom) 70 SG 2 to 3 oz imidacloprid, MOA 4A Soil applications of imidacloprid will not control harlequin bug past 20 Soil treatment 12 hrs 21 days after application. (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 4.4 to 10.5 fl oz (Various) 2 F 10 to 24 fl oz Foliar treatment 7 (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 1.2 fl oz (Various) 2 F 2.4 fl oz thiamethoxam, MOA 4A 12 hrs NA Platinum is for soil application and Actara for foliar application. (Platinum) 75 SG 1.7 to 4.01 oz (Actara) 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 7

pyrethroid, MOA 3A 12 hrs See Table 2-25 for a list of registered pyrethroids and pre-harvest intervals.

188 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-23. INSECT CONTROL FOR TURNIP (cont’d) Amount of Restricted Pre harvest Insecticide, Mode of Action Formulation Entry Interval Interval Insect Code, and Formulation Per Acre (REI) (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks Cabbage looper, Insecticide-resistant populations, widespread in the Southeast, may not be controlled with some registered insecticides. To manage re- Diamondback sistance, avoid transplants from Georgia and Florida, where resistance is common, and avoid the repeated use of the same materials for moth extended periods. Repeated use of pyrethroid insecticides often aggravates diamondback moth problems. Do not allow populations to increase to large densities before treatments are initiated. Bacillus thuringiensis, MOA 4 hrs 0 Apply when larvae are young before crop damage occurs. Applications 11A may be repeated at 3 to 14 days to maintain control. (Crymax) WDG 0.5 to 1.5 lb (Dipel) DF 0.5 to 2 lb (Xentari) DF 0.5 to 2 lb chlorantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 For turnip greens or root turnips. (Coragen) 3.5 to 5.0 fl oz cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 4 hrs 1 Verimark and Exirel are for greens only, not root turnips Verimark is for (Verimark) 1.67 SC 5 to 10 fl oz soil application only. Applications can be made at planting and/or later via drip chemigation. See label for application options. Exirel is for foliar (Exirel) 0.83SE 7 to 17 fl oz 12 hrs 1 application only emamectin benzoate, MOA 6 12 hrs 14 Proclaim is for use on turnip greens only. Do not make more than two (Proclaim) 5 WDG 2.4 to 4.8 oz sequential applications. indoxacarb, MOA 22B 12 hrs 3 Avaunt may be applied only to turnip greens, not root turnips. INSECT CONTROL (Avaunt eVo) 30 WDG 2.5 to 3.5 oz spinetoram, MOA 5 4 hrs 3 (Radiant) 1 SC 5 to 10 fl oz Root maggot chlorpyrifos, MOA 1B 24 hrs 30 Rate per acre is for preplant broadcast incorporated application. Rate (Lorsban) 4 E 4.5 pt/A per 1000 ft row is for at planting or post plant as a 4-inch ban over 1.6 to 2.75 oz/ the row or directed to the base of the plant immediately after planting 1,000 ft row transplants. (Lorsban) 75 WDG 3 lb/A 1.1 to 1.8 oz/ 1000 ft row

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 189 TABLE 2-24. RELATIVE EFFECTIVENESS OF INSECTICIDES AND MITICIDES FOR INSECT AND MITE CONTROL ON FIELD-GROWN VEGETABLES. (cont’d) Not all insecticides listed below are registered on all vegetable crops. Refer to the label before applying to a specific crop. Ratings are based on a consensus of vegetable entomologists in the southeastern United States. Key: “E” very effective; “G” effective; “F” somewhat effective; “-” ineffective or insufficient data

Chemical class (IRAC) Common name Example Product Flea Beetle Colorado potato beetle* Cucumber beetles Corn earworm* European corn borer Fall armyworm Cabbage looper Imported cabbageworm Diamondback moth* Squash vine borer Beet armyworm* Stinkbugs/Harlequin bug Squash bug Aphids* Thrips Flower Thrips* Western Leafminer Maggots Whiteflies* Cutworms Wireworms White grubs Spider mites* carbaryl Sevin E F G F G F F G F F − − − − F − − − − F − − − 1A methomyl Lannate F − − G G G G G G − F G G F E G F − F − − − − oxamyl Vydate F F F − − − − − − − − F F G G − − − F − − − − malathion Malathion G F G F F F F G F F - F F F F − − F − F − − − chlorpyrifos Lorsban − − − F F F F G F − − − − − F − − E − G G G - 1B acephate Orthene − − − F E G F G − − − − − G G − F - F G − − - diazinon Diazinon − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − G − F G F - dimethoate Dimethoate G − F − − − − − − − − G F E E F G − − − − − − permethrin Pounce G F G G G F G E F E − F G F F − F − − G − − − alpha cypermethrin Fastac G F G G G G G E F E − G G F F − F − − G − − − zeta cypermethrin Mustang Maxx E F E G E G G E F E − G E F F − F − − E − − − cyfluthrin Tombstone E F E G E F G E F E − G E F F − F − − E − − − beta cyfluthrin Baythroid XL E F E G E F G E F E − G E F F − F − − E − − −

INSECT CONTROL INSECT 3 lambda cyhalothrin Karate, Warrior E F E G E G G E F E − G E F F − F − − E − − F esfenvalerate Asana XL G G G G G F G E F G − F G F F − F − − G − − − gamma cyhalothrin Proaxis E F E G E G G E F E − E E F F − F − − E − − − fenpropathrin Danitol G − G G G F F E F G − E E F F − F − − G − − F bifenthrin Brigade E F E G G F F E F E − E E F F − F F − E G F F imidacloprid Admire F G E − − − − − − − − F G E G − − G G − F G − acetamiprid Assail G E G − − − − − − F − F G E G − − − G − − − − 4A clothianidin Belay E E G − − − − − − − − G G G − − F G F − F G − thiamethoxam Platinum/Actara E G G − − − − − − − − G G E F − F G G − F F − dinotefuran Venom/Scorpion E E G − − − − − − − − E E F G − F − G − − − − 4C sulfoxaflor Closer, Transform − − − − − − − − − − − F − E − − − − E − − − − 4D flupyradifurone Sivanto − − − − − − − − − − − − − E − − − − E − − − spinosad Blackhawk/Entrust − E − G G G G E G G G − − − G G E − − F − − − 5 spinetoram Radiant − E − E E G G E G G G − − − E G E − − F − − − emamectin benzoate Proclaim − − − G G G E E E G E − − − − − F − − F − − − 6 abamectin Agri-Mek − E − − − − − − − − − − − − G F E − − − − − E 7C pyriproxyfen Knack/Distance − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − E − − − − 9A pyrifluquinazon PQZ − − − − − − − − − − − − − E − − − − G − − − − 9B pymetrozine Fulfill − − − − − − − − − − − − − E − − − − F − − − − 9D afidopyropen Sefina, Versys − − − − − − − − − − − − − E − − − − G − − − − 10B etoxazole Zeal − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − G 11A Bt Dipel, various − − − F F F G E G F F − − − − − − − − − − − − 15 novaluron Rimon − E − E E E G E F G E F F − G G G − G − − − − 16 buprofezin Courier − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − G − − − − 17 cyromazine Trigard − G − − − − − − − − − − − − − − E − - − − − − 18 methoxyfenozide Intrepid − − − G G E E E F G E − − − − − − − − − − − − 20B acequinocyl Kanemite − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − E 20D bifenazate Acramite/Floramite − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − E fenazaquin Magister − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − F − − − G 21A fenpyroximate Portal − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − F − − − G tolfenpyrad Torac G − − F F F F G − − F − − G G F − − F − − − −

190 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-24. RELATIVE EFFECTIVENESS OF INSECTICIDES AND MITICIDES FOR INSECT AND MITE CONTROL ON FIELD-GROWN VEGETABLES. (cont’d) Not all insecticides listed below are registered on all vegetable crops. Refer to the label before applying to a specific crop. Ratings are based on a consensus of vegetable entomologists in the southeastern United States. Key: “E” very effective; “G” effective; “F” somewhat effective; “-” ineffective or insufficient data

Chemical class (IRAC) Common name Example Product Flea Beetle Colorado potato beetle* Cucumber beetles Corn earworm* European corn borer Fall armyworm Cabbage looper Imported cabbageworm Diamondback moth* Squash vine borer Beet armyworm* Stinkbugs/Harlequin bug Squash bug Aphids* Thrips Flower Thrips* Western Leafminer Maggots Whiteflies* Cutworms Wireworms White grubs Spider mites* 22A indoxacarb Avaunt eVo F G F E G G E E G G E − − − − − F − − F − − − spiromesifen Oberon − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − G − − − G 23 spirotetramat Movento − − − − − − − − − − − − − E − − − − G - − − − 25 cyflumetofen Nealta − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − G chlorantraniliprole Coragen − E − E E E E E E G E − − − F − E − G − − − − 28 cyantraniliprole Verimark/Exirel G E − E E E E E E G E − − G F F E G G − − − − cyclaniliprole Harvanta F E − E E E G E E G E − − − F F E − F − − − − INSECT CONTROL 29 flonicamid Beleaf − − − − − − − − − − − − − E G E − − F − − − − * Denotes that insecticide-resistant populations may occur in some areas and can affect the performance of insecticides.

TABLE 2-25. PREHARVEST INTERVALS (IN DAYS) FOR PYRETHROID INSECTICIDES IN VEGETABLE CROPS See TABLE 2-24 to compare relative efficacy of these products against specific insect pests. Read the pesticide label for specific rates and application instructions. Common Name/Example Product (Restricted Entry Interval – REI) alpha cypermethrin Fastac (12 hrs) beta cyfluthrin (12 hrs) Baythroid XL bifenthrin Brigade (12 hrs) cypermethrin names (12 hrs) Various cyfluthrin (12 hrs) Tombstone esfenvalerate Asana XL(12 hrs) fenpropathrin Danitol (24 hrs) gamma cyhalothrin Proaxis (24 hrs) lambda cyhalothrin (24Karate/Warrior hrs) permethrin Pounce (12 hrs) zeta cypermethrin Mustang Maxx (12 hrs) Asparagus NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR Onions, Green NR NR NR 7 NR NR NR NR NR NR 7 Bulb Vegetables Onions, Dry Bulb NR NR NR 7 NR NR NR 14 14 1 7 Broccoli, Brussels Sprout, Cabbage, 1 0 0 7 1 0 3 7 1 7 1 Brassica Leafy Veg- Cauliflower, Kohlrabi etables Collard, Mustard Green NR NR NR 7 0 NR NR NR NR 1 1 Corn Sweet Corn 3 0 1 NR 0 1 NR 1 1 1 3 Cantaloupe, Watermelon 1 0 3 NR 0 3 7 NR 1 0 1 Cucurbits Cucumber, Pumpkin, Summer Squash, 1 0 3 NR 0 3 7 NR 1 0 1 Winter Squash Eggplant, Pepper 1 7 7 NR 0 7 3 5 5 3 1 Fruiting Vegetables Tomato 1 0 1 NR 7 1 3 5 5 0 1 Okra 1 NR 7 NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 1 Edible-podded 1 NR 3 NR NR 3 NR 7 7 NR 1 Legumes Succulent Shelled Pea and Bean 1 3 3 NR 3 3 7 7 7 NR 1 Dried Shelled Pea and Bean 21 7 14 NR 7 21 NR 21 21 NR 21 Head and Leaf Lettuce 1 0 7 5A 0 7A NR 1 1 1 1 Leafy Vegetables, Spinach 1 0 40 NR 0 NR NR NR NR 1 1 Except Brassicas Celery 1 0 NR NR 0 NR NR NR NR 3 1 Beet, Carrot, Radish, Turnip 1 0 21 NR 0 7 NR NR NR 1 1 Root and Tuber Potato 1 0 21 NR 0 NR NR NR 7 14 1 Vegetables Sweetpotato 1 0 21 NR 0 NR NR NR 7 NR 1 NR - Not registered. A Head lettuce only.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 191 TABLE 2-26. LIST OF GENERIC INSECTICIDES BY ACTIVE INGREDIENT Original Product and Formulation Active Ingredient (Manufacturer) Generics and Formulation (Manufacturer) Abacus 0.15 EC (Rotam) Avow 0.15 EC (Invicitis) Abamex 0.15EC (Nufarm) Borrada 0.15 EC (Adama) Abba 0.15 EC (Adama) Reaper 0.15 EC (Loveland) Abamectin Agri-Mek 0.15 EC (Syngenta) Abba Ultra 0.3 EC (Makhteshim) Reaper Advance 0.15 EC (Loveland) Agmectin 0.15EC (Tide) Temprano 0.15 EC (Chemtura) Agri-Mek 0.7 EC (Syngenta) Timectin 0.15 EC (Tide Intl.) Averland 0.7 FC (Vive) Willowood Abamectin 0.15EC (Willowood) Anarchy 30 SG (Loveland) ArVida 30 SG, 70 WP (Atticus) Acetamiprid Assail 30 SG (UPL) Anniston 30 SG, 70 WP (Tacoma Ag) Intruder (UPL) Acephate 90 Prill (Adama) Bracket 90 WDG (Winfield) Acephate 90 WDG (Loveland) Livid 90 Prill, 97 WDG (Winfield) Acephate Orthene 90 SP (Valent) Acephate 90 WSP (Loveland) Orthene 97 (Amvac) Acephate 97 UP (UPL) Tide Acephate 90 WDG (Tide) Acephate 97 WDG (Adama) Actuate 2 SC (Atticus) Bizate 50 WDG, 4 SC (Loveland) Banter 50 WDG, 4 SC (UPL) Enervate 4 SC, 50 WSB (Atticus) Bifenazate Acramite (Arysta) Bifenamite 50 WDG, 4 SC (Agri Star) Vigilant 4 SC (Arysta) Bifenazate 50 WDG, 4 SC (Tacoma, Willowood) Battalion 2 EC, 10 WSP, LFC (Atticus) Nirvana RTU (Innvictis) Bi-Dash 2E (Sharda) Reveal 2EC (Innvictis) Bifen 2 AG Gold (Direct AG Source) Ruckus LFR (Helena) Bifen 25% EC (Tacoma) Seguro (Sharda) Bifender FC (Vive) Slugbug 2 EC (Real Farm) Bifenthrin Brigade 2 EC, Capture 2 EC (FMC) Bifenthrin 2 EC (Aceto) Sniper 2 EC, LFR (Loveland) Bifenture 2 EC, LFC (UPL) Tailgunner 2 EC (Makhteshim) Discipline 2 EC (Amvac) Tundra 2 EC (Winfield) Fanfare 2 EC, ES (Adama) Willowood bifenthrin 2 EC (Willowood) Frenzy Veloz (Real Farm) Xpedient (Amvac) Carbaryl Sevin 50 WP 4 L, 80 S, SL , XLR (Bayer) Carbaryl 4 L (Drexel, Loveland) Prokoz Sevin SL (Prokoz)

INSECT CONTROL INSECT Chlorpyrifos 4 E (Adama, Drexel, Nufarm) Vulcan 3.76 E (Adama) Lorsban 4 E, 15 G, 75 WDG, Govern 4 E (Tenkos) Warhawk 4 E (Loveland) Chlorpyrifos Advanced 3.76 E Hatchet 4 E (Dow AgroSciences) Whirlwind 4 E (Helena) (Corteva) Saurus 15 G (Helena) Yuma 4 E (Winfield) Vesper 4 E (Innvictis) Sultrus 1 E (Helena) Tombstone Helios 2 E (Loveland) Cyfluthrin & beta-cyfluthrin Baythroid 1 EC (Bayer) Tombstone 2 E (Loveland) Dinotefuran Venom 70 SG (Valent) Certador (BASF) Scorpion 35 SL (Gowan) Esfenvalerate Asana XL 0.66 EC (DuPont) S-FenvaloStar 0.66 EC (LG Life Sciences) Zyrate (Rotam) Gamma-cyhalothrin Proaxis 0.5 EC (Loveland) Declare Insecticide 0.5 EC (Cheminova) Proaxis Insecticide 0.5 EC (Cheminova) Hexamite 1 E (Albaugh) Hexy 2E (Sharda) Hexithiazox Hexygon, Savey, Onager (Gowan) Hexcel 50 DF (Atticus) Ruger 1 EC (Atticus) Acronyx 4 F (Atticus) NuPrid 2 SC, 4 F Max, 4.6 F (Nufarm) Advise 2 FL, Four (Winfield) Omni Brand Imidacloprid 2 F, 4 F (Helena) Alias 2 F, 4 F (Adama) Pasada 1.6 F (Adama) Couraze 2 F, 4 F (FMC) Prey 1.6 F (Loveland) Admire 2 F, Pro 4.6 F, Provado 1.6 F Lada 2 F (Rotam) Provoke 4 F (Innvictis) Imidacloprid (Bayer) Macho 2 FL, 4 F (Albaugh) Sherpa 1.6 F (Loveland) Malice 2 F, 75 WSP (Loveland) Widow 2 F (Loveland) Midash 2 SC, Forte (Sharda USA) Willowood Imidacloprid 2 SC, 4 SC Montana 2 F, 4 F (Rotam NA) (Willowood) Wrangler 4 F (Loveland) Cavalry II 2.08 SC (Growmark) LambdaStar 1 EC, 1 CS (LG Life Sciences) Firestone 1 CS (Altitude Crop Innovations) Lamcap II 2.08 CS (Syngenta) Grizzly Z 1 CS, 2 CS (Winfield) Paradigm 1 EC (Adama, Winfield United) Kendo 1 EC (Helm) Province 1 SC (TENKOZ) Kiaso 24 WG (Nufarm) Province 1 CS, II 2 SC (TENKOZ) Lambda-cyhalothrin Karate 2 ME, Warrior 2 ME (Syngenta) L-C Insecticide (Drexel) Ravage 1 EC (Innvictis) Lambda-CY AG (Winfield United) Serpent 1 EC (Atticus) Lambda T 1 CS (Helena) Silencer 1 EC, VXN (Adama) Lambda CY 1 EC (United Phosphorous) Willowood Lambda-Cy 1 EC (Willowood) Lambda-Cyhalothrin 1 EC (Nufarm) Inspirato 2F (Atticus) TurnStyle 2 F (UPL) Methoxyfenozide Intrepid (Dow) Invertid 2 F (Loveland) Vexer 2 F (Innvictis) Troubadour 2 F (Helena) Zylo 2 F (UPL) Arctic 3.2 EC (Winfield) Perm Star 3.2 EC (LG Life Sciences) Permethrin Pounce 3.2 EC (FMC) Perm-Up 3.2 EC (UPL) Permethrin 3.2 EC (Loveland, Winfield, Perm Star 3.2 EC (LG Life Sciences) Tenkoz) Cusack 0.86 EC (Atticus) Reemit 0.86EC (Atticus) Pyriproxyfen Distance, Knack 0.86 EC (Valent) Farewell (Adama) Zeta-cypermethrin Mustang Maxx 1.5 EW (FMC) Respect 0.8 EC (BASF)

192 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-27. COMPONENTS OF INSECTICIDE MIXTURES* Premix Trade Name Components (Legacy trade name) Athena abamectin (Agri-Mek) + bifenthrin (Brigade) Agri-Flex abamectin (Agri-Mek) + thiamethoxam (Actara) Brigadier, Swagger, Skyraider, Tempest bifenthrin (Brigade) + imidacloprid (Admire) Cobalt, Bolton chlorpyrifos (Lorsban) + gamma-cyhalothrin (Proaxis) Cormoran acetamiprid (Assail) + novaluron (Rimon) Endigo ZC lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior, Karate) + thiamethoxam (Actara) Durivo, Voliam Flexi chlorantraniliprole (Coragen) + thiamethoxam (Actara, Platinum) Gladiator avermectin B1 (Agri-Mek) + zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang Maxx) Hero, Steed bifenthrin (Brigade) + zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang Maxx) Intrepid Edge methoxyfenozide (Intrepid) + spinetoram (Radiant) Killer imidacloprid (Admire) + lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior, Karate) Leverage 360 imidacloprid (Admire) + beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid XL) Leverage 2.7 imidacloprid (Admire) + cyfluthrin (Baythroid) Minecto Pro cyantraniliprole (Exirel) + abamectin (Agri-Mek) Senstar Spirotetramat (Movento) + pyriproxyfen (Knack) Voliam Xpress, Besiege chlorantraniliprole (Coragen) + lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior, Karate) * Insecticide pre-mixes usually control a wider range of insect pests than a single active ingredient and may be less costly than purchasing equivalent amounts of the premix components separately. However, pre-mixes can also have disadvantages, including unnecessary use of individual active ingredients, unnecessary selection for INSECT CONTROL resistance, and application of rates that are too low or too high for particular target pests. Growers who need to apply a combination of insecticides also have the option of purchasing active ingredients separately and tank-mixing to achieve rates that are appropriate for the need. Having active ingredients available for use separately often provides greater pest management flexibility than having the same active ingredients available only as a pre-mix.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 193 INSECT CONTROL FOR GREENHOUSE VEGETABLES

Sound cultural practices, such as sanitation and insect-free transplants, help house vegetable crop, the product can be used on those crops for which it is prevent insect establishment and subsequent damage. Separate plant produc- registered. However, pesticides behave differently in the field and the green- tion houses, use of yellow sticky traps, and timely sprays will help prevent house, and for many products, information is not available on greenhouse crop whitefly buildup. Use of Encarsia parasites for whitefly and other biological phytotoxicity and residue retention. If unsure of the safety of a product to a crop, control agents in conjunction with use of pesticides is encouraged. Unless a apply to a small area before treating the entire crop. pesticide label specifically states that, a product cannot be used in a green-

TABLE 2-28. INSECT CONTROL FOR GREENHOUSE VEGETABLES (cont’d) Pre Harvest CROP Insecticide and Amount of Re Entry Interval Insect Formulation Formulation Interval (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks INSECT CONTROL FOR CUCUMBER Aphid flonicamid, MOA 29 12 hrs 0 May be applied either to the soil as a drench or drip irrigation for preventive (Beleaf) 50 SG 0.065 to 0.1 oz per control, or sprayed onto plans as a rescue treatment. 1000 sq ft flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 12 hrs 1 Spray crop to wet, not to drip. Through, uniform coverage is required for (Altus) 1.67 SL good control. Use higher rates for whiteflies.

Foliar application 7 to 14 fl oz per 50 gal Soil application 1.4 to 1.9 fl oz per 50 gal Apply as a soil drench using micro-irrigation, drip irrigation, overhead irriga- tion, or hand-held motorized calibrated equipment. Use sufficient volume to wet potting medium without loss of liquid from the bottom of the container. Irrigate carefully during the next 10 days to avoid loss of product due to leaching. imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 0 Apply in a minimum of 21 gallons water using soil drenches, microirrigation, (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 0.6 fl oz/1,000 plants or drip irrigation. Do not apply to immature plants as phytotoxicity may occur. Make only one application per crop per season. insecticidal soap 12 hrs 0 INSECT CONTROL INSECT (M-Pede) 49 EC 2 tbsp/gal water Cabbage Bacillus thuringiensis, 4 hrs — Most formulations are OMRI approved looper MOA 11 (various) 0.5 to 1 lb OR 3 pt/100 gal water spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 Do not make more than two consecutive applications. OMRI approved. (Entrust) SC 3 fl oz/100 gal Spider mite insecticidal soap 12 hrs Use predatory mites. OMRI Approved. (M-Pede) 49 EC 2 tbsp/gal water mineral oil 4 hrs 0 Begin applications when mite populations are low, and repeat at weekly (TriTek) 1 to 2 gal/100 gal intervals. fenpyroximate, MOA 21A 12 hrs 7 (Akari) 5 SC 1 to 2 pts per 100 gal chlorfenapyr, MOA 13 9.8 to 13 fl oz/100 gal 12 hrs 0 Do not make more than two applications at 5 to 10 day intervals before (Pylon) 2SC water or per acre area rotating to an insecticide with a different mode of action. Whitefly, acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 0 Leafminer (Assail) 30 SG 0.1 oz per 1000 sq ft Cyantraniliprole MOA 28 12 hrs 0 For best performance, use an effective adjuvant. (Exirel) SE 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz per acre or per 100 gal flonicamid, MOA 20 12 hrs 0 (Beleaf) 30 SG 0.065 to 0.1 oz per 1000 sq ft Flupyradifurone, MOA 4D ― 1 See rates and application instructions under aphids. (Altus) 1.67 SL ― imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 0 Apply in a minimum of 21 gallons water using soil drenches, microirriga- (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 0.6 fl oz/1,000 plants tion, or drip irrigation. Do not apply to immature plants as phytotoxicity may occur. Make only one application per crop per season. insecticidal soap 12 hrs 0 May be used alone or in combination. Acts as an exciter. OMRI Ap- (M-Pede) 49 EC 2 tbsp/gal water proved. Beauveria bassiana 0 Apply when whiteflies observed. Repeat in 4- to 5-day intervals. OMRI (Mycotrol WP) 0.25 lb/20 gal water Approved.

194 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-28. INSECT CONTROL FOR GREENHOUSE VEGETABLES (cont’d) Pre Harvest CROP Insecticide and Amount of Re Entry Interval Insect Formulation Formulation Interval (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks INSECT CONTROL FOR LETTUCE Aphid, flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 12 hrs 1 Spray crop to wet, not to drip. Through, uniform coverage is required for Leafminer, (Altus) 1.67 SL good control. Use higher rates for whiteflies. Whitefly Foliar application 7 to 14 fl oz per 50 gal Soil application 1.4 to 1.9 fl oz per 50 gal Apply as a soil drench using micro-irrigation, drip irrigation, overhead irrigation, or hand-held motorized calibrated equipment. Use sufficient volume to wet potting medium without loss of liquid from the bottom of the container. Irrigate carefully during the next 10 days to avoid loss of product due to leaching. pymetrozine, MOA 9B 12 hrs 0 Will not control leafminer. (Fulfill) 50 WG 0.063 oz per 1000 sq ft pyrethrins, MOA 3A 12 hrs 0 May be used alone or tank mixed with a companion insecticide (see label (Pyganic) 5 EC 0.25 to 0.5 fl oz for details). OMRI approved. per gal water malathion, MOA 1B (various) 24 hrs Will not control whitefly 57 EC 1qt/100 gal water 14 25 WP 4 lb/100 gal water 14

insecticidal soap 12 hrs 0 May be used alone or in combination. Acts as an exciter. Insecticidal INSECT CONTROL (M-Pede) 49 EC 2 tbsp/gal water soaps can cause phytotoxicity under high temperatures or slow drying conditions. If unsure, apply to a small area before treating the entire crop. OMRI approved. Beauveria bassiana 4 hrs 0 Under high aphid or whitely pressure, apply at 2 to 5 day intervals. OMRI (BotaniGard) 22 WP 1 lb/100 gal water approved. (Mycotrol WP) 0.25 lb/20 gal water Cabbage Bacillus thuringiensis, 4 hrs 0 looper MOA11 (Javelin) WG 0.5 to 1.25/100 gal water Cyantraniliprole MOA 28 10 to 20.5 fl oz per acre 12 hrs 0 For best performance, use an effective adjuvant. (Exirel) SE Or per 100 gal spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 Do not make more than two consecutive applications. (Entrust) SC 3 fl oz/100 gal Slugs iron phosphate 4 hrs 1 Scatter the bait around the perimeter of the greenhouse to provide a (Sluggo) 0.5 to 1 lb/1,000 sq ft protective barrier. If slugs are within the crop, then scatter the bait on the ground around the plants. Do not make more than 3 applications within iron phosphate + spinosad 4 hrs 1 21 days. Sluggo will control slugs and snails, while Bug-N-Sluggo will (Bug-N-Sluggo) 0.5 to 1 lb/1,000 sq ft also control earwigs, cutworms, sowbugs, and pillbugs. Sluggo is OMRI approved. Spider mite insecticidal soap 12 hrs 0 Begin applications when mite populations are low, and repeat at weekly (M-Pede) 49 EC 2 tbsp/gal water intervals. mineral oil 4 hrs 0 (TriTek) 1 to 2 gal/100 gal INSECT CONTROL FOR TOMATO AND PEPPER Aphid flonicamid, MOA 20 12 hrs 0 May be applied to the soil as a drench or drip irrigation for preventive control, (Beleaf) 50 SG 0.1 oz per 1000 sq ft or as a spray for rescue treatments. Will also control whiteflies. flupyradifurone, MOA 4D 12 hrs 1 Spray crop to wet, not to drip. Through, uniform coverage is required for (Altus) 1.67 SL (tomato) good control. Use higher rates for whiteflies. 3 Foliar application 7 to 14 fl oz per 50 gal (pepper) Soil application 1.4 to 1.9 fl oz per 50 gal Apply as a soil drench using micro-irrigation, drip irrigation, overhead irrigation, or hand-held motorized calibrated equipment. Use sufficient volume to wet potting medium without loss of liquid from the bottom of the container. Irrigate carefully during the next 10 days to avoid loss of product due to leaching. imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 0 Apply in a minimum of 16 gallons water. Apply only to plants grown in (Admire Pro) 4.6 0.6 fl oz/1,000 plants field-type soils, potting media, or mixtures thereof. Do not apply to plants grown in non-soil medias such as perlite, vermiculite, rock wool or other soil-less media, or plants growing hydroponically. Do not apply to pep- pers. Do not exceed one application per crop. Also controls whiteflies. malathion, MOA 1B (various) 12 hrs 10 A 1 lb/50,000 cu ft 15 hrs 57 EC 1qt/100 gal water 1 25 WP 4 lb/100 gal water 1

insecticidal soap 12 hrs 0 May be used alone or in combination. Acts as an exciter. (M-Pede) 49 EC 2 tbsp/gal water Beauveria bassiana 0 Apply when whiteflies are observed. Repeat in 4-to 5-day intervals. (Mycotrol WP) 0.25 lb/20 gal water

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 195 TABLE 2-28. INSECT CONTROL FOR GREENHOUSE VEGETABLES (cont’d) Pre Harvest CROP Insecticide and Amount of Re Entry Interval Insect Formulation Formulation Interval (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks INSECT CONTROL FOR TOMATO AND PEPPER (cont’d) Armyworm, Bacillus thuringiensis, MOA 11 4 hrs 0 Fruitworm, (Javelin) WG 0.5 lb to 1.25 lb/ Cabbage 100 gal water looper,

Pinworm (Agree) WP 1 to 2 lb (Dipel) DF 0.5 to 1.25 lb (Xentari) DF 0.5 to 1.5 lb

chlorfenapyr, MOA 13 12 hrs 0 Do not make more than two applications at 5- to 10-day intervals before (Pylon) 2 SC 6.5 to 13 fl oz/100 gal rotating to an insecticide with a different mode of action water, or per acre area cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 12 hrs 1 (Exirel) SE 7 to 13.5 fl oz per acre, or per 100 gal spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 Do not make more than two consecutive applications. Do not apply to (Entrust) SC 3 fl oz/100 gal seedling tomatoes or peppers grown for transplants. Leafminer cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 12 hrs 1 (Exirel) SE 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz/acre or per 100 gal Chlorfenapyr, MOA 13 12 hrs 0 Do not make more than two applications at 5- to 10-day intervals before (Pylon) 2SC 9.8 to 13 fl oz/100 gal rotating to a different mode of action. water or per acre spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 Do not apply to seedlings grown for transplants (Entrust) SC 10 fl oz/100 gal INSECT CONTROL INSECT Slug metaldehyde (various) bait Follow label directions 12 hrs Apply to soil surface around plants. Do not contaminate fruit.

iron phosphate 0 (Sluggo) ½ teaspoon per 9-inch pot Spider mite, acequinocyl, MOA 20B 12 hrs 1 Broad mite, (Kanemite) 15 SC 31 fl oz/100 gal Rust mite bifenazate, MOA 25 12 hr 3 For use on tomatoes more than 1 inch in diameter at maturity. Not regis- (Floramite) SC 4 to 8 fl oz/100 gal water tered on pepper. Not for Rust mite. (1/4 to 1/2 tsp/gal) mineral oil 0 Begin applications when mite populations are low, and repeat at weekly (TriTek) 1 to 2 gal/100 gal intervals. chlorfenapyr, MOA 13 0 Do not make more than two applications at 5- to 10-day intervals before (Pylon) 2 SC 9.8 to 13 fl oz/100 gal rotating to an insecticide with a different mode of action. water or per acre area fenpyroximate, MOA 21A 12 hrs 1 (Akari) 5 SC 1 to 2 pts per 100 gal insecticidal soap 12 hrs 0 (M-Pede) 49 EC 2 tbsp/gal water Thrips, Beauveria bassiana 0 Use screens on intake vents. Apply when whiteflies observed. Repeat in including (Mycotrol WP) 0.25 lb/20 gal water 4- to 5-day intervals. western flower cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 12 hrs 1 For foliage-feeding thrips only, not those in flowers. (Exirel) SE 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz per acre or per 100 gal flonicamid, MOA 29 12 hrs 0 For use on tomato only. (Beleaf) 50 SG 0.1 oz per 1000 sq ft spinosad, MOA 5 4 hrs 1 Do not make more than two consecutive applications, and do not apply (Entrust) SC 5.5 fl oz/100 gal more than 6 times in a 12-month period against thrips. Do not apply to seed- lings grown from transplants.

196 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-28. INSECT CONTROL FOR GREENHOUSE VEGETABLES (cont’d) Pre Harvest CROP Insecticide and Amount of Re Entry Interval Insect Formulation Formulation Interval (PHI) (Days) Precautions and Remarks INSECT CONTROL FOR TOMATO AND PEPPER (cont’d) Whitefly imidacloprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 0 Apply in a minimum of 16 gal. of water. Apply only to plants grown (Admire Pro) 4.6 F 0.6 fl oz/1,000 plants in field-type soils, potting media, or mixtures thereof. Do not apply to plants grown in non-soil medias such as perlite, vermiculite, rock wool or other soil-less media, or plants growing hydroponically. Do not apply to peppers. Do not exceed one application per crop. Also controls aphids. acetamiprid, MOA 4A 12 hrs 1 Apply only to plants growing in rock wool, perlite, or other soilless grow- (Tristar) 8.5 SL 1.25 fl oz/1000 plants ing media. Do not apply to crops that have already been treated with imidacloprid, dinotefuran, or another neonicotinoid. cyantraniliprole, MOA 28 12 hrs 1 (Exirel) SE 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz per acre, or per 100 gal flonicamid, MOA 29 12 hrs 0 For use on tomato only. (Beleaf) 50 SG 0.1 oz per 1000 sq ft flupyradifurone, MOA 4D ― ― 1 (tomato) See rates and application instructions under aphids. (Altus) 1.67 SL 3 (pepper) INSECT CONTROL insecticidal soap 12 hrs 0 (M-Pede) 49 EC 2 tbsp/gal water pyrethrins and PBO, 12 hrs 0 May be used alone or tank mixed with a companion insecticide. (See MOA 3 label for details). (Pyganic) 5 EC 0.25 to 0.5 fl oz per gal Beauveria bassiana 4 hrs 0 Apply when whiteflies are observed. Repeat in 4- to 5-day intervals. (Mycotrol WP) 0.25 lb/20 gal water OMRI approved. buprofezin, MOA 16 12 hrs 1 Insect growth regulator that affects immature stages of whiteflies. Will (Talus) 40 SC 9 to 13.6 oz/100 gal not kill adults. For use on tomatoes only. water or per acre area pyriproxyfen, MOA 7C 12 hrs <1 Do not use on tomatoes less than 1 inch in diameter. Insect growth (Distance) 0.86 EC 6 fl oz/100 gal water regulator that affects immature stages of whiteflies. Will not kill adults. Do not use on tomatoes more than 1 inch in diameter. Do not apply on non-bell peppers.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 197 TABLE 2-29. ALTERNATIVE IPM & BIOINSECTICIDE RECOMMENDATIONS IN VEGETABLE CROPS (cont’d) NOTE: Many organic insecticides have not been tested thoroughly in the commercial vegetable production systems. Use systems-based and pest exclusion practices to reduce the overall infestation levels before using approved insecticides in organic farming systems. Targeted insecticide applications at correct rate can protect natural enemies. Always read the insecticide label before application and purchase bioinsecticides from reliable sources. Cropping Systems-based Practices Mechanical tactics Target Pest Biorational Insecticides# System (for pest prevention) (for pest prevention) Use of reflective mulches to protect Insecticidal soap & oil, neem, paraffinic Multiple Timely planting and harvest reduces transplants or use insect barrier fabric Aphid oil, pyrethin, C (Grande- crops water stress on crops. immediately after transplanting. Use hromobacterium vo), Azera (insecticide premix) water jet to dislodge aphids temporarily. (single a.i. or pre- Weed control, field sanitation, control Bacillus thuringiensis Insect netting for gardens or short rows*, mix), Insecticidal soap & oil, Spinosad, Multiple soil organic residue (larvae hide under Armyworms High tunnel pest exclusion system for Neem, (Grandevo), crops thick organic residue), timely planting & Chromobacterium commercial producers^ Leap (insecticide premix), Spear-Lep harvest to avoid late-season infestation (Synergist) Field sanitation and timely harvest are Row cover or pest exclusion system Asparagus beetle Asparagus good cultural practices to prevent pest Pyrethrins, Spinosad (Super Light Insect Barrier, AgroFabric). build-up Snap, lima Sanitation (removal of crop debris), Row cover or pest exclusion system Bean leaf beetle Pyrethrins, Spinosad pole beans timely planting (Super Light Insect Barrier, AgroFabric). Multiple Row cover or pest exclusion system Blister beetle — Spinosad, Pyrethrin crops (Super Light Insect Barrier, AgroFabric). Bacillus thuringiensis (single a.i. or pre- Insect netting for gardens or short rows*. mix), Insecticidal soap, Neem, Pyrethrins Cabbage looper Multiple Remove alternate host plants (wild mus- High tunnel pest exclusion system for (single a.i. or premix), Spinosad, (small caterpillars) crops tard, shepherd’s purse), sanitation Chro- commercial producers^ mobacterium (Grandevo), Spear-Lep (Synergist) Neem, Pyrethrins (use for larval control), Colorado potato Multiple Insect netting for gardens or short rows* Crop rotation, planting tolerant varieties Spinosad (watch for insecticide resis- beetle crops Hand removal of larvae & adults tance) (single a.i. or pre- Field sanitation, removal of weedy hosts. Insect netting for gardens or short rows*, Bacillus thuringiensis INSECT CONTROL INSECT Corn earworm/ Multiple mix), Insecticidal soap & oil, Spinosad, Use pheromone traps for monitoring High tunnel pest exclusion system for Tomato fruitworm crops Neem, (Grandevo), moth activity commercial producers^ Chromobacterium Spear-Lep (Synergist) Cowpeas, Crop rotation, sanitation, early harvest of Row cover or pest exclusion system Pyrethrins, Spinosad (adults are difficult Cowpea curculio Snap, Lima, crop, tillage in fall or early spring (Super Light Insect Barrier, AgroFabric). to kill due to insecticide resistance) Pole beans Multiple Perimeter trap cropping with Hubbard Row cover or pest exclusion system Pyrethrins, Neem, Parasitic nematodes Cucumber beetle crops squash (Super Light Insect Barrier, AgroFabric). (weekly soil drench for caterpillars) Bacillus thuringiensis (single a.i. or premix with directed spray at plant Multiple Need-based soil tillage and organic Row cover or pest exclusion system Cutworm base); Spinosad foliar and stem spray; crops matter management (Super Light Insect Barrier, AgroFabric). spinosad-based bait (Seduce, Bug-N- Sluggo) Insect netting over short rows to block (single a.i. or Diamondback moth Collard & Use pheromone traps to monitor moths. Bacillus thuringiensis moths* (soon after transplanting), de- premix), Insecticidal soap (for small cat- & Imported cabbage Mustard Collards and Yellow Rocket can be used stroy caterpillar clusters on leaves before erpillars), Neem, Pyrethrins, Azera (insec- worm greens as trap crop (planted before main crop) dispersal ticide premix), Spear-Lep (Synergist) Multiple (single a.i. or pre- European corn borer Use tolerant cultivars when possible Remove plant stalks Bacillus thuringiensis crops mix), Insecticidal soap, Neem, Pyrethrins Insect netting (Super Light Insect Barrier Insecticidal oil, Neem, Spinosad, Parasit- Multiple Timely planting of crops, Perimeter trap Flea beetle or AgroFabric) immediately after trans- ic nematodes (drench in soil), Pyrethrins, crops cropping with eggplants planting* Azera (premix insecticide) Pyrethrins (multiple applications), Nolo Multiple Maintain a grassy patch (non-crop habi- Row cover or pest exclusion system Bait ( ) for use in grassy Grasshopper Nosema locustae crops tat) and use nematode insecticidal bait (Super Light Insect Barrier, AgroFabric). areas or near fences (undisturbed non- crop areas) Row cover or pest exclusion system Timely harvesting of fruits, remove crop (Super Light Insect Barrier, AgroFabric). Spinosad, Pyre- Hornworm Tomato debris. parasitizes caterpillars Bacillus thuringiensis, Cotesia High tunnel pest exclusion system for thrins, Neem, Spear-Lep (Synergist) naturally. commercial producers^ Multiple Sunflower and sorghum trap crops may Row cover or pest exclusion system Pyrethrins, Neem (multiple sprays), Milky Japanese beetle crops deter feeding on main crop (Super Light Insect Barrier, AgroFabric). spore disease ^ High tunnel pest exclusion (permanent system) using 50 percent woven shade cloth on side- and end-walls can exclude large moths and reduce caterpillar pressure. Details at http://www.southernsare.org/News-and-Media/SSARE-Bulletins/High-Tunnel-Pest-Exclusion-System-HTPE. # Organic insecticides are currently available as single active ingredient (AI) or in the form of premixes, such as Azera (neem + pyrethrins), Leap (BT + methyl salicylate), and BotaniGard Maxx (pyrethrins + Beauveria bassiana). * Relatively low-cost, temporary insect netting products include the Super-Light Insect Barrier (GardensAlive.com), AgroFabric Pro 19 (SevenSpingsFarm.com) or other lightweight exclusion material are suitable for early season pest prevention.

198 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States TABLE 2-29. ALTERNATIVE IPM & BIOINSECTICIDE RECOMMENDATIONS IN VEGETABLE CROPS (cont’d) NOTE: Many organic insecticides have not been tested thoroughly in the commercial vegetable production systems. Use systems-based and pest exclusion practices to reduce the overall infestation levels before using approved insecticides in organic farming systems. Targeted insecticide applications at correct rate can protect natural enemies. Always read the insecticide label before application and purchase bioinsecticides from reliable sources. Cropping Systems-based Practices Mechanical tactics Target Pest Biorational Insecticides# System (for pest prevention) (for pest prevention) Trap cropping with sunflower Fruiting Peredovik & sorghum provides significant vegetables NK300 High tunnel pest exclusion system for Pyrethrins for targeting nymphs (adults Leaffooted bug reduction. Plant extra rows of trap crop in (tomato, okra, commercial producers^ are difficult to control) drought year. Plant okra away from other eggplant) susceptible crops. Row cover or pest exclusion system Leafhopper Multiple crops Use varieties tolerant to the insect feeding Insecticidal soap, Pyrethrins, Neem (Super Light Insect Barrier, AgroFabric).

Leafminer Multiple crops Select vigorous hybrid plant varieties Pick and destroy mined leaves Neem, Spinosad

Use well-composted manure, soil tillage Spinosad-based insecticides (Seduce, Onion maggot, seed Soil tillage may expose maggots to Multiple crops exposes maggots to natural enemies, field Bug-N-Sluggo) may help reduce maggot corn maggot predators preparation ahead of planting buildup Hand-pick insects, Insect netting for small Insecticidal soap, Neem, Pyrethrins, Para- Pepper weevil Pepper Crop rotation areas sitic nematodes (drench in soil weekly) Paraffinic oil, Neem oil, Sulfur dust or spray (check label before use), Chenopo- dium Terpene Extract (Requiem), Isaria INSECT CONTROL Plant and harvest timely; provide irrigation fumosoroseus (PFR97), Soluble silica Spider mite Multiple crops to plants; problem could be severe in — (Sil-Matrix). Many oil blends are available drought years; release predatory mites in the market; use with caution to avoid crop burn in hot dry weather. Do not use pyrethrins to protect beneficial mites. Deworming vines in home garden, Tem- Plant & harvest cucurbit crops timely, trap Bt-based insecticides, Pyrethrins and porary pest exclusion system with Super Squash vine borer cropping with Hubbard squash (Baby Blue Spinosad may provide limited control; Pumpkin, Light Insect Barrier may help reduce early (SVB), Pickleworms and New England) may reduce SVB but perform repeated spraying (every 3 d) on squash infestation, High tunnel pest exclusion (PW) not PW, sanitation or removing crop debris fruits with Bt-based products to stop small system with 50% shade cloth can signifi- reduces build-up of pests PW caterpillars cantly reduce moth numbers Trap cropping with Hubbard squash; plant- Insect netting for gardens*, High tunnel Pyrethrins and Spinosad may provide Pumpkin, Squash bug ing tolerant varieties, sanitation (remove pest exclusion system for commercial control of nymphs better than the adults squash crop debris) producers can slow down pest migration^ on trap crops or main crop Trap crop of sorghum, okra for stinkbugs. Insect netting for gardens*, High tunnel Stink bug & Harlequin Pyrethrins, Spinosad (target nymphs after Multiple crops Plant okra away from other susceptible pest exclusion system for commercial bug scouting) crops. producers^ Timely planting, avoid planting ornamental close to vegetable crops, use blue sticky Thrips exclusion netting material is avail- Spinosad, Insecticidal soap, Paraffinic oil, Thrips Multiple crops cards for monitoring and trap out in small able for greenhouse producers Chenopodium Terpene Extract (Requiem) areas Insecticidal soap, Crop rotation, avoid planting ornamen- Metarhizium anisopliae, Neem oil, tal close to vegetable crops, problem Thrips exclusion netting may also reduce Beauveria bassiana, Chenopo- Whitefly Multiple crops Terpene Extract (products work well intensifies in drought; release parasitoids whiteflies dium for nymphs, adults are difficult to kill in in greenhouses outbreak conditions) Turnips and Napa Cabbage are defoliated Spinosad, (Grandevo), rapidly compared to other brassicas. Trap Chromobacterium Pyrethrins (use in rotation with frequent cropping with turnips and insecticidal Insect netting (temporary exclusion meth- Yellowmargined leaf foliar applications), Azera (premix) for pre- Brassica crops treatment can reduce build up. Note the ods) for blocking migratory adults*, soil beetle (YMLB) venting YMLB outbreaks. If caterpillars are occurrence of caterpillar infestations tillage may reduce eggs in soil, of primary concern, then use Bt first and distinct from YMLB. Remove crop debris then rotate to other bioinsecticides. after harvest to prevent pest buildup. Iron phosphate (e.g., Sluggo by Monterey, OMRI-certified; Bonide Slug Magic for Gardens), Volatile oil blend (Monterey All Natural Snail & Slug Spray), Diato- Frequent rainfall and high organic matter maceous earth with amorphous silica in soil increases snails & slugs. Do not (PermaGuard Crawling Insect Control), Snails & Slugs Brassica crops — over-irrigate. Soil tillage may destroy eggs. Bait premix of iron phosphate and spi- Remove crop debris to reduce buildup. nosad (Bug-N-Sluggo by Certis, Monterey Sluggo Plus), Sulfur (Bug-Geta by Ortho), Metaldehyde (Southern Ag Snail & Slug Bait, Deadline Mini-Pellets), Nemaslug (endoparasitic nematode formulation) ^ High tunnel pest exclusion (permanent system) using 50 percent woven shade cloth on side- and end-walls can exclude large moths and reduce caterpillar pressure. Details at http://www.southernsare.org/News-and-Media/SSARE-Bulletins/High-Tunnel-Pest-Exclusion-System-HTPE. # Organic insecticides are currently available as single active ingredient (AI) or in the form of premixes, such as Azera (neem + pyrethrins), Leap (BT + methyl salicylate), and BotaniGard Maxx (pyrethrins + Beauveria bassiana). * Relatively low-cost, temporary insect netting products include the Super-Light Insect Barrier (GardensAlive.com), AgroFabric Pro 19 (SevenSpingsFarm.com) or other lightweight exclusion material are suitable for early season pest prevention.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 199 ©2020 AGBIOME, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. ABGIOME INNOVATIONS® IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF LEARN MORE AT AGBIOME INC. AND HOWLER® IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF AFS009 PLANT PROTECTION, INC. AGBIOME.COM/HOWLER PRODUCT NOT YET REGISTERED IN HAWAII. DISEASE CONTROL - - 201

Web Address Web http://www.kellysolutions.com https://www.greenbook.net/ 2 1 With concentrate sprays, it is easy to apply too much product. Greenbook Data Solutions Kelly Registration Systems Database Some foliar rates are based on mixing a specified amount of product zle sprayers. Actual amount of product and water applied per acre will vary Actual amount zle sprayers. 25 to 75 gallons (gal.) per Typically, depending on plant size and row spacing. acre of finished spray are used. Concentrate spray (air blast, aircraft, etc.) rates are based on the amount of product per acre. Caution: Some fungicides are by adversely pH affected of water; adjust pH of water if specified on label. Some fungicides will cause damage to the plant if applied Do not feed treated foliage to livestock unless at temperatures above 90°F. fungi some dried; have sprays until fields reenter not Do label. the by allowed cides may have a reentry requirement of one to several days. Read the label. exceed not Do label. the on applications of number maximum exceed not Do maximum limit of fungicide per acre per application or per year as stated on the label. See label for rotational crops. In all cases, follow directions on the The label is the law. label. Rates: in 100 gal of water and applying the finished spray for complete coverage of noz drop psi) 250 (over high-pressure with off run of point the to just foliage

- -

https://iaspub.epa.gov/apex/pesticides/f?p=PPLS:1 https://home.agrian.com/ http://www.cdms.net/Label-Database Web Address Web

1 At the time these tables were prepared, the entries were believed At the time these tables were prepared, the entries Signs and symptoms of southern blight on tomato.

Commercial Vegetables Commercial Disease Control for for Control Disease  Additional databases not included in this list may also be available. Please read the database terms of use when obtaining information from a particular website. Additional databases not included in this list may also be available. Please read the database terms of and WI. WA, VT, SC, SD, VA, OK, OH, OR, PA, NY, DE, FL, GA, IA, ID, IN, KS, MA, MD, MN, MO, MS, NC, ND, NE, NJ, NV, AZ, CA, CO, CT, AL, AK, for Available Kelly Registration Systems works with State Departments of Agriculture to provide registration and license information. Kelly Registration Systems works with State Departments of EPA Pesticide Product and Label System Pesticide EPA 2 1 Database Agrian Label Database THE FOLLOWING ONLINE DATABASES PROVIDE CURRENT PRODUCT LABELS AND OTHER RELEVANT INFORMATION: AND OTHER RELEVANT PROVIDE CURRENT PRODUCT LABELS THE FOLLOWING ONLINE DATABASES Crop Data Management Systems 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable tables. The efficacy tables will help you select the appropriate disease con plowing, sanitation, seed treatments, cultural practices, and fungicides. Al plowing, sanitation, seed treatments, cultural practices, and fungicides. disease control products are provided in separate tables following the crop by combined strategies—using resistant varieties, crop rotation, deep-turn and greenhouse Preplant fumigation of soils, nematode control chemicals, ed disease management program. Many diseases are successfully managed diseases. damping-off Information in the following tables must be used in the context of an integrat- Information in the following tables must be used are ordinarily treated by commercial producers for control of decay and of each crop table. MSU Extension, Bugwood.org at any time. tolerances for fungicides may be canceled or changed Seeds sources. reliable from obtained plants and seed quality top use ways end the at located are tables These crops. vegetable some for materials trol possible, so the user must follow all directions on the product labels. Federal possible, so the user must follow all directions to be useful and accurate. However, labels change rapidly and errors are to be useful and accurate. However, Images courtesy of Rebecca A. Melanson, Images courtesy of Rebecca Caution: Bottom: Top: Symptoms of early blight on tomato. Top: Right: Symptoms of downy mildew on squash. TABLE 3-1. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR ASPARAGUS E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, Auburn University Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Crown rot mancozeb (various) M See label See label See label Soak crowns 5 min in burlap bag with gentle agitation, drain, and plant. Gray mold fenhexamid 17 1.5 lb/A 180 0.5 Apply at fern stage only. Make up to four applications. Repeat at (Elevate) 7-to 14-day intervals if conditions favor disease development. Phytophthora crown mefenoxam 4 1 pt/A 1 2 Apply over beds after seeding or covering crowns, 30 to 60 days rot, spear slime (Ridomil Gold SL) before first cutting, and just before harvest. fosetyl-AL 33 5 lb/A 110 0.5 (Aliette) Rust myclobutanil 3 5 oz/A 180 1 Begin applications to developing ferns after harvest has taken (Rally 40W) place. Repeat on a schedule not to exceed 14 days. Do not apply to harvestable spears. sulfur (various) M See label 0 1 tebuconazole (various) 3 4 to 6 fl oz/A 180 0.5 Apply to developing ferns at first sign of rust and repeat on a 14 day interval; no more than 3 applications per season. copper oxychloride/ M 1 to 2.5 pints/A 0 48 hr Recommended for tank mixture with other registered products. hydroxide For suppression. Addition of spread/sticker is recommended (Badge SC) Rust, Cercospora chlorothalonil (various) M 2 to 4 lb/A 190 0.5 Repeat applications at 14 to 28 day intervals depending on leaf spot disease pressure. Do not apply more than 12 pints/ acres during each growing season. mancozeb (various) M See label 180 1 Apply to ferns after harvest; spray at first appearance of disease at 7 to10 day intervals. Do not exceed 8 lb product per acre per crop. mancozeb + azoxystrobin M3 + 11 2 to 2.2 lb/A 180 1 Apply only on ferns after spears have been harvested. Applica- (Dexter MAX) tions should begin prior to disease development. Do not apply more than 8.5 lbs. of product per acre per season. Purple spot azoxystrobin (various) 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz/A 100 4 hr Do not apply more than 1 foliar application of Quadris (or other group 11 fungicide) before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. chlorothalonil (various) M 2 to 4 lb/A 190 0.5 Repeat applications at 14 to 28 day intervals depending on disease pressure. Do not apply more than 12 pints/ acre during each growing season. mancozeb + azoxystrobin M3 + 11 2 to 2.2 lb/A 180 1 Apply only on ferns after spears have been harvested. Applica- (Dexter MAX) tions should begin prior to disease development. Do not apply more than 8.5 lbs. of product per acre per season. trifloxystrobin 11 3 to 3.8 oz/A 180 12 hr Apply on a 14-day interval as needed. Make applications to the (Flint Extra 500 SC) fern stage only. Mow down the asparagus ferns (or allow the ferns to senesce) between the last fungicide application and harvest. DISEASE CONTROL

TABLE 3-2. IMPORTANCE OF ALTERNATIVE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN ASPARAGUS E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, Auburn University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Scale: “E” excellent; “G” good; “F” fair; “P” poor; “NC” no control; “ND” no data. Cercospora Strategy Rust blight Stemphylium blight Fusarium root rot Phytophthora crown/spear rot Avoid overhead irrigation F F F NC NC Crop rotation (5 years or more) NC NC NC F P Clip and bury infected ferns G G G NC NC Destroy infected ferns E E E NC NC Encourage air movement/wider row P P G NC NC spacing Plant in well-drained soil NC NC NC F F Destroy volunteer asparagus F NC NC NC NC Pathogen-free planting material NC NC NC E E Resistant/tolerant cultivars G G NC G NC

202 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL 203 Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Do not apply at less than 3-day intervals. Limit of 2 soil applications per season. Limit of 2 soil Do not apply at less than 3-day intervals. Do not apply at less than 3-day intervals. Limit of 27 fl oz per acre per season. Alternate with Limit of 27 fl oz per acre per season. mode of action. May be a fungicide with a different applied through sprinkler irrigation system. Limit of 32 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more than two consecutive applications before rotating to mode of fungicide with a different another effective action. Limit of 15.3 fl oz per acre per season. Apply as per season. Limit of 15.3 fl oz per acre interval. When disease needed on a 7- to 10-day higher rates and/or pressure is severe, use the shorter intervals. Tank mix with a per year. Limit of 12 fl oz per acre mode of action. Greenhouse fungicide with a different basil, foliar application. Make no more per year. Limit of 12 fl oz per acre Alternate with a than two sequential applications. mode of action. fungicide with a different Limit of 13.7 fl oz per acre per season. Apply as per season. Limit of 13.7 fl oz per acre interval. When disease needed on a 7- to 10-day higher rates and/or pressure is severe, use the shorter intervals. Limit of 56 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more oz per acre per season. Limit of 56 fl rotating to applications before than two consecutive mode of with a different fungicide another effective action. Do not apply at less than 3-day intervals. 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr 12 hr 12 hr Reentry 0 0 0 0 1 7 1 1 3 7 0 21 Minimum Days Harv.

water/acre water/acre 8 fl oz/acre 4 fl oz/acre 4 fl oz/acre Formulation gal water/acre gal water/acre 11 to 14 oz/acre 11 1 to 3 qt/100 gal 1 to 3 qt/100 gal Rate of Material Rate of Material 1.0 to 2.0 pt/acre 1 to 3 qt/20 to100 1 to 3 qt/20 to 100 2.75 to 3 fl oz/acre 5.0 to 7.6 fl oz/acre 4.0 to 6.84 fl oz/acre 4 7 40 43 21 43 P07 P07 P07 P07 Code 7 + 11 FRAC 9 + 12 Material mefenoxam SL) (Ridomil Gold potassium phosphite (Fosphite, Fungiphite, Helena Prophyt) Mandipropamid (Revus) phosphorous acid (Confine Extra, K-Phite) fluopicolide (Presidio) cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC) fluopicolide (Adorn) fluopyram + trifloxystrobin fluopyram + trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation) fluopyram (Luna Privilege) cyprodinil + fludioxonil cyprodinil + fludioxonil (Switch 62.5WG) potassium phosphite (Fosphite, Fungiphite, Helena Prophyt) phosphorous acid (Confine Extra, K-Phite) -

i) Disease L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Carolina North Plant Pathologist, L. Quesada-Ocampo, TABLE 3-3. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR BASIL FOR PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-3. TABLE Damping off Damping off (Pythium spp.) Leafspots, fungal Leafspots, fungal (Botrytis, Alternaria, Fusarium), Powdery mildew Fusarium wilt and Pythium and Rhizoctonia root rots (Peronospora bel Downy mildew bahri 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-4. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR BEAN (cont’d) E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, Auburn University FRAC Rate of Material Minimum Days Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks BEAN, SNAP Anthracnose, Botrytis, azoxystrobin (various) 11 6.2 to 15.4 fl oz 0 4 hr For anthracnose only. Do not apply more than three Sclerotinia sequential applications. boscalid 7 8 to 11 oz 7 0.5 Many other dried and succulent beans on label. (Endura 70 WG) chlorothalonil (various) M 2.7 lb/acre 7 2 Spray first appearance, 11 lb limit per acre per crop, 7-day intervals. Not for Sclerotinia control. thiophanate-methyl (various) 1 1 to 2 lb/acre 14 1 Spray at 25% bloom; repeat at full bloom. Do not exceed 4 lb product per season. fluazinam 29 0.5 to 0.85 pts 14 3 Apply at 10 to 30% bloom. (Omega 500) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin 7+11 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz 7 12 hr Begin prior to disease development and continue on a 7 (Priaxor) to 14 day spray schedule. Ascochyta blight, boscalid 7 8 to 11 oz 7 0.5 Botrytis gray mold, (Endura 70 WG) white mold penthiopyrad 7 14 to 30 fl oz/acre 0 12 hr Begin sprays prior to disease development. (Fontelis) Alternaria, Anthracnose, azoxystrobin + propiconazole 11+3 10.5 to 14 oz/acre 7 0.5 Apply when conditions are conducive for disease. Up to Ascochyta, rust, (Quilt Xcel; Aframe Plus) three applications may be made on 7-14 day intervals. southern blight, web blight Botrytis gray mold, white iprodione (various) 12 1.5 to 2 pt See 1 Apply as foliar spray and again 5 to 7 days later or up mold (Sclerotinia) label to peak bloom, if conditions are favorable for disease. Do not use on cowpeas isofetamid 7 17 fl oz See 0.5 Apply at 10-30% bloom and 7 to 14 days later, if (Kenja 400SC) label needed. Do not allow livestock to graze in treated area. cyprodinil + fludioxonil 9+12 11 to 14 oz 7 0.5 Begin applications prior to onset of disease and re- Switch 62.5WG peat on 7-day intervals if condition remain favorable for disease development. Bacterial blights fixed copper (various) M See labels 1 1 Spray first appearance, 10-day intervals. Powdery mildew sulfur (various) M See labels 0 1 Spray at first appearance, 10 to 14 day intervals. Avoid days over 90°F. Downy mildew, Pythium mefenoxam + copper hydroxide 4 + M1 5 lb/2.5 acres 7 2 For succulent shelled beans. Begin foliar applications pod rot, cottony leak (Ridomil Gold Copper) at onset of disease and continue on 7-day interval. Do not make more than 2 applications per season. Do not use an adjuvant. Cottony leak fenamidone 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz 3 0.5 Begin applications when conditions become favor- (Pythium spp.) (Reason 500SC) able for disease development. Do not make more than one application before alternating to a product with a different mode of action. Cottony leak, downy cyazofamid 21 2.75 fl oz 0 0.5 Read label for specific directions for each disease as mildew, Phytophthora (Ranman) well as use restrictions. blight DISEASE CONTROL Rhizoctonia root rot azoxystrobin (various) 11 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz/ — 4 hr Apply in-furrow or banded applications shortly after 1,000 row feet plant emergence. myclobutanil (various) 3 4 to 5 oz/acre 0 1 For Rhizoctonia only. dichloropropene — — 5 Rate is based on soil type; see label for in-row rates. (Telone C-17) 10.8 to 17.1 gal/acre (Telone C-35) 13 to 20.5 gal/acre metam-sodium — 37.5 to 75 gal/trt — — Rate is based on soil properties and depth of soil to be (Vapam 42 HL) acre treated; apply 14 to 21 days before planting. Rhizoctonia and prothioconazole 3 0.16 to 0.32 fl oz/ — — For seed rot and damping off caused by Rhizoctonia Fusarium seed rot and (Redigo 480) 100 lbs seed and Fusarium. damping off penflufen + trifloxystrobin 7+11 See label — — For seed rot and damping off caused by Rhizoctonia, (Evergol Xtend) Fusarium, Phomopsis, or Botrytis. Seed treatment only. Rust (Uromyces) azoxystrobin (various) 11 6.2 to 15.4 fl oz/acre 0 4 hr Make no more than three sequential applications. pyraclostrobin (various) 11 6.0 to 9.0 fl oz 12 hr Make no more than two sequential applications. boscalid 7 8 to 11 oz/acre 7 0.5 Many other dried and succulent beans on label. (Endura 70 WG)

204 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL ------205 Spray first appearance, 11 lb limit per acre per crop, per acre per limit lb 11 appearance, first Spray 7-day intervals. appearance. Spray at first Spray at 7 to 10 day intervals. season. 24 fl oz per mum is anticipated. Begin applications when disease for disease. Up are conducive when conditions Apply to be applications made on a 7- to 14-day may three interval. Begin applications For dried shelled beans only. Continue applications prior to disease development. make more than 4 on a 14-day interval. Do not applications per season. Apply before disease appears when conditions favor rust and repeat development 14-day at intervals: maxi Apply at beginning of flowering or prior to onset of Apply a second time at full bloom if condi disease. tions are favorable for disease. Leaf spots only; do not make more than three se quential applications. Apply as foliar spray and again 5 to 7 days later or up to peak bloom. If conditions are favorable for disease. Do not use on cowpeas Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, cations Read label for specific directions for each disease as well as use restrictions. A spreader/sticker may be used to improve disease A control. Minimum interval of 7-days between appli Apply at 10-30% bloom and 7 to 14 days later, if Apply at 10-30% bloom and 7 to 14 days later, needed. Do not allow livestock to graze in treated area. Begin applications prior to onset of disease and re peat on 7-day intervals if condition remain favorable for disease development. Begin prior to disease development and continue on Begin prior to disease development and continue on a 7 to 14 day spray schedule. Apply at 10 to 30% bloom. tions shortly after plant emergence. Rhizoctonia only. Make in-furrow or banded applica Rhizoctonia only. Begin sprays prior to disease development. Limit of one application per season. In-furrow spray. Limit of one application per season. In-furrow spray. See label directions. For seed rot and damping off caused by Rhizoctonia, caused For seed rot and damping off Fusarium, Phomopsis, or Botrytis. Seed treatment only. For succulent shelled beans. Begin foliar applications at onset of disease and continue on 7-day interval. Do not exceed 4 applications per season. For Pythium only. Soil incorporate. See label for row For Pythium only. rates. Use proportionally less for banded rates. Make no more than two sequential applications. Begin before disease develops and continue on 7 day intervals until conditions no longer favor disease development. Do not apply more than 28 oz/acre. Do not use on cowpeas. 2 1 1 1 3 2 2 — — 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr 12 hr 12 hr 12 hr 12 hr Reentry 2 7 0 7 0 0 7 3 7 0 7 0 3 7 — — — — 14 21 30 21 See See Minimum Days Minimum Label Label Harv.

7 oz 17 fl oz 2.75 fl oz See label See label 8 to 11 oz 8 to 11 0.34 fl oz/ 11 to 14 oz 11 1.3 qts/acre 1,000 row ft Formulation 5 lb/2.5 acres 4 to 5 oz/acre 13.7 fl oz/acre 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz 6.0 to 9.0 fl oz 1,000 row feet 0.5 to 0.85 pts 10.5 to 14 fl oz 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz/ 1.5 to 2 lb/acre 4 to 6 fl oz/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 0.5 to 2 pt/trt acre 14 to 30 fl oz/acre 1.25 to 2.7 lb/acre 6.2 to 15.4 fl oz/acre 7 3 3 2 7 7 4 M M 11 11 11 11 14 21 29 12 11+3 7+11 11+4 7+11 3 + 7 Code 9 + 12 FRAC 4 + M1

(Reason 500SC) (Endura 70 WG) dicloran (Botran 5F) azoxystrobin + propiconazole Aframe Plus) (Quilt Xcel, pydiflumetofen + difenoconazole (Miravis Top) azoxystrobin (various) chlorothalonil (various) chlorothalonil (various) myclobutanil sulfur (various) tebuconazole (various) Material fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Priaxor) iprodione (various) isofetamid (Kenja 400SC) cyazofamid (Ranman) azoxystrobin (various) cyprodinil + fludioxonil (Switch 62.5WG) fluazinam (Omega 500) penthiopyrad (Fontelis) boscalid azoxystrobin + mefenoxam (Uniform) pyraclostrobin (various) mefenoxam (various) mefenoxam + copper hydroxide (Ridomil Gold Copper) penflufen + trifloxystrobin (Evergol Xtend) thiophanate-methyl (various) fenamidone , web blight (Rhizoctonia) (Sclerotinia) Alternaria, Anthracnose, Ascochyta, bean rust, southern blight White mold BEAN, LIMA Alternaria, Ascochyta, Cercospora, powdery mildew, Mycosphaerella, rust Botrytis, Sclerotinia, leaf spots Rust (Uromyces) (cont’d) Disease (cont’d) BEAN, SNAP E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, Auburn University Auburn Plant Pathologist, E. Sikora, TABLE 3-4. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR BEAN (cont’d) FOR PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-4. TABLE Cottony leak, downy mildew Phytophthora blight Pythium, Damping off, Rhizoctonia Downy mildew Rhizoctonia, Fusarium, Phomopsis, Botrytis Cottony leak (Pythium spp.) 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-5. IMPORTANCE OF ALTERNATIVE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN BEANS E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, Auburn University Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; ND, no data.

Anthracnose Ashy stem blight Botrytis gray mold Cercospora Common Bacterial blight and halo blight Fusarium root rot Mosaic viruses Powdery mildew Pythium damping-off Rhizoctonia root rot Root knot nematode Rust (more on pole beans) Southern blight (Sclerotium rolfsii) White mold (Sclerotinia) Avoid field operations when leaves are wet E NC E F E NC NC NC NC NC NC E NC NC Avoid overhead irrigation E NC E E E NC NC NC P NC NC E NC G Change planting date F F NC P F G F P E E P G (early) NC NC Cover cropping with antagonist NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC G NC NC NC Crop rotation G P F F G F P P F F G NC F E Deep plowing E F E P E F NC NC F F F NC E E Destroy crop residue E F E F E NC NC NC P P F F G E Encourage air movement E NC E F E NC NC E P NC NC F NC G Increase between-plant spacing P NC P F P P P P F F NC P F G Increase soil organic matter NC F NC NC NC F NC NC NC NC F NC NC NC Insecticidal oils NC NC NC NC NC NC F NC NC NC NC NC NC NC pH management NC NC NC NC NC F NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Plant in well-drained soil F F F NC F E NC NC E E NC NC P F Plant on raised beds F P F NC F E NC NC E E NC NC P F Plastic mulch bed covers NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC F Postharvest temperature control NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC E Reflective mulch NC NC NC NC NC NC G NC NC NC NC NC NC P Reduce mechanical injury NC NC NC NC NC F P NC NC NC NC NC P NC Rogue diseased plants NC NC P NC NC NC F NC NC NC NC NC P F Row covers NC NC NC NC NC NC F NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Soil solarization NC NC P NC NC F NC NC F G F NC F G Pathogen-free planting material E G NC F E NC G NC NC NC NC NC NC NC DISEASE CONTROL

206 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL 207 Do not apply to Do not apply to For broccoli only. Apply prior to disease, but when conditions are favorable disease, but when conditions Apply prior to 11 Alternate to a non-FRAC schedule. on 7 to 14-day 4 applications 1 application. No more than fungicide after per season. and prior to disease development, Begin applications interval. Make no more than 2 continue on a 7 to 14-day applications per season. disease development, and Begin applications prior to 2 than interval. Make no more continue on a 7 to 10 day fl 80 exceed not Do of action. rotating sequential applications before effective another mode to different a with fungicide oz per season. Make no more than two sequential applications before Make no more than two sequential applications before mode alternating with fungicides that have a different of action. Maximum of 3 applications. turnip greens or roots. Begin applications 7 to 10 days after thinning, not to exceed 4 applications per a season. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Apply when disease first appears, and continue on 7 to Apply when disease first 56oz of product per acre 10 day interval. Do not exceed per year. Limit of 4 applications per year. Labeled for Alternaria Labeled for year. Limit of 4 applications per and Cercospora leaf spots. year. Limit of 4 applications per Make no more than two sequential applications before with fungicides that have a different alternating mode of action. Maximum of 3 applications. roots. turnip greens or Make no more than 2 sequential applications of Miravis Prime or other Group 7 and 12 fungicides before rotating mode of fungicide with a different to another effective action. Maximum 3 applications per year. 14-day on continue and appears first disease when Apply interval. Do not exceed 18 fl oz per season. Do not apply more than 15.3 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before rotating to a fungicide not in Group 7 or 11. Make no Do not exceed 72 fl oz of product per year. more than 2 sequential applications per season before mode product with a different rotating to another effective of action. See additional products listed below under leaf spot. Alternaria Downy mildew and second A 4-leaf stage. 2- to plant at of to base Apply made up to may be application thedate. Do not harvest use as a soil drench. Apply on 7 to 10 day intervals after transplanting or short- ly after seeds have emerged. Some reddening on older broccoli leaves and flecking of cabbage wrapper leaves Check label carefully for recommended rates may occur. for each disease. Do not apply more than 15.3 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before rotating to a fungicide not in Group 7 or 11. Alternaria Labeled for Limit of 4 applications per year. and Cercospora leaf spots. Limit of 4 applications per year. Make no more than 2 sequential applications of Miravis Prime or other Group 7 and 12 fungicides before rotating mode of fungicide with a different to another effective action. Maximum 3 applications per year. — 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 to 2 Reentry 1 0 7 3 7 7 7 0 3 7 1 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 7 Minimum Days Harv.

2 lb/acre 2 2 pt/acre 2 See labels 14 fl oz/acre 7.6 fl oz/acre Formulation 6 to 9 oz/acre 11.4 fl oz/acre 11.4 11.4 fl oz/acre 11.4 5 to 7 fl oz/acre 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 5 to 7 fl oz/acre 0.5 to 1 oz/acre 11 to 14 oz/acre 11 Rate of Material Rate of Material 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 14 to 30 fl oz/acre 6.0 to 8.2 fl oz/ acre oz/ fl 8.2 to 6.0 6.0 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 5.0 to 7.6 fl oz/acre 7 3 7 2 P1 M1 9+3 11+3 7+11 7+11 7+11 7+11 9+12 Code 3 + 11 3 + 11 7 + 12 7 + 12 FRAC S-methyl azoxystrobin + difenoconazole azoxystrobin 2.72 SC) Top (Quadris boscalid (Endura 70 EG) cyprodinil + difenoconazole (Inspire Super 2.82SC) cyprodinil +fludioxonil (Switch 62.5WG) acibenzolar- (Actigard 50WG) fixed copper (various) Material flutriafol (Rhyme 2.08SC) flutriafol + azoxystrobin EQ 4.29 SC) (Topguard fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Priaxor 500 SC) pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil (Miravis Prime) triflumizole (Procure 480SC) penthiopyrad (Fontelis 1.67 SC) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Priaxor 500 SC) fluopyram + trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation 500 SC) iprodione (Rovral 4F) fluopyram + trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation 500 SC) flutriafol (Rhyme 2.08SC) flutriafol + azoxystrobin EQ 4.29 SC) (Topguard pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil (Miravis Prime) Alternaria leaf spot Alternaria leaf Disease A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Plant Pathologist, A. Keinath, TABLE 3-6. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR BROCCOLI, BRUSSEL SPROUT, CABBAGE, AND CAULIFLOWER (cont’d) AND CAULIFLOWER CABBAGE, SPROUT, BRUSSEL BROCCOLI, FOR PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-6. TABLE Black rot, downy mildew Alternaria leaf spot, gray mold Black leg Cercospora leaf spot 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-6. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR BROCCOLI, BRUSSEL SPROUT, CABBAGE, AND CAULIFLOWER (cont’d) A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Clubroot cyazofamid 21 Transplant: Either apply immediately after transplanting with 1.7 fl oz (Ranman 34.5SC) 12.9 to 25.75 fl oz/ of solution per transplant, or as a banded application with 100 gal water soil incorporation of 6 to 8 inches prior to transplanting. Do not apply more than 39.5 fl oz/ acre/season or 6 (1 soil+ 5 foliar) applications per season. Do not make more Banded: 0.5 0 than 3 consecutive applications without rotating to another 20 fl oz/acre fungicide with a different mode of action for 3 subsequent applications. fluazinam 29 Transplant: Apply either directly as a drench to transplants or as a (Omega 500F) 6.45 fl oz/ banded application with soil incorporation of 6 to 8 inches 100gal water prior to transplanting. Use of product can delay harvest and cause some stunting without adverse effects on final yields. Banded: 50 50 2.6 pts/acre Downy mildew ametoctradin + dimethomorph 40+45 14 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before (Zampro 525SC) alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Addition of an adjuvant may improve performance (see label for specifics). cyazofamid 21 2.75 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Begin applications on a 7 to 10 day schedule when (Ranman 400SC) disease first appears or weather is conducive. Do not apply more than 39.5 fl oz/acre/season; or 6 (1 soil + 5 foliar) applications per season. Do not make more than 3 consecutive applications without rotating to another fungicide with a different mode of action for 3 subsequent applications. dimethomorph 40 6 oz/acre 0 0.5 Alternate every application with a non-FRAC Group 40 (Forum 4.16SC) fungicide. Limit of 3 applications per season. fenamidone 11 5.5 to 8.2 oz/ acre 2 0.5 Begin applications as soon as conditions become (Reason 500SC) favorable for disease development. Applications should be made on a 5 to 10 day interval. Do not make more than one application of Reason 500SC before alternating with a fungicide from a different resistance management group. fluopicolide 43 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 2 0.5 Must be tank mixed with another fungicide with a (Presidio 4 SC) different mode of action. No more than 2 sequential applications before rotating to another effective product of a different mode of action. Limited to 4 applications 12 fl oz/acre per season. fosetyl-AL 33 2 to 5 lb/acre 3 1 Apply when disease first appears; then repeat on 7 to 21 (Aliette) day intervals. Do not tank mix with copper fungicides. A maximum of 7 applications can be made per season. mandipropamid 40 8 fl oz/acre 1 0.5 Apply prior to disease development and continue (Revus 2.08SC) throughout season at 7 to 10 day intervals; maximum 32 fl oz per season. oxathiapiprolin + mandipropamid U15 + 5.5 to 8 fl oz/acre 0 4 hr Apply prior to disease development at 10-day intervals. DISEASE CONTROL (Orondis Ultra A + Orondis Ultra 40 Make no more than 2 sequential applications before B2.33SC) alternating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. Maximum of 4 applications per crop per year of all Orondis products. potassium phosphite (various) 33 2 to 4 pt/acre 0 4 hr Apply when weather is foggy as a preventative. Do not apply to plants under water or temperature stress. Spray solution should have a pH greater than 5.5. Apply in at least 30 gal. water per acre. Downy mildew, azoxystrobin 11 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/ 0 4 hr Do not make more than 2 applications before alternating Alternaria leaf spot (Quadris 2.08F) acre to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not apply more than 92.3 fl oz per acre per season. chlorothalonil (various) M5 See labels 7 2 Apply after transplanting, seedling emergence, or when conditions favor disease development. Repeat as need- ed on a 7 to 10 day interval.

208 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL 209 DO NOT apply more than 5.75 DO NOT Apply prior to disease development at 10-day intervals. Apply prior to disease development applications before Make no more than 2 sequential mode that have a different alternating with fungicides at the low rate or of action. Maximum of 8 applications rate per year of Orondis Opti, 4 applications at the high 4 if Ultra and Opti are both used, then the maximum is applications each. Apply prior to disease, but when conditions are favorable, Apply prior to disease, but when conditions are favorable, Alternate to a non-FRAC 11 on 7-to 14-day schedule. fungicide after 1 application. No more than 4 applications per season. Begin applications prior to disease development, and 2 continue on a 7 to 14 day interval. Make no more than applications per season; disease suppression only. Begin applications prior to disease development, and continue on a 7 to 10 day interval. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before rotating to another mode of action. Do not fungicide with a different effective exceed 80 fl oz per season. Limit of 4 applications per year. Labeled for Alternaria Labeled for Limit of 4 applications per year. and Cercospora leaf spots. Limit of 4 applications per year. Make no Do not exceed 72 fl oz of product per year. more than 2 sequential applications per season before mode with a different product rotating to another effective of action. Make no more than 2 sequential applications of Miravis Prime or other Group 7 and 12 fungicides before rotating mode of fungicide with a different to another effective action. Maximum 3 applications per year. disease first appears or weather is conducive. Do not apply when on a 5 to 10 day schedule Begin applications not Do conducive. is weather or than appears more disease first make not Do oz/acre/season. fl than 24.6 more with a rotating to another fungicide application without 1 mode of action. different Apply to cabbage only. pints (6 applications) per acre per year. pints (6 applications) per acre Spray at first appearance of disease and continue on Spray at first appearance more than 12.8 lbs/acre per a 7 to 10 day interval. No season. Begin applications when conditions favor disease but Begin applications when conditions severe diseases pressure use prior to symptoms. Under 14 day intervals. Do not additional fungicides between per crop. make more than four applications Apply when disease first appears, and continue on 7 Apply when disease first appears, and continue on per to 10 day intervals. Do not exceed 56 oz of product acre per year. Make no more than two sequential applications before mode of alternating with fungicides that have a different turnip action. Maximum of 3 applications. Do not apply to greens or roots. Do not apply more than 15.3 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before rotating to a fungicide not in Group 7 or 11. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Apply when disease first appears and continue on a 14- day interval. Do not exceed 18 fl oz per season. Apply when disease first appears; then repeat as needed applying on days over 90°F. Avoid on a 14-dayinterval. Also for use on greens (collard, kale, and mustard), rutabaga, and turnip. 1 2 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Reentry 7 1 0 7 0 0 7 2 7 7 7 3 0 7 1 0 10 Minimum Days Harv.

1.5 lb/acre See labels 14 fl oz/acre Formulation 6 to 9 oz/acre 11.4 fl oz/acre 11.4 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 15.35 fl oz/acre 5 to 7 fl oz/acre 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 10 to 12 oz/acre 1.6 to 2.1 lb/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 14 to 30 fl oz/acre 6.0 to8.2 fl oz/acre 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 5.5 to 8.2 fl 5.0 to 7.6 fl oz/acre 1.75 to 2.5fl oz/acre 7 7 3 11 29 M5 M2 M3 9+3 11+3 7+11 7+11 9+12 4+M5 Code U15 + 3 + 11 7 + 12 FRAC azoxystrobin + difenoconazole 2.72 SC) Top (Quadris boscalid (Endura 70 EG) cyprodinil + difenoconazole (Inspire Super 2.82SC) cyprodinil + fludioxonil (Switch 62.5WG) flutriafol + azoxystrobin EQ 4.29 SC) (Topguard penthiopyrad (Fontelis 1.67 SC) pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil (Miravis Prime) sulfur (various) fenamidone (Reason 500SC) fluazinam (Omega 500 F) mancozeb (various) mefenoxam + chlorothalonil mefenoxam + chlorothalonil (Ridomil Gold/ Bravo) oxathiapiprolin + mandipropamid oxathiapiprolin + mandipropamid (Orondis Opti) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin + fluxapyroxad (Priaxor 500 SC) fluopyram + trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation 500 SC) flutriafol (Rhyme 2.08SC Material triflumizole (Procure 480SC)

Powdery mildew Alternaria leaf spot Alternaria leaf (cont’d) Downy mildew, Downy mildew, Disease A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Plant Pathologist, A. Keinath, TABLE 3-6. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR BROCCOLI, BRUSSEL SPROUT, CABBAGE, AND CAULIFLOWER (cont’d) AND CAULIFLOWER CABBAGE, SPROUT, BRUSSEL BROCCOLI, FOR PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-6. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-6. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR BROCCOLI, BRUSSEL SPROUT, CABBAGE, AND CAULIFLOWER (cont’d) A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Pythium damping off, fluopicolide 43 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 2 0.5 Apply as a soil drench at transplant. As plants enlarge, Phytophthora basal (Presidio 4 F) use apply directly to soil by chemigation on a 10-day stem rot schedule as conditions favor disease, but prior to disease development. No more than 2 sequential applications before rotating to another effective product of a different mode of action. Limited to 4 applications, 12 fl oz/ acre per season. mefenoxam 4 0.25 to 2 pt/acre — 2 Apply 1 to 2 pt per acre as a broadcast, preplant (Ridomil Gold 4 SL) application to soil and incorporate in top 2 in. of soil. For Pythium control, use only 0.25 to 0.5 pt per acre. metalaxyl 4 4 to 8 pt/ trt acre — 2 Preplant incorporated or surface application. (MetaStar 2 EAG) Rhizoctonia bottom boscalid 7 6 to 9 oz/acre 0 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease development and rot (Endura 70 WP) continue on a 7 to 14 day interval. Make no more than 2 applications per season for disease suppression only. Wirestem (Rhizocto- azoxystrobin 11 5.8 to 8.7 fl oz/ acre 0 4 hr Rate is equivalent to 0.4 to 0.6 fl oz per 1000 row feet. nia stem and root rot) (Quadris 2.08 SC) on 36-in.rows Apply at planting as a directed spray to the furrow in a band 7 inches wide. See label for other row spacings. boscalid 7 6 to 9 oz/acre 0 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease development and (Endura 70 EG) continue on a 7 to 14-dayinterval. Make no more than2 applications per season. flutolanil 7 26 fl oz/acre 45 0.5 Apply to the row at planting as an in-furrow spray or a (Moncut 3.8SC) spray directed at the base of transplants immediately after transplanting. Limit of 2 applications per year. penthiopyrad 7 16 to 30 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not exceed 72 fl oz of product per year. Make no (Fontelis 1.67 SC) more than 2 sequential applications per season before rotating to another effective product with a different mode of action. Sclerotinia stem rot boscalid 7 6 to 9 oz/acre 0 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease development and (white mold) (Endura 70 EG) continue on a 7 to 14 day interval. Make no more than 2 applications per season. fluopyram + trifloxystrobin 7+11 7.6 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not apply more than 15.3 fl oz per acre per season. (Luna Sensation 500 SC) Make no more than 2 sequential applications before rotating to a fungicide not in Group 7 or 11. penthiopyrad 7 16 to 30 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not exceed 72 fl oz of product per year. Make no (Fontelis 1.67 SC) more than 2 sequential applications per season before rotating to another effective product with a different mode of action. Coniothyrium minitans — 1 to 4 lb/acre 0 4 hr OMRI listed product. Apply to soil surface and incorpo- (Contans WG) rate nodeeperthan2inches.Worksbestwhenapplied prior to planting or transplanting. Do not apply other fungicides for 3 weeks after applying Contans. White rust pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil 7 + 12 11.4 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications of Miravis (Miravis Prime) Prime or other Group 7 and 12 fungicides before rotating to another effective fungicide with a different mode of action. Maximum 3 applications per year. DISEASE CONTROL

210 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States

DISEASE CONTROL

Wirestem ( Wirestem Rhizoctonia) 1

F F F P P G G

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC 21 Sclerotinia/Raisin Head Sclerotinia/Raisin

F P P G

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC Pythium damping-off Pythium R R F

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC

NC Powdery Mildew Powdery

F F F F F F F F F F P P P P G G

ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Downy Mildew Downy

F F F F F F F F F P P E E E E E G G

G G G G NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Clubroot

F

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC

sporella-

-

Cercospora & Cerco & Cercospora F F F F F F F F P P E G G

G NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC

( Rhizoctonia)

Bottom Rot Rot Bottom P P

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC ND ND NC NC NC NC NC NC Black Leg Black

F F G

NC NC ND ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC ND ND NC NC NC NC NC NC Black Rot Black

F P

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Bacterial Soft Rot Soft Bacterial

NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Alternaria Leaf Spot Leaf Alternaria

F F F F F F F F P P E E E E G G G

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC

(Days) Preharvest interval interval Preharvest 0 7 7 7 7 0 7 0 0 0 1 7 2 0 0 0 7 7 3 1 0 3 2 0 1 7 7 — 45

0 to 3

0 to 14 20 to 50

Fungicide group group Fungicide F 7 4 7 3 7 3 3 2 11 11 11 29 21 43 40 33 40 3+9 P01 P07 M01 M05 M02 M03 7+11 11+3 9+12 7 + 11

45+40 4+M05

U15 + 40 M03 + 11

Crop Group Group Crop 2 B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B&T H&S H&S H&S H&S H&S Broc H&S B&C Cabrio, Pyrac various Omega 500 Product Endura Actigard Ridomil Gold Bravo Orondis Ultra Luna Sensation Ridomil Gold various Ranman Moncut Procure Presidio various Zampro Fontelis Switch various various Rhyme Inspire Super various Priaxor Quadris Top Forum Aliette Reason Rovral Revus various Dexter Max 1,2 3 4 5 3  ssica greens. Shorter PHI is for head and stem brassicas (broccoli, Brussel sprout, cabbage, and cauliflower) and longer PHI is for leafy bra Phytotoxicity is seen when fosetyl-Al is tank-mixed with copper. Use a 20-day PHI for Omega 500 on leafy greens and a 50-day PHI for head and stem brassicas. H&S = fungicides registered only on head and stem brassicas (broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, and cauliflower); B= fungicides registered on all brassica crops except turnip except crops brassica all on registered fungicides B= cauliflower); and cabbage, Brussels sprouts, (broccoli, brassicas Efficacy ratings do not necessarily indicate a labeled use for every disease. stem and head leafy vegetables, including turnip greens (but on brassica only all registered on fungicides registered = = fungicides B&T turnips. H&S on registered products for 3-31 and 3-16 Tables see turnips; root and greens Broc = B&C not fungicide Always refer to product labels prior to use. = grown registered fungicide on for registered broccoli on roots). only. broccoli and cabbage only.  To prevent resistance in pathogens, within alternate a fungicides group with fungicides in another group. To Fungicides in the “M” group are generally considered “low risk” with no signs of resistance developing. 5 F 3 4 1 2 Active Ingredient acibenzolar-S-methyl Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; ND, no data. no control; poor; NC, P, fair; G, good; F, Scale: E, excellent; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, Auburn University Auburn Pathologist, Sikora, Plant E. Clemson University; Plant Pathologist, A. Keinath, TABLE 3-7. EFFICACY OF PRODUCTS FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN BRASSICAS CONTROL FOR DISEASE PRODUCTS OF EFFICACY 3-7. TABLE mefenoxam + chlorothalonil oxathiapiprolin + mandipropamid fluopyram + trifloxystrobin mefenoxam (pre-plant) chlorothalonil cyazofamid flutolanil triflumizole fluopicolide sulfur ametoctradin + dimethomorph penthiopyrad fixed copper cyprodinil + fludioxonil tebuconazole azoxystrobin flutriafol difenoconazole + cyprodinil phosphonates fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin azoxystrobin + difenoconazole pyraclostrobin dimethomorph fosetyl-Al boscalid fenamidone iprodione fluazinam mandipropamid mancozeb mancozeb + azoxystrobin 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-8. IMPORTANCE OF ALTERNATIVE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN BRASSICAS E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, Auburn University Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; ND, no data. ) )

Strategy Alternaria leaf spot Bacterial soft rot Black rot Black leg Bottom rot ( Rhizoctonia Cercospora Clubroot Downy mildew Powdery mildew Pythium Sclerotinia head ( Rhizoctonia Wirestem Avoid field operations when leaves are wet P F G F F P NC P NC NC NC NC Avoid overhead irrigation E E E E F E NC G P NC NC NC Change planting date P P NC NC P NC NC NC NC P NC F Cover cropping with antagonist NC NC NC NC NC NC P NC NC P NC NC Crop rotation F F G G P F NC F NC NC P P Deep plowing F F G G F F NC F NC NC F F Destroy crop residue F F G G F F NC F NC NC P P Encourage air movement F P P P F F NC F NC P F NC Increase between-plant spacing F P P P F F NC F NC P F NC Increase soil organic matter NC NC NC NC P NC P NC NC NC NC P Hot water seed treatment P NC E G NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC pH management NC NC NC NC NC NC E NC NC NC NC NC Plant in well-drained soil P F P P G P E P NC F F G Plant on raised beds NC F P NC G NC E P NC F F G Plastic mulch bed covers P NC NC NC F NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Postharvest temperature control NC E NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Reflective mulch NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Reduce mechanical injury NC E G NC NC NC NC NC NC NC F P Rogue diseased plants P NC NC F P NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Row covers NC P NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Soil solarization NC NC NC P F NC NC NC NC P P F Pathogen-free planting material F NC E E F NC G NC NC NC P F Resistant cultivars NC NC E NC NC NC P F F NC NC P Weed control F NC F F NC F F F F NC F NC

CANTALOUPE SEE CUCURBITS DISEASE CONTROL

CELERY SEE LEAFY PETIOLE VEGETABLES

CUCUMBERS SEE CUCURBITS

212 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - 213 Not Not registered Not registered for Notregistered for the 3 Not registered for the 3 son. Do not apply after R4 early dough stage. son. Do not apply after R4 before switching applications Donot than 2to make more sequential a fungicide with a mode different of Maximum 4 action. (highrate) (low rate) peror maycrop. Crop damage 2 occur applications specifics. for label read used; is adjuvant an when repeat at and appears first disease when applications Start 4 to 7 day intervals. Not registered for anthracnose, Use lower rate for rust. Make no more than 2 sequential appli than 2 sequential rust. Make no more lower rate for Use Helminthosporium 3 for Avaris or Quilt of oz fl 7 Use high the at applications application with a non- Group diseases. Must rotate every (4 oz/acre fl 56 Maximum fungicide. 11 rate) per crop. Soil and foliar treatments. Maximum 2 applications per sea mode of action. Apply no morethan123 fl oz per crop per acre acre per crop per oz fl morethan123 alternating fungicides thatadifferent no cations before with have Apply action. of mode per season. Not registered for rust. Southern intervals. day 14 to 4 appearance, first at Spray for anthracnose, eyespot, or gray leaf spot. See label for banded or in-furrow sprays. Apply no more sprays. See label for banded or in-furrow per season, including soil than 2.88 qt per crop per acre applications. May be applied as a banded or in-furrow spray. Consult label or in-furrow spray. banded a as be applied May specifics. for Apply Stratego when disease first appears and continue on a 7 to continue and appears first disease when Stratego Apply 14 anotherday Alternate applications of interval. Stratego with product with a mode of different action than Group fungicides. 11 Maximum 3 perapplications crop. Helminthosporium diseases. cations of this fungicide or other group 11fungicides cations of this fungicide or other group 11fungicides per crop. eyespot. Not registered for Nomore than 2 sequentialbefore alternating with applications a dif ferent mode of action. Maximum 4 (high rate) or 5 applications (low rate) per crop. Not registered for eyespot. action of mode another with sprays YLD Stratego Alternate Maximum 4 (high rate) or 5 than agroup11fungicide. applications (low rate) per crop. Helminthosporium diseases. 16 fl oz per acre per crop maximum. crop per acre per oz fl 16 anthracnose. 6 appli Do not make more than 2 sequential applications or Do not make more than 2 sequential applications of Priaxor before switching to a fungicide with a different mode of action. crop. applications (low rate) per 2 or rate) (high 4 Maximum Crop damage may occur when an adjuvant is used; read specifics. label for No more than 2 sequential applications of the fungicide be- switching to with another mode a fungicide fore of action. this fungicide or sequential applications of not exceed 2 Do 11fungicides. with other group No more than 2 sequential applications before alternating mode of with a different action. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications of Priaxor before switching to a fungicide with a different mode of action. crop. applications (low rate) per 2 or rate) (high 4 Maximum Crop damage may occur when an adjuvant is used; read specifics. label for Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Seed treatment. Seed treated on-farm must be dyed. Seed treated on-farm Seed treatment. eyespot, gray leaf spot, or Southern rust. eyespot, gray leaf spot, or Southern the applications of sequential 2 more than No fungicide before switching to a fungicide with another mode of action. registered for eyespot. 1 2 NA 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr Reentry 7 7 7 7 7 7 0 7 7 0 7 7 7 7 14 14 30 14 14 NA Minimum Days Harv.

acre acre oz/ acre See labels See labels See labels See labels lbs of seed 10 fl oz/acre Formulation 1000 row feet 1000 row feet 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz/ 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 4 to 5 fl oz/acre 10 to 14.4 fl oz/ 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 10 to 14.4 fl oz/ 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 7 or 10.5 to 14 fl 6 to 12 fl oz/acre 6 to 12 fl oz/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 0.16 to 0.24 fl oz/ 0.16 to 0.24 fl 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 10 to 24 fl oz/acre 2.0 to 3.8 fl oz/acre 0.8 to 1.6 fl oz/ 100 0.8 to 1.6 fl 7 7 3 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 M03 M05 Code 7 + 11 11 + 3 11 11 + 3 11 11 + 3 11 + 3 11 7 + 11 + 3 11 7 + 11 FRAC - - - - - trobin (Priaxor) fluxapyroxad + pyraclos mancozeb (various) chlorothalonil (various) azoxystrobin + propi conazole XCEL, (Quilt, Quilt Avaris) fluoxastrobin (Aftershock) azoxystrobin (various) azoxystrobin (various) trifloxystrobin + propi conazole YLD) (Stratego pyraclostrobin + met conazole (Headline AMP) trifloxystrobin + propiconazole (Stratego) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Priaxor) pyraclostrobin (Headline SC & EC) penthiopyrad (Vertisan) pyraclostrobin (Headline SC & EC) pyraclostrobin + metconazole (Headline AMP) fluxapyroxad + pyraclos trobin (Priaxor) Material pyraclostrobin pyraclostrobin (Stamina 1.67FC) fluoxastrobin fluoxastrobin (Aftershock) penthiopyrad (Vertisan) propiconazole (various) ) ]) ] ] Pey- Rhizoctonia ]) Penicillium Anthracnose, Eye- spot, Gray leaf spot (Cercospora leaf spot), Northern corn leaf blight (Exserohilum [Helminthosporium turcicum) Northern corn leaf spot (Bipolaris zeicola [Helminthosporium carbonum maydis), Rust, Southern rust Southern corn leaf blight (Bipolaris [Helminthosporium Brown spot (Physoderma maydis Yellow leaf blight ( Yellow ronellaea zeamaydis [Phyllosticta maydis Seedling diseases Seedling diseases caused by and Disease A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Plant Pathologist, A. Keinath, TABLE 3-9. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR CORN, SWEET FOR PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-9. TABLE Soilborne diseases, Soilborne diseases, and Rhizoctonia root stalk rot 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-10. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR CUCURBITS (cont’d) L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Angular leaf spot fixed copper (various) M01 See labels See See See label. Rates vary depending on the formulation. Repeated use label label may cause leaf yellowing. Bacterial leaf spot acibenzolar-S-methyl P01 0.5 to 1 oz/acre 0 0.5 Apply to healthy, actively growing plants. Do not apply to stressed (Actigard) 50 WP plants. Apply no more than 8 oz per acre per season. Bacterial fruit blotch fixed copper (various) M01 See labels 0 0 See label. Rates vary depending on the formulation. Start applications at first bloom; ineffective once fruit reaches full size. Repeated use may cause leaf yellowing. acibenzolar-S-methyl P01 0.5 to 1 oz/acre 0 0.5 Apply to healthy, actively growing plants. Do not apply to stressed (Actigard) 50 WP plants. Apply no more than 8 oz per acre per season. Bacterial wilt NA NA NA NA NA See Insect Control section for Cucumber Beetles. Belly (fruit) rot, azoxystrobin (various) 11 See labels 1 4 hr Make banded application to soil surface or in-furrow application Rhizoctonia just before seed are covered. azoxystrobin + 11 + M05 3.2 pints/acre 1 0.5 Do not apply more than one foliar application before alternating chlorothalonil with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not make more (Quadris Opti) than 4 applications of QoI group 11 fungicides per crop per acre per year. difenoconazole + 7 + 3 8.5 to 13.5 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 For belly rot control, the first application should be made at the 1- benzovindiflupyr to 3-leaf crop stage with a second application just prior to vine tip (Aprovia Top) or 10 to 14 days later, whichever occurs first. fluopyram + tebuconazole 7 + 3 17 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 APPLY ONLY TO WATERMELON. Make no more than 2 (Luna Experience 3.3 F) applications before alternating to a fungicide with different active ingredients. Do not rotate with tebuconazole. Not labeled for use in Louisiana. thiophanate-methyl 1 0.5 lb/acre 0 0.5 Apply in sufficient water to obtain runoff to soil surface. (Topsin M 70 WP) Cottony leak metalaxyl 4 4 to 8 pt/treated acre 0 2 Soil surface application in 7 in. band. (Pythium spp.) (MetaStar 2 E) Damping off mefenoxam 4 0 2 Preplant incorporated (broadcast or band); soil spray (broadcast or (Pythium spp.) and (Ridomil Gold 4 SL) 1 to 2 pt/ acre band) or injection (drip irrigation). fruit rot (Ultra Flourish 2 EL) 2 to 4 pt/ acre metalaxyl 4 4 to 8 pt/acre 0 2 Preplant incorporated or surface application. (MetaStar 2 E) propamocarb 28 12.8 fl oz/100 gal 2 0.5 Rates based on rock wool cube saturation in the greenhouse. See (Previcur Flex 6 F) label for use in seedbeds, drip system, and soil drench. Downy mildew ametoctradin + 45 + 40 14 oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than 2 applications before alternating to a fungicide dimethomorph with different active ingredients. Do not rotate with Forum. Maxi- (Zampro4.38 SC) mum of 3 applications per crop per season. chlorothalonil (various) M05 See label See See See labels. Rates vary depending on the formulation. Spray at first label label appearance and then at 7 to 14 day interval. Avoid late-season application after plants have reached full maturity. chlorothalonil + potassium M05 + 33 6 pints/acre 0 0.5 Apply no more than 50 pints per crop per acre per season. phosphite DISEASE CONTROL (Catamaran 5.27 SC) chlorothalonil + zoxamide M + 22 36 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 May cause sunburn in watermelon fruit, see label for details. (Zing!) cyazofamid 21 2.1 to 2.75 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not apply more than 6 sprays per crop. Make no more than 3 (Ranman 400SC) consecutive applications followed by 3 applications of fungicides from a different resistance management group. ethaboxam 22 8 fl oz/acre 2 0.5 Do not make more than two applications per year. Do not apply at (Elumin) intervals of less than 14 days. fixed copper (various) M01 See labels See See See label. Rates vary depending on the formulation. Repeated use label label may cause leaf yellowing. fluazinam 29 0.75 to 1.5 pints/acre 7 0.5 Initiate applications when conditions are favorable for disease (Omega 500F, Lektivar development or when disease symptoms first appear. Repeat 40 SC) applications on a 7 to 10 day schedule. fluopicolide 43 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 2 0.5 Tank mix with another downy mildew fungicide with a different (Presidio 4F) mode of action. fosetyl-AL P07 2 to 5 lb/acre 0.5 0.5 Do not tank mix with copper-containing products. Mixing with (Aliette 80 WDG) surfactants or foliar fertilizers is not recommended. mandipropamid 40 8 fl oz/acre 1 0.5 For disease suppression only. Resistance reported. (Revus 2.08F) mancozeb (various) M03 See labels See See See label. Rates vary depending on the formulation. Labeled on all label label cucurbits.

214 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - - 215 house/transplant house. Apply as a protective spray at Maximum 3 applications per season. Add a surfactant. 10 to 14 day intervals. One soil and two foliar applications allowed by either ground or One soil and two foliar applications allowed by either Do chemigation application equipment (including drip irrigation). use in green not use in water used for hand trans- planting. Not for Spray at first appearance and repeat at 14-day intervals. Apply at 14-day intervals. appearance and repeat Spray at first Avoid applications. fungicide between full rate of protectant Resistance full maturity. when plants reach late-season application reported. Only for Alternaria and Anthracnose; do not make more than one Alternaria and Only for application before alternating with a fungicide that has a different mode of action; must be tank-mixed with contact fungicide with a mode of action. different Make no more than one application before alternating with a fungi Make no more than one application before alternating Apply no more than2.88 qt per mode of action. cide with a different blight where crop per acre per season. Do not use for gummy stem fungicides exists. resistance to group 11(QoI) alternating Do not apply more than one foliar application before mode of action. Do not make more with a fungicide with a different fungicides per crop per acre than 4 applications of QoI group 11 where resistance to Do not use for gummy stem blight per year. fungicides exists. group 11(QoI) spot. Make no more than one application before Target Not for mode of action. alternating with fungicides that have a different season. Do Apply no more than 56 fl oz per crop per acre per group 11(QoI) not use for gummy stem blight where resistance to fungicides exists. Alternaria and gummy stem blight. Make no more than 2 Only for fungicide. Maximum of applications before alternating to a different 4 to 5 applications at high and low rates. than two sequential applications spot. Make no more Target Not for mode of before alternating with fungicides that have a different Apply no more than 80 fl oz per crop per acre per season. action. Begin applications when conditions favor disease development, and continue on 5 to 10 day interval. Do not apply more than 22 Alternate with fungicide from different fl oz per growing season. resistance management group, and make no more than 4 total fungicides per season. applications of Group 11 See labels. Rates vary depending on the formulation. Apply no more than 50 pints per crop per acre per season. Do not apply to watermelon fruit when stress conditions conducive to sunburn occur. Make no more than 2 applications before alternating to a fungicide Apply no more than 53.6 fl oz per active ingredients. with different acre per year. house/transplant house. Do not make more than two applications For Suppression Only. Follow label before alternating with a non-Group 7 or 12 fungicide. application methods and timing. One soil and two foliar applications allowed by either ground or One soil and two foliar applications allowed by either Do chemigation application equipment (including drip irrigation). use in green not use in water used for hand trans- planting. Not for Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, per Limit of six foliar applications per acre per year. Limit to 10 pt crop. Do not follow soil applications of acre per year for the same of Orondis. Begin foliar applications Orondis with foliar applications and continue on a 5- to 14-day inter prior to disease development disease is present. val. Use the higher rates when Limit to 32 fl oz per acre per year. Limit of six foliar applications per per year. Limit to 32 fl oz per acre crop. Do not follow soil applications of acre per year for the same of Orondis. Begin foliar applications Orondis with foliar applications and continue on a 5- to 14-day inter prior to disease development disease is present. val. Use the higher rates when infection; continue on a 7 to 14 day Begin applications before Always than 6 pt per growing season. interval. Do not apply more mildew product. tank mix with another Downy are in 2-leaf stage, and repeat at Begin applications when plants labeled on all cucurbits. Maximum 8 7 to 10 day intervals. Now applications per season. 2 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr See label Reentry 7 7 7 3 1 1 1 0 1 0 7 1 7 0 2 5 0 14 See label Harv. Minimum Days

10.5 to 8 oz/acre 8 oz/acre See label 1.2 pt/acre 6 pints/acre 5.5 fl oz/acre 5.7 fl oz/acre 5.7 fl oz/acre Formulation 2 to 3 lb/acre 3.2 pints/acre 13.5 fl oz/acre 11.4 fl oz/acre 11.4 1.5 to 2 lb/acre 11 to 14 oz/acre 11 Rate of Material Rate of Material 1.7 to 2.5 pt/acre 5.5 to 8 fl oz/acre 12 to 14 fl oz/acre 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 11 to 15.4 fl oz/acre 11 3 3 3 11 11 28 M05 3 + 9 7 + 3 Code 9 + 12 11 + 3 11 FRAC 7 + 12 11 + 27 11 49 + 40 4 + M05 11 + M05 11 49 + M05 M05 + 33 22 + M03 - - tebuconazole (Monsoon 3.6 F) prothioconazole (Proline 480 SC) Material oxathiapiprolin + oxathiapiprolin chlorothalonil (Orondis Opti SC) mefenoxam + mefenoxam + chlorothalonil Bravo, (Ridomil Gold WP) Flouronil 76.5 difenoconazole + cyprodinil (Inspire Super 2.82SC) chlorothalonil + potassium phosphite (Catamaran 5.27 SC) cyprodinil + fludioxonil (Switch 62.5WG) (Quadris 2.08F) azoxystrobin fenamidone (Reason) 500 SC azoxystrobin + chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti) azoxystrobin + difenoconazole 1.67 SC) Top (Quadris chlorothalonil (various) difenoconazole + benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top) famoxadone + cymoxanil 50WP) (Tanos pydiflumetofen + fludi oxonil (Miravis Prime) prothioconazole (Proline 480 SC) oxathiapiprolin + mandip ropamid (Orondis Ultra) propamocarb (Previcur Flex 6 F) zoxamide + mancozeb (Gavel 75 DF) , ) ),

, ), Target ), Target Gummy stem blight (Didymella spot (Corynespora Gummy stem blight, Black rot Anthracnose (Colletotrichum Cercospora Leaf spots: Alternaria Disease L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia University Pathologist, Plant B. Dutta, State University; Carolina North Plant Pathologist, L. Quesada-Ocampo, TABLE 3-10. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR CUCURBITS (cont’d) FOR CUCURBITS PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-10. TABLE (cont’d) Downy mildew Fusarium wilt 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-10. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR CUCURBITS (cont’d) L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Leaf spots: Alternaria, fixed copper (various) M01 See label See See See labels. Rates vary depending on the formulation. Repeated Anthracnose label label use may cause leaf yellowing. (Colletotrichum), mancozeb (various) M03 See label See See See labels. Rates vary depending on the formulation. Labeled on Cercospora, label label all cucurbits. Gummy stem blight fluopyram + tebuconazole 7 + 3 8 to 17 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Not for Cercospora or target spot. Make no more than 2 applica- ( ), Target Didymella tions before alternating to a fungicide with different active ingredi- spot ( ) (Luna Experience) 3.3 F Corynespora ents. Do not rotate with tebuconazole. (cont’d) fluopyram + trifloxystrobin 7 + 11 7.6 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 APPLY ONLY TO WATERMELON and only to control Alternaria (Luna Sensation) 1.67 F and Anthracnose. Make no more than 2 applications before alter- nating to a fungicide with different active ingredients. Maximum 4 applications per season. fluxapyroxad + 7 + 11 4 to 5.5 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than two sequential applications before alternating pyraclostrobin with fungicides that have a different mode of action. Maximum of 3 (Merivon 500 SC) applications per crop. potassium phosphite + P07 + 3 4 pints/acre 7 0.5 APPLY ONLY TO WATERMELON. Maximum 3 applications per tebuconazole crop. (Viathon) pydiflumetofen + 7 + 12 9.2 to 1 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease development. Follow resis- fludioxonil 11.4 fl oz/acre tance management guidelines. (Miravis Prime) pyraclostrobin 11 12 to 16 oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not use for Gummy stem blight where resistance to group11 (Cabrio) 20 WG (QoI) fungicides exists. Make no more than one application before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. pyraclostrobin + boscalid 11 + 7 12.5 to 0 1 Not for target spot. Do not use for gummy stem blight where resis- (Pristine) 38 WG 18.5 oz/acre tance to group 7 and group 11 fungicides exists. Use highest rate for anthracnose. Make no more than 4 applications per season. thiophanate-methyl 1 0.5 lb/acre 0 0.5 Spray at first appearance and then at 7 to 10 day intervals. Resis- (Topsin M) 70 WP tance reported in gummy stem blight fungus. zoxamide + mancozeb 22 + M03 1.5 to 2 lb/acre 5 2 Cercospora and Alternaria only. Begin applications when plants are (Gavel) 75 DF in 2-leaf stage and repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals. Now labeled on all cucurbits. Maximum 8 applications per season. Phytophthora blight ametoctradin + dimetho- 45 + 40 14 oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than 2 applications before alternating to a fungicide morph with different active ingredients. Do not rotate with Forum. Maxi- (Zampro 4.38SC) mum of 3 applications per crop per season. Apply at planting as a preventative drench treatment. Addition of a spreading or penetrat- ing adjuvant is recommended. cyazofamid 21 2.75 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not apply more than 6 sprays per crop. Make no more than 3 (Ranman 400SC) consecutive applications followed by 3 applications of fungicides from a different resistance management group. Resistant isolates have been found. dimethomorph 40 6 fl oz;/acre 0 0.5 Must be applied as a tank mix with another fungicide with a (Forum 4.17SC) different mode of action. Do not make more than two sequential applications. ethaboxam 22 8 fl oz/acre 2 0.5 Make no more than 2 applications before alternating to a fungicide (Elumin) with different active ingredients. Apply no more than 16 fl oz/acre per year. fluazinam 29 0.75 to 1.5 pt/acre 7 0.5 Initiate applications when conditions are favorable for disease DISEASE CONTROL (Omega 500F, Lektivar development or when disease symptoms first appear. Repeat 40 SC) applications on a 7 to 10 day schedule. fluopicolide 43 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 2 0.5 Tank mix with another Phytophthora fungicide with a different mode (Presidio 4F) of action. May be applied through drip irrigation to target crown rot phase. mandipropamid 40 8 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 For disease suppression only, apply as a foliar spray with cop- (Revus 2.08F) per-based fungicide. oxathiapiprolin + 49 + 4 4.8 to 0 4 hr Limit to 38.6 fl oz per acre per year. Limit of 6 applications per acre mefenoxam 9.6 fl oz/acre per year for the same crop. Do not follow soil applications of Oron- (Orondis Gold 200) dis with foliar applications of Orondis. Apply at planting in furrow, by drip, or in transplant water. Use the higher rates for heavier soils, for longer application intervals, or for susceptible varieties. oxathiapiprolin + 49 + 40 5.5 to 8 fl oz/acre 0 4 hr Limit of 6 applications per acre per year for the same crop. Do not mandipropamid follow soil applications of Orondis with foliar applications of Oron- (Orondis Ultra) dis. Use the higher rates when diseases is present. Plectosporium blight azoxystrobin 11 11 to 1 4 hr Make no more than one application before alternating with a (Quadris 2.08F) 15.4 fl oz/acre fungicide with a different mode of action. Apply no more than 2.88 qt per crop per acre per season, and do not make more than 4 applications of Group 11 products. azoxystrobin + 11 + 3 12 to 14 fl oz/acre 1 0.5 Make no more than one application before alternating with fungi- difenoconazole cides that have a different mode of action. Apply no more than 56 fl (Quadris Top 1.67SC) oz per crop per acre per season.

216 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - 217 DO NOT USE ON ; labeled on winter squashes, Do not make more than five applica Make no more than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide Make no more than 1 application mode of action. with a different foliar application before alternating Do not apply more than one more mode of action. Do not make with a fungicide with a different per crop per acre per fungicides 11 than 4 applications of Group year. Make no more than one application before alternating with fungi Make no more than one application Apply no more than 56 fl mode of action. cides that have a different oz per crop per acre per season. Make no more than two sequential applications before alternating before alternating than two sequential applications Make no more Maximum of 3 mode of action. that have a different with fungicides crop. applications per alternating with fungi than one application before Make no more applications pre mode of action. Begin a different cides that have are favorable for disease and continue ventively when conditions interval. as needed on a 7 to 14 day before alternating to a fungicide Make no more than 1 application mode of action. with a different Spray at first appearance and then at 7 to 14 days intervals. Avoid intervals. Spray at first appearance and then at 7 to 14 days maturity. late-season application after plants have reached full Does not control PM on leaf undersides. Do Apply no more than 50 pints per crop per acre per season. conducive to not apply to watermelon fruit when stress conditions sunburn occur. to a fungicide Make no more than 2 applications before alternating Apply no more than 53.6 fl oz per active ingredients. with different acre per year. Do not make more than 2 applications per crop. Make no more than two sequential applications before alternating Make no more than two sequential applications before Apply no more mode of action. with fungicides that have a different than 80 fl oz per crop per acre per season. Make no more than 2 applications before alternating to a different to a different Make no more than 2 applications before alternating low rates. fungicide. Maximum of 4 to 5 applications at high and Not for target spot, anthracnose, or Cercospora. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, See label. Rates vary depending on the formulation. Repeated use See label. Rates vary depending on the formulation. may cause leaf yellowing. Make no more than 2 applications before alternating to a fungicide Make no more than 2 applications before alternating active ingredients. Do not rotate with tebuconazole. with different Not labeled for watermelon. tions per year. alternating Make no more than two sequential applications before of 3 mode of action. Maximum with fungicides that have a different applications per crop. Begin applications prior to disease and continue in a 7- to 10- day interval. Apply no more than 1.5 lb per acre per crop. Observe a 30- day plant-back interval. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before switching to another fungicide. Do not rotate with Pristine or Luna Experience. Make no more than 4 applications per season Make no more than 2 applications before alternating to a different Make no more than 2 applications before alternating to a different fungicide. Maximum of 24 fl oz/acre per year. SUMMER SQUASH or CUCUMBER pumpkins, gourds, melon and watermelon. See labels. Rates vary depending on the formulation. Do not use when temperature is over 90°F or on sulfur-sensitive varieties. Apply before disease appears when conditions favor development and repeat at 10 to 14 day intervals; max 24 fl oz per season. Begin applications at vining or first sign of disease, and repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals. 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr See See See label label label Reentry 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 7 0 0 0 0 1 0 3 7 0 See See See label label label Harv. Minimum Days

acre See label See label See label 3.2 pt/acre 3.4 oz/acre 6 pints/acre Formulation 0.5 to 1 oz/ac 4 to 8 oz/acre 15.4 fl oz/acre 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 4 to 6 fl oz/acre 4 to 6 fl oz/acre 1.5 to 2 oz/acre 2.5 to 5 oz/acre 11 to 14 oz/acre 11 12 to 16 oz/acre 8 to 17 fl oz/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 4 to 5.5 fl oz/acre 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/ 4 to 5.5 fl oz/acre 12 to 14 fl oz/acre 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 12 to 16 fl oz/acre 12.5 to 18.5 oz/acre 3 7 3 3 11 11 50 13 U6 P01 P07 U13 M05 M01 M02 7 + 3 3 + 9 7 + 3 Code 11 + 3 11 7 + 11 7 + 11 11 + 7 11 FRAC M05 + 9 + 12 11 + M05 11 - -

alonil (Quadris Opti) azoxystrobin + chloroth azoxystrobin + difeno conazole 1.67SC) (Quadris Top acibenzolar-S-methyl (Actigard 50WP) chlorothalonil (various) Material fluxapyroxad + fluxapyroxad pyraclostrobin (Merivon 500SC) trifloxystrobin trifloxystrobin (Flint 50WDG) pyraclostrobin (Cabrio 20WG) chlorothalonil + potassium phosphite (Catamaran) 5.27 SC difenoconazole + benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top) difenoconazole + cyprodinil (Inspire Super) 2.82 SC cyprodinil + fludioxonil (Switch) 62.5 WG cyflufenamid 0.85 SC (Torino) fixed copper (various) fluopyram + tebuconazole (Luna Experience) 3.3 F flutianil (Gatten) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Merivon 500 SC) metrafenone (Vivando) myclobutanil (Rally) 40WP penthiopyrad (Fontelis) 1.67 SC pyraclostrobin + boscalid (Pristine) 38 WG quinoxyfen (Quintec) 2.08 SC sulfur (various) tebuconazole (Monsoon) 3.6F triflumizole (Procure) 50 WS Powdery mildew Disease L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia University Pathologist, Plant B. Dutta, State University; Carolina North Plant Pathologist, L. Quesada-Ocampo, TABLE 3-10. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR CUCURBITS (cont’d) FOR CUCURBITS PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-10. TABLE (cont’d) Plectosporium blight Plectosporium 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-10. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR CUCURBITS (cont’d) L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Scab acibenzolar-S-methyl P01 0.5 to 1 oz/acre 0 0.5 Apply to healthy, actively growing plants. Do not apply to stressed (Actigard) 50 WP plants. Apply no more than 8 oz per acre per season. chlorothalonil (various) M05 See label See See See labels. Rates vary depending on the formulation. label label chlorothalonil + potassium M05 + 6 pints/acre 0 0.5 Apply no more than 50 pints per crop per acre per season. Do phosphite P07 not apply to watermelon fruit when stress conditions conducive to (Catamaran) 5.27 SC sunburn occur. Vine decline fludioxonil (Cannonball) 12 4 to 8 oz/acre 14 0.5 APPLY ONLY TO MELONS.

TABLE 3-11. EFFICACY OF PRODUCTS FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN CUCURBITS (cont’d) L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; ND, no data.

DM

Fungicide 1,2 F (foliage and fruit) Phytophthora Blight (crown and root) Plectosporium Blight Powdery Mildew Spot Target Preharvest interval Fusarium wilt Gummy Stem Blight Phytophthora Blight Active Ingredient Product group (Days) Alternaria Leaf Blight Angular Leafspot Anthracnose Bacterial Fruit Blotch Belly Rot Cercospora Leaf Spot Cottony Leak Damping off (Pythium) Downy Mildew acibenzolar-S-methyl Actigard P01 0 NC ND NC F NC NC ND ND P ND NC ND ND NC ND NC ametoctradin + Zampro 45+40 0 ND NC NC NC NC NC ND ND F ND NC F F NC NC NC dimethomorph azoxystrobin 2 Quadris 11 1 G NC GR NC F G NC NC NCR ND NCR NC NC F NCR G azoxystrobin + chlorothalonil Quadris Opti 11 + M05 0 G NC PR NC F G NC NC NCR ND F-P NC NC F F F azoxystrobin + Quadris Top 11 + 3 1 ND NC PR NC ND ND ND ND ND ND F-P ND ND F F ND difenoconazole boscalid Endura 7 0 ND NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC ND NCR NC NC ND FR ND chlorothalonil 5 various M05 0 F NC G NC NC G NC NC P ND F NC NC F F G cyazofamid Ranman 21 0 NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC G ND NC F NC NC NC NC cyflufenamid Torino U06 0 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC GR NC cymoxanil Curzate 27 3 NC NC NC NC NC NC ND ND PR ND NC F NC NC NC NC cyprodinil + fludioxonil Switch 9 + 12 1 ND NC F NC ND ND NC NC NC ND F NC NC F F NC difenoconazole + Aprovia Top 3 + 7 0 ND NC F NC ND ND NC NC NC ND G NC NC ND ND ND benzovindiflupyr difenoconazole + cyprodinil Inspire Super 3 + 9 7 F NC P NC NC F NC NC NC ND F NC NC F F ND dimethomorph Forum 40 0 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC P ND NC P NC NC NC NC

DISEASE CONTROL ethaboxam Elumin 22 2 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC F NC NC F ND NC NC NC famoxadone 2 + cymoxanil Tanos 11 + 27 3 ND NC P NC NC ND NC NC F ND NC ND NC NC NC NC fenamidone Reason 11 14 F NC ND NC NC NC ND NC FR ND NC P NC NC NC NC fixed copper various P, 5 M01 1 P F P F NC P NC NC P ND P ND NC P P P fluazinam Omega 29 30,7 ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC G NC ND ND NC NC NC NC fluopicolide Presidio 43 2 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC PR ND NC FR FR NC NC NC fluopyram + tebuconazole Luna Experience 7 + 3 7 ND NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC ND G NC NC NC G NC fluopyram + trifloxystrobin Luna Sensation 7 + 11 0 ND NC F NC NC NC NC NC NC ND F NC NC NC F NC fluoxastrobin Evito 11 1 G NC G NC F G NC NC NCR ND NCR NC NC F NCR F 1 Efficacy ratings do not necessarily indicate a labeled use for every disease. 2 Curative activity; locally systemic. 3 Systemic. 4 When used in combination with chlorothalonil or mancozeb, gives increased control. 5 Contact control only; no systemic control. 6 Check manufacturers label for compatibility with other products. P Can be phytotoxic at temperatures above 90°F; read the label carefully. F To prevent resistance in pathogens, alternate fungicides within a group with fungicides in another group. Fungicides in the “M” group are generally considered “low risk” with no signs of resistance developing to the majority of fungicides. R Resistance reported in the pathogen. DM Ratings based on efficacy and resistance on cucumber.

218 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States

DISEASE CONTROL Target Spot Target F F F F F F F P P E E G G G ND NC ND NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC ND NC ND NC NC NC NC ND 219

R R R R Powdery Mildew Powdery R

F F F F F F F F F P P P P P P P P G G G

ND ND NC ND NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Plectosporium Blight Plectosporium

F F F F F F F F F F P P P G G

NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC ND NC NC ND NC ND NC (crown and root) and (crown

R

Phytophthora Blight Blight Phytophthora F P G G G

F NC ND NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC (foliage and fruit) and (foliage

R R R R

Phytophthora Blight Blight Phytophthora F F P P P P P P P G G G

F F F F NC ND NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND Gummy Stem Blight Stem Gummy R R R R R R R F F F F F F F F F F P P G

F NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND

NC NC NC NC NC NC

Fusarium wilt Fusarium F F F G ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

R R R

DM R R R R

P P P P P P P P

G G G Downy Mildew Mildew Downy F F F F

NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC (Pythium) R R R R

F F F

G ND ND NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Damping off off Damping

R R R R R

Cottony Leak Cottony F F F F F NC ND NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Leaf Spot Leaf

F F F F F F F F F

P P G G G

Cercospora Cercospora NC ND ND ND ND ND NC ND NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC ND NC ND ND

Belly Rot Belly F

NC ND ND ND ND NC NC NC ND NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND ND NC NC NC ND NC NC NC ND NC NC ND NC Fruit Blotch Fruit

F P

Bacterial Bacterial NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Anthracnose F F F F F F F F F F F P P G G G ND NC ND ND ND NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC

Angular Leafspot Angular

F P

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC

Leaf Blight Leaf

Alternaria Alternaria F F F F F F F F P P G G G G

ND NC ND ND ND ND ND NC ND NC NC ND ND NC NC NC ND NC NC NC

(Days)

Preharvest interval interval Preharvest 0 2 0 0 7 5 5 7 0 0 1 0 5 5 0 0 0 0 1 7 0 5 5 0 0 5 0 1 0 0 0 3 0 0.5 F 3 3 7 3 4 1 3 3 11 11 11 28 40 13 50 P07 U13 M02 M03 7 + 11 3 + 11 11 + 7 11 49 + 4 7 + 12 49 + 40 P07 + 3 group 4 + M03 4 + M01 4 + M05 M03 + 11 49 + M05 22 + M05 22 + M03 Fungicide M03 + M05 P

5 P,5 Flint Zing! Rally Gavel Revus Gatten Proline Sovran various Copper Pristine Viathon Quintec Fontelis Procure Merivon Vivando Product various Topsin M Topsin Monsson various ManKocide Dexter Max Orondis Opti Previcur Flex Orondis Gold Topguard EQ Topguard Orondis Ultra Ultra Flourish Ridomil Gold/ Ridomil Gold/ Miravis Prime Cabrio, Pyrac Bravo, Flouronil Ridomil Gold MZ Ridomil Gold EC, Rhyme, Topguard Rhyme, Topguard 5 2 4 5 3 1,2

+ boscalid 2 2 6 5 2 2 + mancozeb + copper + 2 2 2 2 Ratings based on efficacy and resistance on cucumber. T with no signs of resistance developing to the majority of fungicides. Resistance reported in the pathogen. Can be phytotoxic at temperatures above 90°F; read the label carefully. the “M”grouparegenerallyconsidered“lowrisk” o preventresistanceinpathogens,alternatefungicideswithinagroupwithanothergroup.Fungicides Contact control only; no systemic control. Check manufacturers label for compatibility with other products. Systemic. When used in combination with chlorothalonil or mancozeb, gives increased control. Efficacy ratings do not necessarily indicate a labeled use for every disease. Curative activity; locally systemic. kresoxim-methyl propamocarb fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin pyraclostrobin tebuconazole flutriafol oxathiapiprolin + chlorothalonil potassium phosphite + tebuconazole oxathiapiprolin + mefenoxam zoxamide + chlorothalonil zoxamide + mancozeb mefenoxam flutriafol + azoxystrobin myclobutanil pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil prothioconazole penthiopyrad mefenoxam mandipropamid phosphonate thiophanate-methyl oxathiapiprolin + mandipropamid triflumizole quinoxyfen sulfur DM R P F 5 6 3 4 1 2 mefenoxam mancozeb Active Ingredient flutianil Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; ND, no data. NC, no control; ND, no poor; P, fair; G, good; F, Scale: E, excellent; B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia of University Plant Pathologist, B. Dutta, L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; University; Clemson Pathologist, A. Keinath, Plant State University; Carolina North Plant Pathologist, L. Quesada-Ocampo, TABLE 3-11. EFFICACY OF PRODUCTS FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN CUCURBITS (cont’d) IN CUCURBITS CONTROL DISEASE FOR OF PRODUCTS EFFICACY 3-11. TABLE mancozeb + azoxystrobin mancozeb + fixed copper trifloxystrobin pyraclostrobin chlorothalonil metrafenone mefenoxam 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-12. IMPORTANCE OF ALTERNATIVE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN CUCURBITS L Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; ND, no data.

Strategy Alternaria leaf blight Angular leaf spot Anthracnose Bacterial fruit blotch Bacterial wilt Belly rot Cercospora leaf spot Choanephora fruit rot Cottony leak Downy mildew Fusarium wilt Gummy stem blight Mosaic virus Phytophthora blight Plectosporium blight Powdery mildew Pythium damping off Root knot nematode spot Target Avoid field operations when leaves are wet P F P F F NC NC P NC P NC P NC NC ND NC NC NC NC Avoid overhead irrigation F F F F P NC P NC NC F NC F NC F P P NC NC P Change planting date from Fall to Spring 1 G P G P P F G F F G P G F F F F G G G Cover cropping with antagonist NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC F NC NC NC NC NC NC F NC Crop rotation with non-host (2 to 3 years) F F F F NC P F NC NC NC F F NC F F NC P F F Deep plowing P NC P NC NC F P NC NC NC F F NC P P NC P F P Destroy crop residue immediately F P F-G P P P P NC P F F F F P P F NC F P Encourage air movement 2 F P F P NC NC F F F F NC F NC NC P NC NC NC F Soil organic amendments 3 ND NC ND NC NC P ND NC F NC P ND NC P ND NC F F ND Insecticidal/horticultural oils 4 NC NC NC NC F NC NC NC NC NC NC NC F NC NC F NC NC NC pH management (soil) NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC ND NC NC ND ND NC Plant in well-drained soil NC NC NC NC NC F NC P F NC NC NC NC F NC NC F P NC Plant on raised beds NC NC NC NC NC P NC P F NC NC F NC F NC NC F P NC Plastic mulch bed covers NC NC NC NC NC F NC P F NC G F NC F P NC NC NC NC Postharvest temperature control (fruit) NC NC F P NC F NC F F NC NC F NC F F NC NC NC NC Reflective mulch NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC F NC NC NC NC NC NC (additional effect over plastic mulch) Reduce mechanical injury P P P P F P P P P NC P P P P P NC NC NC P Rogue diseased plants/fruit (home garden) F P P P P NC P P P P P P F F NC NC P F P Row covers (insect exclusion) NC NC NC NC G NC NC NC NC NC NC NC G NC NC NC NC NC NC Soil solarization (reduce soil inoculum) P NC P NC NC F P NC P NC F P NC P P NC F P P Pathogen-free planting material P E F E NC NC NC NC NC NC G E NC NC NC NC F NC NC Resistant cultivars 5 ND ND E ND ND E ND ND ND G E ND E ND ND E ND ND ND Grafting 5 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC G NC NC NC NC NC NC G NC Destroy volunteer plants F F F F F NC F NC NC F G F F F NC F NC P F 1 Early planting reduces risk. 2 Air movement can be encouraged by increasing plant spacing, orienting beds with prevailing wind direction and increasing exposure of field to prevailing wind. 3 Soil organic amendments = cover crops; composted organic wastes. 4 Insecticidal/Horticultural oil = Sunspray Ultra-Fine Spray Oil (Sun Company, Inc.), JMS Stylet oil; Safe-T-Side (Brandt Consolidated, Inc.); PCC 1223 (United Ag Prod- ucts). 5

DISEASE CONTROL Resistance available in some cucurbits.

220 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL 221

Quintec Ranman Fungicide Program for Fall Watermelon* OR tebuconazole + Quadris Top Miravis Prime chlorothalonil Gavel (same as 5a) mancozeb + Ranman Miravis Prime or Switch chlorothalonil chlorothalonil tebuconazole + without a fungicide spray. without a fungicide spray. y schedule are labeled on other cucurbits. y schedule are labeled on and should be applied in spring and during dry per periods in fall. and should be applied in spring and during dry per

has been reported on watermelon. Rotate Orondis Ultra with Ranman if downy mildew is has been reported on watermelon. underlined e first blooms (the male ones) open. e first blooms (the male ones) fic fungicides must be used against gummy stem must be used against gummy but other disease-speci fic fungicides anthracnose all season, fective against fective. Option “b” is a more expensive systemic fungicide that is more effective when disease is already in the that is more effective fective. Option “b” is a more expensive systemic fungicide mancozeb + fixed copper. If fruit blotch or bacterial leaf spot is a concern, substitute Comments on Spring Program Note 5-day PHI. on watermelon in your Apply Orondis products if downy mildew has been reported mix Orondis products with mancozeb to protect Tank state or a neighboring state. against gummy stem blight and anthracnose. Starting week 5, use mancozeb to avoid injury to fruit on hot, sunny days. Note Starting week 5, use mancozeb to avoid injury to fruit 5-day PHI on mancozeb. harvest has started note 7-day Use this program if gummy stem blight is present. If and 1-day PHI for Miravis Prime. PHI for Inspire Super, Note 5-day PHI on mancozeb. If gummy stem blight is present. If fruit blotch or bacterial leaf spot is a concern, use mancozeb + fixed copper If fruit blotch or bacterial leaf spot is a concern, use instead. Do not tank mix copper with chlorothalonil. For prevention of bacterial leaf spots and fruit blotch. For prevention of bacterial If fruit blotch is a concern, add fixed copper. Add Flint if anthracnose was found the previous year. or elon in the current season (visit http://cdm.ipmpipe.org/ to on watermelon in the current season (visit http://cdm.ipmpipe.org/ and should be used if downy mildew has been reported

bold , spray every 10 days. After mid-May or when powdery and downy mildew typically show up in your area, spray every week through show up in your area, spray every week through mid-May or when powdery and downy mildew typically After , spray every 10 days. Orondis Opti chlorothalonil (or mancozeb) Gavel Orondis Ultra mancozeb + Ranman OR mancozeb plus mancozeb + Vivando mancozeb + Quintec OR Inspire Super or Miravis Prime Switch or Miravis Prime chlorothalonil mancozeb + fixed copper tebuconazole OR tebuconazole + (Flint Extra) Fungicide Program for Spring Watermelon* If more sprays are needed after spray 8 until the last harvest, apply sprays 5 to 8 check maximum number of again, BUT applications allowed per crop Do not stop spraying until you stop harveszting. Downy and powdery mildew can attack a crop any time it goes more than one week you stop harveszting. Downy and powdery mildew Do not stop spraying until note that not all fungicides in this spra to select fungicides for other cucurbits (vine crops), If this spray schedule is used Check http://cdm.ipmpipe.org to see where and when downy mildew Check http://cdm.ipmpipe.org From vine run until mid-May Protectants (chlorothalonil and mancozeb) are ef and mancozeb) Protectants (chlorothalonil start to run or no later than when th Start spraying when vines l have a 5-day PHI. 5); note that mancozeb and Gave are not recommended during the harvest period (usually after week Fungicides with a 7-day PHI cucumber. Quintec is not registered on present in your field. stem blight but Dry weather limits gummy from powdery and downy mildew. sprays are needed to protect watermelon Weekly weather. harvest regardless of the already present in a field. dry weather does not limit downy mildew or anthracnose if they are promotes powdery mildew; blight, downy mildew, and powdery mildew. See Tables 3-10 and 3-11. Products rated as good (G) in Table 3-11 may be substituted for products in the spray substituted for products may be 3-11 Table rated as good (G) in Products 3-10 and 3-11. Tables See powdery mildew. and mildew, blight, downy program below. • • • • • • 4 6 8 2 6b 5a** 7a** 5b** 7b** 3a** 3b** 9-12 Spray field or when weather conditions favor disease getting worse. field or when weather conditions favor disease getting Option “a” is a lower cost treatment that may be less ef Option “a” is a lower cost treatment that may be less Fungicides for downy mildew are in access the downy mildew forecast). Fungicides for powdery mildew are access the downy mildew forecast). Fungicides for 1 (vine run) A Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Clemson Pathologist, Plant Keinath, A fields in and on a survey of watermelon Charleston, SC, and Education Center, n Coastal Research conducted at the Clemso is based on research This spray program to spring program is designed The mildew. gummy stem blight and powdery both survey years were most common diseases in in 2015 and 2016.The South Carolina to manage fall program is designed The and downy mildew. anthracnose, stem blight, powdery mildew, leaf spots, gummy fruit blotch, various bacterial manage bacterial and anthracnose. powdery mildew, blight, downy mildew, gummy stem TABLE 3-13. EXAMPLE SPRAY PROGRAM FOR FOLIAR DISEASE CONTROL IN WATERMELON PRODUCTION WATERMELON IN CONTROL DISEASE FOR FOLIAR PROGRAM SPRAY EXAMPLE 3-13. TABLE ** * 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable

TABLE 3-14. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR EGGPLANT (cont’d) A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Anthracnose fruit rot azoxystrobin (various) 11 See labels 0 4 hr Apply at flowering to manage green fruit rot. Limit of 61.5 fl oz per acre per season .Make no more than one applica- tion before alternating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. difenoconazole + 3 + 7 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/ 14 0.5 Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before benzovindiflupyr acre switching to a non-Group 7 fungicide. Make no more than (Aprovia Top 1.62EC) 5 applications at the low rate or 4 applications at the high rate per year. flutriafol 3 7 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 4 applications per year. (Rhyme 2.08SC) flutriafol + azoxystrobin 3 + 11 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 4 applications per year. (Topguard EQ 4.29 SC) Anthracnose fruit rot, boscalid 7 2.5 to 3.5 oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 21ozperacreperseason. Make no more than two Early blight, Gray (Endura 70 WG) sequential applications before alternating with fungicides mold, Gray leaf spot, that have a different mode of action. Labeled for early Septoria leaf spot blight and gray mold ONLY. (Note: These leaf chlorothalonil (various) M5 1.5 pt/acre 3 1 Limit of 12 pt per acre per season. spots are not common Labeled for anthrac- on eggplant in the nose and gray mold ONLY. southeastern U.S., fenamidone 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 Limit of 24.6 fl oz per growing season. Make no more so preventative (Reason 500SC) than one application before rotating to another effective applications are not fungicide with a different mode of action. Labeled for early usually needed.) blight only. fludioxonil + pydiflumetofen 12 + 7 9.2 to 11.4 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Use high rate for gray mold. Limit of 2 applications per crop (Miravis Prime 2.09SC) per year. Make no more than 2 sequential applications of Miravis Prime or other Group 7 and 12 fungicides before rotating to another effective fungicide with a different mode of action Do not use in enclosed structures. fluopyram + trifloxystrobin 7 + 11 5.0 to 7.6 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Limit of 27.1 fl oz (3 and 5 applications at high and low (Luna Sensation 500 SC) rates, respectively) per acre per year. Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before switching to a non- Group 7 and non-Group 11 fungicide. fluoxastrobin 11 2 to 5.7 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Limit of 22.8 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more than (Aftershock, Evito 280 SC) one application before alternating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. NOTE: Do not overhead irrigate for 24 hours following a spray application. Labeled for early blight only. penthiopyrad 7 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 72 fl oz per acre per year. Make no more than two (Fontelis1.67 SC) consecutive applications before rotating to another effec- tive fungicide with a different mode of action. pyraclostrobin (various) 11 8 to 12 oz/acre 0 4 hr Apply at flowering to manage green fruit rot. Limit of 96 oz per acre per season. Make no more than one application before alternating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. pyraclostrobin + fluxapyroxad 11 + 7 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/ acre 0 0.5 Limit of 24 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more than

DISEASE CONTROL (Priaxor 500 SC) two consecutive applications before rotating to another effective fungicide with a different mode of action. Labeled for anthracnose and early blight ONLY. tetraconazole 3 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 16 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more than (Mettle 125 ME) two consecutive applications before rotating to another effective fungicide with a different mode of action. trifloxystrobin 11 3.0 to 3.8 fl oz acre 3 0.5 Limit of 16 fl oz or 5 applications per acre per season. (Flint Extra 42.6 SC) Alternate every application with a non-FRAC Group 11 fungicide. zoxamide + chlorothalonil 22 + M5 34 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Limit of 8 applications per year. Do not use in greenhous- (Zing! 4.9 SC) es. Phomopsis blight copper (various) M1 See labels See 2 Make first application at flowering. If disease is present, labels make additionalapplicationsat7 to 10-dayintervals. Do not spray copper when temperatures are above 90°F.

222 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - 223 NOTE: NOTE: Do not overhead See label for an optimal spray program. Limit of four See label for an optimal spray program. Limit of four Do not exceed 0.4 lb a.i. applications per crop per year. per acre per season of mefenoxam + metalaxyl (MetaStar). fore Make no more than two sequential applications be- mode of alternating with fungicides that have a different field. action. Maximum 9.2 fl oz/acre per year in a given Limitof4 applications at the low rate or 3 applications at Limitof4 applications at the low rate or 3 applications Apply no more than two times the high rate per season. a sequentially before alternating with fungicides that have mode of action. NOTE: Must be tank-mixed with different another mode of action product. tions, use 1 pt per acre. Limit of 9 pt per acre per season. Apply as a soil drench at 1.5 pt per acre. For foliar applica Limit of 2 applications per season. Best option based on tests on tomato in SC. one appli . Make no more than SUPPRESSION ONLY cation before alternating with a fungicide with a different cation before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. NOTE: Must tank mix with another fungicide with a different mode of action (i.e. copper). Apply 5 to 10 days after transplanting and again 14 Limit of two applications per crop. Follow with days later. fungicide if additional protection is a FRAC Group 11 needed. Apply at flowering to manage . SUPPRESSION ONLY green fruit rot. Limit of 4 applications per acre per season. Make no more than one application before alternating with mode of action. fungicides that have a different Soil spray or foliar applications. 2 applications per crop per Soil spray or foliar applications. a non-FRAC Group 22 fungicide in Must rotate with year. between applications. Limit of 22.8 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more than one application before alternating with fungicides that mode of action. have a different irrigate for 24 hours following a spray application. Must tank mix with another fungicide with a different Must tank mix with another mode of action. . Limit of 30 fl oz per acre per sea- . Limit of 30 fl oz per acre SUPPRESSION ONLY sequential before alternating son. Make no more than two mode of action. different with fungicides that have a Maximum 3 applications per year. No curative activity. Maximum 3 applications per year. Limit of 16.5 fl oz per acre per season. Apply to the base of fl oz per acre per season. Limit of 16.5 Make water. or in the transplant the plant at transplanting applications followed by no more than three consecutive fungi of another effective three consecutive applications cide with a different mode of action. cide with a different first favor dis- ease Begin applications when conditions 3 to 10 day intervals if needed development and repeat at Use the higher rates when depending on disease severity. Do not spray copper when tem conditions favor disease. peratures are above 90°F. . Limit of 4 applications per acre per SUPPRESSION ONLY season. NOTE: Must tank mix with another fungicide with a different mode of action (i.e. copper). Limit of 3 applications per acre per season. Make no more per acre per season. Limit of 3 applications rotating to another applications before than two sequential mode of action. with a different fungicide effective Make no more than two sequential applications be- fore Make no more than two sequential applications be- mode of alternating with fungicides that have a different action. Maximum 32 fl oz/acre per year. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, 2 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr Reentry 0 1 7 2 0 0 3 0 2 3 0 0 0 0 1 4 30 Minimum Days Harv. cont’d)

2 lb/acre See labels 8 fl oz/acre 6 fl oz/acre 8 fl oz/acre 14 fl oz/acre Formulation 15.4 fl oz/acre 2.75 fl oz/acre 8 to 10 oz/acre 1 to 1.5 pt/acre 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 12 to 16 oz/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 2 to 5.7 fl oz/acre 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 4.8 to 9.6 fl oz/acre 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 7 11 11 40 43 29 22 40 21 40 U8 M1 Code U15 + 11 + 7 11 FRAC 4 + M1 11 + 27 11 45 + 40 U15 + 4 - - oxathiapiprolin + mefenoxam (Orondis Gold 200) oxathiapiprolin + mandipro pamid (Orondis Ultra 2.33 SC) mefenoxam + copper hy droxide (Ridomil Gold + Copper) fluopicolide (Presidio 4 SC) fluazinam (Omega 500 F) pyraclostrobin (various) pyraclostrobin + fluxapyroxad (Priaxor 500 SC) famoxadone + cymoxanil 50 DF) (Tanos penthiopyrad (Fontelis1.67 SC) ethaboxam (Elumin 4SC) fluoxastrobin (Aftershock, Evito 280SC) copper (various) dimethomorph (Acrobat, Forum) metrafenone 2.5 SC) (Vivando cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC) mandipropamid Micora) (Revus2.08 F, Material + dimethomorph ametoctradin SC) (Zampro 525 Southern blight Powdery mildew Phytophthora blight Phytophthora Disease A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Plant Pathologist, A. Keinath, TABLE 3-14. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR EGGPLANT ( FOR EGGPLANT PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-14. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-14. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR EGGPLANT (cont’d) A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Pythium root rot mefenoxam (various) 4 See labels — 2 MAY ONLY BE APPLIED AT PLANTING. Apply in a 12 to 16 in. band or in 20 to 50 gal water per acre in transplant water. Mechanical incorporation or 0.5 to 1 in. irrigation water is needed for movement into root zone if rain is not expected. After initial application, two supplemental appli- cations (1 pt per treated acre) can be applied. metalaxyl 4 4 to 8 pt/treated 7 2 Limit of 12 pt per acre per season. Preplant (soil incor- (MetaStar2 E) acre porated), at planting (in water or liquid fertilizer), or as a basil-directed spray after planting. See label for the guidelines for supplemental applications. Rhizoctonia seedling azoxystrobin (various) 11 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz/ — 4 hr Make in-furrow or banded applications shortly after plant and root rot 1,000 row feet emergence. Undercool, wet conditions, crop injury from soil directed applications may occur. difenoconazole + benzovin- 3 + 7 10.5 to 14 0.5 Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before diflupyr 13.5 fl oz/acre switching to a non-Group 7 fungicide. Make no more than (Aprovia Top 1.62 EC) 5 applications at the low rate or 4 applications at the high rate per year. Verticillium wilt polyoxin D 19 6.5 to 0 4 hr SUPPRESSION ONLY. Can be applied using banded or ir- (OSO 5%) 13 fl oz/acre rigationwaterapplications.Limitof6 applications at maximum rate per acre per season.

FENNEL SEE LEAFY PETIOLES

TABLE 3-15. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR GARLIC (cont’d) E. Pfeufer, Plant Pathologist, University of Kentucky (Not updated in 2020) Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Botrytis blight azoxystrobin (various) 11 6.2 to 15.4 fl oz/acre 0 4 hr Use higher rate for downy mildew and Botrytis. Do not (Botrytis spp.), make more than two sequential applications. Cladosporium leaf azoxystrobin + difenoconazole 11+3 14 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Begin sprays prior to disease onset and spray on a 7 to 14 blotch ( Cladosporium (Quadris Top) day schedule. Do not rotate with Group 11 fungicides. allii), purple blotch (Alternaria porri), azoxystrobin + chlorothalonil 11+M 1.6 to 3.2 pt/acre 14 0.5 Make no more than one application before alternating with downy mildew (Quadris Opti) a fungicide with a different mode of action. Use higher (Peronospora rates for downy mildew. ), rust DISEASE CONTROL destructor azoxystrobin + mancozeb 11+M 3.2 lb/acre 7 0.5 Follow protective 7-day schedule. Observe season limit (Puccinia allii) (various) for azoxystrobin applications. azoxystrobin + propiconazole 3+11 14 to 26 oz/acre 0 to 14 0.5 Also labeled for white rot. Apply preventatively on a 7 to (various) 10 day schedule. Season limit 56 oz/acre. azoxystrobin + tebuconazole 11+3 8.6 to 32 oz/acre 7 0.5 Also labeled for drip-irrigation or banded applications (various) for white rot. Apply preventatively on a 10-to14-day schedule. Season limit 70 oz/acre. benzovindiflupyr + 7+3 10.5 oz/acre 7 0.5 Not Botrytis. Includes Stemphylium and powdery difenoconazole mildew. Spreading/penetrating type adjuvant recom- (Aprovia Top) mended. boscalid 7 6.8 oz/acre 7 0.5 Not for downy mildew. Do not make more than 2 (Endura) 70 WG sequential applications or more than 6 applications per season. chlorothalonil (various) M See label 7 2 Spray at first appearance; 7 to 14 day intervals. chlorothalonil + cymoxanil M+27 1.6 to 2.4 pt/acre 7 0.5 Not for Botrytis blight. Apply prior to favorable infection (Ariston) periods; continue on 7 to 9 day interval; alternate with a different mode of action.

224 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - 225 Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Do not combine with other products containing oxathi with other products containing Do not combine Orondis product). apiprolin (any Do not apply to exposed bulbs. Rust and purple blotch only. Rust and purple Spray at first appearance; 7 to 14 day intervals. Follow protective spray schedule when diseases are in Follow protective spray schedule interval. the area; continue on 7-day Make no more than two applications before alternating Make no more than two applications mode of action. with a fungicide with a different Also effective against foliar bacterial diseases. Also effective Not for Botrytis. Initiate sprays when conditions are favorable for disease Initiate sprays when conditions are favorable for disease at disease onset. Spray on a 7 to 10 day or schedule. Not for downy mildew, but also labeled for white rot Not for downy mildew, drenched, or drip irrigated. Use preventatively in-furrow, on a 7 to 14 day schedule. Not for Botrytis. Purple blotch and Botrytis suppression. Apply preven Purple blotch and Botrytis suppression. tatively in no less than 15 gal/acre, on a 7 to 10 day schedule. 16 oz/acre season limit. Not for Botrytis. Use highest rate for downy mildew. Also effective against foliar bacterial diseases. against foliar bacterial Also effective Make no more than 2 sequential applications and no Make no more than 2 sequential applications and no more than 6 applications per season. Initiate sprays when conditions are favorable for disease Initiate sprays when conditions a 7 to 10 day or schedule. at disease onset. Spray on but labeled for white rot suppres Not for downy mildew, Apply preventatively on 10 to 14 day schedule. sion. but labeled for white rot suppres Not for downy mildew, Apply preventatively on 10 to 14 day schedule. sion. No more schedule. higher rates for downy mildew Use suppression. Apply day at 14 to 7 on continue onset; disease than 3 applications/season. Do not apply to exposed bulbs. Apply on a protective spray schedule. Do not apply to Apply on a protective spray schedule. Do not apply exposed bulbs. Use highest rate for suppression only on downy mildew. Use highest rate for suppression only on downy mildew. Make no more than 6 applications per season. Not for downy mildew. Use lower rate in a tank mix with Not for downy mildew. broad-spectrum fungicide and higher rate when applied alone. Do not apply more than 54 fl oz per crop. Rust and purple blotch only. Also labeled for white Rust and purple blotch only. Apply preventatively on a 10- to14-day schedule. rot. Season limit 12 oz/acre. 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Reentry 7 7 7 7 1 3 7 7 3 1 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 14 Minimum Days Harv. 7 to 14 0 to 14 cont’d)

various various 8 oz/acre 3.2 lb/acre 3.2 lb/acre 2.5 pt/acre 1.0 pt/acre 1.0 pt/acre 5.5 oz/acre 30 fl oz/acre Formulation 2 to 8 oz/acre 4 to 6 oz/acre 8 to 12 oz/acre 1.5 to 2 lb/acre 1.5 to 2 lb/acre 16 to 24 oz/acre 16 to 27 oz/acre 4 to 11 fl oz/acre 4 to 11 Rate of Material Rate of Material 8 to 12.8 oz/acre 9 or 18 fl oz/acre 1.1 to 1.6 pt/acre 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 1.75 to 2.5 pt/acre 10.5 to 18.5 oz/acre 7 3 9 3 M M 11 11 29 29 3+9 7+3 7+9 4+M 7+11 11+7 Code M+22 11+27 FRAC M3+11 M3+11 M5+49 M5 + 3 M3+22 M3+22 Material + oxathiapiprolin chlorothalonil (Orondis Opti) chlorothalonil + tebuconazole chlorothalonil (Muscle ADV) mefenoxam + chlorothalonil (Ridomil Gold/Bravo) chlorothalonil + zoxamide (Zing!) difenoconazole + cyprodinil (Inspire Super) famoxadone + cymoxanil (Tanos) fenamidone (Reason) penthiopyrad (Fontelis) propiconazole (various) fixed copper (various) pyraclostrobin (Cabrio) mancozeb + zoxamide (Gavel) fluazinam (various) mancozeb + azoxystrobin (Dexter Max) fluopyram + tebuconazole (Luna Experience) fluopyram + pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Merivon) mancozeb + zoxamide (Gavel) pyraclostrobin +boscalid (Pristine 38 WG) mancozeb + azoxystrobin (Dexter Max) pyrimethanil (Scala 5F) tebuconazole (various) ), ) ), purple blotch ), purple blotch (cont’d) downy mildew (Peronospora destructor), rust (Puccinia allii (Alternaria porri Botrytis blight Botrytis blight (Botrytis spp.), leaf Cladosporium blotch (Cladosporium allii Disease E. Pfeufer, Plant Pathologist, University of Kentucky (Not updated in 2020) updated in (Not of Kentucky University Plant Pathologist, E. Pfeufer, TABLE 3-15. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR GARLIC ( FOR GARLIC PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-15. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-15. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR GARLIC (cont’d) E. Pfeufer, Plant Pathologist, University of Kentucky (Not updated in 2020) Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Downy mildew acibenzolar-S-methyl P01 0.75 to 1 oz/acre 7 0.5 Downy mildew, iris yellow spot virus, and bacterial leaf (Peronospora (Actigard 50 WG) streak. Apply preventatively; avoid usage during periods destructor) of plant stress. ametoctradin + dimethomorph 45+40 14.0 fl oz/acre 0 12 hr Tank-mix with a broad-spectrum fungicide like chloroth- (Zampro) alonil or mancozeb. cyazofamid 21 2.75 to 3 oz/acre 0 (Ranman) dimethomorph 40 6.4 oz/acre 0 0.5 Must be applied as a tank mix with another fungicide (Forum 50 WP) active against downy mildew; apply every 7 to10 days. Do not make more than two sequential applications. fluopicolide 43 3 to 4 oz/acre 2 0.5 Tank-mix with a nonionic surfactant and apply on pre- (Presidio) ventative schedule. mandipropamid 40 8.0 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Apply as a tank mix with another fungicide active (Revus) against downy mildew. Apply with a silicone-based adjuvant. 7 to 10 day schedule. mandipropamid + oxathiapipro- 40+49 5.5 to 8 oz/acre 7 4 hr Do not combine with other products containing oxathi- lin apiprolin (any Orondis product). (Orondis Ultra) mefenoxam + mancozeb 4+M 2.5 lb/acre 7 2 Use with a suitable adjuvant. (Ridomil Gold MZ) White rot (Sclerotium azoxystrobin (various) 11 See labels 0 4 hr Do not make more than two sequential applications. cupartum) azoxystrobin + chlorothalonil 11+M 1.6 to 3.2 pt/acre 7 0.5 Make no more than one application before alternating with (Quadris Opti) a fungicide with a different mode of action. boscalid 7 6.8 oz/acre 7 0.5 Apply at planting in a 4- to 6-inch banded spray. Under high (Endura) disease pressure, apply as a foliar spray. dicloran 14 2 to 3.2 qt/acre 14 0.5 Also Botrytis diseases. (Botran) fludioxonil 12 0.5 oz/1000 row ft 7 0.5 In-furrow application only. (Cannonball) iprodione 2 4 lb/acre — 1 Spray cloves as they are being covered by soil (38 to 40 (Rovral 50 WP) in. bed spacing). One application per year. PCNB 14 29 oz/1000 row ft — 0.5 In-furrow, at-planting treatment only. (Blocker 4F) thiophanate-methyl (various) 1 43.6 oz/acre — 3 Spray directly into open furrow at planting. DISEASE CONTROL

226 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL ------227 Maybe May be Do not apply to turnip greens or EXCEPT 2 APPLICATIONS ON MUS APPLICATIONS EXCEPT 2

Make no more than two sequential applications before alternat Make no more than two sequential mode of action. May be a different ing with fungicides that have for roots. Note that lack of control applied to turnip grown and Virginia. has been observed in Georgia before alternating to anoth Make no more than one application FRAC 11). action (NOT mode of er fungicide with a different disease development, and continue Begin applications prior to no more than 2 applications per on a 7 to 14 day interval. Make or roots. season. Do not apply to turnip greens Apply at planting as a directed spray to the furrow in a band 7 Apply at planting as a directed inches wide. applied to turnip grown for roots. applied to turnip Apply as an in furrow spray in 5 gal. of water per acre prior to furrow spray in 5 gal. of Apply as an in per season. Make only 1 application covering seed. Make no more than two sequential applications before alter Make no more than two sequential applications before mode of action. nating with fungicides that have a different Maximum of 3 applications. roots. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating mode of action. to a fungicide with a different Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating mode of action. Limit of 34 fl oz (4 to a fungicide with a different Not labeled for applications at the high rate) per acre per year. white spot. Do not apply to turnip grown for roots. Make no more than two sequential applications before alternat mode of action. ing with fungicides that have a different applied to turnips grown for roots. Apply when disease first appears, and continue on 7 to 10-day Apply when disease first list of greens. intervals. See label for complete Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Make no more than two sequential applications before alternat Make no more than two sequential applications before mode of action. May be ing with fungicides that have a different applied to turnips grown for roots. Prime Make no more than 2 sequential applications of Miravis another or other Group 7 and 12 fungicides before rotating to mode of action. Maximum 3 fungicide with a different effective applications per year TARD GREENS. Do not apply to turnip grown for roots or TARD mustard greens. Based on field trials in SC, no fungicides, bactericides, or these diseases. Use a 1-yr against biopesticides are effective crop rotation away from all brassicas and early or once-over harvesting if disease appears. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating Make no more than 2 sequential applications before mode of action. to a fungicide with a different Alternaria and Labeled for Limit of 4 applications per year. Cercospora leaf spots. Limit of 4 applications per year. Begin applications prior to disease development and continue on a 7 to 10 day interval. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Folicur3.6 treatment. preventative a as use results optimum For F must have 2 to 4 hours of drying time on foliage for the active ingredient to move systemically into plant tissue before rain or irrigation occurs Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating Make no more than 2 sequential applications before (4 mode of action. Limit of 34 fl oz to a fungicide with a different Not labeled for applications at the high rate) per acre per year. white spot. Do not apply to turnip grown for roots. alternating Make no more than 2 sequential applications before mode of action. Limit of 15.3 fl oz to a fungicide with a different Not labeled (2 applications at the high rate) per acre per year. for white spot. May be applied to turnip grown for roots. 0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr Reentry 0 0 1 3 7 7 0 7 0 7 7 7 0 3 7 7 7 -- 14 Harv. Minimum Days

0.34 fl oz/ See labels 1,000 row ft Formulation 6 to 9 oz/acre 1000 row feet 3 to 4 oz/acre 11.4 fl oz/acre 11.4 (turnip greens) 8 to 12 oz/acre 5 to 7 fl oz/acre 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 11 to 14 oz/acre 11 12 to 16 oz/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 6 to 8.6 fl oz/acre 5 to 7.6 fl oz/acre 6.0 to 8.2 fl oz/acre fl 8.2 to 6.0 12 to 14 fl oz/acre 14 to 30 fl oz/acre 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 6 to 8.6 fl oz/acre 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz per 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 14 to 30 fl oz/acre 7 7 7 3 11 11 11 3 + 9 7 + 3 3 + 9 7 + 3 Code 11 + 3 11 11 + 4 11 3 + 11 7 + 11 7 + 11 FRAC 9 + 12 7 + 12 PRODUCTS FOR GREENS, LEAFY BRASSICA BRASSICA LEAFY GREENS, FOR PRODUCTS azoxystrobin (various) azoxystrobin + difenoconazole azoxystrobin + difenoconazole 2.72 SC) Top (Quadris boscalid (Endura 70 WG) cyprodonil + fludioxonil (Switch 62.5WG) azoxystrobin (Quadris 2.08 SC) azoxystrobin + mefenoxam azoxystrobin (Uniform 3.72SC) penthiopyrad (Fontelis 1.67 SC) difenoconazole + cyprodinil (Inspire Super 2.82SC) fluopyram + tebuconazole (Luna Experience 400 SC) penthiopyrad (Fontelis 1.67 SC) difenoconazole + cyprodinil (Inspire Super 2.82SC) Material pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil (Miravis Prime) pyraclostrobin (Cabrio 20 EG) (Pyrac 2 EC) none flutriafol (Rhyme 2.08SC) flutriafol + azoxystrobin EQ 4.29 SC) (Topguard fluopyram + tebuconazole (Luna Experience 400 SC) tebuconazole (various) fluopyram + trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation 500 SC) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Priaxor 500 SC) ) DISEASE CONTROL DISEASE (COLLARD, KALE, MUSTARD, RAPE SALAD GREENS, TURNIP GREENS) (cont’d) GREENS) TURNIP SALAD GREENS, RAPE MUSTARD, KALE, (COLLARD,  ), Pythium Alternaria leaf spot, Cercospora leaf spot, Anthracnose, White spot, and various foliar fungal diseases (see specific labels) Seedling blight, damping Seedling blight, root rot ( off, spp., Rhizoctonia solani Botrytis gray mold Disease Note: For turnips harvested for roots, see Remarks and Table 3-31 Root Vegetables. see Remarks and Table harvested for roots, Note: For turnips A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Plant Pathologist, A. Keinath, TABLE 3-16. 3-16. TABLE Bacterial blight (Pseudomonas Xanthomonas leaf blight 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-16. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR GREENS, LEAFY BRASSICA (COLLARD, KALE, MUSTARD, RAPE SALAD GREENS, TURNIP GREENS) (cont’d) A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Note: For turnips harvested for roots, see Remarks and Table 3-31 Root Vegetables. Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Clubroot fluazinam 29 Transplant: 20 0.5 Transplant soil drench: Immediately after trans- planting, apply (Omega 500 F) 6.45 fl oz/100 gal. 3.4 fl oz of transplant solution per plant. Soil incorporation: Apply in a 9-in. band and incorporate 6 to 8 in. deep before Soil incorporation: transplanting. Note: Omega may delay harvest; see label. Do 2.6 pints/acre not apply to turnip grown for roots. Downy mildew ametoctradin + dimethomorph 45 + 14 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alter- (Zampro 525 SC) 40 nating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Addition of an adjuvant may improve performance (see label for specifics). cyazofamid 21 2.75 fl. oz/acre 0 0.5 Make applications on a 7 to 10 day schedule. Do not apply (Ranman 400SC) more than 39.5 fl. oz/acre per crop growing season. dimethomorph 40 6.4 oz/acre 0 0.5 Must be tank-mixed with another fungicide active against (Forum 4.16SC) Phytophthora blight. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to another effective fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not make more than 5 apps/ season. Do not apply to turnip greens or roots. fenamidone 11 5.5 to 8.2 oz/acre 2 0.5 Begin applications as soon as conditions become favorable (Reason 500SC) for disease development. Applications should be made on a 5 to 10 day interval. Do not make more than one application of Reason 500SC before alternating with a fungicide from a different resistance management group. fluopicolide 43 3 to 4 fl. oz/acre 2 0.5 Make applications on a 7to10day schedule. Presidio must (Presidio 4 SC) be tank mixed with another fungicide with a different mode of action. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before rotating to a fungicide with different mode of action. Apply no morethan12 oz per acre and make no more than 4 applications per season. fluopyram + trifloxystrobin 7 + 11 5 to 7.6 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating (Luna Sensation 500 SC) to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Limit of 15.3 fl oz (2 applications at the high rate) per acre per year. May be applied to turnip grown for roots. fosetyl-Al 33 2 to 5 lb/acre 3 1 Apply when disease first appears; then repeat on 7- to 21-day (Aliette 80W DG) intervals. Do not tank mix with copper fungicides. A maximum of 7 applications can be made per season. Do not apply to turnip greens or roots. potassium phosphite (various) 33 2 to 4 pt/acre 0 4 hr Apply when weather is foggy as a preventative. Do not apply to plants under water or temperature stress. Spray solution should have a pH greater than 5.5. Apply in at least 30 gal water per acre. pyraclostrobin 7 12 to 16 oz/acre 3 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease development and continue (Cabrio 20 EG) on a 7 to 10 day interval. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Powdery mildew azoxystrobin + difenoconazole 11 + 3 12 to 14 fl oz/acre 1 0.5 Make no more than one application before alternating to anoth-

DISEASE CONTROL (Quadris Top 2.72 SC) er fungicide with a different mode of action (NOT FRAC 11). boscalid 7 6 to 9 oz/acre 14 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease development, and continue (Endura 70 WG) on a 7 to 14 day interval. Make no more than 2 applications per season; disease suppression only. Do not apply to turnip greens or roots. cyprodonil + fludioxonil 9 + 12 11 to 14 oz/acre 7 0.5 Apply when disease first appears, and continue on 7 to 10 day (Switch 62.5WG) intervals. See label for complete list of greens. May be used on turnip where leaves only will be harvested. Do not apply to turnip grown for roots. difenoconazole + cyprodinil 3 + 9 16 to 20 fl oz/ 7 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating (Inspire Super) acre to a fungicide with a different mode of action. fluopyram + trifloxystrobin 7 + 11 5 to 7.6 fl oz/ 7 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating (Luna Sensation 500 SC) acre to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Limit of 15.3 fl oz (2 applications at the high rate) per acre per year. May be applied to turnip grown for roots. flutriafol 5 to 7 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Limit of 4 applications per year. Labeled for Alternaria and (Rhyme 2.08SC) Cercospora leaf spots. fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin 7+11 6.0 to 8.2 fl oz/ 3 0.5 Make no more than two sequential applications before alter- (Priaxor 500 SC) acre nating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. Maximum of 3 applications. Do not apply to turnip greens or roots.

228 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - - 229 May be May be Do not apply Do not apply Do not apply to turnip Do not apply to turnip greens or May be applied to turnip grown for Apply to soil surface and incorporate no EXCEPT 2 APPLICATIONS ON MUS APPLICATIONS EXCEPT 2

applied to turnip grown for roots. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating Make no more than 2 sequential applications before mode of action. Limit of 15.3 fl to a fungicide with a different oz (2 applications at the high rate) per acre per year. Make no more than Do not exceed 72 fl oz of product per year. to another 2 sequential applications per season before rotating mode of action. product with a different effective Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating Make no more than 2 sequential applications before (4 mode of action. Limit of 34 fl oz to a fungicide with a different applications at the high rate) per acre per year. to turnip grown for roots. Begin applications prior to disease development, and continue Begin applications prior to disease development, and on a 7 to 14 day interval. Make no more than 2 applications per season; disease suppression only. greens or roots. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating Make no more than 2 sequential applications before (4 mode of action. Limit of 34 fl oz to a fungicide with a different applications at the high rate) per acre per year. to turnip grown for roots. applied to turnips grown for roots. applied to turnips roots. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating than 2 sequential applications Make no more mode of action. that have a different with fungicides applications of Miravis Prime Make no more than 2 sequential before rotating to another or other Group 7 and 12 fungicides mode of action. Maximum 3 fungicide with a different effective applications per year for roots. GREENS. Do not apply to turnip grown TARD disease development and continue Begin applications prior to no more than 2 sequential on a 7 to 10 day interval. Make to a fungicide with a different applications before alternating mode of action. applications before rotating Make no more than two sequential mode of action. Do not rotate with a fungicide with a different with Rally or Nova. a preventative treatment. Folicur For optimum results use as of drying time on foliage for the 3.6 F must have 2 to 4 hours before active ingredient to move systemically into plant tissue rain or irrigation occurs. Apply to the row at planting as an in-furrow spray or a spray directed at the base of transplants immediately after transplant ing. Limit of 2 applications per year. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Make no more than two sequential applications before alter OMRI listed product. best when applied prior to plant deeper than 2 inches. Works mode of action. nating with fungicides that have a different Maximum of 3 applications. roots. ing or transplanting. Do not apply other fungicides for 3 weeks ing or transplanting. Do not apply other fungicides for after applying Contans. son 500SC before alternating with a fungicide from a different son 500SC before alternating with a fungicide from a different resistance management group. Make no more than 2 sequential applications. Begin applications as soon as conditions become favorable for Applications should be made on a 5 to disease development. 10 day interval. Do not make more than 1 application of Rea 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr Reentry 7 0 7 7 0 7 3 1 7 0 3 0 2 14 45 Harv. Minimum Days

acre acre acre acre acre 8.2 oz/acre Formulation 26 fl oz/acre 5 to 7.6 fl oz/ 8.6 fl oz/acre 8.6 fl oz/acre 1 to 4 lb/acre 16 to 30 fl oz/ 14 to 30 fl oz/ 6 to 9 oz/acre 6 to 8 oz/acre 3 to 4 oz/acre 11.4 fl oz/acre 11.4 6.0 to 8.2 fl oz/ 6.2 to 15.4 fl oz/ Rate of Material Rate of Material 12 to 16 oz/acre 7 7 7 3 3 7 — 11 11 11 7 + 3 7 + 3 Code 7 + 11 7 + 11 FRAC 7 + 12 PRODUCTS FOR GREENS, LEAFY BRASSICA BRASSICA LEAFY GREENS, FOR PRODUCTS penthiopyrad (Fontelis1.67 SC) Coniothyrium minitans (Contans WG) fluopyram + trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation 500 SC) fluopyram + tebuconazole (Luna Experience 400 SC) fluopyram + tebuconazole (Luna Experience 400 SC) boscalid (Endura 70 WG) penthiopyrad penthiopyrad SC) (Fontelis1.67 pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil (Miravis Prime) pyraclostrobin (Cabrio 20 EG, Pyrac 2 EC) triflumizole (Procure 480SC) tebuconazole (various) flutolanil (Moncut 3.8 SC) azoxystrobin (Quadris 2.08 SC) Material fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin + fluxapyroxad (Priaxor 500 SC) fenamidone (Reason 500SC) DISEASE CONTROL DISEASE (COLLARD, KALE, MUSTARD, RAPE SALAD GREENS, TURNIP GREENS) (cont’d) GREENS) TURNIP SALAD GREENS, RAPE MUSTARD, KALE, (COLLARD,  Sclerotinia stem rot (White mold) Rhizoctonia bottom rot Powdery mildew Powdery mildew (cont’d) Wirestem (Rhizoctonia) White rust Disease Note: For turnips harvested for roots, see Remarks and Table 3-31 Root Vegetables. see Remarks and Table harvested for roots, Note: For turnips A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Plant Pathologist, A. Keinath, TABLE 3-16. 3-16. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-17. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR HOPS L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Downy mildew ametoctradin + dimethomorph 45 +40 11 to 14 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease and continue at 10- (Pseudoperonospora (Zampro) day intervals. Do not make more than two sequential humuli) applications or three applications per year. cyazofamid 21 2.5 to 2.75 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease and continue at 7- to (Ranman 400SC) 10- day intervals. Do not apply more than 32 fl oz per season. cymoxanil 27 3.2 oz/acre 7 0.5 Tank mix with a protectant fungicide. Begin applications (Curzate 60 DF) prior to disease and continue at 10- to 14-day intervals. dimethomorph 40 6 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Begin sprays prior to disease. Minimum interval is 10 (Forum) days. Maximum 3 applications per season. famoxadone + cymoxanil 27 + 8 oz/acre 7 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease and continue at 6- to (Tanos) 11 8-day intervals. Do not make more than 6 applications per season. fixed copper (various) M01 See label See See See labels. Rates vary depending on the formulation. label label Repeated use may cause leaf yellowing. fluopicolide 43 4 fl oz/acre 24 12 hr Limit of 12 fl oz per acre per year. Make no more than (Presidio) two sequential applications. Alternate with a fungicide with a different mode of action. fosetyl-Al P07 2.5/acre 24 0.5 Apply as a directed foliar spray. When conditions are (Aliette WDG) warm and humid applications should be made as follows: (1) when shoots are 6-12 inches high; (2) after training when vines are 5-6 feet tall; (3) approximately three weeks after the second application; and (4) during bloom. Use sufficient volume of water to insure complete coverage of foliage. mandipropamid 40 8 fl oz/acre 7 4 hr Begin applications prior to disease and continue at 7- to (Revus) 10-day intervals. Do not make more than 3 applications per season. mefenoxam 4 0.50 pt/acre 45 2 Can apply as soil drench or foliar spray, see label for (Ridomil Gold SL) details. Tank mix with fixed copper. metalaxyl 4 1 qt/acre 45 2 Apply as a soil drench (1qt/acre in 20 gal) and follow with (MetaStar 2E) foliar fixed copper applications. Apply as foliar spray (1 qt/ acre in 50 gal) in combination with fixed copper. Do not make more than 3 applications per season. potassium phosphite (various) P07 See label See See See labels. Rates vary depending on the formulation. label label cyflufenamid U6 3.4 oz/acre 0 4 hr Do not make more than 2 applications per crop. (Torino) 0.85 SC Powdery mildew metrafenone 50 15.4 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease and continue at 7- to (Sphaerotheca humuli, (Vivando) 14-day intervals. Do not make more than 2 applications S. macularis) per season. pyraclostrobin + boscalid 11 + 7 See label 14 0.5 Ground and aerial applications allowed, see label for (Pristine) details. Begin ground applications prior to disease and

DISEASE CONTROL continue at 10- to 21-day intervals. Do not make more than 3 applications per season. quinoxyfen 13 8.2 fl oz/acre 21 0.5 Do not make more than 4 applications per season. (Quintec) tebuconazole 3 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease and continue at 10- to (Folicur 3.6F) 14- day intervals. Do not apply more than 16.5 fl oz per acre per season. trifloxystrobin 11 See label 14 0.5 Several rates available. Begin applications prior to dis- (Flint) ease and continue at 10- to 14-day intervals. triflumizole 3 12 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease and continue at 14- (Procure 400 SC) day intervals. Do not apply more than 36 fl oz per acre per season.

230 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - 231 Apply to soil surface and incorpo Limit of 54.7 fl oz or 5 applications per acre per year. Limit of 54.7 fl oz or 5 applications per acre per year. Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before switching to a non-FRAC Group 7 and non-FRAC Group 9 fungicide for one application. plication 14 days later. Make no more than 2 sequential Make no more than plication 14 days later. 12 applications of Miravis Prime or other Group 7 and fungicide fungicides before rotating to another effective Maximum 3 applications mode of action. with a different per year. Apply at or before row closure followed by a second ap Apply at or before row closure followed by a second Make first application at row closure or first flowering. Make first application at row closure or first flowering. Make second application 14 days later if needed. Make no more than 4 applications per year. rate no deeperthan2inches.Worksbest when applied prior rate no deeperthan2inches.Worksbest to planting or transplanting. Do not apply other fungicides for 3 weeks after applying Contans. OMRI listed product. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, See label for row rates. Soil incorporation. with a non- Group 11 Must rotate every other application per crop per year. fungicide. Maximum of 8 applications 2 applications per crop per season. Apply every 10 days if needed. Do not apply more than 2 days if needed. Do not Apply every 10 times at the low and not more than 4 times sequentially rate per acre per season. rate or 3 times at the high before alternating to Make no more than 2 applications mode of action (NOT another fungicide with a different Quadris). Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before Make no more than 2 consecutive 7 fungicide. Make no more than switching to a non-Group or 2 applications at the high 3 applications at the low rate rate per year. applications of Miravis Make no more than 2 sequential 12 fungicides before rotating Prime or other Group 7 and mode of fungicide with a different to another effective per year. action. Maximum 3 applications Make no Make no more than 4 applications per year. to more than 2 consecutive applications before switching a non-FRAC Group 3 fungicide. year. Limit of 54.7 fl oz or 5 to 7 applications per acre per Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before switching to a non-FRAC Group 7 and non-FRAC Group 9 fungicide for one application. Make one application at the high rate before symptoms Make one application at the high rate before symptoms typically are seen, based on prior year observations. Limit of 7.6 fl oz or 2 applications per acre per season. Limit of 7.6 fl oz or 2 applications per acre per season. 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr Reentry

7 7 1 0 1 7 1 7 1 0 7 14 30 14 14 20 Harv. Minimum Days (banded) (broadcast),

6.0 to 10.5 to See labels 4.0 oz/acre 10 oz/acre Formulation 1 to 4 lb/acre 11.2 fl oz/acre 11.2 11.4 fl oz/acre 11.4 11.4 fl oz/acre 11.4 13.5 fl oz/acre 15.5 fl oz/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 8 to 14 fl oz/acre 2.5 to 4.0 oz/acre 8 to 11.2 fl oz/acre fl 8 to 11.2 3.0 to 3.8 fl oz/acre 1 to 2 pt/treated acre 2 1 to 2 to 4 pt/treated acre pt/treated 4 2 to 3 4 3 7 11 11 11 43 NA 9 + 7 3 + 7 9 + 7 Code 11 + 3 11 FRAC 7 + 12 7 + 12

pyrimethanil + fluopyram 4.16 F) Tranquility (Luna pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil (Miravis Prime) metconazole (Quash 50 WDG) Material mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold 4 SL) (Ultra Flourish 2 SL) fluopicolide (Presidio 4 SC) azoxystrobin + difenoconazole 2.72 SC) Top (Quadris Coniothyrium minitans (Contans WG) azoxystrobin (various) difenoconazole + benzovindiflupyr 1.62 EC) Top (Aprovia metconazole (Quash 50 WDG) pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil (Miravis Prime) pyrimethanil + fluopyram 4.16 F) Tranquility (Luna trifloxystrobin (Flint Extra 42.6 SC) boscalid (Endura 70 EG) azoxystrobin (Quadris 2.08 SC) Disease A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Plant Pathologist, A. Keinath, TABLE 3-18. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR JERUSALEM ARTICHOKE (SUNCHOKE) ARTICHOKE FOR JERUSALEM PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-18. TABLE Pythium damping off Pythium damping Gray mold, Powdery mildew, Rust, Septoria leaf spot (see label for details) Powdery mildew White mold (Sclerotinia basal stalk rot) Southern blight 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-19. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR LEAFY PETIOLE VEGETABLES - CELERY, FENNEL, RHUBARB, AND SWISS CHARD (cont’d) A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Note: Some fungicides are not registered on all leafy petiole crops; check Remarks section for exceptions before applying any fungicide to any crop included in this section. Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Damping off and root rot mefenoxam 4 0 0.5 Apply preplant incorporated or surface application at planting. (Pythium, Phytophthora) (Ridomil Gold 4 SL) 1 to 4 pt/treated acre (Ultra Flourish 2 EC) (see label) metalaxyl 4 2 to 8 pt/treated 0 2 Banded over the row, preplant incorporated, or injected with (Metalaxyl 2E AG, acre (see label) liquid fertilizer. MetaStar 2 E) Seedling blight, damping azoxystrobin + mefenox- 11 + 4 0.34 fl oz/ -- 0 Apply as an in furrow spray in 5 gal of water per acre prior to off, root rot (Pythium am 1,000 row ft covering seed. Make only 1 application per season. spp., Rhizoctonia solani) (Uniform 3.72 SC) Alternaria leaf spot, azoxystrobin (various) 11 See labels 0 4 hr Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating Cercospora leaf spot with fungicides that have a different mode of action. Apply no (Early blight), Powdery more than 1.88 lb per crop per acre per season. Do not use in mildew, Septoria leaf greenhouses. spot (late blight) boscalid 7 4.5 to 9 oz/acre 14 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating (Endura 70 WG with fungicides that have a different mode of action. Limit of 18 oz/acre per year. Do not use in greenhouses cyprodinil + fludioxonil 9 + 12 11 to 14 oz/ acre 0 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating (Switch 62.5WG) with fungicides that have a different mode of action for two applications. Apply no more than 56 oz per crop per acre per season. Also controls gray mold. fenamidone 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 2 0.5 Limit of 24.6 fl oz/acre per year. Alternate each application with (Reason 500SC) a non-FRAC Group 11 fungicide. Not labeled to control Septoria or powdery mildew. fixed copper (generic) M1 See label 0 0 Spray at first disease appearance, 7 to 10 day intervals. fludioxonil + pydiflu- 12 + 7 9.2 to 13.4 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 2 applications per crop per year. Not labeled on fen- metofen nel. Do not use in greenhouses. (Miravis Prime 2.09 SC) fluopyram + 7 + 11 5.0 to 7.6 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Limit of 15.3 fl oz (2 to 3 applications at low and high rate, trifloxystrobin respectively) per acre per year. Use higher rate for gray mold. (Luna Sensation 500 SC) flutriafol 3 5 to 7 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Make no more than 4 applications (28 fl oz) per crop per year. (Rhyme 2.08SC) Do not use in greenhouses. flutriafol + azoxystrobin 3 + 11 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Make no more than 4 applications per crop per year. Do not use in greenhouses. fluxapyroxad + pyraclos- 7 + 11 4 to 11 fl oz/ acre 3 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating trobin with fungicides that have a different mode of action. Maximum (Merivon 500 SC) of 3 applications per crop. Do not use in greenhouses. fluoxastrobin 11 5.7 fl oz.acre 3 0.5 Make no more than 4 applications per acre per year. Alternate (Aftershock 4 SC, Evito each application with a non-FRAC Group 11 fungicide. Not 480SC) labeled to control Alternaria or powdery mildew. DISEASE CONTROL mancozeb (various) M03 1.6 qt/acre 14 1.0 Make no more than 8 applications per acre per season. La- beled only on fennel. penthiopyrad 7 14 to 24 fl oz 3 0.5 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications. Maximum of (Fontelis 1.67 F) 72 fl oz/acre per year propiconazole (various) 3 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 Begin at first sign of disease and repeat at 14-day intervals. Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before rotating to another fungicide with a different mode of action. Not labeled to control Alternaria or powdery mildew. pydiflumetofen + fludi- 7 + 12 9.2 to 13.4 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications of Miravis Prime oxonil (13.4 fl oz/acre for or other Group 7 and 12 fungicides before rotating to another (Miravis Prime 2.09 SC) gray mold) effective fungicide with a different mode of action. Maximum 2 applications per year. Not labeled for Septoria leaf spot. Not labeled on fennel. Do not use in greenhouses. pyraclostrobin 11 12 to 16 oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating (Cabrio 20 EG, Pyrac with fungicides that have a different mode of action. Apply no 2 EC more than 64 oz per crop per acre per season. Do not use in greenhouses. trifloxystrobin 11 2.5 to 2.9 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 11.6 fl oz per acre per season. (Flint Extra 42.6 SC) (broad- cast), 14 (banded)

232 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - 233 Suggest- Labeled only Not labeled on fen Apply to soil surface and incorporate no

Method, Schedule, and Remarks Used to control diseases of seed such as Aspergillus, Fusarium, Does NOT among others. Rhizoctonia and control Pythium or Phytophthora. Rhizoctonia only. Make in-furrow or banded applica Rhizoctonia only. tions shortly after plant emergence. Do not apply prior to thinning or within 5 days after or within to thinning not apply prior Do trans planting. Apply preventatively every 7 to 10 days, not to exceed 4 applications (4 oz) per a season. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications of mode before alternating to a fungicide with a different action. Addition of an adjuvant may improve performance oz fl 42 than (see label for specifics). Do not apply more acre per season. per Make no more than two sequential applications before mode of alternating with a fungicide with a different action. Apply on a 7 to 10 day interval when disease first appears or when conditions favorable for disease de velopment. Do not make subsequent applications, and limit applications to six per year. Curzate is only labeled for lettuce and spinach. Curzate only Use in fungicide. protectant a with a 5 to Apply on combination 7 day schedule. See label for directions. on celery and fennel. ed application time is 10 weeks before harvest. ed application time is 10 weeks OMRI listed product. best when applied prior to planting deeper than 2 inches. Works weeks after or transplanting. Do not apply other fungicides for 3 applying Contans. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, before alternating than 2 sequential applications Make no more Limit of mode of action. that have a different with fungicides not use in Do not use on cilantro. Do 18 oz/acre per year. greenhouses applications before alternating Make no more than 2 sequential mode of action for two different with fungicides that have a per Apply no more than 56 oz per crop per acre applications. thinning and second application 2 season. First application at mold. Also controls gray weeks later. or twice at 2 lb/acre. Apply only once at 5.3 lb/acre Make no more than 4 applications per crop per year. Appling per crop per year. Make no more than 4 applications Also may decrease efficacy. excessive water after application controls gray mold. Limit of 2 applications per crop per year. nel. Do not use in greenhouses. Maximum Do not make more than two sequential applications. of 72 fl oz/acre per year. 12 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr 12 hr Reentry 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr Reentry 7 0 0 0 3 1 — — Minimum Days Harv. 0 0 0 7 0 0 3 Harv. Minimum Days -

6.2 to 8.0 oz 14 fl oz/acre Formulation 100 lb of seed 2.75 fl oz/acre 1,000 row feet 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz/ 15.4 fl oz/ acre Rate of Material 0.75 to 1 oz/acre 0.08 to 0.16 fl oz/ 3.2 to 5.0 oz/acre cation) see label Formulation 1 to 4 lb/acre 13.4 fl oz/acre 4.5 to 9 oz/acre 11 to 14 oz/ acre 11 Rate of Material Rate of Material acre (single appli 16 to 30 fl oz/acre 2 lb/acre or 5.3 lb/ 11 11 12 21 27 P01 Code FRAC 27+11 45+40 7 7 12 14 NA Code FRAC 9 + 12 12 + 7 - PRODUCTS FOR LEAFY PETIOLE VEGETABLES - VEGETABLES PETIOLE LEAFY FOR PRODUCTS Material fludioxonil (various) boscalid (Endura 70 WG) cyprodinil + fludioxonil (Switch 62.5WG) dicloran (Botran 75 W) fludioxonil + pydiflu metofen (Miravis Prime 2.09 SC) penthiopyrad (Fontelis1.67 F) Coniothyrium minitans (Contans WG) azoxystrobin (various) Material acibenzolar-S-methyl (Actigard 50 WG) fludioxonil (Spirato 480 FS) (Maxim 4 FS) ametoctradin + dimethomorph (Zampro 525 SC) azoxystrobin (various) cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC) cymoxanil (Curzate) cymoxanil + famoxadone (Tanos) cont’d) CHARD ( SWISS AND RHUBARB, FENNEL, CELERY, DISEASE CONTROL DISEASE 

) Bottom rot, (Rhizoctonia) Disease L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, Auburn University Auburn State University; E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina TABLE 3-20. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR LETTUCE AND ENDIVE (cont’d) AND PRODUCTS FOR LETTUCE 3-20. DISEASE CONTROL TABLE Disease ungicide to any crop included before applying any fungicide to any section for exceptions crops; check Remarks on all leafy petiole fungicides are not registered Note: Some in this section. A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Plant Pathologist, A. Keinath, TABLE 3-19. 3-19. TABLE Downy mildew Seed decay, Seedling Seed decay, blight, damping-off White mold, pink rot White mold, pink (Sclerotinia 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-20. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR LETTUCE AND ENDIVE (cont’d) L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, Auburn University Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Downy mildew dimethomorph (various) 40 6.4 oz/acre 0 0.5 Must be applied as a tank mix with another fungicide (cont’d) active against downy mildew. Do not make more than two sequential applications. fenamidone 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz 2 0.5 Alternate with fungicides with a different mode of action. (Reason 500SC) fluopicolide 43 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 2 0.5 Tank mix with another downy mildew fungicide with a (Presidio) different mode of action. mandipropamid (various) 40 See label See See Begin applications as soon as crop and/or label label environmental conditions become favorable for disease development. Apply on a 7 - 10 day interval depending upon disease conditions. mono- and di-potassium salts of P07 1 to 4 quarts in a 0 4 hr Do not apply at a less than 3-day interval. phosphorous acid minimum of (Alude, K-Phite) 10 gal/acre oxathiapiprolin + mandiprop- 49 + 40 5.5 to 8 fl oz/acre 0 4 hr Limit of six applications per acre per year for the same amid crop. Do not follow soil applications of Orondis with fo- (Orondis Ultra) liar applications of Orondis. Use the higher rates when disease is present. oxathiapiprolin + mefenoxam 49+4 4.8 to 9.6 fl oz/acre 0 4 hr Limit to 38.6 fl oz per acre per year. Limit of six applica- (Orondis Gold 200) tions per acre per year for the same crop. Do not follow soil applications of Orondis with foliar applications of Orondis. Apply at planting in furrow, by drip, or in trans- plant water. Use the higher rates for heavier soils, for longer application intervals, or for susceptible varieties. propamocarb 28 2 pt/acre 2 0.5 Previcur Plus is only labeled for head and leaf lettuce. (Previcur Flex) Do not apply more than 8 pt per growing season; begin applications before infection, and continue on a 7 to 10 day interval. Downy mildew, azoxystrobin (various) 11 6.2 to 15.4 fl oz/ 7 4 hr Use highest rate for downy mildew. Make no more leaf spots acre than 2 sequential applications before alternating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. Apply no more than 2.88 qt per crop per acre per season. fixed copper (various) M01 See label See See See label. Rates vary depending on the formulation. label label pyraclostrobin (various) 11 12 to 16 oz/acre 0 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease development and continue on 7-to14 day intervals. fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin 7 + 11 4 to 11 fl oz/acre 1 0.5 Make no more than two sequential applications before (Merivon 500 SC) alternating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. Suppression only of downy mildew. mancozeb (various) M03 See labels See See Rates vary depending on the formulation. Spray at first label label appearance of disease and continue on a 7 to 10 day intervals. Leaf spots penthiopyrad 7 14 to 24 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Begin applications before disease development. DO (Fontelis) NOT make more than two consecutive applications DISEASE CONTROL before switching to a fungicide with a different mode of action. flutriafol 3 5 to 7 oz/acre 7 0.5 Apply preventatively or when conditions are favorable (Rhyme) for disease development. cyprodinil + fludioxonil 9+12 11 to 14 oz/acre 0 0.5 Switch also has activity against basal rot, Sclerotinia, (Switch 62.5 WDG) and Gray mold. Alternate with a fungicide with a differ- ent mode of action after 2 applications. Gray mold dicloran 14 See label 14 0.5 Application instructions vary by crop; see label. Two (Botran 5F) applications may be applied per season. Do not apply more than 3.2 quarts per season. penthiopyrad 7 14 to 24 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Begin applications before disease development. DO (Fontelis) NOT make more than two consecutive applications before switching to a fungicide with a different mode of action. boscalid 7 to 9 oz/acre 14 0.5 Begin applications prior to the onset of disease and (Endura) continue on a 7-day interval. Seed decay, Seedling fludioxonil 12 — 12 Used to control diseases of seed such as Aspergillus, blight, damping-off (Spirato 480FS) 0.08 to 0.16 fl Fusarium, and Rhizoctonia among others. Does NOT (Maxim 4FS) oz/100 lb of seed control Pythium or Phytophthora.

234 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL 235 - - - DO DO Apply to soil surface and Apply Begin applications before disease development. before disease development. Begin applications two sequential applications NOT make more than mode to a fungicide with a different before switching of action. Alternate with a fungicide with a different mode of mode of a fungicide with a different Alternate with action. Apply at early leaf stage and repeat every 10 to 14 Apply at early leaf stage and apply if temperatures are days or as needed. Do not within 3 days of application expected to exceed 90°F due to the risk of crop injury. applications Make no more than two sequential with a different before alternating with a fungicide mode of action. Applications should begin prior to disease develop Applications should begin applications Make no more than two sequential that have a different before alternating with fungicides mode of action. ment. Repeat on a 14-day schedule. Do not apply ment. Repeat on a 14-day per season. more than 18 fl oz per acre For use on lettuce only. Apply when disease first For use on lettuce only. appears and continue on a 14-day interval. Application timing depends on planting method. Ap Application timing depends on planting method. ply no closer than a 7-day interval. For best results, use a soil-directed spray. Begin applications before disease development. Continue on 7 to 14 day intervals. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before switching to a action. mode of fungicide with a different Only for use on lettuce. Also effective for bottom rot Also effective Only for use on lettuce. and Botrytis. Use higher rate when disease pressure is high. Application timing depends on planting method. Make no more than two sequential applications. rate when disease pressure is high. rate when disease pressure is OMRI listed product. best incorporate no deeper than 2 inches. Works when applied prior to planting or transplanting. Do not apply other fungicides for 3 weeks after applying Contans. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Rate depends specific crop and timing of application. Rate depends specific crop and timing of application. See label. Do not apply more than 28 Ground applications only. oz/acre per year. Begin applications before disease development. NOT make more than two sequential applications mode before switching to a fungicide with a different of action. disease. Begin applications prior to onset of Use higher Apply at early leaf stage and repeat every 10 to 14 days or as needed. Do not apply if temperatures are expected to exceed 90°F within 3 days of application due to the risk of crop injury. Apply preplant incorporated or surface application at planting. preplant incorporated, or Banded over the row, injected with liquid fertilizer Previcur Plus is only labeled for head and leaf let application methods; see label. tuce. Various 1 1 2 2 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 0.5 0.5 0.5 See 4 hr label Reentry 0 3 0 0 3 2 — — 14 14 14 14 14 0 1 0 0 1 3 Minimum Days See Harv. label

acre 6 fl oz 2 pt/acre 7 oz/acre See label See label See label See label 5 oz/acre See label See labels 1 to 4 lb/acre Formulation 13.4 fl oz/acre 12.3 fl oz/acre 1.5 to 2 lb/acre 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 6.2 to 15.4 fl oz/ 4 to 11 fl oz/acre 4 to 11 Rate of Material Rate of Material 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 14 to 24 fl oz/acre 14 to 24 fl oz/acre 7 2 7 7 4 4 7 7 3 3 14 12 28 11 NA 13 M02 M02 Code 7 + 12 7 + 11 FRAC pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil (Miravis Prime) penthiopyrad (Fontelis) iprodione (Rovral) Coniothyrium minitans (Contans WG) dicloran (Botran) penthiopyrad penthiopyrad (Fontelis) Material fludioxonil (Cannonball WP) isofetamid (Kenja) quinoxyfen (Quintec) sulfur (various) triflumizole (various) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Merivon 500 SC) myclobutanil (Rally) 40WSP azoxystrobin (various) sulfur (various) boscalid (Endura) metalaxyl (various) propamocarb (Previcur Flex) mefenoxam (various) penthiopyrad (Fontelis) Sclerotinia Pythium damping-off Rust Powdery mildew Disease L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, Auburn University Auburn Pathologist, Plant E. Sikora, State University; Carolina North Plant Pathologist, L. Quesada-Ocampo, cont’d) ENDIVE ( AND FOR LETTUCE PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-20. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable MUSKMELON (CANTALOUPE) SEE CUCURBITS MUSKMELON (CANTALOUPE) TABLE 3-21. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR OKRA E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, Auburn University Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Alternaria, gray mold, pow- cyprodinil + fludioxonil 9 + 11 to 14 oz/acre 0 0.5 Begin applications before disease development and dery mildew (Switch 62.5WG) 12 continue on 7 to 10 day interval. Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different. Do not apply more than 56 oz per acre per season. Anthracnose, bacterial leaf fixed copper (various) M See label 0 2 Begin applications when conditions favor disease develop- spot, leaf spots, pod spots, ment and repeat on 5 to 10 day intervals. powdery mildew Anthracnose, Botrytis leaf chlorothalonil; cymox- M + 27 2 to 2.4 pints/acre 3 0.5 Begin applications before disease development and con- mold, powdery mildew, anil tinue on a 7-day interval. Cercospora leaf spot (Ariston) Anthracnose, gray leaf spot, difenoconazole; azox- 3 + 8 to 14 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Begin applications before disease development and powdery mildew, Cercospora ystrobin 11 continue on 7 to 10 day interval. Make no more than 2 leaf spot (Quadris Top) consecutive applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different. Do not apply more than 55 fl oz per acre per season difenoconazole + 3 + 9 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Begin applications before disease development and cyprodinil continue on 7 to 10 day interval. Make no more than 2 (Inspire Super) consecutive applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not apply more than 80 fl oz per acre per season. fludioxonil (various) 12 5 to 7 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Begin applications before disease development and con- tinue on 7-day interval. Anthracnose, gray leaf spot, difenoconazole + 3 + 7 10.5 to 0 0.5 Begin applications before disease development and powdery mildew, Cercospora benzovindiflupyr 13.5 oz/acre continue on 7 to 10 day interval. Make no more than 2 leaf spot, Rhizoctonia stem (Aprovia Top) consecutive applications before alternating to a fungicide rot with a different mode of action. Refer to label for informa- tion on addition of an adjuvant. Cercospora leaf spot chlorothalonil (various) M 2 to 2.4 pt/acre 3 0.5 Begin applications when disease is expected. Repeat every 7 to 10 days. tebuconazole (various) 3 4 to 6 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 DO NOT apply more than 24 fl oz per acre per season. Powdery mildew, anthrac- azoxystrobin + flutriafol 3 + 11 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Apply preventatively or when conditions are favorable for nose, Cercospora leaf spot (Topguard EQ) disease development. flutriafol 3 14 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Apply preventatively or when conditions are favorable for (Topguard) disease development. Downy mildew mandipropamid 40 5.5 to 8 fl oz/acre — 4 hr Tank mix Micora with a non-Group 40 fungicide and begin (Micora) applications prior to disease development. DO NOT apply more than two applications per crop, or in consecutive applications. Black mold, early blight, gray pydiflumetofen + 7 + 12 9.2 to 0 0.5 Begin applications before disease development. If disease leafspot, leaf mold, powdery fludioxonil 11.4 fl oz/acre pressure is high, use the shortest interval and highest mildew, Septoria leafspot, (Miravis Prime) rate. Minimum application interval is 7 days. Do not make target spot more than 2 applications at the maximum rate per year. Anthracnose, Powdery azoxystrobin (various) 11 6.0 to 0 4 Do not apply more than two sequential applications before DISEASE CONTROL mildew 15.5 fl oz/acre alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not make more than 4 applications strobilurin fungi- cides per acre per season. chlorothalonil (various) M 2 to 2.4 pt/acre 3 0.5 Begin applications when disease is expected. Repeat every 7 to 10 days. myclobutanil 3 2.5 to 5 oz/acre 0 1 For powdery mildew only. Do not make more than 4 (Rally 40WSP) applications per season. Minimum re-treatment interval: 10 to 14 days. Phytophthora blight ethaboxam 22 8 fl oz/acre 2 0.5 For best results, begin application at planting/ transplant- (Elumin) ing. Do not apply at intervals of less then 14 days. oxathiapiprolin + man- 49 + 40 5.5 to 8 fl oz/acre 1 4 Apply at planting, in furrow, by drip, or in transplant water. dipropamid Disease suppression only. Do not make more than 2 appli- (Orondis Ultra) cations before switching to a different mode of action. Rhizoctonia seedling rot azoxystrobin (various) 11 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz/ — 4 hr Make in-furrow or banded applications shortly after plant 1,000 row feet emergence.

236 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL ------237 Make a maximum of 6 applications Maximum of three sprays. Apply at disease onset; continue on Apply Make no more than two applications before alternating with mode of action. a fungicide with a different May also reduce bacterial rots. Observe seasonal application limits for both group 7 and group 3 fungicides. Apply at disease onset; continue on 7 to 14 day schedule. No more than 3 applications/season. Begin sprays prior to disease development and continue on a 7 to 14 day schedule. Alternate with a different mode of action. mode of Alternate with a different Make no more than two sequential applications before alter Make no more than two sequential applications before For suppression only. per season. mode of action. nating with fungicides that have a different Apply no more than 2.88 qt per crop per acre per season. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Also for dry onion. low rates. See label for Make no more than one application before alternating with a Make no more than one application before alternating mode of action. fungicide with a different ue on a 5 to 7 day spray interval. Preplant incorporated or soil surface spray. Preplant incorporated disease development and contin Begin applications prior to Applications should begin prior to disease onset and subse Applications should begin prior to disease onset and quent applications should be made on a 7 to 14 day interval. quent applications should be made on a 7 to 14 day Apply prior to favorable infection periods; continue on 7 to 9 Apply prior to favorable infection mode of action. a different day interval; alternate with For suppression only. Use higher rate if disease is present. For best results, begin Use higher rate if disease with an initial treatment at the disease resistance program with a fungicide registered for its planting or trans- planting a foliar spray in a mixture with Apply Orondis Ultra as use. at first appearance of copper-based fungicide beginning symptoms. May also reduce bacterial rots. May also reduce bacterial Make only one application before rotating to a non-group 11 11 Make only one application before rotating to a non-group fungicide. Begin applications when conditions favor disease develop ment, and continue on 5 to 10 day interval. Do not apply Alternate with more than 22 fl oz per growing season. resistance group. fungicide from different Initiate sprays when conditions are favorable for disease or Initiate sprays when conditions are favorable for disease at disease onset. Spray on a 7 to 10 day schedule. Use higher rate and shorter interval when disease condi tions are severe. For suppression only. 7 to 14 day schedule. No more than 3 applications/season. Cladosporium, powdery mildew, purple blotch, rust, and Cladosporium, powdery mildew, Stemphylium. Spreading/penetrating type adjuvant recom mended. Apply prior to disease development and continue throughout Apply prior to disease development and continue throughout per season at 7 to10 day intervals; maximum 24 fl oz season. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications or more than 6 applications per season. Spray at first appearance. Maximum of three sprays. Do not plant rotational crops other than onions or strawber ries for 12 months following the last application. 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4hr 4 hr 12 hr Reentry 1 7 7 3 0 7 7 0 1 0 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 — — 14 14 14 14 14 14 Harv. Minimum Days cont’d)

See labels See labels 2.5 lb/acre See labels 1.0 pt/acre See labels 8 fl oz/acre 6.8 oz/acre 10.5 oz/acre 18.5 oz/acre 14 to 26 fl oz 5.5 fl oz/acre Formulation 4 to 8 oz/acre 14.0 fl oz/acre 8.6 to 12.9 fl oz 2 to 4 pt/trt acre 11 to 14 oz/acre 11 12 to 14 oz/acre 8 to 11 fl oz/acre 8 to 11 Rate of Material Rate of Material 4 to 11 fl oz/acre 4 to 11 2.0 to 2.4 pt/acre 0.5 to 1 pt/trt acre 0.5 to 1 pt/trt 1.6 to 3.6 pts/acre 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 6.2 to 15.4 fl oz/acre 8.0 to 12.8 fl. oz/acre 7 3 4 4 7 M M M M 11 11 29 40 3+9 7+3 4+M 7+11 11+3 11+3 11+3 7+11 11+7 7 + 3 9+12 11+M Code M+27 FRAC 45+40 49 +40 -

mefenoxam 4 SL) (Ridomil Gold Material azoxystrobin (various) azoxystrobin + difenoconazole (Quadris Top) metalaxyl (various) azoxystrobin + chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti) cymoxanil (Ariston) chlorothalonil + chlorothalonil (various) ametoctradin + dimethomorph (Zampro) azoxystrobin + propiconazole (various) fixed copper (various) fenamidone (Reason 500SC) oxithiapripolin + mandipropamid (Orondis Ultra) azoxystrobin + tebuconazole (various) fluazinam (Omega 500) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Merivon) benzovindiflupyr + difeno conazole (Aprovia Top) mandipropamid (Revus 2.08F) boscalid (Endura 70 WG) mefenoxam + chlorothalonil (Ridomil Gold/Bravo) chlorothalonil (various) pyraclostrobin + boscalid (Pristine) cyprodinil + fludioxonil (Switch) difenoconazole + cyprodinil (Inspire Super) fixed copper (various) fluopyram + tebuconazole (Luna Experience) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Merivon) penthiopyrad (Fontelis) propiconazole (various) )

Damping off Damping off (Pythium spp.) Disease Leaf blight (Botrytis spp.) (Peronospora destructor Downy mildew ONION (green) E. Pfeufer, Plant Pathologist, University of Kentucky; B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia University Pathologist, B. Dutta, Plant Kentucky; University of Plant Pathologist, E. Pfeufer, TABLE 3-22. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR ONION ( FOR ONION PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-22. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-22. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR ONION (cont’d) E. Pfeufer, Plant Pathologist, University of Kentucky; B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia

FRAC Rate of Material Minimum Days Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks ONION (green) (cont’d) Leaf blight pyraclostrobin 11 8 to 12 oz/acre 7 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications and no more (Botrytis spp.) (Cabrio) than 6 applications per season. (cont’d) pyraclostrobin + boscalid 11+7 14.5 to 18.5 oz/acre 7 1 Make a maximum of 6 applications per season. (Pristine) pyrimethanil 9 9 or 18 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Use lower rate in a tank mix with broad-spectrum fungicide (Scala) and higher rate when applied alone. Do not apply more than 54 fl oz per crop. Purple blotch azoxystrobin + difeno- 11+3 12 to 14 oz/acre 7 0.5 Make no more than one application before alternating (Alternaria porri) conazole with a fungicide with a different mode of action. (Quadris Top) azoxystrobin + chlorothalonil 11+M 1.6 to 3.2 pt/acre 14 0.5 Make no more than one application before alternating (Quadris Opti) with a fungicide with a different mode of action. azoxystrobin + propiconazole 11+3 14 to 26 fl oz 0 0.5 Make only one application before rotating to a non-group (various) 11 fungicide. azoxystrobin + tebuconazole 11+3 8.6 to 12.9 fl oz 7 0.5 Use higher rate and shorter interval when disease (various) conditions are severe. boscalid 7 6.8 oz/acre 7 0.5 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications or more (Endura) 70WG than 6 applications per season. chlorothalonil (various) M See labels 14 2 Spray at first appearance. Maximum of three sprays. chlorothalonil + cymoxanil M+27 2.0 to 2.4 pt/acre 14 0.5 Apply prior to favorable infection periods; continue on 7 to 9 (Ariston) day interval; alternate with a different mode of action. cyprodinil + fludioxonil 9+12 11 to 14 oz/acre 7 0.5 Do not plant rotational crops other than onions or straw- (Switch) berries for 12 months following the last application. difenoconazole + benzovin- 3+7 10.5 oz/acre 7 0.5 Also for Stemphylium leaf blight. Use preventa- diflupyr tively with a penetrating spreader. (Aprovia Top) difenoconazole + cyprodinil 3+9 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 Make no more than two applications before alternating (Inspire Super) with a fungicide with a different mode of action. fenamidone 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz 7 0.5 Begin applications when conditions favor disease develop- (Reason) ment, and continue on 5 to 10 day interval. Do not apply more than 22 fl oz per growing season. Alternate with fungicide from different resistance management group. fixed copper (various) M See labels 1 1 May also reduce bacterial rots. fluopyram + tebuconazole 7+3 8.0 to 12.8 fl. oz/acre 7 0.5 Observe seasonal application limits for both group 7 and (Luna Experience) group 3 fungicides. fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin 7+11 4 to 11 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Apply at disease onset; continue on 7 to 14 day schedule. (Merivon) No more than 3 applications/season. mefenoxam + chlorothalonil 4+M 2.5 lb/acre 14 2 (Ridomil Gold/Bravo) penthiopyrad 7 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Begin sprays prior to disease development and continue on (Fontelis) a 7-14 day schedule.

DISEASE CONTROL propiconazole (various) 3 4 to 8 fl oz 0 0.5 Alternate with a different mode of action. pyraclostrobin 11 8 to 12 oz/acre 7 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications and no more (Cabrio) than 6 applications per season. pyraclostrobin + boscalid 11+7 10.5 to 18.5 oz/acre 7 1 Make a maximum of 6 applications per season. (Pristine) pyrimethanil 9 9 or 18 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Use lower rate in a tank mix with broad-spectrum fungicide (Scala) and higher rate when applied alone. Do not apply more than 54 fl oz per crop. Stemphylium leaf blight azoxystrobin + difenoconazole 11+3 12 to 14 oz/acre 7 0.5 Make no more than one application before alternating with a (Stemphylium (Quadris Top) fungicide with a different mode of action. ) vesicarium azoxystrobin + propiconazole 11+3 14 to 26 fl oz 0 0.5 Make only one application before rotating to a non-group 11 (various) fungicide. fluopyram + pyrimethanil 7 + 9 16 to 27 oz/acre 7 0.5 See label (Luna Tranquility) difenoconazole + cyprodinil 3+9 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 Make no more than two applications before alternating with (Inspire Super) a fungicide with a different mode of action. fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin 7+11 4 to 11 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Apply at disease onset; continue on 7 to 14 day schedule. (Merivon) No more than 3 applications/season. pyraclostrobin + boscalid 11+7 10.5 to 18.5 oz/acre 7 1 Make no more than 6 applications per season. (Pristine)

238 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - 239 . Make a maximum of 6 applications Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Make no more than two sequential applications before alter Make no more than two sequential applications before nating with fungicides with a different mode of action. Apply mode of action. nating with fungicides with a different no more than 2.88 qt per crop per acre per season. Begin sprays prior to disease development and continue on Begin sprays prior to disease development and continue a 7 to 14 day schedule. Do not plant rotational crops other than onions or strawber ries for 12 months following the last application. Use lower rate in a tank mix with broad-spectrum fungicide and higher rate when applied alone. Do not apply more than 54 fl oz per crop. Make no more than two applications before alternating with mode of action. a fungicide with a different Spray at first appearance, 7 to 10 day intervals. Do not apply to exposed bulbs. Make no more than 2 sequential applications and no more than 6 applications per season. use. Apply Orondis Ultra as a foliar spray in a mixture with use. of copper-based fungicide beginning at first appearance symptoms. For suppression only per season. Make no more than one application before alternating with a Make no more than one application before alternating mode of action. fungicide with a different Use lower rate in a tank mix with broad-spectrum fungicide and higher rate when applied alone. Do not apply more than 54 fl oz per crop. See label for row rates. Also for green onion. row rates. See label for or soil surface spray. Preplant incorporated In furrow treatment. for Iris yellow spot virus and Also labeled Suppression only. bacterial leaf blight. Begin applications prior to disease development and contin Begin applications prior to ue on a 5 to 7 day spray interval. Apply prior to favorable infection periods; continue on 7 to 9 Apply prior to favorable infection mode of action. a different day interval; alternate with Use a surfactant for best results. to 7 day schedule and do not Apply preventively on a 5 fungicides. rotate with group 11 conditions become favorable. Use as soon as environmental Initiate sprays when conditions are favorable for disease or Initiate sprays when conditions are favorable for disease at disease onset. Spray on a 7 to 10 day schedule. Suppression only. Apply at disease onset; continue on 7 to Suppression only. 14 day schedule. No more than 3 applications/season Apply prior to disease development and continue throughout Apply prior to disease development and continue throughout per season at 7 to10 day intervals; maximum 24 fl oz season. begin Use higher rate if disease is present. For best results, at the disease resistance program with an initial treatment for its planting or trans- planting with a fungicide registered Use with a suitable adjuvant. 2 2 0 1 1 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4hr 4 hr 12 hr 12 hr Reentry 7 7 0 3 7 7 7 7 0 7 7 7 7 7 3 7 7 — — — 14 14 14 Harv. Minimum Days cont’d)

12 oz/acre See labels 2.5 lb/acre 1.0 pt/acre 8 fl oz/acre 8.0 oz/acre 18.5 oz/acre 5.5 fl oz/acre Formulation 14.0 fl oz/acre 11 to 14 oz/acre 11 2 to 4 pt/trt acre 8 to 11 fl oz/acre 8 to 11 1.5 to 2.7 lb/acre 9 or 18 fl oz/acre 1.6 to 3.2 pt/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 0.75 to 1 oz/acre 1.6 to 2.4 pt/acre 0.34 fl oz /1000 ft 0.5 to 1 pt/trt acre 0.5 to 1 pt/trt 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 2.75 to 3.0 oz/acre 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 6.2 to 15.4 fl oz/acre 9 7 4 4 M 11 11 11 49 14 21 21 29 40 3+9 +40 4+M 11+7 7+11 9+12 11+M M+27 Code 11 + 4 11 11+27 45+40 FRAC

azoxystrobin + chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti) cyprodinil + fludioxonil (Switch) dicloran (Botran) difenoconazole + cyprodinil (Inspire Super) fixed copper (various) pyraclostrobin (Cabrio) pyrimethanil (Scala) azoxystrobin (various) pyraclostrobin + boscalid (Pristine) penthiopyrad (Fontelis) mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold) metalaxyl (various) azoxystrobin + mefenoxam (Uniform) Material acibenzolar-S-methyl (Actigard) ametoctradin + dimethomorph ametoctradin + dimethomorph (Zampro) chlorothalonil + cymoxanil chlorothalonil + cymoxanil (Ariston) cyazofamid (Ranman) famoxadone + cymoxanil (Tanos) fenamidone (Reason) fluazinam (various) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Merivon) mandipropamid (Revus 2.08 F) mefenoxam + chlorothalonil (Ridomil Gold/Bravo) oxithiapripolin + mandipropamid (Orondis Ultra) )

Damping off Damping off (Pythium spp.) (Peronospora destructor Downy mildew Disease Leaf blight (Botrytis spp.) ONION (dry) E. Pfeufer, Plant Pathologist, University of Kentucky; B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia University Pathologist, B. Dutta, Plant Kentucky; University of Plant Pathologist, E. Pfeufer, TABLE 3-22. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR ONION ( FOR ONION PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-22. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-22. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR ONION (cont’d) E. Pfeufer, Plant Pathologist, University of Kentucky; B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia

FRAC Rate of Material Minimum Days Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks ONION (dry) (cont’d) Neck rot (Botrytis spp.), azoxystrobin + chlorothalonil 11+M 1.6 to 3.2 pt/acre 14 0.5 Make no more than one application before alternating with a purple blotch (Quadris Opti) fungicide with a different mode of action. (Alternaria porri), azoxystrobin + mancozeb 11+M 3.2 lb/acre 7 0.5 Follow protective 7-day schedule. Observe season limit for downy mildew (various) azoxystrobin applications. (Peronospora destructor) azoxystrobin + propiconazole 11+3 14 to 26 oz /acre 14 0.5 (various) azoxystrobin + tebuconazole 11+3 See labels 7 0.5 See labels for specific rates and application instructions. (various) boscalid 7 6.8 oz/acre 7 0.5 Not for downy mildew. Do not make more than 2 sequential (Endura) applications or more than 6 applications per season. chlorothalonil (various) M 0.9 to 1 lb/acre 7 0.5 Will only suppress neck rot and downy mildew. chlorothalonil + tebuconazole M + 3 1.1 to 1.6 pt/acre 7 to 0.5 Rust and purple blotch only. (Muscle ADV) 14 chlorothalonil + zoxamide M+22 30 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Follow protective spray schedule when diseases are in the (Zing) area. cyprodinil 12 10 oz/acre 7 0.5 Suppressive only on neck rot. (Vanguard) difenoconazole + benzovin- 3+7 10.5 oz/acre 7 0.5 Purple blotch and Stemphylium leaf blight. Use with a diflupyr preventatively tank-mixed with a penetrating spreader. Clad- (Aprovia Top) osporium, powdery mildew, purple blotch, rust, and Stem- phylium. Spreading/penetrating type adjuvant recommended. difenoconazole + cyprodinil 3+9 16 to 20 oz/acre 7 0.5 Make no more than two applications before alternating with (Inspire Super) a fungicide with a different mode of action. fixed copper (various) M See labels 1 1 May reduce bacterial rots. fluazinam 29 1.0 pt/acre 7 1 Initiate sprays when conditions are favorable for disease or (Omega 500) at disease onset. Spray on a 7 to 10 day schedule. fluopyram + tebuconazole 7 + 3 8 to 12.8 oz/acre 7 0.5 Not for downy mildew. Suppresses Sclerotium spp. (Luna Experience) fluopyram + pyrimethanil 7 + 9 16 to 27 oz/acre 7 0.5 Not for downy mildew. Suppresses Sclerotium spp. (Luna Tranquility) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin 7+11 4 to 11 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Use higher rates for downy mildew suppression. Apply at (Merivon) disease onset; continue on 7 to 14 day schedule. No more than 3 applications/season. iprodione (various) 2 1.5 lb/acre 7 0.5 Not for downy mildew. Apply when conditions are favorable; 14-day intervals. mancozeb (various) M 2 to 3 lb/acre 7 1 Do not exceed 30 lb per acre per crop. mancozeb + azoxystrobin M3+11 3.2 lb/acre 7 1 Do not apply to exposed bulbs. (Dexter Max) mefenoxam + chlorothalonil 4+M 2.5 pt/acre 7 2 (Ridomil Gold/Bravo) oxathiapiprolin + chlorothalonil 49 + M 1.75 to 2 pt/acre 14 0.5 Observe chlorothalonil season limits.

DISEASE CONTROL (Orondis Opti) penthiopyrad 7 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 3 12 hr Begin sprays prior to disease development and continue on (Fontelis) a 7 to 14 day schedule. propiconazole 3 4 to 8 oz/acre 14 0.5 Not for downy mildew. Alternate with a different mode of action. pyraclostrobin + boscalid 11+7 14.5 to 18.5 oz/acre 7 1 Make no more than 6 applications per season. (Pristine) tebuconazole (various) 3 4 to 6 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Not for downy mildew or Botrytis. Suppresses Sclerotium spp. tebuconazole + chlorothalonil 3 + M 1.1 to 1.6 pt/acre 7 to 0.5 Not for downy mildew or Botrytis. (Muscle) 14 tebuconazole + potassium 3 + 33 2 to 3 pts/acre 7 0.5 phosphate (Viathon) zoxamide + mancozeb 22 + M 1.5 to 2 lb/acre 7 0.5 Use preventatively. (Zing!)

240 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL 241 Apply as a broadcast or banded spray over seeds or banded spray over Apply as a broadcast Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, In furrow treatment only. GA only. GA or seedlings. Begin sprays prior to disease development and continue on Begin sprays prior to disease development and continue a 7 to 14 day schedule. Spray into open furrow at time of seeding or planting in a Spray into open furrow at time of seeding or planting row. Begin sprays prior to disease onset and spray on a 7 to 14 Begin sprays prior to disease fungicides. with Group 11 day schedule. Do not rotate Make no more than two applications before alternating with Make no more than two applications mode of action. a fungicide with a different Apply at disease onset; continue on 7 to 14 day schedule. Apply at disease onset; continue No more than 3 applications/season. Start 7-day foliar sprays at first appearance of favorable Start 7-day foliar sprays at conditions. Make no more than 6 applications per season. Make no more than 6 applications Initiate sprays when conditions are favorable for disease or Initiate sprays when conditions a 7 to 10 day schedule. at disease onset. Spray on Begin sprays prior to disease development and continue on Begin sprays prior to disease a 7 to 14 day schedule. Make no more than one application before alternating with a Make no more than one application before alternating mode of action. fungicide with a different Apply 5-in. band over seed row and incorporate in top 1.5 to Apply 5-in. band over seed row and incorporate in top 3 in. of soil, 1 to 2 weeks before seeding. 0 1 2 — 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Reentry 3 3 7 7 7 7 7 7 3 7 — 14 14 Harv. Minimum Days cont’d)

7 oz/acre See label 24 oz/acre 1.5 lb/acre 5.3 lb/acre 1.0 pt/acre 14 fl oz/acre Formulation 4 to 11 fl oz/acre 4 to 11 1.6 to 3.2 pt/acre 3 lb/29,000 ft row 3 lb/29,000 ft Rate of Material Rate of Material 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 50 to 100 gal/acre 10.5 to 18.5oz/acre 7 7 1 2 7 M 29 14 12 3+9 11+3 7+11 11+7 11+M Code FRAC penthiopyrad penthiopyrad (Fontelis) Material penthiopyrad (Fontelis) mancozeb (various) thiophanate-methyl (various) azoxystrobin + difenoconazole (Quadris Top) difenoconazole + cyprodinil difenoconazole + cyprodinil (Inspire Super) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Merivon) iprodione (various) pyraclostrobin + boscalid (Pristine) fluazinam (various) penthiopyrad (Fontelis) azoxystrobin + chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti) dicloran (Botran) fludioxonil (various) )

) Peronospora (cont’d) Pink root (Phoma spp.) Smut (Urocystis spp.) Stemphylium leaf blight (Stemphylium vesicarium White rot (Sclerotium cepivorum Disease (Alternaria porri), (Alternaria porri), downy mildew destructor) spp.), Neck rot (Botrytis purple blotch ONION (dry) (cont’d) ONION (dry) ( E. Pfeufer, Plant Pathologist, University of Kentucky; B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia University Pathologist, B. Dutta, Plant Kentucky; University of Plant Pathologist, E. Pfeufer, TABLE 3-22. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR ONION ( FOR ONION PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-22. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-23. EFFICACY OF PRODUCTS FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN ONION E. Pfeufer, Plant Pathologist, University of Kentucky; B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; ND, no data.

) ) F

)

1 1 Preharvest interval (Days) Fungicide group Active Ingredient Product Bacterial Streak ( Pseudomonas viridiflava ) Black Mold (Aspergillus niger Botrytis Leaf Blight ( B. squamosa ) Botrytis Neck Rot ( B. allii Damping off ( Pythium spp.) Downy Mildew destructor) ( P. Fusarium Basal Rot oxysporum ) ( F. Onion Smut ( Urocystis colchici) Center Rot ( Pantoea ananatis ) Pink Root ( Phoma terrestris Purple Blotch ( Alternaria porri ) Stemphylium Leaf Blight and Stalk Rot White Rot ( Sclerotium cepivorum ) ametoctradin + dimethomorph Zampro 40 + 45 0 NC NC NC NC NC F NC NC NC NC NC NC NC azoxystrobin various 11 7 NC G P NC NC ND NC ND NC NC G P ND azoxystrobin + difenoconazole Quadris Top 11 + 3 1 NC NC P NC NC ND NC NC NC NC G F NC boscalid Endura 7 7 ND ND F ND ND ND ND ND ND G ND P ND chlorothalonil various M 14 NC NC F NC NC P NC NC NC NC F F NC chlorothalonil + zoxamide Zing! M + 22 7 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND chlorothalonil + cymoxanil Ariston M + 27 7 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND cyprodinil + fludioxonil Switch 9 + 12 7 NC NC F ND NC NC NC NC NC NC F F NC cyprodinil + difenoconazole Inspire Super 9 + 3 7 ND ND G ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND G ND dichloropropene + chloropicrin, Telone C-1 — — NC NC NC NC P NC F NC NC F NC NC F fumigant difenoconazole + benzovindiflupyr Aprovia Top 3 + 7 7 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND F ND dimethomorph Forum 40 0 NC NC NC NC NC P NC NC NC NC NC NC NC fenamidone Reason 11 7 NC NC P NC NC F-P NC NC NC NC P P NC famoxadone + cymoxanil Tanos 11 + 27 3 NC NC P NC NC P NC NC NC NC F P NC fixed copper various M 1 F NC F NC NC F NC NC F NC F NC NC fluazinam Omega 50 29 2 NC NC G NC NC G NC NC NC NC E G NC fluopyram + pyrimethanil Luna Tranquility 7 + 9 7 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND G ND fluopyram + tebuconazole Luna Experience 7 + 3 7 ND ND F ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND F ND fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin Merivon 7 + 11 7 ND ND G ND ND ND ND ND ND ND G F ND iprodione various 2 7 NC NC F P NC NC NC NC NC NC G F-P F mancozeb various M 7 NC NC F NC NC F NC E NC NC F F-P NC mancozeb + copper ManKocide M + M 7 F NC F NC NC F NC F F NC F F-P NC mandipropamid Revus 40 7 NC NC NC ND F F NC NC NC NC NC NC NC mefenoxam Ridomil Gold EC 4 7 NC NC NC NC F ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC mefenoxam + chlorothalonil Ridomil Gold Bravo 4 + M 14 NC NC P NC P F NC NC NC NC F P NC mefenoxam + copper Ridomil Gold/ Copper 4 + M 7 F NC NC NC P F NC NC F NC NC NC NC mefenoxam + mancozeb Ridomil Gold MZ 4 + M 7 NC NC P NC P F NC F NC NC F P NC DISEASE CONTROL metam sodium, fumigant Vapam — — NC NC NC NC F NC F NC NC E NC NC F penthiopyrad Fontelis 7 ND ND F-G ND ND ND ND ND ND ND G ND ND potassium phosphite + tebuconazole Viathon 33 + 3 7 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND G ND ND pyraclostrobin Cabrio 11 7 NC ND P NC NC P NC ND NC NC G P ND pyraclostrobin + boscalid Pristine 11 + 7 7 NC ND F F NC P NC ND NC NC E F ND pyrimethanil Scala 9 7 NC ND F NC NC NC NC ND NC NC F F NC tebuconazole various 3 7 ND ND F ND ND ND ND ND ND ND G ND ND oxithiapripolin+mandipropamid Orondis Ultra 49+40 7 NC NC NC ND ND G-F ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 1 Efficacy ratings do not necessarily indicate a labeled use for every disease. F To prevent resistance in pathogens, alternate fungicides within a group with fungicides in another group. Fungicides in the “M” group are generally considered “low risk” with no signs of resistance developing to the majority of fungicides. R Resistance reported in the pathogen.

242 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL ------243 Do Do not Do not use in greenhouses. Do not Limit of 7 applications per season. Do not treat plants during plants treat not Do season. per applications 7 of Limit dormancy or when plants are under stress due to heat or inadequate moisture. Make no more than 4 applications per crop per year. per crop per year. Make no more than 4 applications alter Make no more than two sequential applications before labeled for Not Limit of 2 applications per crop per year. Cercospora leaf spot. use on cilantro. Limit of 24.6 fl oz/acre per year. Alternate each application Alternate fl oz/acre per year. Limit of 24.6 fungicide. Group 11 with a non-FRAC application at incorporated or surface Apply preplant planting. or injected with preplant incorporated, Banded over the row, liquid fertilizer. in 5 gal of water per acre prior Apply as an in furrow spray 1 application per season. to covering seed. Make only not use on cilantro. applications before alter Make no more than two sequential mode of action. have a different nating with fungicides that per crop per acre per season. Apply no more than 1.88 lb in greenhouses. use on cilantro. Do not use applications before alter Make no more than 2 sequential mode of action. have a different nating with fungicides that Do not use in greenhouses Limit of 18 oz/acre per year. mode of action nating with fungicides that have a different Apply no more than 56 oz per crop per for two applications. acre per season. Alternate each application Limit of 24.6 fl oz/acre per year. fungicide. Not labeled to control with a non-FRAC Group 11 Use higher rate on parsley. Septoria or powdery mildew. Spray at first disease appearance, 7 to 10 day intervals. Make no more than 4 applications (28 fl oz) per crop per Make no more than 4 applications (28 fl oz) per crop Do not use in greenhouses. Do not use on cilantro. year. Make no more than 2 sequential applications of Miravis Prime or other Group 7 and 12 fungicides before rotating to mode of action. fungicide with a different another effective Maximum 3 applications at high rate and 4 applications at Do not use in greenhouses. Do not the low rate per year. use on cilantro. Make no more than two sequential applications before alter Make no more than two sequential applications before mode of action. nating with fungicides that have a different Maximum of 3 applications per crop. Maxi Do not make more than two sequential applications. mum of 72 fl oz/acre per year. intervals. Begin at first sign of disease and repeat at 14-day Make no more than two consecutive applications before mode of action. rotating to another fungicide with a different Make no more than 2 sequential applications of Miravis to Prime or other Group 7 and 12 fungicides before rotating mode of action. fungicide with a different another effective at Maximum 2 applications at high rate and 3 applications Do not use in greenhouses. Do not the low rate per year. use on cilantro. Make no more than two sequential applications before alter mode of action. nating with fungicides that have a different Apply no more than 64 oz per crop per acre per season. Limit of 7.6 fl oz or 2 applications per acre per season. Not labeled for Cercospora or Septoria. Not labeled for Limit of 2 applications per crop per year. Cercospora or Septoria. Limit of 15.3 fl oz (2 to 3 applications) at low and high rate, Use higher rate for gray respectively) per acre per year. mold. Do not use on cilantro. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, 2 0 0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr Reentry - 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 7 3 3 7 0 0 0 7 -- 14 14 14 14 20 cast) Harv. Minimum Days (broad (banded)

See label 5 to 7 fl oz See labels 8.2 fl oz/acre 14 to 24 fl oz Formulation 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 4.5 to 9 oz/acre 11 to 14 oz/acre 11 12 to 16 oz/acre 4 to 11 fl oz/acre 4 to 11 5.5-8.2 fl oz/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 3.0 to 3.8 fl oz/acre 5.0 to 7.6 fl oz/acre 1 to 2 pt/treated acre pt/treated 2 to 1 acre pt/treated 4 to 2 2.5 to 5.0 pints/acre 9.2 to 13.4 fl oz/acre 9.2 to 13.4 fl oz/acre 9.2 to 13.4 fl oz/acre 2 to 8 pt/treated acre 0.34 fl oz/1,000 row ft (high rate for gray mold) 4 4 7 3 7 3 3 11 11 11 11 11 M1 P07 Code 11 + 3 11 11 + 4 11 7 + 11 7 + 11 12 + 7 9 + 12 7 + 12 7 + 12 FRAC

flutriafol fenamidone (Reason 500SC) pydiflumetofen (Miravis Prime 2.09 SC) mefenoxam 4 SL) (Ridomil Gold (Ultra Flourish 2 EC) metalaxyl (MetaStar 2 E) azoxystrobin + flutriafol EQ 4.3 SC) (Topguard boscalid (Endura 70 WG) cyprodinil + fludioxonil (Switch 62.5WG) fenamidone (Reason 500SC) fixed copper (generic) fludioxonil + azoxystrobin + mefenoxam (Uniform 3.72 SC) azoxystrobin (various) potassium phosphite (various) penthiopyrad (Fontelis 1.67 F) propiconazole (various) pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil (Miravis Prime 2.09 SC) pyraclostrobin (Cabrio 20 EG, Pyrac 2 EC) trifloxystrobin (Flint Extra 42.6 SC) triflumizole (Procure 480SC) pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil (Miravis Prime 2.09 SC) (Rhyme 2.08SC) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Merivon 500 SC) fluopyram + trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation 500 SC) Material ) spp.) Pythium spp., Disease rot and root Damping off (Pythium, Phytophthora) Note: Some fungicides are registered on parsley but not on cilantro; check Remarks section before applying any product to cilantro. product to applying any before section check Remarks not on cilantro; parsley but on are registered Some fungicides Note: A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Plant Pathologist, A. Keinath, TABLE 3-24. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR PARSLEY AND CILANTRO (cont’d) AND CILANTRO FOR PARSLEY PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-24. TABLE Rhizoctonia solani Seedling blight, damping rot ( root off, Alternaria leaf spot Cercospora leaf spot (Early blight) Powdery Septoria leaf spot mildew, (late blight) Root rot (Phytophthora Gray mold, Powdery mildew 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-24. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR PARSLEY AND CILANTRO (cont’d) A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Note: Some fungicides are registered on parsley but not on cilantro; check Remarks section before applying any product to cilantro. FRAC Rate of Material Minimum Days Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Web blight and root rot azoxystrobin 11 0.125 to 0.25 oz/ 0 4 hr Apply as banded spray to the lower stems and soil surface. (Rhizoctonia) (Quadris 2.08F) 1000 row ft soil Make no more than two sequential applications. Soil appli- application cations are included in this maximum. or 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/acre foliar fluopyram + trifloxystrobin 7 + 11 7.6 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Limit of 15.3 fl oz (2 applications) at low and high rate, (Luna Sensation 500 SC) respectively) per acre per year. Do not use on cilantro. White mold (Sclerotinia) boscalid 7 4.5 to 9 oz/acre 14 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alter- (Endura 70 WG) nating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. Limit of 18 oz/acre per year. Do not use on cilantro. Do not use in greenhouses cyprodinil + fludioxonil 9 + 12 11 to 14 oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than two sequential applications before alter- (Switch62.5 WG) nating with fungicides that have a different mode of action for two applications. Apply no more than 56 oz per crop per acre per season. First application at thinning and second application 2 weeks later. fludioxonil (various) 12 7 oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than 4 applications per crop per year. Appling excessive water after application may decrease efficacy.Do not use on cilantro. fludioxonil + pydiflu- 12 + 7 13.4 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications of Miravis metofen Prime or other Group 7 and 12 fungicides before rotating to (Miravis Prime 2.09 SC) another effective fungicide with a different mode of action Limit of 2 applications per crop per year. Do not use in greenhouses. Do not use on cilantro. penthiopyrad 7 16 to 30 fl oz 3 0.5 Do not make more than two sequential applications. Maxi- (Fontelis1.67 F) mum of 72 fl oz/acre per year. Coniothyrium minitans NA 1 to 4 lb/acre 0 4 hr OMRI listed product. Apply to soil surface and incorporate (Contans WG) no deeper than 2 inches. Works best when applied prior to planting or transplanting. Do not apply other fungicides for 3 weeks after applying Contans.

TABLE 3-25. IMPORTANCE OF ALTERNATIVE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN PARSLEY AND CILANTRO A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; ND, no data.

Strategy Alternaria leaf spot Cercospora leaf spot Powdery mildew Pythium damping off and root rot Rhizoctonia damping off and root rot Root knot nematode Sclerotinia white mold Septoria blight Avoid field operations when leaves are wet G G NC NC NC NC P G DISEASE CONTROL Avoid overhead irrigation G G NC NC NC NC G G Biofungicide ND ND F ND ND ND F ND Change planting date NC NC NC NC E (early) E (early) G (late) NC Suppressive cover crops NC NC NC NC NC F NC NC Crop rotation with non-host E E NC P P P F E Deep plowing G G P NC F P F G Destroy crop residue G G P NC F P P G Encourage air movement G G P P NC NC E G Flooding (where feasible) NC NC NC NC F G G NC Increase soil organic matter NC NC F P P F NC NC Hot water seed treatment ND ND NC NC NC NC NC E Plant in well-drained soil P P NC E G NC F P Plant on raised beds NC NC NC E G NC F NC Plastic mulch bed covers NC NC F F F NC P NC Postharvest temperature control NC NC NC NC NC NC E NC Reduce mechanical injury NC NC NC NC P NC G NC Soil solarization F F NC P F F P F Pathogen-free seed E E P NC NC NC P E Resistant/tolerant cultivars NC NC NC NC P NC NC F Weed control P P F NC NC F F P

244 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - 245 Apply to soil surface and OMRI listed product. best when incorporate no deeper than 2 inches. Works applied prior to planting or transplanting. Do not apply other fungicides for 3 weeks after applying Contans. Do not make more than two sequential applications. Do not make more than two sequential applications. Maximum of 16 fl oz/acre per crop. Maximum of 2 applications per crop. Do not make more than two sequential applications. Maximum of 72 fl oz/acre per year. Do not make more than two sequential applications. Do not make more than two per crop. Maximum of 16 fl oz/acre Maximum of 2 applications per crop. Maximum of 2 applications sequential applications. Do not make more than two per crop. Maximum of 72 fl oz/acre Do not make more than two sequential applications. Maximum of 16 fl oz/acre per crop. Seed treatment. ed on a 7- to 14-day interval. Begin applications preventively and continue as need Begin applications preventively Do not make more than two sequential applications. Do not make more than two Do not make more than two sequential applications. Do not make more than two sequential applications. Maximum of 72 fl oz/acre per year. Begin applications preventively and continue as need Begin applications preventively ed on a 7- to 14-day interval. Do not make more than two sequential applications. Do not make more than two sequential applications. Maximum of 16 fl oz/acre per crop. Seedling Blight and Seed treatment for seed Decay, caused by Rhizoctonia solani Damping-off Do not make more than two sequential applications. Do not make more than two per crop. Maximum of 16 fl oz/acre Do not make more than two sequential applications. Do not make more than two sequential applications. Maximum of 16 fl oz/acre per crop. Do Spray at first appearance, 10 to 14 day intervals. not use sulfur on wet plants or on hot days (in excess of 90°F). Incorporate in soil. See label for row rates. Do not make more than two sequential applications. more than two sequential Do not make applications. more than two sequential Do not make 72 fl oz/acre per crop. Maximum of tions. Use no more than 1.5 lb a.i. per acre per season. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before mode of ac alternating with a fungicide with a different Maximum of 2 applications per crop. See label Do not make more than two sequential applications. Maximum of 72 fl oz/acre per year. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Maximum of 2 applications per season. Use no more Maximum of 3 applications per year. than17.1 fl oz per acre per year. - 2 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr 12 hr 12 hr 12 hr 12 hr 1 to 2 Reentry - - - 7 0 7 0 7 7 7 0 7 7 0 0 0 7 7 7 0 0 7 0 7 0 0 0 7 (dry) (dry) — lent) lent) Minimum Days Minimum Harv. (succu (succu 14 21

See label See labels 100 lbs seed 100 lbs seed 14 to 30 fl oz 14 to 30 fl oz 14 to 30 fl oz 6.2 fl oz/acre 14 to 30 fl oz 14 to 30 fl oz 1 to 4 lb/acre Formulation 5.7 fl oz /acre 2 to 5 oz/acre 8 to 11 oz/acre 8 to 11 8 to 11 oz/acre 8 to 11 8 to 11 oz/acre 8 to 11 8 to 11 oz/acre 8 to 11 Rate of Material Rate of Material 0.14 to 0.28 fl oz/ 0.08 to 0.16 fl oz/ 0.5 to 1 pt/trt acre 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 2.0 to 4.75 fl oz/acre 6.2 to 15.4 fl oz/acre 2.0 to 4.75 fl oz/acre 6.2 to 15.4 fl oz/acre 6.2 to 15.4 fl 7 7 7 7 1 7 7 7 4 7 7 7 3 M M — 11 11 11 11 11 11 11+7 11+7 11+7 11+7 11+7 11+7 Code FRAC

boscalid (Endura) 70 WG Coniothyrium minitans (Contans WG) penthiopyrad (Fontelis) 1.67 F pyraclostrobin + fluxapyroxad (Priaxor) 500 SC boscalid (Endura) 70 WG penthiopyrad (Fontelis) 1.67 F pyraclostrobin + fluxapyroxad (Priaxor) 500 SC thiophanate-methyl (various) azoxystrobin (various) boscalid (Endura) 70 WG fluoxystrobin (Evito 480 SC) penthiopyrad (Fontelis) 1.67 F pyraclostrobin + fluxapyroxad (Priaxor) 500 SC azoxystrobin (Quadris) 2.08 F sedaxane (Vibrance) azoxystrobin (Quadris) 2.08 F fluoxystrobin (Evito 480 SC) mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold) 4 EC pyraclostrobin + fluxapyroxad (Priaxor) 500 SC sulfur (various) penthiopyrad penthiopyrad F (Fontelis) 1.67 pyraclostrobin + fluxapyroxad (Priaxor) 500 SC boscalid (Endura 70 WG) fixed copper (various) penthiopyrad (Fontelis) 1.67 F pyraclostrobin + fluxapyroxad (Priaxor) 500 SC azoxystrobin F (Quadris) 2.08 Material prothioconazole (various) Powdery mildew White mold (Sclerotinia) Gray mold (Botrytis), White mold (Sclerotinia) seed decay (Phomopsis, Fusarium); seedling blight (Fusarum, Rhizoctonia) PEA (Southern) PEA Anthracnose, Rust Ascochyta leaf spot and blight Rhizoctonia seed decay and seedling bight Rust (Uromyces) Pythium damping off Rhizoctonia root rot Ascochyta blight, Gray mold, White mold Anthracnose PEA (English, Garden) PEA Disease E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, Auburn University Auburn Plant Pathologist, E. Sikora, TABLE 3-26. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR PEA (cont’d) FOR PEA PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-26. TABLE Ascochyta blight, Rust, White mold 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-26. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR PEA (cont’d) E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, Auburn University FRAC Rate of Material Minimum Days Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks PEA (Southern) (cont’d) Ascochyta blight, White metconazole (Quash) 3 4 oz/acre 21 0.5 For dried shelled pea and beans only. Do not make mold (dry) more than 2 applications per yea, but applications may be sequential. Do not apply to cowpea and field pea used for livestock feed. For suppression of white mold only. Downy mildew, Bacterial fixed copper (various) M See label See See See label blights label label Downy mildew, chlorothalonil (various) M 1.4 to 2 pt/acre 14 2 Spray early bloom; repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals; for Cercospora, dry beans only. Anthracnose, Rust Alternaria, Anthracnose, difenoconazole + benzovin- 3+7 10.5 to 11 fl oz 14 0.5 Begin prior to disease development and continue on Ascochyta, powdery mil- diflupyr 14-day schedule. dew, rust, Cercospora (Aprovia Top) Alternaria, Ascochyta, Pydiflumetofen + difeno- 3 + 7 13.7 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 For dried shelled peas only. Begin applications prior Cercospora, powdery conazole to disease development. Continue applications on a mildew, Mycosphaerella, (Miravis Top) 14-day interval. Do not make more than 4 applications rust per season. DO NOT feed or harvest cowpeas for forage and hay. Alternaria, Anthracnose, azoxystrobin + propiconazole 3+11 10.5 to 14 oz/acre 7 0.5 Apply when conditions are conducive for disease. Up to Ascochyta, rust, south- (various) (succu- three applications may be made on 7-14 day intervals ern blight, web blight lent) 14 (dry) Alternaria, Anthracnose, picoxystrobin 11 6 to 12 fl oz 14 0.5 Do not apply more than three sequential applications. Ascochyta, downy (Approach) For white mold, use higher rates. mildew, powdery mil- fluoxystrobin 11 2.0 to 4.75 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 Begin applications preventively and continue as need- dew, rust, Cercospora, (Evito 480 SC) ed on a 7- to 14-day interval. white mold penthiopyrad 7 14 to 30 fl oz 0 0.5 Do not make more than two sequential applications. (Fontelis) 1.67 F Maximum of 72 fl oz/acre per year. Downy mildew, Cerco- pyraclostrobin (various) 7 6 to 9 fl oz 21 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications before spora, Anthracnose, alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of Rust, Powdery mildew action. Use no more than 18 fl oz per acre per season. sulfur (various) M See label 0 1 Spray at first appearance; 7 to 10 day interval. Pythium damping off mefenoxam (various) 4 0.5 to 1 pt/treated acre — 0.5 Broadcast or banded over the row as a soil spray at planting or preplant incorporation into the top 2 inches of soil. metalaxyl (various) 4 2 to 4 pt/treated acre — 2 Broadcast or banded over the row as a soil spray at planting or preplant incorporation into the top 2 inches of soil. Rhizoctonia root rot azoxystrobin (various) 11 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz/ — 4 hr Make in-furrow or banded application shortly after plant 1,000 row feet emergence. penflufen 7 0.05 to 0.1 fl oz of the prod- — 0.5 Apply using commercial slurry or mist-type seed treat- (Evergol Prime) uct per 100,000 seeds. ment equipment. Rhizoctonia and Fusar- fluxapyroxad (various) 7 0.24 to 0.47 fl oz/ — — Seed treatment ium seed and seedling 100 lbs seed DISEASE CONTROL decay sedaxane (Vibrance) 7 0.08 0 0.16 fl oz/ - - Seed treatment for seed Decay, Seedling Blight and 100 lbs seed Damping-off caused by Rhizoctonia solani Downy mildew mefenoxam + copper 4 + M1 5 lb/2.5 acres 3 2 For black-eyed, southern and cowpea. Begin foliar hydroxide applications at onset of disease and continue on 7-day (Ridomil Gold Copper) interval. Do not exceed 4 applications per season. Rhizoctonia, and penflufen + trifloxystrobin 11 Apply 0.25 to 0.5 fl oz/ — — Apply using commercial slurry or mist-type seed treat- Fusarium seed rot, (various) 100 lbs seed ment equipment. damping-off, Botrytis seedling blight, Phomopsis seed decay White mild (Sclerotinia) Coniothyrium minitans — 1 to 4 lb/acre 0 4 hr OMRI listed product. Apply to soil surface and (Contans WG) incorporate no deeper than 2 inches. Works best when applied prior to planting or transplanting. Do not apply other fungicides for 3 weeks after applying Contans. Cottony leak fenamidone 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Begin applications as soon as crop and/or environ- (Pythium spp.) (Reason 500 C) mental conditions become favorable for disease development. DO NOT use on COWPEA. Cottony leak, downy cyazofamid 21 2.75 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Application instructions vary by disease; please follow mildew, Phytophthora (Ranman) label directions. DO NOT apply to cowpeas used for capsici livestock feed. Sclerotinia white mold fluazinam 29 0.5 to 0.85 pt/acre 30 0.5 DO NOT use more than 1.75 pints of per acre. PHI and Botrytis gray mold (Omega 500F) varies by crop; see label restrictions.

246 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - - 247 one NOTE: one sequential . Limit of 24 fl oz per acre per season. Begin applications within one week . 1 sippi, do not exceed 20.5 lbs of product/acre/season. sippi, do not exceed 20.5 lbs of product/acre/season. of Mississippi, use 1.7 to 2.25 lbs of product/ States West acre/season and do not exceed 13.7 lbs of product/acre/ season. Do not make more than one application before mixture Tank alternation with a fungicide not in Group 11. with dimethoate may cause crop injury. . Limit of 39 lbs per acre per SUPPRESSION ONLY season. Limit of 24.6 fl oz per growing season. Make no more Limit of 24.6 fl oz per growing season. Make no more than one applications before rotating to another effective mode of action. fungicide with a different See labels. Rates vary depending on the formulation. For states East of the Mississippi and including Missis RIPE ROT ONLY Make no more than two consecutive applications before fungicide with a different rotating to another effective mode of action. . Limit of 16 oz per acre per year. SUPPRESSION ONLY Make no more than one application before alternating mode of action. with fungicides that have a different . Make no more than one appli SUPPRESSION ONLY cation before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. NOTE: Must tank mix with another fungicide with a different mode of action (i.e. maneb or copper). EXCEPT IN THE STATE FOR CHILI PEPPERS ONLY OF GEORGIA Use in 50 to 200 gal per acre depending on plant size. gal per acre depending Use in 50 to 200 appear. when winged aphids first Spray weekly rot. Limit of to manage green fruit Apply at flowering no more than acre per season. Make 61.5 fl oz per with fungicides that have a application before alternating mode of action. different per season. Make no more Limit of 55.3 fl oz per acre before rotating to an than two consecutive applications action. mode of fungicide with a different other effective conditions are favorable Apply preventatively or when Repeat on a 7-14 day interval for disease development. are favorable for disease as necessary if conditions development. on the formulation. See labels. Rates vary depending year. Limit of 18.1 pt per acre per for green Not labeled per year. Limit of 53.6 fl oz per acre Top Aprovia two applications of house use. No more than may be applied on a 7-day interval. Make no more than one application before alternating mode of action. with a fungicide with a different Must tank mix with another fungicide with a different mode of action (i.e. maneb or copper). . Limit of 72 fl oz per acre per year. . Limit of 72 fl oz per acre per year. SUPPRESSION ONLY Make no more than two consecutive applications before fungicide with a different rotating to another effective mode of action. of 96 oz Apply at flowering to manage green fruit rot. Limit per acre per season. Make no more than a application before alternating with fungicides that have mode of action. different tional applications at 5-day intervals. Applying mancozeb tional applications at 5-day intervals. with copper significantly enhances bacterial spot control. Do not spray copper when temperatures are above 90°F. of transplanting or emergence. Make up to six weekly, of transplanting or emergence. Make up to six weekly, consecutive applications. See label. Rates vary depending on the formulation. Make first application 7-10 days after transplanting. Carefully examine field for disease to deter mine need for additional applications. If disease is present, make addi Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, 2 1 1 1 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Dry 4 hr 4 hr 12 hr Reentry 7 7 7 0 3 3 0 0 0 0 7 3 0 3 0 0 0 14 14 Harv. Minimum Days

See label See label See labels See labels See labels 24 fl oz/acre 2 to 3 lb/acre Formulation 3 to 4 oz/acre 8 to 10 oz/acre 8 to 10 oz/acre 8 to 12 oz/acre 2 to 2.44 pt/acre 8 to 14 fl oz/acre 1.7 to 3.4 lb/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 3 qt/100 gal water 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/acre 0.33 oz to 0.75 oz/acre 7 11 11 11 11 21 M3 M5 M1 11+3 11+3 11+3 11+7 Code 11+27 11+27 FRAC M5+27 M3+M1 M3 + 11 -

mancozeb + copper (ManKocide) mancozeb (various) mancozeb + azoxystrobin (Dexter Max) trifloxystrobin (Flint) famoxadone + cymoxanil (Tanos) acibenzolar-S-methyl (Actigard 50-WG) JMS Stylet-Oil (various) azoxystrobin azoxystrobin + difenoconazole (Quadris Top) azoxystrobin + flutriafol EQ) (Topguard chlorothalonil (various) chlorothalonil + cymoxanil (Ariston) difenoconazole + benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top) famoxadone + cymoxanil (Tanos) fenamidone (Reason) penthiopyrad (Fontelis) roxad (Priaxor Xemium) pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG) pyraclostrobin + fluxapy Material fixed copper (various) Bacterial soft rot Bacterial spot (field) Disease viruses: Aphid-transmitted CMV WMV, TEV, PVY, fruit rot Anthracnose R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Agricultural University State Louisiana Plant Pathologist, R. Singh, B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia; L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; State North Carolina Pathologist, Plant Quesada-Ocampo, Georgia; L. of University Plant Pathologist, B. Dutta, TABLE 3-27. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR PEPPER (cont’d) FOR PEPPER PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-27. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-27. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR PEPPER (cont’d) B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia; L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center FRAC Rate of Material Minimum Days Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Bacterial spot (field) famoxadone + cymoxanil 11+27 8 to 10 oz/acre 3 0.5 SUPPRESSION ONLY. Make no more than one appli- (cont’d) (Tanos) cation before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. NOTE: Must tank mix with another fungicide with a different mode of action (i.e. maneb or copper). mancozeb (various) M3 See labels 7 1 See label. Rates vary depending on the formulation. mancozeb + copper M3+M1 2 to 3 lb/acre 7 2 Limit of 39 lbs per acre per season. (ManKocide) methyl salicylate + Bacillus BM02 16 to 64 fl oz/acre See 0.5 Apply preventatively on a 5-10 day schedule. For best thuringiensis label disease control, Leap should be used in tank mix or subsp. kurstaki (Leap) rotation with other registered pathogen control products, especially if disease is already observed in the crop. quinoxyfen 13 6.0 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Use 6 oz of product per acre in no less than 30 gallons (Quintec) of water per acre. NOTE: May only be used to manage bacterial spot in Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, and South Carolina (Section 2(ee)). Bacterial spot fixed copper (various) M1 See labels 0 2 See labels. Rates vary depending on the formulation. (transplants) Begin applications when conditions first favor disease development and repeat at 3-10 day intervals if needed depending on disease severity. Use the higher rates when conditions favor disease. Do not spray copper when temperatures are above 90°F. streptomycin sulfate 25 1 lb/100 gal — 1 MAY ONLY BE APPLIED TO TRANSPLANTS. (Agri-Mycin 17, Firewall, Spray when seedlings are in the 2-leaf stage and contin- Streptrol) ue at 5-day intervals until transplanted into field. NOTE: Some pathogen strains are resistant to streptomycin sulfate. Bacterial spot (seed) sodium hypochlorite — 1 pt + 4 pt water — — Add 1 TSP of surfactant (Tween-20 or 80, Silwet) to (Clorox 5.25%, regular improve coverage on the seed. formulation) Cercospora leaf spot azoxystrobin + 11+3 8 to 14 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 55.3 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more difenoconazole than two consecutive applications before rotating to (Quadris Top 29.6SC) another effective fungicide with a different mode of action. The addition of non-ionic based surfactant or oil concen- trate is recommended. azoxystrobin + flutriafol 11+3 See label 0 0.5 Apply preventatively or when conditions are favorable (Topguard EQ) for disease development. Repeat on a 7-14 day interval as necessary if conditions are favorable for disease development. benzovindiflupyr + difeno- 7+3 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease development and conazole continue throughout the season on a 7-10 day interval. (Aprovia top) For resistance management, do not apply more than two consecutive applications before switching to a non-Group 7 fungicide. fixed copper (various) M01 See labels 0 2 See labels. Rates vary depending on the formulation. Begin applications when conditions first favor disease DISEASE CONTROL development and repeat at 3-10 day intervals if needed depending on disease severity. Use the higher rates when conditions favor disease. Do not spray copper when temperatures are above 90 °F. mancozeb (various) M3 See labels 7 1 See labels. Rates vary depending on the formulation. mancozeb + copper M3+M1 2 to 3 lb/acre 7 2 Limit of 39 lbs per acre per season. (ManKocide) mancozeb + azoxystrobin M03 + 1.7 to 3.4 lb/acre 7 1 For states East of the Mississippi and including Missis- (Dexter Max) 11 sippi, do not exceed 20.5 lbs of product/acre/season. States West of Mississippi, use 1.7 to 2.25 lbs of product/ acre/season and do not exceed 13.7 lbs of product/acre/ season. Do not make more than one application before alternation with a fungicide not in Group 11. On fresh market tomato, do not tank mix with an adjuvant or an EC formulation. Tank mixture with dimethoate may cause crop injury. pyraclostrobin 11 8 to12 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 96 fl oz per acre per season. Do not make more (Cabrio) than one application of product before alternating to a labeled fungicide with different mode of action.

248 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - 249 Make soil NOTE: Must be NOTE: Must tank mix with another fungicide Limit of 12 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more than Limit of 12 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more two times sequentially before alternating with fungicides mode of action. that have a different tank-mixed with another mode of action product. to this fungicide has been insensitivity Recently, observed in southeastern US. . Limit of 32 fl oz per acre per SUPPRESSION ONLY season. . Apply as a soil drench at 1.5 pt Apply . SUPPRESSION ONLY of per acre. For foliar applications, use 1 pt per acre. Limit 9 pt per acre per season. eases: Inject Elumin into the irrigation water at the listed eases: Inject Elumin into the application rate (see label). appli . Make no more than one SUPPRESSION ONLY a fungicide with a different cation before alternating with another mode of action. NOTE: Must tank mix with mode of action (i.e. maneb fungicide with a different or copper). Limit of 24.6 fl oz per growing SUPRESSION ONLY. season. Make no more than one applications before fungicide with a different rotating to another effective mode of action. . See labels. Rates vary depending SUPPRESSION ONLY on the formulation. Begin applications when conditions day first favor disease development and repeat at 3-10 Use intervals if needed depending on disease severity. not the higher rates when conditions favor disease. Do spray copper when temperatures are above 90°F. Make soil spray or foliar fungicide applications beginning Make soil spray or foliar fungicide for disease development when conditions are favorable and continuing throughout the and prior to disease onset, application at planting/ season. For best results, begin irrigation) for soilborne dis transplanting. Injection (drip . Limit of 30 fl oz per acre per sea- . Limit of 30 fl oz per acre SUPPRESSION ONLY sequential before alternating son. Make no more than two of action. mode different with fungicides that have a another fungicide with a NOTE: Must tank mix with different mode of action. Limit of 42 fl oz per acre per Limit of 42 fl ONLY. SUPPRESSION applications no more than two sequential season. Make with a differ fungicide to another effective before rotating ent mode of action. Limit of 19.2 fl oz per acre per season. Do not follow soil Limit of 19.2 fl oz per acre per season. Do not follow of applications of Orondis Gold 200 with foliar applications A. or Orondis Ultra A Orondis Opti Use higher rate if disease is present. For best results, begin the disease resistance program with an initial treatment at planting or trans- planting with a fungicide Apply Orondis Ultra as a foliar spray registered for its use. in a mixture with copper-based fungicide beginning at first appearance of symptoms. EFFECTIVE ON PHYTOPHTHORA. ONLY spray or foliar fungicide applications beginning when con ditions are favorable for disease development and prior to disease onset, and continuing throughout the season. For best results, begin application at planting/transplanting. Injection (drip irrigation) for soilborne diseases: Inject Elumin into the irrigation water at the listed application rate (see label). with a different mode of action (i.e. copper). Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 h 0.5 4hr Reentry 2 1 3 0 2 0 4 0 2 30 14 See label Harv. Minimum Days

See labels 8 fl oz/acre 8 fl oz/acre 6 fl oz/acre 8 fl oz/acre 14 fl oz/acre 8.2 fl oz/acre Formulation 8 to 10 oz/acre 1 to 1.5 pt/acre 3 to 4 fl oz/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 4.8 to 9.6 fl oz/acre 11 40 43 29 22 40 49 22 +40 M01 49+4 Code 11+27 45+40 FRAC - - - mandipropamid (Revus, Micora) fluopicolide (Presidio) famoxadone + cymoxanil (Tanos) fenamidone (Reason 500SC) fixed copper (various) fluazinam Lektivar (Omega 500F, 40SC) ethaboxam (Elumin) dimethomorph (Acrobat, Forum) oxathiapiprolin + mandip ropamid (Orondis Ultra; premix) ethaboxam (Elumin) ametoctradin + dimetho ametoctradin morph (Zampro) oxathiapiprolin + me fenoxam (Orondis Gold) Material ) Disease foliar blight Phytophthora and fruit rot capsici (Phytophthora R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Agricultural University State Louisiana Plant Pathologist, R. Singh, B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia; L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; State North Carolina Pathologist, Plant Quesada-Ocampo, Georgia; L. of University Plant Pathologist, B. Dutta, TABLE 3-27. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR PEPPER (cont’d) FOR PEPPER PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-27. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-27. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR PEPPER (cont’d) B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia; L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center FRAC Rate of Material Minimum Days Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Phytophthora or Pythium mefenoxam 4 See label — 2 MAY ONLY BE APPLIED AT PLANTING. Apply in a root rot (field) (Ridomil Gold, Ultra 12 to 16 in. band or in 20 to 50 gal water per acre in Flourish) transplant water. Mechanical incorporation or 0.5 to 1 in. irrigation water needed for movement into root zone if rain is not expected. After initial application, 2 supplemental applications (1 pt per treated acre) can be applied. NOTE: Strains of Phytophthora capsici insensitive to Ridomil Gold have been detected in some Louisiana and North Carolina pepper fields. metalaxyl 4 4 to 8 pt/treated acre 7 2 Limit of 12 pt per acre per season. Preplant (soil incor- (MetaStar 2E) porated), at planting (in water or liquid fertilizer), or as a basal-directed spray after planting. See label for the guidelines for supplemental applications. oxathiapiprolin + 49+ 4 28 to 55 fl oz/acre 7 2 See labels mefenoxam (Orondis Gold) azoxystrobin (various) 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz/acre 0 4 hr Limit of 61.5 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more than one application before alternating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. Powdery mildew chlorothalonil + cymoxanil M5+27 2 to 2.44 pt/acre 3 0.5 Limit of 18.1 pt per acre per year. (Ariston) difenoconazole + 7+3 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 53.6 fl oz per acre per year. Make more than two benzovindiflupyr applications before alternating to another fungicide with a (Aprovia Top) non-Group 7 mode of action. penthiopyrad 7 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 72 fl oz per acre per year. Make no more than (Fontelis) two consecutive applications before rotating to another effective fungicide with a different mode of action. pyraclostrobin + 11+7 6.0 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 24 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more than fluxapyroxad two consecutive applications before rotating to another (Priaxor Xemium) effective fungicide with a different mode of action. quinoxyfen 13 4.0 to 6.0 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Limit of 24 fl oz per acre per year. Make no more than (Quintec) two consecutive applications before alternating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. NOTE: Under certain environmental conditions leaf spotting or chlorosis may occur after application; discontinue use if symptoms occur. sulfur (various) M2 See label See See See labels. Rates vary depending on the formulation. label label Apply at first appearance and repeat at 14-day intervals as needed. trifloxystrobin 11 1.5 to 2 oz/acre 3 0.5 Limit of 16 oz per acre per year. Make no more than one (Flint) application before alternating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. Southern blight fluoxastrobin 11 2 to 5.7 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Limit of 22.8 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more (Sclerotium rolfsii) (Aftershock, Evito 280SC) than one application before alternating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. NOTE: Do not

DISEASE CONTROL overhead irrigate for 24 hours following a spray application. penthiopyrad 7 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 19.2 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more (Fontelis) than two sequential applications of Fontelis before switching to a fungicide with different mode of action. For non-bell peppers only PCNB 14 NA 0.5 Transplanting: Apply at the time of transplanting for (Blocker 4F) 4.5 to 7.5 pt/100 gal; Southern blight suppression. The solution should be agi- Transplanting Use 0.5 pt of solution per tated often to maintain a uniform mixture to assure proper plant dosage. Limit of 7.5 lb a.i. per acre per season. PCNB 14 NA 0.5 In furrow: Apply in 8 to 10 gal of water per acre based (Blocker 4F) 1.2 to 1.9 gal on 36-inch row spacing. Apply as in-furrow sprays to the In-furrow 10.6 to 16.7 fl oz/1,000 ft open “V” trench just prior to planting. When cultivating, of row set plows as flat as possible to avoid getting non-treated soil against stems or plants. Limit of 7.5 a.i. per acre per season.

250 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - 251 NOTE: Do not over- Apply at flowering to manage Apply at flowering ONLY. SUPPRESSION season. Make Limit of 96 oz per acre per green fruit rot. before alternat one sequential application no more than mode of action. that have a different ing with fungicides oz per acre per Limit of 24 fl SUPPRESSION ONLY. two consecutive applications season. Make no more than fungicide with a differ effective before rotating to another ent mode of action. Limit of 21 oz per acre per season. Make no more than Limit of 21 oz per acre per before alternating with fungi two sequential applications cides that have a different mode of action. mode of action. cides that have a different per season. Limit of 80 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more Limit of 22.8 fl oz per acre alternating with fungicides than one application before mode of action. that have a different following a spray application. head irrigate for 24 hours Limit of 72 fl oz per acre per year. per year. Limit of 72 fl oz per acre SUPPRESSION ONLY. Make no more than two consecutive applications before fungicide with a different rotating to another effective mode of action. of 96 oz Apply at flowering to manage green fruit rot. Limit per acre per season. Make no more than one sequential a application before alternating with fungicides that have mode of action. different than Limit of 24 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more two consecutive applications before rotating to another mode of action. fungicide with a different effective Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr Reentry 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 Harv. Minimum Days

3.5 oz/acre Formulation 8 to 12 oz/acre 12 to 16 oz/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 2 to 5.7 fl oz/acre 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 7 7 11 11 11 9 + 3 Code 11 + 7 11 11 + 7 11 FRAC -

pyraclostrobin pyraclostrobin (Cabrio 20-EG) pyraclostrobin + fluxapyroxad (Priaxor) boscalid (Endura) cyprodinil + difeno conazole (Inspire Super) fluoxastrobin (Aftershock, Evito 480SC) penthiopyrad (Fontelis) pyraclostrobin (Cabrio 20-EG) pyraclostrobin + fluxapyroxad (Priaxor) Material ) ) Disease Southern blight (Sclerotium rolfsii (cont’d) R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Agricultural University State Louisiana Plant Pathologist, R. Singh, B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia; L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; State North Carolina Pathologist, Plant Quesada-Ocampo, Georgia; L. of University Plant Pathologist, B. Dutta, TABLE 3-27. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR PEPPER (cont’d) FOR PEPPER PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-27. TABLE Target spot (Corynespora Target cassiicola 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-28. EFFICACY OF PRODUCTS FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN PEPPER B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia; L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultureal Center Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; ND, no data.

F

1 Bacterial Spot Active Ingredient Product Fungicide group Preharvest interval (Days) Anthracnose (immature fruit rot) Phytophthora Blight (root and crown) Phytophthora Blight (fruit and foliage) Pythium Damping-off Southern Blight azoxystrobin Quadris 11 0 F NC NC NC NC ND chlorothalonil Various M05 3 P NC NC P NC NC difenoconazole + benzovindiflupyr Aprovia Top 7+3 0 G NC NC NC NC NC cyazofamid Ranman 21 0 NC NC P P NC NC oxathiapiprolin + mefenoxam Orondis Gold 200 49 + 4 0 NC NC G F NC NC oxathiapiprolin + chlorothalonil Orondis Opti A 49 + M05 0 NC NC F-G G NC NC dimethomorph Acrobat, Forum 40 4 NC NC NC P NC NC dimethomorph + ametoctradin Zampro 40 + 45 4 NC NC F F-G ND NC famoxadone + cymoxanil Tanos 11 + 27 3 P NC NC P NC ND fixed copper Various M01 See label P F NC F NC NC fluopicolide Presidio 43 2 NC NC FR FR NC NC fluoxastrobin Evito 11 3 NC NC NC NC NC ND fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin Priaxor 11 + 7 7 F NC NC NC NC P mancozeb 2 Dithane, Manzate M03 5 F P P P NC NC mandipropamid Revus 40 1 NC NC F F NC NC mefenoxam R Ridomil Gold EC, Ultra Flourish 4 0 NC NC F NA G NC mefenoxam R + copper Ridomil Gold + copper 4 + M01 14 P F NA F NC NC methyl salicylate + Bacillus Leap BM02 See label NC F-G NC NC NC NC thuringiensis subsp. kurstaki penthiopyrad Fontelis 7 0 ND NC NC NC NC F-G propamocarb Previcur Flex 28 5 NC NC NC NC F NC pyraclostrobin Cabrio 11 0 G NC NC NC NC ND quinoxyfen Quintec 13 3 NC P NC NC NC NC Not for streptomycin sulfate 3 Agri-Mycin, Streptrol, Firewall 25 NC F NC NC NC NC field use sulfur various M02 0 NC NC NC NC NC NC 1 Efficacy ratings do not necessarily indicate a labeled use for every disease. 2 Copper tank-mixed with mancozeb enhances the efficacy against bacterial spot. 3 Streptomycin may only be used on transplants; not registered for field use. DISEASE CONTROL F To prevent resistance in pathogens, alternate fungicides within a group with fungicides in another group. Fungicides in the “M” group are generally considered “low risk” with no signs of resistance developing to the majority of fungicides. R Resistance reported in the pathogen.

252 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL 253

P G G

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Tomato Spotted Wilt Virus Wilt Spotted Tomato Variable

F P P P P

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Southern blight Southern (early)

F F F F F F F F P G

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Root-knot nematode Root-knot (early)

P P P G G

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC

Pythium damping off damping Pythium (late)

( root and crown) and root ( F F P P P P P P P G G G

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC

Phytophthora blight blight Phytophthora

(fruit and foliage) and (fruit F F F P P P P P G

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC

Phytophthora blight blight Phytophthora

Blossom-end rot Blossom-end F F

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Bacterial spot Bacterial F F P G G G G NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC (early)

Bacterial soft rot of fruit of rot soft Bacterial

F G

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC

(PVX,CMV,TEV,AM- V,PVY) (PVX,CMV,TEV,AM-

Aphid-transmitted viruses viruses Aphid-transmitted F F F F F NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC

(early)

(immature fruit) (immature

Anthracnose Anthracnose F F F F P P G G NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Use of soil organic amendments Promote air movement Use of resistant cultivars Prompt destruction of crop residue Use of pathogen-free planting stock Deep plowing Soil solarization Rogue diseased plants and/or fruit Rotation with non-host (2 to 3 years) Rotation with non-host (2 Reduce mechanical injury Use of reflective mulch Cover cropping with antagonist Postharvest temp control (fruit) Eliminate standing water / saturated areas Change planting date within a season Change planting date within Plant in well-drained soil / raised beds Avoid overhead irrigation Avoid pH management (soil) Weed management Weed Strategy foliage is wet field operations when Avoid Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; ND, no data. NC, no control; ND, no poor; P, fair; G, good; F, Scale: E, excellent; B. Dutta, Plant Pathologist, University of Georgia; L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University State North Carolina Pathologist, Plant Quesada-Ocampo, Georgia; L. of University Plant Pathologist, B. Dutta, TABLE 3-29. IMPORTANCE OF ALTERNATIVE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN PEPPER IN CONTROL FOR DISEASE PRACTICES MANAGEMENT ALTERNATIVE OF IMPORTANCE 3-29. TABLE Application of insecticidal/horticultural oils 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-30. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR POTATO, IRISH (cont’d) I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University (Not updated in 2020) Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Black scurf (Rhizocto- azoxystrobin (various) 11 See label See See See labels. Rates may vary depending on the product. Apply nia solani) and Silver label label in furrow at planting according to label direction. Do not ap- scurf (Helminthospori- ply more than one application without alternating away from um solani) fungicides in Group 11. azoxystrobin + benzovindi- 11 + 7 0.34 to 0.5 oz/ 0.5 — Limit 9.5 oz/acre per application. flupyr 1000 linear row (Elatus) feet fludioxonil 12 0.5 lb/100 lb seed — 0.5 Ensure thorough coverage of each seed piece. (Maxim PSP) pieces fludioxonil + mancozeb 12 + M 0.5 lb/100 lb seed — 0.5 Ensure thorough coverage of each seed piece. (Maxim MZ) pieces fludioxonil + thiamethoxam 12 + 0.19 to 0.27 fl oz/ 100 — 0.5 Rate depends on seeding rate – see label. See label for (Cruiser Maxx Potato) insecticide lb seed pieces additional restrictions. fludioxonil + difenoconazole 12 + 3 + 0.5 fl oz/100 lb — 0.5 See label for additional restrictions. + sedazane + thiamethox- 7 + seed pieces am (Cruiser Maxx Vibrance insecticide Potato) fluopyram 7 5.47 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Use on a 5 to 7-day interval. Do not apply more than 10.95 (Luna Privilege) (ground); oz/acre/season for ground application and no more than 8.46 oz/acre/season for aerial application. Do not make more 2.82 oz/acre than 2 applications before alternating with a fungicide with a (aerial) different mode of action. Labeled for silver scurf only. fluoxastrobin 11 0.16 to 0.24 fl oz/ 7 0.5 Apply in furrow at planting according to label directions. Do (Aftershock, Evito 480 SC) 1,000 ft of row not apply more than 22.8 fl oz of product per acre per year including seed treatment use. Alternate with fungicide from different resistance management group. flutolanil 7 — 0.5 For black scurf only. Apply as an in-furrow spray by direct- (Moncut 70DF) 0.71 to 1.1 lb/acre ing spray uniformly around and over the seed-piece inch a 4 to 8 in band prior to covering with soil. (Moncut SC) 16.0 to 25.0 fl oz/ acre flutolanil + mancozeb 7 + M 0.75 lb to 1.0 lb/ — 1 Apply to seed-pieces immediately after cutting. Ensure (MonCoat MZ) 100 lb seed piece thorough coverage. mancozeb (various) M See label — 1 For black scurf only. penthiopyrad 7 0.7 to 1.6 fl oz/ 7 0.5 Maximum rate is 24 fl oz per acre per year. No more than 2 (Vertisan) 1,000 ft of row applications before switching to a different mode of action. Provides suppression of black scurf only. thiophanate-methyl (various) 1 0.5 to 0.7 fl oz/ — 0.5 100 lb seed pieces Fusarium seedpiece fludioxonil (various) 12 See label — 0.5 Label rates may vary depending on the product. decay, Rhizoctonia fludioxonil + mancozeb 12 + M 0.5 lb/100 lb seed — 1 Do not use treated seedpieces for feed or food. labeled stem canker, NOT (Maxim MZ) for Streptomyces common scab. See label for treatment Streptomyces instructions. common scab DISEASE CONTROL mancozeb (various) M See label — 1 Label rates may vary depending on the product. penthiopyrad 7 0.7 to 1.6 oz/ 7 0.5 Maximum rate is 24 fl oz per application. Labeled for Rhi- (Vertisan) 1,000 ft of row zoctonia stem canker only. Early blight, azoxystrobin + difeno- 11+3 8 to 14 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 Apply at 7 to 14 day-intervals. Apply no more than 2 sequen- White mold conazole tial applications without alternating with a fungicide with a (Quadris Top) different mode of action. Limit of 55.3 lb product per acre per year. Limit of 0.46lb a.i./acre/year of difenoconazole-contain- ing products; limit of 2.0 lb a.i. per acre/year of azoxystrob- in-containing products. Labeled for early blight only. boscalid 7 3.5 to 10 oz/acre 10 0.5 For control of Sclerotinia white mold, use 5.5 to 10 oz rate (Endura) and begin applications prior to row closure or at the onset of disease. Make a second application 14 days later if conditions favor disease development. Do not exceed 2 ap- plications per season. For Early blight control, use 3.5 to 4.5 oz rate. Do not exceed four applications per season. Limit of 20.5 oz of product per acre per season. Limit of 2 applica- tions before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action.

254 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - 255

. Maximum , use at 14 to , use 6 to 12 apply more than 3.5 pt per acre during each exceed more than six foliar applications or 72 total Apply at 5 to 7 day intervals. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating with a fungicide Do not make more than mode of action. that has a different 8 applications per acre per season. Use 30 to 34 fl oz rate for late blight. See label. Rates vary depending on the formulation. gicides in Group 11. See label for limits of active ingredients gicides in Group 11. Rates may vary depending on the product. Do not apply Rates may vary depending on the product. Do not apply from fun more than one application without alternating away Apply at 5 to 7 day-intervals. Do not apply more than one application without alternating away from fungicides in See label for limits of active ingredients. Group 11. Rates may vary depending on the product. Apply at 5-7 day intervals. Do not exceed 17.5 pt of product per acre per 12-month period. Use rate of 6 fl oz only for early blight. Do not apply more than 48 oz/acre per crop season and no more than 72 oz/ acre per 12 months. Do not make more than one application mode of before alternating with a fungicide with a different action. quential applications without switching to a fungicide outside quential applications without of Group 7 or Group 9. Apply at 7 to 14 day intervals. Do not make more than 2 se Apply at 7 to 14 day intervals. Begin applications when plants are 6 to 8 in. tall or when Begin applications when plants are 6 to 8 in. tall or conditions favor disease development. Repeat applications oz at 7 to 10 day intervals. For late blight, use the 5.5 fl rate. DO NOT growing season. Apply at 7 to 14 day intervals. Do not apply more than Apply at 7 to 14 day intervals. in furrow and foliar uses. Use 6 24 oz/acre/season including mold to 8 oz/acre for SUPPRESSION of white of 3 applications. on the product. Rates may vary depending Limit 16 oz/acre/season. Make no more than 2 applications Limit 16 oz/acre/season. Make action. Limit to 4 applications per before changing modes of Use the 4 oz rate for white mold. year. Do not apply more than Apply at 7 to 14 day intervals. Do not apply more than 2 17.4 lb/acre product per season. sequential applications before alternating with a fungicide mode of action. Use at 2.9 lb/acre rate for with a different SUPPRESSION of white mold. Apply at 7 to 14 day intervals. Make no more than 2 applica Apply at 7 to 14 day intervals. Make no more than 2 tions before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode tions before alternating with a fungicide with a different of action. For SUPPRESSION of white mold Do not 24 oz/acre. Do not exceed 72 oz per acre per year. oz a.i. per acre per year in total from apply more than 11.25 any combination of seed, soil, or foliar applications. DO NOT use 6 to oz of product per acre per season. For early blight, 9 oz rate; for SUPPRESSION of white mold pres oz rate, depending on weather conditions and disease sure. Do not apply more than one time before alternating mode of action. with a fungicide with a different Apply at 7 to 14 day intervals. Do not apply more than Apply at 7 to 14 day intervals. Do not apply more than 35 fl oz/acre/season. For control of early blight only. Rates may vary depending on the product. Use on a 5 to 7-day interval. Do not apply more than 10.95 7-day interval. Do not apply Use on a 5 to no more than for ground application and oz/acre/season Do not make more for aerial application. 8.46 oz/acre/season a fungicide with a before alternating with than 2 applications 5.47 oz rate. For white mold, use mode of action. different Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr Reentry cont’d) 7 0 7 7 7 7 1 7 3 7 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 See label Minimum Days Harv.

2 pt/acre (ground); See label See label See label See label See label 1.6 pt/acre 7 fl oz/acre 11.2 oz/acre 11.2 6 to 8 oz/acre 4 to 8 oz/acre Formulation 2.5 to 4 oz/acre 10 to 24 oz/acre 6 to 12 fl oz/acre 2.0 to 2.9 lb/acre 5.5 to 8 fl oz/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 24 to 34 fl oz/acre 4.0 to 5.47 oz/acre 4.0 to 5.47 oz/acre 2.82 oz/acre (aerial) 2.82 oz/acre 7 2 3 7 9 1 M 11 11 29 M1 7+9 7+11 Code 11+M M+11 M+27 M+22 FRAC 27 + C3 fixed copper (various) cymoxanil + famoxadone (Tanos) azoxystrobin + chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti) chlorothalonil (various) chlorothalonil + cymoxanil (Ariston) chlorothalonil + zoxamide (Zing!) fluopyram + pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Priaxor) Material fluopyram (Luna Privilege) azoxystrobin (various) iprodione (various) metconazole (Quash) metiram + pyraclostrobin (Cabrio Plus) penthiopyrad (Vertisan) pyraclostrobin (Headline; Headline SC) pyrimethanil (Scala SC) thiophanate-methyl (various) fluazinam (Omega) 500 F Disease Early blight, White mold (cont’d) I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University (Not updated in 2020) updated in (Not State University North Carolina Pathologist, Plant I. Meadows, TABLE 3-30. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR POTATO, IRISH ( IRISH FOR POTATO, PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-30. TABLE Early blight, Late blight Late blight, White mold 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-30. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR POTATO, IRISH (cont’d) I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University (Not updated in 2020) Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Early blight, dimethomorph 40 4 to 6 fl oz/acre 4 1 Must tank mix if using less than 6 fl oz rate; if used alone, Late blight (cont’d) (Forum) use 6 oz rate. DO NOT make more than 5 applications per season. Limit 30 fl oz/acre/season. fenamidone 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 Begin applications when conditions favor disease develop- (Reason 500SC) ment, and continue on 5 to 10 day interval. Do not apply more than 24.6 fl oz per growing season. Alternate with fungicide from different resistance management group. fluoxastrobin 11 2 to 3.8 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Begin applications when conditions favor disease develop- (Aftershock, Evito 480 SC) ment on 7 to 10 day intervals. Do not apply more than once before alternating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. Do not apply more than 22.8 fl oz per acre per season. For late blight, apply at full label rate. fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin 7 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Apply at 7 to 14 day intervals. Do not apply more than 24 oz/ (Priaxor) acre/season including in furrow and foliar uses. mancozeb + azoxystrobin M + 11 1.6 to 2.1 lb/acre 14 1 Do not exceed 16 lbs product/acre/crop. Season limits apply (Dexter Max) for azoxystrobin. mancozeb + chlorothalonil M + M 1.8 to 2.4 lb/acre 14 1 Do not apply more than 18 lbs product/crop/year. (Elixir) metiram M 1.5 to 2 lb/acre 14 1 Do not apply more than 14 lb product/crop/year. (Polyram 80DF) mandipropamid + difeno- 40 + 3 5.5 to 7 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 After 2 applications, switch to a different mode of action. Do conazole not apply more than 28 fl oz/acre/season. (Revus Top) mefenoxam + chlorothalonil 4 + M 2.5 pints/acre 14 2 See label for limits on application limits per season and (Ridomil Gold Bravo SC) application interval. mefenoxam + mancozeb 4 + M 2.5 lb/acre 14 2 Apply at 14-day intervals for up to 3 applications. (Ridomil Gold MZ WG) propamocarb hydrochloride 28 0.7 to 1.2 pints/acre 14 0.5 Tank mix with a protectant fungicide such as mancozeb or (Previcur Flex) chlorothalonil. Do not exceed 6 pints of product/acre/season. pyraclostrobin 11 6 to 12 fl oz/acre 3 1 DO NOT exceed more than six foliar applications or 72 total (Headline; Headline SC) oz of product per acre per season. For early blight, use 6 to 9 oz rate. Do not apply more than one time before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. pyraclostrobin + chloroth- 11 + M 2.0 to 2.9 lb/acre 14 1 Do not apply more than 2 applications before switching to alonil a different mode of action. Do not exceed 17.4 lbs/acre/ (Cabrio Plus) season. For late blight, use 12 lb/acre rate. pyrimethanil 9 7 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Labeled for early blight only. Do not apply more than 35 (Scala 5F) fluid ounces per crop. trifloxystrobin 11 2.9 to 3.8 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Must tank mix with a non-Group 11 fungicide for late blight. (Gem 500SC) Use the 3.8 of oz rate for late blight. Do not make more than 1 application without switching to a different mode of action. Do not exceed 6 applications or 23 fl oz product/acre/ season.

DISEASE CONTROL triphenyltin hydroxide 30 7 2 For Super Tin 4L, the 3.0 fl oz rate may be used if tank (Super Tin 4L) 4 to 6 fl oz/acre mixed. Add to 3 to 15 gallons of water depending on method (Super Tin 80WP, Agri Tin) 2.5 to 3.75 oz/acre of application. Season application limits apply–see label. zoxamide + mancozeb 22 + M 1.5 to 2.0 lb/acre 14 2 Do not make more than 6 applications or apply more than 12 (Gavel 75DF) lbs product/acre/season. Late blight ametoctradin + dimetho- 45 + 11 to 14 fl oz/acre 4 Do not make more than 2 applications without switching to a morph 40 different mode of action. Do not exceed 42 fl oz/acre/season (Zampro) and 3 applications/season. cyazofamid 21 1.4 to 2.75 fl oz/ 7 0.5 Do not apply more than 10 sprays per crop. Make no more (Ranman 400SC) acre than 3 consecutive applications, and then follow with 3 appli- cations of another mode of action. cymoxanil 27 3.2 oz/acre 14 0.5 USE ONLY WITH A PROTECTANT FUNGICIDE such as (Curzate 60DF) mancozeb or chlorothalonil. No more than 7 applications/ crop/year. dimethomorph 40 4 to 6 fl oz/acre 4 0.5 If applying at less than 6 fl oz rate, must tank mix with a non- (Forum) Group 40 fungicide. Do not exceed 5 applications or 30 fl oz of product/acre/season.

256 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - 257 - apply more than 3.5 pt per acre during each 3.5 pt per acre during apply more than Apply at flowering and then continue on a 14-day interval. Do Apply at flowering and then continue on a 14-day interval. not exceed more than four applications per crop. Alternate Apply at 14-day intervals for up to 3 applications. with a protectant fungicide. Apply at 14-day intervals for up to 4 applications. For pink rot and Pythium leak, apply at the high rate. Do not For pink rot and Pythium leak, apply at the high rate. fl oz/ apply more than 10 sprays per crop or more than 27.5 acre/season. Make no more than 3 consecutive applica tions followed by 3 applications from a different resistance tions followed by 3 applications from a different management group. in fur Apply using a 6 to 8” band directly over seedpiece or row where seedpiece will be dropped, prior to furrow closure. row where seedpiece will be dropped, prior to furrow initiation. Apply as a side dressing between hilling and tuber Do not exceed 2 applications/year or 16 fl oz/acre/year. See label for in-furrow application or foliar application rates. Apply See label. Rates may vary depending on the product. in furrow at planting according to label direction. Do not ap ply more than one application without alternating away from fungicides in Group 11. Do not apply more than 1.5 lb a.i./acre/year of azoxystrobin; lb a.i./acre/year of chlorotha do not apply more than 11.25 lonil. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating mode of action. Do not apply with a fungicide with a different more than 6 this product or other fungicides in Group 11 times in a season. Preplant incorporated or soil surface spray growing season. Apply at 14-day fungicide. MUST tank-mix with a protectant alternated and followed by intervals for up to 3 applications; the full rate of a protectant for control of late blight. See Mix with a fungicide labeled or foliar application rates. label for in-furrow application Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, 8 in. tall or when when plants are 6 to Begin applications Repeat applications disease development. conditions favor use the 5.5 fl oz intervals. For late blight, at 7 to 10 day rate. DO NOT sequential applications without Do not make more than 2 6 mode of action and no more than switching to a different Do not mix soil applications total applications per season. Apply no more than 27.2 fl oz of and foliar applications. no more than 15 pints of per season and A Orondis Opti See label for pre-mix. Orondis Opti B per season. sequential applications without Do not make more than 2 6 mode of action and no more than switching to a different Do not mix soil applications total applications per season. Apply no more than 27.2 fl oz of and foliar applications. per season and no more than 32 fl oz of A Orondis Ultra Orondis Ultra B per season. Apply as an in-furrow spray in 3 to 15 gal of water per acre Apply as an in-furrow spray in 3 to 15 gal of water per at planting. See labels for maximum amount of product allowable per See labels for maximum amount of product allowable season. PHI is based on foliar application for Ultra Flourish. 2 2 2 2 2 0 2 4h 4h 4h 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr Reentry cont’d) 7 0 0 7 5 7 — 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 N/A Minimum Days Harv.

acre acre 8 fl oz of row (foliar) 2 lb/acre 2 lb/acre 0.42 fl oz/ fl 0.42 oz/ fl 0.84 See label See label (in-furrow) 2.5 lb/acre 2.5 pt/acre 1.6 pt/acre 8.0 fl oz/acre 1,000 ft of row 1,000 ft of row Formulation 12.8 fl oz/acre 0.42 fl oz/1,00 ft 1.4 to 2.75 fl oz/ 0.75 to 1.5 pints/ 5.5 to 8 fl oz/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 0.82 fl oz /1,000 ft 1.6 to 4.8 fl oz/acre 1.6 to 4.8 fl oz acre 2.5 to 10 pints/acre 4 4 11 29 22 33 33 21 + M U15 11+4 Code 4 + M 4 + M 4 + M 4 + M FRAC 11 + M 11 U15 + 40 - - (Ridomil Gold/Bravo) mefenoxam + copper hydroxide (Ridomil Gold/Copper) mefenoxam + mancozeb (Ridomil Gold MZ) metalaxyl MetaStar (Metalaxyl 2E AG, 2E) Material fluazinam (Omega) ethaboxam (Elumin) mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold SL) (Ultra Flourish) azoxystrobin + chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti) azoxystrobin (various) mono- and di-potassium salts of phosphorous acid (various) mefenoxam + copper hydroxide (Ridomil Gold/ Copper) mono- and di-potassium salts of phosphorous acid (various) oxathiapiprolin + chloroth alonil (Orondis Opti A+ Orondis Opti B) oxathiapiprolin + mandipro pamid + Orondis A (Orondis Ultra Ultra B) azoxystrobin + mefenoxam (Quadris Ridomil Gold SL) cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC) mefenoxam + chlorothalonil Disease Late blight (cont’d) I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University (Not updated in 2020) updated in (Not State University North Carolina Pathologist, Plant I. Meadows, TABLE 3-30. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR POTATO, IRISH ( IRISH FOR POTATO, PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-30. TABLE Pink rot, Pythium leak, tuber rot Powdery mildew 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-30. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR POTATO, IRISH (cont’d) I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University (Not updated in 2020) Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Powdery mildew azoxystrobin + 11 + 3 8 to 14 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 Apply at 7 to 14 day-intervals. Apply no more than 2 (cont’d) difenoconazole sequential applications without alternating with a fungicide (Quadris Top) with a different mode of action. Do not apply more than 55.3 lb product per acre per year. Do not apply more than 0.46 lb a.i./acre/year of difenoconazole-containing products; do not apply more than 2.0 lb a.i./acre/year of azoxystrobin- containing products. fluopyram + pyrimethanil 7 + 9 11.2 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications without (Luna Tranquility) switching to a fungicide outside of Group 7 or Group 9. Limit 54.7 fl oz/acre/season. fluxapyroxad + pyraclos- 7 + 11 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Limit 3 applications per season and no more than 2 applica- trobin tions before switching to a different mode of action. Do not (Priaxor Xemium) apply more than 24 fl oz/acre/season including in furrow and foliar uses. mancozeb + azoxystrobin M + 11 1.6 to 2.1 lb/acre 14 1 Do not exceed 16 lbs product/acre/crop. Season limits apply (Dexter Max) for azoxystrobin. For suppression of powdery mildew. mandipropamid + difeno- 40 + 3 5.5 to 7 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 Begin applications when conditions favor disease devel- conazole opment, on 7 to 10 day intervals. Do not apply more than (Revus Top) twice before alternating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. Do not apply more than 28 fl oz per acre per season. metconazole 3 2.5 to 4 oz/acre 1 0.5 Limit 16 oz/acre/season. Make no more than 2 applications (Quash) before changing modes of action. Limit to 4 applications per year. Use the 4 oz rate for white mold. metiram + pyraclostrobin M + 11 2.9 lb/acre 14 1 Apply at 7 to 14 day-intervals. Do not apply more than 17.4 (Cabrio Plus) lb/acre product per season. Do not apply more than 2 se- quential applications before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. penthiopyrad 7 10 to 24 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Apply at 7 to 14 day intervals. Make no more than 2 applica- (Vertisan) tions before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not exceed 72 oz per acre per year. Do not apply more than 11.25 oz a.i. per acre per year in total from any combination of seed, soil, or foliar applications. pyraclostrobin 11 6 to 12 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 DO NOT exceed more than six foliar applications or 72 total (Headline; Headline SC) oz of product per acre per season. Do not apply more than one time before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. sulfur (various) M2 See label — 1 Rates vary among products; see label.

PUMPKIN SEE CUCURBITS DISEASE CONTROL

WINTER SQUASH SEE CUCURBITS

SUMMER SQUASH SEE CUCURBITS

RADISH SEE ROOT VEGETABLES

RUBARB SEE LEAFY PETIOLE VEGETABLES

SCALLION SEE ONION, GREEN

SHALLOT SEE ONION, DRY

258 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - 259 . . Do not Cercospora Do not make more Do not make Apply no more than Apply no more Cercospora Make no more than 2 con control. . Do not make more than 2 consecutive Apply when disease first appears, and . Apply when disease first appears, Alternaria Use higher rate for carrots. Make no more than . Repeat GARDEN BEETS ONLY FOR USE ON TURNIPAND Apply no more than applications at 12 to 14 day intervals. Turnip root rate: 4 to 7.2 fl oz/acre. 28.8 fl oz/acre/season. greens rate: 3 to 4 fl oz/acre. Garden beetroot and Turnip greens rate: 3 to 7.2 fl oz/acre. Make no more than 4 applications per season. Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before alter Apply mode of action. nating with a fungicide with a different Also labeled for use on no more than 61 fl oz/acre per year. harvested garden beet, turnip, and radish leaves. AND CAR- FOR USE ON GARDEN BEETS, RADISHES, ROTS ONLY. 2 consecutive applications before alternating with a fungicide Apply no more than 16 fl oz/ mode of action. with a different acre/season. mode of action. Alternate with a fungicide with a different Also labeled for use Apply no more than 48 oz/acre/season. on harvested garden beet, turnip, and radish leaves. FOR USE ON CARROTS ONLY. mode secutive applications before alternating with a different of action. Use no more than 63 oz or make no more than 6 applications per season. Not for Cercospora 7 or non- applications before rotating to a labeled non-Group Group 9 fungicide. Not labeled for use in Louisiana. before Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications fungicide. rotating to a labeled non-Group 7 or non-Group 11 maximum Make no more than 3 applications per season. Use rate for Cercospora leafspot. Not for FOR USE ON CARROTS ONLY. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, with a different mode of action. Make no more than 120 fl oz per oz fl 120 than No more than 1 application before alternating with no more a fungicide Make action. of mode different a with beet, for use on harvested garden Also labeled year. per acre leaves. turnip, and radish . ONLY FOR USE ON CARROTS . ONLY FOR USE ON CARROTS . No more than 1 application ONLY FOR USE ON CARROTS fungicide. before alternating with a Make non-Group11 no more year. per acre per oz fl 42 than Not for FOR USE ON CARROTS ONLY. make more than 2 consecutive applications or more make more than 2 consecutive than 5 labeled for use on harvested Also season. per applications radish leaves for FOR USE ON CARROTS AND PARSNIPS ONLY. AND PARSNIPS FOR USE ON CARROTS 7 to 10 day intervals. Spray at first appearance, Not for Cercospora continue on 7 to 10 day intervals if conditions remain favorable for disease development. Do not exceed 56 oz of product per 2 applications For radish, make no more than . year. per acre 56 oz of product For other root crops, do not exceed per year. Also labeled for use on harvested garden per acre per year. beet, turnip, and radish leaves. FOR RADISH LABELED ROOTS. NOT irriga sprinkler in or sprayer with Apply season. per fl oz 24.6 control carrots. Pythium tion. Do not use a spreader/sticker on Also labeled for use on harvested turnip and only for carrot. radish leaves. CHECK LABEL FOR SPECIFIC CROP LISTINGS. FOR SPECIFIC CROP CHECK LABEL Make sure product is labeled in state prior to use. FOR USE ON CARROTS ONLY. Not for Cercospora except on carrots. than toconsecutive applications before rotating 2 a labeled fungicide. Carrot rate is 4.0 to 11 non-Group or 7 non-Group oz/acre. 7.6 fl oz/acre. Other root crop rates are 5 to 5.8 fl 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 1 to 2 Reentry 7 0 0 0 7 7 0 0 0 7 0 7 0 7 7 14 14 14 label Harv. Minimum Days Check

9.0 to 14 fl oz 1 pt/acre See labels 2.4 pt/acre 4.5 oz/acre 8.2 fl oz/acre Formulation 1 to 2 pt/acre 15.5 fl oz/acre 8 to 12 oz/acre 1.5 to 2 pt/acre 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 11 to 14 oz/acre 11 Rate of Material Rate of Material 8 to 10.5 oz/acre 3 to 7.2 fl oz/acre 4 to 5.5 fl oz/acre 4 to 7.6 fl oz/acre 16 to 30 fl oz/acre 12 to 14 fl oz/acre 8 to 11.2 fl oz/acre fl 8 to 11.2 7 3 3 2 7 M M 11 11 11 29 11+7 7+11 11+3 7+11 9+12 7 + 9 Code 11 + 3 11 FRAC 11 + M 11 penthiopyrad (Fontelis) propiconazole (various) pyraclostrobin (Cabrio) pyraclostrobin + boscalid (Pristine) tebuconazole (various) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Merivon) iprodione (various) Material azoxystrobin (various) azoxystrobin chlorothalonil (various) azoxystrobin + chlorothalonil azoxystrobin + chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti) azoxystrobin + difenoconazole (Quadris Top) azoxystrobin + propiconazole (various) boscalid (Endura) cyprodinil + fludioxonil (Switch) fenamidone (Reason) fixed copper (various) fluazinam (Omega) fluopyram + trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation) fluopyram + pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility) Disease Z. Hansen, Plant Pathologist, University of Tennessee University of Plant Pathologist, Z. Hansen, TABLE 3-31. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR ROOT VEGETABLES (EXCEPT SUGAR BEET) (cont’d) BEET) SUGAR (EXCEPT VEGETABLES FOR ROOT PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-31. TABLE Alternaria leaf blight, Alternaria leaf spot Cercospora leaf Beet (red, garden or table), Carrot, Parsnip, Radish, Turnip – Harvested for roots only (unless noted in remarks) Harvested for roots only – Radish, Turnip or table), Carrot, Parsnip, Beet (red, garden 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-31. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR ROOT VEGETABLES (EXCEPT SUGAR BEET) (cont’d) Z. Hansen, Plant Pathologist, University of Tennessee Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Beet (red, garden or table), Carrot, Parsnip, Radish, Turnip – Harvested for roots only (unless noted in remarks) (cont’d) Alternaria leaf blight, trifloxystrobin 11 7 0.5 NOT FOR RADISHES. Make no more than 1 application be- Cercospora leaf spot (Flint) 2 to 2.9 oz/acre fore alternating with a fungicide with another mode of action. (cont’d) (Gem) 1.9 to 2.9 fl oz/acre Make no more than 4 applications of trifloxystrobin or other strobilurin fungicides per season. fenamidone 11 8.2 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 NOT LABELED FOR RADISH ROOTS. Make no more than (Reason) 1 application before alternating with a mefenoxam-containing fungicide. Apply no more than 24.6 fl oz per season. Apply with sprayer or in sprinkler irrigation. Do not use a spreader/ sticker on carrots. Pythium control only for carrot. Cercospora leaf spot or azoxystrobin + propiconazole 11+3 14 fl oz 14 0.5 FOR USE ON CARROTS ONLY. No more than 1 application blight, powdery mildew (various) before alternating with a non-Group11 fungicide. Make no more than 42 fl oz per acre per year. boscalid 7 4.5 oz/acre 0 0.5 FOR USE ON CARROTS ONLY. Not for Cercospora. Do not (Endura) make more than 2 consecutive applications or more than 5 applications per season. Also labeled for use on harvested radish leaves. fixed copper (various) M See labels 0 1 to 2 CHECK LABEL FOR SPECIFIC CROP LISTINGS. Make sure product is labeled in state prior to use. fluopyram + pyrimethanil 7 + 9 8.0 to 11.2 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Not for Cercospora. Do not make more than 2 consecutive (Luna Tranquility) applications before rotating to a labeled non-Group 7 or non- Group 9 fungicide. Not labeled for use in Louisiana. fluopyram + trifloxystrobin 7+11 5.0 to 5.8 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Not for Cercospora except on carrot. Do not make more (Luna Sensation) than 2 consecutive applications before rotating to a labeled non-Group 7 or non-Group 11 fungicide. Carrot rate is 4.0 to 7.6 fl oz/acre. fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin 7+11 4 to 5.5 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before (Merivon) rotating to a labeled non-Group 7 or non-Group 11 fungicide. Make no more than 3 applications per season. Use maximum rate for Cercospora leaf spot. cyprodinil + fludioxonil 9+12 11 to 14 oz/acre 7 0.5 Not for Cercospora. Apply when disease first appears, and (Switch) continue on 7 to 10 day intervals if conditions remain favor- able for disease development. For radish, make no more than 2 applications per year. For other root crops, do not exceed 56 oz of product per acre per year. Also labeled for use on harvested garden beet, turnip, and radish leaves. penthiopyrad 7 16 to 30 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before alter- (Fontelis) nating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Apply no more than 61 fl oz/acre per year. Also labeled for use on harvested garden beet, turnip, and radish leaves. propiconazole (various) 3 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 FOR USE ON GARDEN BEETS, CARROTS, AND RADISH- ES ONLY. Use higher rate for carrots. Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Apply no more than 16 fl oz/ acre/season. DISEASE CONTROL pyraclostrobin (Cabrio) 11 8 to 12 oz/acre 0 0.5 Alternate with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Apply no more than 48 oz/acre/season. Also labeled for use on harvested garden beet, turnip, and radish leaves. pyraclostrobin + boscalid 11+7 8 to 10.5 oz/acre 0 0.5 FOR USE ON CARROTS ONLY. Make no more than 2 con- (Pristine) secutive applications before alternating with a different mode of action. Use no more than 63 oz or make no more than 6 applications per season. sulfur (various) M 3 to 10 lb/acre 1 POWDERY MILDEW ONLY. Spray at first appearance. Avoid applying on days over 90°F. Also labeled for use on harvested garden beet and turnip leaves trifloxystrobin 11 7 0.5 NOT FOR RADISHES. Make no more than 1 application be- (Flint) 2 to 2.9 fl oz/acre fore alternating with a fungicide with another mode of action. (Gem) 1.9 to 2.9 fl oz/acre Make no more than 4 applications of trifloxystrobin or other strobilurin fungicides per season. Phytophthora basal mefenoxam 4 — 2 Apply preplant incorporated into top 2 inches, as a soil spray stem rot (Ridomil Gold) 4 SL 1 to 2 pt/trt acre at planting. Surface spray must be incorporated by rainfall or (Ultra Flourish) 2 EC 2 to 4 pt/trt acre irrigation. metalaxyl (various) 4 4 to 8 pt/trt acre — 2 May be applied preplant incorporated or as a soil surface spray after planting.

260 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - 261 Make no more than Make no more Make no more than No more than 2 applications For white mold only. Dip harvested roots 5 to 10 Make no more than 1 application be In-furrow treatment only Make one application, applied either in-furrow at planting, in a 7-inch band over the row prior to or shortly after planting, or in drip irrigation. . FOR USE ON CARROTS ONLY Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before alter Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before Apply mode of action. nating with a fungicide with a different no more than 61 fl oz/acre per year. applying on days over 90°F. Avoid Spray at first appearance. turnip Also labeled for use on harvested garden beet and leaves. fore alternating with a fungicide with another mode of action. fore alternating with a fungicide with another mode or other Make no more than 4 applications of trifloxystrobin strobilurin fungicides per season. FOR USE ON CARROTS ONLY. mode of before alternating with a fungicide with a different action. Limit of 3 applications per season. FOR USE ON CARROTS ONLY. NOT FOR RADISHES. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before fungicide. rotating to a labeled non-Group 7 or non-Group 11 Carrot rate for Sclerotinia suppression is 7.6 fl oz/acre. Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before alter Apply mode of action. nating with a fungicide with a different Also labeled for use on no more than 61 fl oz/acre per year. harvested garden beet, turnip, and radish leaves. FOR USE ON CARROTS ONLY. seconds. Do not rinse. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, NOT LABELED FOR RADISH ROOTS. FOR RADISH ROOTS. NOT LABELED before alternating with a mefenoxam-containing 1 application growing season. more than 24.6 fl oz per Apply no fungicide. sprayer or in sprinkler irrigation. Applied with . May be applied preplant ONLY FOR USE ON CARROTS surface band, or in sprinkler incorporated, as a pre-emergent Applications can be repeated at 14- day intervals, irrigation. fungicide with a different but must alternate with a Pythium more than 30 fl oz per season. mode of action. Do not apply Do not use any adjuvant. NOT FOR CARROTS. or in sprinkler irrigation. Can be applied with a sprayer be applied in combination with Regardless of method, must and labeled for mode of action a fungicide with a different 2 consecutive applications before that method. No more than mode of fungicide with a different alternating with a Pythium may only, For carrots oz/acre/year. action. Maximum of 12 fl Do not use on turnips also be applied preplant incorporated. intended for livestock use. NOT LABELED FOR RADISH ROOTS. 1 application before alternating with a mefenoxam-containing Apply Apply no more than 24.6 fl oz per season. fungicide. with sprayer or in sprinkler irrigation. Do not use a spreader/ sticker on carrots. Pythium control only for carrot. a Apply preplant incorporated into top 2 inches or as Surface spray must be incorporated pre-emergent soil spray. by rainfall or irrigation May be applied preplant incorporated or as a soil surface spray after planting. in Make one application, applied either in-furrow at planting, or a 7-inch band over the row prior to or shortly after planting, in drip irrigation. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before ro tating to a labeled non-Group 7 or non-Group 9 fungicide. Not fl oz/acre for white mold. labeled for use in Louisiana. Use 11.2 1 0 2 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr Reentry 0 7 0 7 0 7 7 7 0 7 0 — — — — 14 14 14 Harv. Minimum Days

row ft 7.8 oz 1 pt/acre 0.34 fl oz/ 6 fl oz/acre 1000 row ft /1000 row ft 5.8 fl oz/acre 8.2 fl oz/acre 8.2 fl oz/acre Formulation 11.2 fl oz/acre 11.2 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz 3 to 10 lb/acre 41 fl oz/100 gal 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 1 to 2 pt/trt acre 2 to 4 pt/trt acre 4 to 8 pt/trt acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 12 to 14 fl oz/acre 16 to 30 fl oz/acre 16 to 30 fl oz/acre 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz/1000 fl 0.8 0.4 to 2.0 to 2.9 fl oz/acre 1.9 to 2.9 fl oz/acre 7 7 7 1 4 4 M 11 11 11 11 11 29 21 43 7+11 7 + 9 Code 11 + 3 11 11 + 4 11 FRAC azoxystrobin + difenoconazole (Quadris Top) penthiopyrad (Fontelis) sulfur (various) trifloxystrobin (Flint) (Gem) boscalid (Endura) fluazinam (Omega) fluopyram + pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility) penthiopyrad (Fontelis) thiabendazole (Mertect) azoxystrobin (various) fluopyram + trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation) Material fenamidone (Reason) cyazofamid (Ranman) azoxystrobin + mefenoxam azoxystrobin + mefenoxam (Uniform) fluopicolide (Presidio) fenamidone (Reason) mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold) 4 SL (Ultra Flourish) 2 EC metalaxyl (various) azoxystrobin (various) )

spp.) spp.) and spp.) and spp.) and White mold (Sclerotinia gray mold (Botrytis spp.) gray mold (Botrytis spp.) (postharvest) Southern blight (Sclerotium rolfsii gray mold (Botrytis spp.) White mold (Sclerotinia White mold (Sclerotinia Disease Z. Hansen, Plant Pathologist, University of Tennessee University of Plant Pathologist, Z. Hansen, TABLE 3-31. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR ROOT VEGETABLES (EXCEPT SUGAR BEET) (cont’d) BEET) SUGAR (EXCEPT VEGETABLES FOR ROOT PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-31. TABLE Phytophthora basal Phytophthora stem rot (cont’d) Beet (red, garden or table), Carrot, Parsnip, Radish, Turnip – Harvested for roots only (unless noted in remarks) (cont’d) (unless noted in remarks) Harvested for roots only – Radish, Turnip or table), Carrot, Parsnip, Beet (red, garden Pythium root rot, root dieback, cavity spot (Pythium spp.) Rust (Puccinia 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-31. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR ROOT VEGETABLES (EXCEPT SUGAR BEET) (cont’d) Z. Hansen, Plant Pathologist, University of Tennessee Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Beet (red, garden or table), Carrot, Parsnip, Radish, Turnip – Harvested for roots only (unless noted in remarks) (cont’d) White mold dichloropropene + chloropicrin — — 5 Fumigate soil in-the-row 3 to 6 weeks before seeding. Rate is (Sclerotinia spp.) and (Telone) C-17 10.8 to 17.1 gal/acre based on soil type; see label for in-row rates. Not labeled for gray mold (Botrytis use in Oklahoma. spp.) (postharvest) (Telone) C-35 13 to 30.8 gal/acre Southern blight fluazinam 29 1 pt/acre 7 0.5 FOR USE ON CARROTS ONLY. (Sclerotium rolfsii), (Omega) White rust ( spp.) Albugo penthiopyrad 7 16 to 30 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before alter- (Fontelis) nating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Apply no more than 61 fl oz/acre per year. pyraclostrobin + boscalid 11+7 8 to 10.5 oz/acre 0 0.5 FOR USE ON CARROTS ONLY. SUPPRESSION ONLY. (Pristine) Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before alter- nating with a different mode of action. Use no more than 63 oz or make no more than 6 applications per season. azoxystrobin (various) 11 12 to 14 fl oz/acre 0 4 hr No more than 1 application before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Apply no more than 123 fl oz per acre per season. pyraclostrobin 11 8 to 16 oz/acre 0 0.5 Alternate with a fungicide with a different mode of action. (Cabrio) Apply no more than 48 oz/acre/season. Also labeled for use on harvested garden beet, turnip, and radish leaves. White Rust mefenoxam + copper hydroxide 4+M 1 to 2 pt/acre 7 1 FOR USE ON CARROTS AND RADISHES ONLY. Preplant (Albugo spp.) (Ridomil Gold/Copper) or at-planting application.

TABLE 3-32. IMPORTANCE OF ALTERNATIVE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN CARROT E. Sikora, Plant Pathologist, Auburn University Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; ND, no data. -

Strategy Alternaria blight Cercospora blight Powdery mildew Pythium cavity spot Pythium damping off Southern blight Rhizoctonia cavity spot Sclerotinia post harvest Botrytis posthar - vest Bacterial leaf blight Root-knot nem - atode Avoid field operations when leaves are wet P P NC NC NC NC NC NC NC F NC Avoid overhead irrigation F F NC NC NC NC NC F NC F NC Change planting date P P NC F F F NC NC NC NC F Cover cropping with antagonist NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC F DISEASE CONTROL Crop rotation F F NC P P P P P NC F P Deep plowing G G P NC NC F F F P G NC Destroy crop residue E E P NC NC NC P NC P E P Encourage air movement F F NC NC NC NC NC F NC NC NC Plant in well-drained soil NC NC NC G G P F F NC NC NC Plant on raised beds NC NC NC F F NC F P NC NC NC Postharvest temperature control NC NC NC NC NC NC NC E E NC NC Reduce mechanical injury NC NC NC NC NC NC NC F G NC NC Destroy volunteer carrots F F P NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Pathogen-free planting material E E NC NC NC NC NC NC NC E NC Resistant cultivars G G F NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC

262 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - 263 - Do Do not tank-mix Merivon with any pesticides, adju vants, fertilizers, nutrients, or any other additives. not make more than 2 consecutive applications before ro fungicide. tating to a labeled non-Group 7 or non-Group 11 Make no more than 3 applications per season. Tank mix with another downy mildew fungicide with a Tank Apply as a foliar spray or in drip mode of action. different irrigation. Some formulations of copper may cause leaf flecking. Do not apply with or in rotation with mandipropamid. Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before mode of action. alternating with a fungicide with a different with Apply no more than 32 fl oz/acre/season. Do not apply or in rotation with dimethomorph. drip Apply at planting in furrow or by drip, or in subsequent irrigation. Make no more than 2 consecutive applications mode of before alternating with a fungicide with a different year. action. Do not apply more than 19.2 fl oz/acre per Make no more than 1 application before alternating with Apply no more mode of action. a fungicide with a different than 24.6 fl oz/acre per cropping season. Apply with a protectant fungicide. Apply no more than 30 Apply with a protectant fungicide. in oz per acre in a 12-month period. Not labeled for use Louisiana. plant water, banded spray, and drip irrigation. If using drip and drip irrigation. banded spray, plant water, emergence. irrigation, delay until after Broadcast or banded over the row as a soil spray or pre- Broadcast or banded over top two inches of soil. plant incorporation into the trans methods: in-furrow, Apply using any of the following Must be tank-mixed with a contact downy mildew fungicide Make no more than 1 mode of action. with a different application before alternating with a fungicide with a dif ferent mode of action. Apply no more than 84 oz/acre per ferent mode of action. cropping season. Apply as an in-furrow spray in 5 gal of water per acre prior Apply as an in-furrow spray application per season. to covering seed. Make only or Do not apply with or in rotation with mandipropamid dimethomorph. Do not apply more than 6 times per crop cycle. Do not apply more than 6 Broadcast or banded over the row as a soil spray or pre- banded over the row as a Broadcast or of soil. For Ultra into the top two inches plant incorporation do not exceed days only if soil applications Flourish, PHI=3 exceed and foliar mefenoxam applications do not 4 pt/A days. 0.25 lb a.i./A, otherwise PHI=21 Do not make more than 3 consecutive applications before Do not make more than 3 consecutive applications mode of action. alternating to a fungicide with a different Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Apply to soil in a banded application or in transplant water in a banded application or Apply to soil at time of transplanting. Do not apply more than 6 times per crop cycle. the Do not make more than 6 applications per season at maximum-labeled rate. due to Do not apply to young seedlings or plants stressed or herbicide drought, excessive moisture, cold weather, injury. 2 2 2 0 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr Reentry 1 2 1 0 0 0 2 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 7 -- 21 21 21 Minimum Days Harv.

acre 5 oz/acre 0.34 fl oz/ See labels 8 fl oz/acre 6 fl oz/acre 1,000 row ft 14 fl oz/acre Formulation 1 to 2 qt/acre 4 to 8 pt/acre 1 to 2 pt/acre 2 to 4 pt/acre 1 to 2 qt/acre 2.75 fl oz/acre 2.75 fl oz/acre 8 to 10 oz/acre 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 4 to 11 fl oz/acre 4 to 11 Rate of Material Rate of Material 13.9 to 27.8 fl oz/ 0.5 to 0.75 oz/acre 4.8 to 9.6 fl oz/acre 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 3.75 to 13 fl oz/acre 4 4 M 11 43 40 40 27 19 21 21 21 P07 P07 49+4 Code 7 + 11 11 + 4 11 11+27 FRAC 49 + 4 45 + 40

fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Merivon) fluopicolide (Presidio) mandipropamid (Revus) oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Gold 200) fixed copper (various) dimethomorph (Forum) and di-potassium salts) (Reliant, Fungi-Phite) phosphorous acid (mono- phosphorous acid (mono- oxathiapiprolin + mefenoxam oxathiapiprolin + mefenoxam (Orondis Gold) fenamidone (Reason 500SC) cymoxanil (Curzate) azoxystrobin + mefenoxam azoxystrobin + mefenoxam (Uniform) metalaxyl (various) famoxadone + cymoxanil (Tanos) phosphorous acid (mono- and di-potassium salts) (Reliant, Fungi-Phite) ametoctradin + dimethomorph (Zampro) Material mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold) (Ultra Flourish) polyoxin D zinc salt (OSO 5%SC) cyazofamid (Ranman) cyazofamid (Ranman) acibenzolar-S-methyl (Actigard) ) f.

), )

Pythium ) spinaciae Downy mildew (Peronospora fainosa sp. spinaciae Seedling blight, damping rot ( root off, spp., Rhizoctonia solani Disease Damping off Damping off (Pythium spp.) Downy mildew (Peronospora fainosa f. sp. white rust (Albugo occidentalis Z. Hansen, Plant Pathologist, University of Tennessee University of Plant Pathologist, Z. Hansen, TABLE 3-33. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR SPINACH (cont’d) FOR SPINACH PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-33. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-33. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR SPINACH (cont’d) Z. Hansen, Plant Pathologist, University of Tennessee

FRAC Rate of Material Minimum Days Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Downy mildew (Perono- laminarin P04 14 to 22 fl oz/acre 0 4 hr Use preventatively. Tank mix with another registered fungi- spora fainosa f. sp. spina- (Vacciplant) cide under moderate to severe disease pressure. ), white rust ( ciae Albugo mefenoxam 4 0.25 pt/acre 21 2 Shank application 21 days after planting or after first cut- ) (cont’d) occidentalis (Ridomil Gold) ting. Two shanked applications may be made on a 21-day (Ultra Flourish) interval. pyraclostrobin 11 12 to 16 oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before (Cabrio) alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Apply no more than 64 oz per acre per growing season. mefenoxam + copper 4+M 2.5 lb/acre 21 2 Spray to foliage. Use with preplant Ridomil Gold soil hydroxide application. (Ridomil Gold/Copper) metalaxyl 4 1 pt/trt acre 21 2 Shank in 21 days after planting. Apply no more than (various) 2-shanked applications on 21-day intervals. oxathiapiprolin 49 4.8 to 9.6 fl oz/acre 0 4 hr DOWNY MILDEW ONLY. (Orondis Gold 200) White rust azoxystrobin (various) 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz/acre 0 4 hr Make no more than 1 application before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. cyazofamid 21 2.75 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 No more than 5 applications per crop. No more than 3 (Ranman) consecutive applications followed by at least three applica- tions of a fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not apply more than 13.75 fl oz per acre per crop per growing season. fenamidone 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 2 0.5 Make no more than 1 application before alternating with (Reason) a fungicide with a different mode of action. Apply no more than 24.6 fl oz/acre per growing season. azoxystrobin (various) 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz/acre 0 4 hr Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Apply no more than 92.3 fl oz/acre/season. Various leaf spots azoxystrobin + flutriafol 11+3 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Use a rotation partner outside of groups 3 and 11. Do not (Topguard EQ) apply more than 4 applications per year. cyprodinil + fludioxonil 9+12 11 to 14 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than 1 application before alternating with (Switch) a fungicide with a different mode of action. Apply no more than 24.6 fl oz/acre per growing season. fenamidone 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 2 0.5 Make no more than 1 application before alternating with (Reason) a fungicide with a different mode of action. Apply no more than 24.6 fl oz/acre per growing season. fixed copper (various) M See labels 0 2 Some formulations of copper may cause flecking on the leaves. fludioxonil 12 7 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before (Cannonball WG) alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. fluopyram + trifloxystrobin 7 + 11 7.6 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Use a rotation partner outside of groups 7 and 11. (Luna Sensation) flutriafol 3 5 to 7 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Do not apply more than 28 fl oz/A per year. DISEASE CONTROL (Rhyme) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin 7 + 11 4 to 11 fl oz/acre 1 0.5 Do not tank-mix Merivon with any pesticides, adju- (Merivon) vants, fertilizers, nutrients, or any other additives. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before ro- tating to a labeled non-Group 7 or non-Group 11 fungicide. Make no more than 3 applications per season. penthiopyrad 7 14 to 24 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before (Fontelis) alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Apply no more than 72 fl oz/acre/year. phosphorous acid (mono- and P07 1.5 to 2 qt/acre 0 4 hr Do not apply more than 6 times per crop cycle. di-potassium salts) (Reliant) pyraclostrobin 11 12 to 16 oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before (Cabrio) alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Apply no more than 64 oz per acre per growing season. pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil 7+12 9.2 to 13.4 fl oz/ 0 0.5 Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before (Miravis Prime) acre alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Apply no more than 36.5 fl oz per acre per growing season. trifloxystrobin 11 3 to 3.8 fl oz/acre 0-20 0.5 REI is 0 days for broadcast foliar uses and 20 days for (Flint Extra) banded applications. Apply no more than 7.6 fl oz per acre per growing season.

264 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - 265 ). Sclerotium rolfsii Dip seed sweetpotatoes 10 to 15 seconds Dip seed sweetpotatoes 10 Apply uniformly to seed roots as a water-based slurry. Apply uniformly to seed roots as a water-based slurry. Seed dip: suspension. Drain sweet- in a well-agitated fungicide Prepare fresh fungicide potatoes and bed promptly. suspension daily. sweet Plant bed spray: Spray or sprinkle over bedded potatoes before covering them with soil. or South Tennessee, Note: Not for use in Virginia, Carolina. Make in-furrow or banded applications shortly after Make in-furrow or banded transplanting. ( Labeled for Southern blight plications at intervals of 7 to 10 days. See label for rate. year. Do not apply more than 3.5 pints per acre per Labeled for control of white mold (Sclerotinia). Begin Labeled for control of white mold (Sclerotinia). Begin are 6 to 8 inches tall. applications when plants ap Repeat SECTION 18 LABEL ONLY IN NORTH CAROLINA. IN NORTH CAROLINA. ONLY LABEL SECTION 18 for of sweetpotato Postharvest treatment control of black during packing. Mist washed rot. Limit to one application tumbling action, before roots on a conveyor line, with of lb 2,000 Mertect to each packing with 0.42 fl oz of Alterna complete coverage. for water sufficient in Mertect roots of oz fl in 0.42 seconds 20 for roots the dip tively, Ensure roots are water. per gal of dry packing. before Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Apply at planting. Refer to label for details. Dip seed roots 1 to 2 minutes and plant immediately. 1 to 2 minutes and plant Dip seed roots Apply in-furrow or as a side dressing over seed piece. Apply in-furrow or as a side dressing over seed piece. Do not make more than two applications per year or apply more than 16 fl oz per acre per year. Preplant incorporated or soil surface spray. soilborne dis For season. per acre per oz fl 123 to Limit ease control, refer to label. Begin prior foliar applications disease and continue on a 5- to 7-day interval. to Incorporate in soil. See label for row rate. Must be tank mixed with a labeled rate of another fungicide the target pathogen, but with active against a moved of action. Repeat applications at 10-day different intervals. Begin foliar applications prior to disease Begin and continue on a 7- to 10-day interval. No more than two applications can be made at a 7-day interval; all other applications must be made at a 14-day Apply no more than 27 fl oz per acre per year. interval. Begin foliar applications prior to disease Begin and continue on a 5- to 10- day interval. Limit to 22.8 fl oz per acre per year. For soilborne Limit to 22.8 fl oz per acre per year. disease control, refer to label. Begin foliar applications prior to disease and continue on a 7- to 10-day interval. 2 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr Reentry 7 _ 7 0 7 7 7 — — — — — 14 14 14 0.5 0.5 Minimum Days Harv.

acre 100 lb of (Seed Dip) 8 fl oz/acre of plant bed per 100 lb of 0.42 fl oz/gal 0.42 fl 6/1 fl oz/acre 5.73 oz in 14 0.6 qt/7.5 gal Formulation 0.42 fl oz per 1,000 row feet 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz/ 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 11 to 14 oz/acre 11 ropagating roots 107 fl oz/100 gal 107 fl oz/100 0.19 to 0.38 fl oz Rate of Material Rate of Material (Plant bed spray) 0.08 to 0.16 fl oz/ 5.5 to 8 fl oz/acre 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/ 2 to 3.8 fl oz/acre propagating roots 6 to 15.5 fl oz/acre gal/1000 linear feet 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 2,000 lb of roots or 2,000 lb of roots 4 to 8 pt/treated acre 1 to 2 pt/treated acre 3 3 4 4 11 11 11 11 11 21 12 29 14 22 43 7 + 3 Code FRAC 9 + 12 - cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC) fludioxonil (Maxim 4 FS) azoxystrobin (Dynasty) 0.83 F fluazinam (Omega) 500F dichloran (Botran) 5F azoxystrobin (Quadris) 2.08 F thiabendazole thiabendazole (Mertect 340 F) Material thiabendazole thiabendazole F) (Mertect 340 ethaboxam (Elumin) azoxystrobin (Aframe, generic) fluopicolide (Presidio) cyprodinil + fludioxonil (Switch 62.5WG) metalaxyl (MetaStar) 2 E mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold) 4 SL difenoconazole + benzovin diflupyr (Aprovia Top) fenamidone (Reason 500SC) fluoxastrobin (Aftershock) ) ) ), and foot rot Monilochaetes Monilochaetes Damping off Damping off (Pythium spp.) Seed-borne and soilborne fungi that damping cause decay, or seedling blight off Circular spot, Sclerotial blight, Rhizoctonia stem root Pythium canker, rot Postharvest black rot Postharvest black (Ceratocystis fimbriata Black rot (Ceratocystis fimbriata), scurf ( infuscans Disease L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Carolina North Plant Pathologist, L. Quesada-Ocampo, TABLE 3-34. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR SWEETPOTATO (cont’d) FOR SWEETPOTATO PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-34. TABLE Foliar diseases (Alternaria 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-34. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR SWEETPOTATO (cont’d) L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Foliar diseases pyraclostrobin 11 8 to 12 oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not apply more than 48 fl oz per acre per season. (Alternaria) (cont’d) (Cabrio) 20 WG Alternate with a fungicide with a different mode of action after each use. pyrimethanil 9 7 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Begin foliar applications prior to disease and continue (Scala SC) on a 7- to 14- day interval. trifloxystrobin 11 3 to 3.8 oz/acre 7 0.5 Apply on a 7 to 10 day interval as needed. Do not make (Flint Extra) more than six applications per year or apply more than 23 fl oz per acre per year. Postharvest Fusarium rot azoxystrobin + fludioxonil + 11 + 12 1 fl oz per 2,000 lbs _ _ Ensure proper coverage, use tumbling, and mix the fun- difenoconazole + 3 of roots gicide solution in sufficient water volume. Do not make (Stadium) more than one postharvest application. Mottle necrosis potassium phosphite P07 1¼ quarts/acre 0 4 hr Foliar spray at 5- to 14-day intervals depending on (Pythium postharvest) (Allude) disease incidence. Powdery mildew azoxystrobin+ difeno- 11 + 3 8 to 14 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 Begin foliar applications prior to disease and continue conazole on a 7- to 14-day interval. (Quadris Top) cyprodinil + fludioxonil 9 + 12 11 to 14 oz/acre 7 0.5 Begin foliar applications prior to disease and continue (Switch 62.5WG) on a 7- to 10-day interval. difenoconazole + 7 + 3 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/ 14 0.5 No more than two applications can be made at a 7-day benzovindiflupyr acre interval; all other applications must be made at a 14-day (Aprovia Top) interval. Apply no more than 27 fl oz per acre per year. fluopyram + pyrimethanil 7 + 9 11.2 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Limit to 54.7 fl oz per acre per year. Do not make more (Luna Tranquility) than two sequential applications of Group 7-containing fungicides. Labeled for Alternaria and Sclerotinia. Apply at 7- or 14-day intervals. metconazole 3 2.5 to 4 oz/acre 1 0.5 Begin foliar applications prior to disease and continue (Quash) on a 7- to 10-day interval. Do not apply more than 16 fl oz per year or four times per year. Do not make more than two sequential applications before alternating with products with different modes of action. penthiopyrad 7 0.7 to 24 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 For soilborne disease control, refer to label. Begin foliar (Vertisan) applications prior to disease and continue on a 7- to 14-day interval. pyraclostrobin 11 8 to 12 oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not apply more than 48 fl oz per acre per season. (Cabrio) 20 WG Alternate with a fungicide with a different mode of action after each use. Postharvest Rhizopus dicloran 14 1 lb/100 gal — — Spray or dip. Dip for 5 to 10 seconds in well-agitated soft rot (Botran) 75 W suspension. Add ½-pound Botran to 100 gallons of treating suspension after500 bushels treated. Do not rinse. fludioxonil 12 16 to 32 fl oz/100 gal — — Dip for approximately 30 seconds in well-agitated solution (Scholar 1.9 SC) and allow sweetpotatoes to drain. Add 8 fl oz to 100 gals after 500 bushels are treated. ALTERNATIVELY, mix 16 DISEASE CONTROL fluid ounces in 7 to 25 gallons of water, wax/emulsion, or aqueous dilution of wax/oil emulsion. Can also be used to disinfest tanks, refer to label. White mold (Sclerotinia) boscalid 7 5.5 to 10 oz/acre 10 0.5 Begin applications prior to disease development and (Endura) apply again at a 7 to 14 day interval. Do not apply more than 20 fl oz per year. Do not make more than two sequential applications before alternating with products with different modes of action. Coniothyrium minitans — 1 to 4 lb/acre 0 4 hr OMRI listed product. Apply to soil surface and incorpo- (Contans WG) rate no deeper than 2 inches. Works best when applied prior to planting or transplanting. Do not apply other fungicides for 3 weeks after applying Contans.

266 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - 267 - - Dip seed sweetpotatoes 10 to 15 seconds in Dip seed sweetpotatoes 10 : Dip seed sweetpotatoes 10 to 15 seconds in Make no more than two sequential applications before Make no more than two sequential applications before mode alternating with fungicides that have a different Apply no more than 2.88 quarts per crop per of action. acre per season. Limit to 0.466 lbs fluopyram per acre per year. Do not Limit to 0.466 lbs fluopyram per acre per year. make more than two sequential applications of Group 7-containing fungicides. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Seed dip a well-agitated fungicide suspension. Drain sweet Prepare fresh fungicide potatoes and bed promptly. suspension daily. Plant bed spray: Spray or sprinkle over bedded sweet potatoes before covering them with soil. No more than two applications can be made at a 7-day No more than two applications can be made at a 7-day interval; all other applications must be made at a 14-day Apply no more than 27 fl oz per acre per year. interval. Begin applications when conditions favor disease de velopment, and continue on 5 to 10 day interval. Do not velopment, and continue on 5 to 10 day interval. Do apply more than 16.4 fluid ounces per growing season. resistance Alternate with a fungicide from different management group. Do not apply more than 48 ounces per acre per season. mode of action Alternate with a fungicide with a different after each use. Initiate applications when conditions are favorable for when conditions are Initiate applications symptoms first or when disease disease development a 7 to 10 day schedule. Repeat applications on appear. more than 3.5 pints per year. Do not apply and prior to disease development Make an application 16 fl Do not apply more than apply again 14 days later. Do not make more year. oz per year or four times per before alternating with than two sequential applications modes of action. products with different Seed dip: Drain sweet a well-agitated fungicide suspension. Prepare fresh fungicide potatoes and bed promptly. suspension daily. Plant bed spray: Spray or sprinkle over bedded sweet potatoes before covering them with soil. Dip seed roots 1 to 2 minutes and plant immediately. Apply in sufficient volume of water to ensure good Apply in sufficient volume than two applications of coverage. Do not make more and 7 fungicides before or other Group 3 Top Miravis that is not in Group 3 or 7. alternation with a fungicide applications at the maximum Do not make more than 4 application rate per year. — — 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr Reentry 7 7 0 1 — — 14 14 14 14 Minimum Days 0.5 Harv.

4 oz/acre 1 lb/100 gal 1 lb/100 gal Formulation 13.7 fl oz/acre 8 to 16 oz/acre 107 fl oz/100 gal Rate of Material Rate of Material 5.5 to 8 fl oz/acre 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 6.2 to 15.4 fl oz/acre 6.0 to 6.84 fl oz/acre 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/acre 7 3 3 11 11 11 29 14 14 7 + 3 3 + 7 Code FRAC - - SEE SANITATION azoxystrobin (Quadris) 2.08 F fenamidone (Reason 500SC) fluopyram Prime) (Velum Material fluazinam Lektivar (Omega 500F, 40SC) difenoconazole + benzovin diflupyr (Aprovia Top) dicloran (Botran) 75 W pyraclostrobin (Cabrio) 20 WG metconazole metconazole (Quash) Pydiflumetofen + difeno thiabendazole (Mertect 340 F) conazole (Miravis Top) dicloran (Botran) 75 W ) ) ) ) and Sclerotial

White rust Nematodes White mold (Sclerotinia (cont’d) Disease L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Carolina North Plant Pathologist, L. Quesada-Ocampo, TABLE 3-34. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR SWEETPOTATO (cont’d) FOR SWEETPOTATO PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-34. TABLE Southern blight (Sclerotium rolfsii blight (Sclerotium rolfsii Scurf (Monilochaetes infuscans 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable

STORAGE HOUSE SANITATION STORAGE PETIOLE VEGETABLES SWISS CHARD SEE LEAFY

TABLE 3-35. EFFICACY OF PRODUCTS FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN SWEETPOTATO L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; ND, no data.

Fungicide

Active Ingredient Product Group Nematicide (N) or Fungicide (F) Alternaria leaf spot Black rot ( C. fimbriata) Fusarium Java black rot (D. gossypina) Nematodes Pythium Rhizopus soft rot ( R. stolonifer) Southern blight ( S. rolfsii) Sclerotinia Scurf ( M. infuscans) Soil rot/Pox ( S. ipomoea) Sweetpotato Feathery Mottle virus azoxystrobin + fludioxonil + difenoconazole Stadium 11+ 12 + 3 F ND E ND ND ND ND E ND ND ND ND NC boscalid Endura 7 F ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND E ND ND NC chlorine sanitizer postharvest F ND F ND P ND ND F ND ND P NC NC chloropicrin N, F ND P F F F ND ND F ND ND F NC Coniothyrium minitans Contans WG F ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND F ND ND NC cyazofamid Ranman 21 F ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND NC dicloran Botran 75W 14 F ND P ND P ND ND F P G F NC NC 1,3-dichloropropene Telone II N ND ND P ND G ND ND ND ND ND ND NC difenoconazole + benzovindiflupyr Aprovia Top 3 + 7 F ND ND ND ND ND ND E ND ND ND ND NC ethaboxam Elumin 22 F ND ND ND ND ND G ND ND ND ND ND NC ethoprop Mocap N ND ND ND ND P ND ND ND ND ND ND NC fludioxonil Scholar 12 F ND F ND ND NC ND F NC ND ND NC NC fluopicolide Presidio 43 F ND ND ND ND ND G ND ND ND ND ND NC fluopyram Velum Prime 7 N, F ND ND ND ND G ND ND ND ND ND ND NC mefenoxam Ridomil Gold 4 F ND ND ND ND ND G ND ND ND ND ND NC metconazole Quash 3 F ND E ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND NC metam sodium Vapam N ND P F ND F ND ND ND ND ND ND NC metalaxyl MetaStar 4 F ND ND ND ND ND F ND ND ND ND ND NC oxamyl Vydate N ND ND ND ND F ND ND ND ND ND ND NC Pseudomonas syringae Bio-Save F ND ND ND ND ND ND P ND ND ND ND NC thiabendazole Mertect 340-F 1 F ND E P F ND ND E F ND P NC NC

TABLE 3-36. IMPORTANCE OF ALTERNATIVE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN SWEETPOTATO L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; ND, no data.

DISEASE CONTROL soft rot ( R. stolonifer) Sclerotinia Southern Strategy Alternaria leaf spot Black rot (C. fimbriata) Fusarium Java black rot (D .gossypina) Nematodes Pythium Rhizopus blight Scurf (M. infuscans) Soil rot/Pox (S .ipomoea) Sweetpotato Feathery Mottle virus Crop rotation (3 to 4 years) P F F F F P NC F F P F NC Disease-free planting stock NC E G G F P NC NC P E P G Resistant cultivars F NC F F FS P F F F P G F Careful handling to reduce mechanical injury NC F F NC NC P E F NC NC NC NC Cutting plants (in beds) above soil line NC G F F GX P NC NC NC G P NC Soil sample for nematode analysis NC NC NC NC E P NC NC NC NC NC NC Sanitation (equipment, fields, storage houses) F E P F NC P E NC NC P NC NC Manage insects that transmit pathogens NC P NC NC NC P NC NC NC NC NC NC Sulfur added to soil to reduce pH NC NC NC NC NC P NC NC NC NC F NC Prompt curing and proper storage conditions NC E F F NC P E NC NC NC NC NC Site selection (drainage) P NC F F NC E F G P NC P NC Manage insects that cause feeding injuries to roots NC G NC P NC P P NC NC NC NC NC Avoid harvesting when soils are wet F G NC F NC G F F NC NC NC NC S Resistant cultivars for root knot nematode are susceptible to reniform nematode. Cultivars resistant to Southern root-knot nematode (Meloidogyne incognita) may not be resistant to Guava root-knot nematode (Meloidogyne enterolobii). X Cutting plants above soil line provides good reduction in movement in nematodes, but will not control nematodes already established in soil.

268 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL ------269 one one one one one appli Limit of 96 oz per acre per season. Make no more than Limit of 96 oz per acre per season. Make no more than Do not make more than two applications of Miravis Prime or other Do not make more than two applications of Miravis fungicide that Group 7 and 12 fungicides before alternation with a is not in Group 7 or 12. Do not exceed 22.8 fl oz/acre/season. chemigation. or Apply by ground, air, a different application before alternating with fungicides that have Limit of five applications per season. Make no more than Limit of five applications per season. Make no more a different applications before alternating with fungicides that have mode of action. Limit of 22.8 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more than Limit of 22.8 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more Make no more than Do not exceed 72 fl oz of product per year. with two sequential applications per season before alternating mode of action. fungicides that have a different application before alternating with fungicides that have a different a different application before alternating with fungicides that have mode of action. NOTE: Do not overhead irrigate for 24 hours following a spray application. applications before rotating to another effective fungicide with a fungicide to another effective applications before rotating mode of action. different Limit of 24.6 fl oz per growing season. Make no more than Limit of 24.6 fl oz per growing Limit of 28 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more than two con Limit of 28 fl oz per acre before alternating with fungicides secutive applications per season mode of action. that have a different Do not exceed 72 fl oz of product per year. Make no more than two Do not exceed 72 fl oz of product per year. consecutive applications per season before rotating to a fungicide mode of action. with a different Limit five applications per season. Make no more than Limit 56 oz per acre per year. After two applications, rotate to an Limit 56 oz per acre per year. of action for two applications. mode other fungicide with a different Limit of 56 oz per acre per year. After two applications, rotate to an year. Limit of 56 oz per acre per mode of action for two applications. other fungicide with a different cation before alternating with fungicides that have a different mode cation before alternating with fungicides that have a different of action. Limit of 17.5 pt per acre per year. Limit of 80 fl oz per acre per season. Limit of 47 fl oz per acre per season. Do not apply until 21 days after transplanting or 35 days after seeding. Limit of 12 pints per acre per season. Limit of 21 oz per acre per season. Make no more than two se Limit of 21 oz per acre per per season. Limit of 80 fl oz per acre quential applications before alternating with fungicides that have a quential applications before mode of action. different Limit of 16 fl oz or 5 applications per acre per year. Make no more Limit of 16 fl oz or 5 applications per acre per year. a than one application before alternating with a fungicide that has mode of action. different Limit of 37 fl oz per crop per acre per season. Make no more than one application before alternating with fungicides that have a mode of action. different ceed 5 applications of Mettle per acre per year. Do not apply more ceed 5 applications of Mettle per acre per year. products. than 0.125 lb/acre/year of tetraconazole containing Make no more than 2 sequential applications before switching Make no more than 2 sequential applications before mode of action. Can be applied by to a fungicide with a different than 16 fl oz or ex or chemigation. Do not apply more ground, air, n season. Make no more tha oz per crop per acre per Limit of 37 fl that have a alternating with fungicides one application before mode of action. different Do not apply until 21 days oz per acre per season. Limit of 47 fl or 35 days after seeding. after transplanting mode of action. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, 4 h 0.5 4 h 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 h 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 h 0.5 4 hr Reentry cont’d) 0 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 Harv. Minimum Days

1.5 pt/acre 8 fl oz/acre 3 fl oz/acre 8 fl oz/acre 6.2 oz/acre Formulation 8 to 16 oz/acre 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 11 to 14 oz/acre 11 11 to 14 oz/acre 11 2 to 2.44 pt/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 5.5 to 7 fl oz/acre 5 to 6.2 fl oz/acre 5 to 6.2 fl oz/acre 2.5 to 3.5 oz/acre 10 to 24 fl oz/acre 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 6.2 oz/acre (Ph-D) 2.0 to 5.7 fl oz/acre 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 9.2 to 11.4 fl oz/acre fl 9.2 to 11.4 3.75 to 13.0 fl oz/acre 7 7 7 3 M 11 11 11 11 11 11 19 19 9+3 9+3 11+3 11+3 3+40 9+12 9+12 Code M+27 FRAC 7 + 12 - - - pyraclostrobin (Cabrio 20 EG) pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil (Miravis Prime) polyoxin D zinc salt (Ph-D; OSO 5% SC) (OSO) penthiopyrad (Fontelis 1.67F) fluoxastrobin (Aftershock, Evito 480SC 4F) fenamidone (Reason 500SC) polyoxin D (Ph-D 11.3WDG) penthiopyrad (Fontelis 1.67F) ropamid 4.16F) (Revus Top difenoconazole + mandip cyprodinil + difenoconazole (Inspire Super 2.82F) cyprodinil + fludioxonil (Switch 62.5WG) chlorothalonil Stick 6F) (Bravo Weather chlorothalonil + cymoxanil (Ariston 4.34F) cyprodinil + fludioxonil (Switch 62.5WG) cyprodinil + difenoconazole cyprodinil + difenoconazole (Inspire Super 2.82F) azoxystrobin + difeno conazole 2.72F) (Quadris Top azoxystrobin (various) trifloxystrobin (Flint Extra) azoxystrobin + difeno azoxystrobin boscalid (Endura 70WDG) conazole 2.72F) (Quadris Top tetraconazole (Mettle125 ME) Material (various) azoxystrobin Powdery mildew Early blight Disease I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University (Not updated in 2020) updated in (Not State University North Carolina Plant Pathologist, Extension I. Meadows, TABLE 3-37. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR TOMATILLO ( FOR TOMATILLO PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-37. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-37. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR TOMATILLO (cont’d) I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University (Not updated in 2020) Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Powdery mildew pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil 7 + 12 9.2 to 11.4 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not make more than two applications of Miravis Prime or other (cont’d) (Miravis Prime) Group 7 and 12 fungicides before alternation with a fungicide that is not in Group 7 or 12. Do not exceed 22.8 fl oz/acre/season. Apply by ground, air, or chemigation. pyraclostrobin 11 8 to 16 oz/acre 0 4 h Limit of 96 oz per acre per season. Make no more than one (Cabrio 20EG) application before alternating with fungicides that have a different mode of action. mandipropamid + 40+3 5.5 to 7 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 28 fl oz per acre per season. Make no more than two con- difenoconazole secutive applications before alternating with fungicides that have a (Revus Top 4.16F) different mode of action. tetraconazole 3 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications before switching (Mettle125 ME) to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Can be applied by ground, air, or chemigation. Do not apply more than 16 fl oz or ex- ceed 5 applications of Mettle per acre per year. Do not apply more than 0.125 lb/acre/year of tetraconazole containing products.

TABLE 3-38. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR TOMATO (cont’d) I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks TOMATO (transplants produced in a greenhouse or other controlled environment) Treating seed to eliminate plant pathogens on or within the seed is recommended. For a list of SEED TREATMENTS that are compatible with raw (naked) seed see TABLES 3-47 to 3-49. Bacterial canker sodium hypochlorite NC 1 qt + 4 qt water NA 0 Wash seed for 40 min in solution with continuous agitation; air dry (CPPC Ultra Bleach 2; promptly. Use 1 gal of solution per 1 lb seed. NOTE: Ultra Bleach 2 6.15%) seed treatment is not compatible with pelleted (coated) seed. streptomycin sulfate 25 1 lb/100 gal NA 0 Begin application at first true leaf stage; repeat weekly until trans- (various) plant. Bacterial spot, bacteriophage NC 3 to 8 oz/9,600 sq ft NA 0 Consult your vegetable Extension Specialist for information on re- Bacterial speck (AgriPhage) quirements needed to use bacteriophage. Bacteriophages are most effective when applied during or after last watering of the day. copper (various) M1 See label NA 0 Begin application at first true leaf stage, repeat at 3 to 7 day intervals until transplanting. Alternating with streptomycin sulfate is recommended. mancozeb (various) M3 See label NA 1 For states East of the Mississippi, use 1.5 to 3 lb/acre of product. States West of the Mississippi use 1.5 to 2 lb/acre of product. NOTE: Use a full rate of fixed copper in combination with man- cozeb. Mancozeb alone does not control bacteria. streptomycin sulfate 25 1 lb/100 gal NA 0 Begin application at first true leaf stage, repeat weekly until trans- DISEASE CONTROL (various) planting. For plant bed use only. Early blight, Gray mancozeb (various) M3 See label NA 1 For states East of the Mississippi, use 1.5 to 3 lb per acre of mold, Late blight product. States West of the Mississippi use 1.5 to 2 lb per acre of product. NOTE: Use a full rate of fixed copper in combination with mancozeb if bacteria control is also required. Gray mold (Botrytis), cyprodinil + fludioxonil 9 + 12 11 to 14 oz/acre NA 0.5 DO NOT APPLY TO GRAPE OR CHERRY TOMATO. After 2 appli- Botrytis stem canker, (Switch 62.5WG) cations, switch to a different mode of action for 2 applications. Early blight, Powdery mildew fluopyram + pyrimethanil 7 + 9 11.2 fl oz/acre NA 0.5 See label for limits on application amounts per season. Do not make (Luna Tranquility) more than 2 applications of Group 7 or 9 fungicides without switch- ing to a different mode of action. penthiopyrad 7 0.5 to 0.75 fl oz/gal NA 0.5 Use 1 gallon of spray per 1,360 ft2. Do not make more than 2 appli- (Fontelis 1.67 SC) cations before switching to a different mode of action. Late blight mandipropamid 40 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/acre NA 4 h Apply no more than 2 applications before switching to another mode (Micora) (5,000 ft2) of action. propamocarb 28 0.7 to 1.5 pt/acre NA 0.5 Can be used as a drench before or after transplanting. (Previcur Flex 6F) Pythium damping off cyazofamid 21 3.0 fl oz/100 gal NA 0.5 Apply as a soil drench to seedling tray or at the time of transplant. (Ranman 400SC) propamocarb 28 1.5 pt/acre NA 0.5 Limit of 7.5 pt per acre per season. Do not make more than 1 appli- (Previcur Flex 6F) cation before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action.

270 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - 271 Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Limit of 28 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive mode applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different of action. Limits of each a.i. apply – see label. Limit of 72 fl oz/acre/season. Do DISEASE SUPPRESSION ONLY. not make more than 2 consecutive applications before alternating to mode of action. a fungicide with a different Do not make more than 2 applications of Miravis Prime or other Group 7 and 12 fungicides before alternation with a fungicide that is Apply not in Group 7 or 12. Do not exceed 22.8 fl oz/acre/season. or chemigation. by ground, air, Limit of 96 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 applications mode of action. before alternating to a fungicide with a different Make no more than 2 sequential applications before switching to a action. Can be applied by ground, mode of fungicide with a different or chemigation. Do not apply more than 16 fl oz or exceed 5 air, Do not apply more than applications of Mettle per acre per year. 0.125 lb/acre/year of tetraconazole containing products. of action. more than one Limit of 72 fl oz/acre/12 month period. Do not make mode of application before alternating to a fungicide with a different that action. NOTE: Must be tank-mixed with a contact fungicide has a different mode of action. See label for rates. do not For states East of the Mississippi and including Mississippi, of Mississippi, use exceed 12 lb of product/acre/season. States West ason. 0.8 to 1.1 lb/acre and do not exceed 9.14 lb of product/acre/se make more than Do not exceed 12 lb of product/acre/season. Do not 1 application before alternation with a fungicide not in Group 11. On fresh market tomato, do not tank mix with an adjuvant or an EC injury. mixture with dimethoate may cause crop Tank formulation. See label. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating before alternating not make more than 1 application See label. Do mode of action. with a different to a fungicide alternating to a fun more than 1 application before Do not make gicide with a different mode of action. Do not apply within 21 days mode of action. gicide with a different after seeding. after transplanting or 35 days Limit 47 fl oz/acre/ season. mode of action. gicide with a different after transplanting or 35 days after Do not apply within 21 days seeding. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a fun Do not make more than 1 formulated tank mix partners on fresh Do not use adjuvants or EC 4 applications per year or 8 fl oz of market tomatoes. Do not exceed a.i. apply – see label. product/acre. Limits of each Refer to individual labels for rates and restrictions. Refer to individual labels for rates and restrictions. Refer to individual labels for precautions and limitations for Check copper labels for specific mixing with this product. before alter Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications on. nating to a non-Group 7 fungicide. Limit of 53.6 fl oz/acre/seas See label for application intervals and limits Limits of each a.i. apply. per season. 2 consecutive Limit of 80 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than mode different applications before alternating to a fungicide with a of action. Limits of each a.i. apply – see label. DISEASE SUPPRESSION ONLY. Do not exceed 5 applications DISEASE SUPPRESSION ONLY. 2 consecutive or 27.1 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than mode different applications before alternating to a fungicide with a of action. Do not exceed 4 applications or 28 fl oz of product/acre/season. Limit of 24 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive Limit of 24 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than mode different applications before alternating to a fungicide with a 1 1 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 h 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Reentry 1 0 0 0 0 5 3 0 0 0 0 5 0 3 0 0 3 3 0 7 Harv. Minimum Days

acre 8 oz/acre See label See label See label See label 4 to 8 fl oz 1.6 pt/acre 1.9 pt/acre 8 fl oz/acre 24 fl oz/acre 7.6 fl oz/acre Formulation 8 to 12 oz/acre 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 5 to 7 fl oz/acre 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 0.8 to 1.6 lb/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 5.5 to 7 fl oz/acre 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/ 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 9.2 to 11.4 fl oz/acre 9.2 to 11.4 7 3 3 11 11 11 11 40 27 M3 M5 M1 7 + 7 + + 3 11 + 7 + 3 3 + 9 Code 11 + 3 11 + 3 11 7 + 12 FRAC M3 + 11 11 + M5 11 27 + M5 - - - -

penthiopyrad (Fontelis 1.67 SC) pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil (Miravis Prime) pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG) tetraconazole (Mettle125 ME) mandipropamid + difenoconazole (Revus Top) Material famoxadone + cymoxanil (Tanos) mancozeb (various) mancozeb + azoxystrobin (Dexter Max) azoxystrobin + chloro azoxystrobin thalonil (Quadris Opti) azoxystrobin (various) azoxystrobin azoxystrobin + difeno conazole (Quadris Top) flutriafol + azoxystrobin EQ) (Topguard chlorothalonil (various) copper (various) cymoxanil + chloroth difenoconazole + benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top) difenoconazole + cyprodinil (Inspire Super) fluopyram + trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation) alonil (Ariston) flutriafol (Rhyme) fluxapyroxad + pyraclos trobin (Priaxor Xemium) Anthracnose TOMATO (field) TOMATO Disease I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Agricultural State University Louisiana Pathologist, Singh, Plant R. State University; North Carolina Pathologist, Plant I. Meadows, TABLE 3-38. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR TOMATO (cont’d) FOR TOMATO PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-38. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-38. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR TOMATO (cont’d) I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks TOMATO (field) (cont’d) Anthracnose trifloxystrobin 11 3 to 3.8 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 DISEASE SUPPRESSION ONLY. Limit of 16 fl oz or 5 applications (cont’d) (Flint Extra) per acre per season. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Bacterial spot, acibenzolar-S-methyl 21 0.33 to 0.75 oz/acre 14 0.5 Should only be applied to healthy, actively growing plants. Do not Bacterial speck (Actigard 50WG) exceed 8 applications/crop/season. bacteriophage NC 3 to 8 oz/9,600 sq ft 0 0 Consult your vegetable Extension Specialist for information on re- (AgriPhage) quirements needed to use bacteriophage. Bacteriophages are most effective when applied during or after last watering of the day. copper (various) M1 See label 0 0 Use a full rate of fixed copper in combination with mancozeb for best results. mancozeb (various) M3 See label 5 1 For states East of the Mississippi, use 1.5 to 3 lb of product/acre. States West of the Mississippi use 1.5 to lb of product/acre. NOTE: Use a full rate of fixed copper in combination with mancozeb. Mancozeb alone does not control bacteria. Botrytis (gray mold) boscalid 7 9 to 12.5 oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 25 oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive (Endura 70 WG) applications and no more than 2 per crop year. chlorothalonil (various) M5 See label 0 0.5 Refer to individual labels for rates and restrictions. chlorothalonil M5 + 27 1.9 pt/acre 3 0.5 Limit of 17.5 pt/acre/12 month period. + cymoxanil (Ariston) cyprodinil + fludioxonil 9 + 11 to 14 oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 56 oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive (Switch 62.5WG) 12 applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action for 2 applications. Limits of each a.i. apply – see label. difenoconazole 3 + 9 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 80 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecu- + cyprodinil tive applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different (Inspire Super) mode of action. fluopyram + 7 + 9 11.2 fl oz/acre 1 0.5 See label for limits on application amounts per season. Do not pyrimethanil make more than 2 applications of Group 7 or 9 fungicides without (Luna Tranquility) switching to a different mode of action. NOT REGISTERED FOR USE IN LA. fluopyram + triflox- 7 + 7.6 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Do not exceed 5 applications or 27.1 fl oz/acre/season. Do not ystrobin 11 make more than 2 consecutive applications before alternating to (Luna Sensation) a fungicide with different mode of action. Limits of each a.i. apply – see label. fluxapyroxad + 7 + 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 DISEASE SUPPRESSION ONLY. Limit of 24 fl oz and pyraclostrobin 11 3 applications/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive (Priaxor Xemium) applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. penthiopyrad 7 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 72 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecu- (Fontelis 1.67 SC) tive applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. pydiflumetofen + fludi- 7 + 12 11.4 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 DISEASE SUPPRESSION ONLY. Do not make more than 2 DISEASE CONTROL oxonil applications of Miravis Prime or other Group 7 and 12 fungicides (Miravis Prime) before alternation with a fungicide that is not in Group 7 or 12. Do not exceed 22.8 fl oz/acre/season. Apply by ground, air, or chemigation. pyraclostrobin 11 12 to 16 oz/acre 0 0.5 DISEASE SUPPRESSION ONLY. Do not make more than 2 (Cabrio EG) consecutive applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not exceed 96 oz/acre/season. pyrimethanil 9 7 fl oz/acre 1 0.5 Limit of 35 fl oz/acre/season. (Scala SC) Buckeye rot and azoxystrobin (various) 11 See label 0 4 h Do not make more than one application before alternating to a Phytophthora fruit rot fungicide with a different mode of action. ( spp.) Phytophthora azoxystrobin + 11 + M5 1.6 pt/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 5 applications of any Group 11 fungicide. Do not make chlorothalonil more than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide with a (Quadris Opti) different mode of action. Do not apply earlier than 21 days after transplant. famoxadone + cymoxanil 11 + 8 oz/acre 3 0.5 DISEASE SUPPRESSION ONLY. Do not make more than 1 (Tanos) 27 application before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. NOTE: Must be tank-mixed with a contact fungicide that has a different mode of action.

272 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - 273 - NOT REGISTERED FOR See label for season limits.

Not labeled in FL, GA, and MS. Do not follow soil applications with foliar Do not follow soil applications with foliar Apply uniformly to soil at time of planting. Incorporate mechani Apply uniformly to soil at time of planting. Incorporate cally if rainfall is not expected before seeds germinate. A second A cally if rainfall is not expected before seeds germinate. See labels application may be made up to 4 weeks before harvest. for application limits. Apply at-plant by in-furrow, transplant water, banded surface transplant water, Apply at-plant by in-furrow, or drip irrigation. spray, Do not applications with any product containing FRAC 49 fungicide. use in nursery make more than one soil application per crop. Not for production of transplants. See label for limits on application amounts per season. Do not make more than 2 applications of Group 7 or 9 fungicides without action. mode of switching to a different USE IN LA. See label for limits on application amounts per season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before alternat Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications than mode of action and no more ing to a fungicide with a different of product/acre/ 6 total applications/season. Do not exceed 32 fl oz and foliar applications. See labels Do not mix soil applications year. for application limits. Do not exceed 20 lb product/sea Do not tank mix with copper. where use is son. Check label for specific counties in each state prohibited Do not exceed 5 applications or 27.1 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before alternating to a of action. mode fungicide with a difference Apply at-plant by in-furrow, transplant water, banded surface banded surface water, transplant Apply at-plant by in-furrow, or drip irrigation. spray, Do not applications with any product containing FRAC 49 fungicide. use in nursery make more than one soil application per crop. Not for production of transplants. Limit of 47 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive mode applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different of action. Tank mix with 0.8 lb a.i./acre of either maneb or mancozeb. Make mix with 0.8 lb a.i./acre of either maneb or Tank with full rate of protectant. up to 3 applications; alternate For states East of Mississippi, do not exceed 16 lb/acre/year. do not exceed 16 lb/acre/year. For states East of Mississippi, of Mississippi, do not exceed 8 lb/acre/year. States West consecutive applications before alternat Do not make more than 2 of action and no more than mode ing to a fungicide with a different Do not exceed 10 pints of product/acre/ 6 total applications/season. See labels Do not mix soil applications and foliar applications. year. for application limits. Do not make more than 2 applications before alternating to a non- Group 7 fungicide. See label for application intervals and limits per season. For states East of the Mississippi and including Mississippi, do not Mississippi, do not of the Mississippi and including For states East of Mississippi, West of product/acre/season. States exceed 12 lb 9.14 lb of product/acre/ lb/acre and do not exceed use 0.8 to 1.1 before alternation make more than 1 application season. Do not market tomato, do not On fresh 11. with a fungicide not in Group mixture with Tank or an EC formulation. tank-mix with an adjuvant injury. dimethoate may cause crop Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Do not apply until 21 days after transplanting or 35 days after seeding. Limit of 47 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before alternating to a fungicide with a for tank mix cautions. mode of action. See label different Refer to individual labels for rates and restrictions. Do not apply at less than 3-day intervals. Do not apply to plants Do not apply at less than 3-day intervals. Do not apply when plants will remain wet for longer than 4 hours. Limit of 7.5 pt/acre/season. Do not make more than 1 application mode of action. before alternating to a fungicide with a different 2 1 2 2 1 4h 4h 4 h 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 h 0.5 Reentry 7 7 1 5 1 3 0 7 0 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 14 14 Harv. Minimum Days

10.5 to 2 lb/acre See label See label See label 1.5 pt/acre 8 fl oz/acre application) 7.6 fl oz/acre 2 to 4 qt/acre Formulation 11.2 fl oz/acre 11.2 13.5 fl oz/acre 13.5 2.5 to 5 lb/acre 1.5 to 2 lb/acre 0.8 to 1.6 lb/acre application types Rate of Material Rate of Material (chemigation, soil 28 to 55 fl oz/acre 28 to 55 fl oz/acre 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 1.75 to 2.5 pt/acre See label for other 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 4 28 P7 P7 M3 M5 7 + 9 3 + 9 7 + 3 11 + 3 Code 7 + 11 49 + 4 49 + 4 FRAC 4 + M3 40 + 49 M3 + 11 49 + M5 M3 + 22 - - - - oxathiapiprolin + me fenoxam (Orondis Gold) mancozeb (various) mefenoxam (various) fosetyl-Al (Aliette WDG, Linebacker WDG) fluopyram + pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility) oxathiapiprolin + mandip ropamid (Orondis Ultra) fluopyram + trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation) oxathiapiprolin + chlorothalonil (Orondis Opti) mefenoxam + copper hydroxide (Ridomil Gold Copper) oxathiapiprolin + me fenoxam (Orondis Gold) difenoconazole + cyprodinil (Inspire Super) mancozeb + zoxamide (Gavel 75DF) chlorothalonil (various) difenoconazole + benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top) Material mancozeb + azoxystrobin (Dexter Max) phosphorous acid, mono- and dipotassium salts (K-Phite 7LP) conazole (Quadris Top) azoxystrobin + difeno propamocarb (Previcur Flex) spp.) spp.)

Damping-off Damping-off (Pythium) Buckeye rot and Buckeye rot and fruit rot Phytophthora (Phytophthora TOMATO (field) (cont’d) (field) TOMATO (cont’d) Disease I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Agricultural State University Louisiana Pathologist, Singh, Plant R. State University; North Carolina Pathologist, Plant I. Meadows, TABLE 3-38. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR TOMATO (cont’d) FOR TOMATO PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-38. TABLE Gray leaf spot (Stemphylium 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-38. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR TOMATO (cont’d) I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks TOMATO (field) (cont’d) Gray leaf spot mancozeb + azox- M3 + 11 0.8 to 1.6 lb/acre 5 1 For states East of the Mississippi and including Mississippi, do not (Stemphylium spp.) ystrobin exceed 12 lb of product/acre/season. States West of Mississippi, (cont’d) (Dexter Max) use 0.8 to 1.1 lb/acre and do not exceed 9.14 lb of product/acre/ season. Do not exceed 12 lbs of product/acre/season. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide not in Group 11. On fresh market tomato, do not tank mix with an adjuvant or an EC formulation. Tank mixture with dimethoate may cause crop injury. mancozeb + copper M3 + M1 1 to 3 lb/acre 5 2 Limit of 58 lb/acre/season East of the Mississippi River. (ManKocide) mancozeb + zoxamide M3 + 22 1.5 to 2 lb/acre 5 2 Limit of 16 lb/acre/season East of the Mississippi River. (Gavel 75DF) mandipropamid + 40 + 3 5.5 to 7 fl oz/acre 1 0.5 Limit of 28 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive difenoconazole applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode (Revus Top) of action. pydiflumetofen + 7 + 12 9.2 to 11.4 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not make more than two applications of Miravis Prime or other fludioxonil Group 7 and 12 fungicides before alternation with a fungicide that is (Miravis Prime) not in Group 7 or 12. Do not exceed 22.8 fl oz/acre/season. Apply by ground, air, or chemigation. tetraconazole 3 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications before switching to a (Mettle125 ME) fungicide with a different mode of action. Can be applied by ground, air, or chemigation. Do not apply more than 16 fl oz or exceed 5 applications of Mettle per acre per year. Do not apply more than 0.125 lb/acre/year of tetraconazole containing products. trifloxystrobin 11 3.8 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Limit of 5 applications or 16 fl oz per acre per season. Do not make (Flint Extra) more than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Early blight, azoxystrobin (various) 11 5 to 6.2 fl oz/acre 0 4 hr Limit of 37 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 1 application Septoria leaf spot, before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. and Target spot NOTE: Under high temperatures, azoxystrobin in combination with some additives or adjuvants may cause crop injury. azoxystrobin + 11 + M5 1.6 pt/acre 0 0.5 Must alternate with a non-FRAC code 11; use of an adjuvant may chlorothalonil cause phytotoxicity. Do not make more than 5 applications of a (Quadris Opti) Group11 fungicide/acre/season. azoxystrobin + 11 + 3 8 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not apply until 21 days after transplanting or 35 days after seed- difenoconazole ing. Limit of 47 fl oz per acre per season. Do not make more than (Quadris Top) 2 consecutive applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. azoxystrobin + flutriafol 11 + 3 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not use adjuvants or EC formulated tank mix partners on fresh (Topguard EQ) market tomatoes. Do not exceed 4 applications per year. Limits on both active ingredients apply - see label. chlorothalonil (various) M5 See label 0 0.5 Refer to individual labels for rates and restrictions. cyprodinil + fludioxonil 9 + 12 11 to 14 oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 56 oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive DISEASE CONTROL (Switch 62.5WG) applications before alternating to a fungicide with different mode of action for two applications. For early blight control only. difenoconazole + 7 + 3 10.5 to 0 0.5 Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before alternat- benzovindiflupyr 13.5 fl oz/acre ing a non-Group 7 fungicide. See label for application intervals and (Aprovia Top) limits per season. difenoconazole + 3 + 9 16 to 20 fl oz 0 0.5 Limit of 47 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive cyprodinil applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode (Inspire Super) of action. famoxadone + 11 + 27 6 to 8 oz/acre 3 0.5 Limit of 72 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 1 application cymoxanil before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. (Tanos) Must be tank-mixed with a contact fungicide that has a differ- ent mode of action. For Septoria leaf spot and target spot use 8 oz/acre. cymoxanil + 27 + M 1.9 to 3.0 pt/acre 3 0.5 Check copper labels for specific precautions and limitations for chlorothalonil mixing with this product. Limit 17.5 pt/acre/season. (Ariston) fenamidone 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 14 0.5 Limit of 24.6 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 1 applica- (Reason 500SC) tion before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. NOT labeled for target spot control.

274 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - 275 Not NOT Registered . Use 7.6 fl oz rate for gray Use 7.6 fl oz For early blight control Do not use on cherry toma . For early blight and Septoria leaf spot only. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, Do not exceed 5 applications or 27.1 fl oz/acre/season. Do not 5 applications or 27.1 fl Do not exceed a before alternating to 2 consecutive applications make more than mode of action. a different fungicide with target spot leaf spot and See label for limits on application amounts/season. Do not make See label for limits on application Group 7 or 9 fungicides before alternat more than 2 applications of of action. mode ing to a fungicide with a different FOR USE IN LA. Do not make more than 1 applica Limit of 22.8 fl oz/acre/season. of action. mode fungicide with a different tion before alternating to a only Controls target spot and early blight control. Do not mix with mancozeb for improved early blight Tank or 28 fl oz product/acre/season. exceed more than 4 applications leaf spot control. Not labeled for Septoria Do not make more than 2 consecutive Limit of 24 fl oz/acre/season. mode to a fungicide with a different applications before alternating of action. See label. do not For states East of the Mississippi and including Mississippi, of Mississippi, exceed 12 lb of product/acre/season. States West product/acre/ use 0.8 to 1.1 lb/acre and do not exceed 9.14 lb of Do not make season. Do not exceed 12 lb of product/acre/season. not in more than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide do not tank mix with an adjuvant On fresh market tomato, Group 11. mixture with dimethoate may cause Tank or an EC formulation. For target spot control East of the Mississippi, use crop injury. highest rate. Limit of 7.5 pt/acre/season. Do not make more than 1 application Limit of 7.5 pt/acre/season. Do not make more than mode of action. before alternating to a fungicide with a different with a compatible fungicide for optimal early blight control. Tank-mix For early blight control only. Prime or other Do not make more than two applications of Miravis fungicide that is Group 7 and 12 fungicides before alternation with a Apply not in Group 7 or 12. Do not exceed 22.8 fl oz/acre/season. or chemigation. by ground, air, Limit of 96 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 applications mode of action. before alternating to a fungicide with a different Limit of 35 fl oz/acre/season. Use only in a tank-mix with another fungicide recommended for early blight. only. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before switching to a action. Can be applied by ground, mode of fungicide with a different or chemigation. Do not apply more than 16 fl oz or exceed 5 air, Do not apply more than applications of Mettle per acre per year. 0.125 lb/acre/year of tetraconazole containing products. Limit of 16 fl oz or 5 applications/acre/season. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Not labeled for target spot. Limit of 24 lb per acre per season. toes. For early blight and Septoria leaf spot only. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before alter mode of action. See label for nating to a fungicide with a different application limits. labeled for target spot. 2 consecutive Limit of 28 fl oz/acre/season. Do not apply more than mode different applications before alternating to a fungicide with a of action. 2 consecutive Limit of 72 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than mode different applications before alternating to a fungicide with a of action. ar. lb/acre/year. For states East of the Mississippi, do not exceed 16 of the Mississippi, do not exceed 8 lb/acre/year. States West 1 1 2 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Reentry 3 1 3 0 0 5 5 5 0 0 1 0 3 7 5 1 0 5 Harv. Minimum Days

See label 7 fl oz/acre 36 fl oz/acre 3 to 4 lb/acre Formulation 11.2 fl oz/acre 11.2 8 to 12 oz/acre 1.5 to 2 lb/acre 5 to 7 fl oz/acre 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 0.8 to 1.6 lb/acre 0.7 to 1.5 pt/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 5 to 7.6 fl oz/acre 3 to 3.8 fl oz/acre 5.5 to 7 fl oz/acre 16 to 24 fl oz/acre 2.0 to 5.7 fl oz/acre 9.2 to 11.4 fl oz/acre fl 9.2 to 11.4 3 9 3 7 11 11 11 11 28 22 M3 M3 7 + 9 Code 7 + 11 7 + 11 M03 + M03 + 7 + 12 40 + 3 FRAC 22 + M3 - fluoxastrobin (Aftershock, Evito 480SC) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Priaxor Xemium) mancozeb (various) mancozeb + azoxystrobin (Dexter Max) mancozeb + zoxamide (Gavel 75DF) flutriafol (Rhyme) pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil (Miravis Prime) pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG) pyrimethanil (Scala SC) tetraconazole (Mettle125 ME) trifloxystrobin (Flint Extra) zinc dimethyldithiocar bamate (Ziram 76 DF) zoxamide + chlorothalonil (Zing!) mandipropamid + difenoconazole (Revus Top) penthiopyrad (Fontelis 1.67 SC) propamocarb (Previcur Flex) Material fluopyram + triflox- fluopyram + ystrobin (Luna Sensation) fluopyram + pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility) Early blight, spot, Septoria leaf spot and Target (cont’d) TOMATO (field) (cont’d) (field) TOMATO Disease I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Agricultural State University Louisiana Pathologist, Singh, Plant R. State University; North Carolina Pathologist, Plant I. Meadows, TABLE 3-38. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR TOMATO (cont’d) FOR TOMATO PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-38. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-38. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR TOMATO (cont’d) I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks TOMATO (field) (cont’d) Powdery mildew azoxystrobin (various) 11 5 to 6.2 fl oz/acre 0 4 hr Limit of 37 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. NOTE: Under high temperatures, azoxystrobin in combination with some additives or adjuvants may cause crop injury. azoxystrobin + 11 + M3 1.6 pt/acre 0 0.5 Must alternate with a non-FRAC code 11; use of an adjuvant may chlorothalonil cause phytotoxicity. Do not make more than 5 applications of a (Quadris Opti) Group11 fungicide/acre/season. azoxystrobin + 11 + 3 8 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not apply until 21 days after transplanting or 35 days after seed- difenoconazole ing. Limit of 47 fl oz/acre/season. Make no more than 2 consecutive (Quadris Top) applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. See label for tank-mix cautions. azoxystrobin + flutriafol 11 + 3 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not use adjuvants or EC formulated tank-mix partners on fresh (Topguard EQ) market tomatoes. Do not exceed 4 applications/year. Limits on both a.i. apply-see label. chlorothalonil (various) M See label 0 0.5 Refer to individual labels for rates and restrictions. cyprodinil + fludioxonil 9 + 12 11 to 14 oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 56 oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive (Switch 62.5WG) applications before alternating to a fungicide with different mode of action for two applications difenoconazole + 7 + 3 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/ 0 0.5 Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before alternat- benzovindiflupyr acre ing a non-Group 7 fungicide. See label for application intervals and (Aprovia Top) limits per season. fluopyram + 7 + 11 5 to 7.6 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Do not exceed 5 applications or 27.1 fl oz/acre/season. Do not trifloxystrobin make more than 2 consecutive applications before alternating to a (Luna Sensation) fungicide with a different mode of action. Use 7.6 fl oz rate for gray leaf spot and target spot. flutriafol 3 5 to 7 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Tank-mix with mancozeb for improved disease control. Use lower (Rhyme) rate if tank-mixed. Do not exceed 4 applications/year or more than 28 fl oz of product/acre/year. fluxapyroxad + 7 + 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Limit of 24 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive pyraclostrobin 11 applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode (Priaxor Xemium) of action. mancozeb + M + 11 1.6 lb/acre 5 1 Do not exceed 12 lb of product/acre/season. Do not make more azoxystrobin than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide not in Group 11. (Dexter Max) On fresh market tomato, do not tank-mix with an adjuvant or an EC formulation. Tank mixture with dimethoate may cause crop injury. myclobutanil (various) 3 See label 1 0 Spray weekly beginning at first sign of disease. Do not apply more than 1.25 lb/acre. Observe a 30-day plant back interval between last application and planting new crop. pyraclostrobin 11 8 to 16 oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 96 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 applications (Cabrio EG) before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. pydiflumetofen + 7 + 12 9.2 to 11.4 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not make more than two applications of Miravis Prime or other fludioxonil Group 7 and 12 fungicides before alternation with a fungicide that is

DISEASE CONTROL (Miravis Prime) not in Group 7 or 12. Do not exceed 22.8 fl oz/acre/season. Apply by ground, air, or chemigation. tetraconazole 3 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Make no more than 2 sequential applications before switching to a (Mettle125 ME) fungicide with a different mode of action. Can be applied by ground, air, or chemigation. Do not apply more than 16 fl oz or exceed 5 applications of Mettle per acre per year. Do not apply more than 0.125 lb/acre/year of tetraconazole containing products. trifloxystrobin 11 3.0 to 3.8 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Disease Supression Only. Do not exceed 16 fl oz/acre/crop or (Flint Extra) 5 applications per acre per season. Do not exceed 1 application before switching to a fungicide with a different mode of action. tolfenpyrad 39 21 fl oz/acre 1 0.5 Disease Supression Only. Do not exceed 42 fl oz/acre/crop. Do (Torac) not exceed 2 applications/crop cycle and do not exceed 4 applica- tions/year. Provides SUPPRESSION of powdery mildew. sulfur (various) M See label See 1 Follow labels; may cause leaf burn if used under high temperatures. label

276 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - - 277

NOT REGISTERD FOR USE IN LA. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, . Limit of 24 fl oz/acre/season. DISEASE SUPPRESSION ONLY before alternat Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications mode of action. ing to a fungicide with a different on make more than 1 applicati oz/acre/season. Do not Limit of 37 fl mode of action. different to a fungicide with a before alternating effective late blight at 5 to 7 day intervals for Apply NOTE: management. For states East of the Mississippi and including Mississippi, do not For states East of the Mississippi and including Mississippi, of Mississippi, exceed 12 lb of product/acre/season. States West product/acre/ use 0.8 to 1.1 lb/acre and do not exceed 9.14 lb of season. Do not exceed 12 lb of product/acre/season. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide not in On fresh market tomato, do not tank mix with an adjuvant Group 11. cause crop mixture with dimethoate may Tank or an EC formulation. injury. Apply at 7-10-day intervals. For states East of the Mississippi River, do not exceed For states East of the Mississippi River, do not exceed of the Mississippi River, States West 16 lb/acre/year. 8 lb/acre/year. Limit of 28 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive mode applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different of action. See label for application limits. Do not make more than 3 applications or 7.5 lb/acre/season of Ridomil Gold MZ. . Limit of 22.8 fl oz/acre/season. DISEASE SUPPRESSION ONLY to a fungi Do not make more than 1 application before alternating tion before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. mode fungicide with a different tion before alternating to a period. Use only in combination with a Limit of 30 oz/acre/12-month present, use 5 labeled rate of a protectant fungicide. If late blight is oz/acre on a 5-day schedule. is Limit of 30 fl oz and 5 applications/acre/season. Performance mode different improved if tank-mixed with another fungicide with a of action. 2 consecutive Limit of 42 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than mode different applications before alternating to a fungicide with a The addition of a spreading or penetrating adjuvant is of action. recommended to improve product performance. than 1 applica Limit of 24.6 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more mode of action. tion before alternating to a fungicide with a different before alter Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications mode of action. Use only in nating to a fungicide with a different product with a combination with a labeled rate of another fungicide mode of action. different mode of action. cide with a different Refer to individual labels for rates and restrictions. Refer to individual labels for use of an adjuvant may code 11; Must alternate with a non-FRAC Do not make more than 5 applications of a cause phytotoxicity. fungicide/acre/season. Group11 formulated tank-mix partners on fresh Do not use adjuvants or EC Limits on both 4 applications/year. market tomatoes. Do not exceed a.i. apply-see label. period. Check copper labels for Limit of 17.5 pints/acre/12-month for mixing with this product. specific precautions and limitations Do not make more than 1 applica Limit of 16.5 fl oz/acre/season. 1 1 2 2 2 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr Reentry 7 0 5 5 5 5 1 5 5 3 0 0 3 4 4 2 0 3 0 14 Harv. Minimum Days

acre See label See label 2.5 lb/acre 2.5 pt/acre 8 fl oz/acre 6 fl oz/acre 1.6 pts/acre 14 fl oz/acre 6.2 fl oz/acre 5.7 fl oz/acre 1 to 3 lb/acre Formulation 1.5 to 2 lb/acre 3 to 4 fl oz/acre 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 5.5 to 7 oz/acre 3.2 to 5 oz/acre 2.1 to 2.75 fl oz/ 0.8 to 1.6 lb/acre Rate of Material Rate of Material 1.9 to 3.0 pts/acre 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/acre 11 11 11 27 45 43 40 21 M3 M5 40 + 4+M3 Code 7 + 11 11 + 3 11 40 + 3 FRAC 4 + M5 M3 + 11 11 + M5 11 M3 + 22 27 + M5 M3 + M1 - - Material mancozeb (various) azoxystrobin (various) azoxystrobin chlorothalonil (various) mancozeb + azoxystrobin (Dexter Max) mancozeb + copper hydroxide (ManKocide) mancozeb + zoxamide (Gavel 75 DF) thalonil (Ridomil Gold Bravo) mandipropamid + difeno mefenoxam + chloro conazole (Revus Top) mefenoxam + mancozeb (Ridomil Gold MZ WG) cymoxanil (Curzate 60 DF) dimethomorph + ametoctradin (Zampro) fenamidone (Reason 500SC) fluopicolide (Presidio 4F) fluoxastrobin (Aftershock, Evito 480 SC) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Priaxor 500 SC) dimethomorph (Forum 4.18 F) azoxystrobin + chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti) flutriafol + azoxystrobin EQ) (Topguard cymoxanil + chlorothalonil (Ariston) cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC) Late blight TOMATO (field) (cont’d) (field) TOMATO Disease I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Agricultural State University Louisiana Pathologist, Singh, Plant R. State University; North Carolina Pathologist, Plant I. Meadows, TABLE 3-38. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR TOMATO (cont’d) FOR TOMATO PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-38. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-38. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR TOMATO (cont’d) I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Minimum Days FRAC Rate of Material Disease Material Code Formulation Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks TOMATO (field) (cont’d) Late blight (cont’d) oxathiapiprolin + 49 1.75 to 2.5 pints/ 0 0.5 Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating chlorothalonil +M acre to a fungicide with a different mode of action and no more than 6 (Orondis Opti) total applications on multiple crops in the same year. Do not mix soil applications and foliar applications. See label for application limits. oxathiapiprolin + 49 + 40 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 1 4 hr Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating mandipropamid to a fungicide with a different mode of action and no more than 6 (Orondis Ultra) total applications on multiple crops per season. Limit applications apply—see label. Do not mix soil applications and foliar applica- tions. pyraclostrobin 11 8 to 16 oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before alternat- (Cabrio EG) ing to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not exceed 96 oz/acre/season. propamocarb 28 0.7 to 1.5 pt/acre 5 0.5 Limit of 7.5 pt/acre/season. Do not make more than 1 application (Previcur Flex) before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. trifloxystrobin 11 3.8 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Limit of 16 fl oz or 5 applications/acre/season. Must tank mix and (Flint Extra) alternate Flint Extra with a protectant for late blight control. zoxamide + chlorothalonil 22 + M5 36 fl oz/acre 5 0.5 Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before alternat- (Zing!) ing to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not tank-mix with another fungicide if the target pest is only late blight. Tank-mix only if a partner product is required to control other diseases. Leaf mold azoxystrobin + 11 + 3 8 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Do not apply until 21 days after transplanting or 35 days after (Fulvia fulva = difenoconazole seeding. Limit of 47 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 Passalora fulva) (Quadris Top) consecutive applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. difenoconazole + 7 + 3 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/ 0 0.5 Do not make more than 2 applications before alternating to a non- benzovindiflupyr acre Group 7 fungicide. See label for application intervals and limits per (Aprovia Top) season. difenoconazole + 3 + 9 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Limit of 80 fl oz/acre/season. Do not make more than 2 consecutive cyprodinil applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode (Inspire Super) of action. difenoconazole + 3 + 40 5.5 to 7 fl z/acre 1 0.5 Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before switching mandipropamid to another fungicide with a different mode of action. See label for (Revus Top) application limits famoxadone + cymoxanil 11 + 8 oz/acre 3 0.5 Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a fungi- (Tanos) 27 cide with a different mode of action. NOTE: Must be tank-mixed with a contact fungicide that has a different mode of action. See label for application limits. mancozeb (various) M3 See label 5 1 mancozeb + M3 + 11 0.8 to 1.6 lb/acre 5 1 For states East of the Mississippi and including Mississippi, do not azoxystrobin exceed 12 lb of product/acre/season. States West of Mississippi, (Dexter Max) use 0.8 to 1.1 lb/acre and do not exceed 9.14 lb of product/acre/ season. Do not exceed 12 lb of product/acre/season. Do not make more than 1 application before alternation to a fungicide not in DISEASE CONTROL Group 11. On fresh market tomato, do not tank mix with an adjuvant or an EC formulation. Tank mixture with dimethoate may cause crop injury. mancozeb + copper M3 + 1 to 3 lb/acre 5 2 Apply at 7-10-day intervals. hydroxide M1 (ManKocide 61 DF) mancozeb + zoxamide M3 + 22 1.5 to 2 lb/acre 5 2 For states East of the Mississippi River, do not exceed (Gavel 75 DF) 16 lb/acre/year. States West of the Mississippi River, do not exceed 8 lb/acre/year. Sour rot (Geotrichum fludioxonil + propi- 3 + 12 See label 0 0 Use as a post-harvest dip, drench or high volume spray to control candidum) conazole certain post-harvest rots. See label for details. (Chairman) propiconazole (various) 3 See label 0 0 Use Mentor as a post-harvest dip, drench, or high volume spray to control certain post-harvest rots. See label for details. fludioxonil 12 See label 0 0 Use as a post-harvest dip, drench or high volume spray to control (Scholar SC) certain post-harvest rots. See label for details.

278 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - 279 MAY Limit of 24 fl oz/ acre/ season. Do season. acre/ oz/ fl 24 of Limit Apply at the time of transplanting for southern blight Apply at the time of transplanting Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, ditives, or nutrients for application to fresh market tomatoes at less ditives, or nutrients for application to fresh market tomatoes than 20 gal per acre per spray volume. Do not make more than 2 appli Do not make ONLY. DISEASE SUPPRESSION for 7 fungicide. See label alternating to a non- Group cations before and limits per season. application intervals on 7- to 10-day intervals. Do not tions favor disease development, before alternating to a fungicide with make more than 1 application oz/acre/ mode of action. Do not apply more than 22.8 fl a different season. ONLY. SUPPRESSION DISEASE applications before alternating to not make more than 2 consecutive Do not mix Priaxor with mode of action. a fungicide with a different additives, or nutrients for application any other products, adjuvants, at less than 20 gal per acre per spray to fresh market tomatoes volume. of transplant. Apply as a soil drench to seedling tray or at the time See label for application limits. Limit of 96 fl oz/acre/season. Do DISEASE SUPPRESSION ONLY. to a fungicide not make more than 2applications before alternating mode of action. with a different Limit of 24 fl oz/acre/season. Do DISEASE SUPPRESSION ONLY. alternating to not make more than 2 consecutive applications before mode of action. See label for application a fungicide with a different adjuvants, ad limits. Do not mix Priaxor with any other products, Limit of 96 fl oz/acre/season. Do DISEASE SUPPRESSION ONLY. to a fungicide not make more than 2 applications before alternating mode of action. with a different DISEASE SUPPRESSION ONLY. Begin applications when condi ONLY. DISEASE SUPPRESSION CAUSE STUNTING ON TOMATO PLANTS. CAUSE STUNTING ON TOMATO Transplanting: based Apply in 8 to 10 gal of water per acre suppression. In furrow: of 7.5 lb a.i. per acre/season. on 36-inch row spacing. Limit 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr Reentry 0 7 0 7 0 3 0 NA Harv. Minimum Days

acre row ft gal/acre 1.2 to 1.875 Formulation (10.6 to 16.7 fl 12 to 16 oz/acre 12 to 16 oz/acre 4.5 to 7.5 pt/100 oz/1000 ft of row Rate of Material Rate of Material 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/ 10.5 to 13.5 fl solution per plant) 1 to 1.6 fl oz/1000 4 to 8 fl oz/100 gal 4 to 8 fl oz/100 gal 2.0 to 5.7 fl oz/acre gal; (apply 0.5 pt of 7 11 11 11 11 11 14 7 + 7 + 7 + 3 Code FRAC Material pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG) In furrow fluoxastrobin (Aftershock, Evito 480 SC) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Priaxor Xemium) PCNB (Blocker 4F) Transplanting pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG) difenoconazole + difenoconazole benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top) fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin (Priaxor Xemium) penthiopyrad (Fontelis 1.67 SC) Southern blight TOMATO (field) (cont’d) (field) TOMATO rot, White mold, Timber or Sclerotinia stem rot Disease I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Agricultural State University Louisiana Pathologist, Singh, Plant R. State University; North Carolina Pathologist, Plant I. Meadows, TABLE 3-38. DISEASE CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR TOMATO (cont’d) FOR TOMATO PRODUCTS CONTROL DISEASE 3-38. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-39. IMPORTANCE OF ALTERNATIVE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN TOMATO I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; NA, not applicable; ND, no data.

Strategy Bacterial canker * Bacterial speck Bacterial spot Bacterial wilt Buckeye rot Alternaria stem canker/ Early blight Fusarium wilt Gray mold (Botrytis) Late blight Leaf mold greenhouse or open field) Powdery mildew Septoria leaf spot Southern blight spot (green- house or open Target field) spotted wilt virus ** Tomato wilt Verticillium Use of resistant cultivars NA P P NA NA F G*** NA G P F NR NA P G G*** Use of disease free seed or transplants G G G NA NC NC NA NC NC F NC P NA F NA NA Use of seed treatments G G G NA NC P NA NC P F NA P NA ND NA NA Use of sanitation practices at the transplant stage G G G NA NC G NA G NC F NC NC NA F NC NA Use of grafted rootstocks NC NC NC G*** NC NC G*** NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Crop rotation (3-4 years) F P P F F F F NC NC F NC P F P NC F Control of solanaceous weeds F NC NC NC F F NC F F F F F NC F F NC Fertility NC NC NC NC NC F NC F NC ND NC NC NC ND NC NC Deep plow NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC F ND NC NC Use of cover crops NC NC NC NC F P NC NC NC ND NC NC NC ND NC NC Destroy crop residue F NC NC P NC P F NC NC F NC F F F ND F Rogue plants F NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Promote air movement F F F NC P P NC F F F P F NC F NA NC Use of plastic or reflective mulches NC NC NC NC F F NC NC NC NC NC F NC NC G NC Do not handle plants when wet G G G NC NC P NC NC P F NC P NC F NC NC Use of drip irrigation (avoiding overhead irrigation) F F F NC P F NC F F F NC F NC F NC NC Use of biological control or biorational products P P F NC NC P P P P P P NC P P NC NC Use of foliar fungicides/bactericides F F F NC G G NC G G G G G NC F NA NC Use of insecticides NC NC NC NA NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC F NC Soil fumigation NC NC NC NC F P G NC NC NC NC NC G NC NC F * Bacterial canker (foliar or systemic) is rarely observed on open field grown tomatoes in deep Southern states. ** Tomato spotted wilt virus is transmitted by thrips. *** Race specific. DISEASE CONTROL

280 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL R R R R

F F F F F F F F G G G G F F P P

NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC ND ND NC ND NC NC NC ND ND NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC ND NC NC - Target spot Target 281

F F F P P

P

ND ND NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC ND NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC ND ND NC ND NC NC NC F11 Southern blight Southern

leaf spot leaf F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F P E G G G G

NC NC NC NC NC ND ND NC ND NC NC NC ND NC NC ND ND NC ND NC NC NC NC ND NC

Septoria

F F F F F P P P E E E G G G G G G

Powdery mildew Powdery NC NC ND NC NC ND NC NC ND ND ND ND NC NC ND NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC ND NC ND NC NC

(

Fulvia fulva) Fulvia F F F F F F F F F D G

NC NC ND ND NC NC NC NC NC NC ND ND NC NC ND ND NC NC NC ND NC NC ND ND ND NC ND NC NC NC ND NC ND NC ND

mold Leaf

R R

F F F F F F F F F F F F F P E E E Late blight Late G G G G

G E G NA NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC ND ND NC NC NC ND ND ND ND NC NC ND NC (Botrytis)

F F F F F F P P P P G G

ND NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC ND NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC ND NC ND NC NC NC mold Gray

R R

Early blight Early F F F F F F F F F F F F F P P P E G G G G G G G G G G G G

E E NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC Buckeye Rot Buckeye cides within a group with fungicides in another group. Fungicides in the “M” group are generally considered “low risk” with no signs of resistance developing to the majority of fungicides. “NG” indicates that the product has not been classified into a group. T

Resistance reported in the pathogen. P P P P P P P P P E E E E E o preventresistanceinpathogens,alternatefungi

NC NC NC NC NC NC ND ND NC ND NC NC ND NC NC NC NC ND NC ND ND NC ND NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC F R Bacterial spot Bacterial R F F F P P P P P 1 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC

Bacterial speck Bacterial

F F F F P P P

NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC

(foliar)

Bacterial canker canker Bacterial F P

NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC Anthracnose

F F F P P G

ND ND ND ND NC ND ND ND ND ND ND NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC ND ND ND ND ND NC NC NC NC ND ND NC ND NC ND ND ND ND ND

Interval (days) Interval

Preharvest 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 7 1 3 0 5 2 0 5 0 0 0 4 0 3 0 5 3 1 0 3 5 5 7 0 0 1 5 4 0 0 3 1 0 14 14 14

NA 0.5

F 3 7 3 9 3 7 M M M M M 11 11 21 14 43 21 11 27 25 19 28 40 NG 7 + 3 7 + 9 3 + 9 4 + M 4 + M 4 + M 11 + 3 11 11 + 3 11 7 + 11 7 + 11 M + M 49 + 4 9 + 12 40 + 3 7 + 12 M + 11 M + 27 M + 22 11 + 27 11 40 + 45 49 + 40 49 + M05 Fungicide Group

Can cause stunting on tomatoes. not registered for field use. Streptomycin may only be used on transplants; Sulfur may be phytotoxic; follow label carefully. Curative activity; systemic. Systemic activated resistance. Do not use on cherry tomatoes. 10 5 6 7 8 9 10 Ziram Scala Gavel Tanos Mettle Forum Switch Cabrio Ariston Priaxor Rhyme Endura Reason Zampro Quadris Curzate Fontelis Presidio Actigard Product Ranman (various) (various) (various) Blocker AgriPhage Revus Top ManKocide Dexter Max Aprovia Top Quadris Top Orondis Opti Previcur Flex Topguard EQ Topguard Orondis Gold Orondis Ultra Inspire Super Miravis Prime Equus, Initiate Agri-Mycin 17, Luna Sensation Luna Tranquility Ridomil Gold MZ Dithane, Koverall, Ph-D: OSO 5% SC Ridomil Gold Bravo Ridomil Gold/Copper Manzate, Penncozeb Bravo, Chloronil, Echo, Ag-Streptomycin, Harbour 9 8 3 2 + chlorothalonil 4

5 7 6 Fixed coppers include: Basicop, Champ, Champion, Efficacy ratings do not necessarily indicate a labeled Biological control product consisting of a virus that attacks pathogenic bacteria. Citcop, Copper-Count-N, Kocide, Nu-Cop, Super Cu, copper Tri-basic and Cop with Sulfur, Top Tenn-Cop, sulfate. use for every disease.

Contact control only; not systemic. tetraconazole 3 4 2 1 pyrimethanil fenamidone chlorothalonil + cymoxanil chlorothalonil azoxystrobin + difenoconazole Active ingredient azoxystrobin Scale: E, excellent; G, good; F, fair; P, poor; NC, no control; ND, no data. no control; ND, NC, no poor; fair; P, G, good; F, Scale: E, excellent; I. Meadows, Plant Plant R. Singh, State University; Carolina North Pathologist, Pathologist, Louisiana State Agricultural University Center TABLE 3-40. EFFICACY OF PRODUCTS FOR DISEASE CONTROL IN TOMATO CONTROL DISEASE FOR OF PRODUCTS EFFICACY 3-40. TABLE mefenoxam + mancozeb myclobutanil boscalid mefenoxam + copper zinc dimethyldithiocarbamate benzovindiflupyr + difenoconazole cyazofamid fixed copper bacteriophage dimethomorph + ametoctradin polyoxin D zinc salt fluopicolide fluxapyroxad + pyraclostrobin streptomycin azoxystrobin + flutriafol fluopyram + trifloxystrobin oxathiapiprolin + chlorothalonil mancozeb sulfur acibenzolar-S-methyl cymoxanil famoxadone + cymoxanil propamocarb fluopyram + pyrimethanil mancozeb + fixed copper flutriafol oxathiapiprolin + mefenoxam cyprodinil + fludioxonil pydiflumetofen + fludioxonil mancozeb + azoxystrobin oxathiapiprolin + mandipropamid dimethomorph pyraclostrobin penthiopyrad mancozeb + zoxamide difenoconazole + cyprodinil PCNB mandipropamid + difenoconazole mefenoxam 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-41. EXAMPLE SPRAY PROGRAM FOR FOLIAR DISEASE CONTROL IN FRESH-MARKET TOMATO PRODUCTION I. Meadows, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, Louisiana State University Agricultural Center Week Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4 1 BEFORE HARVEST (weeks 1 to 8) mancozeb (M) + copper (M) + mancozeb (M) + copper (M) + mancozeb (M) + copper (M) + mancozeb (M) + copper (M) + 1 Actigard (21) Actigard (21) Actigard (21) Actigard (21) 2 mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + Aprovia Top (7+3) mancozeb (M) + Inspire Super (3+9) mancozeb (M) + Priaxor (7+11) + mancozeb (M) + strobilurin 1 (11) + 3 OR Luna Tranquility (7+9) + Actigard + Actigard (21) Actigard (21) Actigard (21) (21) 4 mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + Aprovia Top (7+3) mancozeb (M) + Fontelis (7) OR mancozeb (M) + Switch (9+12) + mancozeb (M) + Fontelis (7) OR 5 OR Luna Tranquility (7+9) + Actigard Endura (7) + Actigard (21) Actigard (21) Endura (7) + Actigard (21) (21) 6 mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + Aprovia Top (7+3) mancozeb (M) + Inspire Super (3+9) mancozeb (M) + Priaxor (7+11) + mancozeb (M) + strobilurin 1 (11) + 7 2 OR Luna Tranquility (7+9) + Actigard + Actigard (21) Actigard (21) Actigard (21) (21) 8 2 mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + copper (M) mancozeb (M) + copper (M) DURING HARVEST (weeks 9 to 15) Fontelis (7) OR Endura (7) + Aprovia Top (7+3) OR Luna Tranquili- Fontelis (7) OR Endura (7) + chloro- 9 Switch (9+12) + chlorothalonil (M) chlorothalonil (M) ty (7+9) + chlorothalonil (M) thalonil (M) For late blight: Presidio (43) OR Ranman (21) OR Orondis Ultra (49+40) OR Zampro (45+40) OR Revus Top (40+3) 10 For early blight: chlorothalonil (M) For late blight: chlorothalonil (M) 11 3 For early blight: Fontelis (7) OR Endura (7) OR Switch (9+3) For late blight: Presidio (43) OR Ranman (21) OR Orondis Ultra (49+40) OR Zampro (45+40) OR Revus Top (40+3) 12 3 For early blight: chlorothalonil (M) For late blight: chlorothalonil (M) 13 3 For early blight: Fontelis (7) OR Endura (7) OR Switch (9+3) 14 3 Finish season with chlorothalonil 1 Resistance to strobilurins is known to occur in the early blight pathogen in NC: if resistance is suspected, use alternate program. 2 For late season plantings: If late blight is in the area, consider chlorothalonil for late blight control. 3 Continue early blight program or use Revus Top if early blight pressure is high for weeks 11-14.

TURNIP GREENS SEE GREENS AND LEAFY BRASSICAS

TURNIP ROOTS SEE ROOT VEGETABLES DISEASE CONTROL WATERMELONS SEE CUCURBITS

282 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL 1 - 283 +

— — — — ++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++++ 1.11 1.67 1.54 1.43 1.33 1.25 1.18 1.05 1.00 Weeds: Annual Weeds: 0.952 0.909 0.870 0.833 0.667 0.556 0.476 0.417 TIF to enhance dis Conversion Factor Conversion + + + + + + + + + — — — ++ ++ ++++ ++++

Nutsedge + + +++ +++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ +++++ +++++ +++++ +++++ +++++ +++++ +++++ +++++ Disease 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 5 ft 6 ft 7 ft 8 ft + ++ ++ +++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++++ Your Row Spacing (inches) Your +++++ +++++ +++++ +++++ +++++ +++++ +++++ For example, rows, on 40-inch acre are used if 10 gallons per for 36-inch rows, it will take 11.1 gallons to treat an acre. gallons to treat an will take 11.1 it rows, 36-inch for Some products have restrictive CAUTION: Read labels carefully. crop rotations. Nematodes 4 4 Paladin should be applied with 21% chloropicrin and VIF or ease control, and has low efficacy on certain small seeded broadleaf weeds and grasses. Paladin may no longer be available in the US starting in 2020 as the the US market. parent company recently decided to pull the product off  University or independent trials in our region; growers may want to consider this consider Dominus is registered but to limited experience with the product there is want through may growers region; our in or independent trials University The active ingredient allyl is 10 days. interval basis. Planting experimental an on (methyl active ingredient in metam sodium products isothiocyanate is similar to the pest similar a with manner behave in a similar and is likely to isothiocyanate) profile. control  Metam potassium can be Metam KLR, K-Pam, Sectagon K-Pam, can be Metam KLR, Metam potassium K54 or other registered content. Metam sodium soils with high sodium be in and should used formulations, other registered formulations. Metam CLR or Sectagon 42, can be Vapam,

6 7 5 588 503 2

153 to 275 343 to 445 150 to 350 100 to 300 310 to 455 318 to 657 437 to 560 343 to 445 326 to 479 379 to 758 91 to 242 - Weight (lb) Weight . 212 to 340 325 to 645 (See Label) 275 to 444 + 379 to 758 ) 4 4 Rate per Treated Acre Rate per Treated 48.6 48.6 42.6 8 to 24 15 to 27 30 to 62 39 to 50 9 to 24 25 to 40 32.4 to 42 32.4 to 42 37.5 to 75 35.0 to 51.3 37.0 to 54.2 Volume (gal) Volume 29 to 57.6 (See Label acre, NOT per treated acre. acre, NOT 19.5 to 31.5 + 37.5 to 75 OF FUMIGANTS OR FUMIGANT COMBINATIONS FOR MANAGING SOILBORNE NEMATODES AND SOILBORNE NEMATODES FOR MANAGING OF FUMIGANTS OR FUMIGANT COMBINATIONS 7 6 3 broadcast-equivalent 5 EFFICACY DISEASES, AND WEEDS  5 (MS)

5 3 with lower efficacy against weeds may require a complementary herbicide complementary a require may weeds against efficacy lower with 3, 6 3 3 Row rates in this section are stated for rows on 40-inch spacing. For other row spacings, stated for rows on 40-inch spacing. For other row Row rates in this section are the amount of by the appropriate conversion factor to determine multiply the stated acre rate (Do not alter stated amount per 100-foot row). material applied per acre For broadcast treatments, insert chisels 6 to 8 inches deep, and space chisels 12 inches insert chisels 6 to 8 inches deep, and space chisels For broadcast treatments, use5-inch spacing for Vapam. apart for most fumigants; Where warranted, fumigate or use other nematicides according to guidelines listed on the or use other nematicides according to guidelines Where warranted, fumigate should be warm, well worked, and free from undecomposed label. (For fumigation, soil of chemical properties into soil moisture for proper diffusion plant debris and have adequate pores.) bed up over chisels 6 to 8 inches deep and throw a high, wide For in-row application, insert fumigating. In deep sand soils, deep shanking (up to 18 inches it; do not rework rows after deep) may give better results. Use nematode-free planting material. Use nematode-free end of each crop cycle. preferably at the have it assayed for nematodes, Sample soil and Agency. UPS to: State via DHL, FedEx, or for each sample. Ship sample There is a fee Practice crop rotation using poor or non-host (cover) crops. rotation using poor or non-host Practice crop after the last harvest. expose roots immediately Plow out and before planting. the field two to four times Plow or disk

9. 8. 6. 7. 4. 5. 1. 2. 3.

Fumigants or hand-weeding program, although use of virtually impermeable film (VIF) or imper or (VIF) film impermeable virtually of use although program, hand-weeding or meable film (TIF) may increase weed control, particularly with Telone C35 or Paladin. or C35 Telone with particularly control, weed increase may (TIF) film meable and directions pertaining this guide for section of Herbicide Recommendation Refer to the should be undisturbed soil prevent phytotoxicity, To applications. to herbicide interval planting the However, application. Telone unplanted for 7 to 14 days after days 21 than more persist can Telone upon temperature and moisture. soil depends under cool or wet soil conditions.  Product is formulated for application through drip lines under a plastic mulch; efficacy is dependent on good distribution of the product in the bed profile. Labelled rates are per Rates can sometimes be reduced if products are applied with VIF or TIF. Rates can sometimes be reduced if products are applied with VIF or

This will be a guide This will to the be a amount of material to purchase for the acreage you want to treat. Crop losses due to nematodes can be avoided or reduced by using the following management tactics. the following management or reduced by using to nematodes can be avoided Crop losses due TABLE 3-42. NEMATODE CONTROL IN VEGETABLE CROPS IN VEGETABLE CONTROL NEMATODE 3-42. TABLE of Florida University Nematologist, Desaeger, Johan Dominus (allyl isothiocyanate) Telone EC Telone Scale: ranges from “—” = not effective to “+++++” = most efficacious. Scale: ranges from “—” = not effective to “+++++” II (1,3-D) Telone North Carolina State University Product A. Hajihassani, Nematologist, University of Georgia; J. Desaeger, Nematologist, University of Florida; A. Gorny, Nematologist, A. Gorny, University of Florida; Nematologist, J. Desaeger, A. Hajihassani, Nematologist, University of Georgia; TABLE 3-43. TABLE 4 2 3 1 Pic-Clor 60 (chloropicrin + 1,3-D) Pic-Clor 80 (chloropicrin + 1,3-D) Pic-Clor 60 EC Chloropicrin Tri-Pic 100 Tri-Pic Paladin (dimethyl disulphide) Paladin EC Metam sodium Telone C35 (1,3-D + chloropicrin) Telone InLine (1,3-D + chloropicrin) Telone C17 (1,3-D + chloropicrin) Telone Metam potassium Chloropicrin + MS 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable

New labels require extensive risk mitigation measures including fumigant management plans (FMPs), buffer restrictions, Worker Protection Safety (WPS) standards and restrictions, Worker including fumigant management plans (FMPs), buffer New labels require extensive risk mitigation measures on many v pa.gov/soil-fumigants. Some fumigants are registeredegetable crops but with crop- or soil-type other measures. Details are on the labels and see http://www2.e The label is the law. Follow all labels carefully. and/or in certain states only. -specific rates; others are registered for specific crops FUMIGANTS TABLE 3-44. MANAGEMENT OF SOILBORNE NEMATODES WITH NON-FUMIGANT NEMATICIDES (cont’d) A. Hajihassani, Nematologist, University of Georgia; J. Desaeger, Nematologist, University of Florida; A. Gorny, Nematologist, North Carolina State University Nematodes are best managed through an integrated program (IPM). Key management options may include securing advisory/predictive soil samples, crop rotation, fallow periods, host resistance, soil amendments, flooding, soil solarization, suppressive cover crops, and other options. Material (Product) Vegetable Crop Application Method Rate/Acre Rate/1000 Ft Row Schedule and Remarks Do not place in-furrow or allow granules to contact seed. Incorporate 2 to 4” deep in 12” to 15” band, Band 13 to 20 lb 0.9 to 1.4 lb at planting. Use higher rates for higher nematode populations Bean (snap & lima) Do not place in-furrow or allow granules to contact seed. Incorporate 2 to 4” deep no more than 3 days Broadcast 40 to 54 lb N/A before planting. Use higher rates for higher nematode populations. Do not place in-furrow or allow granules to contact Band 13 lb 0.9 lb seed. Incorporate 2 to 4” deep in 15” band at planting. Cabbage Do not place in-furrow or allow granules to contact Broadcast 34 lb N/A seed. Incorporate 2 to 4” deep no more than 1 week before planting. Band — 0.75 to 1.0 lb Incorporate 2 to 4” deep in 12 to 15” band. ethoprop Corn (field and sweet) Incorporate 2 to 4” deep no more than 3 days before, (Mocap 15G) Broadcast 40 lb N/A to at planting. Do not place in-furrow or allow granules to contact Cucumber Band 13 lb 2.1 lb seed. Incorporate 2 to 4” deep in 12 to 15” band (7 ft row spacing) at planting. For suppression of stubby root nematode populations. Incorporate 2 to 4” deep; Band should be 12” to 15” Band 20 lb 1.4 lb wide (36” row spacing) at planting; do not apply once Potatoes seedlings have begun to emerge. For suppression of moderate to heavy stubby root nem- Broadcast 40 to 60 lb N/A atode populations; apply within 2 wk before planting; do not apply once seedlings have begun to emerge. Incorporate 2 to 4” deep in centered 12 to 15” band (at Sweetpotato Band only 20 to 26 lb 1.6 to 2.1 lb least 42” row spacing) 2 to 3 wk before planting. Use no more than one application per season. For suppression of stubby root nematode populations. Band 63.9 fl. oz 4.4 fl. oz Incorporate 2 to 4” deep; Band should be 12’ wide (36” row spacing) at planting or before crop emergence. Potatoes For suppression of moderate to heavy stubby root ethoprop nematode populations; apply and immediately incorpo- Broadcast 1 to 1.5 gal N/A (Mocap EC) rate no more than 2 wk before planting or before crop emergence. Incorporate 2 to 4” deep in centered 12 to 15” band (at 63.5 to 85.9 Sweetpotato Band only 5.1 to 6.9 fl. oz. least 42” row spacing) 2 to 3 wk before planting. Use fl. oz no more than one application per season. Carrot, Cucumber, Cantaloupe, Honeydew Preplant Foliar Note: Vydate L is labeled for these crops to manage melon, Watermelon, nematodes and certain insects.

DISEASE CONTROL oxamyl Drip/soil injection Squash, Pumpkin, See label — However, the label varies by crop, method of applica- (Vydate L) Chemigation Eggplant, Pepper, tion and state. Therefore, follow the label carefully for (bell and non-bell), In furrow the best method, rate, and timing. Sweetpotatoes, Tomatoes Note: Vydate C-LV is labeled for potatoes to manage nematodes and certain insects. Foliar ground oxamyl Potatoes Chemigation Aerial See label — However, the label varies by crop, method of applica- (Vydate C-LV) tion, timing, crop rotation program, and state. There- At-plant In-furrow fore, follow the label carefully for the best method, rate, and timing.

284 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - 285 Sclero- ) and ). Alternaria solani

Sclerotinia sclerotiorum ). Note: Movento is labeled for these crops to suppress Note: Movento is labeled for these crops to suppress or control nematode and insect pests. Must be tank- mixed with a spray adjuvant/additive to maximize leaf uptake. Follow the label carefully for the application method, interval, and timing. Place granules in 4-5” band over the open seed fur row and incorporate thoroughly into top 1” of the soil. Apply no more than 6.5 Ib. per acre. Place granules directly into the open seed furrow behind the planter seed opener. Table 3 in label specifies rate based on bed width. Table in. Uniformly wet entire bed width and root zone 6 to 8 deep at least 7 days before transplanting. Irrigate with 0.5 to 1.0” of water 2 to 5 days after application. Apply and incorporate 6 to 8” deep at least 7 days be planting. Irrigate with 0.5 to 1.0 in. water 2 to 5 days after application. fore transplanting. Irrigate with 0.5 to 1.0 in. of water 2 fore transplanting. Irrigate with 0.5 to 1.0 in. of water to 5 days after application. 2 in label specifies rate based on row spacing. Table Incorporate 6 to 8” deep at least 7 days before trans Apply as drench, orpost-planting hill offerdrench. May suppression only if root-knot pressure is high and other methods of suppression should also be employed. Velum to sup- press white mold ( Prime is also registered tinia sclerotiorum Apply specified dosage using overhead chemigation Apply specified dosage using suppression only if root-knot equipment. May offer methods of suppression pressure is high and other Prime is also regis Velum should also be employed. ( tered to suppress early blight suppress white mold ( See label for specific labeled crops within the the specific labeled crops within See label for through into root zone subgroups. Chemigation or equivalent drip, trickle, micro-sprinkler low-pressure the day of equipment. Can be applied harvest. Do not this with applications 2 sequential make more than is in or any other product product FRAC group 7. Velum The first foliar powdery mildew control. for labeled also should be a Prime Velum fungicide application after group. FRAC product from a different Schedule and Remarks Schedule and — — — — N/A See label 4.5 to 6 fl oz 4.5 to 6 fl oz 4.0 to 5.0 fl oz Rate/1000 Ft Row Rate/1000 Ft — — — — 6.0 to 6.5 to 6.5 to

6.84fl oz 6.84 fl oz 6.84 fl oz See label Rate/Acre 3.5 to 7.0 pt Band In-furrow Banded soil Chemigation Chemigation Chemigation Drip irrigation Broadcast soil Foliar Chemigation Application Method Application 5) 5) Potato (group 4) Sweet corn Sweetpotato (groups 8-10) Brassica (Cole) Vegetable Crop Vegetable (tomato subgroup) Fruiting vegetables 4, except Brassica) Fruiting Vegetables Fruiting Vegetables Fruiting Vegetables Fruiting Vegetables Cucurbits (group 9) Cucurbits (group 9); Potato, Sweetpotato Vegetables (group 5) Vegetables Brassica (Cole) Leafy Celery, lettuce, spinach Celery, (groups 8-10); Brassica Potato and other tubers Leafy Vegetables Leafy Vegetables (group Leafy vegetables (group Leafy Vegetables (group Leafy Vegetables (Nimitz) terbufos fluopyram (Movento) fluensulfone spirotetramat (Velum Prime) (Velum (Counter 20G) Material (Product) Nematodes are best managed through an integrated program (IPM). Key management options may include securing advisory/predictive soil samples, crop soil samples, crop securing advisory/predictive options may include (IPM). Key management an integrated program are best managed through Nematodes crops, and other options. suppressive cover flooding, soil solarization, soil amendments, periods, host resistance, rotation, fallow North Carolina State University Carolina State North A. Hajihassani, Nematologist, University of Georgia; J. Desaeger, Nematologist, University of Florida; A. Gorny, Nematologist, Nematologist, Gorny, A. Florida; University of Nematologist, J. Desaeger, of Georgia; University Nematologist, A. Hajihassani, TABLE 3-44. MANAGEMENT OF SOILBORNE NEMATODES WITH NON-FUMIGANT NEMATICIDES (cont’d) NEMATICIDES WITH NON-FUMIGANT NEMATODES OF SOILBORNE MANAGEMENT 3-44. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable GREENHOUSE VEGETABLE CROP DISEASE CONTROL Note: Follow manufacturer’s directions on label in all cases. Caution: The risk of pesticide exposure in the greenhouse is high. Use protective clothing laundered daily or after each exposure. Ventilate during application and use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE). Caution: At the time this table was prepared, the entries were believed to be useful and accurate, however, labels change rapidly, and errors are possible, so the user Most foliar diseases can be reduced or controlled by maintaining relative humidity must follow all directions on the pesticide container. See product labels for applica- below 90%, by keeping the air circulating in the house with a large overhead tion limits per crop/season. polytube, and by avoiding water on the leaves. Information in the following table must be used in the context of a total disease control program. For example, many diseases are controlled by the use of resistant varieties, crop rotation, sanitation, seed treatment, and cultural practices. Always use top-quality seed or plants obtained from reliable sources. Seeds are ordinarily treated by the seed producer for the control of seed decay and damping-off.

TABLE 3-45. GREENHOUSE DISEASE CONTROL FOR VARIOUS VEGETABLE CROPS (cont’d) R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Minimum Days Commodity Disease Product 1 FRAC Rate of Material Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Greenhouse Sanitation Solarization NA 140°F, 4 to 8 hr for — — Close greenhouse during hottest and sunniest 7 days part of summer for at least one week. Green- house must reach at least 140°F each day. Re- move debris, heat sensitive materials, and keep greenhouse and contents moist. Will not control pests 0.5 inches or deeper in soil. Not effective against tobacco mosaic virus (TMV). Added heat NA 180°F for 30 min — — Remove all debris and heat-sensitive materials. Keep house and contents warm. Soil Soilborne diseases and weeds — See soil fumigants table and check soil Preplant soil treatment. fumigant label if registered for green- house use. Basil Anthracnose, Alternaria blight, copper, fixed M01 See label See See label Some products are OMRI-listed. See product bacterial blight, Botrytis, downy (various) label labels for complete application instructions, spe- mildew, leaf spot, Rhizoctonia leaf cific crop and disease labels, and greenhouse blight usage. Check state registration status prior to use. Alternaria leaf spot cyprodinil + 9 + 12 11 to 14 oz/acre 7 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. After two (Alternaria spp.), fludioxonil applications, alternate with another fungicide Botrytis leaf blight (Botrytis spp.), (Switch 62.5WG) with a different mode of action for two applica- Fusarium blight (Fusarium spp.) tions. Do not exceed 56 oz of product per acre per year. See label for application limits of active ingredients. Downy mildew cyazofamid 21 2.75 to 3.0 fl oz/ 0 0.5 Do not exceed 9 applications of product per (Peronospora belbahrii) (Ranman acre crop. Alternate applications with fungicides that 400SC) have a different mode of action. Do not make more than three consecutive applications before switching to products that have a different mode of action for three applications before returning to Ranman 400SC. Do not exceed 27 fl oz of DISEASE CONTROL product per acre per growing season. See label for surfactant recommendations. Alternaria leaf spot fludioxonil 12 5.5 to 7 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 After two applications of product, alternate to a (Alternaria spp.), (Spirato GHN) fungicide with a different mode of action for two Botrytis leaf blight (Botrytis spp.), applications. Do not exceed 28 fl oz of product Fusarium blight (Fusarium spp.) per acre per year. Gray mold (Botrytis cinerea), fluopyram + 7 + 11 5.0 to 7.6 fl oz/acre 7 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not powdery mildew (Golovinomyces trifloxystrobin (powdery mildew) exceed 15.3 fl oz of product per acre per year. spp.2) (Luna Sensa- Do not apply more than 0.446 lb fluopyram or tion) 7.6 fl oz/acre 0.25 lb trifloxystrobin per acre per year. Do not (gray mold) make more than two sequential applications of product or of any FRAC 7- or FRAC 11-contain- ing fungicide before alternating with a fungicide from a different FRAC group.

286 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - 287 Do not Do not make Check state regis Do not store unused spray solu

See labels for additional instruc See labels for Do not exceed 0.5 lb of product per For basil transplants grown in enclosed For basil transplants grown flooring for greenhouses with permanent resale to consumers. Do not make more than before switching to two applications per crop Do mode of action. a fungicide with a different See label for not apply within 1 day of shipping. recommendations. additional restrictions and Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, OMRI-listed. diseases, and precautions, tions and labeled application related to the use and including those spray chemicals. Do not store of metal-based solution. OxiDate 2.0: Not prohibited for greenhouse use. OxiDate 5.0: Not prohibited for greenhouse be used safely use. Determine if product can to application. on greenhouse crops prior tration status prior to use. Labeled for cucumbers ONLY. Labeled for cucumbers ONLY. more than two consecutive applications. See label for tank-mixing instructions. Do not exceed 6.0 lb product per acre to transplants, Allowed for use on transplants grown for resale to consumers. Do not exceed two applications of product per crop. See label for restrictions for product use when multiple crops are grown in the same area. Do not apply more than one application of a FRAC 11-containing fungicide before alternating to another fungicide mode of action. with a different Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not apply exceed 7.6 fl oz per acre per year. more than 2 sequential applications of another fungicide before rotating FRAC 11-containing FRAC group. Mini with fungicide from different mum interval between applications is 7 days. OMRI-listed. MilStop: 4,350 sq ft or 1.15 lb product per 10,000 sq ft per application. Do not adjust pH after mixing. Do not mix with other soluble pesticide or fertilizers. See product labels for complete application instructions, labeled diseases, restrictions, and crop and greenhouse usage. tion. See labels for additional labeled diseases and instructions. Carb-O-Nator: Final spray solution should not be below pH 7.0. Some tank-mixes may be incompatible and may cause phytotoxicity. 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 4 hr 1 hr (Mil- Stop) Nator) Reentry (Carb-O- See label See label 0 1 0 0 — — See Minimum Days label Harv. sq ft sq ft) 5,000 See label See label (tank-mix) 1.5 lb/acre gal (MilStop) 3.8 fl oz/acre 8.0 fl oz/acre 0.6 to 0.8 oz/ (stand-alone)

(0.9 fl oz/5,000 (Carb-O-Nator) Rate of Material 1.0 to 1.5 lb/acre 1.25 to 5.0 lb/100 2.5 to 5.0 lb/100 gal lb/100 5.0 to 2.5 11 40 17 NC NG P07 FRAC 11 + 7 11 - - - - - 1 trifloxystrobin (Flint Extra) hydrogen perox ide + peroxy acetic acid (OxiDate 2.0, OxiDate 5.0 2.0) ZeroTol phosphonates (mono- and dibasic salts of phosphites, phosphorous acid, potassi um phosphite) (various) mandipropamid (Micora) potassium bicar bonate (Carb-O-Nator, MilStop) azoxystrobin + benzovindi flupyr (Mural) fenhexamid (Decree 50 WDG) Product - S. - ) ), Myroth- 2 Alternaria Botrytis, ), downy Podosphaera ), Cercospora spp. Golovinomyces ) ), Plectosporium Paramyrothecium ) ), Alternaria leaf spot ), ), Septoria leaf blight ( 2 ); Phoma blight (Boeremia ), gummy stem blight Golovinomyces cicho Pseudoperonospora 2 ), Phyllosticta leaf spot (P. , 2 2 ) 2 ), powdery mildew ( cucurbitacearum ecium canker ( roridum exigua xanthii racearum Labels may include:Anthracnose, Labels may include:Anthracnose, mildew powdery Downy mildew, Labels may include: root rots Downy mildew, Downy mildew belbahrii (P. Labels may include: powdery mildew downy mildew, Powdery mildew ( spp. cucumerina (A. alternata), anthracnose (Colle leaf spot (C. citrullina mildew ( cubensis (Stagonosporopsis 2 Alternaria leaf blight ( totrichum orbiculare Gray mold (Botrytis cinerea cucurbitacearum blight (Plectosphaerella cucumerina Disease Basil (cont’d) Basil (cont’d) A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Carolina State North Plant Pathologist, Extension I. Meadows, Arkansas; of IPM, University Horticulture Extension A. Cato, Commodity R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; University; Clemson Pathologist, Keinath, Plant A. University; State Mississippi Pathologist, Extension Plant Melanson, A. R. cont’d) CROPS ( VEGETABLE VARIOUS FOR CONTROL DISEASE GREENHOUSE 3-45. TABLE Cucurbits - transplant production 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-45. GREENHOUSE DISEASE CONTROL FOR VARIOUS VEGETABLE CROPS (cont’d) R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Minimum Days Commodity Disease Product 1 FRAC Rate of Material Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Cucurbits - Corynespora leaf spot (Co- polyoxin D zinc 19 6.2 oz/acre — 4 hr Allowed for use in greenhouses ONLY in the transplant rynespora cassiicola), early salt production of seedlings and transplants; production blight (Alternaria sp.), gray mold (Affirm WDG) product is not for use in the production of ed- (cont’d) (Botrytis), gummy stem blight ible commodities. See product labels for maxi- (Stagonosporopsis spp.2), powdery mum limits of active ingredient and applications mildew (Podosphaera sp.2), scab per season. See product labels for additional (Cladosporium sp.) application instructions and labeled diseases. Cucurbits Alternaria leaf blight (A. cucumeri- azoxystrobin 11 + 3 12 to 14 fl oz/acre 1 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do - after na), Alternaria leaf spot (A. alterna- + difenoconazole not use for transplant production Make no transplanting ta), anthracnose (C. orbiculare), (Quadris Top) more than one application of a QoI-containing in a Cercospora leaf spot (C. citrullina), fungicide (FRAC Group 11) before alternating to greenhouse downy mildew (P. cubensis), gum- another fungicide with a different mode of action. my stem blight (Stagonosporopsis Do not exceed 56 fl oz of product per acre per spp.2), Phoma blight (P. exigua 2), year. See label for application limits of active Phyllosticta leaf spot (P. cucurbi- ingredients. The addition of a spreading/pene- tacearum), Plectosporium blight trating type adjuvant is recommended. See label (P. cucumerina 2), powdery mildew for additional instructions. (P. xanthii 2 G. cichoracearum 2), Septoria leaf blight (S. cucurbita- cearum) Labels may include: Alternaria copper, fixed M01 See label See See label Some products are OMRI-listed. See product leaf spot, angular leaf spot, (various) label labels for complete application instructions, spe- anthracnose, bacterial fruit blotch cific crop and disease labels, and greenhouse (suppression), downy mildew, gray usage. Check state registration status prior mold, gummy stem blight, powdery to use. mildew, scab, Ulocladium leaf spot Powdery mildew cyflufenamid U06 3.4 oz/acre 0 4 hr Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not (Torino) make more than two applications per year. Do not exceed 6.8 oz of product per acre per calendar year. See label for other application instructions and restrictions. Use with caution as resistance has been reported in NY. Downy mildew cymoxanil 27 3.2 to 5.0 oz/acre 3 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Always (P. cubensis) (Curzate 60DF) apply in a tank mix with the labeled rate of a pro- tectant fungicide. Do not exceed 30 oz of product per 12-month period. Curzate is not registered for use in LA. Resistance has been observed Alternaria leaf blight and spot (A. cyprodinil + fludi- 9 + 12 11 to 14 oz/acre 1 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. After two cucumerina and A. alternata), oxonil applications, alternate with another fungicide gummy stem blight (Stagonospo- (Switch 62.5WG) with a different mode of action for two applica- ropsis spp.2), powdery mildew (P. tions. Do not exceed 56 oz of product per acre xanthii, G. cichoracearum) 2 per year. See label for application limits of active ingredients. Alternaria leaf blight and spot (A. difenoconazole 3 + 9 0.37 to 0.46 fl 7 0.5 Only allowed for use in the greenhouse on cucumerina and A. alternata), an- + cyprodinil oz/1,000 sq ft cucumber. Do not apply more than 80 fl oz of thracnose (C. orbiculare), Cerco- (Inspire Super) product per acre per season. Do not apply prod-

DISEASE CONTROL spora leaf spot (C. citrullina), gum- uct for more than 50% of sprays per crop. See my stem blight (Stagonosporopsis label for application limits of active ingredients. spp.2), powdery mildew (P. xanthii, Make no more than two consecutive applications G. cichoracearum 2), Septoria leaf per season before alternating with fungicides blights (S. cucurbitacearum) that have a different mode of action. Alternaria leaf blight and spot famoxadone + 11 + 8 oz/acre 3 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Product (A. cucumerina and A. alternata), cymoxanil 27 must be tank-mixed with a contact fungicide with anthracnose (Colletotrichum spp.), (Tanos) a different mode of action. Do not exceed 32 oz downy mildew (P. cubensis) of product per acre per crop cycle or 72 oz per acre per 12-month period. Do not make more Suppression: Phytophthora 8 to 10 oz/acre than one application of product before alternating blight (Phytophthora capsici) (for diseases listed with a fungicide that has a different mode of under suppression) action. See label for tank-mixing instructions. Do not exceed four applications of Tanos or FRAC Group 11 fungicides per cropping cycle. For suppression of foliar and fruit phases ONLY of Phytophthora blight.

288 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - 289 - For . Do not . See labels Check county For use in

See label for county

See labels for list of labeled Labeled for cucumbers ONLY. cucumbers ONLY. Labeled for produc and greenhouse transplant production more than two consecutive tion. Do not make See label for additional tank-mixing applications. 6.0 lb product per instructions. Do not exceed per season (green acre (transplants) or per acre house production). Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, After two applications of product, alternate to a mode of action for two fungicide with a different applications. Do not exceed 28 fl oz of product per acre per year. Not prohibited for greenhouse use exceed 27.1 fl oz of product per acre per year. Do not apply more than 0.446 lb fluopyram or 0.5 Do not make lb trifloxystrobin per acre per year. Do not more than four applications per year. make more than two sequential applications of product or of any FRAC 7- or FRAC 11-contain ing fungicide before alternating with a fungicide FRAC group. See label for from a different information regarding potential foliar discol oration after product application. restrictions in some states. OMRI-listed. cucurbits. See labels for additional instructions, labeled diseases, and precautions, including those related to the use and application of metal- based chemicals. Do not store spray solution. OxiDate 2.0: Not prohibited for greenhouse use. OxiDate 5.0: Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Determine if product can be used safely on greenhouse crops prior to application. cations per season. foliar application. Phytotoxicity may occur if products are tank-mixed with copper products, applied to plants with copper residues, or mixed with adjuvants. Do not tank-mix products with copper products. See labels for additional restrictions, season limits, and application instructions. Aliette WDG: Do not exceed seven appli Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Not prohibited for greenhouse use Not prohibited for greenhouse for Phytophthora for specific rate instructions and for additional blight and gummy stem blight restrictions. of product per Lektivar: Do not exceed 144 fl oz for Lektivar is not registered acre per year. LA, MS, OK, or VA. AR, KY, use in of product per Omega: Do not exceed 144 fl oz acre per year. Orbus: Do not exceed 144 fl oz of product per Orbus is not registered for use acre per year. or WV. LA, MS, TN, VA, KY, AR, AL, in Linebacker WDG: Do not make more than seven applications per season. registration status prior to use. See label for county restrictions in some states. - 1 12 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 (Line backer) (Aliette) Reentry See label 0 1 0 0 30 0.5 Minimum Days Harv. - eases) See label (tank-mix) 1.5 lb/acre 7.6 fl oz/acre (stand-alone)

(other listed dis Rate of Material 1.0 to 1.5 lb/acre 1.0 to 1.5 lb/acre 2.0 to 5.0 lb/acre 5.5 to 7 fl oz/acre (powdery mildew) 12 to 24 fl oz/acre 4.0 to 7.6 fl oz/acre 17 12 29 NG P07 7 + 11 FRAC 1 fenhexamid (Decree 50WDG) fludioxonil (Spirato GHN) fosetyl-Al (Aliette WDG, Linebacker WDG) fluopyram + trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation) hydrogen peroxide + peroxyacetic acid (OxiDate 2.0, OxiDate 5.0 2.0) ZeroTol fluazinam (Lektivar 40SC, Omega 500F, Orbus 4F) Product - P. , 2 ) A. alterna- ) powdery 2 A. cucumeri- A. cucumeri- spp. ) 2 P. cubensis), P. P. cubensis) and P. ), Phytophthora blight ), powdery mildew ( 2 2 P. xanthii P. ), gummy stem blight Gray mold (B. cinerea) Downy mildew ( gummy stem blight (Stagonospo ropsis spp. Alternaria leaf spot ( na), anthracnose (Colletotrichum spp.), Botrytis gray mold (B. cinerea (Stagonosporopsis Downy mildew ( Phytophthora root and fruit rots (Phytophthora spp.) Labels may include: Alternaria Labels may include: anthracnose, downy mildew, root rots powdery mildew, xanthii, G. cichoracearum P. capsici) (P. ta), gummy stem blight (Stagono- sporopsis ), Alternaria leaf spot ( na), Alternaria leaf blight ( Disease mildew (

Cucurbits - after transplanting in a greenhouse (cont’d) A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Carolina State North Plant Pathologist, Extension I. Meadows, Arkansas; of IPM, University Horticulture Extension A. Cato, Commodity R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; University; Clemson Pathologist, Keinath, Plant A. University; State Mississippi Pathologist, Extension Plant Melanson, A. R. cont’d) CROPS ( VEGETABLE VARIOUS FOR CONTROL DISEASE GREENHOUSE 3-45. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-45. GREENHOUSE DISEASE CONTROL FOR VARIOUS VEGETABLE CROPS (cont’d) R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Minimum Days Commodity Disease Product 1 FRAC Rate of Material Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Cucurbits Alternaria blight, Alternaria leaf mancozeb + M03 + 2.1 to 3.2 lb/acre 5 1 See label for restrictions on greenhouse - after spot, anthracnose, Cercospora azoxystrobin 11 use. Do not apply more than one application transplanting leaf spot, gummy stem blight, (Dexter Max) of product of FRAC Group 11 fungicide before in a scab, target leaf spot alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of greenhouse action. Do not exceed 12.8 lb of product per acre (cont’d) Suppression: Plectosporium per season. See label for application limits of ac- blight, powdery mildew tive ingredients. Do not exceed four applications per year. See label for additional instructions and cautions regarding adjuvants and tank mixing. Alternaria leaf spot, angular leaf mancozeb + M03 + 2 to 3 lb/acre 5 See label Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not spot, anthracnose, bacterial fruit copper M01 exceed 17.5 lb of product per acre per year. Do blotch, Cercospora leaf spot, hydroxide not apply more than 5 applications per year at downy mildew, gummy stem blight, (ManKocide) the maximum application rate. Phytotoxicity may powdery mildew, scab occur when spray solution has a pH of less than 6.5 or when certain environmental conditions occur. Alternaria leaf spot, Cercospora mancozeb M03 + 1.5 to 2.0 lb/acre 5 2 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not ex- leaf spot, downy mildew, Phytoph- + zoxamide 22 ceed 16 lb per acre per year. Do not make more thora rot (P. capsici) (Gavel 75DF) than eight applications per acre per year. Powdery mildew (Golovinomyces myclobutanil 3 4.75 to 9.5 fl oz/ 0 1 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not spp. 2 and Podosphaera spp. 2) (AgriStar acre exceed 0.6 lb myclobutanil per acre per crop. Sonoma 20 EW (20 EW AG) See product labels for additional instructions and AG, AgriStar restrictions. Sonoma 2.5 to 5 oz/acre 40WSP) (40WSP) Sonoma 20EW AG: Do not exceed 46 fl oz of product per acre per crop. Sonoma 20EW AG is not registered for use in AL, AR, FL, KY, MS, OK, SC, TN, or TX.

Sonoma 40WSP: Do not exceed 1.5 lb of prod- uct per acre per crop. Sonoma 40WSP is not registered for use in AL, AR, FL, GA, KY, LA, MS, OK, SC, TN, TX, or WV Labels may include: Alternaria leaf mancozeb MO3 See label See See label See product labels for complete application in- spot, anthracnose, Cercospora (various) label structions, specific crop and disease labels, and leaf spot, downy mildew, gummy greenhouse usage. Check state registration stem blight, scab status prior to use. Alternaria leaf spot and blight penthiopyrad 7 0.375 to 0.5 fl oz/ 1 0.5 Allowed for use in greenhouse production of (Alternaria spp.), gray mold (B. (Fontelis) gal of spray per edible-peel cucurbits (cucumbers, summer cinerea), gummy stem blight 1,360 sq ft squash). Do not exceed 67 fl oz of product per (Stagonosporopsis spp.2), powdery acre per year. Make no more than two consec- mildew (P. xanthii, G. cicho- utive applications per season before alternating racearum 2), Sclerotinia stem rot with fungicides that have a different mode of (S. sclerotiorum) action. **Resistance in Stagonosporopsis 2 (gummy stem blight) is widespread.** Labels may include: phosphonates P07 See label See See label See product labels for complete application DISEASE CONTROL Downy mildew, root rots (mono- and label instructions, labeled diseases, restrictions, and dibasic salts crop and greenhouse usage. Check state regis- of phosphites, tration status prior to use. phosphorous acid, potassi- um phosphite) (various) Corynespora leaf spot (Coryne- polyoxin D zinc 19 6.5 to 13.0 fl 0 4 hr Not prohibited for greenhouse use. See spora cassiicola), early blight salt oz.acre product labels for maximum limits of active (Alternaria spp.), gray mold (OSO 5%SC) ingredient and applications per season. (Botrytis), gummy stem blight See product labels for additional application (Stagonosporopsis spp.2), powdery instructions and labeled diseases. 2 mildew (Podosphaera spp. ), scab OSO 5%SC is not registered for use in AR, (Cladosporium spp.) KY, MS, or OK.

290 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL ------291 Do See prod Alternate . Do not See product Stagonosporop (downy mildew) Labeled for use on cucumber. Labeled for use on cucumber. Do not store unused spray solu Do not store

Check state registration status Do not exceed 0.5 lb of product per Do not exceed 0.5 lb of product (gummy stem blight) is widespread.** 2 house usage. prior to use. **Resistance in sis Not prohibited for greenhouse use. uct labels for complete application instructions, specific crop and disease labels, and green Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, labels for complete application instructions, spe cific crop and disease labels, and greenhouse usage. Check C. melo cultivars for phytotox- icity prior to use. Check state registration status prior to use. Not prohibited for greenhouse use exceed 42 fl oz or two applications of product or 0.42 lb of tolfenpyrad per acre per crop cycle. Do not exceed four applications of product per year. Allow at least 14 days between applications. IRAC 21A. ferent FRAC group. Prolivo is not registered for use in KY. not exceed 16 fl oz per acre per year. Do not Do not exceed 16 fl oz per acre per year. make more than two applications of Prolivo or of another FRAC 50-containing fungicide in a row before rotating to a fungicide from a dif Only allowed for use in the greenhouse on Use only in well-ventilated plastic cucumber. tunnel or glass houses; ventilate for at least two hours after application of product. Do not exceed 36 fl oz of product per acre per crop. Do not exceed two applications per crop (maximum of three crop cycles per year). See label for cautions. Not prohibited for greenhouse use. OMRI-listed. OMRI-listed. not be below pH Final spray solution should be incompatible 7.0. Some tank-mixes may and may cause phytotoxicity. MilStop: per 10,000 sq ft 4,350 sq ft or 1.15 lb product pH after mixing. per application. Do not adjust pesticide or Do not mix with other soluble fertilizers. Product can See label for application uses. system or as a soil be applied through a drip than six total appli drench. Do not apply more seedling treatment cations (preseeding and/or and after transplanting). Do not apply more than two preseeding and/or seedling treatment applications or four applications of product after transplanting per cropping cycle. Do not mix with other products. Phytotoxicity may occur if applied to dry growing media. See label for other application instructions. every FRAC 11 fungicide application with at every FRAC 11 least one application of a fungicide from a the potential FRAC group to reduce different for resistance. Do not exceed four applications The or 15.2 fl oz of product per acre per year. minimum interval between applications is 7 days. cubensis **Resistance in P. is widespread.** Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Some products are OMRI-listed. tion. See labels for additional labeled diseases for additional labeled tion. See labels and instructions. Carb-O-Nator: 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 1 hr 4 hr Nator) Reentry (Carb-O- (MilStop) See label See label 0 0 1 1 7 See See See Minimum Days label label label Harv.

2.5 to See label See label See label 4 to 5 fl oz 18 fl oz/acre gal (MilStop) 3.8 fl oz/acre 5.0 lb/ 100 gal 21.0 fl oz/acre

(Carb-O-Nator) (downy mildew) Rate of Material 1.25 to 5.0 lb/ 100 2.0 to 3.8 fl oz/acre 1 9 11 28 50 39 NC M02 (U08) FRAC - 1 thiophanate- methyl (various) potassium bicar bonate (Carb-O-Nator, MilStop) sulfur (various) propamocarb hydrochloride (Previcur Flex) pyrimethanil (Scala SC) pyriofenone (Prolivo 300SC) tolfenpyrad (Torac) trifloxystrobin (Flint Extra) Product , 2 Phy- and 2 ), powdery P. xanthii P. 2 P. tabaci- P. Alternaria leaf Alternaria leaf spp. ) 2 P. cubensis) P. ), target spot 2 Colletotrichum ), Powdery mildew Golovinomyces (Corynespora Labels may include: Labels may include: Botrytis, downy spot, anthracnose, Septoria powdery mildew, mildew, leaf spot Powdery mildew Gray mold (B. cinerea) Damping off and root rots ( Damping off tophthora spp., Pythium spp.) Anthracnose ( spp.), gummy stem blight (Stagonosporopsis num), powdery mildew ( Suppression: Downy mildew Plectosporium blight ( G. cichoracearum Podosphaera Suppression: Downy mildew ( Disease mildew (

Cucurbits - after transplanting in a greenhouse (cont’d) A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Carolina State North Plant Pathologist, Extension I. Meadows, Arkansas; of IPM, University Horticulture Extension A. Cato, Commodity R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; University; Clemson Pathologist, Keinath, Plant A. University; State Mississippi Pathologist, Extension Plant Melanson, A. R. cont’d) CROPS ( VEGETABLE VARIOUS FOR CONTROL DISEASE GREENHOUSE 3-45. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-45. GREENHOUSE DISEASE CONTROL FOR VARIOUS VEGETABLE CROPS (cont’d) R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Minimum Days Commodity Disease Product 1 FRAC Rate of Material Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Cucurbits Powdery mildew triflumizole 3 4 to 8 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Procure: Not prohibited for greenhouse - after (Procure 480SC, (Procure) (Procure) use. Do not exceed 24 fl oz of product per transplanting Terraguard SC) crop per year. If applying to a crop grown from in a 2 to 4 fl oz/100 gal 1 seed, do not exceed four applications per crop greenhouse (Terraguard) (Terra- per year at the 4 to 6 oz/acre rate or three (cont’d) guard) applications per crop per year at the 8 oz/acre rate. If applying to a transplanted crop, do not apply more than three applications of product per crop per year. Label specifies the following powdery mildew species: G. cichoracearum 2, P. xanthii).

Terraguard SC: For use only as a foliar spray. For use in commercial greenhouse production only. Can be used on greenhouse transplants. Do not exceed 16 fl oz of product per acre per cropping system. See label for additional appli- cation instructions. Do not exceed four applica- tions per crop. Do not exceed two applications per crop when applying to transplants. Eggplant Anthracnose (Colletotrichum spp.); Azoxystrobin + 11 + 7 0.6 to 0.8 oz/5,000 — 0.5 Allowed for use on transplants grown for and pepper Cercospora leaf spot (C. capsici); benzovindiflupyr sq ft resale to consumers. Do not exceed two (transplant Gray leaf spot (Stemphylium (Mural) applications of product per crop. See label for production) solani); powdery mildew (Oidiopsis restrictions for product use when multiple crops sicula); Rhizoctonia stem rot (R. are grown in the same area. Do not apply more solani) than two consecutive applications of product before alternating to another fungicide from a Suppression: different FRAC group. Southern blight (Athelia rolfsii) Gray mold (Botrytis cinerea) fenhexamid 17 1.5 lb/acre — 0.5 Do not make more than two consecutive ap- (Decree 50 (stand-alone) plications. See label for additional tank-mixing WDG) instructions. Do not exceed 6.0 lb product per 1.0 to 1.5 lb/acre acre to transplants. (tank-mix) Botrytis rot (Botrytis spp.), early polyoxin D zinc 19 6.2 oz/acre — 4 hr Allowed for use in greenhouses ONLY in the blight (A. linariae2), powdery mil- salt production of seedlings and transplants; dew (L. taurica, O. sipula) (Affirm WDG) product is not for use in the production of ed- ible commodities. See product labels for maxi- Suppression: mum limits of active ingredient and applications Anthracnose (C. coccodes) per season. See product labels for additional application instructions and labeled diseases. Lettuce Downy mildew aciben- 21 0.75 to 1 oz/acre 7 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. For use on (Bremia lactucae) zolar-S-methyl head and leaf lettuce. Product should be applied (Actigard 50WG) to healthy, actively growing plants. Product should not be applied to stressed plants. Do not apply more than one application of product on head lettuce intended for bag purposes. Do DISEASE CONTROL not apply prior to thinning or within 5 days of transplanting. See label for other instructions, restrictions, and precautions. Anthracnose, downy mildew, leaf copper, fixed M01 See label See See Some products are OMRI-listed. See product spot, powdery mildew, Septoria (various) label label labels for complete application instructions, spe- leaf spot cific crop and disease labels, and greenhouse usage. Check state registration status prior to use. Downy mildew (Bremia lactucae), cyazofamid 21 2.75 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. For use Pythium damping-off (Pythium (Ranman on head and leaf lettuce. Do not exceed 16.5 fl spp.), white rust (Albugo 400SC) oz of product or 0.43 lb cyazofamid per acre per occidentalis) year. Do not apply more than six applications of product per crop. Alternate applications with a fungicide from a different FRAC group. See label for additional application instructions specific to each disease and regarding resistance manage- ment and tank-mixing. Downy mildew cymoxanil 27 3.2 to 5.0 oz/ acre 3 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. For use on (Bremia lactucae) (Curzate 60 DF) (head lettuce) (head) head and leaf lettuce. Use only with the labeled rate of a protectant fungicide. Do not exceed 30 5.0 oz/acre 1 oz of product per 12-month period. Curzate is (leafy lettuce) (leafy) not registered for use in LA.

292 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - 293 - Not For use For use . Do not . Products are

For use on head and leaf lettuce. Product For use on head and leaf application rates for at planting, has different and established pre-thinning, and post-thinning detailed application transplants. See label for 3.2 qt of product per instructions. Do not exceed or VA Not registered for use in acre per year. WV. prohibited for greenhouse use labeled for use against basal rot, gray mold, and Sclerotinia rot. Do not exceed 28 oz of product After two applications of per acre per year. product, alternate to a fungicide with a different mode of action for two applications. See product labels for additional instructions and restrictions. is not registered for use in Cannonball WP GA, LA, MO, MS, NC, SC, TN, AR, FL, KY, AL, or WV. VA, exceed 15.3 fl oz of product per acre per year. Do not apply more than 0.446 lb fluopyram or Do not 0.375 lb trifloxystrobin per acre per year. make more than two sequential applications of product or of any FRAC 7- or FRAC 11-contain ing fungicide before alternating with a fungicide FRAC group. from a different For use on head and leaf lettuce. two applications of product, After Spirato GHN: mode of alternate to a fungicide with a different action for two applications. Do not exceed 28 fl oz of product per acre per year. Cannonball WG and Cannonball WP: Not prohibited for greenhouse use Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, For use in transplant production and green house production. Do not make more than two consecutive applications. See label for additional tank-mixing instructions. Do not exceed 3.0 lb product per acre (transplants) or per acre per crop (greenhouse production). on head and leaf lettuce. Product must be tank- on head and leaf lettuce. Product with a different mixed with a contact fungicide mode of action. Do not exceed 48 oz of product per acre per crop season. Do not make more than one application of product before alternating mode of with a fungicide that has a different action. See label for tank mixing instructions. No more than 50% of total applications in a cropping or other FRAC Tanos season should contain fungicides. Group 11 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Not prohibited for greenhouse Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Not prohibited After two applications, leaf lettuce. on head and different another fungicide with a alternate with not for two applications. Do mode of action See acre per year. exceed 56 oz of product per of active ingredients. label for application limits 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Reentry 0 3 1 0 14 See Minimum Days label Harv. See label (tank-mix) 1.5 lb/acre 7.0 oz/acre (Cannonball) 7.6 fl oz/acre (stand-alone)

(Spirato GHN) 8 to 10 oz/acre 11 to 14 oz/acre 11 Rate of Material 1.0 to 1.5 lb/acre 5.5 to 7 fl oz/acre 12 17 27 14 11 + 11 7 + 11 FRAC 9 + 12 1 fludioxonil (Spirato GHN, Cannonball WG, Cannonball WP) fluopyram + trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation) fenhexamid (Decree 50 WDG) famoxadone + cymoxanil (Tanos) cyprodinil + fludioxonil (Switch 62.5WG) dicloran (Botran 5F) Product . ) 2 ) ) spp.), , watery ) Alternaria Alternaria ) 2 ) B. lactucae), Sclerotinia ) ), powdery mildew (G spp.), Septoria leaf Sclerotinia sclerotiorum ), Septoria leaf ), Septoria leaf basal rot (B. exigua spot (Septoria lactucae Suppression: Powdery mildew (Golovinomyces cichoracearum Gray mold (Botrytis spp.), lettuce drop (S. minor, S. sclerotiorum cichoracearum Suppression: Powdery mildew (G. cichoracearum spp.), gray mold (B. cinerea), spp.), gray mold ( Sclerotinia rot Alternaria leaf spot ( Alternaria leaf Alternaria leaf spot ( spp.), basal rot (B. exigua), gray mold (B. cinerea), Sclerotinia rot (Sclerotinia spot (S. lactucae Gray mold (B. cinerea) Downy mildew ( white rust (A. occidentalis ), Botrytis gray mold rot (B. cinerea drop rot, Sclerotinia minor soft rot ( Disease Lettuce (cont’d) A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Carolina State North Plant Pathologist, Extension I. Meadows, Arkansas; of IPM, University Horticulture Extension A. Cato, Commodity R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; University; Clemson Pathologist, Keinath, Plant A. University; State Mississippi Pathologist, Extension Plant Melanson, A. R. cont’d) CROPS ( VEGETABLE VARIOUS FOR CONTROL DISEASE GREENHOUSE 3-45. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-45. GREENHOUSE DISEASE CONTROL FOR VARIOUS VEGETABLE CROPS (cont’d) R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Minimum Days Commodity Disease Product 1 FRAC Rate of Material Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Lettuce Downy mildew fosetyl-Al P07 2.5 to 5.0 lb/acre 3 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. For (cont’d) (B. lactucae) (Aliette WDG, (Aliette) foliar application on head and leaf lettuce. Linebacker Phytotoxicity may occur if products are tank- WDG) 1 mixed with copper products, applied to plants (Lineback- with copper residues, or mixed with adju- er) vants. Do not tank-mix products with copper products. See labels for additional restrictions, season limits, and application instructions not included below.

Aliette WDG: Do not exceed seven applica- tions per season. Speckling can occur when applied to lettuce.

Linebacker WDG: Do not exceed 35 lb of product per acre per year. Do not make more than seven applications per season. Check state registration status prior to use. Labels may include: Botrytis gray hydrogen NG See label 0 See label OMRI-listed. See labels for additional in- mold, downy mildew, powdery peroxide + structions, labeled diseases, and precautions, mildew peroxyacetic including those related to the use and application acid of metal-based chemicals. Do not store spray (OxiDate 2.0, solution. OxiDate 5.0 ZeroTol 2.0) OxiDate 2.0: Not prohibited for greenhouse use.

OxiDate 5.0: Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Determine if product can be used safely on greenhouse crops prior to application. Bottom rot (Rhizoctonia solani), iprodione 2 1.5 to 2.0 pt/acre 14 1 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not gray mold (Botrytis cinerea), (Meteor, Nevado make more than three applications of product lettuce drop (Sclerotinia spp.) 4F, Rovral 4F) per crop. See product labels for application instructions and additional restrictions. Sclerotinia drop (S. minor and S. isofetamid 7 12.3 fl oz 14 0.5 For use on head and leaf lettuce. sclerotiorum) (Kenja 400SC) Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not exceed two applications of product per acre per year. Do not make more than two applications of Kenja or of another FRAC 7-containing fungicide in a row before rotating to a fungicide from a different FRAC group. Labels may include: Alternaria leaf mancozeb M03 See label See See label See product labels for complete application in- spot, anthracnose, downy mildew (various) label structions, specific crop and disease labels, and greenhouse usage. Check state registration status prior to use. Alternaria leaf spot, anthracnose, mancozeb + M03 + 1.7 to 2.25 lb/acre 10 1 See label for restrictions on greenhouse

DISEASE CONTROL downy mildew, Septoria azoxystrobin 11 use. For use on head and leaf lettuce. Do not (Dexter Max) apply more than one application of product or FRAC Group 11 fungicide before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not exceed 13.7 lb of product per acre per season. See label for application limits of active ingredients. See label for additional instructions and cautions regarding residues, adjuvants, and tank mixing. Anthracnose, downy mildew mancozeb M03 + 1 to 2 lb/acre 10 See label Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not + copper hydrox- M01 exceed 26 lb of product per acre per year. Plant ide injury may occur in some varieties. Determine (ManKocide) crop sensitivity prior to use. Phytotoxicity may occur when spray solution has a pH of less than 6.5 or when certain environmental conditions occur.

294 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - OSO 295 For use For use on Check state regis Do not exceed 9.5 fl oz of Do not exceed 9.5 fl oz of

Do not store unused spray solu Do not exceed 0.5 lb of product per Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Not prohibited for greenhouse not exceed 0.5 lb on head and leaf lettuce. Do season. See product myclobutanil per acre per and restrictions. labels for additional instructions applications of Do not make more than four The minimum retreatment product per season. interval is 14 days. Sonoma 20EW AG: product per acre per application or 38.0 fl oz of product per acre per season. for use in AG is not registered Sonoma 20EW MS, OK, SC, TN, or TX. AR, FL, KY, AL, Sonoma 40WSP: Do not exceed 5 oz of product per acre per application or 20 oz of product is not per acre per season. Sonoma 40WSP LA, FL, GA, KY, AR, AL, registered for use in MS, OK, SC, TN, TX, or WV. tration status prior to use. Not prohibited for greenhouse use. head, leaf, iceberg, and romaine lettuce. Check products labels for maxi- mum limits of active ingredient per acre per season. See product See product labels for complete application instructions, labeled diseases, restrictions, and crop and greenhouse usage. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, label for additional application instructions. MS, AR, KY, 5%SC is not registered for use in or OK. Product can be For use on leaf lettuce only. applied as a foliar treatment in leaf lettuce. Do not apply more than six total applications (preseeding and/or seedling treatment, after transplanting, and foliar applications). Do not apply more than two preseeding and/or seedling applications, four total applications after trans tions and maximum use rates. planting, or two foliar applications of product per crop cycle. Do not mix with other products. Phytotoxicity may occur if applied to dry growing media. See label for other application instruc OMRI-listed. For use on head and leaf lettuce. For use on head transplants grown in enclosed For lettuce for with permanent flooring greenhouses more Do not apply resale to consumers. product per crop. Do than two applications of Apply in a not apply consecutive applications mildew fungicide tank-mix with another downy The addition mode of action. with a different type adjuvant is of a spreading/penetrating recommended. tion. See labels for additional labeled diseases and instructions. Carb-O-Nator: Final spray solution should not be below pH 7.0. Some tank-mixes may be incompatible and may cause phytotoxicity. MilStop: 4,350 sq ft or 1.15 lb product per 10,000 sq ft per application. Do not adjust pH after mixing. Do not mix with other soluble pesticide or fertilizers. 1 0.5 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr 1 hr Nator) Reentry (Carb-O- (MilStop) See label 3 0 0 2 — See Minimum Days label Harv. acre (40WSP) 5 oz/acre See label See label (20 EWAG) gal (MilStop) 9.5 fl oz/acre

(Carb-O-Nator) per 5,000 sq ft) per 5,000 sq 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/ (0.65 to 0.9 fl oz (0.65 to 0.9 fl Rate of Material 1.25 to 5.0 lb/ 100 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/acre 5.5 to 8.0 fl 2.5 to 5.0 lb/100 gal lb/100 5.0 to 2.5 3 19 40 28 NC P07 FRAC - - 1 phosphonates (mono- and dibasic salts of phosphites, phosphorous acid, potassi um phosphite) (various) polyoxin D zinc salt (OSO 5%SC) myclobutanil (AgriStar Sonoma 20 EW AG, AgriStar Sonoma 40WSP) mandipropamid mandipropamid (Micora) potassium bicar bonate (Carb-O-Nator, MilStop) Product propamocarb hydrochloride (Previcur Flex) B. Alternaria ), lettuce drop Alternaria ) 2 ) Downy mildew ( spp.), powdery mildew ) Labels may include: Downy mildew Alternaria leaf spot ( leaf spp.); Botrytis damping off, blight, and rot (Botrytis spp.); bottom rot (R. solani (Sclerotinia (G. cichoracearum Suppression: lactucae Downy mildew Downy mildew (B. lactucae) Powdery mildew (G. cichoracearum Labels may include: leaf spot, Botrytis, downy mildew, powdery mildew Disease Damping off and root rots Damping off (Phytophthora spp., Pythium spp.) Lettuce (cont’d) A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Carolina State North Plant Pathologist, Extension I. Meadows, Arkansas; of IPM, University Horticulture Extension A. Cato, Commodity cont’d) CROPS ( VEGETABLE VARIOUS FOR CONTROL DISEASE GREENHOUSE 3-45. TABLE University; Clemson Pathologist, Keinath, Plant A. University; State Mississippi Pathologist, Extension Plant Melanson, A. R. 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-45. GREENHOUSE DISEASE CONTROL FOR VARIOUS VEGETABLE CROPS (cont’d) R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Minimum Days Commodity Disease Product 1 FRAC Rate of Material Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Lettuce Powdery mildew sulfur (various) M02 See label See See label Some products are OMRI-listed. See product (cont’d) label labels for complete application instructions, spe- cific crop and disease labels, and greenhouse usage. Check state registration status prior to use. Powdery mildew tolfenpyrad 39 21.0 fl oz/acre 1 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not (Torac) apply until at least 14 days after emergence Suppression: or transplanting. Do not exceed 42 fl oz or two Downy mildew applications of product or 0.42 lb of tolfenpyrad per acre per crop cycle. Do not exceed four applications of product per year. Allow at least 14 days between applications. IRAC 21A. Alternaria leaf spot (Alternaria trifloxystrobin 11 3.0 to 3.8 fl See 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. For use spp.), anthracnose (Colletotrichum (Flint Extra) oz/acre label on head and leaf lettuce. Do not exceed 7.6 fl oz spp.), powdery mildew (G. cicho- of product per acre per year. Do not apply more racearum 2) than two sequential applications of product or another FRAC 11-containing fungicide before rotating with a fungicide from a different FRAC group. The minimum interval between applica- tions is 5 days. Alternaria leaf spot/black spot triflumizole 3 6 to 8 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 See label for greenhouse usage instruc- (Alternaria spp.), powdery mildew (Procure 480SC) tions. For use on head and leaf lettuce. See (Golovinomyces spp.2) label for additional uses on lettuce. Do not exceed two applications of product per crop per year. Do not exceed 16 fl oz of product per crop per year. Tomato — Anthracnose (Colletotrichum spp.), azoxystrobin + 11 + 7 0.6 oz/5,000 sq ft - 0.5 Allowed for use on transplants grown transplant black mold (Alternaria alternata), benzovindiflupyr for resale to consumers. Do not apply to production early blight (Alternaria linariae 2), (Mural) tomatoes grown in a greenhouse for the gray leaf spot (Stemphylium spp.), purpose of producing and harvesting fruit. leaf mold (Passalora fulva 2), pow- Do not exceed two applications of product dery mildew (Leveilula taurica), per crop for plants grown indoors for resale Septoria leaf spot (Septoria lyco- to consumers. Do not apply until 21 days persici), target spot (Corynespora after transplanting or 35 days after seeding. cassiicola) Do not use adjuvants or tank-mix Mural with any product formulated as an emulsifiable concentrate (EC). See label for restrictions for product use when multiple crops are grown in the same area. See label for instructions and cautions regarding the use of adjuvants and tank mixing. Do not apply more than two consecutive applications of product before al- ternating to another fungicide from a different FRAC group. Damping off cyazofamid 21 3 fl oz/100 gal — 0.5 Apply as a soil drench. Do not use a surfactant. (Pythium spp.) (Ranman One fungicide application can be made to the 400SC) seedling tray at planting or any time afterwards DISEASE CONTROL until one week before transplanting. Gray mold fenhexamid 17 1.5 lb/acre — 0.5 Do not make more than two consecutive ap- (Botrytis cinerea) (Decree 50 (stand-alone) plications. See label for additional tank-mixing WDG) instructions. Do not exceed 6.0 lb product per 1.0 to 1.5 lb/acre acre to transplants. (tank-mix) Late blight mandipropamid 40 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/acre — 4 hr For tomato transplants grown in enclosed (Phytophthora infestans) (Micora) (0.65 to 0.9 fl greenhouses with permanent flooring for re- oz/5,000 sq ft) sale to consumers. Do not make more than two applications of product per crop. Do not make more than two consecutive applications before switching to a fungicide with a different mode of action. The addition of a spreading/penetrating type adjuvant is recommended. Botrytis rot (Botrytis spp.), early polyoxin D zinc 19 6.2 oz/acre — 4 hr Allowed for use in greenhouses ONLY in the blight (A. linariae2), powdery salt production of seedlings and transplants; mildew (L. taurica, O. sipula) (Affirm WDG) product is not for use in the production of edible commodities. See product labels Suppression: for maximum limits of act ive ingredient and Anthracnose (C. coccodes) applications per season. See product labels for additional application instructions and labeled diseases.

296 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - Do 297 - Do not Do not Product Do not make Do not apply more than Do not apply

See labels for restrictions, cautions, application instructions, and labeled diseases for each product. Not all products are registered for use in all states. Check state registration status prior to use. Not prohibited for greenhouse use. use for transplant production. more than two consecutive applications before mode switching to a fungicide with a different of action. Do not exceed 47 fl oz of product per for application limits of See label acre per year. active ingredients. Do not apply until 21 days after transplanting or 35 days after seeding. Do not use with adjuvants or tank mix with any EC product on fresh market tomatoes. Plant injury may occur with the use of adjuvants or when product is tank-mixed with dimethoate. Not prohibited for greenhouse use. make more than two sequential applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not make more than five foliar applications of product per harvest cycle. ucts. See label for specific use directions and ucts. See label for specific may occur if maximum use rates. Phytotoxicity applied to dry growing media. For pre-seeding and/or seedling treatment and/or seedling treatment For pre-seeding (before transplanting). per and/or seedling applications two pre-seeding Do not mix with other prod cropping cycle. for the home For transplant production use on transplants consumer market; not for production fields. intended for agricultural or other agricultural not tank-mix with adjuvants than two consecu products. Do not apply more production cycle or tive applications in any crop to any crop during more than three application to consecutive a growing cycle. Do not apply structure. Do crops within the same production the same oz product per year to not exceed 118 rates vary production crop. Product application See label for depending on the target disease. restrictions application rates and for additional and instructions. Some products are OMRI-listed. See product labels for complete application instructions, spe cific crop and disease labels, and greenhouse usage. Check state registration status prior to use. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, For use in commercial greenhouse production Can be used spray. For use only as a foliar only. on greenhouse transplants. Do not exceed 16 fl oz of product per acre per cropping system. Do not exceed four applications per crop. should be applied to healthy, actively growing should be applied to healthy, plants. Product should not be applied to stressed plants. Do not apply on intervals less than 7 days. Do not exceed 6 oz of product per acre per instructions, restrictions, See label for other year. and precautions. Not prohibited for greenhouse use. 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr Reentry See label 0 1 — — — — 14 See Minimum Days label Harv. acre acre 100 gal See label See label See label See labels 2 to 4 fl oz/ 8 fl oz/acre

0.33 to 0.75 oz/ Rate of Material 24.4 to 36.6 fl oz/ 3 25 28 21 M01 BM01 11 + 3 11 11 + 7 11 FRAC 1 triflumizole SC) (Terraguard Banda de Lupinus albus doce (BLAD) (Fracture) azoxystrobin + difenoconazole (Quadris Top) fixed copper, (various) pyraclostrobin + boscalid (Pageant Intrinsic) Streptomycin sulfate (Agri-Mycin 50, Firewall 17 WP, Firewall 50 WP, Harbour) propamocarb propamocarb hydrochloride (Previcur Flex) acibenzolar- S-methyl (Actigard 50 WG) Product - Oidium ), gray spp.), ), target 2 , Sclero- spp. and Fusarium Botrytis gray Alternaria Bacterial ), powdery ), 2 spp., Cerco- spp.), spots and Pseudomonas spp.) Colletotrichum Leveilula A. linariae spp.), rots and blights pv. tomato), bacterial spot pv. L. taurica), Septoria Oidium spp.) ), powdery mildew ( Powdery mildew spp.) Botrytis gray mold (Botrytis. cinerea Labels may include: blight, anthracnose, bacterial speck and spot, Cercospora leaf spot, early blight, gray mold, late blight, leaf mold, Phomopsis, Septoria leaf spot Crown and basal rot ( spp., Rhizoctonia solani spp.), damping off (Pythium tinia spp.), damping off spp., Rhizoctonia blights (Alternaria spora spp., Phoma spp., Septoria pow spp.), Phytophthora blight, dery mildew ( Oidiopsis (Botrytis spp.) Labels may include: spot speck, and/ or canker, spot (C. cassiicola mildew ( leaf spot (S. lycopersici mold (Botrytis. cinerea), powdery mildew ( Damping off and root rots and root Damping off spp., Pythium spp.) (Phytophthora spp.), black mold (A. alternata), early blight ( Anthracnose ( Bacterial speck ( syringae (Xanthomonas Disease F. fulva leaf mold (F. leaf spot (Stemphylium Tomato — Tomato transplant production (cont’d) transplanting in a greenhouse Tomato — Tomato after A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Carolina State North Plant Pathologist, Extension I. Meadows, Arkansas; of IPM, University Horticulture Extension A. Cato, Commodity R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; University; Clemson Pathologist, Keinath, Plant A. University; State Mississippi Pathologist, Extension Plant Melanson, A. R. cont’d) CROPS ( VEGETABLE VARIOUS FOR CONTROL DISEASE GREENHOUSE 3-45. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-45. GREENHOUSE DISEASE CONTROL FOR VARIOUS VEGETABLE CROPS (cont’d) R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Minimum Days Commodity Disease Product 1 FRAC Rate of Material Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Tomato — Powdery mildew cyflufenamid U06 3.4 oz/acre 0 4 hr Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not after (Torino) make more than three applications per year. transplanting Do not exceed 10.2 oz product per acre per in a calendar year. See label for other application greenhouse instructions and restrictions. (cont’d) Late blight (P. infestans), cyazofamid 21 2.1 to 2.75 fl oz/ 0 0.5 Do not exceed 16.5 fl oz per acre per year. Do Phytophthora blight (P. capsici) (Ranman acre not exceed six applications of product per crop. 400SC) (late blight) See label for surfactant recommendations. Alternate applications with fungicides that have a 2.75 fl oz/acre different mode of action. Do not make more than (Phytophthora three consecutive applications before switching blight) to products that have a different mode of action for three applications before returning to Ranman 400SC. See label for application instructions specific to target diseases. Late blight cymoxanil 27 3.2 to 5.0 oz/acre 3 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Use only (P. infestans) (Curzate 60 DF) with the labeled rate of a protectant fungicide. Do not exceed 30 oz of product per 12-month period. Curzate is not registered for use in LA. Early blight (A. linariae 2), gray cyprodinil + 9 + 12 11 to 14 oz/acre 0 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. After two mold (B. cinerea), powdery mildew fludioxonil applications, alternate with another fungicide (L. taurica) (Switch 62.5WG) with a different mode of action for two applica- tions. Do not exceed 56 oz of product per acre per year. See label for application limits of active ingredients. Do not exceed four applications per year. Anthracnose (Colletotrichum spp.), difenoconazole 3 + 9 16 to 20 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not black mold (A. alternata), gray + cyprodinil exceed 80 fl oz of product per acre per year. See mold (B. cinerea), early blight (Inspire Super) label for application limits of active ingredients. (A. linariae 2), gray leaf spot (S. Make no more than two consecutive applications botryosum), leaf mold (F. fulva per season before alternating with fungicides 2), powdery mildew (L. taurica), that have a different mode of action. Septoria leaf spot (S. lycopersici), target spot (C. cassiicola) Anthracnose (Colletotrichum spp.), famoxadone + 11 + 6 to 8 oz/acre 3 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Product early blight (A. linariae 2) late blight cymoxanil 27 (early blight) must be tank-mixed with a contact fungicide (P. infestans), leaf mold (P. fulva 2), (Tanos) with a different mode of action. Do not exceed Septoria leaf spot (S. lycopersici), 8 oz/acre more than 72 oz per acre per crop cycle or target spot (C. cassiicola) (other labeled 12-month period. Do not make more than one diseases) application of product before alternating with a Suppression: Bacterial canker fungicide that has a different mode of action. See (Clavibacter michiganensis subsp. label for tank-mixing instructions. No more than michiganensis), bacterial speck 50% of total applications in a cropping season (Pseudomonas syringae pv. syrin- should contain Tanos or other FRAC Group 11 gae), bacterial spot (Xanthomonas fungicides. spp.), buckeye rot (Phytophthora spp.) DISEASE CONTROL Botrytis gray mold (B. cinerea) fenhexamid 17 1.5 lb/acre 0 0.5 Do not make more than two consecutive applica- (Decree 50 (stand-alone) tions. See label for additional tank-mixing instruc- WDG) 1.0 to 1.5 lb/acre tions. Do not exceed 6.0 lb product per acre per (tank-mix) season for greenhouse production. Early blight (A. linariae 2), gray ludioxonil 12 5.5 to 7 fl oz/acre 0 0.5 After two applications of product, alternate to a mold (B. cinerea), powdery mildew (Spirato GHN) fungicide with a different mode of action for two (L. taurica) applications. Do not exceed 28 fl oz of product per acre per year. Do not exceed four applica- tions per year. Black mold (A. alternata), early fluopyram + 7 + 11 5.0 to 7.6 fl oz/acre 3 0.5 Do not exceed 27.1 fl oz of product per acre blight (A. linariae 2), gray mold trifloxystrobin (early blight, per year. Do not apply more than 0.446 lb (B. cinerea), gray leaf spot (Luna powdery mildew, fluopyram or 0.5 lb trifloxystrobin per acre per (Stemphylium spp.), powdery Sensation) Septoria leaf spot) year. Do not make more than five applications mildew (O. taurica, L. taurica), per year. Do not make more than two sequential Septoria leaf spot (S. lycopersici), 7.6 fl oz/acre applications of product or of any FRAC 7- or target spot (C. cassiicola) (other listed FRAC 11-containing fungicide before alternating diseases) with a fungicide from a different FRAC group. In the greenhouse, ventilate for 2 hours after application.

298 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - 299 - For Do not , and precautions, . Do not store spray Aliette is not labeled ; see label for application Check state registration

See labels for additional in Do not exceed 54.7 fl oz of product per acre per 54.7 fl oz of product per Do not exceed lb fluopyram apply more than 0.446 Do not year. Do not per acre per year. or 1.4 lbs pyrimethanil of two sequential applications make more than or FRAC 9-containing product or of any FRAC 7- with a fungicide fungicide before alternating FRAC group. In the greenhouse, from a different application. ventilate for 2 hours after Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, including those related to the use and application of metal-based chemicals solution. OxiDate 2.0: Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Not registered for use in VA. structions, labeled diseases ucts with copper products. See labels for addi ucts with copper products. instructions and restrictions. Linebacker WDG: Do not exceed 20 lb of product per acre per season.. Check state registration status prior to use. Linebacker is not labeled for use on tomato NC, and LA, AL, KY, in certain counties in TN. OMRI-listed. OxiDate 5.0: Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Determine if product can be used safely on greenhouse crops prior to application. Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Not prohibited for greenhouse may occur if foliar application. Phytotoxicity with copper products, products are tank-mixed residues, or applied to plants with copper not tank-mix prod mixed with adjuvants. Do instructions tional restrictions and application not included below. Aliette WDG: Do not exceed 20 lb of product per acre per season. for use on tomato in certain counties in Aliette has a 2(ee). LA, NC, and TN. AL, KY, Recommendation for suppression of bacterial spot in FL See product labels for complete application in structions, specific crop and disease labels, and greenhouse usage. status prior to use. See label for restrictions on greenhouse use See product label for complete application instructions, including season product limits and restrictions and/or cautions for mixing with other products, additives, or adjuvants. Product rates vary depending on location and disease. Not prohibited for greenhouse use. exceed 26.7 lb of product per acre per crop (fresh market). See label for restrictions on season limits for processing tomatoes. Phyto toxicity may occur when spray solution has a pH of less than 6.5 or when certain environmental conditions occur. - 1 1 er) 0.5 0.5 (Aliette) Reentry (Lineback See label See label See label 1 0 5 5 14 See Minimum Days label Harv. See label See label See label 1.7 lb/acre (processing) 1 to 3 lb/acre

11.2 fl oz/acre 11.2 (fresh market) 2.5 to 5.0 lb/acre Rate of Material 11 NG P07 M03 M01 7 + 9 FRAC M03 + M03 + - - - 1 fosetyl-Al (Aliette WDG, Linebacker WDG) fluopyram + pyrimethanil (Luna Tran quility) hydrogen perox ide + peroxy acetic acid (OxiDate 2.0, OxiDate 5.0 2.0) ZeroTol mancozeb (various) Product mancozeb + azoxystrobin (Dexter Max) mancozeb + copper (ManKocide) spp.), spp.) black mold, black Anthrac- Anthracnose, Fusarium, late spp.) Colletotrichum Colletotrichum Pythium spp.), root Sclerotinia Damping off ( Damping off rots (Phytophthora white mold ( Suppression: ( Anthracnose Labels may include: Alternaria, bacterial speck nose, and spot, Botrytis gray mold, leaf mold, early blight, Pythium, blight, powdery mildew, Rhizoctonia Labels may include: bacterial speck and spot, early blight, gray leaf spot, late blight, leaf mold, Septoria leaf spot Disease Anthracnose, bacterial speck and spot, early blight, gray leaf spot, late blight, leaf mold, Septoria leaf spot Mississippi: the of East buckeye rot, powdery mildew, target spot Anthracnose, bacterial speck and spot, early blight, gray leaf spot, late blight, leaf mold, Septoria leaf spot

— Tomato after transplanting in a greenhouse (cont’d) A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Carolina State North Plant Pathologist, Extension I. Meadows, Arkansas; of IPM, University Horticulture Extension A. Cato, Commodity R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; University; Clemson Pathologist, Keinath, Plant A. University; State Mississippi Pathologist, Extension Plant Melanson, A. R. cont’d) CROPS ( VEGETABLE VARIOUS FOR CONTROL DISEASE GREENHOUSE 3-45. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-45. GREENHOUSE DISEASE CONTROL FOR VARIOUS VEGETABLE CROPS (cont’d) R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Minimum Days Commodity Disease Product 1 FRAC Rate of Material Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Tomato — Bacterial speck and spot, buckeye mancozeb M03 + 1.5 to 2.0 lb/acre 5 2 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not after rot, early blight, gray leaf spot, late + zoxamide 22 (all others) exceed 8 lb per acre per year (west of the Mis- transplanting blight, leaf mold, Septoria leaf spot (Gavel 75DF) sissippi River) or 16 lb per acre per year (east of in a 2.0 lb/acre (bacteri- the Mississippi River). Do not make more than greenhouse al speck four applications per acre per year (west of the (cont’d) and spot) Mississippi River) or eight applications per acre per year (east of the Mississippi River). For bac- terial speck and spot, apply the full rate of prod- uct in a tank mix with a full rate of a fixed copper. See label for other application limits. Product has a 2(ee) recommendation for anthracnose management in AL, AR, FL, GA, KY, LA, MS, NC, OK, SC, TN, VA, and WV. Late blight mandipropamid 40 8.0 fl oz/acre 1 4 hr Do not make more than two consecutive (P. infestans) (Revus) applications per season before alternating with a fungicide that has a different mode of action. Do not use for transplant production. Do not exceed 32 fl oz of product per acre per season. See label for application limits when multiple croppings are produced. Anthracnose (Colletotrichum mandipropamid 40 + 3 5.5 to 7.0 fl oz/ 1 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not spp.), black mold (A. alternata), + difeno- acre make more than two consecutive applications early blight (A. linariae 2), gray conazole per season before alternating with a fungicide leaf spot (S. botryosum), late (Revus Top) that has a different mode of action. Do not ex- blight (P. infestans), leaf mold ceed 28 fl oz of product per acre per season. (F. fulva 2), powdery mildew See label for application limits of active ingre- (L. taurica), Septoria leaf spot dients. The addition of a spreading/ penetrat- (S. lycopersici), target spot (C. ing type adjuvant is recommended. cassiicola) Late blight (P. infestans) mefenoxam + 4 + 2.5 lb/acre 5 2 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not mancozeb M03 exceed 7.5 lb of product per acre per season. (Ridomil Gold Do not exceed three applications per season. MZ WG) See label for application limits of active ingre- dients. Apply a protectant fungicide in between applications of product. See label for other restrictions. Powdery mildew myclobutanil 3 4.75 to 0 1 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not (Leveilula spp.) (AgriStar 7.6 fl oz/acre exceed 0.5 lb myclobutanil per acre per crop. Sonoma 20 EW (25 EWAG) See product labels for additional instructions and AG, AgriStar restrictions. Sonoma 2.5 to 4 oz/acre 40WSP) (40WSP) Sonoma 20EW AG: Do not exceed 38.0 fl oz of product per acre per crop. Sonoma 20EW AG is not registered for use in AL, AR, FL, KY, MS, OK, SC, TN, or TX.

Sonoma 40WSP: Do not exceed 1.25 lb of DISEASE CONTROL product per acre per crop. Sonoma 40WSP is not registered for use in AL, AR, FL, GA, KY, LA, MS, OK, SC, TN, TX, or WV. Buckeye rot, late blight, Phytoph- oxathiapiprolin + U15 + See comments 1 4 hr Use a rate range of 2 to 5 ml (0.07 to 0.167 fl oz thora blight (foliar) mandipropamid 40 or 0.42 to 1 tsp) per gallon of spray per 1,518 sq (Orondis Ultra) ft. See label for additional restrictions and limits. Alternaria blights and leaf spots penthiopyrad 7 0.5 to 0.75 fl oz/ 0 0.5 Do not exceed 72 fl oz of product per acre per (Alternaria spp.), black mold (A. (Fontelis) gal spray per 1,360 year. Do not make more than two consecutive alternata), early blight (A. linariae sq ft applications before alternating with fungicides 2), gray mold (B. cinerea), powdery that have a different mode of action. See label mildew (L. taurica), basal stem rot for specific instructions for basal stem rot. (Athelia rolfsii 2), Septoria leaf spot (Septoria spp.), target spot (C. cassiicola)

Suppression: Anthracnose (Colletotrichum spp.)

300 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - - - 301 Check Do not OSO 5%SC See product Check state regis Check state Do not store unused spray solu Do not store unused spray

Do not exceed 0.5 lb of product per make more than two sequential application of Prolivo or another Group 50-containing fungicide before rotating to a fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not apply more than 16 fl oz of product or 0.32 lb of pyriofenone per acre per Do not apply more than four applications year. Prolivo is not registered for use in per year. KY. plication of product. Use only in a tank mix with another fungicide for early blight. Do not exceed 35 fl oz per acre per crop (maximum of two crop cycles per year). See label for cautions. Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Use only in well-ventilated plastic tunnel or glass houses; ventilate for at least 2 hours after ap Method, Schedule, and Remarks Method, Schedule, prior to use. tration status MilStop: 4,350 sq ft or 1.15 lb of product per 10,000 sq ft per application. Do not adjust pH after mixing. Do not mix with other soluble pesticide or fertilizers. Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Not prohibited for greenhouse limits of active products labels for maximum per season. ingredient and applications application See product labels for additional diseases. instructions and labeled MS, or AR, KY, in is not registered for use OK. OMRI-listed. Some products are OMRI-listed. labels for complete application instructions, spe cific crop and disease labels, and greenhouse usage. Check state registration status prior to use. Product applied through a drip system or as a soil drench. Do not apply more than four appli cations of product after transplanting per crop cycle. Do not mix with other products. Phytotox- icity may occur if applied to dry growing media. See label for other application instructions and maximum use rates. Do not make more than one application of product before switching to a fungicide with a mode of action. Do not exceed 69 oz different of product per acre per crop cycle. Do not make more than three applications of product or of fungicides per crop other FRAC Group 7 or 11 cycle. Do not tank mix with adjuvants or other agricultural products. See product labels for complete application labels for complete application See product and diseases, restrictions, instructions, labeled usage. crop and greenhouse tion. See labels for additional labeled diseases tion. See labels for additional and instructions. Carb-O-Nator: Final spray solution should not be below pH 7.0. Some tank-mixes may be incompatible and may cause phytotoxicity. 0.5 0.5 0.5 4 hr 1 hr 4 hr 4 hr Nator) Reentry (Carb-O- (MilStop) See label See label 0 0 1 0 0 See See See Minimum Days label label label Harv. gal oz/acre (MilStop) See label See label See label 23 oz/acre 7 fl oz/acre

(Carb-O-Nator) 4 to 5 fl oz/acre Rate of Material 6.2 oz/ to 13.0 fl 1.25 to 5.0 lb/100 2.5 to 5.0 lb/100 gal lb/100 5.0 to 2.5 9 50 28 19 NC P07 M02 (U08) 11 + 7 11 FRAC - - 1 sulfur (various) pyriofenone (Prolivo 300 SC) pyrimethanil (Scala SC) phosphonates phosphonates (mono- and dibasic salts of phosphites, phosphorous acid, potassi um phosphite) (various) polyoxin D zinc salt (OSO 5% SC) propamocarb hydrochloride (Previcur Flex) potassium bicar bonate (Carb-O- Nator, MilStop) Product pyraclostrobin + boscalid (Pageant Intrinsic) spp.), and F. fulva) F. ) 2 Alternaria Botrytis L. taurica, Leveillula ) spp.), late blight A. linariae ) Powdery mildew Oidium spp.) Powdery mildew ( Labels may include: rots Late blight, root Damping off and root rots Damping off (Phytophthora spp., Pythium spp.) C. infestans), target spot ( (P. cassiicola Suppression: Anthracnose (Colletotrichum Labels may include: diseases, anthracnose; Botrytis, Septoria leaf spot powdery mildew, early blight, leaf mold ( powdery mildew ( Oidiopsis sipula Botrytis gray mold ( Disease Botrytis gray mold Gray mold (B. cinerea), early blight (

— Tomato after transplanting in a greenhouse (cont’d) A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Carolina State North Plant Pathologist, Extension I. Meadows, Arkansas; of IPM, University Horticulture Extension A. Cato, Commodity R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; University; Clemson Pathologist, Keinath, Plant A. University; State Mississippi Pathologist, Extension Plant Melanson, A. R. cont’d) CROPS ( VEGETABLE VARIOUS FOR CONTROL DISEASE GREENHOUSE 3-45. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-45. GREENHOUSE DISEASE CONTROL FOR VARIOUS VEGETABLE CROPS (cont’d) R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Keinath, Plant Pathologist, Clemson University; A. Cato, Extension Horticulture IPM, University of Arkansas; I. Meadows, Extension Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University Minimum Days Commodity Disease Product 1 FRAC Rate of Material Harv. Reentry Method, Schedule, and Remarks Tomato — Suppression: tolfenpyrad 39 21.0 fl oz/acre 1 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not after Powdery mildew (Torac) exceed 42 fl oz or two applications of product or transplanting 0.42 lb of tolfenpyrad per acre per crop cycle. Do in a not exceed four applications of product per year. greenhouse Allow at least 14 days between applications. (cont’d) IRAC 21A. Early blight (A. linariae 2), gray trifloxystrobin 11 See label 3 0.5 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. See label leaf spot (Stemphylium spp.), late (Flint Extra) for application rates specific for early blight, gray blight (P. infestans) leaf spot, and late blight. Alternate every FRAC 11 fungicide application with at least one applica- Suppression: 3.0 to 3.8 fl oz/acre tion of a fungicide from a different FRAC group. Anthracnose (Colletotrichum spp.), (only for sup- Product must be tank-mixed and alternated with Septoria leaf spot (S. lycopersici), pressed diseases) a protectant fungicide for control of late blight. Do powdery mildew (O. taurica) not exceed five applications or 16 fl oz of product per acre per year. The minimum interval between applications is 7 days. Powdery mildew triflumizole 3 2 to 4 fl oz/100 gal 1 0.5 For use in commercial greenhouse production (Terraguard SC) only. For use only as a foliar spray. Do not exceed 16 fl oz of product per acre per cropping system. Do not exceed four applications per crop. Anthracnose, early blight, zinc dimethyl- M03 3 to 4 lb/acre 7 2 Not prohibited for greenhouse use. Do not Septoria leaf spot dithiocarbamate use on cherry tomatoes. Do not exceed 23.7 lb (Ziram 76 DF) of product per acre per crop cycle. Product can be mixed with copper fungicides to enhance bacterial disease control. 1 Products registered for field use may be used on greenhouse crops (but not transplants) unless excluded on the label. Always check the label before applying a product. Additional products not prohibited for greenhouse use on basil, cucurbits, and lettuce not listed in this table are available. 2 Former names of diseases and pathogens listed in this table that may be still be listed on fungicide labels are as follows: Acidovorax citrulli (formerly Acidovorax avenae subsp. citrulli) Alternaria linariae (formerly A. solani and A. tomatophila); Athelia rolfsii (formerly Sclerotium rolfsii); Golovinomyces spp. (formerly Erysiphe spp.) or Golovi- nomyces cichoracearum (formerly Erysiphe cichoracearum); Fulvia fulva (formerly Cladosporium fulvum and Passalora fulva); Boeremia exigua (formerly Phoma exigua); Plectosphaerella cucumerina (formerly Plectosporium tabacinum); Podosphaera xanthii (formerly Sphaerotheca fuliginea); Stagonosporopsis spp. (formerly Didymella); Xanthomonas leaf spot (formerly bacterial leaf spot); and (Xanthomonas cucurbitae (formerly X. campestris pv. cucurbitae). DISEASE CONTROL

302 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States

DISEASE CONTROL

) ( Sclerotinia sclerotiorum Sclerotinia

F

Timber Rot (White Mold) Mold) (White Rot Timber ND ND NC NC ND NC NC NC ND ND NC NC ND ND ND NC NC NC NC ND 303

) ( Corynespora cassiicola Corynespora

F F F P P G G G G

G

Target Spot Spot Target NC NC ND NC NC NC NC ND ND NC ND NC NC NC NC NC

) ( Septoria lycopersici Septoria

Septoria Leaf Spot Spot Leaf Septoria F F F F P G G G G

ND ND NC NC ND NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC ND

) ( Rhizoctonia solani Rhizoctonia

Rhizoctonia Root Rot Rot Root Rhizoctonia F F

ND ND ND NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC ND NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC

spp.) ( Pythium Pythium

Pythium Root Rot Rot Root Pythium F F F F F F F

ND NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC

) ( Leveilula taurica Leveilula

Powdery Mildew Mildew Powdery F F F F P P P G G G G G G

G ND NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC

) ( Passalora fulva Passalora

3

Leaf Mold Mold Leaf F F P G

ND ND ND ND ND NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC ND NC ND NC NC NC NC NC ND

) ( Phytophthora infestans Phytophthora

R

Late blight blight Late F F G G G G G G

G NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC

) ( 3 Alternaria linariae=A. tomatophila linariae=A. Alternaria

F F F F P Early Blight Blight Early G G G G G G

G NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC

spp.) ( Phytophthora Phytophthora

Buckeye Rot Rot Buckeye F G

ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC

) ( Botrytis cinerea Botrytis

R R  To pathogens, prevent fungicides alternate fungicides within a group resistance in with To in with generally considered another group. Fungicides in the “M” groups “low risk” are no signs of resistance developing to the majority of fungicides. “NC” indicates that the group. fungicide a into classified been not has product Resistance reported in the pathogen Botrytis Gray Mold Mold Gray Botrytis Sulfur may be phytotoxic; follow label carefully. F F F P P E E F F NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC ND ND NC NC ND P F R

) subsp. michiganensis michiganensis

Bacterial Canker ( Canker Bacterial F F F F P

Clavibacter Clavibacter ) and NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC

) spp ( . Erwinia

Bacterial Soft Rot Rot Soft Bacterial F F F P

NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC ND NC NC NC NC NC ND

) ( Colletotrichum coccodes Colletotrichum

.

Anthracnose Anthracnose F F P P P G G G

G NC NC ND ND NC NC NC ND NC NC NC ND ND NC ND NC NC Preharvest Interval (Days) Interval Preharvest

0 0 5 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3

14 14

Fungicide (FRAC) Group Group (FRAC) Fungicide and Fulvia fulva F 9 7 11 11 28 40 25 17 40 21 19 27 27 NC NC NC P01 11 + 11 M02 M01 M03 49 + 3 + 9 BM01 BM02 11 + 3 11 40 + 3 M03 + 9 + 12 (formerly A. solani and A. tomatophila Product(s) Previcur Flex Actigard Revus Agri-Mycin 50, Firewall 17 WP, Firewall 50 WP, Harbour various Decree 50 WDG Fracture Scala Orondis Ultra Mycostop Quadris Top Revus Top Switch 62.5WG AgriPhage- CMM Triact 7 Triact various various Dexter Max Ranman Fontelis Affirm WDG, OSO 5%SC Curzate various Inspire Super Tanos Reason Alternaria linariae 2 1

(formerly Cladosporium fulvum

S-methyl

P  Efficacy ratings do not necessarily indicate a labeled use for every disease. For use on transplants only.  Former names of pathogens listed in this table that may be still be listed on fungicide as follows: labels are Passalora fulva propamocarb hydrochloride Active Ingredient acibenzolar- TABLE 3-46. EFFICACY OF PRODUCTS FOR GREENHOUSE TOMATO DISEASE CONTROL DISEASE TOMATO GREENHOUSE FOR OF PRODUCTS EFFICACY 3-46. TABLE State University North Carolina Plant Pathologist, Extension I. Meadows, data. NC, no control; ND, no poor; P, fair; G, good; F, Scale: E, excellent; 1 2 3 mandipropamid fenhexamid BLAD pyrimethanil oxathiapiprolin + mandipropamid Streptomyces sp. strain K61 azoxystrobin + difenoconazole difenoconazole mandipropamid + sulfur cyprodinil + fludioxonil bacteriophage neem oil fixed copper mancozeb mancozeb + azoxystrobin cyazofamid penthiopyrad polyoxin D zinc salt streptomycin sulfate cymoxanil Bacillus subtilis cyprodinil difenoconazole + famoxadone + cymoxanil fenamidone 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable SEED TREATMENTS

Seed sanitation to eradicate bacterial or viral plant pathogens: When treating TRISODIUM PHOSPHATE TREATMENT vegetable seeds, it is critical to follow the directions exactly, because germination can Tomato seed can be treated with trisodium phosphate (TSP) to eradicate seed-transmit- be reduced by the treatment and/or the pathogen may not be eliminated completely. ted TMV. Do not use TSP-treated seed for food or animal feed. The effect of a treatment on germination should be determined on a small lot of 1. Prepare a 10% solution of TSP (1 part TSP in 9 parts potable water). Tri- seeds prior to treating large amounts of seed. Treatments should not be applied to sodium phosphate is available at most home supply or paint stores. Avoid pelleted seed, 2) previously treated seed, or 3) old or poor quality seed. A protective direct skin contact with the TSP solution. fungicide treatment (see below) can be applied to the seed following treatment for bacterial pathogens. 2. Soak seed for 15 minutes in the disinfectant solution. 3. Rinse the seed in a cold-water bath for 5 minutes to remove residual Seed treatments to prevent damping off diseases: Most commercially available vegetable seeds come treated with at least one fungicide and/or insecticide. Vege- disinfectant. table producers who would like to apply their own seed treatment should purchase 4. Spread seeds evenly on clean paper towel or a sanitized drying screen to non-treated seed. While many fungicides are labeled for use on vegetable seed, dry. Do not dry seed in area where fungicides, pesticides, or other chemi- most fungicides are restricted to commercial treatment only and should not be applied cals are located. by producers. Labeled fungicides can be applied to seed following treatment for bacte- 5. Seed can be treated with a labeled fungicide to protect against damping off rial pathogens (see above). Do not use fungicide treated seed for food or feed. pathogens.

HOT WATER TREATMENT TESTING SEED GERMINATION AFTER SEED TREATMENTS By soaking seed in hot water, seed-borne fungi and bacteria can be reduced, if not Randomly select 100 seeds from each seed lot. eradicated, from the seed coat. Hot water soaking will not kill pathogens associated 1. Treat 50 seeds using one of the sanitizers described above. with the embryo nor will it remove seed-borne plant viruses from the seed surface. 2. After the treated seed has dried and before application of a protectant fun- 1. Place seed loosely in a weighted cheesecloth or nylon bag. gicide, plant the treated and non-treated seed separately in flats containing 2. Warm the seed by soaking it for 10 minutes in 100°F (37°C) water. planting mix according to standard practice. Label each group as treated or 3. Transfer the warmed seed into a water bath already heated to the tempera- non-treated. ture recommended for the vegetable seed being treated (Table 3-47). The 3. Allow the seeds to germinate and grow until the first true leaf appears (to seeds should be completely submerged in the water for the recommended allow for differences in germination rates to be observed). amount of time (Table 3-47). Agitation of the water during the treatment 4. Count seedlings in each group separately. process will help to maintain a uniform temperature in the water bath. 5. Determine the percent germination for each group: # seedlings emerged ÷ 4. Transfer the hot water treated seed into a cold-water bath for five minutes # seeds planted x 100. to stop the heating action. 6. Compare percent germination between the treated and non-treated groups. 5. Remove seed from the cheesecloth or nylon bag and spread them evenly Percent germination should be within 5% of each other. on clean paper towel or a sanitized drying screen to dry. Do not dry seed in areas where fungicides, pesticides or other chemicals are located. 6. Seed can be treated with a labeled fungicide to protect against damping off pathogens. TABLE 3-47. RECOMMENDED TEMPERATURES & TREATMENT TIMES FOR HOT WATER CHLORINE BLEACH TREATMENT DISINFESTATION OF VEGETABLE SEED Treating seeds with a solution of chlorine bleach can effectively remove bacterial Water Temperature Soaking Time pathogens and some viruses (i.e. Tobacco Mosaic Virus) that are borne on the surface Vegetable Crop (°F/°C) (Minutes) of seeds. 1. Add 1 quart (946 ml) of Clorox® bleach to 5 quarts (4.7 L) of potable water. Broccoli 122/50 20 to 25 2. Add a drop or two of liquid dish detergent or a commercial surfactant such Brussels sprout 122/50 25 as Activator 90 or Silwet to the disinfectant solution. Add seed to the disin- Cabbage 122/50 25 fectant solution (1 pound of seed per 4 quarts of disinfectant solution) and agitate for 1 minute. Carrot 122/50 15 to 20 3. Prepare fresh disinfectant solution for each batch of seeds to be treated. Cauliflower 122/50 20 4. Rinse the seed in a cold-water bath for 5 minutes to remove residual Celery 122/50 25 disinfectant. 5. Spread seeds evenly on clean paper towel or a sanitized drying screen to Chinese cabbage 122/50 20 dry. Do not dry seed in area where fungicides, pesticides, or other chemi- Collard 122/50 20 cals are located. Cucumber 1 122/50 20 6. Seed can be treated with a labeled fungicide to protect against damping off DISEASE CONTROL pathogens. Eggplant 122/50 25 Garlic 120/49 20 HYDROCHLORIC ACID TREATMENT Kale, Kohlrabi 122/50 20 Tomato seed can be treated with a dilute solution of hydrochloric acid (HCl) solution to eliminate seed-borne bacterial pathogens such as Xanthomonas spp. (Bacterial leaf Lettuce 118/48 30 spot), Pseudomonas syringae pv. tomato (Bacterial speck) and Clavibacter mich- Mint 112/44 10 iganensis subsp. michiganensis (Bacterial canker). Hydrochloric acid can also be used to remove TMV from the surface of tomato seed. Do not use HCL-treated seed Mustard, Cress, Radish 122/50 15 for food or animal feed. Onion 115/46 60 1. Prepare a 5% solution of HCl by adding one part acid to 19 parts potable water. Prepare the acid solution in a well-ventilated area and avoid direct skin Pepper 125/51 30 contact with the acid. Rape, Rutabaga 122/50 20 2. Soak seeds for 6 hours with gentle agitation. Shallot 115/46 60 3. Carefully drain the acid off the seed and rinse seed under running potable water for 30 minutes. Alternatively, rinse the seeds 10 to 12 times with Spinach 122/50 25 potable water to remove residual acid. Tomato 122/50 25 4. Spread seeds evenly on clean paper towel or a sanitized drying screen to Turnip 122/50 20 dry. Do not dry seed in area where fungicides, pesticides, or other chemi- cals are located. 1 Cucurbits other than cucumbers can be severely damaged by hot water treatment and should be 5. Seed can be treated with a labeled fungicide to protect against damping off disinfested using chlorine bleach. pathogens.

304 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL X X X X X X X X X X X X

305

11+ 4 11+ Trilex (trifloxystrobin + metalaxyl) + (trifloxystrobin Trilex 4 X

1+M3

(thiophanate-methyl + mancozeb) + (thiophanate-methyl

MZ-Gaucho Tops X X X

7+M3 Vitaflo-280 (carboxin + thiram) + (carboxin Vitaflo-280

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

M3 Spirato 480 FS (fludioxonil) FS 480 Spirato

4 X X X X X X X X Sebring 480S (metalaxyl) 480S Sebring

4 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Sebring 318S (metalaxyl) 318S Sebring 3 X

7+M3 MonCoat MZ (flutolanil + mancozeb) + (flutolanil MZ MonCoat

4 X X X X X X X MetaStar 2E AG (metalaxyl) AG 2E MetaStar

X Maxim MZ (fludioxonil + mancozeb) + (fludioxonil MZ Maxim 12+M3

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

12

Maxim 4FS (fludioxonil) 4FS Maxim

3

3 (penflufen + prothioconazole) + (penflufen X

Silver Emesto

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 11

Dynasty (azoxystrobin) Dynasty

(difenoconazole+ mefenoxam) (difenoconazole+ X

3+4

Extreme Dividend

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Dyna-Shield (fludioxonil) Dyna-Shield 12 (thiamethoxam + fludioxonil) + (thiamethoxam 2

X 12

Potato Maxx Cruiser

(thiamethoxam + mefenoxam + fludioxonil) + mefenoxam + (thiamethoxam

X X X

Cruiser Maxx Maxx Cruiser 4+12

Captan 400 (captan) 400 Captan X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

M3

Botran 75W (dicloran) 75W Botran X

14

Belmont 2.7FS (metalaxyl) 2.7FS Belmont 4 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Apron (mefenoxam) Apron 4 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Acquire (metalaxyl) Acquire

4 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Allegiance (metalaxyl) Allegiance

4 X X X X X X X X X 42-S Thiram (thiram) Thiram 42-S X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X M3 F T with no signs of resistance developing to the majority of fungicides. Registered for use in Florida and North Carolina only. Registered for use in Florida and North Carolina only. Registered for use in North Carolina only. Registered for use in Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Mississippi, North Carolina and South Carolina only. Registered for use in “M”grouparegenerallyconsidered“lowrisk” o preventresistanceinpathogens,alternatefungicideswithinagroupwithanothergroup.Fungicidesthe (Irish) Onions, Green Okra Onions, Dry Tomatoes Muskmelons Sweetpotatoes Sweet Corn Lettuce Leeks Squash, Winter Horseradish Squash, Summer Greens, Turnip Spinach Greens, Mustard Celery Radish Garlic Carrots Pumpkins Eggplants Broccoli Peppers Cucumbers Beets Peas Cole Crops White Potatoes Beans, Lima Parsnips Chinese Cabbage Watermelon Beans, Snap 3 4 2 F Parsley Fungicide Group (Last updated in 2015—see specific crop tables for seed treatments) tables for crop specific in 2015—see (Last updated TABLE 3-48. PRODUCTS FOR SEED TREATMENT SEED FOR PRODUCTS 3-48. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-49. BIOCONTROL AGENTS AND DISINFESTANTS REGISTERED FOR SEED TREATMENT (Last updated in 2015) Biocontrol Agents Disinfectants

GB03 )

CROP Actinovate STP (Streptomyces lydicus WYEC 108 ) Kodiak HB (Bacillus subtilis Mycostop (Strepto myces griseoviridis K61 ) Planter Box T-22 harzianum ) ( Trichoderma Shield Yield (Bacillus pumilus GB34) Clorox Hot water Hydrochloric acid (HCl) Oxidate 2.0 (hydrogen dioxide + peroxyacetic acid) phosphate (TSP) Trisodium Beans, Snap X X X X X Beans, Lima X X X X X Beets X X X X Broccoli X X X Carrots X X X X X Celery X X X Chinese Cabbage X X X Cole Crops X X X X Cucumbers X X X X X Eggplants X X X X X Garlic X X X X Greens, Mustard X X X X Greens, Turnip X X X X Horseradish X X Leeks X X X Lettuce X X X X X Muskmelons X X X X Okra X X Onions, Dry X X X X X Onions, Green X X X X X Parsley X X X X Parsnips X X X Peas X X X X X

DISEASE CONTROL Peppers X X X X X X Pumpkins/Winter squash X X X X X Radish X X X X X Spinach X X X X Squash, Summer X X X X X Sweet Corn X X X Sweetpotatoes X X Tomatoes X X X X X X X X Watermelon X X X X White Potatoes (Irish) X

306 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - 307 - Maintain water pH between 6.0 and 10. Restricted to large operations. Re- quires automated and controlled injection systems. NOTE: Chlorine dioxide is explosive. Restricted to very large operations. Re quires automated and controlled injection systems. Regulated by both the EPA (water) surfaces). (food contact FDA and For dump tanks, make post-harvest spray treatment as fruit is leaving dump tank. Rinse produce prior to packaging. Maintain water pH between 6.0 and 7.5. Noxious chlorine gas can be released when the pH drops below 6.0. NOTE: Household bleach is NOT regis tered for use with fresh produce. Sanitizing solution: 1 oz/200 gal to make Sanitizing solution: 1 oz/200 A chlorine. solution of 25 ppm available second wash is required. Contact times vary depending on the gov erning sanitary code. Post-sanitation rinse is not necessary. Method, Schedule, and Remarks Produce does not need to be rinsed after it has been washed.

rot-causing organisms inside a drain will probably organisms inside a drain will rot-causing Caution: 100 gal 2.9 ml/L 1.18 ml/L 1 oz/20 gal 1 oz/20 gal 5 oz/200gal 5 oz/200gal 8 oz/200gal 5 oz/200gal commodities 4 fl oz/20 gal Formulation products; see 0.75 oz/10 gal product labels. 1 fl oz/16.4 gal 1 fl oz/16.4 gal 1 fl oz/16.4 gal 2.5 to 6.7 fl oz/ Varies between Varies Varies between Varies 0.54 fl oz/16 gal 3 to 3.5 fl oz/16 gal 0.1 to 1 fl oz/16 gal 0.5 to 3 gal/1000 gal ) Rate of Material to Use 25 25 25 25 25 25 80 cont’d 150 150 acid Contact supplier for rates. 26 to 93 peroxyacetic acid 3 to 5 30 to 80 30 to 400 25 to 400 88 to 130 pathogens) (postharvest (peroxyacetic acid,

Target Rate (ppm) Target 5 to 85 peroxyacetic 80 peroxyacetic acid 25 peroxyacetic acid 45 peroxyacetic acid 80 peroxyacetic acid non-porous surfaces) 100 peroxyacetic acid (foodborne pathogens) 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 — — — — — — — 1.5 1.5 0.75 0.75 (min) 1 to 10 0.5 to 3 Contact time Monitor free chlorine or change solution when it is visibly dirty. Rinse produce with potable water prior to Monitor free chlorine or change solution when it is visibly dirty. gloves when handling. goggles and rubber packing. Wear ment must be very clean and must ment moist during the procedure. not be exposed to lethal temperature. See remarks under See remarks under water, produce, and equipment sanitation. storage house, The ventilation system, and equip Methods and Remarks Methods and

180°F for 30 min 180°F for 30 (Extract-2) (Dibac) (Agclor 310) (Dynachlor) (PAA Sanitizer FP) (PAA (Keystone Fruit and Vegetable (Keystone Fruit and Vegetable Wash) (BioSide HS) (Perasan A) (Victory) (Tsunami 100) (Tsunami (SaniDate 5.0) (JP Optimum CRS) (JP (Maxxum 700) (Zep FS Formula 4665) (5.25%) (12.75%) (VigorOx 15 F&V) (VigorOx chlorine gas (99.9%) hydrogen dioxide or peroxide (StorOx) hydrogen peroxide + peroxyacetic acid sodium hypochlorite sodium hypochlorite chlorine dioxide Anthium ProOxine, (Harvest Wash, Dioxide, Adox 750) calcium hypochlorite (Aquafit) Sanitizer 140°F 4 to 8 hr/day for 7 days or days 7 for hr/day 8 to 4 140°F Rate per 1,000 Cubic Feet of Space Rate per 1,000

Wash water, water, Wash dump tank water, or vegetable wash water* Medium E. T. Rogers, Area Specialized Agent, North Carolina State University (Not updated in 2020) Agent, North Carolina State University (Not Area Specialized Rogers, E. T. TABLE 3-51. WATER, PRODUCE AND EQUIPMENT SANITATION ( AND EQUIPMENT SANITATION PRODUCE 3-51. WATER, TABLE Material Heat L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University North Carolina State Plant Pathologist, L. Quesada-Ocampo, TABLE 3-50. SWEETPOTATO STORAGE HOUSE SANITATION STORAGE SWEETPOTATO 3-50. TABLE

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable SANITATION TABLE 3-51. WATER, PRODUCE AND EQUIPMENT SANITATION (cont’d) E. T. Rogers, Area Specialized Agent, North Carolina State University (Not updated in 2020) Rate of Material to Use Contact time Medium Sanitizer (min) Target Rate (ppm) Formulation Method, Schedule, and Remarks Equipment** calcium hypochlorite 2 600 (porous surfaces) 3 oz/20 gal Do not rinse or soak equipment overnight. (conveyors, (Aquafit) scrubbers, plastic harvest containers, chlorine dioxide 1 to 10 10 to 20 (porous or non- Varies between peelers, field (ProOxine, Sanogene, Anthium porous surfaces) products; see equipment, etc.) Dioxide, Adox 750) product labels. 500 (ceilings, floors and walls) hydrogen dioxide or peroxide — 1 to 3 ppm 0.5 to 1.25 fl oz/gal Apply until run-off. Requires a thorough (StorOx) (1:300 to 1:100) post-sanitation rinse with potable water. (non-porous surfaces) hydrogen peroxide + peroxyacetic Contact time varies depending on the gov- acid erning sanitary code. Consult labels as some products require a post-disinfection rinse with potable water. (BioSide HS) 1 or more 93 to 500 peroxyacetic 0.7 to 3.8 fl oz/10 acid gal (Oxidate 2.0) See label 100 to 300 1.25 to 1.5 fl oz/gal (PAA Sanitizer FP) 1 or more 88 to 130 peroxyacetic 1 to 1.5 fl oz/5 gal acid (non-porous surfaces) (Perasan A) 1 82 to 500 peroxyacetic 1 to 6.1 oz/5 gal acid (SaniDate 5.0) 1 147 peroxyacetic acid 1.6 fl oz/5 gal (VigorOx SP-15 F&V) 1 85 to 123 peroxyacetic 0.31 to 0.45 fl oz/5 To be used in previously cleaned non-po- acid and gal rous food contact surfaces. 57 to 82 hydrogen peroxide sodium hypochlorite (5.25%) 2 100 to 200 (non-porous 1.9 to 3.8 ml/L Noxious chlorine gas can be released when surfaces) the pH drops below 6.0. Porous surfaces require a thorough post-disinfection rinse with potable water. Allow all surface types to air dry prior to re-use. 2 600 (porous surfaces) 11.4 ml/L -- 1000 to 2000 (floors 1900 to 3800 ml/L and walls) sodium hypochlorite (12.75%) 2 100 to 200 (non-porous 0.78 to 1.56 ml/L surfaces) 2 600 (porous surfaces) 4.68 ml/L -- 1000 to 2000 (floors 780 to 1560 ml/L and walls) sodium hypochlorite 1 to 2 100 (if using chlorine 1 oz/10 gal

DISEASE CONTROL (Ag-Clor 310, Dibac, Dynachlor, test kit) Extract-2, JP Optimum CRS, Maxxum 700, ZepFS Formula 4665) 200 (if no test kit used) quaternary ammonia 10 -- 1 fl oz/gal Allow surfaces to air dry. If treated surfaces (DDACV)(KleenGrow) will contact food, thoroughly rinse surfaces with potable water. * Recommendations are for potable water only. Recommended rates are not effective in reducing pathogen populations in non-potable water (i.e. surface or ground water). ** Recommendations are for potable water only. Always wash off organic debris and soil with water prior to sanitizing. Rates and contact time are dependent on surface type.

308 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL 309 )

) ) (Tide (Tide ) ) )

) NuFarm)

) ) ) ) UPL) ) Tigris Syngenta (Albaugh) United

( (Loveland Products) ) Albaugh Nufarm) Albaugh (Nufarm) Albaugh Albaugh Atticus) Sipcam Agro USA Sipcam (Innvictis Crop Care) FMC Corporation Rovral 4 Flowable Fungicide Sonoma 40WSP ( Spirato GHN ( Cuproxat Flowable ( Phostrol 500 Ridomil Gold SL Mastercop (ADAMA) Phyton 35 (Phyton Corporation Quadris (Syngenta) Satori Fungicide (Winfield Tetraban Tigris Azoxy 2SC ( Azoxy Tigris (Innvictis Crop Care) Trevo Willowood USA (Willowood Willowood Azoxy 2SC International) (Syngenta) Tilt Solutions) (Winfield Topaz Vigil Tide Propiconazole 41.8EC Tide Penncozeb 80WP ( Penncozeb 80WP Roper DF Rainshield (Loveland Products Previsto (Gowan) Spinnaker ( Nu-Cop XLR ( Nu-Cop HB ( Nu-Cop 50DF ( ( Nu-Cop 50WP Initiate 720 (Loveland Products) United Praiz (Winfield Rialto 720F ( ) - )

)

Certis USA) )

)

) ) UPL )

) ) ) )

Drexel

) )

Syngenta UPL) ) (NovaSource) Sharda USA Syngenta Drexel Certis USA) ( NORDOX Industrier AS) NORDOX Industrier Albaugh Certis USA) Certis USA) Certis USA) Adama Albaugh) Gowan) Syngenta FMC Corporation (Nufarm) AgBiome Innovations (Helena) Cannonball WP Nevado 4F ( Sonoma 25EW AG (Albaugh Sonoma 25EW Reveille Phostrol Linebacker WDG Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss ( Ridomil Gold GR ( Cueva Fungicide Concentrate ( Badge X2 ( Nordox 75WG ( Magna-Bon CS 2005 (Magna-Bon Agricultural Control Solutions) Mazolin ( Azoxyzone (LG Life Sciences) AZteroid FC (Vive Crop Protection Crop Protec AZteroid FC 3.3 (Vive tion) Gold Rush (Altitude Crop Innovations Heritage ( Koverall ( Manzate Max (UPL) Manzate Pro-Stick (UPL) Penncozeb 75DF ( Mentor (Syngenta) Propi-Star EC (Albaugh) Propicure 3.6F (United Supplies, Inc.) PropiMax EC (Dow) Shar-Shield PPZ ( KOP Hydroxide 50W ( Hydroxide 50W KOP Nu-Cop ( 3L Nu-Cop 30HB ( Echo 720 Agricultural Fungicide Echo 720 Agro USA) (Sipcam Agricultural Fungicide Echo 90 DF Agro USA) (Sipcam (AMVAC) Equus 720SST Kocide HCu ( KOP-Hydroxide ( Kocide 2000 ( Kocide 3000 ( Kocide 3000-O (

) )

)

) )

) )

) ) Nufarm)

) )

(Drexel) ) ) Albaugh) Syngenta (Mineral Research & Development Corp) Nufarm)

(Helena) (Helena) Nufarm) Corteva Agriscience

(Syngenta) (Corteva Agriscience) (Corteva Atticus) ) Dithane F-45 Rainshield (Corteva Agriscience Dithane M45 ( Fortuna 75WDG (Agria Canada Apron XL (Syngenta Apron XL AmTide Propiconazole 41.8% EC AmTide (AmTide) Bumper 41.8 EC (Adama) Bumper ES (Adama) Fitness (Loveland Products) NORDOX Industrier AS Nordox (NORDOX Industrier Ultra Flourish ( Rally 40WSP Basic Copper 53 ( Camelot-O (SePRO Helena Prophyt Meteor (UPL See fosetyl-Al. A-Zox 25SC (Sharda USA Acadia 2SC ( Aframe (Syngenta) Agro USA) Arius 250 (Sipcam Azoxy 2SC Prime (Prime Source AzoxyStar (Albaugh) Bravo Ultrex (Adama) Stik (Adama) Bravo Weather Bravo Zn (Adama) Chloronil 720 Chlorothalonil 720 Aliette WDG Fungicide

Industrias Quimicos del Valles, SA (Industrias Quimicos del Valles, Champ Dry Prill ( Champ Formula 2F ( Champ WG (Nufarm) ChampION++ (Nufarm) Kalmor (OHP) Kentan DF (Isagro USA) Trade Name(s) Trade Copper-Count-N Americop 40DF Helena Prophyt Cannonball WG ( KOP-5 (Drexel Chemical Company) Biologicals) Instill (S.T. COC DF (Albaugh Badge SC (Gowan (Bayer Crop Science

mancozeb (FRAC M03) mefenoxam (FRAC 4) propiconazole (FRAC 3) copper (cuprous) oxide (FRAC M01) myclobutanil (FRAC 3) copper sulfate (basic) (FRAC M01) copper octanoate (FRAC M01) phosphite (mono- and dibasic salts) (FRAC P07) iprodione (FRAC 2) copper diammonia diacetate complex (FRAC M01) chlorothalonil (FRAC M05) azoxystrobin (FRAC 11) Common Name (FRAC) Common Name (FRAC P07) aluminum tris (O-ethyl phosphate) Not all trade names are registered in all states; check the registration status of each product prior to use. product prior to use. status of each all states; check the registration names are registered in Not all trade for your intended use. a product is labeled labels to confirm that Check product R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; R. Singh, Plant Pathologist, LSU AgCenter (Not updated in 2020) AgCenter (Not Plant Pathologist, LSU State University; R. Singh, Mississippi Extension Plant Pathologist, A. Melanson, R. TABLE 3-52. VARIOUS FUNGICIDES FOR USE ON VEGETABLE CROPS (cont’d CROPS ON VEGETABLE FOR USE FUNGICIDES VARIOUS 3-52. TABLE copper hydroxide (FRAC M01) phosphite, potassium (FRAC P07) fosetyl-Al (Aluminum tris (O-ethyl phosphate) (FRAC P07) fludioxonil (FRAC 12) copper sulfate pentahydrate (FRAC M01) copper oxychloride (FRAC M01) copper oxychloride + copper hydroxide (FRAC M01) 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable

VARIOUS AND ALTERNATIVE FUNGICIDES ALTERNATIVE AND VARIOUS MODES OF ACTION

5A technologically advanced fungicide and bactericide available in both LC and WDG formulations. Double Nickel®️ features the active ingredient Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 and five modes of action used for the control or suppression of fungal and bacterial diseases found on the foliage and in the soil.

Anti- Competitive Fungal Exclusion

Metabolites kill pathogens by Prevention of infection disrupting cell membrane by pathogens

Anti- Plant Bacterial Triggering

Growth Metabolites disrupt cell walls SAR/ISR response Promotion and kill pathogens

Improved nutrient uptake through hormonal interactions

Key Diseases • Alternaria spp. • Downy & Powdery mildew Controlled: • Bacterial leaf spot • Soil diseases • Bacterial spot & speck • And more! • Botrytis Key Crops: • Cucurbits • Strawberries • Fruiting vegetables • And more! • Leafy vegetables & brassicas

www.CertisUSA.com DISEASE CONTROL 1 ) ) 31

) . FRAC ) Wilbur-Ellis

) . ) ) ) . 2 FRAC BM02 T-Methyl 70WSB (Nufarm) T-Methyl (UP. 4.5FL Topsin M WSB (UPL) Topsin Special Electric Sulfur ( Special Electric (Wilbur-Ellis Spray Sulfur Flo) (Arysta and Micro Sulfur 6L Sulfur 90W (Drexel) Sulfur DF (Wilbur-Ellis Flowable Sulfur THAT (Stoller Enterprises Thiolux (Loveland Products Sulfur II Jacket Wettable Yellow (Georgia Gulf Sulfur) TebuStar 3.6L (Albaugh) 3.6L TebuStar 3.6F (United Phosphorus Tebuzol Toledo 3.6F (Rotam) Toledo FRAC BM02. Comments See product label for restrictions and specific application instructions P06. See labels for application instructions, restrictions, and vegetable crops on which products may be used. Amplitude is not registered for use in FL. Labeled for use on listed cucurbits, fruiting vegetables, and root and tuber vegetables. Preplant soil biofumigant. See label for other restrictions and application instructions. Dominus is not registered for use in WV. See label for use rates that may restrict the PHI. FRAC BM02 Do not highly acidic or alkaline water to mix sprays. See labels for additional application instructions and restrictions. Double Nickel 55 and Double Nickel LC are not registered for use in OK. ) - ) No ) Not Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ) OMRI- Listed ) (Double (Double Triathlon) Nickel 55, prohibited Nickel LC) )

) oveland Products Helena Sharda USA (Helena) Not Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Use Prohibited Greenhouse ) REI 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr T-Methyl 4.5F (Nufarm) T-Methyl IAP Dusting Sulfur Dusting IAP Agribusiness (Independent Profes sionals Sulfur Dust InteGro Magic (InteGro Inc.) Kumulus DF (Micro Flo and Wilbur-Ellis Liquid Sulfur Six ( Micro Sulf (Nufarm) Microfine Sulfur (L Microthiol Disperss (United Phosphorus Thiophanate Methyl 85WDG Agan of North) (Makhteshim 4.5 Ag T-Methyl Tebucon 3.6F (Repar Corp. Tebucon Tebuconazole 3.6F Tebuconazole (Solera Source Dynamics) Tebu-Crop 3.6F ( Tebu-Crop 5 days ) 0 0 0 0 ) 0* — PHI J. Desaeger, Nematologist, University of Florida J. Desaeger, )

(days)

-

) ) ) ) Martin Resources

(Loveland Products) (Cheminova) First Choice Dusting Sulfur First Choice Dusting Sulfur CSC Wettable Sulfur CSC Wettable (Martin Resources Dusting Sulfur (Loveland Products; Wilbur-Ellis (Loveland Products CSC 80% Thiosperse Sulphur Mills Limited Sulphur Mills Cosavet-DF ( (Martin Resources CSC Dusting Sulfur (Martin Resources 90 ( Thioben CSC Cercobin Incognito 4.5F Agan of North) (Makhteshim Incognito 85WDG (MANA) Trade Name(s) Trade Monsoon Solutions) (Winfield Onset 3.6L Orius 3.6F (Adama) Bacterial spot and speck, downy blight, late blight, early mildew, white mold and powdery mildew, others (see label for crop-specific diseases) Various foliar and dis soilborne Various Certain soil-borne fungi and nematodes diseases Various (see label for crop-specific diseases) eases (suppression, see label for crop-specific diseases) Plant parasitic nematodes diseases Various (see label for crop-specific diseases) Target Diseases/Pests Target - Isagro) 1 LifeGard WG (Certis) Product Serifel (BASF) Dominus ( vations) Molt-X (BioWorks, Inc), Ecozin Plus (Amvac), AzaGuard (BioSafe Systems) Double Nickel 55, Double Nickel LC BA Triathlon (Certis); (OHP) Amplitude, Stargus (Marrone Bio Inno 1 - - strain Bacillus mycoides isolate J Active Ingredient Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain MBI 600 allyl isothiocyanate R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, R. TABLE 3-53. BIOPESTICIDES, FUNGICIDE, AND NEMATICIDE ALTERNATIVES FOR VEGETABLES (cont’d FOR VEGETABLES ALTERNATIVES AND NEMATICIDE 3-53. BIOPESTICIDES, FUNGICIDE, TABLE faciens strain D747 azadirachtin Bacillus amylolique Bacillus amyloliq uefaciens F727 cells and spent fermentation media sulfur (FRAC M02) TABLE 3-52. VARIOUS FUNGICIDES FOR USE ON VEGETABLE CROPS (cont’d CROPS ON VEGETABLE FOR USE FUNGICIDES VARIOUS 3-52. TABLE in 2020) (Not updated AgCenter LSU Pathologist, R. Singh, Plant University; State Mississippi Pathologist, Extension Plant Melanson, A. R. product prior to use. status of each all states; check the registration names are registered in Not all trade for your intended use. a product is labeled labels to confirm that Check product (FRAC) Common Name thiophanate-methyl (FRAC 1) tebuconazole (FRAC 3) 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable Exclusion Competitive by pathogens by Prevention of infection of Prevention Plant Triggering SAR/ISR response SAR/ISR • mildew & Powdery Downy • Soil diseases • And more! • Strawberries • And more! features the active ingredient Bacillus ingredient the active features ®️ Growth Promotion hormonal interactions Improved nutrient uptake through nutrient uptake Improved brassicas • spp. Alternaria • spot leaf Bacterial • spot & speck Bacterial • Botrytis • Cucurbits • vegetables Fruiting • & vegetables Leafy Anti- Bacterial and kill pathogens MODES OF ACTION OF MODES Metabolites disrupt cell walls disrupt cell Metabolites Anti- Fungal Key Crops: Key A technologically advanced fungicide and bactericide available in both LC in both LC available fungicide and bactericide advanced A technologically Controlled: and WDG formulations. Double Nickel Double formulations. and WDG strain D747 and five modes of action used for the control or control modes of for theaction and used five D747 strain amyloliquefaciens suppression of fungal and bacterial diseases found on the foliage and on the in the foliage soil. found diseases of fungal and bacterial suppression Key Diseases Key disrupting cell membrane disrupting cell Metabolites kill pathogens by kill pathogens by Metabolites 5 www.CertisUSA.com TABLE 3-53. BIOPESTICIDES, FUNGICIDE, AND NEMATICIDE ALTERNATIVES FOR VEGETABLES (cont’d) R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; J. Desaeger, Nematologist, University of Florida PHI Greenhouse OMRI- Active Ingredient 1 Product 1 Target Diseases/Pests (days) REI Use Listed Comments 2 Early blight, late blight, downy mil- Products are not OMRI-listed, but labels Bacillus pumilus dew, powdery mildew, leaf blights, state that they can be used for organic Sonata (Bayer) 0 4 hr Yes* No strain QST 2808 rust (see label for crop-specific production. *See labels for specifics of diseases) greenhouse use. See product labels for instructions on var- Bacillus amyloliq- Root and foliar diseases ious application uses, particularly those in Companion (Douglas uefaciens strain (see label for crop-specific 0 4 hr Yes Yes greenhouse production. Plant Health) ENV503 diseases) Check state registration status prior to use. FRAC BM02. AVIV Various diseases See product label for restrictions and spe- Bacillus subtilis See ( (see label for crop-specific 4 hr Yes Yes cific application instructions. AVIV is not strain IAB/BS03 Seipasa/ Summit- label Agro) diseases) registered for use in KY, LA, OK, or WV. Yes (CEASE, Works best when applied prior to disease Serenade development and used in an integrated Cease (BioWorks Various diseases ASO) program. See label for product-specific Bacillus subtilis Inc); (see label for crop-specific 0 4 hr Yes instructions regarding product application. strain QST 713 Serenade ASO, Ser- Not diseases) prohibited See product labels for specific green- enade Opti (Bayer) (Serenade house crops to which Cease may be Opti) applied. FRAC BM02. Various seedling diseases caused by , , var. Fusarium Rhizoctonia See product label for restrictions and Bacillus subtilis Taegro 2 ( , and and See Isagro/ Phytophthora Pythium 4 hr See label Yes specific application instructions. FRAC amyloliquefaciens ) suppression of various soil-borne label strain FZB24 Novozymes BM02 and foliar diseases (see label for . crop-specific diseases) Bacillus thuringien- sis subsp. kurstaki strain ABTS-351 For use on tomato and pepper. See prod- spp. and See fermentation solids, Leap ES ( ) Pseudomonas Xan- 12 hr Yes No uct label for restrictions and application Valent spp. (suppression) label spores, and insecti- thomonas and mixing instructions. cidal toxins + methyl salicylate Product is strain specific (active against Xanthomonas vesicatoria and Pseudomo- pv and is labeled AgriPhage Yes (seed- nas syringae . tomato) bacteriophage Bacterial spot and speck 0 4 hr No for use on tomatoes and peppers. Do not lings) (OmniLytics/Certis) tank-mix product with denaturing agents or copper salts. Check state registration status prior to use. Product is specific forClavibacter michi- ganensis pv. michiganensis that causes bacterial canker in tomato and is labeled AgriPhage -CMM Yes (see bacteriophage Bacterial canker 0 4 hr No only for use on tomatoes. See label for label) (OmniLytics/Certis) application and tank-mixing instructions. Check state registration status prior to use.

DISEASE CONTROL For use on tomato only. Product has Banda de Lupinus Fracture Botrytis gray mold and powdery Not prohib- 1 4 hr No 2(ee) Recommendation for use against albus doce (BLAD) (FMC Corporation) mildew ited southern blight in tomato in FL, GA, NC, and SC. FRAC BM01. Burkholderia strain A396 Majestene Nematodes rinojensis Bionematicide. See label for additional (heat-killed) and 0 4 hr Yes Yes (Marrone BioInno- (see label for list of specific application instructions and restrictions. spent fermentation vations) nematodes) media Diseases such as powdery See label for mixing instructions and Cinnerate mildew and rusts and sporulated See restrictions. cinnamon oil 0 Yes Yes Cinnerate is not registered (Seipasa) forms of fungi as Botrytis cinerea label for use in AL, AR, GA, KY, LA, MS, NC, and Fulvia fulva 3 OK, SC, TN, TX, VA, or WV See 0 label Not prohib- (Pro- No (Pro- cidic) ited Procidic (Green- Various diseases (Procidic) cidic) (Procidic) Check state registration status of prod- citric acid spire); FungOUT (see label for crop-specific dis- ucts prior to use. (Isagro) eases) See Yes 0 label Yes (FungOUT) (Fung- (Fung- (FungOUT) OUT) OUT)

312 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL - - - 313 - FRAC

Tomato Tomato FRAC P04. Regalia CG Check state

) 2 Sooty mold may develop on mold Sooty F. See label for application °F. Do not apply when temperatures are above 90 instructions and additional restrictions. Comments Check state registration status prior Check to use. See label for additional instructions, restrictions, and cautions. registration status of product prior to use. instructions. Apply to soil or potting medium. Do not or potting medium. Do not Apply to soil or with other fungicides tank-mix products 7 days before or after the apply products other fungicides. application of in the list of fruiting is not included this label. vegetables on See labels for additional application instructions and restrictions. in FL. is not registered for use P05. space Rates vary for field and enclosed water production – see label. Dilution 8. Use prod should have a pH less than mixing; do not uct mixture promptly after 6 hr. tank mix sit for more than and See label for application instructions restrictions. Product is not registered LA, MS, OK, AR, GA, KY, AL, for use in SC, TN, or WV. Do not apply product post-harvest. *Product can be used in greenhouse applications prior to transplant. See labels for additional application instructions, precautions, and restrictions. Spray plants until runoff. Dip hands every Spray plants until runoff. tools 5 min while handlings plants. Dip in combina Use rinse. not do min; 1 for seed treatments and with tion sanitation practices. treated plants. Do not apply in conjunction with chemical fungicides. See label for additional application instructions, precautions, and restrictions. FRAC BM02. ProAct and Employ are used to suppress nematode egg production. See product labels for application instructions and restrictions. Employ is not registered LA, OK, MS, TN, AR, KY, AL, for use in Check state registration or WV. TX, VA, status of products prior to use. is a soil treatment product. Product See la bel for instructions on various application 5.0 is not registered uses. TerraClean AL. for use in Product should not be applied to green house crops during conditions of intense heat or drought or when plants have poor Use spray solution the same day it vigor. is prepared; do not store spray or reuse mixed spray solution. See product label for Suppression only. additional precautions, restrictions, and No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes OMRI- Listed - - - ited ited Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes CG) Use Yes* (ProAct) (Employ) (ZeroTol) See label See label (OxiDate) Not prohib Not prohib Not prohib Yes (Regalia Yes Greenhouse Greenhouse ited (Regalia) 0 0 REI 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr 4 hr See See See See label label label label None 0 0 0 0 0 PHI See See See See See See (Pre Until label label label label label label dries Stop) None spray

J. Desaeger, Nematologist, University of Florida University Nematologist, J. Desaeger, (days)

- . FRAC M01. Botrytis (TMV)) Sclerotinia ) and S. minor ) Seed-borne and soilborne and certain foliar diseases (see labels cinerea Athelia rolfsii ia sclerotiorum, Fungal diseases such as powdery Fungal diseases such as mildew (oidiums) and Nematodes, powdery mildew, rust, Rhizoctonia solani, Sclerotin bacterial and fungal Various diseases (see label) and root rots Damping-off Sclerotinia diseases ( Sclerotinia diseases sclerotiorum Certain bacterial and fungal diseases (see label for crop-specific diseases) Nematodes (suppression) Target Diseases/Pests Target Various diseases Various (see label for crop-specific diseases) Viruses Viruses and (tomato mosaic virus (ToMV) tobacco mosaic virus Various diseases Various (see label for crop-specific diseases) diseases Various (see label for crop-specific diseases) Powdery mildew (cucurbit crops) - - ) UPL) 1 Product PreStop (Verdera/AgBio ( Vacciplant See disease control tables for individual crops See disease control tables EcoSwing (Gowan) Debug Turbo (Agro Logistic Sys tems, Inc.) Brandt Organics Aleo (Brandt) SoilGard (Certis USA) Regalia, Regalia CG (Marrone BioInno vations) Contans WG Agro/Bayer) (Sipcam Employ, ProAct Employ, (Plant Health Care, Inc) N/A TerraClean 5.0, TerraClean (BioSafe Systems) OxiDate 2.0, OxiDate 5.0 2.0 (BioSafe ZeroTol Systems) Surround WP (NovaSource) - 1

ab protein Active Ingredient Active Ingredient Gliocladium cantenu laminarin latum strain J1446 Gliocladium virens strain GL-21 glutinosa copper extract of Swinglea fats and glyceridic oils of margosa + azadirachtin garlic oil extract of Reynoutria sachalinensis Coniothyrium Coniothyrium minitans strain CON/M/91-08 R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; State Mississippi Pathologist, Extension Plant Melanson, A. R. TABLE 3-53. BIOPESTICIDES, FUNGICIDE, AND NEMATICIDE ALTERNATIVES FOR VEGETABLES (cont’d FOR VEGETABLES ALTERNATIVES AND NEMATICIDE FUNGICIDE, BIOPESTICIDES, 3-53. TABLE milk + peroxyacetic acid harpin hydrogen dioxide + peroxyacetic acid hydrogen peroxide kaolin 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-53. BIOPESTICIDES, FUNGICIDE, AND NEMATICIDE ALTERNATIVES FOR VEGETABLES (cont’d) R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; J. Desaeger, Nematologist, University of Florida PHI Greenhouse OMRI- Active Ingredient 1 Product 1 Target Diseases/Pests (days) REI Use Listed Comments 2 SuffOil-X ( This product may also be used to control Bio- powdery mildew on certain See mineral oil TriTek 4 hr Yes Yes certain insects on listed crops. Works, Inc); vegetable crops label TriTek is (Brandt) not registered for use in AR, OK, or TN. Do not apply prior to or during pollina- Dazitol tion. See label for additional application mustard oil and Various soilborne fungi and See 4 hr See label No instructions, precautions, and restrictions. capsaicin (Champion Millenni- nematodes Label um Chemicals) Check state registration status of Dazitol prior to use.

Myrothecium verru- Nematodes strain AARC- Not prohib- caria DiTera DF ( ) — 4 hr Yes DiTera DF is a soil treatment product. 0255 fermentation Valent (see label for list of specific ited solids and solubles nematodes) Yes May cause leaf burn; test a small number (Triact) of plants before spraying entire crop. Triact 70 (OHP); Foliar fungal diseases See neem oil (extract) 4 hr Yes Toxic to honeybees. Trilogy is not Trilogy (Certis USA) (see label for specifics) label Not registered for use in MS or OK. Check prohibited state registration status of Triact 70 prior FRAC NC. (Trilogy) to use. Test a small number of plants before oil from cottonseed, GC-3, Mildew Cure See See spraying entire crop to check for compat- Powdery mildew See label Yes corn, and garlic (JH Biotech Inc) label label ibility. Check state registration status of products prior to use. Oleotrol-M ( Downy mildew, powdery mildew, See See Tank-mix with a spreader-sticker. oil from soybean NTS Yes Yes Check Research & Inc) Botrytis, rust, sour rot, gray mold label label state registration status prior to use. See label for application instructions. The oil from rosemary, Sporan EC 2 Various diseases use of an adjuvant is highly recommend- clove, thyme, and None None Yes Yes ed 2 peppermint (KeyPlex) (see label for diseases listed) . Sporan EC is not registered for use in AL, AR, LA, KY, MS, OK, or WV. Nematodes Bionematicide. See product label for Paecilomyces lilaci- MeloCon WG (Certis See Not prohib- (see label for list of specific 4 hr Yes mixing restrictions and application nus strain 251 USA) label ited species) instructions. Do not apply to vegetables when tem- peratures are below 50°F. See labels for additional restrictions on spraying and for Various diseases JMS Stylet-Oil, Or- compatibility information. paraffinic oil ganic JMS Stylet-Oil (see label for crop-specific 0 4 hr Yes See label (JMS Flower Farms) diseases) JMS Stylet-Oil is not registered for use in KY, MS, OK, or WV. Organic JMS Stylet-Oil is not registered for use in KY, MS, OK, TN, or WV. phosphorous acid See disease control tables for individual crops. FRAC P07. polyoxin D zinc salt See disease control tables for individual crops. FRAC 19. 1 1 hr Yes (Carb- Carb-O-Nator (Ka- (Mil- O-Nator, Various diseases See label for instructions on various potassium bicar- (Certis); Kaligreen ligreen) Stop) MilStop) DISEASE CONTROL (see label for crop-specific Yes application uses and for any instructions bonate (OAT Agrio Co); 0 4 hr Not diseases) regarding spray solution pH. FRAC NC. MilStop (BioWorks) (oth- (oth- prohibited ers) ers) (Kaligreen) See product label for notes regarding potassium salts of Des-X (Certis), plant sensitivity, site uses, and use Powdery mildew 0 12 hr Yes Yes fatty acids M-Pede (Gowan) restrictions. Des-X is not registered for use in AL, AR, LA, MS, or OK. Avoid contact with glass. Tank-mix with Sil-MATRIX a non-ionic surfactant for best results. potassium silicate Powdery mildew 0 4 hr Yes Yes (Certis USA) Sil-MATRIX is not registered for use in AL, AR, LA, MS, OK, or TN. Pseudomonas Rhizoctonia, Pythium, Fusarium, See label for application instructions, chlororaphis strain Howler Phytophthora, Sclerotinia, 0 4 hr Yes Yes cautions, restrictions, and crops on which this AFS009 Colletotrichum, and Botrytis product may be used. Certain fungal diseases rhamnolipid biosur- See label for application instructions, Zonix (Jeneil Biosur- (zoosporic diseases such as blight See factant (from Pseudo- 4 hr No Yes cautions, and restrictions. Check state factant Co/Brandt) and downy mildew; see label for label monas aeruginosa) registration status prior to use. specific pathogen groups)

314 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States DISEASE CONTROL ------315 - - Check PerCarb is FRAC 46. Check state . Check state ) 2 See product labels for instruc Product should be stored in a cool, dry dry should be stored in a cool, Product for label See 68°F. place at or below tank-mixing and application instructions. Comments See label for a list of incompatible fun gicides and county restrictions in some is not registered for WP states. Tenet LA, MS, or WV. AL, KY, use in structions on various application uses and products. on compatibility with other Products are for use in soil or planting use for are Products mix applications or seed or propagative material treatments. Products should not be applied to chickpea. Not for use on aquatic crops. See product labels for in Corrosive. Do not adjust pH after mixing not adjust pH after mixing Corrosive. Do label for additional in of product. See information regarding com structions and plant sensitivity. patibility and LA, AL, KY, for use in not registered TX, or WV. MS, NC, TN, See specific product label for instruc tions and restrictions. Promax is not MS, LA, in AL, use for FL, KY, registered Proud 3 is for registered not TN, or WV. MS, OK, SC, LA, KY, GA, AL, FL, in use TN, Check state registration or WV. VA, Play status of Double Play and Triple prior to use. See label for additional instructions, re See label for additional instructions, product label strictions, and cautions. See which specific diseases on for crops and this product can be use prior to registration status of products use. FRAC BM02. label for on instructions See various appli cation uses. duction. Do not mix with peroxides and/ or sulfonated fungicides. registration status prior to use. Product is not OMRI-listed, but label states it can be used for that organic pro Do not spray when temperatures are Do not spray when temperatures See label for additional above 95°F. cautions. instructions, restrictions, and Gold is not registered for use Timorex OK, or WV. AL, FL, KY, in Products are for use in soil or planting ap plications or seed or propagative material treatments. Product should not be applied to chickpea. Not for use on aquatic crops. See product labels for instructions and application uses various restrictions on compatibility. and for information on Products are for use in soil or planting mix applications or seed or propagative material treatments. Products should not be applied to chickpea. Not for use on aquatic crops. Check product labels to determine if product can be applied when aboveground harvestable food is present. tions and on various application uses on compatibility with other products. state registration status of products prior to use. No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes OMRI- Listed (Promax [HumaGro]) Yes (others) Yes - Not Not ited Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Use See label See label prohibited prohibited Not prohib Greenhouse Greenhouse 0 3) REI 4 hr 4 hr See See See See See See See See label label label label label label label label (Pro- max) 12 hr (Proud 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 PHI See See See See See ules) label label label label label (WP) (Gran- J. Desaeger, Nematologist, University of Florida University Nematologist, J. Desaeger, (days)

- , , , spp. - - FRAC M02. eases) (see label for crop-specific dis crop-specific for label (see Botrytis spp. and Sclerotinia Certain fungal diseases (see label) Various foliar bacterial and fungal Various diseases for crop-specific label (see diseases) Seed, root, and stem rots and Seed, wilt by certain diseases caused patho of gens (all products); suppression certain diseases (MycoStop) Soilborne or root pathogens (such as Pythium, Rhizoctonia and Fusarium) Target Diseases/Pests Target See label Foliar diseases and/or damp ing-off and root rots ing-off label for crop-specific (see diseases) Root pathogens (such as Pythium, Rhizoctonia and Fusarium) Various foliar diseases foliar diseases Various (see label for list) Soilborne diseases and plant parasitic nematodes (Promax); late blight (tomatoes), see label for other diseases (Proud 3) Soilborne or root pathogens (such as Pythium, Rhizoctonia and Fusarium)

+ - ) Bio- 1 WP ( + Product BotryStop (Bio- Works) BIO-TAM 2.0, BIO-TAM (Isagro) WP Tenet PerCarb (BioSafe Systems) Mycostop, Mycostop Mix (Verdera Works) Granules, RootShield PLUS Thyme Guard (Agro Research International) Actinovate AG ) (Valent for individual crops. See disease control tables RootShield WP, RootShield WP, RootShield Granules (BioWorks) Timorex Gold Timorex (Stockton) Promax, Proud 3 (Huma Gro and Fertilgold/Bio Huma Netics) Trianum-G, Tria Trianum-G, (Koppert num-P Biological Systems) RootShield PLUS - - 1 - - spp. (T. strain ICC T. gamsil T. Active Ingredient Active Ingredient mansii strain U3 Ulocladium oude Trichoderma Trichoderma asperellum 012 and strain ICC 080) sodium carbonate sodium carbonate pentahydrate TABLE 3-53. BIOPESTICIDES, FUNGICIDE, AND NEMATICIDE ALTERNATIVES FOR VEGETABLES (cont’d FOR VEGETABLES ALTERNATIVES AND NEMATICIDE FUNGICIDE, BIOPESTICIDES, 3-53. TABLE University; State Mississippi Pathologist, Extension Plant Melanson, A. R. Streptomyces sp. strain K61 thyme oil extract Streptomyces lydicus WYEC 108 sulfur Trichoderma harzia Trichoderma num Rifai strain T-22 tea tree oil thyme oil Trichoderma har Trichoderma zianum Rifai strain KRL-AG2 Trichoderma harzia Trichoderma num Rifai strain T-22 virens strain + T. G-41 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable TABLE 3-53. BIOPESTICIDES, FUNGICIDE, AND NEMATICIDE ALTERNATIVES FOR VEGETABLES (cont’d) R. A. Melanson, Extension Plant Pathologist, Mississippi State University; J. Desaeger, Nematologist, University of Florida PHI Greenhouse OMRI- Active Ingredient 1 Product 1 Target Diseases/Pests (days) REI Use Listed Comments 2 Yeast extract hydroly- See product labels for instructions on KeyPlex 350 OR See Not prohib- sate from Saccharo- bacterial leaf spot (tomatoes) 4 hr No various application uses. Check state ( ) label ited myces cerevisiae KeyPlex registration status prior to use. 1 Other active ingredients or products may be available. 2 Consult product labels to determine vegetables for which a particular product is labeled. 3 Former names of diseases and pathogens listed in this table that may be still be listed on fungicide labels are as follows: Athelia rolfsii (formerly Sclerotium rolfsii); Fulvia fulva (formerly Cladosporium fulvum and Passalora fulva); Xanthomonas vesicatoria (formerly Xanthomonas campestris pv. vesicatoria).

FUNGICIDE RESISTANCE MANAGEMENT The Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC, https://www.frac.info/) has organized fungicides according to FRAC groups, which reflect chemical structure and Mode of Action (MoA). Fungicides within a given FRAC group control fungi in a similar manner and share the same risk for fungicide resistance development. Some fungicides are referred to as high- or at-risk fungicides because of their specific MoA’s and therefore have a high risk for resistance development.

Groups of fungicides, such as the QoI’s (FRAC group 11) or Phenylamides (FRAC group 4) are prone to resistance development due to very specific MoA’s. Fungicides in high- or at- risk groups should be rotated and/or tank-mixed with broad spectrum, protectant fungicides (FRAC group M3 or M5) to delay the development of resistant strains of fungi. For more information on fungicide resistance management see: http://www.frac.info/

TABLE 3-54. FUNGICIDE MODES OF ACTION FOR FUNGICIDE RESISTANCE MANAGEMENT L. Quesada-Ocampo, Plant Pathologist, North Carolina State University FRAC Fungicide Code Resistance Risk Group Name Example Active ingredients Example Products P01 Unknown Benzo-thiadiazole (BTH) Acibenzolar-S-methyl Actigard M01 Low Inorganic copper Fixed copper Copper (various) M02 Low Inorganic sulfur Sulfur Sulfur (various) M03 Low Dithiocarbamates Mancozeb Mancozeb (various) M05 Low Chloronitriles Chlorothalonil Chlorothalonil (various) 1 High Methyl benzimidazole carbamates (MBC) Thiophanate-methyl Topsin M 2 Medium to high Dicarboximides Iprodione Rovral Triflumizole Procure 3 Medium Demethylation inhibitors (DMI) Myclobutanil Rally 4 High Phenylamide Mefenoxam Ridomil Gold Boscalid Endura 7 Medium to high Succinate dehydrogenase inhibitors (SDHI) Penthiopyrad Fontelis 9 Medium Anilino-pyrimidines (AP) Pyrimethanil Scala Pyraclostrobin Cabrio 11 High Quinone outside inhibitors (QoI) Trifloxystrobin Flint

DISEASE CONTROL Azoxystrobin Quadris 12 Low to medium Phenylpyrroles (PP) Fludioxinil Maxim 13 Medium Aza naphthalenes Quinoxyfen Quintec 14 Low to medium Aromatic hydrocarbons (AH) Dicloran Botran 19 Medium Polyoxins Polyoxin D OSO 21 Medium to high Quinone inside Inhibitors (Qil) Cyazofamid Ranman 22 Low to medium Benzamides (toluamides) Zoxamide Gavel (contains zoxamide and mancozeb) 25 High Glucopyranosyl antibiotics Streptomycin Agri-Mycin 17 27 Low to medium Cyanoacetamide-oximes Cymoxanil Curzate 28 Low to medium Carbamates Propamocarb Presidio 29 Unknown Dinitroanilines Fluazinam Omega P07 Low Phosphonates Fosetyl AL Aliette Dimethomorph Forum 40 Low to medium Carboxylic acid amides (CAA) Mandipropamid Revus 43 High Benzamides Fluopicolide Presidio 45 Medium to high Triazolo-pyrimidylamine Ametoctradin Zampro (contains ametoctradin and dimethomorph) 49 Medium to high Piperidinyl-thiazole-isoxazolines Oxathiapiprolin Orondis

316 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States WEED CONTROL 317317

Web Address Web http://www.kellysolutions.com https://www.greenbook.net/ 2 1

Greenbook Data Solutions Kelly Registration Systems Database

https://iaspub.epa.gov/apex/pesticides/f?p=PPLS:1 https://home.agrian.com/ http://www.cdms.net/Label-Database Web Address Web

1

Commercial Vegetables Commercial Weed Control for Control Weed  Additional databases not included in this list may also be available. Please read the database terms of use when obtaining information from a particular website. Additional databases not included in this list may also be available. Please read the database terms of and WI. WA, VT, SC, SD, VA, OK, OH, OR, PA, NY, DE, FL, GA, IA, ID, IN, KS, MA, MD, MN, MO, MS, NC, ND, NE, NJ, NV, AZ, CA, CO, CT, AL, AK, for Available Kelly Registration Systems works with State Departments of Agriculture to provide registration and license information. Kelly Registration Systems works with State Departments of EPA Pesticide Product and Label System Pesticide EPA 2 1 Agrian Label Database Database THE FOLLOWING ONLINE DATABASES PROVIDE CURRENT PRODUCT LABELS AND OTHER RELEVANT INFORMATION: AND OTHER RELEVANT PROVIDE CURRENT PRODUCT LABELS THE FOLLOWING ONLINE DATABASES Crop Data Management Systems 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable 2021 Vegetable Right: Purple nutsedge Top: Cutleaf evening primrose Top: Bottom: Pink purslane Image courtesy of M. Bertucci, Arkansas. University of Clemson University. Image courtesy of J. Ballew, Image courtesy of K. Jennings, NC State University. WEED CONTROL 318 weeds small-seeded broadleaf Annual grassesand ASPARAGUS, (establishedatleast2yr. old),Preemergence weeds certain broadleaf Annual grassesand amaranth leaf includingPalmer small-seeded broad Annual grassesand some annualgrasses Broadleaf weedsand application weeds, stalebed grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial foliage, stalebed Contact killofallgreen ASPARAGUS (seededandnewcrownplantings),Preemergence Weed TABLE 4-1. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL ASPARAGUS (cont’d grasses Annual andperennial ASPARAGUS (seededandnewcrownplantings),Postemergence

- (Lorox DF)50WDG linuron, MOA 7 (Poast) 1.5EC sethoxydim, MOA 1 (Devrinol 2-XT)2EC 50 DF (Devrinol, DevrinolDFXT) napropamide, MOA 15 trifluralin, MOA 3 (Prowl H pendimethalin, MOA 3 (Fusilade DX)2EC fluazifop, MOA 1 (Lorox DF)50WDG linuron, MOA 7 (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, (Arrow) 2EC 1 EC (Intensity One,SelectMax) clethodim, MOA 1 HFP, Treflan) 4EC (Treflan, Trifluralin, Treflan (Prowl H pendimethalin, MOA 3 2 2 O) 3.8 AS O) O) 3.8 AS O) Formulation 1.5 to2.5pt 1.7 to2.7pt Up to8.2pt Amount of See labels See labels 2.5 to4pt 6 to16oz 9 to16oz See label Per Acre 6 to8oz 1 to4pt 1 to2lb 1 to2lb 2 gal 8 lb Pounds Active Ingredient Per 0.094 to 0.125 0.094 0.07 to 0.125 0.07 0.1 to0.25 See labels See labels 0.3 to0.5 See label 0.5 to1 0.5 to1 0.6 to1 0.5 to2 Acre 3.9 4 ) 2021 V to 3in.tall.PHI=1day. to thebaseofferns.Loroxwillalsocontrolemergedannualbroadleafweedsup do notexceed4lbperacreyear. Loroxcanalsobeappliedas adirectedspray recommended forsandorloamysoils.Repeatapplicationsmaybemadebut tant orfertilizersolutioninspraymixture.Usethelowerratesoncoarsesoils.Not Apply beforespearemergenceorimmediatelyafteracutting.Donotusesurfac irrigation event. exceed 8lbperacreyear. SeeXT labelsforinformationregardingdelayin Apply tothesoilsurfaceinspringbeforeweedandspearemergence.Donot for SelectMaxis21daysand Arrow 2ECis1day. qt ofnonionicsurfactantor1galcropoilconcentrateper100spraymix.PHI increase thelikelihoodofcropinjuryathighairtemperatures.Withfluazifop,add1 specific grasses.Refertolabelforadjuvantandrate. AddingcropoiltoPoastmay labelfor best timestotreat Apply toemergedgrasses.Consultthemanufacturer’s coarse soils.NotrecommendedonsandorloamyPHI=1day. use withfertilizer, surfactant,orcropoil,asinjurywilloccur. Usethelowerrateon two applications,butdonotexceed2lbactiveingredienttotalperacre.Do Postemergence application. Apply whenfernsare6to18in.tall.Makeoneor surface. Seelabelforfurtherinstruction. Preemergence application.Plantseed0.5in.deepincoarsesoils. Apply tosoil See labelforfurtherinstructions. important foracceptableweedcontrol.Maybetankmixedwithotherherbicides. spray volumesforhighweeddensityandweedslargerthan5in.Coverageis or shieldedapplicationbetweenrowsasapostharvestapplication.Usehigher a preemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,asdirected May beappliedpriortoplantingasaburndowntreatmentforemergedweeds, weeds mayrequirehigherrates. The needforanadjuvantdependsonbrandused. days aheadofplantingandtreatingtoallowmaximumweedemergence.Perennial Apply toemergedweedsbeforecropemergence.Rowshouldbeformedseveral Precautions andRemarks training every3yearsinordertomix,load,andapplyparaquat. gal spraymix.ParaquatproductlabelsrequireapplicatorstotakeanEPA-approved 16 to32ozper100galspraymixor1approvedcropoilconcentrate treating toallowmaximumweedemergence.Useanonionicsurfactantatrateof over apreformedrow. Rowshouldbe formedseveraldaysaheadofplantingand Apply toemergedweedsbeforecropemergenceasabroadcastorbandtreatment label formoreinformation. cation. DonotapplyProwlH20atmorethan2.4pintsperacreinsandysoils.See Newly plantedcrownsmustbecoveredwithatleast2to4in.ofsoilpriorappli Newly plantedcrownasparagusonly. Donotapplytonewlyseededasparagus. information. occur. Donotapplyatarateof2.4ptperacreinsandysoils.Seelabelformore is complete.Donotapplyoverthetopofemergedspearsassevereinjurymay Apply atleast14dayspriortothefirstspearharvestorafterseasonal occur. Donotapplymorethan2.4ptperacreinsandysoils. final harvest.Donotapplyoverthetopofemergedspearsorsevereinjurymay and onsplitapplication. Apply atleast14dpriortothefirstspearharvestorafter soils and4ptonfinesoils.Seelabelforfurtherrestrictionsratessoiltypes a calendaryear, themaximumrateis2pperacrefor coarsesoils,3ptonmedium before spearemergence,orapplyafterharvestinlatespringearlysummer. In In winterorearlyspring,applytodormantasparagusafterfernsareremoved but egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates - - WEED CONTROL - - - 319 than 4 weeks before spear than 4 weeks earlier Preemergence application. Apply as a spring application prior to spear emergence, Apply as a spring application prior to spear emergence, Preemergence application. after fern mowing, disking, after final harvest, or both. For optimum control, apply Directed or semi directed or other tillage operation but before spear emergence. Apply after final harvest with care to minimize contact with any standing application. Do not make more than two applications per asparagus spears to avoid crop injury. year or apply more than 7.7 oz per acre per year. Apply to control emerged weeds (including volunteer ferns). Apply in a minimum of Apply to control emerged weeds (including volunteer ferns). 20 gal spray mix per acre to control weeds before spears emerge or after last har vest. Do not apply within 6 days of harvest. Use a nonionic surfactant at a rate of 1qt per 100 gal spray mix or 1 gal approved crop oil concentrate per 100 gal spray training mix. Paraquat product labels require applicators to take an EPA-approved every 3 years in order to mix, load, and apply paraquat. vest. Do not apply within 6 days of harvest. Use a nonionic surfactant at a rate of vest. Do not apply within 6 days of harvest. Use a nonionic concentrate per 100 gal spray 1qt per 100 gal spray mix or 1 gal approved crop oil training mix. Paraquat product labels require applicators to take an EPA-approved every 3 years in order to mix, load, and apply paraquat. Precautions and Remarks Precautions after emergence and spear emergence or immediately Apply in spring before weed silty the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on last clean-cut harvest. Use on soils containing less than 1% organic matter nor or clay soils. Do not use on where subsoil or roots are exposed. Do not harvest gravelly soils or eroded areas restrictions. within 5 days after application. See label about rotation tank mix information. PHI = 14 Rate is soil type dependent. See label for rates and d. following a clean cutting. Apply in spring before spear emergence or immediately season and these should Make no more than two applications during the harvest should be directed under be spaced at least 1 month apart. Postharvest sprays Add a nonionic spears. ferns, avoiding contact with ferns, stems, or emerging not apply if sensitive crops are surfactant at a rate of 1 qt per100 gal spray mix. Do planted nearby or if conditions favor drift. PHI = 3 d. to 60 gallons of diluted spray Apply to emerged and actively growing weeds in 40 but at least 24 hours before per treated acre immediately after cutting in the field twisting of spears may occur. the next cutting. If spray contacts emerged spears, Follow pre-cautions on Discard twisted spears. See label for more information. label concerning drift to sensitive crops. PHI = 1 day. weeds are under stress or are Apply one to two applications. Use higher rate when = 5 days. See label for further instructions. PHI larger. Apply in a minimum of ferns). Apply to control emerged weeds (including volunteer emerge or after last har 20 gal spray mix per acre to control weeds before spears Apply before cutting season or immediately after. Do not apply within 1 day of har Apply before cutting season or immediately after. vest. Lorox will also control emerged annual broadleaf weeds that are up to 3 in. Apply in spring before spear emergence but no before spear emergence Apply in spring harvest. made immediately after last application may be second A emergence. but less effectively. small emerged weeds Diuron also controls spears emerge than 14 days before dormant asparagus no sooner Apply only to not apply more than 6 oz per acre during a single or after the last harvest. Do residual weed control. Can be tank mixed with paraquat growing season. Provides spray mix per acre. Apply in a minimum of 15-gal for control of emerged weeds. spray-grade nitrogen A at 1qt per 100 gal of spray mix. Add a nonionic surfactant sulfate at 2 to 2.5 lb per acre or 28 to 32 percent nitrogen source (either ammonium may be added to increase herbicidal activity. solutions at 1 to 2 qt per acre) to small, emerged weeds and the soil surface in early Make a single application or after final cutting. Do not apply within 14 days spring before spear emergence split application can be used. See label for A of harvest or after spear emergence. rates. )

Acre 2 to 4 0.188 1 to 2 0.6 to 1 1.5 to 2 0.6 to 1 0.5 to 1 0.8 to 3.2 See labels See labels 0.25 to 0.5 Up to 0.031 Ingredient Per Ingredient Pounds Active Pounds 6 oz 1 to 2 lb 1 to 4 lb 2 to 4 pt Per Acre 2.5 to 5 lb 8 to 16 oz 2.5 to 4 pt 2.5 to 4 pt Up to 2 oz See labels See labels Amount of Amount 1.7 to 2.7 pt 1.7 to 2.7 pt 0.8 to 3.2 qt Formulation Formulation 1.3 to 2.67 lb 1.3 to 2.67 lb norflurazon, MOA 12 norflurazon, MOA (Solicam) 80 DF 27 mesotrione, MOA (Callisto) 4 F 4 2,4-D, MOA (amine 4 and various others) dicamba, diglycolamine salt, 4 MOA (Clarity) 4 L carfentrazone-ethyl, 14 MOA (Aim) 2 EC (Gramoxone SL) 2 SL linuron, MOA 7 linuron, MOA (Lorox DF) 50 WDG paraquat, MOA 22 paraquat, MOA (Parazone) 3 SL diuron, MOA 7 diuron, MOA DF (Karmex) 80 (Direx) 4 L 14 MOA flumioxazin, (Chateau) 51 SW 5 metribuzin, MOA DF, (Metribuzin, Tricor Dimetric DF) 75 WDG 4F) 4 F (TriCor 5 terbacil, MOA (Sinbar) 80 WDG 22 paraquat, MOA (Parazone) 3 SL (Gramoxone SL) 2 SL Herbicide, Code* Action of Mode and Formulation - - Broadleaf weeds ASPARAGUS (established at least 2 yrs. old), Postemergence ASPARAGUS Volunteer ferns Volunteer (seedling) and certain broadleaf weeds pression of emerged perennial weeds, and contact kill of volunteer ferns Contact kill of emerged annual weeds, sup pression of emerged perennial weeds, and contact kill of volunteer ferns Annual broadleaf and Annual broadleaf grass weeds ASPARAGUS, (established at least 2 yr. old), Preemergence (cont’d) old), 2 yr. (established at least ASPARAGUS, Contact kill of emerged annual weeds, sup Weed cont’d ( ASPARAGUS CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-1. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 320 some annualgrasses Broadleaf weedsand application weeds, stalebed grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds application foliage, stalebed Contact killofallgreen BEANS, PreplantandPreemergence Weed TABLE 4-2.CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL BEANS(cont’d broadleaf weeds ragweed andother pigweed, cocklebur, non-ALS resistant nutsedge, wildradish, Yellow andpurple volunteer ferns weeds; established grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial ASPARAGUS (establishedatleast2yrs.old),Postemergence(cont’d) Weed TABLE 4-1. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL ASPARAGUS (cont’d *Mode ofaction(MOA)codedevelopedbytheWeed ScienceSocietyof America.

75 DF (Profine 75,Sandea) halosulfuron, MOA 2 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, (Fusilade DX)2EC fluazifop, MOA 1 (Arrow) 2EC 1 EC (Intensity One,SelectMax) clethodim, MOA 1 (Poast) 1.5EC sethoxydim, MOA 1 (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, Formulation Formulation 0.5 to1.5oz 1.3 to2.7pt 1.5 to2.5pt Amount of Amount of See labels See labels Up to2oz 9 to16oz 6 to16oz See label Per Acre Per Acre 6 to8oz 2 to4pt

Pounds Active Ingredient Per 0.024 to0.072 Pounds Active Ingredient Per 0.07 to0.125 0.1 to0.25 See labels Up to0.031 0.3 to0.5 See labels See label 0.5 to1 Acre Acre ) ) 2021 V For SelectMax,add2ptnonionicsurfactantper100galspraymixture.PHI=1day. tions willbemoreeffective; seelabelfordetails. at 1qtper100galofspraymixture.Underheavynutsedgepressure,splitapplica Contact withthefernmayresultintemporaryyellowing. Add anonionicsurfactant Post-harvest maybe reduced.Donotharvestwithin24hoursofapplication. occur. Withouttheadditionofanonionicsurfactant,postemergenceweedcontrol Do notusenonionicsurfactantorcropoilbecauseunacceptableinjurymay Postemergence andpost-transplant. Apply beforeorduringharvestingseason. lated withnonionicsurfactantmayresultinreducedweedcontrol. require theadditionofasurfactant. Adding nonionicsurfactanttoglyphosateformu cutting butpriortoemergenceofnewspears.Certainglyphosateformulationsmay may requirehigherratesofglyphosate.Forspottreatment,applyimmediatelyafter mature fern. Avoid contactwiththestemtoreduceriskofinjury. Perennialweeds after lastcuttinghasremovedallabovegroundpartsorasadirectedsprayunder Apply toemergedweedsup1weekbeforespearemergenceorimmediately Precautions andRemarks specific weeds.Seelabelforadjuvantandrate.PHI=1day. Apply toactivelygrowinggrassesnotunderdroughtstress.Seelabelforrates PHI =1day. increase thelikelihoodofcropinjuryathighairtemperaturesandhumidity. best timestotreat.Seelabelforadjuvantandrate. Adding cropoiltoPoastmay labelforspecificratesand Apply toemergedgrasses.Consultmanufacturer’s trol. Maybetankmixedwithotherherbicides. Seelabelforfurtherinstructions. sity andweedslargerthan5in.Coverage isimportantforacceptableweedcon shielded applicationbetweenrows.Usehighersprayvolumesforhighweed den a preemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,asdirected or May beappliedpriortoplantingasaburndowntreatmentforemergedweeds, as nonionic surfactantmayresultinreducedweedcontrol.Seelabelfordetails. addition ofasurfactant. Adding nonionicsurfactanttoglyphosateformulatedwith label forratesspecificweeds.Certainglyphosateformulationsmayrequirethe rennial weedsmayrequirehigherratesofglyphosate.Consultthemanufacturer’s Various beansarecovered. Apply toemergedweedsbefore cropemergence.Pe in ordertomix,load,andapplyparaquat. product labelsrequireapplicatorstotakeanEPA-approved trainingevery3years mix or1galapprovedcropoilconcentrateper100spraymix.Paraquat emergence. Useanonionicsurfactantatrateof16to32ozper100galspray be formedseveraldaysaheadofplantingandtreatingtoallowmaximumweed a preformedrow. Usesufficientwatertogivethoroughcoverage.Rowshould emerged weedsbeforecropemergenceasabroadcastorbandtreatmentover Lima orsnapbeansonly. Can betankmixedwithotherregisteredburndownherbicides. crop oilwith Aim. See labelforrate.Coverageisessentialgoodweedcontrol. Apply priortoornolaterthanonedayafterplanting.Useanonionicsurfactant or ney bean,limapintosnapsoybean,andwaxbeanonly. Legume vegetablegroup(Group6)suchasbutnotlimitedtoedamame, kid Precautions andRemarks egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates . Apply afterfinalharvestwithdropnozzlestolimitcontactcrop. Apply inaminimumof10galspraymixperacreto

------WEED CONTROL - - - - 321 - - . Apply after See label for See label for specific bean, and DO NOT APPLY AFTER AFTER SEEDING DO NOT APPLY See label for specific bean. Apply preemer See label for specific bean. Apply preplant surface or preemergence. Total Total preplant surface or preemergence. Apply Apply overtop of beans and weeds when beans See label for specific bean. Apply preplant and See label for specific bean. . Apply to the soil surface immediately after Apply . See label for specific bean. Do not use on lima bean See label for specific bean. Apply preplant and incor See label for specific bean. See label for specific bean. Apply postemergence to See label for specific bean. Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control of Precautions and Remarks Precautions Dry, lima, or snap beans and certain others. lima, or snap beans and certain Dry, Apply preplant incorporated or preemergence specific rate based on soil texture. to the soil surface after planting. Snap beans (succulent) only weak control of pigweed. See label for further instructions. PHI = seeding. Offers 45 days. specific bean. Apply preplant and incorporate into the soil 2 to 3 in. using a pow Apply preplant specific bean. disking. er-driven rototiller or by cross Edible beans: dry, lima, or snap beans and certain others. lima, or snap beans Edible beans: dry, gence or preplant incorporated. Pursuit should be applied with a registered gence or preplant incorporated. Pursuit should be applied Apply preemergence or preplant preemergence grass herbicide. Snap beans only. apply within 1 week of plant incorporated. For preplant incorporated application, Reduced crop growth, quality, ing. May be used with a registered grass herbicide. not apply within 30 days of yield, and/or delayed crop maturation may result. Do harvest of snap beans. See label for specific bean. Apply preplant incorporated, See label for specific bean. Dry beans only. surface after planting, or early postemergence (first to preemergence to the soil may be harvested 70 or more days after Outlook third trifoliate stage). Dry beans see label for rate. See 3% or greater organic matter, application. For soils having including those for tank mixtures. label for further instructions shade is a problem, the rate range can be increased to 3 to 4.5 pt per acre. For be increased to 3 to 4.5 the rate range can shade is a problem, or Dual. Read be tank mixed with Eptam control, Sonalan may broader spectrum before use. cautions, and limitations product labels for directions, the combination See label for specific bean. Apply preplant and incorporate into Apply preplant specific bean. See label for Dry beans only. or night or tandem disk. If groundcherry in. deep using a rototiller the soil 2 to 3 Dry or snap beans only. Dry, lima, or snap beans only. Dry, applications spaced 7 to10 days apart may be Two have one expanded trifoliate. made for nutsedge control. Do not apply more than 2 qt per season or within 30 days of harvest. Use of crop oil as an adjuvant will improve weed control but will See label regarding crop oil concentrate use. Do not likely increase crop injury. apply within 30 days of harvest of snap beans. Dry or snap beans only. dry beans or snap beans that have at least one expanded trifoliate leaf. Include use per year cannot Total a nonionic surfactant at 1 qt per 100 gal spray mixture. exceed 1.5 pt per acre. Do not apply within 45 days of dry bean harvest or 30 days of snap bean harvest. Postemergence application of fomesafen can cause significant injury to the crop. See label for further information. Edible beans: edamame, kidney bean, lima bean, pinto bean, snap bean, and wax bean only. Use a emerged weeds. If crop is contacted, burning of contacted area will occur. Aim. See label for rate. Coverage is essential nonionic surfactant or crop oil with for good weed control. Can be tank mixed with other registered herbicides. Dry, lima, or snap beans only. lima, Dry, to 3 in. deep within 8 hours. Incorporate with a pow incorporate into the soil 2 disking. er-driven rototiller or by cross porate immediately to a depth of 3 in. or may be applied at lay-by as a directed porate immediately to a depth of 3 in. or may be applied late season weeds. See label application before bean pods start to form to control with Prowl. Do not use on for instructions on incorporation. May be tank mixed beans except Romano. black-eyed beans, lima beans, or other flat-podded Dry bean and snap beans only. use per year cannot exceed 1.5 pt per acre. See label for further instructions and use per year cannot exceed 1.5 pt per acre. See label precautions. lima beans only. Dry beans and succulent snap beans including 0.67 oz product per acre seeding but prior to cracking. Do not apply more than See label for other to dry bean. Data are lacking on runner-type snap beans. instructions. Dry beans and lima beans only. Green or dry beans only. Green or dry beans only. Apply and incorporate at last cultivation as a directed spray to soil at the or pea. base of crop plants before pods start to form.

) 3 3 Acre 0.023 0.5 to 1 0.6 to 1.1 0.75 to 1.5 0.5 to 0.75 Up to 0.031 0.95 to 1.91 0.15 to 0.25 0.55 to 0.85 0.188 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.375 0.024 to 0.036 Ingredient Per Ingredient Pounds Active Pounds 3.5 pt 3.5 pt 1.5 oz 1 to 2 pt Per Acre 1.5 to 3 pt 1.5 to 3 pt 1 to 1.5 pt 1 to 1.5 pt 1 to 1.5 pt Up to 2 oz 12 to 18 oz Amount of Amount 0.75 to 1 pt Formulation Formulation 0.4 to 0.67 pt 0.5 to 0.75 oz O) 3.8 AS 2 Herbicide, Code* Action of Mode and Formulation 3 MOA ethalfluralin, 3 EC (Sonalan HFP) -metolachlor, MOA 15 MOA S-metolachlor, (Brawl, Dual Magnum, Medal) 7.62 EC, (Brawl II, Dual II Magnum, Medal II) 7.64 EC 13 clomazone, MOA (Command) 3ME EPTC, 8 MOA (Eptam) 7 EC bentazon, MOA 6 bentazon, MOA (Basagran) 4 SL trifluralin, MOA 3 trifluralin, MOA Trifluralin, (Treflan, and other HF, Trifluralin brands) 4 EC dimethenamid, MOA 15 dimethenamid, MOA (Outlook) 6.0 EC fomesafen, MOA 14 fomesafen, MOA (Reflex) 2 EC carfentrazone-ethyl, 14 MOA (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC EPTC, MOA8 (Eptam) 7 EC pendimethalin, MOA 3 pendimethalin, MOA (Prowl H fomesafen, MOA 14 fomesafen, MOA (Reflex 2 EC) halosulfuron-methyl, 2 MOA (Profine 75, Sandea) 75 DG 2 MOA imazethapyr, (Pursuit) 2 EC Weed Annual grasses and Annual grasses broadleaf small-seeded weeds TABLE 4-2. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL BEANS (cont’d BEANS CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-2. TABLE (cont’d) and Preemergence BEANS, Preplant Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and purple Yellow nutsedge, grasses and some small-seeded broadleaf weeds Annual broadleaf weeds and yellow nutsedge BEANS, Postemergence Many broadleaf weeds Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. Does not diameter. in control grasses and purple Yellow nutsedge Many broadleaf weeds Yellow and purple Yellow nutsedge, common and other cocklebur, broadleaf weeds Broadleaf weeds including morningglory, pigweed, smartweed, and purslane 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 322 grasses Annual andperennial *Mode ofaction(MOA)codedevelopedbytheWeed ScienceSocietyof America. Most emergedweeds purslane smartweed, and morningglory, pigweed, weeds, including Annual broadleaf broadleaf weeds cocklebur, andother nutsedge, common Yellow andpurple BEANS, Postemergence(cont’d) Weed TABLE 4-2. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL BEANS(cont’d

1 EC (Intensity One,SelectMax) Intensity, Select)2EC (Arrow, Clethodim, clethodim, MOA 1 (Targa) 0.88EC (Assure II)0.88EC quizalofop p-ethyl,MOA 1 (Poast) 1.5EC sethoxydim, MOA 1 5.5L (Roundup WeatherMax) (Roundup PowerMax)5.5L glyphosate, MOA 9 (Pursuit) 2EC imazethapyr, MOA 2 75 DG (Profine 75,Sandea) MOA 2 halosulfuron-methyl, and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, Formulation Amount of 11 to22oz 0.5 to0.66 1.5 to3oz 1 to1.5pt 6 to12oz 6 to12oz 9 to16 oz 6 to16 oz Per Acre oz Pounds Active Ingredient Per 0.024 to0.031 0.023 to0.047 0.07 to1.125 0.094 to0.25 0.04 to0.08 0.5 to0.94 0.2 to0.3 Acre ) 2021 V succulent anddrybeans,respectively. unusually hotandhumid.Donotapplywithin15days30ofharvestfor likelihood ofcropinjuryathighairtemperatures.Donotapplyondaysthatare See labelforspecificadjuvantandrate. AddingcropoiltoPoastmayincreasethe labelforspecificratesandbesttimestotreat. grasses. Consultmanufacturer’s beans, productswithquizalofoparelimitedtosnapbeans. Apply toemerged Dry orsucculentbeansonly. Seelabelforspecificbean. from applicationtoharvest. actively growinggrassesnotunderdroughtstress.Seelabelforminimumtime at highairtemperatures.Very effective incontrollingannualbluegrass. Apply to specific rateforcrop. Addingcropoilmayincreasethelikelihoodofinjury beans only. Apply postemergenceforcontrolofemergedgrasses.Seelabel Dry orsucculentbeans.Seelabelforspecificbean.Selectisregistereddry 30 daysofharvestforsucculentanddrybeans,respectively. apply ondaysthatareunusuallyhotandhumid.Donotwithin15 Poast mayincreasethelikelihoodofcropinjuryathighairtemperatures.Donot gal oilconcentrateor1qtnonionicsurfactantper100spray. Adding cropoilto With sethoxydim,add1qtofcropoilconcentrateperacre.quizalofop, labelforspecificratesandbesttimestotreat. grasses. Consultmanufacturer’s beans, productswithquizalofoparelimitedtosnapbeans. Apply toemerged Dry orsucculentbeansonly. See labelforspecificbean. exposed, roots,orfruitofcrop.Donotapplywithin14daysharvest. injury tocrop,donotallowherbicidecontactfoliage,greenshoots,stems, or post-harvest.Spottreatmentisallowedinsomebeancrops. To avoidsevere middles, asshieldedsprayinrowwiperapplications Row middlesonly. Precautions andRemarks for furtherprecautions.Datalackingonrunner-typesnapbeans. rected spraytolimitcropinjury. Donotapplywithin30daysofharvest.Seelabel cause significantbuttemporarystuntingandmaydelaycropmaturation.Usedi 2-to 4-trifoliateleafstagebutpriortoflowering.Postemergenceapplicationmay Succulent snapbeans,includinglimabeans. of harvest.Seelabelforinstructionsonuse. days betweenapplicationandharvest.Fordrybean,donotapplywithin60 mixture withallpostemergenceapplications.Forsnapbeans,allowatleast30 expanded trifoliateleaf. Add nonionicsurfactantat2ptper100galofspray to 1-3-in.weeds(onefourleaves)whendrybeanshaveatleastonefully EC formulationonsnapbeanandupto3ozdrybeans. Apply postemergence Dry beansandsnaponly. egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates See labelforspecificbean. Applyasahoodedsprayinrow See labelforspecificbean.Useonly1.5oz Apply aftercrophasreached For succulent For succulent - WEED CONTROL - - - - 323 - - . Apply to red garden beets in the 2- to 6-leaf stage. Apply to emerged weeds before seeding or after seeding weeds before seeding Apply to emerged Precautions and Remarks Precautions Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded spray in row middles, Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded avoid severe injury to To as wiper applications in row middles, or postharvest. crop, do not allow herbicide to contact foliage, green shoots, stems, exposed, The need for an adjuvant depends on brand used. PHI roots, or fruit of crop. = 14 days. ionic surfactant to glyphosate formulated with nonionic surfactant may result in with nonionic surfactant to glyphosate formulated ionic surfactant control. reduced weed Garden beets only. only. Garden beets rates. Certain weeds may require higher emergence. Perennial but before crop non Adding addition of a surfactant. may require the glyphosate formulations treatment. Apply as a preplant burndown Garden beets only. Apply as a preplant burndown treatment in a minimum of Apply as Garden beets only. 10-gallon solution per acre. Use on mineral soils only. Use higher rate on heavier soils. Read label for Use higher rate on heavier soils. Read label Use on mineral soils only. further instructions. 30 days of harvest. Do not ing. Will control most legumes. Do not apply within See label for information regarding apply more than 0.5 pt per acre per year. rotational restrictions. PHI = 30 days. Red garden beets only rate. Best control Rate is dependent on crop stage. See label for specific stage. Minor crop stunting occurs when applied to weeds in cotyledon to 2-leaf include spray adjuvant. may be observed for approximately 10 days. Do not PHI = 60 days. Apply to beets having 2 to 8 leaves when weeds are small and actively grow Apply to beets having 2 to 8 leaves when weeds are Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control of emerged weeds. If Use a crop oil con crop is contacted, burning of contacted area will occur. centrate or a nonionic surfactant with Aim. See label for directions. Coverage centrate or a nonionic surfactant with is essential for good weed control. Can be tank mixed with other registered herbicides. cations may be made at the 4 to 6- and 6- to 8-leaf stages. Total amount must Total stages. cations may be made at the 4 to 6- and 6- to 8-leaf = 30 days. not exceed 1.5 oz per acre per growing season. PHI Garden beets. Apply when beets are at the 2- to 4-leaf stage. Additional appli Apply when beets are at the 2- to 4-leaf stage. Garden beets. Consult manufacturer’sApply postemergence for control of emerged grasses. label for adjuvant and rate. label for specific rates and best times to treat. See of crop injury at high air Adding crop oil to Poast may increase the likelihood PHI = 60 days. temperatures and high humidity. Apply postemergence for annual grasses at 6 to 8 oz per acre or bermu Apply postemergence for annual grasses at 6 to 8 oz for adjuvant and rate. dagrass and johnsongrass at 8 oz per acre. See label injury at high air tempera Adding crop oil may increase the likelihood of crop Apply to in controlling annual bluegrass. effective Very tures and high humidity. PHI = 30 days. actively growing grasses not under drought stress.

Acre 3 to 4 0.0156 0.5 to 1 See label 0.2 to 0.3 See labels See labels Up to 0.031 0.07 to 0.125 0.008 to 0.003 0.093 to 0.187 0.094 to 0.125 Ingredient Per Ingredient Pounds Active Pounds 0.5 oz 3 to 6 pt 6 to 8 oz 6 to 8 Per Acre See label 9 to 16 oz 9 to 16 1 to 1.5 pt Up to 2 oz See labels See labels 0.5 to 2 oz Amount of Amount 0.25 to 0.5 pt Formulation Formulation 0.5 to 0.67 gal glyphosate, MOA 9 glyphosate, MOA (numerous brands and formulations) carfentrazone-ethyl, 14 MOA (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC pelargonic acid, MOA 26 pelargonic acid, MOA (Scythe) 4.2 EC glyphosate, MOA 9 glyphosate, MOA and (numerous brands formulations) pyraflufen, MOA 14 pyraflufen, MOA 0.208 EC Herbicide) (ET cycloate, MOA 3 cycloate, MOA (Ro-Neet) 6E clopyralid, MOA 4 clopyralid, MOA (Solix 3, Stinger) 3EC 6 phenmedipham, MOA (Spin-Aid)1.3EC 2 triflusulfuron, MOA (Upbeet) 50 DF Herbicide, Action Code* of Mode and Formulation sethoxydim, MOA 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC clethodim, MOA 1 clethodim, MOA Clethodim, (Arrow, Select) 2 EC Intensity, (Select Max, Intensity One) 1 EC - - - – SEE COLE CROPS Annual broadleaf weeds including morningglory, spiderwort, and very small pigweed *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Science Society of America. Science Society of *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Emerged broadleaf and grass weeds cation Annual and perennial Annual and perennial broadleaf grasses and bed appli weeds, stale Weed Preplant or Table), BEETS (Garden TABLE 4-3. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL BEETS CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-3. TABLE Emerged broadleaf weeds Annual grasses (crabgrass spp., foxtail spp., barnyardgrass, annual ryegrass, annual bluegrass) and broadleaf weeds (Lamium spp., lambsquarters, common purslane, redroot pig- weed, shepherdspurse) BEETS (Garden or Table), Preemergence BEETS (Garden or Table), Broadleaf weeds including cockle sowthistle clover, BEETS (Garden or Table), Postemergence BEETS (Garden or Table), jimsonweed, vetch, bur, ragweed Broadleaf weeds including wild mustard, common lambsquarters, common chickweed, purslane suppression Broadleaf weeds including wild mustard, shepherd’s purse Annual and perennial grasses Most emerged weeds ex BEETS (Garden or Table), Row Middles Only BEETS (Garden or Table), cept for resistant pigweed 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable CABBAGE BROCCOLI – SEE COLE CROPS WEED CONTROL 324 yellow nutsedge Broadleaf weedsand control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds some annualgrasses Broadleaf weedsand nutsedge control full raterequiredfor and broadleafweeds, of mostannualgrasses Suppression orcontrol CANTALOUPE (MUSKMELON),PreplantandPreemergence Weed TABLE 4-4. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INCANTALOUPES (MUSKMELONS) (cont’d broadleaf weeds Annual grassesand broadleaf weeds some small-seeded Annual grassesand weeds Emerged broadleaf application weeds, stalebed grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial application foliage, stalebed Contact killofallgreen weeds sedge andbroadleaf Yellow andpurplenut morningglory weak onpigweedand broadleaf weeds; Annual grassesand weeds small-seeded broadleaf Annual grassesand and grassweeds Emerged broadleaf weeds small-seeded broadleaf Annual grasses,some

- (League) 75%WDG imazosulfuron, MOA 2 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA14 carfentrazone-ethyl, (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 (Vapam HL)42% metam sodium and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, clomazone, MOA 13 + ethalfluralin, MOA 3 (Curbit) 3EC ethalfluralin, MOA 3 (ET Herbicide)0.208EC pyraflufen, MOA 14 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 75 DG (Profine 75,Sandea) MOA 2 halosulfuron-methyl, (Command) 3ME clomazone, MOA 13 (Prefar) 4EC bensulide, MOA 8 (Scythe) 4.2EC pelargonic acid,MOA 26 (Prowl H pendimethalin, MOA 3 2 O) 3.8 AS O) 37.5 to75gal 0.5 to0.75oz 0.4 to0.67pt Formulation 1.3 to2.7pt Up to2.1pt Amount of 4 to6.4oz 0.5 to2oz See labels Up to2oz 3 to4.5pt See label See label Per Acre 2 to6pt 2 to4pt 5 to6qt 0.0008 to0.003 Pounds Active 0.125 to0.375 0.024 to0.036 15.7 to31.5 0.15 to0.25 Up to0.031 Ingredient 0.19 to0.3 See labels See label 0.4 to1.2 1.1 to1.7 See label Per Acre 0.5 to1 Up to1 5 to6 +

2021 V Consult labelforfurther instructions.PHI=48d. drift tothecrop.Inplasticulture,prevent thesprayfromcontactingplastic. Row middlesonly. instructions. production systemsataminimumof21 daysapart.Refertolabelforspecific Row middlesonly. See labelforfurtherinstructions. important foracceptableweedcontrol.Maybetankmixedwithotherherbicides. spray volumesforhighweeddensityandweedslargerthan5in.Coverageis as apreemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,Usehigher May beappliedpriortoplantingasaburndowntreatmentforemergedweeds, environments. Seelabelforallrestrictionsandadditionalinformation. mulch. Plantbackintervalisoften14to21daysandcanbe30insome with mulch.Mayapplythroughdripirrigationpriortoplantingasecondcropon apart; followimmediatelywitharollertosmoothandcompactthesoilsurfaceor through soilinjectionusingarotarytillerorinjectwithknivesnomorethan4in. weeds present. Apply whensoilmoistureisatfieldcapacity(100to125%).Apply For nutsedgecontrol,use75galperacre.Ratesaredependentonsoiltypeand Precautions andRemarks injury canoccurifseedingdepthistooshallow. ly coldorwetsoilandairtemperatures,cropstuntinginjurymayoccur. Crop Do notuseundermulches,rowcovers,orhotcaps.Underconditionsofunusual low cultivation,irrigation,orrainfallwithin5daysneededforgoodweedcontrol. between rowsaftercropemergenceortransplanting.Seelabelfortiming.Shal Apply postplanttoseededcropprioremergence,orasabandedspray label forfurtherinstruction. crop. Rootsoftransplantsmustbebelowthechemicalbarrierwhenplanting.See Apply immediatelyafterseedingorjustpriortotransplantingwithtransplanted EPA-approved trainingevery3yearsinordertomix,load,andapplyparaquat per 100galspraymix.Paraquatproductlabelsrequireapplicatorstotakean rate of16to32ozper100galspraymixor1approvedcropoilconcentrate as possibletoallowmaximumweedemergence.Useanonionicsurfactantat formed row. Seedbedsorplantbedsshouldbeformedasfaraheadoftreatment emerges orbeforetransplantingasabroadcastbandtreatmentoverpre- Apply inaminimumof10galspraymixperacretoemergedweedsbeforecrop formulated withnonionicsurfactantmayresultinreducedweedcontrol. may requiretheadditionofasurfactant. Adding nonionicsurfactanttoglyphosate fall orbyapplyingwaterviaasprinklersystem.Certainglyphosateformulations to transplanting. To preventcropinjury, residuescanberemovedby0.5in.rain into plasticmulch,carefullyremoveresiduesofthisproductfromtheprior for ratesspecificweeds.WhenapplyingRoundupbeforetransplantingcrops label nial weedsmayrequirehigherratesofglyphosate.Consultmanufacturer’s Apply toemergedweedsatleast3daysbeforeseedingortransplanting.Peren mixed withotherregisteredburndownherbicides. gal ofspraysolution.Coverageisessentialforgoodweedcontrol.Canbetank up to1galper100ofspraysolutionornonionicsurfactantat2pt Seeded crop.Applynolaterthan7daysbeforeseedingcrop.Useacropoilat Transplant crop. emergence ortransplanting.Donotapplyoverunderplasticmulch. CORPORATE. Mayalsobeusedasabandedtreatmentbetweenrowsaftercrop of weeds.DONOT APPLY PRIORTO PLANTINGCROP. DONOTSOIL IN Apply tothesoilsurfaceimmediatelyafterseedingcropforpreemergencecontrol sprayer directedtotherowmiddlesreducedriftcrop. tion. Mayalsobeusedasabandedspraybetweenrowmiddles.Useshielded activity. Maybetankmixedwithsoilresidualcompounds.Seelabelforinstruc Apply beforecropemergenceandcontrolemergedweeds. There isnoresidual on label. follow withirrigation.Checkre-plantrestrictionsforsmallgrainsandothercrops mum) witharototillerortandemdisk,applypreemergenceafterseedingand Apply preplantandincorporateintothesoil1to2in.(1incorporationisopti control. Seelabelforadditionalinformation. Addition ofacropoilconcentrateat1to2%isrecommendedforoptimumweed Apply asapreplantburndowntreatmentinminimumof10gallonsperacre. harvest. of productperacretomiddlesbetweenrows.Donotapplywithin57days not transplantuntil7daysafterapplication.Ratecanbeincreasedto1ounce Apply afterseedingorpriortotransplantingcrop.Fortransplantedcrop,do egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates Apply nolaterthanonedaybeforetransplantingcrop. Use ashieldedsprayerdirectedtothe row middlestoreduce May beappliedsequentiallyinbareground andplasticulture ) ------WEED CONTROL - 325 - To improve preemergence control of late preemergence control of improve To ) Apply postemergence for control of emerged grass in cantaloupes (muskmelons). Apply postemergence for control of emerged grass injury at high air temperatures Adding crop oil may increase the likelihood of crop Apply to actively in controlling annual bluegrass. effective Very and high humidity. days. growing grasses not under drought stress. PHI = 14 Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control of emerged weeds. If crop Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control Use a crop oil concentrate or is contacted, burning of contacted area will occur. Aim. See label for directions. Coverage is essential for a nonionic surfactant with herbicides. good weed control. Can be tank mixed with other registered spray in row middles, as Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded avoid severe injury to crop, To wiper applications in row middles, or postharvest. stems, exposed, roots, or do not allow herbicide to contact foliage, green shoots, fruit of crop. Do not apply within 14 days of harvest. Apply to emerged grasses. Consult manufacturer’s label for specific rates and Adding crop oil to Poast may best times to treat. See label for adjuvant and rate. and high humidity. increase the likelihood of crop injury at high air temperatures PHI = 3 days. Precautions and Remarks Precautions Apply postemergence only after the crop has reached 3 to 5 true leaves but Apply postemergence only sooner than 14 days after Do not apply appear. before first female flowers surfactant at 1 qt per 100 gal of spray solution with transplanting. Use nonionic when temperature over-the-top application Avoid all postemergence applications. not apply within 57 days of harvest. and humidity are high. Do Not labeled for transplanted crop. Not labeled estab has 4 to 5 true leaves, is well Apply only when crop emerging weeds. lished, and growing conditions are favorable. Will not control emerged weeds. Will not control emerged conditions are favorable. lished, and growing not recommended. Incorporation Apply as a directed spray to soil between rows after crop emergence when crop to soil between rows after crop emergence when crop Apply as a directed spray contacting foli Avoid to four true leaf stage of growth. plants have reached three age as slight crop injury may occur. Set incorporation equipment to move treated Set incorporation equipment to move occur. age as slight crop injury may Do not apply within 30 days of harvest. Will not soil around base of crop plants. control emerged weeds. May be applied sequentially in bare ground and plasticulture production systems in bare ground and plasticulture production systems May be applied sequentially Refer to label for specific instructions. at a minimum of 21 days apart.

Up to 1 Per Acre 0.2 to 0.3 4.5 to 7.5 See labels 0.5 to 0.75 Ingredient Ingredient Up to 0.031 0.07 to 0.125 0.094 to 0.125 0.024 to 0.036 Pounds Active Pounds 1 to 2 pt 6 to 8 oz Per Acre 8 to 10 lb 8 to 10 6 to 10 pt 6 to 10 9 to 16 oz 1 to 1.5 pt Up to 2 oz See labels Amount of Amount Up to 2.1 pt Formulation Formulation 0.5 to 0.75 oz O) 3.8 2 glyphosate, MOA 9 glyphosate, MOA (numerous brands and formulations) 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC 1 clethodim, MOA Clethodim, (Arrow, Select) 2 EC Intensity, (Intensity One, Select Max) 1 EC DCPA, MOA 3 MOA DCPA, (Dacthal) W-75 (Dacthal) 6 F carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA14 (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC Herbicide, Code* Action of Mode and Formulation trifluralin, MOA 3 trifluralin, MOA Trifluralin, HFP, (Treflan HF) 4EC Trifluralin pendimethalin, MOA 3 pendimethalin, MOA (Prowl H halosulfuron-methyl, 2 MOA (Profine 75, Sandea) 75 DG - *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Science Society of America. Science Society of *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Most emerged weeds Annual and perennial grasses only Annual grasses and Annual grasses broadleaf small-seeded weeds CANTALOUPE (MUSKMELON), Postemergence CANTALOUPE Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Weed TABLE 4-4. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN CANTALOUPES (MUSKMELONS) (cont’d (MUSKMELONS) IN CANTALOUPES CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-4. TABLE Yellow and purple Yellow nutsedge and broad leaf weeds including galinsoga, cocklebur, smartweed, ragweed, wild radish, and non- ALS resistant pigweed 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 326 CAULIFLOWER –SEECOLECROPS weeds Broadleaf andgrass weeds small-seeded broadleaf Annual grassesand CARROTS, Preplantincorporated(PPI)orPreemergence(PRE) grasses Annual andperennial and grassweeds Emerged broadleaf application weeds, stalebed grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial grasses weeds andsome Annual broadleaf *Mode ofaction(MOA)codedevelopedbytheWeed ScienceSocietyof America. application foliage, stalebed Contact killofallgreen CARROTS, Preplant broadleaf weeds Annual grassesand CARROTS, Postemergence Most emergedweeds control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds CARROTS, RowMiddles Weed TABLE 4-5. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INCARROTS

(Prowl H pendimethalin, MOA 3 (Caparol) 4L prometryn, MOA 5 (Treflan, Trifluralin) 4EC trifluralin, MOA 3 (Select Max)1EC Intensity, Select)2EC (Arrow, Clethodim, clethodim, MOA 1 (Scythe) 4.2EC pelargonic acid,MOA 26 (Poast) 1.5EC sethoxydim, MOA 1 (Fusilade DX)2EC fluazifop, MOA 1 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (TriCor 4F)4F TriCor DF)75WDG (Dimetric, Metribuzin, metribuzin, MOA 5 (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 (Lorox DF)50WDG linuron, MOA 7 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA14 carfentrazone-ethyl, and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, 2 O) 3.8 AS O) Formulation 1.3 to2.7pt Amount of See labels See labels Up to2oz 1 to1.5pt 9 to16oz 6 to16oz 1.5 to3lb See label Per Acre 2 to4pt 1 to2pt 2 to4pt 6 to8oz 0.33lb 0.5 pt 2 pt Pounds Active 0.094 to0.125 0.07 to0.125 Up to0.031 Ingredient 0.1 to0.25 0.75 to1.5 See labels See labels See label 0.2 to0.3 Per Acre 0.5 to1 0.5 to1 1 to2 0.25 0.25 0.95 2021 V crop rotationrestrictions.PHI=30days. application throughthesix-leafstageofcarrot.Seelabelforrateand Apply aspreemergenceandorpostemergenceoverthetoptocarrot.MakePOST rate oncoarsesoilswithlessthan2%organicmatter. Apply preplantandincorporateintothesoil2to3in.within8hours.Uselower shielded sprayerdirectedtotherowmiddlesreducedriftcrop. instructions. Mayalsobeusedasabandedspraybetweenrowmiddles.Use no residualactivity. Maybetankmixedwithsoilresidualherbicides.Seelabelfor Apply asapreplantburndownorpriortoemergenceofplantsfromseed. There is controlling annualbluegrass.PHI=30days. temperatures andhighhumidity. Donotmixwithotherpesticides.Very effective in and rate. Adding cropoilmayincreasethelikelihoodofinjuryathighair Apply toactivelygrowinggrassesnotunderdroughtstress.Seelabelforadjuvant for adjuvantandrate.Donotmixwithotherpesticides.PHI=45days. lade DXmaybeappliedperyear. Seelabelforratesspecific weeds. Seelabel Apply toactivelygrowinggrassesnotunderdroughtstress.Up48ozofFusi 3 daysofotherpesticideapplications.PHI=60days. weeks. Donotapplyunless3sunnydaysprecedeapplication.within leaves. A secondapplicationmaybemadeafteratimeintervalofatleast3 Apply overtopwhenweedsarelessthan1in.tallandcarrotshave5to6true surfactant mayresultinreducedweedcontrol. of surfactant. Adding nonionicsurfactanttoglyphosateformulatedwith may requirehigherrates.Certainglyphosateformulationstheaddition Apply toemergedweedsbeforeseedingorcropemergence.Perennial in ordertomix,load,andapplyparaquat. product labelsrequireapplicatorstotakeanEPA-approved trainingevery3years spray mixor1galapprovedcropoilconcentrateper100mix.Paraquat weed emergence.Useanonionicsurfactantatrateof16to32ozper100gal should beformedseveraldaysaheadofplantingandtreatingtoallowmaximum ment overapreformedrow. Usesufficient watertogivethoroughcoverage.Row Apply toemergedweedsbeforecropemergenceasabroadcastorbandtreat prevent potentialcropinjury. Seelabelforfurtherdirections.PHI=14days. therefore determinetolerancetoLoroxDFbeforeadoptionasafieldpractice son. Donotuseasurfactantorcropoil.Carrotvarietiesvaryintheirresistance; applications maybemade,butdonotexceed4lbofLoroxDFperacresea crop injurymayoccur. Avoid sprayingafterthreeormorecloudydays.Repeat Apply asabroadcastsprayaftercarrotsareatleast3in.tall.Ifappliedearlier fruit ofcrop.PHI=14days. do notallowherbicidetocontactfoliage,greenshootsorstems,exposedroots, or wiper applicationsinrowmiddles,orpostharvest. To avoidsevereinjurytocrop, Apply asahoodedsprayinrowmiddles,shielded Precautions andRemarks label forinstructiononlaybytreatment.PHI=60days. Apply postplantwithin2daysafterplantingbutpriortocropemergence.See with otherpesticides.PHI=30days. likelihood ofcropinjuryathighairtemperaturesandhumidity. Donotapply labelforspecificrateandbesttimestotreat.er’s Adding cropoilmayincreasethe Apply toactivelygrowinggrassesnotunderdroughtstress.Consultmanufactur good weedcontrol.Canbetankmixedwithotherregisteredherbicides. nonionic surfactantwith Aim. Seelabelfordirections.Coverageisessential contacted, burningofcontactedareawilloccur. Useacropoilconcentrateor Apply asahoodedsprayinrowmiddlesforcontrolofemergedweeds.Ifcrop is egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates - - - - WEED CONTROL - - - 327 Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded spray Apply after planting. Irrigate immediately after application. See Apply Apply to actively growing grasses not under drought stress. See label for adjuvant Apply to actively growing grasses not under drought Adding crop oil to Poast may increase the likelihood of crop injury at and rate. PHI = 30 days. high air temperatures and high humidity. Transplants only. Transplants label for rotation restrictions. Apply to actively growing grasses not under drought stress. See label for adjuvant Apply to actively growing grasses not under drought Adding crop oil may in controlling annual bluegrass. effective and rate. Very and high humidity. increase the likelihood of crop injury at high air temperature PHI = 30 days. Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control of emerged weeds. If crop Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control Use a crop oil concentrate or is contacted, burning of contacted area will occur. Aim. See label for directions. Coverage is essential for a nonionic surfactant with herbicides. good weed control. Can be tank mixed with other registered vere injury to crop, do not allow herbicide to contact foliage, green shoots, stems, exposed, roots, or fruit of crop. PHI = 14 days. Row middles only. Row middles only. avoid se To in row middles, as wiper applications in row middles, or postharvest. Precautions and Remarks Precautions may require Perennial weeds weeds before crop emergence. Apply to emerged Consult the manufacturer’shigher rates. weeds. Certain label for rates for specific sur Adding nonionic of surfactant. require the addition glyphosate formulations in reduced surfactant may result formulated with nonionic factant to glyphosate weed control. as as a burndown treatment for emerged weeds, May be applied prior to planting or after seeding but before emergence, as a directed a preemergence application rows or as a post-harvest application. Use higher shielded application between density and weeds larger than 5 in. Coverage is spray volumes for high weed control. May be tank mixed with other herbicides. important for acceptable weed See label for further instructions. beds at least 30 days prior Apply to soil surface of pre-formed only. Transplants to transplanting. May be tank mixed There is no residual activity. Apply as a preplant burndown. a See label for instructions. May also be used as with soil residual compounds. middles. Use a shielded sprayer directed to the row banded spray between row crop. middles to reduce drift to the Apply incorporated to direct seeded or transplant celery before planting, at plant Apply incorporated to direct seeded or transplant celery ing, or immediately after planting. Use lower rate on coarse soils with less than ing, or immediately after planting. Use lower rate on 2% organic matter. Apply after celery is transplanted and established but before celery is 8 in. tall. Apply after celery is transplanted and established but weeds should be less Grasses should be less than 2 in. in height, and broadleaf surfactant or crop oil. than 6 in. tall. Do not tank mix with other products including spraying after 3 or more cloudy days or when temperature exceeds 85°F. Avoid = 45 days. Not recommended for sands or loamy sand soil. PHI

5 to 6 0.5 to 1 Up to 0.5 Per Acre 0.2 to 0.3 See label See labels See labels See labels 0.75 to 1.5 Ingredient Ingredient Up to 0.031 0.07 to 0.125 0.094 to 0.125 Pounds Active Pounds

5 to 6 qt 1 to 2 pt 6 to 8 oz Per Acre See label See label Up to 1 pt Up to 2 pt 9 to 16 oz 1.5 to 3 lb 1 to 1.5 pt Up to 2 oz See labels See labels Amount of Amount Formulation Formulation sethoxydim, MOA 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC carfentrazone-ethyl, 14 MOA (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC Herbicide, Code* Action of Mode and Formulation bensulide (Prefar) 4-E linuron, MOA 7 linuron, MOA (Lorox DF) 50 WDG clethodim, MOA 1 clethodim, MOA Clethodim, (Arrow, Select) 2 EC Intensity, (Select Max) 1 EC glyphosate, MOA 9 glyphosate, MOA (numerous brands and formulations) glyphosate, MOA 9 glyphosate, MOA and (numerous brands formulations) 26 caprylic acid, MOA (Homeplate) 14 oxyfluorfen, MOA (Goaltender) 4 F (Goal 2 XL) 2 EC 26 pelargonic acid, MOA (Scythe) 4.2 EC 3 trifluralin, MOA Treflan HFP, (Treflan, 4 EC Trifluralin) Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Weed TABLE 4-6. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN CELERY CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-6. TABLE Annual broadleaf and grass weeds CELERY, Postemergence CELERY, Most emerged weeds *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Science Society of America. Science Society of *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Annual and perennial Annual and perennial grass and broadleaf bed weeds, stale application Annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds CELERY, Preplant CELERY, Broadleaf weeds and some annual grasses Cutleaf evening primrose, Carolina geranium, henbit, and a few grasses Emerged broadleaf and grass weeds (PRE) Preplant incorporate (PPI) or Preemergence CELERY, 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 328 and grassweeds Emerged broadleaf application weeds, stalebed grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds application foliage, stalebed Contact killofallgreen COLE CROPS:BROCCOLI,CABBAGE,CAULIFLOWER—PreplantandPreemergence * Modeofaction(MOA)codedevelopedbytheWeed ScienceSocietyof America. some annualgrasses Broadleaf weedsand control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds grasses Annual andperennial stage) weeds (1to3leaf small-seeded broadleaf Annual grassesand CILANTRO, Postemergence weeds small-seeded broadleaf Annual grasses broadleaf weeds Annual grassesand CILANTRO, Preemergence(PRE) Weed TABLE 4-8.CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INCOLECROPS:BROCCOLI,CABBAGE,CAULIFLOWER( Weed TABLE 4-7. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INCILANTRO

(Scythe) 4.2EC pelargonic acid,MOA 26 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Aim) 2EC MOA 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 (Aim) 2EC MOA 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, (Poast) 1.5EC sethoxydim, MOA 1 (Lorox DF)50WDG linuron, MOA 7 (Lorox DF)50WDG linuron, MOA 7 (Caparol) 4L prometryn, MOA 5 and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, Formulation Formulation 1.3 to2.7pt Amount of See labels Amount of Up to2oz See label Up to2oz Per Acre 2 to3.2pt See label Per Acre 2 to4pt 1 to2lb 1 to2lb 1.5 pt Pounds Active Pounds Active Up to0.031 Ingredient See labels See label Per Acre Up to0.031 Ingredient 0.5 to1 See label Per Acre 0.5 to1 0.5 to1 1 to1.6 0.185

2021 V good weedcontrol.Seelabelformoreinformation. See labelforratecropoilornonionicsurfactant.Coverageisessential Apply nolaterthanonedaybeforetransplanting,orsevendaysseeding. Precautions andRemarks middles toreducedriftthecrop. a bandedspraybetweenrowmiddles. Use ashieldedsprayerdirectedtotherow mixed withsoilresidualherbicides.See labelforinstructions.Mayalsobeusedas down orpriortoemergencefromseed. There isnoresidualactivity. Maybetank Also labeledforcollards,kale,mustard/turnipgreens. Apply asapreplantburn reduced weedcontrol. nonionic surfactanttoglyphosateformulatedwithmayresult in Certain glyphosateformulationsmayrequiretheadditionofasurfactant. Adding by 0.5in.rainfallorapplyingwaterviaasprinklersystemappliedatonetime. the plasticpriortotransplanting. To preventcropinjury, residuescanberemoved into plasticmulch,caremustbetakentoremoveresiduesofthisproductfrom for ratesspecificweeds.WhenapplyingRoundupbeforetransplantingcrops label al weedsmayrequirehigherratesofglyphosate.Consultthemanufacturer’s Apply toemergedweedsbeforecropemergenceortransplanting.Perenni load, andapplyparaquat. require applicatorstotakeanEPA-approved trainingevery3yearsinordertomix, approved cropoilconcentrateper100galspraymix.Paraquatproductlabels Use anonionicsurfactantatrateof16to32ozper100galspraymixor1 several daysaheadofplantingandtreatingtoallowmaximumweedemergence. row. Usesufficientwatertogivethoroughcoverage.Rowshouldbeformed emergence ortransplantingasabroadcastbandtreatmentoverpreformed Apply inaminimumof10galspraymixperacretoemergedweedsbeforecrop Precautions andRemarks other herbicides.Seelabelforfurtherinstructions. Coverage isimportantforacceptableweedcontrol.Maybetankmixedwith Use highersprayvolumesforhighweeddensityandweedslargerthan5in. directed orshieldedapplicationbetweenrowsasapostharvestapplication. as apreemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence, May beappliedpriortoplantingasaburndowntreatmentforemergedweeds, Maximum userateperseasonis3ptacre.PHI=15days. herbicides. is essentialforgoodweedcontrol.Canbetankmixedwithotherregistered centrate oranonionicsurfactantwith Aim. Seelabelfordirections.Coverage crop iscontacted,burningofcontactedareawilloccur. Useacropoilcon Apply post-directedusinghoodedsprayersforcontrolofemergedweeds.If other pesticidesoradjuvants(seelabelfordetails).PHI=21days. occur underhightemperatures,followingcloudyperiodsorwhenmixedwith initial application,asecondmaybemade14daysafterthefirst.Injury Early occurringminorinjuryshouldnotaffect yield.Ifnoinjuryoccursafterthe Apply tocropplantswithaminimumof3trueleavesavoidsignificantinjury. for leaves=21days.PHIcorianderseed155 soils, orsoilswithlessthan1%organicmatter. Plantatleast0.5in.deep.PHI Some cultivarsmaybesusceptibletoinjury. Donotuseonsandyorloamy or loamysoils.PHI=30days.Checklabelforcroprotationrestrictions. Rates aresoil-dependent.Seelabelformoreinformation.Donotuseonsand egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates cont’d ) - - - WEED CONTROL - - - 329 Apply as a website to make ) After transplanting, irrigate to cont’d Chinese cabbage may be more May be applied 60 days prior to Do not spray over the top of transplants. May be applied over the top after the crop reaches a Surface apply before transplanting. Do not incorporate or Apply 8 to 16 oz per acre to the soil surface of pre-formed beds prior Apply 8 to 16 oz per acre to the soil surface of pre-formed days after Apply 8 to 16 oz per acre overtop of crop at least 10 banded application at a rate up to 1.25 pt per acre. Processing only). Cabbage (Transplanted Application rate depends on soil type. planting up to planting time. sure Dual Magnum is registered for use in their state and to obtain the label prior sure Dual Magnum is registered for use in their state the application of Dual to making Dual Magnum application. Irrigation following Use lower rates on coarse-textured Magnum will increase the risk of crop injury. for more information. soils and higher rates on fine-textured soils. See label Crop. Mulched Systems with Transplanted Option 1: not incorporate or disturb to laying plastic. Ensure the plastic laying process does crops may be transplanted the treated bed. Unless restricted by other products, immediately following Dual Magnum application. Option 2: Does not control emerged transplanting to ensure root system is well developed. for further instructions. weeds. Limited data are available for NC. Read label Crop. Transplanted Application for Bare Ground to ten days after transplanting seal the soil around the transplanted root ball. Five and irrigating, apply Dual Magnum over the top of transplants. If soil is not sealed around the transplant root ball, crop injury may occur. Direct Seeded Application. minimum of 3 in. tall. and Direct Seeded Crop. Application to Transplanted Row Middle Cabbage, direct seeded and transplanted; Chinese cabbage (Napa); Chinese Cabbage, direct seeded and transplanted; Chinese cabbage (Bok Choy); broccoli, and cauliflower. Local Need This is a Section 24(c) Special sensitive to injury from Dual magnum. Label. Growers must check https://www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-search Precautions and Remarks Precautions prior to plant cabbage. May be applied in cabbage except Chinese Do not apply mended rates. ing as a burndown treatment for emerged weeds, as a preemergence application weeds, as a preemergence treatment for emerged ing as a burndown between a directed or shielded application but before emergence, as after seeding high weed higher spray volumes for postharvest applicationUse rows or as a weed is important for acceptable larger than 5 in. Coverage density and weeds with other herbicides. See label for further instructions. control. May be tank mixed broccoli raab, Chinese cabbage (bok choy, Also labeled for Chinese broccoli, Apply preplant or (gai choy), and kohlrabi. Napa), Chinese mustard cabbage With preemergence application, irrigate immediately preemergence after planting. for more directions. after application. See label to transplanting. Apply and incorporate prior sprouts Also labeled for Brussels are cool and wet, reduced stands and stunting may Caution: If soil conditions tolerance to higher than recom Direct seeded Cole crops exhibit marginal occur. Includes Brussels sprouts. Apply to weed-free soil just after seeding or trans- Includes Brussels sprouts. planting as a surface application. Light cultivations, rainfall, or irrigation will be necessary within 24 hr to activate this chemical. When applied to cooler soil temperatures for a spring broccoli crop, transient stunting may occur. only. Transplants after application. knock the bed off Oxyfluorfen is weak on grasses. Expect to see some temporary crop injury. Also labeled for Brussels sprouts and all other Brassica (Cole) leafy vegetables sprouts and all other Brassica (Cole) leafy vegetables Also labeled for Brussels be after seeding or transplanting. May also Apply immediately in this crop group. incorporated. Apply to the soil surface immediately after seeding. See label for further instruc Apply to the soil surface immediately tions. See label for further Apply broadcast to the soil prior to transplanting cabbage. instructions.

2 2 2 0.25 5 to 6 6 to 7.5 Per Acre See label 0.5 to 0.75 0.25 to 0.5 0.25 to 0.5 Ingredient Ingredient 0.07 to 0.14 0.47 to 0.96 Pounds Active Pounds 4 lb 4 lb 4 qt 0.67 pt 5 to 6 qt 1 to 2 pt Per Acre 8 to 10 lb See label 8 to 10 pt 8 to 16 oz 1 to 1.5 pt 0.5 to 1 pt Amount of Amount Formulation Formulation 0.67 to 1.3 pt 2.25 to 4.5 oz Herbicide, Code* Action of Mode and Formulation sulfentrazone, MOA 14 sulfentrazone, MOA (Spartan) 4 F napropamide, MOA 15 napropamide, MOA (Devrinol DF) 50 DF (Devrinol DF-XT) 50 DF (Devrinol 2-XT) 2 EC caprylic acid, MOA 26 MOA caprylic acid, (Homeplate) MOA3 DCPA, (Dacthal) W-75 (Dacthal) 6 F bensulide, MOA 8 bensulide, MOA (Prefar) 4 EC 3 trifluralin, MOA Trifluralin, (TreflanHFP, HF) 4 EC Trifluralin oxyfluorfen, MOA 14 oxyfluorfen, MOA (Goal 2 XL, Galigan) 2 EC 4 E (GoalTender) Direct-seeded Cabbage 13 clomazone, MOA (Command) 3ME Cabbage Transplanted 13 clomazone, MOA (Command) 3ME -metolachlor, MOA 15 MOA S-metolachlor, (Dual Magnum) 7.62 EC - - - Weed TABLE 4-8. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN COLE CROPS: BROCCOLI, CABBAGE, CAULIFLOWER ( CAULIFLOWER CABBAGE, BROCCOLI, CROPS: IN COLE CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-8. TABLE Hairy galinsoga, com mon lambsquarters, redroot pigweed, and Palmer amaranth Annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds, including galinsoga, common ragweed, and smart weed Broadleaf weeds and Broadleaf weeds grasses some annual COLE CROPS: BROCCOLI, CABBAGE, CAULIFLOWER — Preplant and Preemergence (cont’d) and Preemergence CAULIFLOWER — Preplant BROCCOLI, CABBAGE, COLE CROPS: Annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds Many broadleaf weeds, including galinsoga, common ragweed, and smartweed Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds; weak on pigweed spp. Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds, yellow nutsedge sup pression 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 330 *Mode ofaction(MOA)codedevelopedbytheWeed ScienceSocietyof America. grasses only Annual andperennial sonweed, andragweed clover, cocklebur, jim including sowthistle, Broadleaf weeds control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds Most emergedweeds COLE CROPS:BROCCOLI,CABBAGE,CAULIFLOWER—Postemergence Weed TABLE 4-9.CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INCORN,SWEET( Weed TABLE 4-8. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INCOLECROPS:BROCCOLI,CABBAGE,CAULIFLOWER( application and minimumtillage foliage, stalebed Contact killofallgreen control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds CORN, SWEET, PreplantBurndown application weeds, stalebed grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial some annualgrasses Broadleaf weedsand CORN, SWEET, Preemergence Broadleaf weeds

- (Poast) 1.5EC sethoxydim, MOA1 (Select Max)1EC Intensity, Select)2EC (Arrow, Clethodim, clethodim, MOA 1 (Stinger) 3EC clopyralid, MOA 4 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, Formulation Mode of Action Code*and Herbicide, (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA 14 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 (various brands) 2,4-D amine4,MOA 4 0.25 to0.5pt Formulation Amount of Formulation See labels Up to2oz 1 to1.5pt 9 to16oz 1.5 to2.7pt Amount of Per Acre 6 to8oz See labels Up to2oz 2.4 to4pt See label Per Acre 1 to3pt Pounds Active 0.094 to0.125 Pounds Active 0.07 to0.125 0.09 to0.187 Up to0.031 Ingredient See labels Up to0.031 Ingredient 0.2 to0.3 Per Acre See labels See label Per Acre 0.6 to1 0.5 to1 cont’d

2021 V humidity. PHI=30days. Select mayincreasethelikelihoodofcropinjuryathighairtemperatureand best timestotreat.Seelabelforadjuvantandrate. Adding cropoiltoPoastor labelforspecificratesand Apply toemergedgrasses.Consultmanufacturer’s ing. Willcontrolmostlegumes.PHI=30days. Chinese cabbage(Napa).Applytocropwhenweedsaresmallandactivelygrow broccoli, Chinesecabbage(bokchoy),mustard,and Labeled forbroccoli,cabbage,cauliflower, broccoliraab,Brusselssprouts,Cavalo other registeredherbicides. solution. Coverageisessentialforgoodweedcontrol.Canbetankmixedwith to 1galper100solutionoranonionicsurfactantat2ptofspray is contacted,burningofcontactedareawilloccur. Usecropoilconcentrateatup Apply post-directedusinghoodedsprayersforcontrolofemergedweeds.Ifcrop Precautions andRemarks exposed, roots,orfruitofcrop.PHI=14days. injury tocrop,donotallowherbicidecontactfoliage,greenshoots,stems, row middles,aswiperapplicationsinorpostharvest. To avoidsevere Row middlesonly. interval of14leafcollars.Seelabelfordirections. such asglyphosate,paraquator2,4-D.Mustbeappliedpriortothepre-harvest of annualandperennialweedsrequiresatankmixwithburndownherbicides Coverage isessentialforgoodweedcontrol.Optimumbroad-spectrumcontrol to activelygrowingweedsup4in.highorrosetteslessthan3across. or anonionicsurfactantwith Aim. Foroptimumperformance,makeapplications Apply priortoplantingorwithin24hoursafterplanting.Useacropoilconcentrate Precautions andRemarks paraquat. take anEPA-approved trainingevery3yearsinorder tomix,load,andapply for directionsandspecificrates.Paraquatproductlabelsrequireapplicatorsto preemergence sweetcornherbicidesandherbicidecombinations.Checklabel approved cropoilconcentrateper100galspraymix.Maybetankmixed with a nonionicsurfactantatrateof16to32ozper100-galspraymixor1woman weed emergence.Plantwithaminimumofsoilmovementforbestresults.Use should beformedseveraldaysaheadofplantingandtreatingtoallowmaximum emergence asabroadcastorbandtreatmentoverpreformedrow. Seedbeds Apply inaminimumof20galspraymixperacretoemergedweedsbeforecrop planting time,atankmixtureofparaquatandatrazineis suggested. is now commonineasternNorthCarolina counties.Ifhorseweedispresentat may resultinreducedweedcontrol.Glyphosate-resistanthorseweed(marestail) Adding nonionicsurfactanttoglyphosateformulatedwith label fordirections.Certainglyphosateformulationsrequireadditionofsurfactant. labelforratesspecificweeds.Check of glyphosate.Consultmanufacturer’s stock for8weeksfollowingtreatment.Perennialweedsmayrequirehigherrates Apply to emerged weeds before crop emergence. Do not feed crop residue to live See labelforfurtherinstructions. important foracceptableweedcontrol. Maybetankmixedwithotherherbicides. spray volumesforhighweeddensityandweedslargerthan5in.Coverageis or shieldedapplicationbetweenrowsasapostharvestapplication.Usehigher a preemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,asdirected May be applied prior toplanting as a burndown treatment foremergedweeds, as applied priortoplanting. glyphosate-resistant horseweed(marestail). Seelabelforplantingrestrictionsif May betankmixedwithglyphosatefor broad-spectrumweedcontrolincluding ) egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates Apply asahoodedsprayinrowmiddles,shielded cont’d ) - - WEED CONTROL ------331 S-metolachlor ) Apply preplant or preemergence to sweet corn. Severe injury will occur if applied Apply preplant or preemergence to sweet corn. Severe to emerged sweet corn. Apply overtop corn before crop reaches 12 in. tall and before weeds exceed the two-leaf stage. Larger weeds will not be controlled. Good residual control of annual grass and broadleaf weeds. Do not apply within 50 days of sweet corn Also available as the commercial ear harvest. Do not apply to corn 12 in. or taller. products Guardsman or LeadOff. Apply to soil surface immediately after planting. Shallow cultivations will improve after planting. Shallow cultivations will improve Apply to soil surface immediately See label for reduced rate control. Check label for restrictions on rotational crops. at planting. Does not control if soil coverage with plant residue is less than 30% alachlor, with metolachlor, fall panicum or smooth crabgrass. May be tank mixed label for directions. glyphosate, paraquat, bentazon, or simazine. Check to emerged sweet corn. porated or preemergence after seeding. Do not apply Registered for processing sweet corn only. Apply preplant surface, preplant incor Registered for processing sweet corn only. Atrazine cannot exceed 2.5 lb a.i.per acre per calendar year. Apply overtop Atrazine cannot exceed 2.5 lb a.i.per acre per calendar year. before weeds exceed 1.5 in. in height. See label for additional information in controlling larger weeds. See label for amount of oil concentrate to add to spray mix. See label on setback requirements from streams and lakes. Apply to soil surface immediately after planting. May be tank mixed with atrazine, planting. May be tank mixed surface immediately after Apply to soil be tank mixed to other herbicides that may paraquat. See label for glyphosate, or control spectrum. broaden weed products. Products containing for S-metolachlor See comments per unit of formulated product than those containing are more active on weeds See label for all instructions. metolachlor. after planting. May be tank mixed with atrazine, Apply to soil surface immediately label for directions. Rate is soil-texture and or glyphosate, or simazine. Check label for details. Dual II Magnum contains the corn ganic-matter dependent. See than Dual Magnum, which does thus is safer on sweet corn safener benoxacor, not contain benoxacor. texture. See label for specific rate relating to your Rate ranges based on soil be planted a minimum of 1 in. deep. Provides sup fields. Sweetcorn seed must pression of Texas panicum, seedling johnsongrass, and shattercane. Do not har panicum, seedling Texas pression of consumption less than 37 days after application vest sweet corn ears for human regarding tank mixtures for broader spectrum control of this herbicide. See label weeds. and/or control of emerged Apply to soil surface immediately after planting. Does not control Texas panicum, Texas not control Apply to soil surface immediately after planting. Does rate Adjust for soil texture and seedling johnsongrass, or shattercane adequately. rate if soil coverage with organic matter according to label. See label for reduced for comments on rotational plant residue is less than 30% at planting. See labels instructions. crops. See label for additional Apply to soil surface immediately after planting. Does not adequately control Apply to soil surface immediately after planting. Does panicum, seedling johnsongrass, or shattercane. May not adequately Texas or sicklepod. Cultivation or other herbicides may morningglory, control cocklebur, and organic matter and be needed. See label for rates based on soil texture and lakes. See label for for information on setback requirements from streams than 30% at planting and reduced rate if soil coverage with plant residue is less for comments on rotational crops. Apply preemergence before weeds and crop emerge. See label for tank mix options. PHI = 45 days. Precautions and Remarks Precautions Apply preemergence before crop germinate or postemergence until sweet corn is 20 to 24 in. tall or in the V8 growth stage whichever is more restrictive. Do not ap ply in reduced, minimum, or no-till sweet corn. Rate is dependent on organic mat ter content. See label for additional information. See label for tank mix options. Apply preplant or preemergence to sweet corn. Severe injury will occur if applied Apply preplant or preemergence to sweet corn. Severe to emerged sweet corn. cont’d

2 + + + 0.75 1 to 2 1 to 2 1 to 2 1 to1.9 0.5 to 1 1.6 to 2 Per Acre 1.6 to 1.8 0.375 to 1 + 0.625 to See labels 0.56 to 1.0 Ingredient Ingredient 0.43 to 0.78 0.98 to 1.98 0.95 to 1.91 0.78 to 1.56 1.34 to 1.61 +0.15 to 0.18 Pounds Active Pounds 0.0796 to 0.213 +0.038 to 0.045 + 2 qt 2.2 lb 1 to 2 qt 1 to 2 1 to 2 pt 1 to 2 pt 2 to 4 pt Per Acre 8 to 21 oz 8 to 21 1.6 to 2 qt 2.5 to 3 qt See labels 1.5 to 4 oz 10 to 18 oz 12 to 21 oz Amount of Amount 2 to 2.25 qt 1.1 to 2.2 lb 1.1 to 2.2 2.4 to 4.6 pt 1.3 to 2.6 qt Formulation Formulation O) 3.8 AS 2 dimethenamid, MOA 15 dimethenamid, MOA 5 + atrazine, MOA (Guardsman Max) 5 F bicyclopyrone, MOA27 + mesotrione, MOA27 15 MOA +S-metolachlor, (AcuronFlexi) 2.86 L dimethenamid, MOA 15 dimethenamid, MOA (Outlook) 6.0 EC + 5 atrazine, MOA (AAtrex) 4 F or 90 WDG metolachlor, MOA 15 MOA metolachlor, II) 7.8 EC (Me-Too-Lachlor (Parallel) 7.8 EC 15 MOA S-metolachlor, (Brawl II, Dual II Magnum, Medal II) 7.64 EC 15 pyroxasulfone, MOA (Zidua) 85 WG atrazine, MOA 5 atrazine, MOA (various brands) 4 F (various brands) 90 WDG -metolachlor, MOA 15 MOA S-metolachlor, 5 + atrazine, MOA (Bicep II Magnum) 5.5 F saflufenacil, MOA 14 saflufenacil, MOA 15 + dimethenamid, MOA 5.57 EC (Verdict) atrazine, MOA 5 atrazine, MOA (various brands) 4 L (various brands) 90 WDG dimethenamid, MOA 15 MOA dimethenamid, EC (Outlook) 6.0 simazine, MOA 5 simazine, MOA (Princep) 4L -metolachlor, MOA 15 MOA S-metolachlor, 5 + atrazine, MOA 27 +mesotrione, MOA 27 +bicyclopyrone, MOA (Acuron) 3.44 L pendimethalin, MOA 3 pendimethalin, MOA (Prowl H Herbicide, Code* and Action of Mode Formulation - - Broadleaf weeds, including large-seeded weeds such as cockle bur and annual grass and partial control of yellow nutsedge Most annual broadleaf and grass weeds Small seeded broad leaf weeds and some annual grass weeds Most annual broadleaf and grass weeds CORN, SWEET, Postemergence CORN, SWEET, Most annual grass Most annual fall weeds, including panicum, broadleaf signalgrass, and broadleaf small-seeded weeds CORN, SWEET, Preemergence (cont’d) CORN, SWEET, Broadleaf and grass weeds Grass and broadleaf weeds Weed TABLE 4-9. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN CORN, SWEET ( SWEET IN CORN, CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-9. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 332 Weed TABLE 4-9. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INCORN,SWEET( and thistle Jerusalem artichoke jimsonweed, ragweed, clover, cocklebur, including sowthistle, Broadleaf weeds (cont’d) broadleaf weeds Annual grassesand CORN, SWEET, Postemergence(cont’d) morningglory yellow nutsedge,and smartweed, velvetleaf, weed, Pennsylvania ragweed, jimson Cocklebur, common grasses weeds andsome Annual broadleaf Many broadleafweeds lambsquarters ingglory, common nightshade, morn Velvetleaf, pigweed, weeds Annual broadleaf control grasses. pigweed. Willnot ry species,andredroot dayflower, morningglo Velvetleaf, spreading

- - - Formulation Mode of Action Code*and Herbicide, (Stinger) 3EC clopyralid, MOA 4 (AAtrex) 90WDG (AAtrex) 4F atrazine, MOA 5 + 7.64 EC (Dual IIMagnum) S-metolachlor, MOA 15 (Basagran) 4SL bentazon, MOA 6 (Impact) 2.8L topramezone, MOA 27 (Laudis) 3.5L tembotrione, MOA 27 (Callisto) 4EC mesotrione, MOA 27 (Armezon) 5.26L dimethenamid, MOA 15 + topramezone, MOA 27 (Aim) 2.0EC carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA 14 (Solstice) + mesotrione,MOA 27 fluthiacet-methyl, MOA 14 (Cadet) 0.91L fluthiacet-methyl, MOA 14 0.25 to0.67pt 2.5 to3.15oz Formulation 0.6 to0.9oz 1.3 to2.2lb 1 to1.67pt Amount of 14 to24oz Per Acre 1 to2qt 1 to2pt 0.75 oz 0.5 oz 3 oz 3 oz + Pounds Active 0.074 to 0.0931 0.074 to 0.0053 0.004 0.0042 to0.06 0.095 to0.25 0.95 to1.58 Ingredient Per Acre 0.5 to1 0.6 to1 0.008 1 to2 0.082 0.094 0.016 + cont’d

2021 V control mostlegumes.PHI=30days. reduce selectivitytothecrop.Donotapply tosweetcornover18in.tall.Will adjuvants isnotusuallynecessarywhen usingStinger. Useofadjuvantsmay than 5-leafstage)andactivelygrowing. Addition ofsurfactants, cropoils,orother Processing sweetcornonly. Apply tosweetcornwhen weedsaresmall(less days. product insweetcorn.Donotapplymorethan2ozperacreseasonPHI = 3 many broadleafweeds.Limitedinformationisavailableconcerningtheuseof this concentrate mayimproveweedcontrol.Mixwithatrazinetocontrolof 100 galofspray)withallapplications.Underdryconditions,theusecropoil Coverage ofweedsisessentialforcontrol.Usenonionicsurfactant(2ptper Directed sprayswilllessenthechanceofcropinjuryandallowlaterapplication. will aid incontrollinglargerweedsandcertain(seelabelforspecificrate). corn. Ratesabove0.5oz the 14-leafcollarstageof than 3in.across)upto less Apply postemergencetoactivelygrowingweedslessthan4in.high(rosettes Precautions andRemarks as BicepIIorMagnum. vest. Goodresidualcontrolofannualgrassandbroadleafweeds. Also available weeds willnotbecontrolled.Doapplywithin30daysofsweetcornearhar Apply overtopcorn(5in.orless)beforeweedsexceedthetwo-leafstage.Larger instructions. do notapplyifcornis12in.tallorgreater. Seelabelforfurtherrestrictions and increase weedspectrumandconsistencyofcontrol.Iftankmixedwithatrazine, See labelforinformationonadjuvantuse.Maybetankmixedwithatrazineto Herbicide sensitivityinallhybridsandinbredsofsweetcornhasnotbeentested. grasses. Seelabelforweedscontrolledandrecommendedsizetreatment. prickly sidaandonlysuppressesmorningglory. Controlsorsuppressessome up toV7stage.Controlsmostbroadleafweeds.Doesnotcontrolsicklepodor Can beappliedovertoporwithdropnozzlestosweetcornfromemergence with thisherbicide.Seelabelforfurtherinformation.PHI=45 days. for improvedcontrolofcertainweeds,atrazineformulationsmaybemixed occur. Most effective onsmallweeds,however, ifweedsaregreaterthan5in.or add VAN or AMS whenmakingpostapplicationinsweetcornorsevereinjurywill weeds. Usenonionicsurfactantat2ptper100galofspraysolution.DONOT Apply overtopcorn30in.orless8leavestocontrolemergedbroadleaf per acre. annual morningglory and yellow nutsedge control. Use a crop oil at a rate of 1 qt for directions special and size weed to according rates for label See leaves. five Apply early postemergence overtop when weeds are small and corn has one to harvest. further restrictionsandinstructions.Donotapplywithin45daysofsweetcornear inbred linefortolerance.Seelabelinformationonadjuvantuse. and recommendedsizefortreatment. This producthasnotbeentestedonall ingglory. Controlsorsuppressessomegrasses.Seelabelforweedscontrolled 45 dayspriortoharvest.Doesnotcontrolsicklepodandonlysuppressesmorn Can beappliedovertoporwithdropnozzlestosweetcornfromemergenceuntil harvest. Seelabelforfurtherinstructions. at 1qtper100gallonsofspray. Donotapplywithin40daysofsweetcornear postemergence applicationorsevereinjurywilloccur. Usenonionic surfactant restrictions. Donotincludenitrogenbasedadjuvants(UANor AMS) whenmaking Apply uptotheV8growthstage(or30in.tall).Seelabelforcroprotation label forfurtherrestrictionsandinstructions. control largevelvetleafupto36in.Seelabelforinformationonadjuvantuse. Processing sweetcornonly. Apply tosmallweeds,generallyabout2in.tall.Will Do notapplytosandtexturedsoilswithlessthan3%organicmatter. ) egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates - - WEED CONTROL - - 333 - Make a postdirected application in a minimum of 20 gal spray Make a postdirected application ) Apply to sweet corn up to 12 in. tall or up to and including 5 leaf collars. For Apply to sweet corn up to 12 in. tall or up to and including corn hybrids vary in corn 12 to 18 in. tall, apply only with drop nozzles. Sweet Accent. Do not apply to Merit sweet corn. Contact company their sensitivity to that have been evaluated representative for information on other local hybrids treated with Fortress, Accent may be applied to corn previously Accent. with regardless of soil type. Aztec, or Force, or non-organophosphate soil insecticides Accent. Label with See label for more information on use of soil insecticides Accent to corn previously treated with Counter insecticide, prohibits application of Accent to corn previously treated with Counter and also indicates that applying especially on Thimet may result in unacceptable crop injury, 20 CR, Lorsban, or applications of Revulin Q Postemergence soils with less than 4% organic matter. Crop bleaching is usually may cause crop bleaching in some sweet corn hybrids. transient. See label for further information. Apply over the top or with drop nozzles to sweet corn from spike to lay-by for con for lay-by to spike from corn sweet to nozzles drop with or top the over Apply trol of emerged weeds. Add nonionic surfactant at 1 to 2 qt per 100 gal of spray at 1 to 2 qt per 100 Add nonionic surfactant weeds. trol of emerged restrictions. PHI = 30 days. label for all instructions and solution. See Use 0.5 pt of 2, 4-D overtop when corn is 4 to 5 in. tall and weeds are small. Use 0.5 pt of 2, 4-D overtop reaches 8 in. Use drop nozzles and direct spray Increase rate to 1 pt as corn 8 in. tall. Do not cultivate for about 10 days after toward base if corn is over is brittle. Reduce rate of 2, 4-D if extremely hot and soil spraying, as corn may be horsenettle control, add a nonionic surfactant when wet. For better sicklepod and rate of 1 qt per 100 gal spray solution. Do not apply using a directed spray at a ear harvest. within 45 days of sweet corn Apply to sweet corn up to 12 in. tall or up to and including 5 leaf collars. For corn Apply to sweet corn up to 12 in. tall or up to and including corn hybrids vary in their 12 to 18 in. tall, apply only with drop nozzles. Sweet Accent. Do not apply to Merit sweet corn. Contact company repre sensitivity to sentative for information on other local hybrids that have been evaluated with sentative for information on other local hybrids that Aztec, Accent may be applied to corn previously treated with Fortress, Accent. regardless of soil type. See or Force, or non-organophosphate soil insecticides Accent. Label prohibits with label for more information on use of soil insecticides Accent to corn previously treated with Counter insecticide, and application of 20 CR, Counter treated with Accent to corn previously also indicates that applying especially on soils with Thimet may result in unacceptable crop injury, or Lorsban, use. See label for information on less than 4% organic matter. Precautions and Remarks Precautions mix per acre when the to emerged weeds smallest least 10 in. tall. corn Use is at of 16 to 32 oz per 100 gal spray mix or 1 gal ap nonionic surfactant at a rate proved crop oil concentrate per 100 gal spray mix. Use of a hooded or shielded per 100 gal spray mix. Use of a hooded or shielded proved crop oil concentrate Paraquat product labels require applicators to sprayer will reduce crop injury. training every 3 years in order to mix, load, and apply take an EPA-approved paraquat. DO NOT SPRAY OVER THE TOP OF CORN OR SEVERE INJURY CORN OR SEVERE INJURY OF OVER THE TOP DO NOT SPRAY OCCUR. WILL cont’d

+ 0.032 0.031 Per Acre 0.25 to 0.5 Ingredient Ingredient 0.24 to 0.48 0.078 to 0.092 0.031 to 0.036 Pounds Active Pounds 0.67 oz 0.67 oz 1 to 2 pt Per Acre 0.5 to 1 pt Amount of Amount 3.44 to 4 oz 0.7 to 1.3 pt Formulation Formulation 2,4-D amine, MOA 4 2,4-D amine, MOA (various brands) 3.8 SL paraquat, MOA 22 22 paraquat, MOA (Parazone) 3 SL (Gramoxone SL) 2 SL nicosulfuron, MOA 2 75 2 75 nicosulfuron, MOA 27 WDG + mesotrione, MOA (Revulin Q) 51.2 WDG halosulfuron-methyl, 2 MOA Sandea) 75 (Profine 75, WDG nicosulfuron, MOA 2 nicosulfuron, MOA (Accent) 75 WDG Herbicide, Code* and Action of Mode Formulation - - - - - *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Science Society of America. Science Society of *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed ingglory, sicklepod, ingglory, and many other annual broadleaf weeds Cocklebur, pigweed, pigweed, Cocklebur, lambsquarters, morn Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds vetleaf Cocklebur, passion Cocklebur, flower (maypop), pigweed, pokeweed, ragweed, smartweed vel (Pennsylvania), CORN, SWEET, Postemergence (cont’d) CORN, SWEET, Certain grasses, in cluding barnyardgrass, pan foxtails, Texas icum, and johnson grass; and broadleaf weeds, including bur jimsonweed, cucumber, pigweed, pokeweed, and smartweeds Weed TABLE 4-9. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN CORN, SWEET ( SWEET IN CORN, CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-9. TABLE 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 334 some small-seeded Annual grassesand on pigweed broadleaf weeds;weak some small-seeded Annual grassesand weeds small-seeded broadleaf Annual grassesand application weeds, stalebed grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial application foliage, stalebed Contact killofallgreen control grasses. in diameter, doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds some annualgrasses Broadleaf weedsand grass weeds Emerged broadleaf and nutsedge control full raterequiredfor and broadleafweeds, of mostannualgrasses Suppression orcontrol CUCUMBERS, PreplantantdPreemergence weeds sedge andbroadleaf Yellow andpurplenut broadleaf weeds Annual grassesand broadleaf weeds Weed TABLE 4-10. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INCUCUMBER(cont’d

- (Command) 3ME clomazone, MOA 13 (Prefar) 4EC bensulide, MOA 8 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA14 carfentrazone-ethyl, (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 (Scythe) 4.2EC pelargonic acid,MOA 26 (Vapam HL)42% metam sodium (Profine 75,Sandea)75DG halosulfuron-methyl, MOA2 (Strategy) 2.1L + clomazone,MOA 13 ethalfluralin, MOA 3 (Curbit) 3EC ethalfluralin, MOA 3 Formulation Mode of Action Code*and Herbicide, Formulation 1.3 to2.7pt Amount of 0.5 to0.75 See labels Up to2oz 0.4 to1pt 37.5 to75 3 to4.5pt See label See label Per Acre 5 to6qt 2 to4pt 2 to6pt gal oz Pounds Active 0.024 to0.036 0.125 to0.375 0.15 to0.375 15.7 to31.5 Up to0.031 Ingredient See labels See label See label 1.1 to1.7 0.4 to1.2 Per Acre 0.5 to1 5 to6 +

2021 V Apply immediatelyafterseeding.Seelabelforfurtherinformation. label. within 36hoursafterapplication.Checkreplantrestrictionsforsmallgrainson or tandemdisk,applytothesoilsurfaceafterseedingandfollowwithirrigation incorporate intothesoil1to2in.(1incorporationisoptimum)witharototiller Registered forcucurbitvegetablegroup(Cropgrouping9).Applypreplantand lated withnonionicsurfactantmayresultinreducedweedcontrol. require theadditionofsurfactant. Adding nonionicsurfactanttoglyphosateformu rainfall orbyapplyingwaterviaasprinklersystem.Certainglyphosateformulations tic priortotransplanting. To preventcropinjury, residuescanberemovedby0.5in. plastic mulch,caremustbetakentoremoveresiduesofthisproductfromtheplas rates forspecificweeds.WhenapplyingRoundupbeforetransplantingcropsinto labelfor weeds mayrequirehigherratesofglyphosate.Consultthemanufacturer’s Apply toemergedweedsatleast3daysbeforeseedingortransplanting.Perennial an EPA-approved trainingevery3yearsinordertomix,load,andapplyparaquat. centrate per100galspraymix.Paraquatproductlabelsrequireapplicatorstotake tant atarateof16to32ozper100galspraymixor1approvedcropoilcon planting andtreatingtoallowmaximumweedemergence.Useanonionicsurfac water togivethoroughcoverage.Rowshouldbeformedseveraldaysaheadof emergence asabroadcastorbandtreatmentoverpreformedrow. Usesufficient Apply inaminimumof10galspraymixperacretoemergedweedsbeforecrop information. can be30daysinsomeenvironments.Seelabelforallrestrictionsandadditional to plantingasecondcroponmulch.Plantbackintervalisoften1421daysand and compactthesoilsurfaceorwithmulch.Mayapplythroughdripirrigationprior ject withknivesnomorethan4in.apart;followimmediatelywitharollertosmooth at fieldcapacity(100to125%).Applythroughsoilinjectionusingarotarytillerorin Rates aredependentonsoiltypeandweedspresent. Apply whensoilmoistureis Precautions andRemarks burndown herbicides. erage isessentialforgoodweedcontrol.Canbetankmixedwithotherregistered spray solutionoranonionicsurfactantat2ptper100galofsolution.Cov for informationaboutapplicationtiming.Useacropoilatupto1galper100of one daybeforetransplantingornolaterthan7daysseedingcrop.Seelabel 2 ECisregisteredinseededandtransplantproductionsystems. Apply nolaterthan Aim 1.9EWisregisteredforapplicationintransplantproductionsystemsonly. Aim See labelforfurtherinstructions. important foracceptableweedcontrol.Maybetankmixedwithotherherbicides. spray volumesforhighweeddensityandweedslargerthan5in.Coverageis or shieldedapplicationbetweenrowsasapostharvestapplication.Usehigher a preemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,asdirected May beappliedpriortoplantingasaburndowntreatmentforemergedweeds, shielded sprayerdirectedtotherowmiddlesreducedriftcrop. instructions. Mayalsobeusedasabandedspraybetweenrowmiddles.Use activity. Maybetankmixedwithsoilresidualcompounds.Seelabelforfurther Apply beforecropemergenceandcontrolemergedweeds. There isnoresidual 1 ounceofproductperacretomiddles betweenrows.PHI=21days. culture, donotplantwithin7daysofSandeaapplication.Ratecanbeincreased to plant until7daysafterapplication.Forseededortransplantingcucumbersin plasti Apply afterseedingorpriortotransplantingcrop.Fortransplanting,donottrans- occur ifseedingdepthistooshallow. or wetsoilandairtemperatures,cropstuntinginjurymayoccur. Cropinjurycan not useundermulches,rowcovers,orhotcaps.Underconditionsofunusually cold cultivation, irrigation,orrainfallwithin5daysisneededforgoodweedcontrol. Do between rowsaftercropemergenceortransplanting.Seelabelfortiming.Shallow Apply postplanttoseededcropprioremergence,orasabandedspray emergence ortransplanting.Donotapplyoverunderplasticmulch. CORPORATE. Mayalsobeusedasabandedtreatmentbetweenrowsaftercrop of weeds.DONOT APPLY PRIORTO PLANTINGCROP. DONOTSOIL IN Apply tothesoilsurfaceimmediatelyaftercropseedingforpreemergencecontrol ) egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates ------WEED CONTROL ------335 Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded spray in Apply as a hooded spray in ) ) Apply in a minimum of 10 gal spray mix per acre to emerged weeds before trans- Use sufficient planting as a broadcast or band treatment over a preformed row. water to give thorough coverage. Row should be formed several days ahead of planting and treating to allow maximum weed emergence. Use a nonionic surfac tant at a rate of 16 to 32 oz per 100 gal spray mix or 1 gal approved crop oil con ject with knives no more than 4 in. apart; follow immediately with a roller to smooth and compact the soil surface or with mulch. May apply through drip irrigation prior to planting a second crop on mulch. Plant back interval is often 14 to 21 days and can be 30 days in some environments. See label for all restrictions and additional information. Chloropicrin (150 lb per acre broadcast) will also be needed when laying first crop mulch to control nutsedge. centrate per 100 gal spray mix. Paraquat product labels require applicators to take training every 3 years in order to mix, load, and apply paraquat. an EPA-approved Aim Aim 1.9 EW is registered for application in transplant production systems only. Apply no later than 2 EC is registered in seeded and transplant production systems. Aim 2EC) or no later than 7 days one day before transplanting crop (Aim 1.9 EW or before seeding crop (Aim 2EC only). See label for information about application timing. Use a crop oil at up to 1 gal per 100 gal of spray solution or a nonionic sur Rates are dependent on soil type and weeds present. Apply when soil moisture is Rates are dependent on soil type and weeds present. using a rotary tiller or in at field capacity (100 to 125%).Apply through soil injection factant at 2 pt per 100 gal of spray solution. Coverage is essential for good weed control. Can be tank mixed with other registered burndown herbicides. Precautions and Remarks tion equipment to move treated soil around base of crop plants. PHI = 30 days. base of crop plants. to move treated soil around tion equipment 3 to 5 true leaves but be after the crop has reached Apply postemergence only sooner than 14 days after transplant Do not apply appear. fore first female flowers 14 days. gence applications. PHI = hooded sprayers for control of emerged weeds. If crop Apply post-directed using Use crop oil concentrate at up area will occur. is contacted, burning of contacted or a nonionic surfactant at 2 pt per 100 gal of spray to 1 gal per 100 gal solution for good weed control. Can be tank mixed with solution. Coverage is essential other registered herbicides. Row middles only. avoid severe To in row middles, or postharvest. row middles, as wiper applications green shoots, stems, injury to crop, do not allow herbicide to contact foliage, exposed, roots, or fruit of crop. PHI = 14 days. Apply to emerged grasses. Consult manufacturer’s label for specific rates and best to Poast may increase the times to treat and adjuvant and rate. .Adding crop oil apply Do not high humidity. likelihood of crop injury at high air temperatures and within 14 days of harvest. Adding crop oil may and rate. Control of emerged grasses. See label for adjuvant and high humidity. increase the likelihood of crop injury at high air temperatures grasses not Apply to actively growing bluegrass. in controlling annual effective Very under drought stress. PHI = 14 days. Precautions and Remarks Precautions preemergence improve To only. emerged weeds. Row middles Will not control between rows after a directed spray to soil emerging weeds apply as control of late leaf stage of reached three to four true when crop plants have crop emergence Set incorpora slight crop injury may occur. crop foliage as contacting Avoid growth. at 1 qt per 100 gal of spray solution with all postemer ing. Use nonionic surfactant

cont’d 0.5 to 1 Per Acre Per Acre 0.2 to 0.3 See labels 0.5 to 0.75 Ingredient Ingredient Ingredient Up to 0.031 Up to 0.031 15.7 to 31.5 0.07 to 0.125 0.094 to 0.125 0.024 to 0.036 Pounds Active Pounds Active Pounds oz 2 to 4 pt 1 to 2 pt 6 to 8 oz Per Acre Per Acre 9 to 16 oz 1 to 1.5 pt Up to 2 oz Up to 2 oz See labels 0.5 to 0.75 Amount of Amount of Amount 1.3 to 2.7 pt Formulation Formulation Formulation 37.5 to 75 gal Herbicide, Action Code* and Mode of Formulation Herbicide, Code* and Action of Mode Formulation paraquat, MOA 22 paraquat, MOA (Parazone) 3 SL (Gramoxone SL) 2 SL carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA 14 (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC metam sodium HL) 42% (Vapam carfentrazone-ethyl, 14 MOA (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC 9 glyphosate, MOA (numerous brands and formulations) 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC 1 clethodim, MOA Clethodim, Intensity, (Arrow, Select) 2 EC (Select Max, Intensity One) EC halosulfuron-methyl, MOA 2 halosulfuron-methyl, MOA DG (Profine 75, Sandea) 75 trifluralin, MOA 3 trifluralin, MOA Trifluraline, HFP, (Treflan HF) 4EC Trifluralin - Weed TABLE 4-11. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN EGGPLANT ( WEED CONTROL CHEMICAL 4-11. TABLE Weed TABLE 4-10. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN CUCUMBER (cont’d CUCUMBER IN CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-10. TABLE Contact kill of all green foliage, stale bed application Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Suppression or control of most annual grasses and broadleaf weeds, full rate required for nutsedge control EGGPLANT, Preplant EGGPLANT, Yellow and purple Yellow nutsedge and broad leaf weeds including galinsoga, cocklebur, smartweed, ragweed, wild radish and pigweed Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Most emerged weeds America. Science Society of *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Annual grasses and Annual grasses broadleaf small-seeded weeds CUCUMBERS, Postemergence CUCUMBERS, 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 336 Yellow andpurplenut Most emergedweeds control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds EGGPLANT, RowMiddles grasses only Annual andperennial weeds small-seeded broadleaf Annual grassesand EGGPLANT, Postemergence some broadleafweeds Annual grassesand weeds small-seeded broadleaf Annual grassesand EGGPLANT, Preemergence some annualgrasses Broadleaf weedsand application weeds, stalebed grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial EGGPLANT, Preplant(cont’d) *Mode ofaction(MOA)codedevelopedbytheWeed ScienceSocietyof America. foliage Contact killofallgreen weeds sedge andbroadleaf Weed TABLE 4-11. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INEGGPLANT(

- formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA 1 EC (Select Max,IntensityOne) Intensity, Select)2EC (Arrow, Clethodim, clethodim, MOA 1 (Poast) 1.5EC sethoxydim, MOA 1 (Dacthal) 6F (Dacthal) W-75 DCPA, MOA 3 (Devrinol 2-XT)2EC 50 DF (Devrinol, DevrinolDF-XT) napropamide, MOA 15 (Prefar) 4EC bensulide, MOA 8 (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 (Profine 75,Sandea)75 DG MOA 2 halosulfuron-methyl, Formulation Mode of Action Code*and Herbicide, Formulation Amount of See labels See labels 0.5 to1oz Up to2oz 1 to1.5pt 9 to16oz See label 6 to10 pt 6 to10 lb Per Acre 6 to8oz 5 to6qt 2 to 4 qt 2 to 4 lb 1.3 pt 2 pt Pounds Active 0.094 to0.125 0.024 to0.048 0.07 to0.125 Up to0.031 Ingredient See labels See labels 0.2 to0.3 4.5 to7.5 See label Per Acre 1 to2 5 to6 0.5 cont’d

2021 V growing grassesnotunderdroughtstress.PHI=20days. and highhumidity. Very effective incontrollingannualbluegrass. Apply toactively Adding cropoilmayincreasethelikelihoodofinjuryathighairtemperature Apply postemergenceforcontrolofgrasses.Seelabeladjuvantandrate. likelihood ofcropinjuryathighairtemperaturesandhumidity. PHI=20days. times totreatandadjuvantrate. Adding cropoiltoPoastmayincreasethe labelforspecificratesandbest Apply toemergedgrasses.Consultmanufacturer’s information regardingdelayinirrigationevent. between plasticcoveredbeds.Seelabelformoreinformation.XT labelsfor label forsmallgrainsreplantingrestrictions.Mayalsobeappliedintherowmiddles a rototillerortandemdisk.Shallowcultivationsirrigationwillimprovecontrol.See Transplanted eggplantonly. Apply preplantandincorporateintosoil1to2in.using Precautions andRemarks of crop.PHI=14days. not allowherbicidetocontactfoliage,greenshootsorstems,exposedroots,fruit wiper applicationsinrowmiddles,orpostharvest. To avoidsevereinjurytocrop,do Apply asahoodedsprayinrowmiddles,shielded other registeredherbicides. solution. Coverageisessentialforgoodweedcontrol.Canbetankmixedwith to 1galper100solutionoranonionicsurfactantat2ptofspray is contacted,burningofcontactedareawilloccur. Usecropoilconcentrate atup Apply post-directedusinghoodedsprayersforcontrolofemergedweeds.Ifcrop of transplants. preemergence controloflateemergingweeds. Apply toweed-freesoiloverthetop Application confinedtoaperiodof46weeksaftertransplanting. To improve label formoredirections. planting. Withpreemergenceapplication,irrigateimmediatelyafterapplication.See Apply preplantincorporated(1in.incorporationisoptimum)orpreemergenceafter See labelforfurtherinstructions. important foracceptableweedcontrol.Maybetankmixedwithotherherbicides. spray volumesforhighweeddensityandweedslargerthan5in.Coverageis or shieldedapplicationbetweenrowsasapostharvestapplication.Usehigher a preemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,asdirected May beappliedpriortoplantingasaburndowntreatmentforemergedweeds, lated withnonionicsurfactantmayresultinreducedweedcontrol. require theadditionofsurfactant. Adding nonionicsurfactanttoglyphosateformu rainfall orbyapplyingwaterviaasprinklersystem.Certainglyphosateformulations tic priortotransplanting. To preventcropinjury, residuescanberemovedby0.5in. plastic mulch,caremustbetakentoremoveresiduesofthisproductfromtheplas rates forspecificweeds.WhenapplyingRoundupbeforetransplantingcropsinto labelfor weeds mayrequirehigherratesofglyphosate.Consultthemanufacturer’s Apply toemergedweedsatleast3daysbeforeseedingortransplanting.Perennial an EPA-approved trainingevery3yearsinorderto mix,load,andapplyparaquat. contact croporinjurywillresult.Paraquatproductlabelsrequireapplicatorsto take or 1galapprovedcropoilconcentrateper100spraymix.Donotallow to eggplant. Useanonionicsurfactantatrateof16to32ozper100galspray mix Apply in10galspraymixasashieldedtoemergedweedsbetweenrows of 100 galofspraysolution.PHI=30days. gence control.Forpostemergenceapplications,usenonionicsurfactantat1 qt per or plasticmulch.Earlyseasonapplicationwillgivepostemergenceandpreemer Apply betweenrowsasapostemergencespray. Do notallowspraytocontactcrop ) egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates - - - WEED CONTROL - - - - 337 For preemergence, weed control. Apply preemergence after planting but prior to For preemergence, weed control. in the 1 to 5 true leaf stage. weed and crop emergence or postemergence to garlic followed by a poste Prowl can be applied sequentially by applying preemergence mergence application. Does not control emerged weeds. PHI = 45 days. mergence application. Does not control emerged weeds. Precautions and Remarks Precautions Transplanted dry bulb only. May be used as a postemergence spray to both the May be used as a postemergence spray to both dry bulb only. Transplanted developed true leaves. Some weeds and crop after the garlic has at least two fully if the chemical is applied injury to garlic may result. Injury will be more severe results. should be in the 2- to4-leaf stage for best Weeds during cool, wet weather. PHI= 60 days. Stale bed application. Apply to emerged weeds at least 3 days before planting. at least 3 days before Apply to emerged weeds Stale bed application. the manufactur of glyphosate. Consult may require higher rates Perennial weeds er’s formulations require the weeds. Certain glyphosate label for rates for specific with to glyphosate formulated Adding nonionic surfactant addition of surfactant. weed control. may result in reduced nonionic surfactant gal spray mix per acre to emerged weeds before crop Apply in a minimum of 20 Row should be or band treatment over a preformed row. emergence as a broadcast emer of planting and treating to allow maximum weed formed several days ahead or 1 at a rate of 16 to 32 oz per 100 gal spray mix gence. Use a nonionic surfactant per 100 gal spray mix. PHI = 60 days. Paraquat gal approved crop oil concentrate training every 3 years to take an EPA-approved product labels require applicators apply paraquat. . in order to mix, load, and Apply to emerged grasses. Consult manufacturer’s label for specific rates and best Adding crop oil may increase the likelihood of times to treat and adjuvant and rate. effective PHI =45 days. Very crop injury at high air temperatures and high humidity. in controlling annual bluegrass. Apply to emerged grasses. Consult manufacturer’s label for specific rates and best times to treat and adjuvant and rate. Do not apply on days that are unusually hot and humid. PHI = 45 days. Apply to emerged grasses. Consult manufacturer’s label for specific rates and best Adding crop oil to Poast may increase the times to treat and adjuvant and rate. PHI = 30 days likelihood of crop injury at high air temperatures and high humidity. ific Aim rate relating before planting. See label for specific Apply no later than 30 days adjuvant and rate. Coverage is essential for good to weed species and proper mixed with other registered burndown herbicides. weed control. Can be tank Row middles only. Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded spray in Row middles only. avoid severe To row middles, as wiper applications in row middles, or postharvest. injury to crop, do not allow herbicide to contact foliage, green shoots, stems, exposed, roots, or fruit of crop. PHI = 14 days. Apply as a preplant burndown treatment in a minimum of 10-gallons of solution per treatment in a minimum of 10-gallons of solution Apply as a preplant burndown on use of adjuvant. acre. See label for information Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control of emerged weeds. If crop is Use a nonionic surfactant or crop contacted, burning of contacted area will occur. Aim. See label for rate. Coverage is essential for good weed control. Can be oil with tank mixed with other registered herbicides. Apply as a preplant burndown treatment or use in row middles using shielded treatment or use in row middles using shielded Apply as a preplant burndown sprayer. May be applied prior to planting as a burndown treatment for emerged weeds, as May be applied prior to planting as a burndown treatment emergence, as a directed a preemergence application after seeding but before application. Use higher or shielded application between rows or as a postharvest than 5 in. Coverage is spray volumes for high weed density and weeds larger mixed with other herbicides. important for acceptable weed control. May be tank See label for further instructions. Apply preplant incorporated (1 in. incorporation is optimum) or preemergence after Apply preplant incorporated (1 in. incorporation is optimum) after application. See planting. With preemergence application, irrigate immediately label for more directions. For preemergence, weed control. Apply after crop has reached 2 true leaves until For preemergence, weed control. are made to transplanted a minimum of 30 days before harvest. If applications apply until transplants are in the ground and soil has settled around crop, DO NOT transplants with several days to recover. Appli Apply prior to garlic and weed emergence. For preemergence, weed control. cation should be made within 3 days after planting garlic.

0.2 0.003 5 to 6 0.188 0.6 to 1 0.6 to 1 Per Acre 0.5 to 1.5 0.0008 to See label See label See labels See labels 0.75 to 1.5 0.1 to 0.25 Ingredient Ingredient Up to 0.031 Up to 0.031 0.125 to 0.5 0.09 to 0.25 0.07 to 0.25 Pounds Active Pounds 1 pt 6 oz 0.5 pt 0.5 pt 0.25 pt 5 to 6 qt Per Acre See label See label 6 to 16 oz 9 to 32 oz 6 to 16 oz 1.5 to 3 pt 2.5 to 4 pt Up to 2 oz Up to 2 oz See labels See labels 0.5 to 2 oz 12 to 21 oz Amount of Amount 1.2 to 3.6 pt 1.7 to 2.7 pt Formulation Formulation O) 3.8 AS 2 (Galigan) 2 E (Goal 2 XL) 2 EC 4F (GoalTender) oxyfluorfen, MOA 14 oxyfluorfen, MOA Herbicide, Code* Action of Mode and Formulation glyphosate, MOA 9 glyphosate, MOA and (numerous brands formulations) paraquat, MOA 22 paraquat, MOA (Parazone) 3SL (Gramoxone SL) 2 SL clethodim, MOA 1 clethodim, MOA Clethodim, (Arrow, Select) 2 EC Intensity, (Select Max, Intensity One) 1 EC fluazifop, MOA 1 fluazifop, MOA (Fusilade DX) 2 EC 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC carfentrazone-ethyl, 14 MOA (Aim) 2.0 EC glyphosate, MOA 9 glyphosate, MOA (numerous brands and formulations) pyraflufen, MOA 14 pyraflufen, MOA 0.208 EC Herbicide) (ET carfentrazone-ethyl, 14 MOA (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC pelargonic acid, MOA 26 pelargonic acid, MOA (Scythe) 4.2 EC caprylic acid, MOA 26 caprylic acid, MOA (Homeplate) bensulide, MOA 8 bensulide, MOA (Prefar) 4 EC flumioxazin, MOA 14 flumioxazin, MOA (Chateau) 51 SW dimethenamid-P, MOA 15 MOA dimethenamid-P, (Outlook) 6 EC pendimethalin, MOA 3 pendimethalin, MOA (Prowl) 3.3 EC (Prowl H Residual control of henbit, purslane, pigweed, primrose, smartweed, and many others; controls small emerged weeds as well GARLIC, Postemergence Weed Annual and perennial Annual and perennial grass and broadleaf weeds TABLE 4-12. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN GARLIC IN CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-12. TABLE GARLIC, Preplant Annual and perennial grasses only Most broadleaf weeds less Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Most emerged weeds GARLIC, Row Middles Emerged broadleaf weeds Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Emerged broadleaf and grass weeds *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Science Society of America. Science Society of *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Emerged broadleaf weeds and some annual grasses Annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds GARLIC, Preplant incorporated or Preemergence Residual control of annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds GARLIC, Preemergence 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 338 nutsedge suppression broadleaf weeds,yellow Annual grassesand weeds small-seeded broadleaf Annual grassesand cation weeds, stalebedappli grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial cation foliage, stalebedappli Contact killofallgreen some annualgrasses Broadleaf weedsand grass weeds Emerged broadleafand GREENS (Collard,Kale,MustardGreens,andTurnip), Preplantandpreemergence Weed TABLE 4-13. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INGREENS(cont’d and ragweed cocklebur, jimsonweed, ing sowthistleclover, Broadleaf weedsinclud GREENS (Collard,Kale,MustardGreens,andTurnip Greensorroots), Postemergence

- - - (Dual Magnum)7.62EC S-metolachlor, MOA 15 (Treflan, Treflan HFP) 4 EC trifluralin, MOA 3 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 (Scythe) 4.2EC pelargonic acid,MOA 26 (Dacthal) 6F (Dacthal) W-75 DCPA, MOA 3 (Prefar) 4EC bensulide, MOA 8 and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, (Stinger) 3EC clopyralid, MOA 4 Formulation 1.3 to2.7pt 0.3 to0.5pt Amount of See labels 1 to1.5pt 8 to16oz 6 to10pt See label See label 6 to10lb Per Acre 2 to4pt 5 to6qt Pounds Active 0.11 to0.187 0.47 to0.96 Ingredient 0.5 to0.75 See labels 4.5 to7.5 See label See label Per Acre 0.5 to1 5 to6

ately afterseeding.Mayalsobeincorporated. Also labeledforbroccoliraab(raab,salad),andHanoversalad. Apply immedi mix, load,andapplyparaquat. labels requireapplicatorstotakeanEPA-approved trainingevery3yearsinorderto mix or1galapprovedcropoilconcentrateper100spraymix.Paraquatproduct weed emergence.Useanonionicsurfactantatrateof16to32ozper100galspray should beformedseveraldaysaheadofplantingandtreatingtoallowmaxi-mum treatment overapreformedrow. Use sufficientwatertogivethoroughcoverage.Row emerged weedsbeforecropemergenceortransplantingasabroadcastband Collard andturniponly. Precautions andRemarks to glyphosateformulatedwithnonionicsurfactantmayresultinreducedweedcontrol. glyphosate formulationsrequiretheadditionofsurfactant. Adding nonionicsurfactant labelforratesspecificweeds.Certain of glyphosate.Consultthemanufacturer’s livestock for8weeksfollowingtreatment.Perennialweedsmayrequirehigherrates Apply toemergedweedsbeforecropemergence.Donotfeedresidue further instructions. for acceptableweedcontrol.Maybetankmixedwithotherherbicides.Seelabel volumes forhighweeddensityandweedslargerthan5in.Coverageisimportant shielded applicationbetweenrowsorasapostharvestapplication.Usehigherspray a preemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,asdirectedor May beappliedpriortoplantingasaburndowntreatmentforemergedweeds, row middlestoreducedriftthecrop. used asabandedspraybetweenrowmiddles.Useshieldedsprayerdirectedtothe Apply aspreplantburndowntoemergedweeds.Seelabelforinstruction.Mayalsobe after application.Seelabelformoredirections. preemergence afterplanting.Withapplication,irrigateimmediately Brassica (Cole)leafyvegetablegroup.Notlabeledforturnip. Apply preplantor to makesure Treflan isregisteredforuseintheirstate. roots. Growersmustcheck olina haveaSection24(c)SpecialLocalNeedLabelfor Treflan applicationinturnip not useifturniprootsaretobeconsumed.Georgia,NorthCarolina,andSouthCar and incorporateintothesoil2to3in.within8hrusingarototillerortandemdisk.Do Greens: collard,kale,mustard,andturnip(freshorprocessing). Option 2: ately followingDualMagnumapplication. treated bed.Unlessrestrictedbyotherproducts,cropsmaybetransplantedimmedi laying plastic.Ensuretheplasticprocessdoesnotincorporateordisturb Option 1: Mulched SystemswithTransplanted Crop. https://www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-search must check Collards andKaleONLY. banded applicationatarateupto1.25ptperacre. Row Middle Application toTransplanted andDirectSeededCrop. tall. Seeded Application. Direct the transplantrootball,cropinjurymayoccur. irrigating, applyDualMagnumoverthetopoftransplants.Ifsoilisnotsealed around seal thesoilaroundtransplantedrootball.Fivetotendaysaftertransplanting and Bare Ground Application forTransplanted Crop. Limited dataareavailableforNC.Readlabelfurtherinstructions. planting toensurerootsystemiswelldeveloped.Doesnotcontrolemergedweeds. higher ratesonfine-texturedsoils.Seelabelformoreinformation. will increasetheriskofcropinjury. making DualMagnumapplication sure DualMagnumisregisteredforuseintheirstateandtoobtainthelabelprior Mustard greeninjuryhasbeenobserved insomeresearchtrials. collards, mustard,andturnip(roots)PHI =30days.ForturniptopsPHI15 crop whenweedsaresmallandactively growing.Willcontrolmostlegumes.Forkale, to determineifotherBrassica(Cole) leafyvegetablesareregistered. Kale, collards,mustard,turnip,mizuna, mustardspinach,andrape.Seelabel ) 2021 V Apply 8to16ozperacreovertopofcropatleast10daysaftertrans Apply 8to16ozperacrethesoilsurfaceofpre-formedbedsprior egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates Apply inaminimumof10galspraymixperacreto This isaSection24(c)SpecialLocalNeedLabel.Growers https://www.gowanco.com/products/treflan-hfp May beappliedoverthetopaftercropreaches3in. . IrrigationfollowingtheapplicationofDualMagnum Use lowerratesoncoarse-texturedsoilsand After transplanting,irrigateto websitetomake Apply preplant Apply asa Apply to website - - - - WEED CONTROL - 339 Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded Apply as a hooded spray Precautions and Remarks Apply to dormant hops November through February. after planting hops. Rate is Apply as a directed treatment a minimum of 6 months soil texture dependent. established, dormant crop. See label for rate information. Shallow incorporate to with minimal damage to crop. Use equipment that will insure thorough soil mixing See label for instructions. Some transient minor leaf cupping may occur to lower leaves and suckers if spray is exposed to plant. PHI = 30 days. Apply with a hooded sprayer for row middles. Hop foliage is susceptible to this product. PHI = 28 days. For repeat applications make on a minimum of a 14 day interval. PHI = 21 d. There is no residual ac Apply before crop emergence to control emerged weeds. contact with foliage and green bark. See label for further instructions. Avoid tivity. May be used to control basal sucker growth. on broadleaf weeds less Directed hooded spray for row middles. Most effective than 4 in. in height. PHI = 7 days. contact with green shoots and Avoid Directed hooded spray for row middles. foliage. )

Not labeled for turnip greens. Not labeled for turnip greens. avoid To applications in row middles, or postharvest. spray in row middles, as wiper stems, allow herbicide to contact foliage, green shoots or severe injury to crop, do not exposed roots, or fruit of crop. PHI = 14 days. Apply postemergence for control of grasses. See label for adjuvant and rate. Adding and rate. See label for adjuvant for control of grasses. Apply postemergence and high crop injury at high air temperatures increase the likelihood of crop oil may to actively growing Apply annual bluegrass. in controlling effective Very humidity. PHI for turnips for green crops is 14 days. drought stress. PHI grasses not under is 30 days. grown for roots . PHI for turnip is 14 days. PHI for other GREENS. PHI for turnip is 14 days. ALSO LABELED FOR RAPE emerged grasses. Consult manufacturer’sApply to label for specific greens = 14 days. Adding crop oil to Poast See label for adjuvant and rate. rates and best times to treat. of crop injury at high air temperatures and high humidity. may increase the likelihood Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control of emerged weeds. If crop is hooded sprayers for control of emerged weeds. If crop Apply post-directed using Use a nonionic surfactant or crop oil area will occur. contacted, burning of contacted be tank Coverage is essential for good weed control. Can Aim. See label for rate. with herbicides. mixed with other registered Precautions and Remarks Precautions

0.188 2 to 4 Per Acre 1.1 to 4.0 See label See labels See labels 0.5 to 0.75 Ingredient Up to 0.031 0.125 to 0.25 0.07 to 0.125 Pounds Active Per Acre 0.2 to 0.3 See labels Ingredient Ingredient Up to 0.031 0.07 to 0.125 0.094 to 0.125 0.094 to 0.125 Pounds Active Pounds 6 oz Per Acre See label 2.5 to 5 lb 9 to 16 oz 1 to 1.5 pt Up to 2 oz See labels See labels 0.3 to 0.67 Amount of 1.1 to 4.2 qt Formulation 6 to 8 oz Per Acre 9 to 16 oz 1 to 1.5 pt Up to 2 oz See labels Amount of Amount Formulation Formulation 0) 3.8 AS 2 Herbicide, Action Code* Mode of and Formulation 14 flumioxazin, MOA (Chateau) 51 SW 12 norflurazon, MOA (Solicam) 80 DF 3 trifluralin, MOA L or 4 EC 4 (Treflan) 3 pendimethalin, MOA (Prowl H clopyralid, MOA 4 clopyralid, MOA (Solix 3, Spur) 4 2,4-D, MOA (amine 4 and various other brands) 3.8 SL 1 clethodim, MOA (Select Max) 1 EC pelargonic acid, MOA 26 (Scythe) 4.2 EC carfentrazone-ethyl, 14 MOA (Aim) 2 EC 9 glyphosate, MOA (numerous brands and formulations) - glyphosate, MOA 9 glyphosate, MOA (numerous brands and formulations) carfentrazone-ethyl, 14 MOA (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC Herbicide, Code* Action of Mode and Formulation 1 clethodim, MOA Clethodim, (Arrow, Select) 2 EC Intensity, 1 EC (Select Max) sethoxydim, MOA 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Science Society of America Science Society of *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Weed Broadleaf weeds including chickweed, wild radish, and henbit. Limited control of an TABLE 4-14. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN HOPS WEED CONTROL 4-14. CHEMICAL TABLE HOPS, Preplant and Preemergence nual grasses such as barnyard grass and large crabgrass Broadleaf weeds and annual grasses Annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds Annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds Most emerged weeds Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses GREENS (Collard, Kale, Mustard Greens, and Turnip Greens or roots), Row middles Greens or roots), Mustard Greens, and Turnip GREENS (Collard, Kale, Annual and perennial Annual and perennial grasses only Weed (cont’d) or roots), Postemergence Greens Greens, and Turnip Kale, Mustard GREENS (Collard, TABLE 4-13. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN GREENS (cont’d GREENS IN CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-13. TABLE Canada thistle HOPS, Postemergence Broadleaf weeds Annual and perennial grasses Emerged broadleaf and grass weeds Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less does not than 3 in. in diameter, control grasses Annual and perennial grass and broadleaf weeds America. Science Society of *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 340 *Mode ofaction(MOA)codedeveloped bytheWeed ScienceSocietyof America. control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds Most emergedweeds and broadleafweeds Most annualgrasses Weed TABLE 4-15. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INLETTUCE nutsedge control full raterequiredfor and broadleafweeds, of mostannualgrasses Suppression orcontrol LETTUCE, Preplant small-seeded broadleaf Annual grassesand LETTUCE, PreplantorPreemergence some annualgrasses Broadleaf weedsand application weeds, stalebed grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial application foliage, stalebed Contact killofallgreen and broadleafweeds Most annualgrasses grasses Annual andperennial grasses Annual andperennial LETTUCE, Postemergence

(Aim) 1.9EWor2EC 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Kerb) 3.3SC pronamide, MOA 3 Formulation Mode of Action Code*and Herbicide, (Vapam HL)42% metam sodium (Balan) 60WDG benefin, MOA 3 (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 (Prefar) 4EC bensulide, MOA 8 (Kerb) 3.3SC pronamide, MOA 3 (Fusilade DX)2EC fluazifop, MOA 1 1 EC (Select Max,IntensityOne) Intensity, Select)2EC (Arrow, Clethodim, clethodim, MOA 1 (Poast) 1.5EC sethoxydim, MOA 1 Formulation 1.3 to2.7pt 1.25 to5pt 1.25 to5pt Amount of See labels See labels Up to2oz 37.5 to75 1 to1.5pt 2 to2.5lb 6 to16oz 9 to16 oz See label Per Acre 6 to8 oz 2 to4pt 5 to6qt gal Pounds Active Ingredient Per 0.07 to0.125 0.09 to0.125 15.7 to31.5 Up to0.031 0.1 to0.25 See labels See labels See label 1.2 to1.5 0.2 to0.3 0.5 to2 0.5 to1 0.5 to2 5 to6 Acre 2021 V be tankmixedwithotherregisteredherbicides. oil with Aim. Seelabelforrate.Coverageisessentialgoodweedcontrol.Can contacted, burningofcontactedareawilloccur. Useanonionicsurfactantorcrop Apply post-directedusinghoodedsprayersforcontrolofemergedweeds.Ifcrop is exposed, roots,orfruitofcrop.PHI=14 days. injury tocrop,donotallowherbicidecontactfoliage,greenshoots,stems, row middles,aswiperapplicationsinorpostharvest. To avoid severe Row middlesonly. rotational restrictionsandotherrestrictions. in the2-leafstage.Seelabelforrestrictionsandusepatterns.Consult as headlettuce.Applybeforeweedgerminationifpossible,nolaterthanweeds Kerb 3.3SChassupplementallabelnowallowinguseonleaflettuceas well Precautions andRemarks information. can be30daysinsomeenvironments.Seelabelforallrestrictionsandadditional to plantingasecondcroponmulch.Plantbackintervalisoften1421daysand and compactthesoilsurfaceorwithmulch.Mayapplythroughdripirrigationprior ject withknivesnomorethan4in.apart;followimmediatelywitharollertosmooth at fieldcapacity(100to125%).Applythroughsoilinjectionusingarotarytillerorin Rates aredependentonsoiltypeandweedspresent. Apply whensoilmoistureis See labelforfurtherinstructions. important foracceptableweedcontrol.Maybetankmixedwithotherherbicides. spray volumesforhighweeddensityandweedslargerthan5in.Coverageis or shieldedapplicationbetweenrowsasapostharvestapplication.Usehigher a preemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,asdirected May be applied prior toplanting as a burndown treatment foremergedweeds, as weed control. surfactant toglyphosateformulatedwithnonionicmayresultinreduced Certain glyphosateformulationsrequiretheadditionofsurfactant. Adding nonionic labelforratesspecificweeds. rates ofglyphosate.Consultthemanufacturer’s livestock for8weeksfollowingtreatment.Perennialweedsmayrequirehigher Apply toemergedweedsbeforecropemergence.Donotfeedresidue to mix,load,andapplyparaquat. labels requireapplicatorstotakeanEPA-approved trainingevery3yearsinorder or 1galapprovedcropoilconcentrateper100spraymix.Paraquatproduct gence. Useanonionicsurfactantatrateof16to32ozper100galspraysolution formed severaldaysaheadofplantingandtreatingtoallowmaximumweedemer emerges asabroadcastorbandtreatmentoverpreformedrow. Rowshouldbe Apply inaminimumof10galspraymixperacretoemergedweedsbeforecrop label formoredirections. planting. Withpreemergenceapplication,irrigateimmediatelyafterapplication.See Apply preplantincorporated(1in.incorporationisoptimum)orpreemergenceafter seeding ortransplanting. Apply preplantandincorporate2to3in.deepwitharototillerortandemdiskbefore label forplantingrestrictionsrotationalcrops.PHI= 55 days. cations orasplitapplicationcanbemade.Seelabelformoreinformation.Consult appli preplant, postplant,orpostemergenceinbanded,bed-toppedbroadcast lettuce. Alsolabeledinendive,escarole,orradicchiogreens.Canbeapplied Kerb 3.3SChasasupplementallabelallowingapplicationonleafandhead Registered inleafandheadlettuce.PHI=14days. do notapplywithin14daysofharvest. harvest onheadlettuceorwithin15daysofleaflettuce.Forclethodim, air. Temperatures andhighhumidity. Donotapply sethoxydimwithin30daysof Poast orclethodimwithcropoilmayincreasethelikelihoodofinjuryathigh labelforspecificratesandbesttimestotreatadjuvant andrate.Useof turer’s Arrow, Clethodim,andSelectareonlyregisteredforleaflettuce.Consultmanufac egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates Apply asahoodedsprayinrowmiddles,shielded - - - - WEED CONTROL - 341 with a hooded sprayer. Use with a hooded sprayer. row middles only Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded spray in Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded Precautions and Remarks Precautions may require Perennial weeds weeds before crop emergence. Apply to emerged Consult the manufacturer’shigher rates. weeds. Certain label for rates for specific surfac Adding nonionic of surfactant. require the addition glyphosate formulations Make a single preemergence Apply preemergence and or post-directed application. and before crop emergence or application of Caparol at 3 pt per acre after planting Do not exceed 3 pt per acre a sequential application (see label for further details). PH = 14 days. of Caparol per season. See label for crop rotation restrictions. tant to glyphosate formulated with nonionic surfactant may result in reduced weed surfactant may result formulated with nonionic tant to glyphosate control. or before transplanting crop. Use a nonionic surfactant Apply no later than 1 day Aim. See label for rate. Coverage is essential for good weed control. crop oil with herbicides. registered burndown Can be tank mixed with other as treatment for emerged weeds, a burndown as planting prior to applied May be after seeding but before emergence, as a directed a preemergence application rows or as a postharvest application. Use higher or shielded application between density and weeds larger than 5 in. Coverage is spray volumes for high weed control. May be tank mixed with other herbicides. important for acceptable weed See label for further instructions. into the soil 2 to 3 in. within 8 hours using a rototiller Apply preplant and incorporate or tandem disk. application but not both. May be applied as a row middle or hooded POST-directed a banded application to the For preemergence row middle application, apply as untreated area over the okra row middles prior to weed emergence. Leave 1 ft. of directly over the Do not apply Callisto row or 6 in. on each side of the planted row. Injury risk is greatest on coarse textured planted row or severe injury may occur. soils (sand, sandy loam or loamy sand). stress. Do not apply on days Apply to actively growing grasses not under drought that are unusually hot and humid. PHI = 14 days. Apply to Emerged broadleaf weeds. rates. PHI = 5 days. crop oil concentrate or nonionic surfactant at recommended Row middles only. avoid severe To postharvest. row middles, as wiper applications in row middles, or green shoots or stems, injury to crop, do not allow herbicide to contact foliage, exposed roots, or fruit of crop. PHI = 14 days. application but not both. May be applied as a row middle or hooded POST-directed be at least 3 in. tall. Minimize For postemergence hooded application, okra must amount of Callisto that contacts okra foliage or crop injury will occur. PHI = 28 days. injury will occur. amount of Callisto that contacts okra foliage or crop Apply to row middles as a postemergence shielded or hooded spray to avoid con- tact of herbicide with planted crop. In plasticulture, do not allow spray to contact plastic. Do not apply more than 2 oz per acre per 12-month period. PHI = 30 days.

0.19 Acre 1 to 2 0.5 to 1 See label 0.2 to 0.3 See label See labels See labels Up to 0.031 Up to 0.031 0.024 to 0.048 Ingredient Per Ingredient Pounds Active Pounds 6 oz 1 to 2 pt Per Acre See label See label 1.5 to 3 pt 1 to 1.5 pt Up to 2 oz Up to 2 oz See labels See labels 0.5 to 1 oz Amount of Amount Formulation Formulation Herbicide, Code* and Action of Mode Formulation 9 glyphosate, MOA and (numerous brands formulations) 27 mesotrione, MOA (Callisto) 4 L carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA 14 (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC 26 caprylic acid, MOA (Homeplate) 3 trifluralin, MOA HFP, Treflan (Treflan, 4 EC Trifluralin) 5 prometryn, MOA (Caparol) 4L 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA 14 (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC 9 glyphosate, MOA (numerous brands and formulations) 27 mesotrione, MOA (Callisto) 4 L halosulfuron-methyl, 2 MOA (Sandea) 75 DG - - - Weed weed spp. Annual and perennial Annual and perennial grass and broadleaf bed weeds, stale application TABLE 4-16. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN OKRA IN CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-16. TABLE and Preemergence OKRA, Preplant Annual broadleaf weeds including pig weed 3 in or less Annual and perennial grasses Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Emerged broadleaf weeds and some annual grasses Annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds Broadleaf and grass weeds OKRA, Postemergence Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Annual and perennial grass and broadleaf weeds Annual broadleaf weeds including pig Yellow and purple nut Yellow sedge and broadleaf weeds America. Science Society of *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 342 nutsedge control full raterequiredfor and broadleafweeds, of mostannualgrasses Suppression orcontrol ONIONS, PreplantandPreemergence Weed TABLE 4-17. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INONION( weeds and somebroadleaf Most annualgrasses weeds Annual broadleaf weeds small-seeded broadleaf Annual grassesand annual grasses weeds andsome Emerged broadleaf control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds weeds grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial application foliage, stalebed Contact killofallgreen

(Prowl) 3.8AS (Outlook) 6EC dimethenamid-P, MOA 15 (Vapam HL)42% metam sodium Formulation Mode of Action Code*and Herbicide, (Prowl) 3.3EC pendimethalin, MOA 3 4E (GoalTender) (Goal 2XL) EC (Galigan) 2E oxyfluorfen, MOA 14 (Dacthal) 6F (Dacthal) W-75 DCPA, MOA 3 (Prefar) 4E bensulide, MOA 8 (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 (Aim) 2.0EC 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3S paraquat, MOA 22 Formulation 1.7 to2.7pt Amount of 12 to21oz See labels Up to2oz 37.5 to75 2.5 to4pt See label See label 8 to10 pt 8 to10 lb Per Acre 5 to6qt 1 to2 pt 1 to2 pt 1 pt gal Pounds Active 0.25 to0.05 15.7 to31.5 Up to0.031 Ingredient 0.25 to0.5 See labels See label See label Per Acre 0.65 to1 0.6 to1 6 to7.5 cont’d 5 to6 0.05 )

2021 V is 30days. rate dependingonsoiltype.PHIfordrybulbonionis45days.green onion mineral soilwithatleast3%organicmatter. Seelabel foradditionalinformationon but priortoweedemergence.Forgreenonion,thesoilmustbeamuckor ions havetwotoninetrueleaves(drybulb)andthree(greenonion) registered forgreenonions. bunching onions,greenshallots,andeschalots).Prowl3.3ECisnot Dry bulbandgreenonion(chives,leeks,springonions,scallions,Japanese Precautions andRemarks the groundandsoilhassettledaroundtransplantswithseveraldaystorecover. applications aremadetotransplantedcrop,DONOT applyuntiltransplantsarein after crophasreached2trueleavesuntilaminimumof30daysbeforeharvest. If ing onions,greenshallotsoreschalots). Dry bulbandgreenonion(leeks,springonionsorscallions,Japanesebunch label forfurtherinstructions. portant foracceptableweedcontrol.Maybetankmixedwithotherherbicides.See spray volumesforhighweeddensityandweedslargerthan5in.Coverageisim or shieldedapplicationbetweenrowsasapostharvestapplication.Usehigher a preemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,asdirected May be applied prior toplanting as a burndown treatment foremergedweeds, as the trueleaves.Seelabelforratesandinstructionsuse.PHI=45days. applications aremadeduringcool,wetweatherorpriortothefulldevelopmentof days) aftertransplantingforpreemergencecontrolofweeds.Injurycanoccurif Transplanted drybulbonly. layby. Seelabelfortimingoflaybytreatments. Dry bulbandgreen. after application.Seelabelformoredirectionsandrotationrestrictions. preemergence afterplanting.Withapplication,irrigateimmediately Dry bulbonly. control. Canbetankmixedwithotherregisteredburndownherbicides. to weed species andproper adjuvant and rate. Coverage is essential for good weed Apply nolaterthan30daysbeforeplanting.Seelabelforspecific Aimraterelating nonionic surfactantmayresultinreducedweedcontrol. the additionofsurfactant. Adding nonionicsurfactanttoglyphosateformulatedwith weeds. Useondirectseededonionsonly. Certainglyphosateformulationsrequire labelforratesspecific higher ratesofglyphosate.Consultthemanufacturer’s Apply toemergedweedsbeforecropemergence.Perennialmayrequire training every3yearsinordertomix,load,andapplyparaquat. gal spraymix.ParaquatproductlabelsrequireapplicatorstotakeanEPA-approved 16 to32ozper100galspraymixor1approvedcropoilconcentrate treating toallowmaximumweedemergence.Useanonionicsurfactantatrateof over apreformedrow. Rowshouldbe formedseveraldaysaheadofplantingand weeds beforecropemergenceortransplantingasabroadcastbandtreatment Seeded oniononly. information. can be30daysinsomeenvironments.Seelabelforallrestrictionsandadditional to plantingasecondcroponmulch.Plantbackintervalisoften1421daysand and compactthesoilsurfaceorwithmulch.Mayapplythroughdripirrigationprior with knivesnomorethan4in.apart;followimmediatelyarollertosmooth capacity (100to125%).Applythroughsoilinjectionusingarotarytillerorinject For nutsedgecontrol,use75galperacre. Apply whensoilmoistureisatfield Dry and greenonion. bulb egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates Apply preplantincorporated(1in.incorporationisoptimum)or Apply inaminimumof20galspraymixperacretoemerged Apply immediatelyafterseedingortransplantingand/at Rates and are dependentonsoiltype weeds present. Apply asasingleapplicationimmediately(within2 For preemergence,weedcontrol. Apply whenon- For preemergence,weedcontrol. Apply - - WEED CONTROL - - 343 Use website to make website to make This is a Section 24(c) Special Local Needs 24(c) Special Local Needs This is a Section Apply to emerged grasses. Consult manufacturer’s Transplant and then irrigate to seal soil around the root ball. and then irrigate to seal soil around the root ball. Transplant Do not apply before 4-leaf stage. Once onion has reached Do not apply before 4-leaf Apply to emerged grasses. Consult manufacturer’s label for Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded spray in Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded Apply to emerged grasses. Consult the manufacturer’s label for May be used as a postemergence spray to both the weeds and crop May be used as a postemergence Precautions and Remarks Precautions Dry bulb and green onion. not apply on days that are unusu label for specific rates and best times to treat. Do sure Dual Magnum is registered for use in their state and to obtain a label. Irrigation in their state and to obtain is registered for use sure Dual Magnum Dual Magnum will increase the risk of crop injury. following the application of soils and higher rates on fine-textured soils. lower rates on coarse-textured See label for more information. Seeded Application. be per acre. When onions reach 6-leaf stage, rate can the 4-leaf stage, apply 8 oz increased to 12 oz per acre. Dry Bulb. Transplant Dual Heavy irrigation following the application of Apply within 48 hours of planting. risk of crop injury. Magnum will increase the emergence. Can be used Apply at planting or just after planting prior to weed information. Rainfall of at postemergence at 16 oz per acre. See label for more least 0.5 in. is needed for activation. of emerged weeds. If crop is Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control Use a nonionic surfactant or crop contacted, burning of contacted area will occur. Aim. See label for rate. Coverage is essential for good weed control. Can be oil with tank mixed with other registered herbicides. Row middles only. avoid severe To postharvest. row middles, as wiper applications in row middles, or green shoots, stems, ex injury to crop, do not allow herbicide to contact foliage, posed, roots, or fruit of crop. PHI = 14 days. ally hot and humid. PHI= 45 days. Dry bulb and green. to Poast oil crop Adding rate. and adjuvant and treat to times best and rates specific temperatures. Do not apply may increase the likelihood of crop injury at high air days. = 30 Poast on days that are unusually hot and humid. PHI Dry bulb onion and green onion. Dry bulb onion must go to Label. Growers https://www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-search Dry bulb only. Dry bulb only. onions two fully developed true leaves. Some injury to after the onions have at least severe if the chemical is applied during cool, wet may result. Injury will be more best results. Do not make should be in the 2- to 4-leaf stage for Weeds weather. days. 45 PHI = more than four applications per year. Dry bulb only. Dry bulb only. oil may in- crease the likelihood specific rates and best times to treat. .Adding crop Do not apply Select on of crop injury at high air temperatures and high humidity. unusually hot and humid days. PHI = 45 days for dry bulb onion. Intensity One may be applied to dry bulb onions or green onions (leeks, scallions or spring onions, Japanese bunching onion, shallots or eschalots). Do not exceed 16 ounces of Intensity One per acre on green onions. Do not apply Intensity One herbicide within 14 days of green onion harvest.

)

0.12 cont’d 0.5 to 1 Per Acre 0.2 to 0.3 See labels 0.1 to 0.25 Ingredient Ingredient Up to 0.031 0.09 to 0.25 0.07 to 0.25 0.47 to 0.96 Pounds Active Pounds 0.5 pt 0.5 pt 0.25 pt Per Acre 6 to 16 oz 6 to 16 9 to 32 oz 9 to 32 8 to 16 oz 6 to 16 oz 1 to 1.5 pt Up to 2 oz See labels 16 to 32 oz Amount of Amount Formulation Formulation -metolachlor, MOA 15 MOA S-metolachlor, 7.62 EC (Dual Magnum) Herbicide, Code* and Action of Mode Formulation oxyfluorfen, MOA 14 oxyfluorfen, MOA (Galigan) 2 E EC (Goal 2 XL) 2 (Goaltender) 4 E carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA 14 (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC 9 glyphosate, MOA (numerous brands and formulations) 1 fluazifop, MOA (Fusilade DX) 2 EC sethoxydim, MOA 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC 1 clethodim, MOA Clethodim, (Arrow, Select) 2 EC Intensity, (Intensity One, Select Max) 1 EC ethofumesate, MOA 8 ethofumesate, MOA (Nortron) 4 SC - - - Annual grasses and Annual grasses broadleaf weeds, sup yellow nutsedge ONIONS, Preplant and Preemergence ONIONS, Preplant pression Weed TABLE 4-17. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN ONION ( ONION IN CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-17. TABLE Most annual broadleaf weeds ONIONS, Postemergence Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. diameter; does not control grasses Most emerged weeds Annual and perennial grasses only Common lambsquar humb, Pennsylvania smartweed, redroot pigweed, and some annual grasses ters, common chickweed, common purslane, black nightshade, ladyst *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Science Society of America. Science Society of *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 344 weeds small-seeded broadleaf Annual grassesand Broadleaf weeds some annualgrasses Broadleaf weedsand grass andbroadleafweeds Annual andperennial does notcontrolgrasses less than3in.indiameter; than 4in.tallorrosettes Most broadleafweedsless age, stalebedapplication Contact killofallgreenfoli PEAS, GREEN/ENGLISH,PreplantandPreemergence purslane pigweed, smartweed,and including morningglory, Annual broadleafweeds yellow nutsedge weeds, andsuppressionof small-seeded broadleaf Annual grasses, pigweed broadleaf weeds;weakon Annual grassesand and yellownutsedge Annual broadleafweeds PEAS, GREEN,Postemergence Weed TABLE 4-18. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INPEAS(cont’d) purslane pigweed, smartweed,and including morningglory, Annual broadleafweeds grasses Annual andperennial Most emergedweeds does notcontrolgrasses less than3in.indiameter; than 4in.tallorrosettes Most broadleafweedsless

- (Prowl H pendimethalin, MOA 3 (Sharpen) 3.42SL saflufenacil, MOA 14 (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 imazethapyr, MOA 2 Medal II)7.64EC (Brawl II,DualIIMagnum, Medal) 7.62EC (Brawl, DualMagnum, S-metolachlor, MOA 15 (Command) 3ME clomazone, MOA 13 brands) 4EC Trifluralin HF, other (Treflan, Trifluralin, trifluralin, MOA 3 (Basagran) 4SL bentazon, MOA 6 and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, (Pursuit) 2EC (Pursuit) 2EC imazethapyr, MOA 2 (Targa) 0.88EC (Assure II)0.88EC quizalofop p-ethyl,MOA 1 (Poast) 1.5EC sethoxydim, MOA 1 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA14 carfentrazone-ethyl, 2 O) 3.8 AS O)

Formulation 1.3 to2.7pt Amount of See labels See labels Up to2oz Up to3oz Up to3oz Up to2oz 1 to1.5pt 1.5 to3pt 1 to1.5pt 6 to12oz See label Per Acre 2 to4pt 1 to2pt 1 to2pt 1.3 pt 1 oz

Pounds Active 0.95 to1.91 0.04 to0.08 Up to0.031 Up to0.047 Up to0.047 Up to0.031 Ingredient 0.5 to0.75 0.75 to1.5 See labels See labels See label 0.2 to0.3 Per Acre 0.5 to1 0.5 to1 0.027 0.5

tank mixedwithotherregisteredburndownherbicides. with Aim. Seelabelforrate.Coverageisessentialgoodweedcontrol.Canbe Apply priortoplantingoremergenceofcrop.Useanonionicsurfactantcropoil EPA-approved trainingevery3yearsinordertomix,load,andapplyparaquat. trate per100galspraymix.Paraquatproductlabelsrequireapplicatorstotakean at arateof16to32ozper100galspraymixor1approvedcropoilconcen planting andtreatingtoallowmaximumweedemergence.Useanonionicsurfactant water togivethoroughcoverage.Rowshouldbeformedseveraldaysaheadof emergence asabroadcastorbandtreatmentoverpreformedrow. Usesufficient Apply inaminimumof10galspraymixperacretoemergedweedsbeforecrop Precautions andRemarks apply morethan2ozperacreseason. ounces peracreseason. Apply asapreplant/preemergenceburndown.Donot or preemergenceinediblepea.Seelabelfordirections.Donotapplymorethan2 of smallactivelygrowingbroadleafweeds.Canalsobeusedpreplantincorporated marrow fatpea)andchickpeaonly. Dry fieldpeaedible(sugarsnap,Englishpea,gardengreen be tankmixedwithotherherbicides.Seelabelforfurtherinstructions. and weedslargerthan5in.Coverageisimportantforacceptableweedcontrol.May shielded applicationbetweenrows.Usehighersprayvolumesforhighweeddensity a preemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,asdirectedor May beappliedpriortoplantingasaburndowntreatmentforemergedweeds, weed control. surfactant toglyphosateformulatedwithnonionicmayresultinreduced Certain glyphosateformulationsrequiretheadditionofasurfactant. Adding nonionic labelforratesspecificweeds. rates ofglyphosate.Consultthemanufacturer’s livestock for8weeksfollowingtreatment.Perennialweedsmayrequirehigher Apply toemergedweedsbeforecropemergence.Donotfeedresidue control. Seelabelforspecificrate. Apply tosoilsurfaceimmediatelyafterseeding.Shallowcultivationswillimprove Apply tothesoilsurfaceimmediatelyafterseeding.Seelabelforfurtherinstruction. hr witharototillerortandemdisk. English peasonly. APPLY AFTER SEEDING.Donotapplywhenairtemperatureisbelow45F. into thesoil2to3in.usingapowerdrivenrototillerorbycrossdisking. Southernpeas (cowpeas)andsnapbeansonly. leaves (fournodes). Apply overtopofpeaswhenweedsaresmallandhaveatleastthreepairs of planting. Seelabelformoredetails. English peasonly. rotation restrictions.PHI=30days. ering. Add nonionicsurfactantat2ptper100galofspray mix. Seelabelforcrop leaves) whenpeasareatleast3in.high butpriortofivenodesandbeforeflow See labelforpeatype. tank mixedwithotherregisteredherbicides. with Aim. SeeLabelforrate.Coverageisessentialgoodweedcontrol.Canbe contacted, burningofcontactedareawilloccur. Useanonionicsurfactantorcropoil Apply post-directedusinghoodedsprayersforcontrolofemergedweeds.Ifcrop is within 15daysor Assure within30daysofharvest. of cropinjuryathighairtemperaturesandhumidity. Donotapplysethoxydim times totreatandadjuvantrate. Adding cropoilmayincreasethelikelihood labelforspecificratesandbest Apply toemergedgrasses.Consultmanufacturer’s exposed roots,orfruitofcrop.PHI=14days. injury tocrop,donotallowherbicidecontactfoliage,greenshootsorstems, row middles,aswiperapplicationsinorpostharvest. To avoidsevere Row middlesonly. Do notapplywhenpeasareinbloom.PHI=10days. 2021 V egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates Apply preplantandincorporatetoadepthof23in.within8 Apply asahoodedsprayinrowmiddles,shielded Apply preplantincorporatedortosoilsurfaceimmediatelyafter DO NOT ADD CROP OIL CONCENTRATE TO SPRAY MIX Apply postemergenceto1-3-in.weeds (onetofour Apply asapreplant/preemergenceburndown Apply preplantandincorporate DO NOT - - . WEED CONTROL - - - - 345 DO NOT APPLY DO NOT APPLY Apply postemergence to 1- to 3-in. weeds Apply to the soil surface immediately after seeding. Apply to the soil surface immediately after seeding. Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded spray in Apply postemergence before bloom stage but after dry peas have at but after dry peas have before bloom stage Apply postemergence See label for weeds controlled with Basagran. Do not apply when peas are in See label for weeds controlled with Basagran. Do not Apply overtop of peas when weeds are small and peas have at least three pairs Apply overtop of peas when weeds are small and peas SPRAY TO CONCENTRATE OIL ADD CROP of leaves (four nodes). DO NOT MIX. bloom. PHI =30 days. but prior to five nodes (one to four leaves) when peas are at least 3 in. in height Add nonionic surfactant at 2 pt per 100 gal of spray mixture with all and flowering. postemergence applications. Do not apply within 30 days of harvest. See label for rate for specific pea species. posed, roots, or fruit of crop. PHI = 14 days. Apply to emerged grasses. Consult manufacturer’s label for specific rates and best times to treat. With sethoxydim, add 1 qt of crop oil concentrate per acre. With quizalofop, add 1 gal oil concentrate or 1 qt nonionic surfactant per 100 gal spray. Assure II or Poast may increase the likelihood of crop injury at Adding crop oil to Assure II or Poast on days that are unusual high air temperatures. Do not apply Southern peas and certain dry peas. Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control of emerged weeds. If crop is Use a nonionic surfactant or crop contacted, burning of contacted area will occur. Aim. See label for rate. Coverage is essential for good weed control. Can be oil with tank mixed with other registered herbicides. Row middles only. avoid severe To row middles, as wiper applications in row middles, or postharvest. injury to crop, do not allow herbicide to contact foliage, green shoots, stems, ex ly hot and humid. With sethoxydim, do not apply within 15 days and 60 days of With quizalofop, do not apply within harvest succulent and dry peas, respectively. 60 days of harvest of dry Southern peas, or within 30 days of harvest of succulent Southern peas Dry peas only. Dry peas only. information. of leaves. See label for further least 3 pairs Apply in a minimum of 20 gal spray solution to emerged weeds before crop emer to emerged weeds before of 20 gal spray solution Apply in a minimum Use sufficient water treatment over a preformed row. gence as a broadcast or band Row should be formed several days ahead of planting to give thorough coverage. a weed emergence. Use a nonionic surfactant at and treating to allow maximum per gal spray mix or 1 gal approved crop oil concentrate rate of 16 to 32 oz per 100 product labels require applicators to take an EPA-ap 100 gal spray mix. Paraquat in order to mix, load, and apply paraquat. proved training every 3 years Apply prior to planting or emergence of crop. Use a nonionic surfactant or crop oil of crop. Use a nonionic surfactant or crop Apply prior to planting or emergence be Coverage is essential for good weed control. Can Aim. See Label for rate. with burndown herbicides. tank mixed with other registered before crop emergence. Do not feed crop residue to Apply to emerged weeds treatment. Perennial weeds may require higher live- stock for 8 weeks following the manufacturer’srates of glyphosate. Consult weeds. label for rates for specific Adding nonionic require the addition of a surfactant. Certain glyphosate formulations with nonionic surfactant may result in reduced surfactant to glyphosate formulated weed control. NOT LABELED IN BLACKEYED PEAS. Apply preplant and incorporate into the disking. soil 2 to 3 in. using a power driven rototiller or by cross AFTER SEEDING. deep within 8 hr with a rototiller Apply preplant and incorporate into the soil 2 to 3 in. or tandem disk. Succulent Southernpeas only. weak control of pigweed. See label for further instruction. Offers cultivations will improve Apply to soil surface immediately after planting. Shallow control. May also be soil incorporated before planting. Apply preemergence or preplant incorporated. See label for rate for specific pea Apply preemergence or preplant incorporated. See species. Precautions and Remarks Precautions

0.31 0.5 to 1 0.5 to 1 0.5 to 1 Per Acre 0.2 to 0.3 See labels See labels 0.75 to 1.5 Ingredient Ingredient Up to 0.063 Up to 0.031 Up to 0.031 Up to 0.063 0.04 to 0.08 0.15 to 0.25 0.95 to 1.91 0.07 to 0.125 Pounds Active Pounds

4 oz 1 to 2 pt 2 to 4 pt 1 to 2 pt 1 to 2 pt Per Acre 6 to 12 oz 9 to 16 oz 1 to 1.5 pt 1.5 to 3 pt Up to 4 oz Up to 2 oz Up to 2 oz Up to 4 oz See labels See labels Amount of Amount 1.3 to 2.7 pt Formulation Formulation 0.4 to 0.67 pt O) 3.8 AS 2 imazethapyr, MOA 2 MOA imazethapyr, (Pursuit) 2 EC carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA14 (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC 1 quizalofop p-ethyl, MOA 0.88 EC Targa) (Assure II, sethoxydim, MOA 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC 1 clethodim, MOA (Intensity One, Select Max) 1 EC glyphosate, MOA 9 glyphosate, MOA (numerous brands and formulations) bentazon, MOA 6 bentazon, MOA (Basagran) 4 SL Herbicide, Code* Action of Mode and Formulation 2 imazamox, MOA (Raptor) 1 SL paraquat, MOA 22 paraquat, MOA (Parazone) 3 SL ) 2 SL (Gramoxone SL carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA14 (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC glyphosate, MOA 9 glyphosate, MOA (numerous brands and formulations) 3 pendimethalin, MOA (Prowl H trifluralin, MOA 3 trifluralin, MOA Trifluralin, HFP, (Treflan HF) 4 EC Trifluralin clomazone, MOA 13 clomazone, MOA (Command) 3ME 15 MOA S-metolachlor, (Brawl, Dual Magnum, Medal) 7.62 EC (Brawl II, Dual II Magnum, Medal II) 7.64 EC 2 MOA imazethapyr, (Pursuit) 2 EC - - - Annual broadleaf weeds including morningglory, pigweed, smartweed, and purslane Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Annual and perennial grasses *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Science Society of America Science Society of *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Most emerged weeds PEAS, SOUTHERN, Postemergence Annual broadleaf weeds and yellow nutsedge Broadleaf and grass Broadleaf and weeds Weed Postemergence (cont’d) PEAS, GREEN, Contact kill of all green foli TABLE 4-18. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN PEAS (cont’d) IN CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-18. TABLE Preplant or Preemergence peas, Field peas), (Cowpeas, Blackeyed PEAS, SOUTHERN age, stale bed application Most broadleaf weeds less Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Annual and perennial grass and broadleaf weeds, stale bed appli cation. Annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds Annual grasses and broad leaf weeds Annual grasses, small-seeded broadleaf weeds, and suppression of yellow nutsedge Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds including pigweed, morningglory, smartweed and purslane 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 346 Weed TABLE 4-19. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INPEPPERS(cont’d) control required fornutsedge weeds, fullrate grasses andbroadleaf control ofmostannual Suppression or PEPPERS, Preplant control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds application foliage, stalebed Contact killofallgreen a fewannualgrasses evening primroseand geranium andcutleaf including Carolina Broadleaf weeds annual grasses weeds andsome Emerged broadleaf application weeds, stalebed grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial nutsedge partial controlofyellow common purslane, black nightshade, nightshade, Eastern Galinsoga smooth pigweed, redroot pigweed, Palmer amaranth,

spp., black and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, (Vapam HL)42% metam sodium (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 (GoalTender) 4F (Goal) 2XL oxyfluorfen, MOA 14 (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 25 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Reflex) 2EC fomesafen, MOA 14

37.5 to75gal Formulation 1.3 to2.7pt Amount of See labels Up to2oz 1 to1.5pt Up to1pt Up to2pt See label Per Acre 2 to4pt Active Ingre- 0.25 to0.375 15.7 to31.5 Up to0.031 See labels See label Per Acre Pounds 0.5 to1 dient 0.5

https://www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-search must obtainthelabelat This isaSection24(c)SpecialLocalNeedLabelfortransplantedpepper. Growers more information. irrigation mustoccurpriortotransplanting.Carryoverisalargeconcern;seelabelfor shielded sprayer. Avoid driftofherbicideonmulch.Ifoccurs,0.5in.ofrainor Plasticulture RowMiddle Application. herbicide activationandwilllikelyreducethepotentialforcropinjuryduetosplashing. or rainfalleventbetweenReflexherbicideapplicationandtransplantingwillensure concentrate Reflex-treatedsoilaroundthetransplantrootball. An overheadirrigation settles flushorabovethesurroundingsoilsurface. Avoid culturalpracticesthatmay tion. Duringthetransplantingoperation,makesuresoilintransplanthole transplanting pepper. Weed controlwillbereducedifsoilisdisturbedafterapplica Bareground forTransplanted Pepper. the mulch. be transplantedimmediatelyfollowingtheapplicationofReflexand after application.Unlessrestrictedbyotherproductssuchasfumigants,pepper may mation andthedriptapeislaidbutpriortolayingplasticmulch. Avoid soildisturbance Plasticulture In-row Application forTransplanted Pepper. application ofReflex.Seelabelforfurtherinstructions. Precautions andRemarks load, andapplyparaquat. require applicatorstotakeanEPA-approved trainingevery3yearsinordertomix, or 1galapprovedcropoilconcentrateper100spraymix.Paraquatproductlabels emergence. Useanonionicsurfactantatrateof16to32ozper100galspraymix be formedseveraldaysaheadofplantingandtreatingtoallowmaximumweed transplanting asabroadcastorbandtreatmentoverpreformedrow. Rowshould Apply inaminimumof10galspraymixperacretoemergedweedsbefore and additionalinformation. to 21daysandcanbe30insomeenvironments.Seelabelforallrestrictions adhere tolabelguidelinesoncropplant-backinterval.Plantbackintervalisoften14 May applythroughdripirrigationpriortoplantingasecondcroponmulchhowever follow immediatelywitharollertosmoothandcompactthesoilsurfaceormulch. through soilinjectionusingarotarytillerorinjectwithknivesnomorethan4in.apart; 75 galperacre. Apply whensoilmoistureisatfieldcapacity(100to125%).Apply Rates aredependentonsoiltypeandweedspresent.Fornutsedgecontrol,apply nonionic surfactantmayresultinreducedweedcontrol. the additionofasurfactant. Adding nonionicsurfactanttoglyphosateformulatedwith labelforspecificweeds.Certainglyphosateformulationsrequire the manufacturer’s sprinkler system.Perennialweedsmayrequirehigherratesofglyphosate.Consult crop injury, residuescanberemovedby0.5in.rainfallorapplyingwaterviaa to removeresiduesofthisproductfromtheplasticpriortransplanting. To prevent applying Roundupbeforetransplantingcropsintoplasticmulch,caremustbetaken Apply toemergedweedsatleast3daysbeforeseedingortransplanting.When further instructions. for acceptableweedcontrol.Maybetankmixedwithotherherbicides.Seelabel volumes forhighweeddensityandweedslargerthan5in.Coverageisimportant shielded applicationbetweenrowsorasapostharvestapplication.Usehigherspray a preemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,asdirectedor May beappliedpriortoplantingasaburndowntreatmentforemergedweeds, control. Canbetankmixedwithotherregisteredburndownherbicides. surfactant orcropoil.Seelabelforrate.Coverageofweedisessentialgood Seeded crop.Applynolaterthan7daysbeforeplantingseededUseanonionic Transplanted crop. applied soonafterapplication. ry. Plasticmulchcanbeappliedanytimeafterapplicationbutbestresultsarelikelyif transplanting crop.Whileincorporationisnotnecessary, itmayresultinlesscropinju Plasticulture only. 2021 V egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates Apply tosoilsurfaceofpre-formedbedsatleast30daysprior Apply nolaterthan1daybeforetransplantingcrop. Apply pretransplantupto7daysprior Apply torowmiddleswithahoodedor Apply afterfinalbedfor priortomakingan - - - WEED CONTROL - - - - 347

Apply preplant before transplanting. Weak on on before transplanting. Weak Apply preplant This is a Section 24(c) Special Local Need Label. Apply to pepper plants that are well established and Apply 8 to 12 oz per acre to the soil surface of pre-formed beds prior to Apply 8 to 12 oz per acre to the soil surface of pre-formed 1 and 3 weeks after Apply 12 oz per acre overtop of bell pepper between May be applied as a broadcast preplant incorporated surface application prior May be applied as a broadcast preplant incorporated Apply postemergence to control grasses. See label for adjuvant and rate. Adding crop Apply postemergence to control grasses. See label for adjuvant and rate. oil may increase the likelihood of crop injury at high air temperatures and high humidi Apply to actively growing grasses not in controlling annual bluegrass. effective Very ty. under drought stress. PHI = 20 days. Not labeled for banana pepper. for banana pepper. Not labeled use. label for instructions on pigweed. See pos soil 1 to 2 in. as soon as and incorporate into the Apply preplant Bareground: planted disk. Can be used on direct-seeded or trans- sible with a rototiller or tandem on use. peppers. See label for instructions laying plastic mulch. Soil should be Plasticulture: Apply to a weed-free soil before 2 in. to permit a thorough incorporation to a depth of well worked yet moist enough pressure or irrigate within 24 hours after application. If weed Mechanically incorporate front of apply to the surface of the bed immediately in is from small seeded annuals, sufficient water water or sprinkle irrigate with If soil is dry, the laying of plastic mulch. in. before covering with plastic mulch. to wet to a depth of 2 to 4 between the rows (bareground or Between rows: Apply to a weed free soil surface depth of incorporate or irrigate Devrinol into the soil to a plastic mulch). Mechanically labels for information regarding delay application. See XT 1 to 2 in. within 24 hours of in irrigation event. Precautions and Remarks Precautions Option 1: not incorporate or disturb the laying plastic. Insure the plastic laying process does treated bed. Option 2: data are available for NC. Do not planting. Does not control emerged weeds. Limited apply more than 12 oz per acre as it is likely that injury will occur including decreased Read label for further instructions. crop vigor. Pepper (Bell and non-bell). Apply directed to the base of the plants stem, no higher than 2 in. at least 10 in. tall. from the soil surface and do not contact fruit. Consult label for approved surfactants and crop rotation restrictions. PHI = 21 days. Apply to emerged grasses. Consult manufacturer’s label for specific rates and best Adding crop oil to Poast may increase the likeli times to treat and adjuvant and rate. PHI = 7 days. hood of crop injury at high air temperatures and high humidity. Bell pepper transplants only. Bell pepper transplants only. applications. Growers must Growers must obtain label prior to making Dual Magnum obtain label at https://www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-search May be applied in chili pepper, cooking pepper, pimento, Jalapeno, and sweet pepper. pimento, Jalapeno, and sweet pepper. cooking pepper, May be applied in chili pepper, label for specific use rate for Do not apply more than 3 pt per acre per season. See or stems. PHI = 70 days. See direct contact with pepper foliage Avoid your soil type. label for further instructions and precautions. at the base of the Between rows. Can be applied as a post-directed spray on the soil plant beneath plants and between rows. In-row. to transplanting peppers. 2 to 3 in. within 8 hr with a rototiller Apply pre-transplant, and incorporate to a depth of or tandem disk. or preemergence. With Apply preplant incorporated (1 in. incorporation is optimum) application. See label for direc preemergence application, irrigate immediately after tions.

dient 1 to 2 1 to 2 5 to 6 0.5 to 1 Pounds Pounds 0.25 to 1 Per Acre 0.2 to 0.3 0.5 to 1.5 0.19 to 0.3 0.47 to 0.7 0.07 to 0.125 Active Ingre- Active 0.094 to 0.125 2 to 4 lb 2 to 4 6 to 8oz 2 to 4 qt 2 to 1 to 3 pt 1 to 2 pt 5 to 6 qt Per Acre 9 to 16 oz 8 to 12 oz 1 to 1.5 pt 4 to 6.4 oz Amount of Amount Formulation Formulation 0.67 to 2.67 pt

O) 3.8 AS 2 napropamide, MOA 15 napropamide, MOA (Devrinol, Devrinol DF-XT) 50 DF (Devrinol, Devrinol 2-XT) 2 EC 3 pendimethalin, MOA (Prowl H clomazone, MOA 13 clomazone, MOA ME (Command) 3 imazosulfuron, MOA 2 imazosulfuron, MOA (League) 0.5 DF 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC clethodim, MOA 1 clethodim, MOA Clethodim, (Arrow, Select) 2 EC Intensity, (Select Max, Intensity One) 1 EC Herbicide, Action Code* Mode of and Formulation -metolachlor, MOA 15 MOA S-metolachlor, (Dual Magnum) 7.62 EC trifluralin, MOA 3 trifluralin, MOA Treflan HFP, (Treflan, HF) 4 EC Trifluralin 8 bensulide, MOA (Prefar) 4 EC - - Annual grasses Annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf PEPPERS, Preplant and Preemergence PEPPERS, Preplant Broadleaf, grass (sup PEPPERS, Postemergence pression only), and yellow nutsedge Annual and perennial grasses only Weed TABLE 4-19. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN PEPPERS (cont’d) PEPPERS IN CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-19. TABLE Annual grass and broadleaf weeds, yellow nutsedge sup pression 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 348 nutsedge suppression leaf weeds,plusyellow small-seeded broad- Annual grassesand leaf weeds small-seeded broad- Annual grassesand application weeds, stalebed grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial annual grasses weeds andsome Emerged broadleaf control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds application foliage, stalebed Contact killofallgreen POTATOES, IRISH,PreplantandPreemergence Weed TABLE 4-20.CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INPOTATOES, IRISH( Weed TABLE 4-19. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INPEPPERS(cont’d) control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds PEPPERS, RowMiddles weeds sedge andbroadleaf Yellow andpurplenut Most emergedweeds foliage Contact killofallgreen *Mode of action (MOA) code developed bytheWeed Science Society of America.

- 7.64 EC Dual IIMagnum,MedalII) Medal) 7.62EC(BrawlII, (Brawl, DualMagnum, S-metolachlor, MOA 15 (Prowl) 3.3EC pendimethalin, MOA 3 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 (Outlook) 6EC dimethenamid-P, MOA 15 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, 75 DG (Profine 75,Sandea) MOA 2 halosulfuron-methyl, formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22

Formulation Amount of 0.5 to1oz See labels Up to2oz Per Acre Formulation 1.8 to3.6pt 0.7 to1.3pt Amount of 12 to21oz See labels Up to2oz 1.3 pt See label Per Acre 2 pt 1 to2pt 1 to2pt

0.024 to0.048 Active Ingre- Up to0.031 See labels Pounds Active Ingredient Per Per Acre Pounds 0.95 to1.91 Up to0.031 dient 0.75 to1.5 0.25 to0.5 See labels See label 0.5 0.6 to1 Acre

Precautions andRemarks crop. PHI=14days. allow herbicidetocontactfoliage,greenshoots,stems,exposed,roots,orfruitof applications inrowmiddles,orpostharvest. To avoidsevereinjurytocrop,donot Apply asahoodedsprayinrowmiddles,shieldedwiper mixed withotherregisteredherbicides.PHI=0days. with Aim. Seelabelforrate.Coverageisessentialgoodweedcontrol.Canbetank contacted, burningofcontactedareawilloccur. Useanonionicsurfactantorcropoil Apply post-directedusinghoodedsprayerforcontrolofemergedweeds.Ifcropis nonionic surfactantat1qtper100galofspraysolution. control. Donotapplywithin30daysofharvest.Forpostemergenceapplications,use contact plastic.Earlyseasonapplicationwillgivepostemergenceandpreemergence Apply torowmiddlesasapostemergencespray. Inplasticulture,donotallowsprayto mix, load,andapplyparaquat. labels requireapplicatorstotakeanEPA-approved trainingevery3yearsinorderto gal spraymix.Donotapplymorethan3applicationsperseason.Paraquatproduct weeds betweenrowsofpeppers.Useanonionicsurfactantatrate16ozper100 Apply inaminimumof20galspraymixperacreasshieldedtoemerged for furtherinstructions.PHI=40days. Apply just afterplantingordrag-off to weed-free soil beforecropemerges.Seelabel after alay-byapplication.Seelabelfor furtherinstruction. apply within60daysaftertheat-plantingtodrag-off application,orwithin40days Magnum canalsobeappliedatlay-byforcontroloflateseasonweeds.Donot Apply justafterplantingordrag-off toweed-freesoilbeforecropemerges.Dual weed control. surfactant toglyphosateformulatedwithnonionicmayresultinreduced glyphosate formulationsrequiretheadditionofasurfactant. Adding nonionic labelforratesspecificweeds.Certain of glyphosate.Consultthemanufacturer’s livestock for8weeksfollowingtreatment.Perennialweedsmayrequirehigher rates Apply toemergedweedsbeforecropemergence.Donotfeedresidue emergence untilcropreaches6in.tall. Apply justafterplantingordrag-off toweed-freesoilbeforecropemergesorfrom with otherherbicides.Seelabelforfurther instructions. than 5in.Coverageisimportantforacceptableweedcontrol.Maybetankmixed vest application.Usehighersprayvolumesforhighweeddensityandweeds larger shielded applicationbetweenrows,asaharvestaidanddesiccant,orposthar a preemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,asdirectedor May beappliedpriortoplantingasaburndowntreatmentforemergedweeds, control. Canbetankmixedwithotherregisteredburndownherbicides. or cropoilwith Aim. Seelabelforrate.Coverageofweedisessentialgood Apply priortoplanting,orwithin1dayafterplantingcrop.Useanonionicsurfactant Precautions andRemarks paraquat. tors totakeanEPA-approved trainingevery3yearsinordertomix,load,andapply crop oilconcentrateper100galspraymix.Paraquatproductlabelsrequireapplica nonionic surfactantatarateof16to32ozper100galspraymixor1approved to killemergedweedsbeforetheapplicationofpreemergenceherbicides.Usea cracking beforecropemergence.Maybeusedinsteadofthedrag-off operation Apply inaminimumof20galspraymixperacretoemergedweedsupground 2021 V cont’d egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates ) - - WEED CONTROL - - - - - 349 Do NOT apply Application made as a broadcast spray Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded spray in Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded Apply before weeds emerge. See label for further instructions. ) cont’d posed, roots, or fruit of crop. PHI = 14 days. Apply to emerged grasses. Consult manufacturer’s label for specific rates and best Adding crop oil to Poast may increase the times to treat and adjuvant and rate. PHI = 30 days. likelihood of crop injury at high air temperatures and high humidity. ed row (6 in. on either side of the row). over the planted row or hill or directly to crop foliage will increase the risk of injury to the crop. Row middles only. Row middles only. avoid severe To row middles, as wiper applications in row middles, or postharvest. injury to crop, do not allow herbicide to contact foliage, green shoots, stems, ex Apply as interrow or interhill application. Leave a 1 ft. untreated area over the seed Apply preplant and incorporate into the soil 2 to 3 in. with a rototiller or tandem soil 2 to 3 in. with a rototiller and incorporate into the Apply preplant label for be sensitive to Eptam. See has been shown to The variety Superior disk. nutsedge control, late season preemergence of incorporation. For specific methods of the crop row. to the soil on both sides as a directed spray apply and incorporate more detail. See label for Precautions and Remarks Precautions Apply postemergence for control of grasses. See label for adjuvant and rate. Adding Apply postemergence for control of grasses. See label for adjuvant and rate. crop oil may increase the likelihood of crop injury at high air temperatures and high Apply to actively growing in controlling annual bluegrass. effective Very humidity. grasses not under drought stress. PHI = 30 days. Apply immediately after hilling. A minimum of 2 in. of soil must cover the vegetative minimum of 2 in. A Apply immediately after hilling. at the time of application of Chateau. portion of the potato plant be NOT incorporate Chateau or weed control will to emerged potatoes. DO herbicides if weeds are present at reduced. Can be tank mixed with burndown instructions. application. See label for further Apply after drag-off or hilling but before potatoes and weeds emerge. If emerged or hilling but before potatoes and weeds Apply after drag-off Can be tank mixed with Ep weeds are present, add surfactant. See label for rate. tam, Prowl, Sencor, Lorox, or Dual Magnum. See label for further instructions. Lorox, or Dual Magnum. tam, Prowl, Sencor, Apply just after planting or drag-off or hilling but before crop emerges. If emerged or hilling but before crop drag-off Apply just after planting or pt surfactant weeds are present, add 1 for may gal spray each 25 mixture. Weeds application. be up to 3 in. tall at time of may be Weeds but before crop emerges. drag-off Apply just after planting or On sand soils or sensitive varieties, do not exceed emerged at time of application. for list of sensitive varieties. 0.67 lb per acre. See label Apply preemergence after planting but prior to potato emergence. Do not apply as Apply preemergence after planting but prior to potato or severe crop injury may a preplant incorporated application or to emerged potato rate of 1 pt per acre per season. PHI = 70 days. Do not exceed occur. Apply as a preemergence application after crop has been planted but prior to emer Apply as a preemergence application after crop has (3.2 to 4 oz per acre) gence or immediately after hilling. Postemergence application less than 3 in. in height. Do not may be made after crop has emerged if weeds are label for sequential application apply more than 6.4 oz per acre per season. Consult program and crop rotation restrictions. PHI = 45 days. on More effective Apply to young actively growing weeds after crop emergence. Can be tank Add nonionic surfactant at 1 to 2 pt per 100 gal water. small weeds. See label for further instruc mixed with Eptam or Sencor or some foliar fungicides. tions. PHI = 60 days. tions. PHI = 60 Do not use on early maturing smooth-skinned white or red-skinned varieties. Apply or red-skinned varieties. Do not use on early maturing smooth-skinned white of sunny weather before only if there have been at least three successive days chlorosis may cause some Treatment before weeds are 1 in. tall. Treat application. or minor necrosis. PHI = 60 days. Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control of emerged weeds. If crop is Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control Use a nonionic surfactant or crop oil contacted, burning of contacted area will occur. Aim. See label for rate. Coverage of weed is essential for good weed control. with PHI=7 days. Can be tank mixed with other registered herbicides.

3 0.25 Acre 0.047 0.23 to 1 0.2 to 0.3 See labels 0.75 to 1.5 0.19 to 0.3 0.25 to 0.5 Up to 0.031 0.95 to 1.26 0.07 to 0.25 0.094 to 0.125 0.016 to 0.023 0.016 to 0.023 Ingredient Per Ingredient Pounds Active Pounds 1 pt 3.5 pt 1.5 oz 6 to 8oz Per Acre 1.5 to 3 lb 1.5 to 3 9 to 32 oz 1.5 to 3 pt 1.5 to 3 1 to 1.5 pt Up to 2 oz See labels 1 to 1.5 oz 4 to 6.4 oz 1 to 1.5 oz Amount of Amount 1 to 1.33 pt Formulation Formulation 0.33 to 1.33 lb 0.33 to 0.67 lb

sethoxydim, MOA 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC (numerous brands and formulations) 1 clethodim, MOA Clethodim, (Arrow, Select 2 EC Intensity, (Intensity One, Select Max) 1 EC 15 MOA S-metolachlor, (Brawl, Dual Magnum) EPTC, MOA 8 EPTC, MOA (Eptam) 7 EC Herbicide, Code* Action of Mode 14 flumioxazin, MOA (Chateau) 51 SW and Formulation linuron, MOA 7 linuron, MOA (Lorox DF) 50 WDG (Linex) 4L metribuzin, MOA 5 metribuzin, MOA DF, Dimetric DF, (TriCor and other trade names) 75 WDG 2 rimsulfuron, MOA (Matrix, Pruvin) 25 WDG fomesafen, MOA 14 fomesafen, MOA (Reflex) 2 EC imazosulfuron, MOA 2 imazosulfuron, MOA (League) 0.5 DF rimsulfuron, MOA 2 rimsulfuron, MOA (Matrix, Pruvin) 25 WDG metribuzin, MOA 5 metribuzin, MOA DF and other trade (TriCor names) 75 WDG carfentrazone-ethyl, 14 MOA (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC glyphosate, MOA 9 glyphosate, MOA - - * Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Science Society of America. Science Society of * Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Annual and perennial grasses only Annual broadleaf, grass and yellow nutsedge sedge suppression Annual grasses, most Annual grasses, plus broadleaf weeds, nut yellow and purple Weed (cont’d) and Preemergence IRISH, Preplant POTATOES, TABLE 4-20. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN POTATOES, IRISH ( POTATOES, IN CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-20. TABLE Most annual broadleaf weeds and some annual grasses Most annual broadleaf weeds and some annual grasses Broadleaf, grass and nutsedge weeds Broadleaf, grass (sup pression) and yellow nutsedge Most annual broadleaf weeds and some annual grasses POTATOES, IRISH, Postemergence POTATOES, Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Most emerged weeds 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 350 TABLE 4-21. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INPUMPKINS(cont’d nutsedge grass andyellow Annual broadleaf, and ragweed pigweed, wildradish, non-ALS resistant sedge suppression, Yellow andpurplenut bed application green foliage,stale Contact killofall PUMPKINS, PreplantandPreemergence Weed yellow nutsedge lane, partialcontrolof shade, commonpurs Eastern blacknight sp., blacknightshade, pigweed, galinsoga root pigweed,smooth Palmer amaranth,red- application weeds, stalebed grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds broadleaf weeds some small-seeded Annual grassesand

- - - (Brawl, DualMagnum) S-metolachlor, MOA 15 DG (Profine 75,Sandea)75 MOA 2 halosulfuron-methyl, (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, (Reflex) 2EC fomesafen, MOA 14 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, (Strategy) 2.1L azone, MOA 13 ethalfluralin, MOA 3 + clom (Curbit) 3EC ethalfluralin, MOA 3 (Prefar) 4EC bensulide, MOA 8

- Formulation 1.3 to2.7pt 1 to1.33pt Amount of 0.5 to0.75 See labels Up to2oz 3 to4.5pt 8 to10oz Per Acre 2 to4pt 2 to6pt 5 to6qt oz Pounds Active 0.024 to0.036 0.125 to0.375 0.95 to1.26 0.13 to0.16 Up to0.031 0.4 to1.2+ Ingredient See labels 1.1 to1.7 Per Acre 0.5 to1 5 to6 lb

2021 V instructions. the riskofinjurytocrop. spray overtheplantedroworhilldirectlytocropfoliagewillincrease seeded row(6in.oneithersideoftherow). Apply asinterroworinterhillapplication.Leavea1-footuntreatedareaoverthe needed forrowmiddle/furrowapplications. in proportiontoareaactuallysprayed.Ratecanbeincreased1ozperacre if equipment’s tokeeptheapplicationoff theplastic.Reducerateandsprayvolume of theherbicidewithplantedcrop.Ifplasticisusedonrow, adjust Apply betweenrowsofdirect-seededortransplantedcropwhileavoidingcontact furrow applicationsindirect-seededandtransplantpumpkinwintersquash. safety atanearlierinterval,butbeforefirstfemaleflowersappear. Rowmiddle/ or nosoonerthan14daysaftertransplantingunlesslocalconditionsdemonstrate transplants thatareestablished,activelygrowingandinthe3-to5-trueleaf stage the-top application,adirectedsprayorwithcropshields. Apply to Post-transplant inpumpkinandwintersquash. information. See labelforspecificrate.croprotationalrestrictionsandother Transplanted pumpkinandwintersquash. cracking. Direct-seeded pumpkinorwintersquash. crop emergenceortransplanting. Precautions andRemarks load, andapplyparaquat. require applicatorstotakeanEPA-approved trainingevery3yearsinordertomix, gal approvedcropoilconcentrateper100spraymix.Paraquatproductlabels Use anonionicsurfactantatrateof16to32ozper100galspraysolutionor1 several daysaheadofplantingortreatingtoallowmaximumweedemergence. row. Usesufficientwatertogivethoroughcoverage.Rowshouldbeformed emergence ortransplantingasabandbroadcasttreatmentoverpreformed Apply inaminimumof20galspraymixperacretoemergedweedsbeforecrop surfactant mayresultinreducedweed control. of asurfactant. Adding nonionicsurfactanttoglyphosateformulatedwith for ratesspecificweeds.Certainglyphosateformulationsrequiretheaddition label weeds mayrequirehigherratesofglyphosate.Consultthemanufacturer’s Apply toemergedweedsatleast3daysbeforeseedingortransplanting.Perennial good weedcontrol.Canbetankmixedwithotherregisteredburndownherbicides. or oil with nonionic surfactant crop for Coverage rate. is essential See labelfor Aim. Not registeredforuseonseededcrop. https://www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-search A Section24(c)LocalNeedLabelmustbeobtainedat can occurifseedingdepthistooshallow. cold orwetsoilandairtemperatures,cropstuntinginjurymayoccur. Cropinjury not useundermulches,rowcovers,orhotcaps.Underconditionsofunusually cultivation, irrigation,orrainfallwithin5daysisneededforgoodweedcontrol.Do between rowsaftercropemergenceortransplanting.Seelabelfortiming.Shallow Apply postplantingtoseededcropprioremergence,orasabandedspray 4 ECis used. Check re-plantrestrictionsforsmallgrainsonlabel.SeelabeluserateifPrefar or tandemdisk,applytothesoilsurfaceafterseedingandfollowwithirrigation. incorporate intothesoil1to2in.(1incorporationisoptimum)witharototiller Registered forcucurbitvegetablegroup(Cropgrouping9).Applypreplantand activate herbicideandmoveitintosoil;thenprepareplantholesplant. Bareground transplants.Preparelandforplanting;applyReflex;lightlyirrigateto INCORPORATE. Mayalsobeusedasa of weeds.DONOT APPLY PRIORTO PLANTINGTHECROP. DONOTSOIL Apply tothesoilsurfaceimmediatelyaftercropseedingforpreemergencecontrol ) egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates Apply beforeweedsemerge.Seelabelforfurther banded Apply priortotransplantingcrop.Usea Application madeasabroadcast Apply afterseedingbutpriortosoil Apply 7dayspriortotransplanting. treatment betweenrowsafter Can beappliedasanover- priortothisuse. WEED CONTROL - 351 - Can be applied as an over- Can be applied as an over- Apply after crop has reached the Apply after crop To improve preemergence control of late emerging weeds. To Apply to row middles as a postemergence spray. In plasti Apply to row middles as a postemergence spray. Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded spray in Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded Apply between rows of direct-seeded or transplanted crop while Apply between rows of direct-seeded ) Precautions and Remarks Precautions Direct-seeded pumpkin and winter squash. pumpkin and winter squash. Direct-seeded flowers true leaves, but before first female stage, preferably 4 to 5 2 to 5 true leaf days. = 30 PHI appear. and winter squash. Post-transplant in pumpkin Apply to spray application, or with crop shields. the- top application, a directed actively growing and in the 3 to 5 true leaf stages transplants that are established, after transplanting unless local conditions demonstrate or no sooner than 14 days PHI = 30 days. but before first female flowers appear. safety at an earlier interval, or in direct-seeded and transplant pumpkin Row middle/furrow applications winter squash. avoiding contact of the herbicide with the planted crop. If plastic is used on the plastic. Reduce rate the to keep the application off adjust equipment’s planted row, to to area actually sprayed. Rate can be increased and spray volume in proportion row middle/furrow applications. PHI =30 days. 1 oz per acre if needed for control of grasses. See label for adjuvant and rate. Apply postemergence for air may increase the likelihood of crop injury at high Adding crop oil concentrate controlling annual bluegrass. in effective Very temperatures and high humidity. grasses not under drought stress. PH I= 14 days. Apply to actively growing Apply to emerged grasses. Consult manufacturer’s label for specific rates and best the likelihood of crop times to treat and adjuvant and rate. Crop oil may increase PHI = 14 days. injury at high temperatures and high humidity. Row middles only. Row middles only. the three to four true leaf Apply after emergence when crop plants have reached contact Avoid Apply as a directed spray to soil between the rows. stage of growth. Set incorporation equipment to move ing foliage as slight crop injury may occur. treated soil around base of crop plants. PHI = 30 days. Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control of emerged weeds. If crop is Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control Use a nonionic surfactant or crop contacted, burning of contacted area will occur. Aim. See label for rate. Coverage is essential for good weed control. Can oil with = 0 days. be tank mixed with other registered herbicides. PHI Row middles only. avoid severe To postharvest. row middles, as wiper applications in row middles, or green shoots, stems, injury to crop, do not allow herbicide to contact foliage, days. exposed, roots, or fruit of crop. PHI = 14 Row middles only. culture, do not allow spray to contact plastic. Early season application will give culture, do not allow spray to contact plastic. Early season apply within 30 days of harvest. postemergence and preemergence control. Do not at 1 qt per 100 gal of For postemergence applications, use nonionic surfactant spray solution.

lb Per Acre 0.2 to 0.3 See labels 0.5 to 0.75 Ingredient Ingredient Up to 0.031 0.07 to 0.125 0.024 to 0.036 0.024 to 0.036 0.094 to 0.125 0.024 to 0.048 Pounds Active Pounds oz 6 to 8oz Per Acre 9 to 16 oz 1 to 1.5 pt 1 to 1.5 pt Up to 2 oz See labels 0.5 to 1 oz 0.5 to 0.75 Amount of Amount Formulation Formulation

halosulfuron-methyl, 2 MOA Sandea) 75 (Profine 75, DG and Formulation Herbicide, Code* Action of Mode 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC clethodim, MOA 1 clethodim, MOA Intensity, Clethodim (Arrow, Select) 2 EC (Intensity One, Select Max) 1 EC 3 trifluralin, MOA 4 EC (Treflan (Treflan) HFP) 4 EC carfentrazone-ethyl, 14 MOA (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC glyphosate, MOA 9 glyphosate, MOA (numerous brands and formulations) halosulfuron-methyl, 2 MOA (Profine 75, Sandea) 75 DG - - PUMPKINS, Postemergence PUMPKINS, and purple nut Yellow sedge suppression, non-ALS resistant radish, pigweed, wild and ragweed Weed Annual and perennial grasses only PUMPKINS, Row Middles Annual grasses and some small-seeded broadleaf weeds Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Most emerged weeds and purple nut Yellow sedge and broadleaf weeds TABLE 4-21. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN PUMPKINS (cont’d PUMPKINS IN CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-21. TABLE *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Science Society of America. Science Society of *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 352 *Mode ofaction(MOA)codedevelopedbytheWeed ScienceSocietyof America. TABLE 4-22. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INRADISH grasses Annual andperennial not controlgrasses in. indiameter;does rosettes lessthan3 less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds RADISH, Postemergence broadleaf weeds Annual grassesand annual grasses weeds andsome Emerged broadleaf weeds grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial RADISH, Preplant Weed

EC (Select Max,IntensityOne) Intensity, Select)2EC (Arrow, Clethodim, clethodim, MOA 1 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, 4 EC Trifluralin, Trifluralin HF) (Treflan, Treflan HFP, trifluralin, MOA 3 (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide,

Amount of See labels Up to2oz 1 to1.5pt 9 to16oz Formula- See label tion Per 6 to8oz Acre Pounds Active 0.07 to0.125 0.94 to0.125 Up to0.031 Ingredient 0.5 to0.75 See labels See label Per Acre

2021 V es. Seelabelforadjuvantandrate.PHI=15days. Apply postemergencetoemergedgrasses.Seelabelforratesspecificgrass mixed withotherherbicides.Seelabelforfurther instructions. larger than5in.Coverageisimportantforacceptableweedcontrol.Maybetank harvest application.Usehighersprayvolumesforhighweeddensityandweeds post or asa or desiccant, a harvestaid as between rows, application or shielded a preemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,asdirected May be applied prior toplanting as a burndown treatment foremergedweeds, as Can betankmixedwithotherregisteredherbicides. crop oilwith Aim. Seelabelforrate.Coverageisessentialgoodweedcontrol. is contacted,burningofcontactedareawilloccur. Useanonionicsurfactantor Apply post-directedusinghoodedsprayersforcontrolofemergedweeds.Ifcrop weed control.Lowrateshouldbeusedoncoarse-texturedsoil. Apply preplantandincorporateimmediatelyafterapplicationforpreemergence reduced weedcontrol. nonionic surfactanttoglyphosateformulatedwithmayresultin Certain glyphosateformulationsmayrequireadditionofasurfactant. Adding labelforratesspecificweeds. rates ofglyphosate.Consultthemanufacturer’s Apply toemergedweedsbeforeplanting.Perennialmayrequirehigher Precautions andRemarks egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates - - WEED CONTROL - 353

Do not use when expected high temperatures will Use on sandy mineral soils only. Read label for further instructions. only. Use on sandy mineral soils Precautions and Remarks Precautions to livestock Do not feed residue weeds before crop emergence. Apply to emerged Consult the higher rates of glyphosate. Perennial weeds may require for 8 weeks. manufacturer’s formulations weeds. Certain glyphosate label for rates for specific surfactant to glyphosate Adding nonionic of a surfactant. require the addition may result in reduced weed control. formulated with nonionic surfactant Do not apply preplant. Do not incorporate after application. Injury potential is Do not apply preplant. Do not incorporate after application. if a heavy rainfall event greatest when applied to sands or loamy sands especially occurs following application. See label for further information. are small and actively grow Apply to spinach in the 2- to 5-leaf stage when weeds PHI = 21 days. ing. Will control most legumes. See label for more precautions. For processing spinach only. leaf For best results, spray when weeds are in the two- be above 75 degrees F. that are not under stress. stage. Use the 6 pt rate only on well-established crops PHI = 21 days. Spinach plants must have more than six true leaves. of emerged weeds. If crop is Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control Use a nonionic surfactant or crop contacted, burning of contacted area will occur. Aim. See label for rate. Coverage is essential for good weed control. Can oil with be tank mixed with other registered herbicides. in row middles, as shielded spray in Apply as a hooded spray Row middles only. avoid severe To postharvest. row middles, as wiper applications in row middles, or green shoots, stems, injury to crop, do not allow herbicide to contact foliage, exposed, roots, or fruit of crop. PHI = 14 days. Apply to emerged grasses. Consult manufacturer’s label for specific rates and Adding crop oil to Poast or best times to treat. See label for adjuvant and rate. Select may increase the likelihood of crop injury at high air temperatures and high within 15 days of harvest or clethodim within 14 Do not apply sethoxydim humidity. days of harvest. This is a section 24(c) Special Local Need Label. Growers must obtain label from Local Need Label. Growers must obtain label This is a section 24(c) Special https://www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-search

3 0.5 to 1 Per Acre 0.2 to 0.3 See labels See labels Ingredient Up to 0.031 0.32 to 0.65 0.07 to 0.125 0.094 to 0.125 Pounds Active Pounds 0.0625 to 0.125 2 qt Acre 0.33 to 0.67 pt 0.17 to 0.33 pt 3 to 6 pt tion Per 6 to 8 oz - Formula 9 to 16 oz 1 to 1.5 pt Up to 2 oz See labels See labels Amount of Amount ,

-metolachlor, MOA 15 MOA S-metolachlor, (Dual Magnum) 7.62 EC MOA 3 MOA cyclohexylethylthiocarbmate glyphosate, MOA 9 glyphosate, MOA and (numerous brands formulations) Herbicide, Action Code* Mode of and Formulation clopyralid, MOA 4 clopyralid, MOA (Stinger) 3 EC 6 phenmedipham, MOA (Spin-aid) 1.3 EC carfentrazone-ethyl, 14 MOA (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC 9 glyphosate, MOA (numerous brands and formulations) 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC clethodim, MOA 1 clethodim, MOA Clethodim, (Arrow, Select) 2 EC Intensity, (Intensity One, Select Max) 1 EC - - - - - Annual grass and broadleaf weeds, Palm er amaranth, yellow nutsedge suppression Annual and perennial Annual and perennial grass and broadleaf bed weeds, stale application SPINACH, Preemergence Annual grasses (crab grass spp., foxtail spp., barnyardgrass, annual ryegrass, annual blue grass) and broadleaf weeds (Lamium spp., lambsquarters, com mon purslane, redroot pigweed, shepherds purse) Weed TABLE 4-23. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN SPINACH IN CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-23. TABLE Broadleaf weeds includ weeds Broadleaf SPINACH, Postemergence ing sowthistle clover, jimsonweed, cocklebur, and ragweed Broadleaf weeds Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Most emerged weeds Annual and perennial grasses only *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Science Society of America. Science Society of *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 354 weeds small-seeded broadleaf Annual grassesand annual grasses weeds andsome Emerged broadleaf application weeds, stalebed grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds application foliage, stalebed Contact killofallgreen grass weeds Emerged broadleaf and nutsedge control full raterequiredfor and broadleafweeds, of mostannualgrasses Suppression orcontrol SQUASH, PreplantandPreemergence Weed TABLE 4-24. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INSQUASH(cont’d broadleaf weeds resistant pigweed, nutsedge, non-ALS- Yellow andpurple weed andmorningglory weeds; weakonpig grasses andbroadleaf Suppression ofannual broadleaf weeds Annual grassesand

-

(Prefar) 4EC bensulide, MOA 8 (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 (Scythe) 4.2EC pelargonic acid,MOA 26 (Vapam HL)42% metam sodium Formulation Mode of Action Code*and Herbicide, (Curbit) 3EC ethalfluralin ,MOA 3 Plasticulture (Curbit) 3EC ethalfluralin, MOA 3 Bareground (Sandea, Profine75)75DG halosulfuron-methyl, MOA2 (Command) 3ME clomazone, MOA 13 (Strategy) 2.1L clomazone, 13 + ethalfluralin, MOA 3 Formulation 1.3 to2.7pt Amount of See labels 0.5 to1oz Up to2oz 37.5 to75 3 to4.5pt 1.5 to2pt See label See label Per Acre 5 to6qt 2 to4pt 2 to6pt 0.67 to 1.3 pt gal Pounds Active Ingredient Per 0.024 to0.048 0.125 to0.375 15.7 to31.5 0.25 to0.48 Up to0.031 0.56 to.75 See labels See label See label 1.1 to1.7 0.4 to1.2 0.5 to1 5 to6 Acre + ) 2021 V Check re-plantrestrictionsforsmallgrainsonlabel. or tandemdisk,applytothesoilsurfaceafterseedingandfollowbyirrigation. incorporate intothesoil1to2in.(1incorporationisoptimum)witharototiller Registered forcucurbitvegetablegroup(Cropgrouping9).Applypreplantand See labelforfurtherinstructions. important foracceptableweedcontrol.Maybetankmixedwithotherherbicides. spray volumesforhighweeddensityandweedslargerthan5in.Coverageis or shieldedapplicationbetweenrowsasapostharvestapplication.Usehigher a preemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,asdirected May beappliedpriortoplantingasaburndowntreatmentforemergedweeds, formulated withnonionicsurfactantmayresultinreducedweedcontrol. tions requiretheadditionofasurfactant. Adding nonionicsurfactanttoglyphosate labelforratesspecificweeds.Certainglyphosateformula the manufacturer’s sprinkler system.Perennialweedsmayrequirehigherratesofglyphosate.Consult crop injury, residuescanberemovedby0.5in.rainfallorapplyingwaterviaa to removeresiduesofthisproductfromtheplasticpriortransplanting. To prevent applying Roundupbeforetransplantingcropsintoplasticmulch,caremustbetaken Apply toemergedweedsatleast3daysbeforeseedingortrans-planting.When = 0days. weed control.Canbetankmixedwithotherregisteredburndownherbicides.PHI surfactant orcropoilwith Aim. Seelabelforrate.Coverageisessentialgood Not registeredforseededcrop. Apply priortotransplantingcrop.Useanonionic paraquat. tors totakeanEPA-approved trainingevery3yearsinordertomix,load,andapply crop oilconcentrateper100galspraymix.Paraquatproductlabelsrequireapplica nonionic surfactantatarateof16to32ozper100galspraymixor1approved days aheadofplantingortreatingtoallowmaximumweedemergence.Usea row. Usesufficientwatertogivethoroughcoverage.Rowshouldbeformedseveral planting orcropemergenceasabandbroadcasttreatmentoverpreformed Apply inaminimumof10galspraymixperacretoemergedweedsbeforetrans ronments. Seelabelforallrestrictionsandadditionalinformation. mulch. Plantbackintervalisoften14to21daysandcanbe30insomeenvi with mulch.Mayapplythroughdripirrigationpriortoplantingasecondcropon apart; followimmediatelywitharollertosmoothandcompactthesoilsurfaceor through soilinjectionusingarotarytillerorinjectwithknivesnomorethan4in. 75 galperacre. Apply whensoilmoistureisatfieldcapacity(100to125%).Apply Rates aredependentonsoiltypeandweedspresent.Fornutsedgecontrol,use directed totherowmiddlesreducedriftcrop. May alsobeusedasabandedspraybetweenrowmiddles.Useshieldedsprayer ity. Maybetankmixedwithsoilresidualherbicides.Seelabelformoreinstructions. Apply beforecropemergencetocontrolemergedweeds. There isnoresidualactiv Precautions andRemarks black plasticimmediatelyafterseedingortransplanting. For squashgrownonplasticonly ing depthistooshallow. Seelabelforfurtherprecautionsandinstruction. wet andcold,cropstuntingorinjurymayoccur. Cropinjurycanalsooccurifseed within 5daysisneededforgoodweedcontrol.Ifweatherunusuallycoldorsoil tured soils,uselowestrateofrange.Shallowcultivation,irrigation,orrainfall ter seeding.Seedmustbecoveredwithsoiltopreventcropinjury. Forcoarse-tex For squashgrownonbaregroundonly. can beusedonwintersquashes.See label aboutrotationrestrictions. sensitive toCommand(seelabel).Uselowerratesoncoarsesoils.Higher be appliedbetweenrowswhensquashisgrownonplastic.Somecultivarsmay be plants mustbebelowthechemicalbarrierswhenplanting.Commandshould only Apply immediatelyafterseedingorpriortotransplanting.Seedsandrootsof trans solution. postemergence applications,usenonionic surfactantat1qtper100galofspray gence andpreemergencecontrol.Donot applywithin30daysofharvest.For do notallowspraytocontactplastic.Early seasonapplicationwillgivepostemer Row middlesonly. emergence ortransplanting. label forfurtherinstruction. es, rowcovers,orhotcaps. PORATE. of weeds.DONOT APPLY PRIORTO PLANTINGCROP. DONOTSOIL INCO Apply tothesoilsurfaceimmediatelyaftercropseedingforpreemergencecontrol egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates May alsobeusedasa Apply torowmiddlesaspreemergence spray. Inplasticulture, Do notapplypriortoplantingoroverplastic.See banded . Apply tosoilsurfacebetweentherowsof treatment betweenrowsaftercrop Apply tothesoilsurfaceimmediatelyaf Do notuseundermulch ------WEED CONTROL - - - - 355 website to make Apply as a hooded spray in row middles, as shielded spray spray in row middles, Apply as a hooded In plasticulture, spray. Apply to row middles as postemergence . Apply prior to transplanting for preemergence control. May be ) vest applicationUse higher spray volumes for high weed density and weeds larger vest applicationUse higher spray volumes for high weed control. May be tank mixed than 5 in. Coverage is important for acceptable weed with other herbicides. See label for further instructions. Paraquat product Apply to emerged weeds prior to transplanting sweetpotato. in order training every 3 years labels require applicators to take an EPA-approved to mix, load, and apply paraquat. May be applied prior to planting as a burndown treatment for emerged weeds, as May be applied prior to planting as a burndown treatment emergence, as a directed or a preemergence application after seeding but before or desiccant, or as a posthar shielded application between rows, as a harvest aid Precautions and Remarks weeds may require high Apply to emerged weeds before transplanting. Perennial weeds. Certain glyphosate er glyphosate rates. Consult label for rates for specific Adding nonionic surfactant to formulations may require the addition of a surfactant. result in reduced weed control. glyphosate formulated with nonionic surfactant may Precautions and Remarks Precautions only. Row middles avoid To row middles, or postharvest. as wiper applications in in row middles, shoots, stems, to contact foliage, green to crop, do not allow herbicide severe injury days. or fruit of crop. PHI = 14 exposed, roots, Row middles only. plastic. Early season application will give postemer do not allow spray to contact gence and preemergence control. Do not apply within 30 days of harvest. For control. Do not apply within 30 days of harvest. For gence and preemergence use nonionic surfactant at 1 qt per 100 gal of spray postemergence applications, solution. sure Dual Magnum is registered for use in your state prior to making an application of Reflex. See label for further instructions. See label for potential carryover to rotational crops tank-mixed with other herbicides registered for preplant application however do not tank mix with flumioxazin. Apply prior to transplanting crop. Movement of soil during transplanting should not occur or reduced weed control may result. Do not use on greenhouse-grown Do not transplants. Do not apply postemergence or serious crop injury will occur. use on transplant propagation beds. See label for further instructions. This is a Section 24(c) special local needs label for sweetpotato. Check https://www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-search Rates are dependent on soil type and weeds present. For nutsedge, use 75 gal Rates are dependent on soil type and weeds present. per acre. Plant back interval is often 14 to 21 days and can be 30 days in some environments. See label for all restrictions and additional information. Apply postemergence for control of grasses. Adding crop oil may increase likeli Adding crop control of grasses. Apply postemergence for control effective Very air temperatures and high humidity. hood of crop injury at high to actively growing grasses not under drought stress. Apply of annual bluegrass. PHI = 14 days. Consult manufacturer’sApply to emerged grasses. rates and best label for specific Adding crop oil to Poast may increase the and rate. times to treat and adjuvant PHI = 14 days. high air temperatures and high humidity. likelihood of crop injury at )

0.25 Acre 0.094 See label 0.2 to 0.3 Per Acre See labels See labels Ingredient 0.25 to 0.75 15.7 to 31.5 0.07 to 0.125 0.024 to 0.048 0.094 to 0.125 Ingredient Per Ingredient Pounds Active Pounds Pounds Active gal 1 pt 3 oz Acre 1 to 2 pt 6 to 8 oz 6 to 8 tion Per Per Acre See label 9 to 16 oz 9 to 16 37.5 to 75 1 to 1.5 pt Formula- See labels 0.5 to 1 oz See labels Amount of Amount Amount of Formulation Formulation

paraquat MOA 22 paraquat MOA 2.0) 2 SL (Gramoxone SL metam sodium HL) 42% (Vapam glyphosate, MOA 9 glyphosate, MOA (numerous brands and formulations) 26 caprylic acid, MOA (Homeplate) and Formulation Herbicide, Action Code* Mode of flumioxazin, MOA 14 flumioxazin, MOA SX) 51 WDG (Valor fomesafen, MOA 14 fomesafen, MOA (Reflex) 2 EC Herbicide, Code* and Action of Mode Formulation 9 glyphosate, MOA and (numerous brands formulations) halosulfuron-methyl, MOA2 DG (Sandea, Profine 75) 75 clethodim, MOA 1 clethodim, MOA Clethodim, (Arrow, 2 EC Select) Intensity, (Intensity One, Select Max) 1 EC sethoxydim, MOA 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast)1.5 EC - - Contact kill of all green foliage, stale bed application Suppression or control of most annual grasses and broadleaf weeds, full rate required for nutsedge control Annual and perennial grass and broadleaf weeds, stale seed bed application SWEETPOTATO, Preplant SWEETPOTATO, Broadleaf weeds and some annual grasses Weed TABLE 4-25. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN SWEETPOTATOES (cont’d IN SWEETPOTATOES WEED CONTROL 4-25. CHEMICAL TABLE Weed Most emerged weeds Most emerged TABLE 4-24. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN SQUASH (cont’d SQUASH IN CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-24. TABLE SQUASH, Postemergence nut- and purple Yellow sedge, non-ALS-resis tant pigweed, broadleaf weeds Annual and perennial grasses only Annual broadleaf weeds including Palmer amaranth and other pigweeds, smartweed, wild morningglory, mustard, wild radish, purslane spp., eclipta, common lambsquarters Palmer amaranth, red root pigweed, smooth pigweed, Galinsoga spp., black night- shade, Eastern black nightshade, common purslane, partial control of yellow nutsedge *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Science Society of America. Society of Science developed by the Weed *Mode of action (MOA) code 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 356 *Mode ofaction(MOA)codedevelopedbytheWeed ScienceSocietyof America. Most emergedweeds purslane weed, Floridapusley, weeds includingpig panicum andbroadleaf foxtail, goosegrass,fall including crabgrass, Annual grasses lambsquarters Florida pusley, common including purslane, and broadleafweeds ing largecrabgrass Annual grassesinclud prickly sida ing velvetleaf,purslane, broadleaf weedsinclud as largecrabgrassand Annual grassessuch control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds SWEETPOTATO, RowMiddles grasses only Annual andperennial SWEETPOTATO, Postemergence sedge suppression er amaranth,yellownut broadleaf weeds,Palm Annual grassand SWEETPOTATO, Preemergence Weed TABLE 4-25. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INSWEETPOTATOES (cont’d

- - - - - formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 2 EC (Devrinol, Devrinol2-XT) XT) 50DF (Devrinol, DevrinolDF- napropamide, MOA 15 (Dacthal) 6F (Dacthal) W-75 DCPA, MOA 3 (Command) 3ME clomazone, MOA 13 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, (Poast) 1.5EC sethoxydim, MOA 1 (Fusilade DX)2EC fluazifop, MOA 1 One) 1EC (Select Max,Intensity Intensity, Select)2EC (Arrow, Clethodim, clethodim, MOA 1 (Dual Magnum)7.62EC S-metolachlor, MOA 15 and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide,

Amount of See labels Up to2oz 1 to1.5pt 6 to16oz 9 to32 oz 6 to16 oz Formula- Up to2pt 8 to10 pt 8 to10 lb tion Per 2 to 4 qt 2 to 4 lb 0.75 pt Acre Pounds Active 0.094 to 0.25 0.094 0.07 to 0.25 0.07 Up to0.031 Ingredient 0.1 to0.25 See labels Up to0.75 0.2 to0.3 Per Acre 6 to7.5 1 to2 1.0

2021 V XT labelsforinformationregardingdelayinirrigationevent. water towetthesoiladepthof24in.Checklabelformoreinformation.See rainfall doesnotoccurwithin24hr, shallowincorporateorirrigatewithsufficient Production fields. emerged weeds.Checklabelformoreinformation. soil butpriortocrackingandsweetpotatoplantemergence.Doesnotcontrol Plant beds. exposed tosweetpotatofoliage.PHI=14days. fruit ofcrop.Maycausecrackingsweetpotatostoragerootsifspraysolution is do notallowherbicidetocontactfoliage,greenshoots,stems,exposed,roots, or wiper applicationsinrowmiddles,orpostharvest. To avoidsevereinjurytocrop, Apply asahoodedsprayinrowmiddles,shielded other registeredherbicides. oil with Aim. Coverageisessentialforgoodweedcontrol.Canbetankmixedwith contacted, burningofcontactedareawilloccur. Useanonionicsurfactant orcrop Apply post-directedusinghoodedsprayersforcontrolofemergedweeds.Ifcropis plant bedsorcropinjurywilloccur. layby forpreemergenceweedcontrollateinthegrowingseason.Donotapply Apply tothesoilsurfaceimmediatelyaftertransplanting.Mayalsobeappliedat instructions andprecautions. control. Weak onpigweed. The labelallowsupto4ptperacre.Seeforother Apply preplantoraftertransplantingpriortoweedemergenceforpreemergence not incorporateafterapplication.Seelabelforfurtherinformation. tatoes aftertransplantingbutpriortoweedemergence.Donotapplypreplant. sure DualMagnumisregisteredforuseinyourstate. Apply overtopofsweetpo https://www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-login This isaSection24(c)SpecialLocalNeedLabel.Check Precautions andRemarks humidity. PHI=30days. Poast mayincreasethelikelihoodofcropinjuryathighairtemperaturesand Apply toactivelygrowinggrassesnotunderdroughtstress. Adding cropoilto days ofharvest. apply Fusiladeondaysthatareunusuallyhotandhumid.Donotwithin55 labelforspecificratesandbesttimestotreatadjuvantrate.Donot er’s Apply toactivelygrowinggrassesnotunderdroughtstress.Consultmanufactur not applywithin30daysofharvest. temperatures andhighhumidity. Very effective incontrollingannualbluegrass.Do and rate. Adding cropoilmayincreasethelikelihoodofinjuryathighair Apply toactivelygrowinggrassesnotunderdroughtstress.Seelabelforadjuvant egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates ) Apply tothesoilsurfaceaftersweetpotatorootsarecoveredwith Apply tothesoilsurfaceimmediatelyaftertransplanting.If websitetomake - - WEED CONTROL - - - - 357 May be applied as a preplant surface application or a preplant May be applied as a broadcast preplant surface application or Apply no later than 1 day before transplanting. Apply no later than 1 day Apply pretransplant and incorporate into the soil 2 to 3 in. Apply to soil surface of pre-formed beds at least 30 days prior Apply to soil surface of pre-formed beds at least 30 ) Plasticulture In-row. Plasticulture In-row. incorporated application prior to transplanting tomato. Bareground In-row. preplant incorporated application prior to transplanting tomato. May be applied as a post-directed spray on the soil at the Post-directed spray. direct contact with Avoid base of the plant, beneath plants, and between rows. tomato foliage or stems. Do not apply over the top of tomato. PHI=21 days. Do not apply more than 3 pt per acre per season. See label for specific use rate for your soil type. Emerged weeds will not be controlled. See label for further instructions and precautions. tomato. Transplant within 8 hours using a rototiller or tandem disk. Can be applied postplanting as a directed spray to soil between the rows and beneath plants and then incorporated. Cold soil temperatures may exacerbate injury from trifluralin. sible with a rototiller or tandem disk. Can be used on direct-seeded or trans- planted sible with a rototiller or tandem disk. Can be used on tomatoes. See label for instructions on use. Soil should Plasticulture: Apply to a weed-free soil before laying plastic mulch. incorporation to a depth of be well worked yet moist enough to permit a thorough after application. If weed 2 in. Mechanically incorporate or irrigate within 24 hours surface of the bed immediately pressure is from small seeded annuals, apply to the water or sprinkle irrigate with in front of the laying of plastic mulch. If soil is dry, covering with plastic mulch. sufficient water to wet to a depth of 2 to 4 in. before (bareground or Between rows: Apply to a weed free soil surface between the rows Devrinol into the soil to a depth plastic mulch). Mechanically incorporate or irrigate regarding labels for information of 1 to 2 in. within 24 hours of application. See XT delay in irrigation event. Precautions and Remarks Precautions use 75 gal per weeds present. For nutsedge, on soil type and Rates are dependent through soil capacity (100 to 125%).Apply soil moisture is at field Apply when acre. follow knives no more than 4 in. apart; a rotary tiller or inject with injection using or with mulch. May compact the soil surface a roller to smooth and immediately with ad a second crop on mulch; however, drip irrigation prior to planting apply through 14 to crop plant back interval. Plant back interval is often here to label guidelines on and in some environments. See label for all restrictions 21 days and can be 30 days (150 lb per acre broadcast) will also be needed additional information. Chloropicrin to control nutsedge. when laying first crop mulch crop. Transplanted only).Apply no later than 7 days before planting Seeded crop (Aim 2 EC Aim. See label for rate. Cov or crop oil with seeded crop. Use a nonionic surfactant weed control. Can be tank mixed with other registered erage is essential for good burndown herbicides. in a minimum of 20 gal spray mix per acre before crop Apply to emerged weeds Row should be or band treatment over a preformed row. emergence as a broadcast emer of planting and treating to allow maximum weed formed several days ahead or at a rate of 16 to 32 oz per 100 gal spray mix gence. Use a nonionic surfactant mix. Paraquat product labels 1 gal approved crop oil concentrate per 100 gal spray to mix, training every 3 years in order require applicators to take an EPA-approved load, and apply paraquat. for emerged weeds, as May be applied prior to planting as a burndown treatment emergence, as a directed or a preemergence application after seeding but before application. Use higher spray shielded application between rows or as a postharvest 5 in. Coverage is important volumes for high weed density and weeds larger than other herbicides. See label for for acceptable weed control. May be tank mixed with further instructions. Plasticulture only. it may result in less crop to transplanting crop. While incorporation is not necessary, Plastic mulch can be applied any time after application but best results are injury. likely if applied soon after application. as soon as pos Bareground: Apply preplant and incorporate into the soil 1 to 2 in.

0.5 0.5 1 to 2 0.5 to 1 Per Acre 0.5 to 1.5 See label Ingredient Ingredient Up to 0.031 15.7 to 31.5 Pounds Active Pounds 1 pt 2 to 4 lb 2 to 2 to 4 qt 2 to 1 to 3 pt 2 to 4 pt Per Acre See label Up to 2 pt Up to 2 oz Amount of Amount 1.3 to 2.7 pt Formulation Formulation 37.5 to 75 gal

O) 3.8 AS 2 trifluralin, MOA 3 trifluralin, MOA Trifluralin, HFP, (Treflan various HF, Trifluralin other trade names) 4 EC pendimethalin, MOA 3 pendimethalin, MOA (Prowl H Herbicide, Code* Action of Mode metam sodium HL) 42% (Vapam carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA 14 (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC 22 paraquat, MOA (Parazone) 3SL (Gramoxone SL) 2 SL 26 caprylic acid, MOA (Homeplate) 14 oxyfluorfen, MOA (Goal) 2 XL and Formulation 15 napropamide, MOA (Devrinol, Devrinol DF-XT) 50 DF (Devrinol, Devrinol 2-XT) 2 EC - Weed Suppression or control Suppression grasses of most annual weeds and broadleaf for (full rate required nutsedge control) TABLE 4-26. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN TOMATOES (cont’d TOMATOES IN CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-26. TABLE Preplant TOMATO, Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Contact kill of all green foliage, stale bed application Broadleaf weeds and some annual grasses Broadleaf weeds including Carolina geranium and cutleaf eveningprimrose and a few annual grasses Annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds including com mon lambsquarters, pigweed, carpetweed, and common purslane 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 358 weeds small-seeded broadleaf Annual grassesand TOMATO, Postemergence sedge (POST only) POST), purplenut- nutsedge (PREor (suppression),yellow Broadleaf, grass few annualgrasses eveningprimrose anda geranium andcutleaf including Carolina Broadleaf weeds velvetleaf smartweed, and common ragweed, including jimsonweed, broadleaf weeds Annual grassesand of yellownutsedge purslane, partialcontrol nightshade, common shade, Easternblack sp., blacknight- pigweed, root pigweed,smooth Palmer amaranth,red carpetweed black nightshade,and galinsoga, Eastern Florida pusley, Hairy Palmer amaranth, including pigweed, broadleaf weeds annual grasses,and Yellow nutsedge, pression ofpurslane common ragweed,sup pigweed, wildradish, leaf weedsincluding nutsedge andbroad Yellow andpurple TOMATO, Preplant(cont’d) Weed TABLE 4-26. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INTOMATOES (cont’d weeds sedge andbroadleaf Yellow andpurplenut

Galinsoga - - - - (Dacthal) 6F (Dacthal) W-75 DCPA, MOA 3 (League) 0.5DF imazosulfuron, MOA 2 (GoalTender) 4F (Goal) 2XL oxyfluorfen, MOA 14 (Dimetric) 3F 75 WDG Dimetric) DF,(TriCor Metribuzin, MOA 5 metribuzin, (Reflex) 2EC fomesafen, MOA 14 7.62 EC (Brawl, DualMagnum) S-metolachlor, MOA 15 DG (Profine 75,Sandea)75 MOA 2 halosulfuron-methyl, and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, DG (Profine 75,Sandea)75 MOA2 halosulfuron-methyl,

Formulation 0.33 to0.67 0.67 to1pt Amount of 4 to6.4oz 0.5 to1oz 0.5 to1oz 1 to1.5pt up to1pt up to2pt 6 to10 pt 6 to10 lb Per Acre 1 to2pt lb Pounds Active 0.024 to0.048 0.024 to0.048 0.95 to1.50lb 0.25 to0.375 Ingredient 0.19 to0.3 0.25 to0.5 4.5 to7.5 Per Acre 0.5 lb

https://www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-search must obtainthelabelat This isaSection24(c)SpecialLocalNeedLabelfortransplantedtomato.Growers approved surfactantsandcroprotationrestrictions.PHI21=days. after application.Refertolabelforfurtherapplicationinstructions.Consult for Apply toplantingbedsbeforeplasticislaid. Tomato maybetransplanted1day for instructions. Apply tosoilsurfaceandincorporate24in.deepbeforetransplanting.Seelabel best resultsarelikelyifappliedsoonafterapplication. result inlesscropinjury. Plasticmulchcanbeappliedanytimeafterapplicationbut 30 dayspriortotransplantingcrop.Whileincorporationisnotnecessary, itmay Plasticulture (fallowbeds)only. for moreinformation. irrigation mustoccurpriortotransplanting.Carryoverisalargeconcern;seelabel shielded sprayer. Avoid driftofherbicideonmulch.Ifoccurs,0.5in. rainor Plasticulture RowMiddle Application. splashing. ensure herbicideactivationandwilllikelyreducethepotentialforcropinjurydueto irrigation orrainfalleventbetweenReflexherbicideapplicationandtransplantingwill may concentrateReflex-treatedsoilaroundthetransplantrootball. An overhead hole settlesflushorabovethesurroundingsoilsurface. Avoid culturalpracticesthat application. Duringthetransplantingoperation,makesuresoilintransplant to transplantingtomato.Weed controlwillbereducedifsoilisdisturbedafter Bareground forTransplanted Tomato. application ofthemulch. tomato maybetransplantedimmediatelyfollowingtheapplicationofReflexand disturbance afterapplication.Unlessrestrictedbyotherproductssuchasfumigants, bed formationandthedriptapeislaidbutpriortolayingplasticmulch. Avoid soil Plasticulture In-row Application forTransplanted Tomato. application ofReflex.Seelabelforfurtherinstructions.Carryoverisalargeconcern. use nonionicsurfactantat1qtper100galofspraysolution.PHI=30days. and postemergencecontrolinrowmiddlesonly. Forpostemergenceapplications, give postemergenceandpreemergencecontrol. The 1ozrateisforpreemergence for pretransplantapplicationinbare-groundtomato.Earlyseasonwill to plasticmulchapplicationanddelaytransplantingatleast7days.Canbeapplied For pretransplantapplicationunderplasticmulch,applytopre-formedbedjustprior row middles,andinseededcrop.Seelabelforfurtherinstructions.PHI=90days. row middlesinbeddedtomato.Minimizecontactwithcrop. Also registeredforusein rates ofraterangeforS-metolachloraresafesttotomato.Mayalsobeusedtreat In plasticulture,applytopreformedbedsjustpriorapplyingplasticmulch.Lower Apply preplantorpostdirectedtotransplantsafterthefirstsettlingrainirrigation. Precautions andRemarks 30 days. needed, spot-treatonlyweed-infestedareas.Seelabelforfurtherinstructions. PHI= as nutsedge,mayrequiretwoapplicationsofSandea;ifasecondapplicationis use nonionicsurfactantat1qtper100galofspraysolution.Someweeds,such Apply nosoonerthan14daysaftertransplanting.Forpostemergenceapplications, weeds. improve preemergencecontroloflateemergingweeds.Willnotemerged Apply overthetopoftransplantsonlybetween4to6wkaftertransplanting 2021 V ) egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates Apply tosoilsurfaceofpre-formedbedsatleast Apply torowmiddleswithahoodedor Apply pretransplantupto7daysprior Apply afterfinal priortomakingan WEED CONTROL - - 359 ) Post-directed spray on the soil at the base of the plant, beneath plants and between direct contact with tomato foliage or stems. Do not apply more than 3 Avoid rows. pt per acre per season. See label for specific use rate for your soil type. Emerged direct contact with tomato foliage or stems. Do Avoid weeds will not be controlled. not apply within 21 days of harvest. See label for further instructions and precau tions. Apply for control of emerged weeds between rows of tomatoes. Do not allow spray Do not make more than 3 applications per to contract crop or injury will occur. season. Do not apply within 30 days of harvest. Paraquat product labels require training every 3 years in order to mix, load, applicators to take an EPA-approved and apply paraquat. Use either as a broadcast or directed spray but do not exceed 0.5 lb a.i. with a but do not exceed 0.5 a broadcast or directed spray Use either as Do not exceed 1 lb a.i. per within 7 days of harvest. Do not apply broadcast spray. precede application. unless 3 sunny days apply as a broadcast spray Do not year. crop has at least two true leaves and weeds are small Apply in tomatoes after the at 1 qt per 100 gal of Add nonionic surfactant growing. (1 in. or less) and actively within 45 days of tomato harvest. See label for further spray solution. Do not apply instruction. grown on plastic for control of nutsedge and certain Apply post-directed to tomato be transplanted at least 14 days prior to application broadleaf weeds. Crop should har made prior to fruit set and at least 45 days prior to The application should be vest. Use nonionic surfactant at 1 qt per 100 gal spray solution with all applications. vest. Use nonionic surfactant crop oil Adding from drought stress. grasses not suffering Apply to actively growing temperatures and high humidity. may increase the likelihood of crop injury at high air bluegrass. PHI = 20 days. in controlling annual effective Very stress. See label for adjuvant Apply to actively growing grasses not under drought Adding crop oil to Poast may increase the likelihood of crop injury at high and rate. PHI = 20 days. air temperatures and high humidity. application. Use nonionic Crop should be transplanted at least 14 days prior to Apply prior to fruit applications. surfactant at 1 qt per 100 gal spray solution with all for information on registered tank set and at least 45 days prior to harvest. See label mixtures with Select or Poast may reduce grass control. See label for Tank mixes. more information. spray of gal 100 per qt 1 at surfactant nonionic use applications, postemergence For two applications of Sandea. solution. Some weeds, such as nutsedge, may require areas. Do not apply If a second application is needed, spot-treat only weed-infested within 30 days of harvest. See label for further instructions. of emerged weeds. If crop is Apply post-directed using hooded sprayers for control Use a nonionic surfactant or crop contacted, burning of contacted area will occur. Aim. See label for rate. Coverage is essential for good weed control. Can be oil with tank mixed with other registered herbicides. Apply to a weed-free soil surface. Apply within 24 hours of rainfall, or Plasticulture. Apply to a weed-free soil surface. depth of 1 to 2 in. mechanically incorporate or irrigate into the soil to a Precautions and Remarks Precautions

1 to 2 0.0094 0.0094 0.5 to 1 0.25 to 1 Per Acre 0.5 to 1.5 0.0047 to 0.2 to 0.3 0.0047 to 0.25 to 0.5 Ingredient Ingredient Up to 0.031 0.07 to 0.25 0.094 to 0.25 0.024 to 0.048 Pounds Active Pounds 1.3 pt 2 to 4 lb 2 to 4 2 to 4 qt 2 to 4 1 to 3 pt 1 to 2 oz Per Acre 6 to 16 oz 6 to 16 oz 9 to 32 1 to 1.5 pt Up to 2 oz 0.5 to 1 oz Amount of Amount 0.1 to 0.2 oz 0.1 to 0.2 oz Formulation Formulation 0.33 to 1.33 lb

O) 3.8 AS 2 paraquat, MOA 22 paraquat, MOA (Parazone) 3 SL (Gramoxone SL) 2 SL rimsulfuron, MOA 2 rimsulfuron, MOA (Matrix) 25 WDG (Pruvin) 25 WDG trifloxysulfuron-sodium, 2 MOA (Envoke) 75 DG clethodim, MOA 1 clethodim, MOA Clethodim, (Arrow, Select) 2 EC Intensity, (Select Max, Intensity One) 1 EC 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC trifloxysulfuron-sodium, 2 MOA (Envoke) 75 DG halosulfuron-methyl, 2 MOA (Profine 75, Sandea) 75 DG carfentrazone-ethyl, MOA 14 (Aim) 1.9 EW or 2 EC 15 napropamide, MOA pendimethalin, MOA 3 pendimethalin, MOA (Prowl H (Devrinol, Devrinol DF-XT) 50 DF (Devrinol, Devrinol 2-XT) 2 EC Herbicide, Code* Action of Mode 5 metribuzin, MOA Metribuzin) DF, (TriCor 75 WDG and Formulation - - Contact kill of all green foliage America. Science Society of *Mode of action (MOA) code developed by the Weed Most broadleaf weeds including wild radish, common purslane, redroot and smooth pigweed nutsedge, Yellow common morningglory, common cocklebur, lambsquarters, and other broadleaf weeds Yellow nutsedge, Yellow common morningglory, common cocklebur, lambsquarters, and other broadleaf weeds Annual and perennial grasses only Row Middles TOMATO, and purple nut Yellow sedge and broadleaf weeds Most broadleaf weeds less than 4 in. tall or rosettes less than 3 in. in diameter; does not control grasses Annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds Weed ingglory Annual grasses and Annual grasses broadleaf weeds, including cocklebur, common ragweed, smartweed, velvetleaf, jimsonweed, yellow nutsedge, and morn TABLE 4-26. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN TOMATOES (cont’d TOMATOES IN CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-26. TABLE Postemergence (cont’d) TOMATO, 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 360 pigweed Morningglory andsmall application foliage, stalebed Contact killofallgreen of yellownutsedge purslane, partialcontrol nightshade, common shade, Easternblack spp., blacknight- pigweed, galinsoga root pigweed,smooth Palmer amaranth,red WATERMELON, Preemergence Annual grasses annual grasses weeds andsome Emerged broadleaf application weeds, stalebed grass andbroadleaf Annual andperennial control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds grass weeds Emerged broadleaf and Weed TABLE 4-27. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INWATERMELONS (cont’d nutsedge control full raterequiredfor and broadleafweeds, of mostannualgrasses Suppression orcontrol WATERMELON, Preplant

- (ET Herbicide)0.208L MOA 14 pyraflufen ethyl, (Gramoxone SL)2SL (Parazone) 3SL paraquat, MOA 22 (Reflex) 2EC fomesafen, MOA 14 (Prefar) 4E bensulide, MOA 8 (Homeplate) caprylic acid,MOA 26 formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, (Scythe) 4.2EC pelargonic acid,MOA 26 and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide, (Vapam HL)42% metam sodium

37.5 to75gal Formulation 1.3 to2.7pt Amount of 10 to12oz See labels Up to2oz See label See label Per Acre 1 to2oz 2 to4pt 5 to6qt

Active Ingre- 15.7 to31.5 0.16 to0.19 Up to0.031 See labels 0.0016 to See label See label Per Acre Pounds 0.5 to1 0.0032 5 to6 dient

See labelforpotentialcarryovertorotational crop. oz peracreinwatermelon. Row middles. at least36hourspriortoemergence. Bareground seeded.Applywithin1dayofplanting;lightlyirrigateafterapplicat ion but activate herbicideandmoveitintosoil;thenprepareplantholesplant. Bareground transplant. mulch. must allowherbicidetowashoff themulchandnotconcentrateinlowareason rainfall/irrigation inasingleeventpriortopunchingholesndplanting;bedformation forming bed.Mayapplyoverplasticmulchaslongtheiswashedwith 0.5in. laying processdoesnotdisturbtreatedsoil;thus,doapplypriortodripor Plasticulture transplantsorseeds.Mayapplyunderplasticmulchaslong See labelforfurtherinstructions. https://www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-search to makinganapplication website tomakesurefomesafenisregisteredintheirstateandobtainthe label prior This isaSection24(c)SpecialLocalNeedsLabel.Growersmustcheckthefollowing an EPA-approved trainingevery3yearsinordertomix,load,andapplyparaquat. concentrate per100galspraymix.Paraquatproductlabelsrequireapplicatorstotake surfactant atarateof16to32ozper100galspraymixor1approvedcropoil emergence. Plantwithaminimumofsoilmovementforbestresults.Usenonionic should beformedseveraldaysaheadofplantingandtreatingtoallowmaximumweed gence ortransplantingasabroadcastbandtreatmentoverpreformedrow. Row Apply inaminimumof10galspraymixperacretoemergedweedsbeforecropemer tions andadditionalinformation. often 14to21daysandcanbe30insomeenvironments.Seelabelforallrestric through dripirrigationpriortoplantingasecondcroponmulch.Plantbackintervalis diately witharollertosmoothandcompactthesoilsurfaceormulch.Mayapply injection usingarotarytillerorinjectwithknivesnomorethan4in.apart;followimme acre. Apply whensoilmoistureisatfieldcapacity(100to125%).Applythrough Rates aredependentonsoiltypeandweedspresent.Fornutsedge,apply75galper irrigation. Checkreplantrestrictionsforsmallgrainsonlabel. with arototillerortandemdisk,applytothesoilsurfaceafterseedingandfollow Apply preplantandincorporateintothesoil1to2in.(1incorporationisoptimum) be tankmixedwithotherregisteredherbicides. crop oilwith Aim. Seelabelforrate.Coverageisessentialgoodweedcontrol.Can Transplants only. crop oilconcentratedat1%v/vtosensitiveweedsthatarelessthan3in. rain eventplusa7daywaitingperiodmustoccurbeforetransplanting. Apply ET witha Plastic MulchProduction. Bareground. Wait 1dayfollowingpreplantburndownapplicationbeforeplanting. instructions. acceptable weedcontrol.Maybetankmixedwithotherherbicides.Seelabelforfurther volumes forhighweeddensityandweedslargerthan5in.Coverageisimportant shielded applicationbetweenrowsorasapostharvestapplication.Usehigherspray a preemergenceapplicationafterseedingbutbeforeemergence,asdirectedor May beappliedpriortoplantingasaburndowntreatmentforemergedweeds, nonionic surfactantmayresultinreducedweedcontrol. the additionofasurfactant. Adding anonionicsurfactanttoglyphosateformulatedwith labelforratesspecificweeds.Certainglyphosate formulations require facturer’s system. Perennialweedsmayrequirehigherratesofglyphosate.Consultthemanu injury, residuescanberemovedby0.5in.rainfallorapplyingwaterviaasprinkler remove residuesofthisproductfromtheplasticpriortotransplanting. To preventcrop applying Roundupbeforetransplantingcropsintoplasticmulch,caremustbetakento Apply toemergedweedsatleast3daysbeforeseedingortransplanting.When directed orshieldedspraybetweenbeds. Avoid contactofwatermelonfoliage. Apply asapreplantburndowntreatment,orpriortocropemergencefromseed, Precautions andRemarks 2021 V egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates ) Must applypriortocropemergenceor transplanting.Mayuseupto16 Apply priortotransplantingofcrop.Useanonionicsurfactantor

Prepare landforplanting;applyReflex;lightlyirrigateto May applyovermulch;however, asingle0.5in.irrigation/ - - - - WEED CONTROL - - 361 - To improve preemergence control of late emerging To Apply to row middles as a preemergence spray .In plasticulture; Apply to row middles as a preemergence spray .In ) Row middles only. Row middles only. will give postemergence do not allow spray to contact plastic. Early season application of harvest. For postemergence and preemergence control. Do not apply within 57 days gal of spray solution. applications, use nonionic surfactant at 1 qt per 100 To improve preemergence control of late emerging weeds. Apply after emergence improve preemergence control of late emerging weeds. To Apply as a when crop plants have reached the three to four true leaf stage of growth. contacting foliage as slight crop injury Avoid directed spray to soil between the rows. Set incorporation equipment to move treated soil around base of crop may occur. plants. Do not apply within 60 days of harvest. Will not control emerged weeds. Precautions and Remarks Precautions of trans- plants prior to transplanting. Roots after seeding, or just Apply immediately of pigweed. See weak control planting. Offers the chemical barrier when must be below instructions. label for further seeding crop prior to crop emergence, or as a banded Apply post immediately after as a crop emergence or transplanting. May also be used spray between rows after of plastic mulch. See label for timing. Shallow cultivation, banded spray between rows under 5 days is needed for good weed control. Do not use irrigation, or rainfall within and air caps. Under conditions of unusual cold or wet soil mulches, row covers, or hot Crop injury can occur if seeding depth or injury may occur. temperatures, crop stunting is too shallow. of after crop seeding for preemergence control Apply to the soil surface immediately NOT DO DO NOT INCORPORATE. PLANTING. PRIOR TO APPLY weeds. DO NOT treatment between rows after UNDER MULCH. May also be used as a banded APPLY crop emergence or transplanting. plas crop emerges, or prior to transplanting crop. With Apply after seeding but before middles. preemergence under plastic mulch or to row ticulture, Sinbar may be applied into mulch prior to transplanting, or prior to punching holes Maybe applied over plastic the surface of the plastic Sinbar must be washed off the plastic mulch for transplanting. prior to punching transplant holes mulch with a minimum of 0.5 in. of rainfall or irritation days of harvest. See label for or transplanting watermelon. Do not apply within 70 further instructions. crop. Bareground. Apply after seeding but before cracking or prior to transplanting laying plastic. If Plasticulture. Application may be made to preformed beds prior to application to seed or transplant. application is made prior to planting, wait 7 days after on yield or matu negative effects Stunting may occur but should be short-lived with no rity in favorable growing conditions. May be applied sequentially in bareground and plasticulture production systems at a minimum of 21 days apart. Refer to label for specific instructions. With plasticulture, Sinbar may be applied to row middles. Do not apply within 70 days of harvest. See label for further instructions. SEE LABEL FOR INFORMATIONON ROTATION RESTRICTIONS AND RESTRICTIONS ROTATION FOR INFORMATIONON SEE LABEL OTHER RESTRICTIONS. Apply postemergence for control of grasses not under drought stress. See label for Apply postemergence for control of grasses not under Adding crop oil may increase the likelihood of crop injury at high air adjuvant and rate. PHI = in controlling annual bluegrass. effective Very temperatures and high humidity. 14 days. Adding crop oil may Apply to emerged grasses. See label for adjuvant and rate. PHI = increase the likelihood of crop injury at high air temperatures and high humidity. 14 days. Not labeled for transplanted crop. is well-established, and growing weeds, apply only when crop has 4 to 5 true leaves, Incorporation not recom conditions are favorable. Will not control emerged weeds. mended.

+ dient Up to 1 6 to 7.5 Pounds Pounds Per Acre 1.1 to 1.7 0.4 to 1.2 0.1 to 0.2 0.1 to 0.2 0.2 to 0.3 0.5 to 0.75 0.15 to 0.25 0.07 to 0.125 Active Ingre- Active 0.024 to 0.048 0.125 to 0.375 0.024 to 0.036 0.094 to 0.125

1 to 2 pt 2 to 6 pt 6 to 8 oz 6 to 8 2 to 4 oz 2 to 4 oz Per Acre 8 to 10 lb 8 to 10 8 to 10 pt 8 to 10 9 to 16 oz 9 to 16 3 to 4.5 pt 1 to 1.5 pt 0.5 to 1 oz Amount of Amount Up to 2.1 pt Formulation Formulation 0.4 to 0.67 pt 0.5 to 0.75 oz

O) 3.8AS 2 Intensity, Select) 2 EC (Intensity One, Select Max) 1 EC Row Middles Only halosulfuron-methyl, 2 MOA (Profine 75, Sandea) 75 DG trifluralin, MOA 3 trifluralin, MOA Trifluralin, HFP, (Treflan- HF) 4 EC Trifluralin DCPA,MOA 3 DCPA,MOA (Dacthal) W-75 (Dacthal) 6 F pendimethalin, MOA 3 pendimethalin, MOA (Prowl H Herbicide, Action Code* Mode of and Formulation 13 clomazone, MOA ME (Command) 3 3 ethalfluralin, MOA (Curbit) 3 EC 3 ethalfluralin, MOA + 13 clomazone, MOA (Strategy) 2.1 L 5 terbacil, MOA (Sinbar) 80WP Bareground/Plasti- culture halosulfuron-methyl, 2 MOA (Profine 75, Sandea) 75 DG terbacil, MOA 5 terbacil, MOA (Sinbar) 80WP sethoxydim, MOA 1 sethoxydim, MOA (Poast) 1.5 EC clethodim, MOA 1 clethodim, MOA Clethodim, (Arrow, - - WATERMELON, Row Middles WATERMELON, Annual grasses and some small-seeded broadleaf weeds Annual grasses and some small seeded broadleaf weeds WATERMELON, Postemergence WATERMELON, Weed Annual grasses and Annual grasses broadleaf weeds TABLE 4-27. CHEMICAL WEED CONTROL IN WATERMELONS (cont’d WATERMELONS IN CONTROL WEED CHEMICAL 4-27. TABLE (cont’d) Preemergence WATERMELON, Annual grasses and some small-seeded broadleaf weeds Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds Broadleaf weeds and purple Yellow nutsedge suppression, non-ALS-resistant pig weed and non-ALS-re sistant ragweed control Broadleaf weeds Annual and perennial grasses only 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable WEED CONTROL 362 *Mode ofaction(MOA)codedevelopedbytheWeed ScienceSocietyof America. less than4in.tall Many broadleafweeds weeds sedge andbroadleaf Yellow andpurplenut Most emergedweeds control grasses in diameter;doesnot rosettes lessthan3in. less than4in.tallor Most broadleafweeds WATERMELON, RowMiddles(cont’d) Weed TABLE 4-27. CHEMICAL WEEDCONTROL INWATERMELONS (cont’d

- (Suppress) EC acid capric acidandcaprylic 75 DG (Profine 75,Sandea) MOA 2 halosulfuron-methyl, formulations) (numerous brandsand glyphosate, MOA 9 (Aim) 1.9EWor2EC MOA 14 carfentrazone-ethyl, and Formulation Mode of Action Code* Herbicide,

Formulation Amount of 3 to9%v/v 0.5 to1oz See labels Up to2oz Per Acre

0.024 to0.048 Active Ingre- Up to0.031 See labels Per Acre Pounds 6 to18 dient

mixed withotherregisteredherbicides.PHI=0days. with Aim. Seelabelforrate.Coverageisessentialgoodweedcontrol.Canbetank contacted, burningofcontactedareawilloccur. Useanonionicsurfactantorcropoil Apply post-directedusinghoodedsprayersforcontrolofemergedweeds.Ifcropis spray solution.PHI=57days. control. Forpostemergenceapplications,usenonionicsurfactantat1qtper100galof contact plastic.Earlyseasonapplicationwillgivepostemergenceandpreemergence Apply torowmiddlesasapostemergencespray. Inplasticulture,donotallowsprayto not applywithin14daysofharvest. herbicide tocontactfoliage,greenshoots,stems,exposed,roots,orfruitofcrop.Do applications inrowmiddles,orpostharvest. To avoidsevereinjurytocrop,donotallow Apply asahoodedsprayinrowmiddles,shieldedwiper with nonionicsurfactantsorsilicone-basedsurfactants. pH ofthewatercarrier. Apply Suppressat30GPA orhigher. DonottankmixSuppress jury. MakesurewatercarrierpHis6orless. Adding citricacidororganicwilllowerthe movement ofsprayawayfromtargetweeds. Avoid contactingthecroptoavoidin Apply withahoodedsprayer, shieldedorothersprayequipmentthatpreventsthe Precautions andRemarks 2021 V egetable CropHandbook forSoutheastern UnitedStates ) - WEED CONTROL F F P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P E E E E E E − − −

P-F P-F P-F

G-E 363 G****

Sandea POST

P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P E E E E N − G G

G-E G-E G-E G-E

Select POST F F F F P P P − − − − − G G G

P-F P-F P-F P-F P-F P-F P-F P-F P-F P-F F-G F-G G-E G-E G-E E****

Pursuit POST

P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P E E E E E N − G

F-G G-E G-E G-E

Poast POST

F F F F P P E G G G G G G G G G G G G

P-F P-F P-F P-F P-F F-G F-G F-G F-G G-E G-E

HOOD

Paraquat POST/ POST/

F E E E E E E E E E E E E E E − G G G G G G

F-G F-G F-G F-G F-G P-G G-E G-E E*** HOOD

Glyphosate POST/ POST/

P P E E E E E N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N − − − − − −

G-E

Fusilade POST P P P P P P P P P P P P P P E − − − − − − − G G G G

F-G

G-E G-E G-E F**** Envoke POST

F F P P P P E E E E E E E E E − − − − − − − G G G G G

P-F P-F F-G F-G Atrazine POST

F F F F F F F P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P − − − G G

F-G F-G G-E Aim POST

F F P P P P P P P P P P P P E E E E E N N N − − − G G G

PRE Valor/Chateau F-G F-G G-E “=Unknown.

− F F F F F P P P P P P P P P P P P P

− − − G G G G G PRE Sandea P-F F-G G-E G-E G-E

P P P E E E E N − − − − − − − − − − − − − − G G G PRE

Reflex P-F F-G F-G F-G G-E

P-G**

PRE Metribuzin F F F P P P P P P P E E E E E E E − − G G G G G G G G G G

G-E G-E

PRE

Goal F F P P P P P P P P P P P P P P E − − − − − − − G

G-E G-E G-E G-E G-E G-E

PRE

Devrinol F F P P P P P P P P − − G G G G G G G G G G

P-F F-G F-G G-E G-E G-E G-E P-G G-E

PRE

Dual Magnum Dual F F F P P P P P P P P P E E E E E − − − G G G G G

P-F P-F P-F F-G F-G G-E

Dacthal PRE

P P P P P P P P P N − − G G G G G G G

P-F P-F P-F P-F F-G F-G F-G F-G F-G F-G F-G F-G

Curbit PRE

F P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P − − G G G G G

F-G G-E G-E G-E G-E G-E G-E G-E

Command PRE F P P P P P P E E E E E E

− − − − − G

P-F F-G F-G F-G F-G F-G F-G G-E G-E G-E G-E P-F*

PRE Atrazine F F P P P P P P P E E E E E E E E E − G G G G G G G G G G F-G G-E Jimsonweed Cocklebur Fall panicum signalgrass, Broadleaf BROADLEAF WEEDS ANNUAL “E”=Excellent control; “G”=Good control; “F”=Fair control; “P”=Poor control; “N”=No control; “ Wild mustard Swinecress Purslane Johnsongrass (rhizome) PERENNIAL WEEDS PERENNIAL TIME APPLICATION OF HERBICIDE TABLE 4-28. WEED RESPONSE TO HERBICIDES USED IN VEGETABLE CROPS VEGETABLE USED IN HERBICIDES TO RESPONSE WEED 4-28. TABLE lambsquarters, Common Shepherdspurse Goosegrass Annual ryegrass WINTER ANNUALS nightshade, Eastern black Crabgrass (large) Pigweeds Prickly sida **** Will not control ALS-resistant pigweed. **** Will not control *** Glyphosate will not control glyphosate-resistant weeds. ** Reflex provides “P-F” control on Ipomoea morningglory and “G” control of smallflower morningglory. ** * Command provides fair control of pitted morningglory but poor control of other morningglory species. ragweed, Common Wild radish Science, University of Georgia Agronomist Weed Extension A. Stanley Culpepper, Control Publication by - Weed Modified from Commercial Vegetables Sicklepod Florida pusley Purple nutsedge Crowfootgrass Florida beggarweed Foxtails Johnsongrass (seedling) Texas panicum Texas Morningglory Yellow nutsedge Yellow Annual sedge SEDGES Smartweed Barnyardgrass ANNUAL GRASSES ANNUAL 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 2021 Vegetable Emergency Numbers by State

POISON CONTROL CENTERS Poison Centers maintain a 24-hour consultant service in diagnosis and treatment of human illness resulting from toxic substances. Make sure that your physician knows the Poison Center’s telephone number and do not hesitate to call in case of an emergency.

Alabama Poison Control Center Louisiana Poison Control Center Tennessee Poison Control Center 1-800-222-1222 1-800-222-1222 1-800-222-1222 Arkansas Poison Control Mississippi AgroMedicine Program Texas Poison Control Network 1-800-222-1222 1-800-738-9898 or (601) 354-7660 1-800-222-1222 Florida North Carolina – Carolinas Poison Center Virginia Poison Control Center 1-800-222-1222 1-800-222-1222 1-800-222-1222 Georgia Oklahoma Poison Control Center 1-800-222-1222 1-800-222-1222 Kentucky South Carolina – Palmetto Poison Center 1-800-222-1222 1-800-222-1222

PESTICIDE SPILLS

Alabama – CHEMTREC Louisiana -- Louisiana Department of Ag & Forestry Tennessee – CHEMTREC 1-800-424-9300 (24 hours) 1-855-452-5323 1-800-424-9300 (24 hours) Arkansas Department of Emergency Management Mississippi – CHEMTREC Texas – CHEMTREC 1-800-322-4012 1-800-424-9300 (24 hours) 1-800-424-9300 (24 hours) Florida North Carolina Virginia – CHEMTREC 1-800-424-9300 (24 hours) 1-800-262-8200 (24 hours) 1-800-424-9300 (24 hours) Georgia South Carolina – SCDHEC 1-800-241-4113 (24 hours) 1-888-481-0125 (24 hours) Kentucky – CHEMTREC Oklahoma - DEQ 1-800-424-9300 (24 hours) 1-800-522-0206

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CLEANUP

Alabama Louisiana -- Louisiana Department of Ag & Forestry Tennessee (334) 260-2700 after 5 pm (334) 242-4378 1-855-452-5323 (615) 741-0001 Arkansas Department of Emergency Management Mississippi Highway Patrol Texas 1-800-322-4012 (601) 352-9100 1-800-424-9300 (24 hours) Florida – Florida Highway Patrol North Carolina – NC Highway Patrol Virginia (850) 617-2000 1-800-662-7956 1-800-424-8802 Georgia – Georgia Highway Patrol South Carolina – SCDHEC *GSP (*477) 1-888-481-0125 (24 Hours) Kentucky Oklahoma – Oklahoma Highway Patrol 1-800-928-2380 *55 (or DEQ Land Protection Div. (405) 702-5100)

PESTICIDE CONTAINER RECYCLING Alabama Louisiana -- Louisiana Department of Ag & Forestry Tennessee (334) 242-2640 1-855-452-5323 1-800-654-3145 Arkansas Mississippi Texas (501) 225-1598 See note below* (601) 961-5171 See note below* Florida North Carolina Virginia (352) 392-4721 (919) 733-3556 (804) 371-6560 Georgia South Carolina (404) 656-4958 1-800-654-3145 Kentucky Oklahoma 1-800-205-6543 (405) 744-5531

MISUSE OF PESTICIDES It is a violation of law to use any pesticide in a manner not permitted by its labeling. To protect yourself, never apply any pesticide in a manner or for a purpose other than as instructed on the label or in labeling accompanying the pesticide product that you purchase. Do not ignore the instructions for use of protective clothing and devices and for storage and disposal of pesticide wastes, including containers. All recommendations for pesticide use included in this manual were legal at the time of publication, but the status of registration and use patterns are subject to change by actions of state and federal reg- ulatory agencies. * In Arkansas and Texas, pesticide container recycling is not required as according to state law “properly rinsed agricultural chemical containers are not classified as hazardous waste.”

364 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Recommendations for the use of agricultural chemicals and other products are included in this publication as a convenience to the reader. The use of brand names and any mention or listing of commercial products or services in this publication does not imply endorsement by Auburn University, Clemson University, Louisiana State University, Mississippi State University, North Carolina State University, Oklahoma State University, Texas A&M, University of Arkansas System Division of Agriculture, University of Georgia, University of Kentucky, University of Tennessee, and Virginia Tech nor discrimination against similar products or services not mentioned. Recommen- dations and labels will vary from state to state, and we have made every attempt to assure that these exceptions are noted. However, indi- viduals who use agricultural chemicals are responsible for ensuring that the intended use complies with current regulations and conforms to the product label in their respective home state. Be sure to obtain current information about usage regulations and examine a current product label before applying any chemical. For assistance, contact your county Cooperative Extension Service agent.

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 365 Notes

366 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States Notes

2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States 367 Notes

368 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States YOUR #1 RESOURCE TO THE INDUSTRY

For more than 50 years, our titles INFORMATION YOU NEED THROUGH: have served as powerful and • Magazines — print and digital editions reliable sources of information • Special reports for growers across the country. • E-newsletters Each issue of these award- • Videos winning publications features the • Special announcements from our latest news, insights, products trusted partners and more to ensure successful • Event information growing operations. • Plus more!

Whether you are a grower, supplier, processor, consultant or an educator, your success is our mission. STAY CONNECTED AND SUBSCRIBE! WWW.VEGETABLEGROWERSNEWS.COM/SEVEG2020

Great American Media Services is an award-winning B2B media, marketing and event company serving the retail, sports, agriculture and horticulture industries. Visit www.greatamericanmediaservices.com to learn more. Notes

370 2021 Vegetable Crop Handbook for Southeastern United States

A valuable partner. Radiant® SC insecticide provides broad-spectrum control and fast knockdown of damaging insects, including armyworms, leafminers, loopers and thrips. With translaminar activity, Radiant SC controls targeted insects outside of the direct line of spray while maintaining beneficial insect populations.

Visit us at radiantsc.corteva.us ®™Trademarks of Corteva Agriscience and its affiliated companies. Always read and follow label directions. ©2020 Corteva. CA14-358-024 COR (10/20)